Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


a) 
. 
Ra 

fe 


ane 


«s PP 


Park 


ie 


Clee ae 
rr) 


terrae 


ahibet tas 


gain, 
7 B ty SI 5 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
PRINTED FOR THE ACADEMY. 
1860. 


Le 


a. 


RATE et NE AOR 


is. 
7 
a 


x 


TNA ed ee a 


* 
eae 


. 


we 


es bode LHe AEA et 
Ce ete ern nin Lorn? ce, 


d ORE 
oe 
- . - 
= # ; 
ae u ~~ ' 
ce ‘ 

got tyr f= ae 
_ bd - a 5 


i Dede, i ig el aie. Op 


Abbott, Charles C., don. to mus. iii. vii. 

Academy, American, of Arts and 
Sciences, don. to lib. xv. E 

Academy, C. L. C. Nature Curiosorum, 
don. to lib. xiv. xvii. 

Academy, Imp. of Arts, Belles-Lettres, 
and Sciences, Bordeaux, don. to lib. 
15. 9.0b-G 

Academy Imp. of Arts, Belles-Lettres 
and Sciences, Caen, don. to lib. ix. 

Academy, Imp. of Sciences, Vienna, 
don. to lib. xvi. 

Academy, Imp. of Sciences, &c., Dijon, 
don. to lib. xiv. 

Academy, Royal of Sciences, Berlin, 
don. to lib. x. xx. 

Academy, Royal of Sciences, Munich, 
don. to lib. xiii. xiv. 

Academy, Royal Swedish, Stockholm, 
don. to lib. x. 


Academy of Sciences, St. Louis, don. | 


to lib. xix. xxii. 

Agassiz, Prof. L., letter from, 185. 

Agnew, Rev. W.G. E., don. to mus. 
ix. 

Akademie der Koninklijke Van Weten- 
schappen, don. to lib. iv. 

Allibone, S. Austin, den. to lib. v. 

Association, American, for Advance- 
ment of Science, don. to lib. vi. vil. 

Association, Mercantile Library of New 
York, don. to lib. xviii. 

Association, Young Men’s Mercantile 
Library, Cincinnati, don. to lib. v. 

Bache, Prof. A. D., don. to lib. xiv. 

Baer, C. E. de, don. to lib. xxii. 

Baird, D., don. to mus. ii. 

Baird, Prof. 8. F., notes on a collection 
of Birds made by Mr. John Xantus, 
at Cape San Lucas, Lower California, 
293, 299. 

Beck, Dr. C. F., announcement of death 
of, 91; Executors of, 164; don. to 
mus. iv. 

Beck, Mrs. 8S. R. G., resolution of 
thanks to, 164; don. to lib. xi. 

Bell, J. J., don. to mus. v. 


1859.] 


Bertholet, Dr. P. P., don. to mus. i. 

Betton, Dr. Thos. F., don. to lib. xxiii. 

Binney, W. G., Notes on American 
Land Shells, No. 5, 187; don. to 
mus. vii. don. to lib. ii. 

Biological Department, Report of Pro- 
ceedings for Jan. 4; do. for Feb. 90: 
do. for March, 93; do. for April, 112: 
do. for May, 151; do. for June, 165 : 
do. for Sept. 256; do. for Nov. 294: 
don. to lib. xxii. xxiii, xxiv. 

Boker, Dr. C. S., don. to mus. vi. 

Boiogna, Municipality of, don. to lib. 
Vili. 

Borda, Eugene, letter from, on locality 
of two specimens of Lepidodendron. 
293; don. to mus. vii. 

Bowditch, H. G., M.D., don. to lib. v. 

Bridges, Dr. Robert, V. Pres. Acad. 
Nat. Sc., announced the death of 
Dr. Miitter, 92; don. to lib. v., don. 
to mus. vii. 

Broderip, W. J., 
death of, 110. 

Bronn, Dr. H. G., don. to lib. ix. xiv. 
SOK ee RORAL 

Brown, Dr. 8. P., don. to mus. iv. 

Bruns, Dr. J. Dickson, don. to mus. vy. 

Bryant, Dr. Alexander, vote of thanks 
to, 110, don. to mus. ii. 

Buckalew, Hon. Charles R., don. to 
mus. Vi. 

Buckley, 8. B., don. to mus. i. 

Caldwell, Dr. H. C., announcement of. 
death of, 330. 

Carbonell, Celedonio, don. to lib. viii. 

Carpenter, P. P., notice of a collection 
of shells made at Cape San Lucas. 
Lower California, &c., 331. 

Carson, Dr. J., Remarks on Chinese 
chemicals, 150; don. to lib. xxiv. 
Cassin, John, read letter from P. B. 
Duchaillu, 1; Catalogue of Birds 
collected by P. B. Duchaillu, on the 
rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western 
Africa, 3, 30; Motion for a vote of 
thanks to James Hammill, 55, Cata- 


announcement of 


iv. 


logue of Birds collected by P. B. Du- 
chaillu, on the rivers Camma and 
Ogobai, Western Africa in 1858, Xc., 
91, 133, 172; don. to lib. i. 
Claparede, Edouard, don. to lib. xv. 
xvii. 
Clark, Edward L., don. to mus. iv. 
Clark, J. Hinckley, don. to mus. iv. 
Clemens, Dr. Brackenridge, Synopsis 
of North American Sphingidw, 161; 
Contributions to American Lepidop- 
terology, 256, 293. 
Coates, B. H., don. to lib. i. 
Collet, Dr. M. W., don. to lib. i. 
Committee, Publication, don. to lib. i. 
xviii. i 
Committee of five appointed to take 
measures for the formation of a per- 
manent fund, 90. 
Committees, Election of Standing, 55. 
Commitees on scientific papers: by 
Spencer F. Baird, Notes on a collec- | 
tion of Birds made by Mr. Xantus, at | 
Cape San Lucas, Lower California, | 
293; by Wm. G. Binney, Notes on | 
American land shells, No. 5, 187; | 
by P. P. Carpenter, Notice of a col- | 
lection of shells made at Cape San | 
Lucas, Lower California, &e. 331; | 
by John Cassin, Catalogue of Birds + 
collected by P. B. Duchaillu, on the 
Rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western 
Africa, in 1858, with notes and de- 
scriptions of new species, 3, 91; by 
Brackenridge Clemens, Synopsis of 
North American Sphingide, 162; 
Contributiong to American Lepidop- 
terology, 256, 293; by E. D. Cope, On 
the primary divisions of the Sala- | 
mandridz, 111; Notes and descrip- | 
tions of foreign Reptiles, 292; Cata- | 
logue of the venomous Serpents in 
the museum of the Academy, with 
notes on the Families, Genera, and 
Species, 331; byl. A. Corrad, De- 
scriptions of new Cretaceous and Ko- 
cene shells of Mississippi and Ala- 
bama, and with notes on Eocene fos- 
sil shells, 330; by Wm. M. Gabb, 
Catalogue of the Invertebrate fossils 
of the Cretaceous formation ofthe U. | 
States, 255; Description of two new | 
species of Carboniferous Fossils, 
292; by Theodore Gill, on Dacty- 
loscopus and Leptoscopus, two new 
genera of the family of Uranosco- 
pide ; on the genus Callionymus of 
authors; on deseription of Hypo- 
rhampus, a new genus of fishes al- 


INDEX. 


lied to Hem rhampus; on notes on # 
collection of fishes from Japon, made 
by Dr. J. Morrow, 109; Deseription 
of a third genus of Hemiramphine, 
150; Description of a new genus of 
Salarianw, 162; Description ofanew 
species of Callinidea, and description 
of new generic types of Cottoids, 164 ; 
Description of a type of Gobioids in- 
termediate between Soline and Tri- 
dentigerinw, and description of a 
new South American type of Siluroids 
allied to Callophysus, 194; by Chas. 
Girard, M. D., Ichthyological No- 
tices, 164; by R.Kennicott, Notes 
on Coluber calligaster, Say, and de- 
scription of new species of Serpents 
in the collection of the North-west- 
ern University of Evanston, Iil., 91 ; 

by Isaac Lea, Deseription of 8 new 
species of Unionide from Georgia, 

Mississippi, and Texas, 109; De- 
scription of twenty-one new species 
of Exotic Unionidz, and description 

of two new species from Georgia, 
111; Description of seven new spe- 
cies of Uniones, 150 ; New Unionidze 
of the United States, 151 ; Deserip- 
tion of twelve new species of Uniones 
from Georgia, 164; Descriptions of 
four new species of Unionid», 177 : 
Description of anew species of Unio, 
280; Descriptions of three species of 
Exotic Unionidae, 329; Descriptions 
of Exotic Unionide, 330; by John Le 
Conte, descriptions of two new spe- 
cies of tortoises, 3; Observations on 
the species of Nicotiana, 56; de- 
scriptions of new species of the 
Coleopterous family Histeride, 293 : 
by John L. Le Conte, Catalogue 
of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon. 
California, 56; Additions to the Co- 
leopterous Fauna of Northern Cali- 
fornia and Oregon, 280; by F. B. 
Meek, and F. V. Hayden, Geological 
Explorations in Kansas Territory, 3: 
by Dr. J. Aitken Meigs, Descrip- 
tion of a deformed fragmentary Hu- 
man Skull found in an ancient quarry 
cave at Jerusalem, with an attempt 
to determine by its configuration 
alone the Ethnical type to which it 
belongs, 256; by R. Osten Sacken, 

new genera and species of North 
American Tipulide with short Palpi, 
&e. 194; by Wm. J. Taylor, Mineral- 
ogical Notes, No. 2; by Wm. Stimp- 
son, Prodromus descriptionis ant- 


(1859. 


INDEX. y. 


malium Evertebratorum que in ex- 
peditione ad Oceanum Pacificum, 
Septentr. a Rep. Fed. missa Cad. 
Ringgold et Joh. Rogers ducibus, 
&e., pars vii. Crustacea macrura, 
331; by A. Wilcocks, Reflections 
upon the nature of the temporary 
star of 1572, an application of the 
nebular hypothesis, 330; by John 
Xantus, Catalogue of Birds collected 
in the vicinity of Fort Tejon, Cali- 
fornia, with a description of a new 
species of Syrnium, 187; Descrip- 
tions of new species of Birds from 
Cape San Lucas, Lower California, 
292. 

Connaroe, Geo. M., don. to lib. v. 

Conrad, T. A., Descriptions of new 
Cretaceous and Eocene shells from 
Miss., and Ala., and also with notes 
on Eocene fossil shells, 330; don. to 
mus. Vii. 

Cooper, Dr. J. G., don. to mus. vi. 
don. to lib. xvi. 

Cope, H. D. on the primary divisions 
of the Salamandride, with a descrip 
tion of two new species, 111, 112; 
Notes and descriptions of foreign 
Reptiles, 292, 294 ; Catalogue of the 
venomous serpents in the museum 
of the Academy, with notes on the 
Families, Genera and Species, 331, 
332. 

Corse, Dr. J. M., don. to mus. vi. 


Dana, J. D., don. to lib. i. v. 
Darrach, Dr. James A., don. to lib. 
xvi. 
Davids, R. W., don. to mus. vi. 
Davidson, George, letter from, 293; 
thanks of the Academy to, for dona- 
tion, 294; don. to mus. ii. v. vi. 
Davidson, R. O., don. to lib. xii. 
Davis, J. Barnard, remarks of, review- 
ing the method of measurement as 
a diagnostic means of distinguishing 
human races, (adopted by Drs. 
Schertzer and Schwarz, ) 330. 
Dawson, J. W., don. to lib. vii. 
Xxil. 
De Camp, Dr. W. H., don. to mus. v. 
Department of War, don. to lib. ix. 
Dimpfels, Mr. F. don. to mus. i. 
Dowler, Dr. Bennet, don. to lib. i. ix. 
Duchaillu, P. B., Letter from, read, i. 
Dunn, Dr. Theophilus, don. to mus. 
vi. 
Durand, Mr. E., Remarks on cones of 
Pinus pungens, 1. 


1859.] 


viii. 


East India Company, don. to lib. xviii. 

Editors of Allgemeine Zeitung fur Wis- 
senschaften, don. to lib. xv. 

Editors of American Journal of Medi- 
cal Sciences, don. to lib. xxi. 

Editor of American Journal of Phar- 
macy, don. to lib. ii. vi. viii. xv. 
Xvil. xxii. 

Editors of American Journal of Science 
and Arts, don. to lib. ii. iv. xy. xvii. 
xx. 

Editors of Architects and Mechanics 
Journal, don. to lib. xix. 

Editors of Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 
don. to lib. iv. x, 

Editors of Atlantis, Dublin, don. to lib. 
xiv. XXi. 

Editors of Charleston Medical Journ- 
alpcoe., Gon, tow lilo. Ail. iiven sxe) XV 
XVil. XVili. xxi. 

Editors of Dental Cosmos, don. to lib. 
SQ MuniG 2:ab-g 9:6:40b5 

Editors of Druggist, don. to lib. xv. 

Editors of Edinburgh New Philosphi- 
cal Journal, don. to lib. xvii. xxii. 

Editors of Farmer and Gardener, don. 
to lib. xix. 

Editors of Gardener’s Monthly, &c. 
don. to lib. xv. 

Editors of Hutching’s California Maga- 
zine, don, to lib. xvii. xx. 


Editors of Journal of the Indian Archi- 
pelago, don. to lib. v. 

Editors of La Bourgogne Revue cenolo- 
gique et Viticole, don. to lib. xiv. 
Editors of Medical and Surgical Re- 

porter, don. to lib. xii. 

Editors of Natural History Review, 
don. to lib. x. 

Editors of Neues Jahrbuch fiir Miner. 
&e., don. to lib. ix. iv. 

Editors of New Orleans Medical and 
Surgical Journal, don. to lib. ii. vi. 
XV. XVii. XXi. 

Editors of New York Journal of Medi- 
cine, don. to lib. ii. vi. 

Editors of North American Medico- 
Chirurgical Review, don. to lib. xv. 
XVill. xxi. 

Editors of Pacific Medical and Surgical 
Journal, don. to lib. x. 

Editors of Revue et Magasin de Zoolo- 
gie, &c., don. to lib. xvii. xviii. xix. 
50.4115 

Editors of Southern Medical and Surgi- 
cal Journal, don. to lib. v. vi. viil. 
XE ESV Vs VL LX. oT. 

Editors of Weiner Entomologische 


Vi. INDEX. 


Monatschrift, don. to lib. xiii, xv. 
xvii. xviii. xix. xxii. 
Edwards, Arthur M. don. to lib. 
Election, Annual, of Officers, 353; of | 
members and correspondents, 354. 
Emmons, Prof. E., Remarks on head 
of Clepsysaurus, 151; Remarks on 
the debituminization of coal 162; 
don. to mus. iii. iv.; don. to lib. ii. 

Engelmann, Dr., don. to mus. vii.; 
don. to lib. xxi. 

Ktting, Henry, U. 8. N., don. to mus. 
iii. 

Evans, Dr. John, don. to mus. v. 


Fahnestock, G. W., don. to mus. vy. 

Farquhar, G. W., don. to mus. v. 

Field, Lieut. Thos. Y., U. 8. N., don. 
to mus. Y. Vi. 

Fisher, Dr. James C., elected Libra- 
rian, 176; presented for publication | 
Index to the genera described or | 
referred to in the Proceedings of the 
Academy, Vols. I.—VIII., 329 ; Re- 
marks on changing Argynnis Astarte 
to A. Ashtaroth, 352; don. to lib. 
xxii. 

Fisher, Dr. G. J., Letter from, 194. 

Florat, J. A., don. to mus. vi. 

Forman, Mr., don. to mus. ii. 

Foulke, Wm. Parker, presented pine 
cones, 1; announced death of Dr. 
C. F. Beck, 91; don. to mus. i. ii. 
Vv. Vi. 

Fricke, Dr. don. to lib. xix. 


Gabb, Wm. M., Catalogue of the inver- 
tebrate fossils of the cretaceous for- 
mation of the United States, 255, | 
256; Description of two new species 
of carboniferous fossils, 292, 297 ; 
don. to mus. i. ii. iv. v. vii. 

Gallaer, Dr. John, don. to mus. i. 

Gill, Theodore, on Dactyloscopus and 
Leptoscopus, two new genera of the 
family of Uranoscopide; on the 
genus Callionymus of authors ; De- 
scription of Hyporhamphus, a new 
genus of fishes allied to Hemiram- 
phus; Notes on a collection of Japa- 
nese fishes, made by Dr. J. Morrow, 
109 ; Description of a third genus 
of Hemiramphine, 150; Description 
of anew genus of Salariane, 162; 
description of a new species Collini- 
dea, 164; Description of new generic 
types of Cottoids from the collection 
of the North Pacific Exploring Ex- | 
pedition, under Com. John Rodgers, | 


164; Description of a type of Gobi- 
oids intermediate between Solinz 
and Tridentigerine, 194, 195; De- 
scription of a new South American 
type of Siluroids allied to Callophy- 
sus, 194, 196; don. to lib. x. 

Girard, Charles, M. D., Ichthyological 
notices, 91, 111, 151; Herpetologi- 
cal notices, 164. 

Goodrich, 8. G., don. to lib. xxii. 


| Goucher, Mr. J., don. to mus. ii. 


Gould, B. A., Jr., don. to lib. iv. 

Graham, Col. J. D., don. to lib. v. vi. 

Gray, Prof. Asa, M. D., don. to mus. 
iv.; don. to lib. xxi. 

Gregory, J. W., vote of thanks to, 112; 
don. to mus. iii. 

Grier, Dr. W. P., don. to mus. vi. 

Guérin-Ménéville, M. F. E., don. to 
lib. vii. 


Hall, Prof. James, don. to lib. xi. 

Hamilton, Wm. J., don. to lib. xvii. 

Hammill, Mr. James, vote of thanks 
to, 55; don. to mus. i. 


| Hammond, Dr. Wm. A., Observations 


on the colorless blood-corpuscle, 56; 
Read letter from Miss M. H. Morris, 
193 ; don. to mus. iv. 


Hankel, W. G., don. to lib. iv. 


Hanson, H. C., don. to mus. iv. 
Hanson, Joseph B., don. to mus. iii. v. 
Hanson, P. A., don. to lib. iv. 

Hare, Lieut. Geo. H., don. to mus. i. 
vi. 

Harris, Thomas, don. to mus. i. 

Harrison, Joseph, don. to mus. i. 

Hartman, Dr., don. to mus. iv. 

Hass & Brenizer, don. to mus. iii. 

Hawkins, J. 8., don. to mus. i. 

Hayes, Dr. I. I., don. to mus. iii. 

Helmuth, Dr. C. A., letter from, 164. 

Holbrook, Dr. J. C., don. to mus. Vi. 

Holmes, Prof. F. S., Remarks on Post- 
Pleiocene fossils of South Carolina, 
177; don. to mus. v. 

Henderson, Dr. A. A., U. 5. N., don. 
to mus. ii. 

Henry, Dr. T. Charlton, U. S. A., 
Catalogue of the birds of New 
Mexico, as compiled from notes and 
observations made while in that 
Territory, during a residence of six 
years, 104; don. to mus. i. ii. 

Hering, C. J., don. to mus. v.; don. 
to lib. xvi. 

Hoopes, B. A., don. to mus. 1, 

Hoopes, Joshua, don. to mus. iv. 


(1859. 


vibe) 


INDEX. 


Horsfield, Dr. Thomas, announcement 
of death of, 292. 

Humboldt, Baron Alex. von,announce- 
ment of death of, 154. 


Instétute, Albany, don. to lib. iii. 

Institute, Canadian, don. to lib. iii. v. 
Wiley. KIX, AT, 

Institute, Essex, don. to lib. v. 

Institute, Franklin, don. to lib. v. 

Institute, Imperial Royal Geological of 
Vienna, don. to lib. iv. xiv. xx. 
xxiii. 

Institute, Imperial Royal, of Science, 
Lombardy, don. to lib. iv. xix. 

Institute, Maryland, don. to lib. i. xvi. 

Institute, Pennsylvania, for instruc- 
tion of the Blind, don. to lib. ix. 


Jan, Prof. M. Le, don. to lib. xiv. 
Jeanes, Joseph, elected to Committee 
on Library, 109; don. to mus. i. 
Jessup, Augustus E., announcement 

of death of, 352, 
Jones, John Matthew, don. to lib. xviii. 


Kane, Dr. John K., don. to lib. xxi. 

Kennicott, R., Notes on Coluber cali- 
gaster Say, and description of new 
species of serpents in the collection 
of the North-western University of 
Evanston, Ill., 91. 

Kintzing, W. F., don. to lib. xvii. 

Kolenati, Dr. F. A., don. to lib. vii. 

Kollar, Dr. Noah, don. to mus. iv. 

Krider, Mr. John, don. to mus. iv. v. 
vii. 

Lacordaire, Prof. Th., don. to lib. 
XT | 

Lapham, F. A., don. to mus. i. 

Latour, M. Huguet, don. to lib. iii. v. 

Lea, Isaac, LL. D., Prest. Acad. Nat. 
Sciences, Description of eight new 
species of Unionide, from Georgia, 
Mississippi and Texas, 109 ; Descrip- 
tion of twenty-one new species of 
Exotic Unionide, and descriptions 
of two new species of Uniones from 
Georgia, 111; Descriptions of seven 
new species of Uniones, &c., 150; 
New Unionidz of the United States, 
151; Notice of the death of Baren 
von Humboldt, 162; Resolutions 
by, 163 ; Description of twelve new 
species of Uniones from Georgia, 
164; Descriptions of four new 
species of Unionide, and Remarks 


1859.] 


Vil. 


on dead shells Anodonta Lewisii, 
177; Description of a new species of 
Unio from the Isthmus of Darien, 
280, 281; change of name of Mar- 
garitana Etowahensis to M. Georgi- 
ana, 280; Resolutions by, on the 
death of Thomas Nuttall, 281; De- 
scriptions of three new species of 
Exotic Uniones, 329, 331; Descrip- 
tions of Exotic Unionide, 330; 
Remarks on embryonic shells of 
Uniones, 329; don. to mus. i. ii. 
vii.; don. to lib. xviii. xxii. 

Le Conte, Maj. John, V. Pres. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., Descriptions of two new 
species of Tortoises, 3; Observations 
on the species of Nicotiana, 56; De- 
scriptions of new species of the Cole- 
opterous family Histeride, 293, 310; 
don, to mus. v. 

Le Conte, Dr. John L., Catalogue of 
the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon, Cali- 
fornia, 56, 69; Remarks on Paleo- 
trochus from Keewenaw Point, 150; 
Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna 
of Northern California and Oregon, 
280, 281; don. to mus. iv., don. to 
lib. xi. 

Leidy, Prof. Joseph, M.D., Remarks on 
Manayunkia speciosa, 2; Re- 
marks on Xystracanthus Arcuatus, 
and Cladodus occidentalis, 3; Re- 
marks on tooth of Mastodon and 
bones of Mosasaurus, 91; Remarks 
on teeth of Clepsysaurus, Eurydorus 
serridens, and Compsosaurus, from 
Pheenixville tunnel, Chester co., 
110 ; Remarks on fossils from Beth- 
any, Va., and also from the Green 
Sand, Monmouth co., N. J., 110; 
Remarks on Ossite from Sombrero, 
W.1I., on skull of Ursus Americanus 
from the drift, Claiborne, Miss., 111; 
Remarks on fragment of jaw of Mo- 
sasaurus, 150; On specimens of 
Paleotrochus from  sub-silurian 
strata, 150; Remarks on Droma- . 
therium sylvestre and other fossils 
from Chatham co., N. C., 162; Ex- 
tract of letter from, 180 ; Letter from 
Dr. J. G. Fisher, and remarks on 
antler of the Reindeer found at Sing- 
Sing, and remarks on Freija ameri- 
cana from Newport, 194; On the 
seat of the vesicating principle of 
Lytta vittata, 256; don. to mus. i. 
2p db:<) 

Lennig, Charles, don. to mus. ili. 


Vili. 


Leonhard, Prof., don. to lib. xiv. xx. 
xxiii. 

Lesley, J. P., elected to Committee 
on Paleontology, 109; Read letter 
from Ed. A. Spring on capture of a 
fish by a spider, 255. 


Letterman, Droid, Us 8. A., don. to | 


mus. i. 
Lewis, Miss Maria, don. to mus. vi. 
Lyceum of Nat. History, New York, 

don. to lib. viii. 


Marcon, Jules, don. to lib. i. xii. xxii. 
Meek, F. B. and F. V. Hayden, M.D., 
Geological explorations in Kansas 
Territory, 3. 
Meigs, Dr. J. 
Librarian, 161; Description of a 
deformed fragmentary human skull 
found in an ancient quarry cave at 
Jerusalem, with an attempt to deter- 
mine by its configuration alone the 
E thnical type to which it belongs, 
256, 262; Read remarks of J. Bar- 
nard Davis, 330; don. to mus. Iii. 
Minister of Public Works, France, don. 
to lib. ili, v. xi. xiv. xix. 
Mitchell, 8. Weir, M. D.,observations 
on exposed hearts of animals, 56. 
Moore, Cornelius, don. to mus. v. 
Moore, Dr. Francis, don. to mus. v. vi. 
Vii. 
Moore, W. D., don. to mus. iii. 
Morris, Dr. J. Cheston, description of 
a new species of Pomotis, 3. 
Mosblech, P. W., don. to mus. ii. 
Mueller, Charles, don. to lib. xiv. xviii. 
Mueller, Ferdinand, don. to lib. xvii. 
Miitter, Dr. Thomas D., announcement 
of death of, 92. 


Norcom, Dr., don. to mus. ii. 

Norton, C. B., don. to lib. i. 

Nuttall, Thomas, announcement of 
death of, 280; don. to lib. xviii. 


Ondarza, Col. Juan, don. to lib. xi. 

Osborn, H. §., don. to mus. ii. 

Osten-Sacken, Baron R., new genera 
and species of N. American Tipulide 
with short palpi, with an attempt at 
a new classification of the tribe, 194, 
197; don. to lib. vi. 

Owen, Dr. David Dale, don. to lib. xv. 

Owen, Richard, don. to lib. vii. 


Peale, Franklin, don. to mus. vi. 
Pearsall, Robt., don. to mus. vi. 
Perrine, F. M., don. to mus. ii. 


Aitken, resignation as | 


INDEX. 


Postell, James, don. to mus. vii. 

Powel, Miss Mary, don. to mus. i. 

Powel, Samuel, read extracts from a 
letter on fossil bones near Enfield, 
North Carolina, 56; don. to mus. ii. 
vil. 

Prime, Temple, don. to lib. xii. 

don. to lib. 


| Publication Committee, 
| 4, xvili. 


Queen, J. W., don. to mus. ii. 


Rand, Dr. B. H., announced death of 
Capt. McMichael, 56; don. to mus. 
iii. 

| Rand, Theodore D., don. to mus. ii. 

Reed, A. G., don. to mus. Vii. 

Remont, J. R., don. to mus. iii. 

Re ort of Committee of Biological De- 
portment on paper of Dr. Wm. A. 
Hammond, 56, 165, 151; Of Dr. J. 
J. Hayes, 149; On paper of Dr. 8 
Weir Mitchell, 56, 151, 165; Of Dr. 
J. H. Packard, 151; Of J. J. Wood- 
ward, 93. 

| Report of Committee on paper of Prof. 
S. F. Baird, 299 ; Of Wm. G. Binney, 
188; Of John Cassin, 30, 133; Of 
P, P. Carpenter, 331; Of Dr. Bracken- 

. ridge Clemens, 163, 317; Of E. D. 
Cope, 122, 294, 332 ; Of Wm. M. 
Gabb, 297; Of Theodore Gill, 128, 
aba 132, 144, 155, 165, 167, 168, 
195, 196 ; Of Dr. Charles Girard, 56, 
100, 113, 157, 169 ; Of Dr. T. Charl- 
ton Henry, 104; Of Robert Kenni- 
cott, 98; Of Isaac Lea, LL.D., 112, 
151, 154, 170, 187, 221, 331 ; Of John 
Le Conte, 4, 93,310; OftDr. John 
L. Le Conte, 69, 281; Of Dr. Joseph 
Leidy, 256; Of F. B. Meek and F. 
V. Hayden; ‘M-D:, S-sOf rams. 
Aitken Meigs, 262; Of Dr. S. Weir 
Mitchell, 281; Of Baron R. Osten- 
Sacken, 197; Of H. D. Schmidt, 256; 
Of Wm. J. Taylor, 306; Of John 
Xantus, 189, 297. 

Report of Curators, Annual, 351. 

‘¢ Librarian, Annual, 350. 
ce ene Secretary, Annual, 
348. 

Resolutions of Committee of Proceed- 
ings, 149, 150. 

Richards, Francis, don. to mus. y¥. 

Richardson, Dr. F. G., don. to mus. i. 

Roepper, W. Thomas, don. to mus. vii. 

Rogers, Prof. R. E., M.D., exhibited 
Ritchie’s Riihmkorff apparatus and 
Wagner’s electrical machine, with 


[1g59. 


INDEX. 


his alteration, 90; Lecture on the cor- 
relation of forces 150 ; Remarks on 
coal, 162; ‘Remarks on specimens 
from the: Geysers of Pluton Cafion, 
Cal., 294; don. to mus. Iii. 

Rue, Mr. M. P., vote of thanks to, 92; 
don. to mus. ii. 

Ruschenberger, Dr. W. S. W., don. to 
mus. vy. 


Safford, Prof. J. M., don. te mus. v. 

Sandberger, Dr. G., don. to lib. vii. 

Say, Mrs. Lucy W., don. to lib. xxi. 

Saussure, H. de, don. to lib. ix. xiv. 

Schell, Dr. William, don. to lib. xx. 

Schmidt, Dr. H. D., abstract of the 
most important points of researches 
on the minute anatomy of the liver, 
256. 

Secretary of the Commonwealth of 
Penn., don. to lib. iii. 

Semple, Dr. J. E., U. S. N., don. to 
lib, iii. 

Sergeant, J. D., don. to mus. ii. vi. 
vii. 

Slack, J. H., don. to mus. i. ii. iii. v. 
vi. vii. 

Smith, Aubrey H., don. to. mus. vi. 

Smith, H., don. to lib. ix. 

Smithsonian Institution, don. to mus. 
i. ii. iii. v. vi. vii., don. to lib. ii. 
Vii. viii. 

Society, American Antiquarian, don. to 
lib. i. vi. vii. 

Society, American Geographical and 
Statistical, don. to lib. xxi. xxii. 
Xxiy- 

Society, American Philosophical, don. 
to lib. vii. xix. 

Society, Aris and Institutions in Union, 
don. to lib. v. x. xi. xx. Xxli. 

Society, Batavian Nat. Hist’y &c., don. 
to lib. iv. vii. 

Society, Belfast Nat. History, 8. Phil., 
don. to lib. xii. 

Society, Boston, of Nat. History, don. 
to lib. vi. xi. xv. xvil. xix. 

Society, Deutschen Geologischen, Ber- 
lin, don. to lib. iv. x. xiv. 

Society, Drontheim, R. Nat. History, 
don. to lib. iv. 

Society, Dublin Geological, don. to lib. 


ae 

Society, Elliot Nat. History, Charles- 
ton, 5. C., don. to lib. xv. xviil. 

Society, Entomological, of Berlin, don. 
to lib. xviii. 

Society, Entomological, of Stettin, don. 
to lib. xiv. 


1859.] 


ix. 


Society, Finnish, of Sciences, Helsing 
fors, don. to lib. ix. 

Society, Imp. of Nat. Sciences, Cher- 
bourg, don. to lib. ix. 

Society, Imp. of Naturalists, Moscow, 
don. to lib. iv. 

Society, Leeds Philosophical, &c., don. 
to lib. xv. xx. 

Society, Linnean, of Normandy, don. 
to lib. xx. 

Society, Literary and Philos. , liver- 
pool, don. to lib. xxiii. 

Society, Literary and Philos., Man- 
chester, don. to lib. x. 

Society, London Geological, don. 
lib. viii. xii. xix. : 

Society, Medical, Frankfurt, A. M.., 
don. to lib. xx. 

Society, Natura Artis Magistra, Am- 
sterdam, don. to lib. iv. 

Society, Natural History, Augsburg, 
don. to. lib. xiv. 

Society, Natural History, Basel, don. 
to lib. iv. 

Society, Nat. History, Montreal, don- 
to lib. iii. vi. viii. xv. xviii. xx. 

Society, Nat. History, Prussian Rhine- 
land, &c., don. to lib. xx. 

Society, Natural History, Saxony and 
Thuringia in Halle, don. to lib. xx. 

Society, Natural History, Wiesbaden, 
don. to lib. x. 

Society, Nat. History, Wirttemburg, 
don. to lib. xxiii. 

Society, Nat. History, Wiirzburg, don. 
to lib. xx. 

Society, Naturalists of New Grenada, 
don. to lib. xiv. 

Society, Natural Sciences, Emden, don. 
to lib. iv. xx. 

Society, Natural Sciences, Neuchatel. 
don. to lib. xx. 

Society, Oberhessischen ftir Natur.- und 
Heilkunde, don. to lib. xiv. 

Society, Paleontological, Belgium, don. 
to lib. xviii. 

Society, Physics and Natural History.- 
Geneva, don. to lib. xiv. 

Society, Royal Gardeners, Berlin, don. 
to lib. xx. xxiii. 

Society, Imp. Geological, St. Peters- 
burg, don. to lib. ix. 


Society, Royal of London, don. to lib. 
xii. XVili. xx. 

Society, Royal of Northern Antigqaa- 
ries, don. to lib. v. 


Society, Royal Saxon in Leipzig, don. 
to lib, iv. xxiii. 


10 


¢ INDEX. 


Society, Royal of Sciences at Gottingen, 
don. to lib, xx. 

Society, Royal of Stuttgart, don. to lib. 
xiii. 

Society, Senckenburg Natural History, 
don. to lib. x. 

Society, Vaudois, of Nat. Sciences, don. 
to lib. iv. ix. , / 
Society, Zoological and Mineralogical, 

Regensberg, don. to lib. xiv. 
Sorby, H. C., don. to lib. i. 
Spring, Edward A., letter from, on 
capture of a fish by a spider, 255. 
Storer D. Humphreys, don. to lib. vi. 
Stimpson, Wim., Prodromus Descrip- 
tionis Animalium evertebratorum 
que in expeditione ad Oceanum Pa- 
cificum Septentrionalem a Repub. 
Feder. missa, Cad. Ringgold, et Joh. 
Rodgers ducibus, observavit et de- 
seripsit, pars viii. Crustacea macrou- 
ra, 331; don. to mus. vi. 

Struthers, Mr., don. to mus. ii. 

Survey Geological of India, don. to 
lib. xi. 

Swallow, G. C., don. to lib. xviii. xxii. 

Swift, Robt., don. to mus. vi. 


Taylor, Alex. S., don. to lib. xx. 

Taylor, Wm. J., Mineralogical notes 
No. II. 293, 306; don. to mus. iv. 
Vu. 

Thomas, Dr. J., don. to mus. iv. 

Thurman, J., don. to lib. xi. 

Trautwine, J. C., don. to mus. i. ii. 

Tréschel, Prof., don. to lib. xiv. xx. 
xxiii. 

Trustees New York State Library, don. 
to lib. xv. 

Tufts, S. Jr., don. to mus. vi. 

Turner, Dr. 5. J, U. S. N. don. to 
mus. iii. 


Uhler, Dr. Wm. M., remarks on anezs- 
thetic effect of bi-sulphide of carbon, 
164. 

Union Deutscher Aerzte in Paris, don. 
to lib. iii. 

University of Michigan, don. tolib. v. 


Vanderslice, Mr. Andrew, don. tomus. 
90, i. 

Vaux, Wm. 8., don. to mus. i. ii. 

Verreaux, E. 8S. & J.G., don. to lib. 
xxii. 


War Department, don. to lib. xv. 
Warren, David M., don. to lib. xviii. 
Warren, Lieut. G. H., don. to lib. vir. 
Weigel, F. O. don. to lib. xx. 

Weiss, Adolf, don. to lib. xiii. 

Westerman, B. & Co. don. to lib. xxii. 

Wheatley, Charles M., don. to mus. 
Vii. 

Whelen, Edward 8., don. to mus. ii. 
Viii. 

Wilcocks, Dr. Alexander, reflections 
on the nature of the temporary star 
of 1572, an application of the Nebu- 
lar hypothesis, 330. 

Willcox, Edward J., don. to mus. Vii. 

Williams, John, don. to mus. vii. 

Willis, O. R., don. to mus. iii. 

Wilson, Dr. G. B. don. to mus. i. 

Wilson, Dr. 8. W., don. to mus. v. 

Wilson, Dr. Thomas B., resigna- 
tion of, from Committee on Pale- 
ontology and Library 55; don. 
to mus. i. don. to lib. i. ii. iii. v. vi. 


Vil. Vili. ixX.°Xi. Xi. X11. =veeuyis 
XVil. XVilil, -XUx. xxl. Sexi eu, 


xxiv. 

Wood Horatio C. Jr., don. to mus. vii. 

Woodhouse, Dr. 5S. W. don. to mns. 
Lave 

Woodward, Dr. J. J., on suppuration 
in cancerous growths, 93. 

Worrell, Wm. don. to mus. vi. 


Xantus, John, Catalogue of birds col- 
lected in the vicinity of Fort Tejon, 
California, with a description of a 
new species of Syrnium, 189 ; Cata- 
logue of Birds from Cape San Lueas, 
Lower California, 292, 297; don. to 

mus. iii. 


Zigno, Barone Achille, don. to lib. 
X1Y. 


(1869. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 


January 4th. 
President LEA in the Chair. 


Forty-eight members present. 


Mr. W. Parker Foulke presented some cones found in April, 1858, by Mr. 
Samuel I. Goucher, on a peak of the Blue Mountain, near Mount Holly Springs, 
Cumberland County, Pennsylvania. 

Mr. Durand stated that he had examined these cones, with a few leaves ac- 
companying them, and had no doubt they were from the Pinus pungens, or table 
mountain pine, which he believed had not been previously recognized so far 
north. 


January i1th. 
Dr. Carson in the Chair. 


Thirty-seven members present. 


Mr. Cassin read a letter from Mr. P. B. Duchaillu, dated Fernando 
Vaz River, Western Africa, September 28th, 1858, containing the 
following passages: 


“Since I left the Gaboon in 1857, I have explored the Camma or Fernando 
Vaz river and the Ogobai river, which is a branch of the Camma, but was pre- 
vented from ascending the latter by the natives. I have ascended also to the 
distance of about two hundred miles the Rembo and the Ovenga rivers. 

“The country of the Nazareth and the Camma is intercepted by large rivers, 
creeks and legoons going in every direction into the interior, and to all of . 
which the natives have given distinct names. Some of these rivers are wide 
and deep, and would be navigable for steamers to a great distance. In some 
places the soil is very rich and in others sandy ; the ebony and red wood trees 
are very abundant. 

“One of the most interesting facts that I have determined is, that the Cannibal 
tribe (the Paueins) which I met with on the head waters of the river Muni, 
seem to terminate in the interior, up the Nazareth river, the banks of which are 
inhabited by various tribes calling themselves Orounga, Ogobai, Pandjai, 
Aninga, Okanda and Apindgi; none of these are cannibals, and they speak of 
the Paueins as farther north and in the interior, and my conclusion is, that 
this cannibal people either follow the mountains, which I think take here an 
eastern direction, or that they cease. Up the Rembo, which is the main branch 


1 [Jan. 


2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


of the Fernando Vaz, the Bakalai tribes disappear ; then follow a people calling 
themselves Ashira, and next to them come the Apindgi. F 

“Up the Ovenga, I left it and went into the interior amidst the Bakalai people 
and afterwards into the Ashira country. The Ashiras are quite a different peo- 
ple from any that | have yet seen in Western Africa. They cultivate tobacco 
extensively, and cotton to some extent also, but the principal cloth made by 
them is from a kind of grass which is very fine. Food with this people is 
abundant, and they are the only people I have yet seen in this country that had 
domesticated hogs. 

“Immense forests, in which the ebony tree is very abundant, border the 
banks of the Fernando Vaz, but at the highest point that I reached, the coun- 
try was more open, and grassy plains frequently presented themselves. I was 
assured by the natives that this was the character of the country still higher up 
the river and its branches, and they speak of a large prairie and of a large lake 
also further in the interior. The latter, as far as I can judge from the accounts 
of the natives, is about 600 miles from the coast. At present my intention is 
to make another journey about in the latitude of the Fernando Vaz in search of 
this lake, which I have some hopes may prove to be the source of the Congo. 
In this journey I may perhaps also ascertain the course of the mountains 
that I reached in ascending the Muni river. 

I have made maps of all the rivers that I have ascended, and have, with much 
difficulty, kept my journal without intermission, and hope to lay it before the 
Academy on my return to the United States. I send by this vessel four boxes 
and three barrels containing collections of quadrupeds and birds, in which are 
many interesting specimens, and some that I have never collected before. All 
are from the Fernando Vaz or Camma, the Ogobai, Rembo and Ovenga rivers.” 


Dr. Leidy exhibited a drawing of the worm described by him ata 
former meeting as Manayunkia speciosa. 


Dr. Leidy remarked, that perhaps some of the members present would recol- 
lect he had some time since, (Proc. 1858, p. 90,) described a curious fresh 
water worm, Manayunkia speciosa, from the river Schuylkill. It was observed 
that it appeared to be most nearly allied to the marine genus Fabricia. During 
the last summer, Dr. L. in company with Mr. Powel sought for the latter at 
Newport, R. J. They found it in very great abundance at the foot of the cliffs 
bathed by the ocean. In its curved tubes of tenacious mud, adhering to stones, 
and with its projecting tentacles, it very much resembles a ciliated polype, es- 
pecially Plumatella. 

The worm is about 1} lines long, demi-cylindroid, with 12 annuli, of which 
all except the first are setigerous. The cephalic annulus has a short proboscis; 
is provided with one or two pairs of eyes, and supports six arms with about 
80 ciliated tentacles. The succeeding 7 or 8 annuli are provided on each side 
with fascicles of from 5 to 7 seta and as many podal spines. The posterior 
three annuli are provided on each side with fascicles of 2 sete and from 12 to 
15 short podal spines. Anterior sete terminating in a linear lanceolate 
blade ; posterior sete aristate. Anterior spines terminating in a hook which 
is dentate on its convex border; posterior spines expanded at the extremity, 
which is dentated on the convex border. Caudal annulus with a pair of eyes. 

Eyes exist in the cephalic and caudal annuli, also in the young worm. From 
the want of a good description and figures of the European species of abricia, 
it was not to be determined whether the American species was different from it. 

/ 


January 18th. 
President LEA in the Chair. 
Forty-one members present. 
The following papers were presented for publication in the Proceedings. 
{Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 


Catalogue of Birds collected on the rivers Camma and Ogobai, Wes- 
tern Africa, by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu, in 1858, with notes and descrip- 
tions of new species, by John Cassin. 

Descriptions of two new species of tortoises, by John Le Conte. 

Geological Explorations in Kansas Territory, by F. B. Meek and F. 
V. Hayden, M. D., 

And were referred to Committees. 


Dr. Morris described a new species of Pomotis very common in the vicinity 
of Philadelphia, and characterised by a short auricular appendage and rounded 
caudal fin. The numbers of the rays are as follows: 

D910 PASSO PEO CMI GS HVe 5: 

The dorsal, anal and caudal fins are covered with spots of a lighter color 
than the fins themselves. The body of the fish is traversed by seven or eight 
blackish bands, the first passing through the eye, the second near the margin 
of the opercle, the third behind the pectoral, the fourth and fifth opposite the 
dorsal, the sixth, seventh and eighth from opposite the end of the dorsal to the 
root of the caudal. An opaline bluish spot is found on the opercular appen. 
dage, the general color of which is black. This species approaches the P. 
catesbei of Cuv. and Val. but is believed to be distinct. Dr. M. proposed for 
it the name of Pomotis guttatus. 


Dr. Leidy called the attention of the members to some remains of cartila- 
ginous fishes, discovered by Dr. F. V. Hayden and F. B. Meek, during the last 
summer, in the carboniferous formations of Kansas. One of these is a muti- 
lated dorsal spine included in a fragment of rock, from the upper carbonife- 
rous formation of Leavenworth City. The spine may perhaps belong to one 
of the same fishes, to which the other specimens appertain, but there was no 
means at present to determine this fact. It was characterised as follows: 

XYSTRACANTHUS ARcUATUS Leidy. Spine much curved; its posterior border 
forming the segment of a circle whose diameter would be about 2 inches. 
Length along the convex border, when perfect, about 24 inches. Lower ex- 
tremity 35 lines wide. Section ovoid with the broader part posterior. Sides 
of the spine finely ridged longitudinally, and furnished anteriorly with small, 
oblique, hemi-elliptical tubercles ; posteriorly provided, on the two sides together, 
with six rows of odontoid tubercles, of which those of the first row on each 
side are minute, and of the last row are the largest. Osseous structure of the 
specimen brown; odontoid tubercles invested with smooth, shining gray, ename- 
loid substance, demi-conoidal, those of the posterior pair of rows sometimes 
coalescing across the back border of the spine and assuming a crescentoid 
form. 

The second specimen was the fragment of a tooth, of a species of Cla- 
dodus, obtained from the Manhattan upper coal measures. It was characterised 
as follows: 

CLapopus occipenTALiIs Leidy. Enameled crown, when perfect, about an 
inch in length, demi-conical ; the outer convex side provided with narrow ob- - 
lique folds. Lateral denticles two, the outer one the larger. Base of the tooth 
reniform, with a breadth of about an inch, and the short diameter about 5 
lines ; lateral extremities provided with a pair of large ovoid tubercles, one 
above the inner margin, the other below the outer margin. 

The third specimen is a tooth, apparently of PrTraLopUS ALLEGHANIENSIs,* 
from the upper carboniferous rocks, near Fort Riley. It differsfrom the tooth, 
upon which the species was originally founded, in no important point, except 
that itis larger. The breadth of the crown is about twenty lines ; its height 
on the convex side 10 lines, on the concave side 1 inch. 


Se ae ean en ee EE Tr LED 
* Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. iii, 161, 
1859.] 


4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


January 25th. 
Vice-President Bripars in the Chair. 


Forty-six members present. 
The Report of Proceedings of the Biological Department for the 


present month was read. 
On report of the respective committees, the following papers were 
ordered to be printed in the Proceedings. 


Description of two New Species of Tortoises. 
BY JOHN LE CONTE. 


Kiyostsernum Henrict.—Testa regulari-ovali, convexa, dorso subcarinato, 
postice valde decliva, margine non dispanso, laterali perpendiculari, sterno 
testam non omnino occludente, cauda longa, unguiculata. 

Habitat New Mexico. 

Head and neck dusky, on the top slightly varied with paler, beneath and on 
the sides, including the jaws, thickly speckled with yellow. Upper jaw entire, 
hooked. Chin with two small warts. Legs and tail dusky, fore feet with two 
folds on the upper side ; hind legs squamous on the hinder side and likewise 
with two folds; tail black and rather long, furnished with a long, broad and 
rather pointed nail. Shell brownish yellow, regularly elliptic, convex, very 
declivous behind, with the remains of an evident keel on the three last scute, 
anterior and posterior margins not expanded, the lateral perpendicular with 
a considerable furrow for the greatest part of its length. Vertebral scute im- 
bricate, the first one triangular with the apex truncate, applied to the nuchal 
and first marginal scuta, second, third -and fourth urceolate, six-sided, the 
lower side of the fourth very short, the fifth triangular with all the angles 
truncate, so as to form a six-sided figure, of which the apical side is very short, 
the two upper lateral sides long and incurved, the two lower lateral short and 
perpendicular to the base which is doubly incurved so as to form a waving line ; 
this scuta is applied to the two caudal marginals, the first lateral is irregularly 
four-sided, the second and third five-sided, the fourth four-sided, the anterior 
side straight, the superior oblique, the posterior curved first outward and then 
inward, so as to fit into the sides of the fifth vertebral and the last marginal; 
the nuchal scuta is small and square ; the rest of the marginals except the last 
one, the caudals being excluded, are oblong, more or less angled on the top; 
the last one is larger than the rest, three-sided, pointed above and entering a 
cavity between the last vertebral and the last lateral ; the base is straight and 
the two sides curved ; the caudals are four-sided, the upper side curved. Ster- 
num large and yellow, emarginate behind, jointed before by a ligament, be- 
hind by a suture anteriorly closing up the box of the shell, posteriorly very 
partially so; gular scuta very large, triangular, pectorals irregularly four-sided, 
the outer side a little wider than the inner, the lower side curved, the interior 
anterior angle very obtuse, the interior posterior rather acute, the two exterior 
right ; brachials triangular with the apex truncate, and the upper side incurved; 
abdominals quadrangular, the membrane joining them with the femorals so 
wide as to make the joint appear double, femorals quadrangular, the inner side 
short, caudals right angled triangular. 

Length of the shell 4:7 inches, height 1-3, of head and neck 2°8, of the tail 2. 

This new tortoise was brought from New Mexico by Dr. T. C. Henry of ihe 
United States Army, and by him through Mr. Cassin presented to the Academy. 
It is an old individual. It appears that when young the scute of the back are 
marked with concentric strie, and no doubt the whole of the upper surface 
varied in some degree with darker. When the K. odoratum is found in clear 
water streams it is beautifully varied, thus, for instance, those found in the 
Ogeechee river, in Georgia, which has a sandy bottom and is seldom or never 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 


polluted with mud, they are marked on each scuta with diverging or radiating 
lines of darker. 

I have not adopted Mr. Agassiz’s name in describing this animal, as I do not 
think that his arrangement of Kinosternoids founded on a proper basis. If I 
were to adopt his classification, I should describe three of his genera as follows, 
premising that I think it is offering a violence to nature to separate the two 
first. 

KivosTERNUM. 


Sternum entirely closing up the box of the shell, with eleven scute and eight 
bones, there being no entosternal, but the whole piece may be divided longitu- 
dinally from front to rear into two pieces, which are afterwards subdivided. 
The sternum is bilobed, each lobe moveable from the side of the abdominals on 
the posterior joint of the hyosternals and the anterior of the hyosternal bones. 
By closing the two lobes it is enabled to cover entirely the head and limbs; 
the posterior lobe being as wide as any part of the sternum, there can be of 
course but very small wings by which it is attached to the carapace. In fact 
they are scarcely perceptible. The upper jaw is most frequentiy hooked and 
the tail armed with a nail. 


THYROSTERNUM. 


This genus differs from the preceding in the shape and mode of attachment 
of the sternum to the carapace, the number of bones and of scut@ is the same, 
but the wings are much longer; it has likewise two moveable lobes, the anterior 
attached by suture at the sides and by ligament in the centre; the posterior 
one entirely by suture, both of them narrower than the opening of the carapace, 
particularly the posterior one; consequently the animal is not able to with- 
draw its softer parts entirely from view. It is always emarginate behind, the 
upper jaw is almost always hooked, and the tail generally armed with a nail. 
The transitus from Kinosternum to Thyrosternum is so perfect, that it becomes 
difficult in some instances to say to which genusa specimen belongs. 


OZOTHECA. 


Sternum very much shorter and narrower than in the other two genera, con- 
stituted in the same manner, but the gular plate is generally very small. It is 
jointed like the others both before and behind. The upper lobe is quite movea- 
ble, but the lower little so, inasmuch as the fourth scuta projects somewhat 
beyond the suture connecting this part with the abdominals, but thereis a wide 
space above it filled with ligamentous matter, which allows of some degree of 
motion. This joint early in life becomes immoveable, The anterior joint in old 
animals is apt to become permanently soldered to the adjoining bone. The 
wings are longer and narrower than in the others. 

The following characteristics are common to all these three genera. The 
chin is furnished with two or more small warts, and the feet have some folds or 
large scales, the fore feet on the anterior side, the hind feet on the posterior. 
They all have a strong musky odor. = 

Although it may appear perfectly proper to separate the last genus from th 
two others, yet in Wagler’s K. hirtipes a very near approach is made to 
Ozotheca, it has a very narrow sternum, emarginate behind and the branchial 
plate is quadrangular, very much resembling what we see in O. odorata, the 
jugular scuta is large and triangular, the upper jaw hooked, and the tail ungi- 
culate ; in these three particulars exactly like the 7. Pennsylvanicum. In the 
young of the 0. odorata it is impossible to distinguish the sternum from that of 
the 7. Pennsylvanicum, except by the form of the brachial scuta; it is very 
remarkable, however, that the first which in the adult state has the nuchal scuta 
small and irregular in shape, when very young has it very large and perfectly 
triangular. The most of the KAénosterna and Thyrosterna have the tail armed 
with a nail. Whether any ofthe Ozothece are thus furnished I do not know, 
never having had an opportunity of examining more than two species (unless 
Wagler’s K. hirtipes is admitted to be one). Should one, however, be found 


1859.) 


6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


perfectly agreeing in every respect with the 0. odorata, with the tail unguicu- 
late, I would not hesitate to say at once, that my learned friend’s division was 
unnatural. In all species that I have seen, except those brought from Mexico 
by Mr. Pease, the posterior lobe of the sternum is emarginate behiod, and is 
but slightly moveable ; in the Mexican species, on the contrary, it is entire and 
capable of entirely closing up the box of the shell; in both cases the faculty 
arises from the peculiar formation of the joint, being either sutural or liga- 
mentous. 

The following is the distribution according to Mr. Agassiz’s system of such 
Kinosternoids 1s 1 have had an opportunity of examining. 


KINOSTERNUM. 
Mexicanum, integrum, triliratum. 
THYROSTERNUM. 
Scorpioides, leucostomum, longe caudatum, pennsylvanicum, sonoriense and 
Henrici. 
OzOTHECA. 


Odorata, guttata, hirtipes ? 

The animal, the description of which follows, was somehow omitted in 
my monograph in vol. vii. Proc. A. N.8.; it differs remarkably from others 
of Mr. Agassiz’s genus Kinosternum, in having the upper jaw not hooked, and 
the tail not unguiculate. 


K. rrmiratum.—Head and neck above spotted with yellow, the spots on the 
cheeks larger, beneath yellowish irregularly varied with dusky, jaws yellow 
varied with black, the upper entire, not hooked. Chin with four small warts. Fore 
legs above dusky, beneath yellowish brown with three plicw or large scales; 
hind legs cinereous brown with four large scales near the heel. ‘Tail short, 
black, pointed, without a nail at the end. Shell regularly oval, brown, very 
convex, strongly tricarinate on the back, very declivous on the sides, the 
outer edge of the margin sharp and projecting, the scute with more or less 
concentric strie, and others radiating from behind. Vertebral scute elon- 
gated, imbricate,emarginate behind, the first triangular with the apex some- 
what truncate and the base angled, applied to the nuchal and first marginal 
only, the second, third and fourth hexagonal, the anterior and posterior sides 
very short, the fourth with the two lower sides much shorter than the upper, 
the fifth triangular with the apex truncate and the base a little angled ; the 
first lateral is four-sided, the lower side with four facets, second and third pen- 
tagonal, fourth irregularly five-sided; the nuchal scuta is wider at the base, 
the rest of the marginals square and oblong, increasing in size to the extremity 
of the shell: sternum yellow, varied with black, entire and rather poinied be- 
hind, bivalved, completely closing up the box of the shell, wings very short, 
applied partially to the fourth and entirely to the fifth, sixth and seventh mar- 
ginal scute, all the scute of the sternum are concentrically striate; the gular 
large, triangular, pectorals irregularly four-sided, the anterior side curved, 
brachials triangular with the apices truncate and the base rounded, caudals 
right angled triangular; inguinal scuta long, rather wide, joining the axillary. 

Length of the shell 5 inches, height 2°5, tail-8. Brought from Mexico by 
Mr. Pease. 

I conclude by observing that Mr. Agassiz thinks my KA. Mexicanum is the 
same as Mr. Bell’s K. Shavianum. The author last named supposed that he 
possessed the identical specimen from which Dr. Shaw made his figure. 
There can be no doubt that Dr. Shaw’s figure represents my KA. Mezicanum, 
although the shell is represented without a nuchal and without caudal 
marginals. Mr. Bell’s species has the sternum narrower than tle shell, 
and emarginate behind; it undoubtedly belongs to the scorpioides. In the 
seventh volume of Proc. A. N. 8., in my description of this species, it is 
said that the sternum is entire; it is really shallowly emarginate. They 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 


both belong to the genus Thyrosternum. Mr. Agassiz likewise thinks that my 
Emys concinna and Dr. Holbrook’s #. Floridana are the same. My friend will 
pardon me when I say, that he probably has not had an opportunity of examin- 
ing my species. There is no specimen in the collection of the Academy which 
I can recognise as the animal once described by me. These two species are by 
no means alike. The ZH. concinna is most beautifully smooth, nothing can be 
more so; the #. Floridana is extremely rough with longitudinal ruge, it is besides 
sometimes three times the size of the other, and the marks on the head and neck 
are entirely different. According to this excellent naturalist the K. longicau- 
datum and K. brevicaudatum of Spix, form butone species. They differ, however ; 
the first has the sternum sharply emarginate behind, and the brachial scuta is 
narrow, triangular and very much truncate at the apex. In the other the sternum 
is bluntly emarginate behind and the brachia! perfectly and acutely triangular. 
Mr. Bell’s scorpioides is not the animal described so long ago under that name, 
as the want of the caudal nail sufficiently shews; the specific name of this 
tortoise was given it on account of that appendage. Neither is it the A. brevi- 
caudatum nor the longicaudatum of Spix. This author thinks that the female 
tortoises have long and the males short tails; it is just the reverse. 

When my son was in Honduras, he obtained a species of tortoise much 
larger than any that we have seen in the United States. The shell was nearly 
two feet long; unfortunately this was afterwards destroyed, but the head and 
limbs having been put into a jar of alcohol reached here in safety. In order 
to keep alive the remembrance of this animal and to induce others to look for 
it, 1 add a description of the head and tail, the only parts to which I can 
have access at present, premising that it belongs to the genus Hmys (Ptyche- 
mys Agass.) and has the jaws serrate in the same manner as the #. mobiliensis. 


Emys vatipa.—Head and neck above dusky inclining to brown, striped with 
- yellow, the stripes on the top very few, on the sides very numerous, one of them 
running from the middle of the orbit to the back part of the neck, widens con- 
siderably after it passes the superior part of the cheek; beneath yellow with 
numerous lines of dusky; nose and jaws striped with yellow, jaws serrate, the 
lower one hooked, the upper emarginate. Tail dusky with two yellow lines on 
the top and three on the under side, the outer one of which on each side 
branches off in such a manner as to surround the vent, above which it crosses 
the tail transversely. Head 4 inches long, tail 3 inches, 

Sixty years ago, in the Tammany Museum in New York, there was the shell 
of an Hmys three feet long ; it had been used by an Indian as a shield and had 
varied devices painted on it; it was said to come from Lake Erie. Nothing like 
this has since been seen, but I am told that in the head waters of the Missis- 
sippi tortoises of an immense size and in great quantity have been observed. 

Since writing the above, Prof, Baird has called my attention to the Atlantic 
Journal of Mr. Rafinesque, where there are some remarks on the tortoises of 
the United States. This author names the TYestudo Carolina, the Kerobates of 
Agassiz, Gopherus; his Cheliphus appears to be the true Kinosternum Agassiz, 
the Uronyx the Thyrosternum of the same; Didicla is the Cistudo, Chelopus is 
Nanemys and Cheliurus is the Chelydra. 

Although it has become customary to pay no attention to any thing publish- 
ed by this very indefatigable explorer of the productions of our country, I do 
not think it right when a genus or a species has been announced as suggested 
or discovered by him, to pass it over without notice. From an unfortunate 
shipwreck in which he lost every thing that he possessed in the world, he be- 
came disordered in his intellect. Notwithstanding his propensity for seeing 
differences which were not apparent to otbers, many of his observations are 
truly valuable, and no naturalist should think his labors perfect unless he has 
searched through the many publications of this unfortunate naturalist, and dis- 
covered whether or no he had been anticipated by him. No one seems ever to 
have looked for his Opalone, a soft shelled tortoise with five nails, found in the 
upper branches of the Hudson River. 


1859.] 


8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Geological Explorations in Kansas Territory. 
BY F. B. MEEK and F. V. HAYDEN. 


As it is merely our purpose, on the present occasion, to give rather briefly, 
the results of some geological examinations made by us last summer in eastern 
Kansas, it will perhaps scarcely be expected that we should here enter into a 
historical review of the valuable labors of other explorers in that region. 
Hence we proceed at once to present such facts as came under our observa- 
tion, and the conclusions they seem to warrant. 

The route pursued by us while making these investigations, was first from 
Leavenworth city on the Missouri, accross the country to Indianola, near the 
mouth of Soldier creek, on the Kansas; thence up the north side of Kansas and 
and Smoky Hill rivers, to the mouth of Solomon’s fork. Here we crossed the 
Smoky Hill, and followed it up on the south side to a point near the ninety- 
eighth degree of west longitude ; from which point we struck across the country 
in a south east direction tothe Santa Fe road, which we followed north east- 
ward to the head of Cottonwood creek. Leaving the road here, we went down 
the Cottonwood valley some thirty miles, when we turned across the country 
nearly due northward to Council Grove. From the latter place we followed 
the Santa Fe road back southwestward about twenty-four miles to a watering 
place known as ‘‘ Lost Spring;” here we again left the road and struck across 
the country in a northwest direction to Smoky Hill river, at a point nearly op- 
posite the mouth of Solomon’s fork. We then traveled down the south side of 
Smoky Hill and Kansas rivers to Lawrence, where we crossed the Kansas and 
proceéded in a northeast direction back to Leavenworth city. 

The first outcrop of rocks examined by us during the expedition is at a point 
just below the steamboat landing at Leavenworth city. At this place and for 
some distance above on the river, the formation is well known to belong to the 
upper, but not the highest portions, of the great western coal measures. 

The section here near the Leavenworth landing, presents the following beds, 
in descending order: 


Feet. 

1. Bluish gray clay, exposing a thickness of about........... pietrascsgaetesees eee 

2. Hard gray layer of Pusulina limestOne.........000sccssesoccccees soecssccvcescsn Le 

a. Lollowilaminated wliy,.sc.;cscceerertercetes westeciscs SLED SION. penaceeaneane 7 

4. Hard gray argillaceous limestone With Fasulind......cecceceee eo ceeesee sees 1 
5. Gray fine grained argillaceous sandstone with fucoidal markings, 

sometimes contains seams of limastotie stra wecmess ae bepaaceaipewesse 1lto3 
6. Gray, green and blue, rather indurated ‘clay, with sometimes near 
the base many compact concretions PINES UOMO bear sree cocoesuicensers «>dup=sseerinte 


7. Hard light yellowish gray limestone, usually of bluish tinge far in 
beyond the ‘effects of weathering. Contains Spirifer cameratus, S. Ken- 
tuckensis, S. lineatus, Spirigera subtilita, Orthisina Missouriensis, Productus 
splendens ? P. semireticulatus 2? P. pustulosus and Fusulina cylindrica, together 
with colums of Crinoids, and spines and plates of Archeocidaris; also jaws 
REERORO: X77 S17 ACANtNUS \ATCUIUS:..02cccecuce svete slenteeseadene set ospcaccas spe cntiopeten =o 

8. Dark shale, passing up into gray less distinctly laminated clay...... aes 5 

9. Hard dark bluish impure limestone, containing Fusulina cylindrica, 
Spirigera subtilita, Productus Rogersi, P. Prattenianus, Arca carbonaria? 
an undetermined Monotis, Allorisma ? Leavenworthensis, A. subcuneata, Myalina 


subquadrata, Leptodomus granosus, and a large Beleropnon...ecescee-eeveceee vecees 13-2 
10. Gray, more or less laminated clay, becoming darker near the upper 
Huck, SABI AUOVE Che TIVED, ...c20<.. 2. .<cv sheen es¥een Eemaereanead Sdclnstanont sjonteestene™s 1] 


Attached to the surfaces of bed No. 9 there is usually from one to two inches 
of soft dark argillo-calcareous matter containing great numbers of Orthisina 
crassa, With the undetermined species of Pecten, Mytilus, Schizodus, Pleuroto- 
maria, &e. 

All this section above No. 7 appears to vary considerably, at different places 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 


some of the beds, being entirely wanting, or presenting quite different lithologi- 
cal characters at other localities not far from here. Owing to the dip of the 
strata, and partly to the fall of the river, the bed of limestone No. 7, which is 
elevated eighteen feet above the river where this section was taken, rises as 
much as twenty-five feet above the level of the river, at a distance of one mile 
or less below; and on following the outcrop of these rocks along the shore 
above Leavenworth city, they were found to sink gradually beneath the water, 
so that at Fort Leavenworth landing, two miles above, (in a north direction 
from the exposure first examined) all of beds No. 8, 9 and 10, as well as two 
or three feet of No. 7, were submerged. Should this dip continue at the same 
rate, without local undulations, the whole of No. 7 must pass beneath the river 
in less than two miles above the Fort. 

Immediately above No. 1 of this section, we saw no exposures of rock in 
place, but ona small stream about two and a half miles below Leavenworth 
city, and perhaps one and a half miles back from the river, there is an outcrop 
of seft fine grained yellow sandstone, showing a thickness of twenty-four feet, 
underlaid by a bed of blue clay of which a thickness of about four feet was ex- 
posed. We had no opportunity to determine the elevation of these beds above 
the river with sufficient accuracy to form a definite conclusion whether 
or not they hold a position above the section seen near the Leavenworth land- 
ing, though we incline to the opinion that they come in above it. 

In ascending the hills back of Leavenworth city we observed no outcrops of 
rock along the slopes, until near the summit, where at an (estimated) elevation 
of about two hundred feet above the highest bed of the section at the river, 
there is an exposure of hard bluish-gray impure limestone, weathering to a 
yellowish tinge, the beds of which are separated at places, by partings of clay. 
Of this rock we saw a thickness of sixteen feet. It is much used for building 
purposes and quarried rather extensively back of Fort Leavenworth .At one of 
these quarries, amongst the loose material thrown out by the workmen we 
found specimens of Spirifer cameratus, S. Kentuckensis, S. planoconvexa, 8. hemipli- 
cata, Spirigera subtilita, Productus semireticulatus, P. Norwoodi, Leptodomus 
Topekaensis, Fusulina cylindrica, Terebratula millepunctata, and fragments of 
Crinoids, with Chetetes and Fenestella of undetermined species. 

Above the quarry there is a slope of some forty or more feet to the summit 
of the hills, apparently occupied by clays ; and the quarrymen informed us that 
there is immediately under the bed of limestone an eight feet bed of clay, 
beneath which they had made no excavations. 

West of this locality, the surface of the country soon descends gradually into 
a depression connected on the north with the valley of a small stream flowing 
into the Missouri above Fort Leavenworth. In this immediate neighborhood 
the face of the country is slightly inclined to be hilly, but the soil is rich, and 
the long gentle slopes are clothed in the spring and summer months with a 
luxuriant growth of prairie grass. From several points near here, we hada 
fine view of the broad rich valley, with its beautiful groves and scattering farm 
houses along the little stream to the north of us. 

Beyond this, the road after passing over some undulations, ascends to the 
summit of the country, which is rich elevated prairie land. At several places 
near the upper part of the slopes some five or six miles from Leavenworth, we 
met with outcrops of light grey limestone, apparently in ten to twelve inch- 
layers, containing Jusulina, Productus semireticulatus, Chetetes, and small 
Cyathophylloid corals. These beds probably belong to the same horizon as the 
limestone near the top of the bluffs back of Leavenworth, or may even hold a 
higher position. 

“At Big Stranger creek, some fourteen or fifteen miles west of Leavenworth 
city, the: flowing section was abserved in descending order: 


Feet 

1. Slope, qithoat any exposure of rocks.,....... Sou “S865 94 ver Heda aes 60 
2. Layers of limestone, ene cane yellowish, containing a bil came- 
raius and Fusulina cylindricd. cvcccee sevceecacees Garsuslovseetianeccasn ones Basenuiers 


1859.] 


10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


3. Slope probably occupied by shale or Clay..........csceceeeeeee cesses eeeeee ere 40 

Grayish yellow limestone, with Musulina cylindrica and Spirigera sub- 
TALC Soot ol othe Ce caved Doane cen eubesdasa ovbaenedenedesoude booves Usensccer beusecves pies sedsonese 

5. Bluish gray soft shale, or laminated clay with occasional harder 
COTE ROAM res bistipn cil nh sai udu s Vikas cash ceds bit wicdanp yh ne Maite as abepiadln. e's Gon Rabi edd eicip 0 38 

6. Coal immediately overlaid by one inch Of: CONCH CONGsisierieebuacdvsvoiees 

7. Bluish gray laminated clay or soft shale, extending down to the creek 18 

Again, on Little Stranger creek, some twelve miles south west of Leaven- 
worth city, there is a somewhat similar exposure, containing a twenty inch 
bed of coal. This bed is worked to some extent on the land of Mr. Charles 
Stone, where the following section may be seen in the descending order : 


Feet 
1. Light gray, or bluish gray, soft calcareous sandstone with harder 
layers containing much argillaceous matter, with Productus splendens ? 
Myalina subquadrata, an undetermined Monotis, and many fucoidal mark- 
INCH +) OXPOSIN Gia THICKNESS OL s- ap Wassccanvas ap aveuavieldsuceedmndcoves ledvaegtanie vaavauac le 
2. Blue laminated clays more or less arenaceous above.......... d:sihan oeaeoul 26 
BOOB i: iter eedudve cooahtuindys ses gepieny rakanonmed suis tse ai oesbunstorewal se cheb that otos ant 1} 
4, Bluish gray somewhat ferruginous clay rising above the creek.... ..... 4 


We have no means of determining what relations the rocks composing these 
two sections bear to the exposure at Leavenworth, but we think they hold a 
position between the bed of limestone seen near the top of the hills back 
of Leavenworth city, and the upper bed of the section near the Leayenworth 
landing. 

Between Big Stranger and Grasshopper creeks, the road passes over a beauti- 
ful rich prairie, elevated about 350 or 400 feet above the Missouri. In cross- 
ing this prairie we met with no exposures of rock, the,whole being covered by 
heavy Quaternary deposits, into which wells have been sunk at several places, 
from thirty to seventy feet without striking solid rock im situ. At one or two 
places, however, we saty masses of limestone which had been quarried for 
building purposes along a little stream two or three miles north of the road. 
These contained amongst other fossils Spirifer cameratus, Orthisina umbraculum 2? 
Fusulina cylindrica, and fragments of Fenestella, with spines and plates of Archeo- 
cidaris. We had no opportunity to examine the quarry from which this rock 
was obtained, but were informed that the bed is some sixty or seventy feet 
below the summit of the higher portions of the surrounding country. 

In descending from this elevated prairie into the valley of Grasshopper creek, 
at Osawkee village, we observed, 


Feet . 
1. A bed of hard gray limestone near the summit of the slopes, contain- 

INS STEAL NUMbErs Of MuUsUlINGe ycenaatysenneven lars sasaastsasesopdeispacevenslersacaeenles pase 8 
Z. lope, NO LOCKS EXpOSed, ADOML...n- -as0 -vnorucevee caswnane Bs aes 55 
3. Outcrop of /usulina limestone, appar ently.. spins able ass anise) la Noni sass eam 3 
4 SLOPE) .NO,TOCKS, ©XPOSCOsc. avecosiecnae pesnacsaclestandeerasein<sncpansn-saeeeneets 50 


5. Gray or bluish gray limestone, weathering yellowish, containing 
Pleurotomaria humerosa, P. subturbinata, and a large undetermined species 
of Bellerophon; also Allorisma ? Leavenworthensis, Myalina subgquadrata, 
Pinna undt., Spirifer cameratus, 8. planoconveza and Productus equicostatus, 
with greatnumbers of Puswlinad cylindrica... «. ...0.oeceessvecesees avsceeoes covccesns 3 
6. Dankjeray indurated, Clay. ss.c<. cre .cjecos conkers owe ctencsessat <oasoals coh esolinenai 2 
iophather Soft arcillaceous limestone... 0c... «-sesose.ccdec coe encaaaounswaeesagere 4 
The fact that several of the fossils seen here in bed No. 4 are the same spe- 
cies found in No. 5, of the section at Leavenworth landing, would seem to in- 
dicate that these beds occupy the same geological horizon. It is very difficult, 
however, to identify the same beds at different localities amongst these forma- 
tions, in consequence of the fact that the fossils found in them usually have a 
great vertical range, and exactly similar strata are often repeated in various 
parts of the series. Shouldit prove to be the case that they do occupy the 
same geological horizon, it would show that there is here a gentle eastward 


{ Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1l 


dip ; for the lowest bed of this section on Grasshopper creek, cannot be less 
than 100 feet higher than the base of the section at Leavenworth city. 

Still we incline to the opinion that the strata near here, if not almost hori- 
zontal, or merely undulating, have a general inclination towards the west, or 
somewhat north of west, and that the exposure on Grasshopper creek, is com- 
posed of much more modern beds than those near the landing at Leavenworth 
city. At any rate we saw an exposure at Lawrence landing, on the Kan- 
sas, composed of ledges of limestone, overlaid by clay, and having a decided 
dip to the west or north of west, at a rate of not less than fifty feet to the mile. 
This limestone consists of an upper hard gray layer, about three feet in thick- 
ness, resting ona soft gray arenaceous bed, of which some one or two feet were 
visible above the surface of the river when examined by us. In these beds we 
saw Spirigera subtilita, Productus splendens? and Myalina subquadrata. Above 
these, about eleven feet of gray laminated clay were exposed, the upper part of 
the bed having a more yellowish tinge, and containing more arenaceous matter. 
than the lower. 

If these beds continue to rise at the same rate towards the east, they must of 
course run out on the summit of the highest part of the country not far east of 
Lawrence ; and the same inclination to ‘the west or north west, would take them 
far beneath the horizon of the base of the section seen on Gras shopper creek. 

Above this exposure at Lawrence landing, there is a space of about 160 feet 
in which no outcrops were seen excepting some red and biue clays near the 
upper part of the hills, back of the town. Just above these clays, some ledges 
of gray limestone were seen, apparently altogether about eight feet in thick- 
ness, containing Fusulina cylindrica, Spirigera subtilita, and Spirifer cameratus. 

West of Grasshopper creek, on both sides of the Kansas, the country becomes 
lower near the river, but at a distance of some ten or twelve miles back, on the 
north side, it appears to be nearly as elevated as on the east of Grasshopper 
creek. Between this higher country and the Kansas, there is a plateau, appa- 
rently elevated not more than sixty feet above the broad level prairie bottoms 
along the river; while on the south of the Kansas, some five or six miles south 
west of Topeka, there are some isolated hills apparently of the same elevation 
as the high country north of the Kansas. 

At several places soon after crossing Grasshopper creek, we met with some 
highly fossiliferous beds along the smal! streams, at an elevation of apparently 
about eighty feet above the Kansas. Below we give a section of these beds 
seen at a locality some eight miles south west of the point where the exposures 


mentioned on Grasshopper creek were observed : 
Feet. 


1. Rough seams and layers of concretionary limestone of bluish tinge 
with partings of clay, containing Terebratula millepunctata, Spirigera subtilita, 
Spirifer cameratus, S. Kentuckensis, Retzia Mormonii, Rhynchonella Uta, Pro- 
ductus Norwoodii,P. splendens ?P. semireticulatus, P. Prattenianus, Orthisina, 
similar to O. umbraculum, also Fenestella and Chetetes of undetermined 
SPECICHscate cosets tdaasa vee seccest cacdadece sew esc enaieled doa assre ce douseu was tvers Jo uaes ase o esaeee 

2. Black shale, shading upwards gradually into laminated blue clay... 2 

3. Hard blue or gray limestone, with Spirifer cameratus, Spirigera subtilita, 
DIC gaa a ee ey gs BP he gn Bh ee ee BEL CMR ae 

4. Bluish gray soft clay, with seams of hard limestone AO ATOLL Dare 

5. Light gray, somewhat granular limestone with a few round grains, 
amivery sinall pebbles of quartz: svt. cess se teceessesciate selanetlecss De secdonde 

At another place on the south side of the Kansas, about twelve miles south 
west of the point where the last section was seen, there is an abrupt bluff near 
ie old Baptist Mission, composed of the following beds in the descending 
order : 


» 
= 


Feet, 

A. Slope, no rocks exposed........ sient asadaajsat an snes iesene ca ae) Glee aicaceasvec ce es<v <> 20 

- Hard yellowish gray mts aie with fragments OF TOSSIIS 2, sncavevaeces occ 4 

- SSMIE, HER ROGKNERMOUOI” sce cet. nant incor crnctcces aeetes Ont ie Wanna 18 
1859.] : 


12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


4. Light gray, rather hard fine grained sandstone...... pasdi de dvialacsseh stecos 3 
5. Blopeyentuesssse Vatu saevd” sods davevecder Pls sabe biebiu Add ve cbbbeae sabheahbe ce bvusd bias. sha 
6. Fine grained sandstone, in thin layers, not well exposed—apparently 2 
7. Slope, with occasional outcrops hard gray limestone «....0..00.0000.0.00 16 
8. Yellowish and dark gray laminated clay, or soft shale, with layers and 
nodular concretions of argillaceous carbonate of iron, near base*............ 90 


9. Hard bluish argillaceous limestone, of which there was exposed in the 
bed of a small stream, not more than 13 or 15 feet above the river, a thick- 
NIOGE OL a penclareb Stead vate delbe du dduudeawwileliesiwvies ncdubndsss wed? me POn eed ete & 1 


After passing this locality, we heard of a coal mine some three or four miles 
south of here, near the base ‘of an isolated hill, known as Shunganunga Mound. 
We did not visit this mine, but were informed ‘that it is considerably above the 
summit of the last section, and that the bed is about 18 inches in thickness. 
The coal is said to be of good quality. 

Above here on both sides of the Kansas, the country continues to be rather 
low, no part of it being apparently more than two hundred feet above the river. 
For a long distance above this, there is a beautiful broad, level bottom prairie, 
on the north side of the Kansas, extending back from four to six miles, and as 
much as eighteen or twenty miles along the river. Bounding this on the north, 
the country rises by a gentle grassy slope to an elevation of from sixty to about 
one hundred feet, furnishing the most beautiful sites for dwelling houses. 

For a considerable distance above the locality where the exposure near the 
old Baptist Mission was examined, the hills especially near the river on the 
south side, appear to be mainly composed of rather heavy deposits of laminated 
clays and shales, with soft sandstones and occasional thin beds of limestone, 
containing the usual fossils of the upper carboniferous series. Atthe crossing 

of Mission creek, at an elevation of perhaps not more than twenty-five or 
thirty feet above the Kansas, exposures were observed consisting first above of 
five feet of light gray laminated clay, resting upon two or three feet of soft 
yellow sandstone, which passes down into laminated arenaceous clays, of which 
some eight or ten feet were exposed above the creek. : 

Some fifteen or sixteen miles west of the point where the road crosses Mis- 
sion creek, at a locality six or severi miles south of the Kansas, there is a high 
elevation known by the name of Buffalo mound, rising as much as four hun- 
dred and fifty or sixty feet above the river. At one place a large creek called 
on the maps, Upper Mill creek, sweeps close along the northern base of this 
elevation, and has carried away the loose debris so as to leave the lower strata 
well exposed. The section here beginning at the summit of this hill is, 


Feet. 

1. A slope of about 160 feet, along the lower forty feet of which we 
found loose specimens of Spirifer cameratus, S. planoconvexa, Retzia Mor- 
moni, Productus splendens? Chenctes Verneuiliana, C. mucronata, and Fusulina 
cylindrica, var. ventricosa, with fragments of Cheetetes, Crinoids, §c., of unde- 
WETIMBME CMS PO CIES ters ese cmnleneaamiscameniensscmecnaceinessnsenaienms seerlaster ale feeat gee ee. 

2. Bluish gray limestone in two layers, the upper of which contains 
columns of Crinoids, Productus Calhounianus, §c., while Myalina subquad- 
rata, Orthisina Missouriensis, Allorisma, Pinna, Monotis, g§c., of undetermined 
species, occur in the lower ...........+0. esses By sisivap Geiasniviea naiasiald bia Gencarnls cael se ete SRE: 

25. Slopexwmith m0 eXpPOsUuLes, Of: TO CK ..06.000 sciasmcosnes ob cadapiennnesls)causeagse) oeicases 96 

4. Rather hard mottled brown and light gray compact limestone, with 
a few Crinoid columns ; may be thicker, but only showing a thickness of... 3 

5. Brown, whitish and green clays, with rugged white calcareous con- 
GLOMLOMSpecawe bus ocaeee oquitesis nuleasblac spe} ofes8 s vere oalast-nansEniaginrs omasceinicbssansiucesek eter + 

6. Fine urgillaceous sandstone, with streaks of yellow and brown colors.. 14 

ReeASHECOlOred iC Ayiccsc.ccw ereciviieaassonce vans Beaeeaenncarere Sides<Epo-socaseen area 10 


*There may be some thin beds of limestone in this portion of the section, as every 
part of this ninety foot bed was not well exposed, 
[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 


8. Clays of red or brownish colors above ; blue and green below........... 33 
9. Deep brown clay, with rugged concretions of same color ...... we sbigaetiens 3 
10. Hard light bluish limestone, with some rather large columns of 
Crinoids, Chonetes, Vernewiliana, §C...cceceereseceee de veseiatene babe eins nees ek estey aed « 24 
11. Brown, ash colored, and blue laminated clays, which are more or 
less arenaceous, with near the middle some 5 or 6 inches black shale........ 46 
12. Gray and purple argillaceous limestone, with Pinna, Productus, 
an dia few Miusulandiel acts fis. Sesvees eed Rik wdees dees Sectetthee sds ase Ea eas lees « 1} 
Poon Greant tamimatedebtyss:cs ss zawacsoessnstenwasdiwswereeevaesheU neater \octanceneces ese 4 
14. Two or three layers of soft fine grained sandstone, more or less ar- 
gillaceous, and separated by seams Of Clay.....scseeseeceeseeeesceee Pelecenateseaes as ae 
PS. Bhurshandrash Colored Clays .c.cen.cssccsescasewses ccuvena-soetee! sects aoe cuses= 21 
16. Alternate layers of hard bluish gray limestone, and seams of clay 
with sandy concretions........ Biceheerineancaascerchatcnstce peujescens creme precocceecco-o se is} 
17. Rather hard yellowish limestone, with Fuszulina...... Jensevecsacce asses ed ee 
18. Ash colored clay, not very well expoSed..........0. scsceccoee coe ccrscecees 15 
19. Yellowish impure limestone with Puswlind........ccscoorcee ocsseercscsvens 2 
20. Ash colored laminated clays—above the creek. Sssggoces <Coeecttb cose coceae 5 


About three hundred yards below where this section was taken, the creek 
was observed to fall nearly a foot, over a ledge of hard limestone ; and one 
mile further down, the bed of the creek is composed of a hard yellow lime- 
stone containing great numbers of Fusulina. At these localities Mill creek is 
probably not elevated more than thirty feet above the Kansas. 

Near half a mile east, or south east, of the point where the Fusulina lime- 
stone was seen in the bed of Mill creek, and at a somewhat higher elevation, 
we saw apparently the same bed of Fusulina limestone showing a thickness of 
three feet. Under this there was at one place exposed a thickness of some 
four or five feet of very fine yellow sandstone with minute specks of Mica. 
These exposures indicate a moderate dip of the strata towards the west or 
north west. 

On the north side of Kansas, in a direction a little west of north, and abont 
sixteen miles from the last mentioned localities, we observed an outcrop on a 
small stream marked “‘ Last Creek” on the maps, presenting the following sec- 
tion, descending :— 


Feet. 
1. Seams yellow magnesian limestone, alternating with clay, showing a 
thickness of about...... BStCOACH Bosse: Cobden acooddocks Unédod ovedantey Socodases Bodeoctes as 8 
2. Yellow soft granular magnesian limestone, containing Productus Nor- 
woodi, and an undetermined species Of Myalind...s. sssecsece ceoreeeee ceecenseeeee +4 
Somtimemamin ated: Dla Ck Saleen ces .scccesillstcnd= castes decacelsnesanseseoreceisncek cee 1 
4. Gray rather soft argillaceous limestone......... ... l 


5. Blue somewhat indurated very fine calcareous clay containing at its 
junction with the next bed below, Chonetes, Synocladia biserialis, Chetetes, 
IRR MIE MONEE 7420 UTS cree wenap rasacapencaecas sacecass eccnsance corns cagibborinoosaee 9 

6. Seams hard, compact gray limestone, alternating with softer argillo- 
calcareous matter, and containing casts of many small Cypricardia-like 
shells, small Murchisonia, Pleurotomaria, Macrocheilus, Naticopsis, Bellero- 


CGE CBS A Gh eed BAR te A a A fal Sa 3 apboCOe vogagodes ogacbons 2 
7. Bluish laminated clays weathering to drab COLOL..........seceeeeeeeeecene o> 4 
8. Yellow rather soft granular magnesian limestone, with embedded 

freaements Gf harder MOTE COMPACl CO.........2.. wsocaecan deossccoCaececrencecnastsese 54 
9. Bluish indurated calcareous CIE El nasadenonibaenbes cosdendeoancobanasdacusdagins 3 


The base of this section is evidently not elevated much above the Kansas, 
as it extends down to the bottom of a deep ravine formed by the creek, while 
its top appeared to be nearly ona level with the surface of the bottom prairie in 
the Kansas valley. These beds dip a little to the north west, and are very si- 
milar, especially the magnesian limestones, to some of the Permian strata hold- 
ing a position far above this in the series, some considerable distance west of 


1859.] 


14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


here. Only about three miles further west, we saw the following exposure on 


Vermilion creek :— 
Feet. 


1. Slope of about fifteen feet, with near the base some ledges of gray lime- 
stone, amongst loose fragments of which we picked up specimens of Spiri- 


gera subtilita, Spirifer hemiplicata, Productus Norwoodi, and P. splendens?... 15 
A MPNONAITIO LTACK: HOON saves ack sagtacavice dan weebmises Gh ieneneriameaaiarn.athas biaeraabiiia 26 
3. Soft bluish and gray more or less ‘laminated clays with irregular 

SBANGY SCAMS ANA CONCTELIONSG..cccccocecserencscnsacessercecsep seanssseacenseconenese¥ses 12 
. Irregular hard blue caleareous seam one to six WNCILOR ssicnsabonesspstddtnnd 5 

SDINC, CAT a pacncsesticacean epncssden pian imp ens aaes aemeomasstibSasoxaeeensinames Gnenanes 2 
6. Soft decomposing more or less laminated sandstone....... be aasten ace o>s 4 
7. Blue clay. one foot above the creek......cccwssscerssceceescesccosseseseses * 1 


Almost directly opposite these localities, on the sonth side of the Kansas, 
some three or four miles back from the river, and nearly on a line between the 
locality where we saw the exposures on “ Last Creek” and Buffalo mound,— 
but considerably below the level of the summit of the latter, we examined 
some exposures presenting beneath a slope of about eighty feet, in descend- 


ing order : 
Feet. 


1. Hard bluish gray limestone of which there was expOsed....ccee-esseereee 

2. Rough yellowish magnesian limestone with cavities lined with chal- 
CODODY 100000000 vensncper ansaenonr soonseancegsenses ssennancn iets cesses arepesaed eSueoaasve et asede 

3. Bluish and ash colored ClayS...... .0..sessececeveees PLL ELIE IED aa aene 

4, Layer much like No. 2....csccecscacscecece concen vesesces cocses sssccsete seeses os cone 

5. Vellowish preen Clay... <:-seccasenspescos acc speieesacsesecnssup ssseeesup sens sessuauas 

6. Bluish gray limestone in two layers, the upper of which contains 
columns of Crinoids, Productus Calhounianus, &c., while Myalina subquad- 
rata, Orthisina Missouriensis, Allorisma, Pinna, Monotis, &c., occur in the 
WOwWielistsecneecesteccccdese acer sl ese soreadavecsteshperisenena cou samme ava oe sae epeeeers sedeeeass <_< oO 

7. Bluish and ash colored clays exposing a thickness Of.......s0.sssccccoree = 

The bed No. 6 of this section is evidently the same as No. 2 of the section at 
Buffalo mound (page 12), though here the dip of the strata has brought it 
lower. Its elevation above the Kansas at Buffalo mound must be about two 
hundred and fifty feet. We had no means of estimating very accurately its 
elevation where the last section was taken, though we do not think it as much 
as one hundred and seventy-five feet above the Kansas. 

Ten miles farther west, on the same side of the river, along a small stream 
marked ‘Deep creek” on the maps, at a point some four or five miles back 
from the Kansas, and elevated perhaps as much as forty feet above it, some 
outcrops were examined near Zeandale, presenting the following section, de- 


3 
5 
1 
20 


scending :— 
Feet. 
1. Long slope of about one hundred feet, no rocks S€eM.........+ee0+ «+ ohoe, LOO 
2. Dark argillaceous limestone, stained with iron, and bperrecee frag- 
THOBESO ts ONINOLAS seen cdonvlonscenons) eceavnecloneanesen eccrover Rocrtectenmes cocencecccdrocseccwes ode 
3. Soft decomposing argillaceous limestone...... Prose silane Setacege snenernesaae ata 
4. Very hard light yellow compact limestone in one massive bed, —con- 
ee great numbers of Fusulina, also Productus Calhounianus, &C.......... 6 
5. Ash-colored laminated CLAY <ocecucpnascsiseccctcuesnsisvecasieeesecs Daceeccieceses pace 
6. Hard decomposing argillaceous limestone with Fusulina aca Seweae sania aig Ae 
7. Blue, green, and ash- colored ClAYjrecc coscsjotocesieee sac terierecseseeaae “ferractcod: 18 
8. Gray argillaceous limestone, with more or less ferruginous matter.. 3 
9. Light bluish clay somewhat laminated.......cesecceeceteeeseee coeereees enone 7 
10. White poconpesne pear limestone with Productus Calhoun- 
ZANUS ».. seeee coos 1 


We heard of a | bed of ‘coal § some four or ‘five “miles | above this on 1 the ‘same 
creek, but were unsuccessful in an attempt to find the locality where it crops 
out. We were informed, however, by Mr. Pillsbury, an intelligent gentleman 
[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 


living at Zeandale, that the bed is from four to six inches in thickness, and 
overlaid by about three and a half feet of blue shale, strongly impregnated 
with alum. Above the latter, he said there is an eight or ten inch layer of dark 
argillaceous material, weathering to an iron rust color, and containing many 
nodular concretions,—perhaps of carbonate of iron. From the information 
obtained in regard to the lovation and elevation of this coal bed, we are in- 
clined to believe it must hold a position a little below the horizon of the mid- 
dle of the slope at the top of the foregoing section. It is probably the 
highest bed of coal in the whole series of this region,—at any rate we saw no 
indications of coal above it. 

About a mile ora mile and a half north of the locality where this coal bed 
has been seen, the dividing ridge between the Kansas and Deep creek, rises to 
an elevation of near three hundred and twenty feet above the latter stream at 
the nearest point. Here at the summit of this ridge there are some thin out- 
crops of gray and whitish argillaceous limestone, showing on weathered sur- 
faces a somewhat laminated structure, and containing at places large spines of 
a species of Archwocidaris ; beneath this there is about two feet of gray frag- 
mentary limestone reposing on a more compact bed of hard gray limestone 
near three feet in thickness, and often cellular in the middle. Along the slope 
about one hundred and twenty feet below the horizon of these beds, we found 
loose specimens of Spirifer cameratus, Orthisina umbraculum? Rhynchonella Uta,Al- 
lorisma, Synocladia biserialis, &c. Just below these, there were many loose slabs of 
light vellowish fine grained calcareous sandstone, containing Productus, Pecten, 
and Fucoidal markings. About forty-seven feet lower down the slope, and 
near one hundred and fifteen feet above the level of the Kansas, there is an 
exposure of light grayish yellow granular limestone, showing a thickness of 
three feet, in which we only saw fragments of a Chonetes, and Crinoid columns: 
large tabular masses of this rock were strewed along the slope for some distance 
below. 

At the mouth of Big Blue river, on the south side of the Kansas, there is an 
abrupt bluff, along which several slides have exposed many of the beds com- 
posing the high ridge mentioned six or seven miles below here. The dip, how- 
ever, of the strata towards the west, or north west, is so great that the lime- 
stone containing spines of Archeocidaris, seen on the summit of the ridge be- 
low this, at an elevation of about 320 feet above the Kansas, is here, opposite 
the mouth of Big Blue river, only elevated about 214 feet above the Kansas ; 
consequently the three feet of grayish yellow limestone cropping out 115 feet 
above the Kansas along the slope of the ridge above mentioned, at the mouth 
of Blue river, has sunk beneath the level of the Kansas. 

This far we have scarcely attempted to draw parallels between the various 
beds seen by us at different places, in consequence of the fact that our obser- 
vations were isolated, as must necessarily be the case in a mere reconnois- 
sance, extended overa large area in a short space of time. In addition to this, 
the group of rocks examined presents no extensive beds of limestone or other 
hard material, forming well marked horizons, or continuous lines of outcrop, 
by which the relations between strata seen at different localities could be traced 
out. This difficulty is also greatly increased by the frequent repetition of pre- 
cisely similar beds at different horizons in the series, and above all by the | 
great vertical range of the organic remains. Consequently we have pre- 
ferred to present separately the local sections examined, instead of attempting 
to construct a continuous general vertical section showing the order of super- 
position of the various strata. To do this successfully throughout all the va- 
rious rocks of the whole Kansas valley, would require much more time than 
we had at our command. 

As our examinations along the Kansas and Smoky Hill rivers above this 
point were made in more detail, where the outcrops were more frequent and 
continuous, we have, as we believe, been able to trace out the connections and 
order of succession of the various strata with considerable accuracy. Hence, 
we give below a general section of the rocks in this region, commencing with 


1859.] 


16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the Cretaceous sandstones on the summits of the Smoky Hills, lat. 38° 30/ N., 
long. 98° W., and descending through the various intermediate formations 
seen along the Smoky Hill and Kansas rivers, to the base of the bluff already 
mentioned, opposite the mouth of Big Blue river, on the Kansas. It is true, 
there are a few gaps in this section, where we were unable to see the beds 
along some of the slopes, but as we know the position in the series, as well as 
the extent of these gaps, it will be easy to determine, when a greater number 
of exposures have been examined, the nature of the beds occupying then. 


General section of the Rocks of Kansas Valley from the Cretaceous down, so as to 
include portions of the upper Coal measures. 
Feet. 
1. Red, brown, and yellowish, rather coarse grained sandstone, often 
obliquely laminated, and containing many ferruginous concretions ; also, 
fossil wood and many leaves of dicotyledonous trees, some of which belong 
to existing genera, and others to genera peculiar to the Cretaceous epoch. 


Locality, summit of Smoley Hills....ccccsseseccssseecessseses cneeeeeceeesene aoeenmnage sian, SOU 
2. Whitish, very fine grained argillaceous sandstone, underlaid by bluish 
purple and ash colored clays. Locality same as preceding....+.+++1+++04 sesveee « 16 


3. Long, gentle slope, with occasional outcrops of ash colored red, blue, 
and whitish, more or less laminated clays, with thin beds of sandstone. 
Locality same as preceding, and extending down at places nearly or quite to the 
bluffs of Smoky Hill river ; thickness AbOUL......+sceseeceseeeseeeeerseseeees ceeeeeens 200 
4. Red sandstone, with some layers of hard, light gray calcareous, 
do., and both containing ferruginous concretions. Locality, bluffs Smoky 
Hill river, five or six miles above Grand Saline river. Probably local, thick- 
NESS SEEN ADOUL.....ceeeeereee apbtoedngerasca bk he se solvenvad ape? ad ane nies cn kenianaeas 15 
5. Bluish, red, light yellow, and gray clays, and soft claystones, with 
sometimes a few thin layers of magnesian limestone. In many places 
these clays have been traversed in every direction by cracks, into which 
calcareous and argillaceous matter have found their way, and subsequently 
become consolidated so as to form thin seams of impure yellowish 
limestone, which cross and intersect each other at every angle. The 
red clays are usually less distinctly laminated, contain more arenaceous 
matter, and often show ripple marks on the surfaces. Locality, Bluffs along 
Smoky Hill river, above the mouth of the Grand SUNG. Wvcnscsstennoavcseconcess axon nan 
6. Light gray, ash colored, and red clays, sometimes arenaceous, and 
often traversed by cracks, filled with calcareous matter as in the bed 
above,—alternating with thin layers and seams of gypsum. Locality, near 


mouth Smoky Hill river ..sssceeseveees A OCB sececoactereeteentesee eee aare pee ceaeaeemaamee 40 
7. Rather compact amorphous white gypsum, with near the base dissemi- 
nated crystals, dark colored do. Locality same a8 la8te.....+.++ seseeeeee severe 43 to 5 


8. Alternations of ash colored, more or less arenaceous clays, with thin 
beds and seams of gypsum above; towards lower part, thin layers of clay- 
stone, and at some places soft magnesian limestone. Locality same as last.. 50 

9. Rough conglomerated mass, composed of fragments magnesian lime- 
stone and sandstone, with sometimes a few quartz pebbles, cemented by 
calcareous and arenaceous matter ; variable in the thickness and probably 
local. Locality, south side Smoky Hill river, ten or twelve miles below Solo- 
MONS HOTK ...cacececccccvces cocces cascccece voccessecncers wuctveeeslcrneeeess em waveucesceny seen 18 

10. Bluish, light gray, and red laminated clays, with seams and beds of 
yellowish magnesian limestone, containing Monotis Hawni, Myalina perat- 
tenuata, Pleurophorous? subcuneata, Edmondia? Calhouni, Pecten undt. and 
Spirigera near S. subtilita ; also Nautilus eccentricus, Bakevellia parva, Leda 
subscitula, Axinus rotundatus, and undetermined species of Bellerophon, 
Murchisonia, §c. Locality, near Smoky Hill river, on high country south of 
Fort Riley, as well as on Cottonwood creek .......+++ soccveese covsetece vscesss Scadartoaen 90 

11. Light grayish and yellow magnesian limestone, in layers and beds 
sometimes alternating with bluish and other colored clays, and containing 


[Jan 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. VW 


Solemya, a Myalina near M. squamosa, Pleurophorous? subcuneata, Bakevellia 
parva, Pecten undt., and a Huomphalus near E. rugosus ; also, a Spirigera 
allied to S. subtilita, but more gibbous, Orthisina umbraculum? O. Shumardi- 
ana, &c. Locality, summit of the hills, near Fort Riley and above there ; also 
MEP IOMITEN ONLOTUDON ON CLEC Oman censanlaes se cpiaeine te oesesiadeet eects tec Hancerisesset te\csnsr cass 25 to 35 
12. Light grayish yellow, rather granular magnesian limestone, con- 
taining spines and plates of Archgocidaris ; afew fragments of small Crinoid 
columns, Spirifer similar to S. lineatus, but perhaps distinct; ‘also same 
Spirigera seen in beds above, Orthisina Shumardiana, O. umbraculum? and Pro- 
ductus Calhounianus. Forms distinct horizon near summit of hills in vicinity 
of Fort Riley, also seen on Cottonwood creek........1.scecccces verereees sences soneeeens 7 to 8 
13. Soft argillo-calcareous bed, apparently local. Kansas Falls........0.+ 5 
14. Light grayish and yellowish magnesian limestone, containing many 
concretions of flint, also the same Spirigera found in beds above, and Pro- 
ductus Norwoodi P. Calhounianus, with Discina tenuilineata and an undeter- 
mined Monotis. Fort Riley and below, also at Kansas Falls and on Cotton- 
CTIBOEL GAT becd000008 089000300 OS OPOCAE:- EBSCO pESEDOOoE NOD IoOIo ASBenag cob nGoe cocgbA sabe aacd Oo Sac: 38 
15. Alternations, bluish, yellowish and brown clays, with a few thin - 
seams of limestone. fort Riley, Kansas Falls; also below Fort Riley, and 
GQIMGOTEDULOGURCT Ee lonae ces tienes ete corto ts hotel oe viele stag te ealane a Nas icssncienee seiepalee 
16. Light yellowish magnesian limestone, containing /fucocdal markings, 
fragments of small Crinotd columns, Pecten, Allorisma, Spirigera, Orthisina 
umbraculum? O. Shumardiana, Discina tenuilineata, §c. Lower quarry at Fort 
Riley, and at other places above and below Fort R., as well as on Cottonwood 
BRAD hearse Aandh cgedeeuagnde Sdooes abmRtA Sonobo. | ddooodp OSHne5 booed inde doops EBenaee DOO LEnEaoCe, 4 to 
17. Alternations of blue, red, and light gray clays, with sometimes thin . 
layers and seams of magnesian ‘limestone. Fort TRO an seooee anes0bacn 50 28 
18. Light gray and whitish magnesian limestone, containing Spiri, igera, 
Orthisina umbraculum? O. Shumardiana, Productus Calhounianus, Acantho- 
cladia Americana, and undt. sp. Cyathocrinus. Lower part containing many 
concretions of flint. ort Riley and on Cottonwood creek. Whole thickness 
BDO UG eceeerc lence Boo 3505: Sodoagssé msdsensnaseasctaas DacHsacc odes oppageassidoBoEMAG! “adosdoht 40 
19. Brown, green, and very light gray clays, alternating ; ; contains near 
the upper part fragments of Crinoid columns, Synocladia biserialis, spirigera, 
Productus Norwoodi, Chonetes mucronata, Orthisina Shumardiana, Orthisina 
umbraculum, §c., with teeth of Petalodus Alleghaniensis. Fort Rilet/........+4. ie 
20. Alternations of rather thin layers light yellowish magnesian lime- 
stone, and various colored clays; the limestone layers containing Monotis, 


ww 
ow 


Synocladia biserialis, $c. Locality same as ldSt.......ssecscee seececeneceeeeeceeceres 33 
ZI PlOpe NOMOCKS SCEnt, YBElOW Mort, Miler ic...a.ccieeeccorns oosee esos vaesss carson 25 


22. Whitish, or very light gray magnesian limestone, rendered porous by 
cavities left by the weathering out of numerous Fusulina. This is the high- 
est horizon at which any remains of Fusulina were met with. Some four 
miles below Fort Riley, along a creek on the south side of the Kansas, and appa- 
CIEL AOI ORCL LAI TET CEL LUOUE TU sewdeeat ear sen sitr 44s opicipiiatsessessas)nocs ences) lees eescs 2 
23. Bluish, light gray, and brown clays, with occasional layers of mag- 
nesian limestone. Chonetes mucronata, Orthisina umbraculum? Monotis, Fu- 
Sulina, ge.  Uenvmiles below Hort Eile). vcc.c...-cocaecsce ovesacascscanssese\ceeseaiecsees 35 
24. Hard, very light yellowish gray magnesian limestone, with Fusulina, 
and spines of Archeocidaris. Forms marked horizon near the same locality 
GS) UTS = Ses Bop s00 R53 COODBDE ES Baa obec SCOEOCO,CeIde Be Oa500C0E dos “oAe Sacacnesso70e cacben Goabecese 6 
25. Slope, with occasional exposures, thin layers of Fusulina, limestone, 
and seams of gray limestone containing Myalina, Monotis, Pecten and frag. 
ments of Synocladia biserialis. Near same locality a3 last.....scccecseeee ceeeneeee 36 
26. Light gray argillaceous limestone, showing on weathered surfaces a 
somewhat laminated structure ; contains large spines of Arch@ocidaris. Near 


CgdenmicrT tear e MC LON aeta weet iaciamacisnenes fenced Reenvenelaoeccteatacnsesasgicasee 9 

27. Gray limestone, often fragmentary, with much clay above; lower 
part hard, and more or less cellular in middle. Jocality, same as last........ 5 
1859.) 


18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


28. Whitish clays and claystones, with a thin layer of hard compact 
gray limestone near the middle. Locality same 8 last... cscs coeceessee ener « 4 20 
29. Light greenish indurated clays. Same locality)... .cccesces seresececese caves 3 
30. Hard, heavy bedded, white argillaceous limestone, contains Mono- 
us and Avicula. Ogden Ferry, and below there.. cana edininaas 
31, Very thinly laminated dark green shale. "Dhree ‘miles nearly cast ‘of 
Ogden Ferry, on McDowell's creek ; also at Manhattan, on the Kansas... ....-..:- 1 
32. Light greenish and flesh-colored hard argillaceous limestone, with 
Spirifer cameratus. This is the highest horizon at which we found this 
BPOCIGS. SAME LOCHIILEN. <oe2n roncovenscssovcesriaveassagoasccencasannee op cectenveceph epheds 3 
33. Alternations of bluish, green, and red more or less calcareous lami- 
nated clays, light gray limestones and claystones, with DPecten, Monotis and 
fragments of Crinotd columns. Same localities .... ccseccesesseeseereeenececer sense », 30 
34. Alternations bluish, purple, and ash colored calcareous clays, passing 
at places into claystones, and containing in a thin bed near the middle, 
Spirifer planoconvexa, Spirigera sublilita, Productus splendens? Rhynchonella 


Oo 


V7, 80. DOcaitiyy SAME” OS PT CCEOANG vc005.s + secs avansnceos Sen suncs'snchun te qesanai venues 12 
35. Blue, light gray, and greenish clays, with occasional harder seams 

and layers of claystone and limestone. Same locality... ....1. cssseceecereeeeneees 33 
36. Somewhat laminated claystone of light gray color, with more or less 

calc Bpar near lower part. “MANALI soc. .500.5ss50 -a>sen> ovncau oa sonade apppap seen>e 19 


37. Alternations of dark gray and blue, soft decomposing argillaceous 
limestone, with dark laminated clays, or soft shale, containing great quan- 
tities of Fusulina cylindrica, F. cylindrica, var. ventricosa, Discina Manhattan- 
ensis, Chetetes, and fragments Crinoids ; also, Choneles, Verneuilianc, C. mucro- 
nata, Productus splendens? Retzia Mormonii, Rhynchonella Uta, Spirigera subtt- 
lita, Spirifer cameratus, 8. planoconvera, Euomphalus, near 2. rugosus and 


Synocladia biserialés ; also Cladodus occidentalis. Locality, same as last.....+++. 18 
38. Soft bluish shale, with yellow laminated arenaceous seams below, 
containing Fucoidal markings. Same locality. ..........sssscees sevces assveces soenes 26 


39. Two layers gray argillo-calcareous rock, separated by two feet of 
dark green and ash colored clays. The calcareous beds contain fragments 
of Crinoids, Chonetes, and Myalina of undt. species. Same locality as last... 44 

40. Light greenish, yellow, and gray clays and claystones, extending 
down nearly to high water mark uf the Kansas, opposite the mouth of Blue 
IRAUET cannveveicoetoonepiacssagisesotuiuc'ss oscac(sspeecrensssnansissces querkeciverédtasnate sae ea tne eae 27 

The foregoing general section of the strata seen along the valley of Kansas 
and Smoky Hil! rivers, from the mouth of Blue river to the 98th degree of 
west longitude, is presented in its present form more with a view of illustrat- 
ing the vertical range of the organic remains found in these rocks, than as an 
attempt to group the beds into formations that may be expected to preserve 
their distinctive lithological characters throughout areas of any great extent. 
As this has necessarily been done from a knowledge of only a portion of the 
fossils characterizing these strata, it is quite probable, when more extensive 
collections are obtained, that it may be found necessary even on this principle, 
to classify and group the beds somewhat differently. We are also aware that 
some of these beds probably increase or diminish greatly in thickness, or may 
even entirely thin out, at no very great distances from the localities where we 
saw them. 

Among the more peculiar features of the series of rocks represented by this 
general section, and in part by the preceding local sections, may be mentioned 
first, the great number of thin layers and beds; and secondly, the frequent 
repetition of similar beds at various horizons. Again, the almost entire ab- 
sence of heavy massive strata of limestone, or other hard material possessing 
sufficient durability to form perpendicular escarpments of much extent, is 
worthy of note. Asa general thing, the limestones vary from only a few inchee 
in thickness, to from one to three or four feet, and rarely, as in Nos. 14 and 18, 
attain a thickness of from thirty-eight to forty feet. Although various light 
colored laminated clays, and soft argillaceous shaly beds predominate, and 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 


arenaceous material is not unfrequently present, it is somewhat remarkable, 
that dark bituminous shales and beds of coal are rarely met with, even among 
the outcrops seen along the Kansas, below the mouth of Blue river, belonging 
to the upper coal measures, and holding a position below the base of the fore- 
going general section; while through a considerable thickness of beds belong- 
ing to higher portions of the coal measures included in the lower part of this 
section, as well as through the strata containing Permian fossils above, beds of 
coal and dark carbonaceous shales appear to be almost, if not entirely wanting. 

it will be observed we have in this general section, without attempting to 
draw lines between the systems or great primary divisions, presented in regular 
succession the various beds with the fossils found in each, from the Cretaceous 
sandstone on the summits of the Smoky Hills, down through several hundred 
feet of intermediate doubtful strata, so as to include the beds containing Permian 
types of fossils, and a considerable thickness of rocks in which we find great 
numbers of upper coal measure forms. We have preferred to give the section 
in this form because, in the first place, the upper Coal measures of this region 
pass by such imperceptible gradations into the Permian above, that it is very 
difficult to determine, with our present information, at what particular horizon 
we should draw the line between them, while on the other hand, it is equally 
difficult to define the limits between the Permian and beds above, in which we 
found no fossils. 

Beginning near the base of this section, we find we have in great numbers 
the following well known and widely distributed Coal measure fossils, viz. : 
Fusulina cylindrica,* Chonetes Verneuiliana, Productus splendens, (or a closely al- 
lied species,) Retzia Mormoni, Rhynchonella Uta, Spirigera subtilita, Spirifer ca- 
meratus, S. planoconvexa, and a Huomphalus similar to LH. rugosus of the Coal 
measures, while the few new and undetermined species associated with these, 
are, for the most part, also decidedly more nearly allied to Carboniferous than 
Permian forms. We should here remark, however, that we occasionally met 
with a species of Monotis, allied to the Permian species M. Speluncaria and Sy- 
nocladia biserialis, also regarded in the old world as a Permian genus, at horizons 
far beneath the base of this section, between Manhattan and the Missouri. We 
even found a single specimen of this Monotis as low down as bed No. 9, of the 
section taken near the landing at Leavenworth City, which must occupy a 
position several hundred feet below the lowest beds of the above section. Still 
as this shell is very rare in these lower rocks, and the Synocladia is a distinct 
species from the well known Permian form of the old world, while they are 
both, at these horizons, associated with great numbers of the common well 
known Coal measure species we can only regard their presence in these beds as 
establishing the existence of these genera at an earlier period in this country, 
than in the old world. This, it seems to us, is more philosophical than it 
would be to place all this great thickness of strata, with their vast numbers of 
well known Coal measure species, in the Permian, merely because we also find 
with these occasionally a few forms which would in the old world be regarded 
as characteristic of the Permian epoch. 

Taking it for granted then, that we have carried this section down far enough 
to include, not only all the beds containing almost exclusively Permian forms, 
but a considerable portion of the upper Coal measures, it will be interesting 
to notice, as we ascend in the series, how far each of the Coal measure species ~ 
mentioned in the lower part of the section, as well as of afew others that occur 
above and below, range upwards. Thus we see that Musulina cylindrica var. 
Ventricosa, Chonetes Verneuiliana and Retzia Mormonii were not met with above 
division No. 37 ; while Spirifer planoconvexa,Productus splendens ? and Rhynchonella 
Uta, were not observed above 34, nor Spirifer cameratus above 32. Fusulina 


a a aL aaa na ng 


* In Russia, Fusulina cylindrica is said to occur only in the upper part of the lower 
Carboniferous series; but the fossil generally referred to that species in this country. 
appears to be confined to the Coal measures, We have some doubts in regard to ite 
identity with the Russian species, 


1859.] 


20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


cylindrica, of the slender variety s0 common in the Coal measures of Kansas 
and Missouri, was not seen above 22; nor was any species or variety of 
that genus observed above this horizon. 

Apparently, the same species of Monotis, mentioned at various horizons far 
beneath, were occasionally met with in 30, 25, 23, and 20, generally associated 
with the same species of Synocladia, ranging far down into the upper Coal 
measures. In division No. 19, we again met with the Synocladw biserialis, and 
a Spirigera allied to S. subtilita, if not identical, along with a new species of 
Chonetes we have called C. murcronata, which ranges down into the beds near 
the base of the section. Along with these, were also Producius Norwoodi, and 
Orthisina Shumardiana, both of which are common in the Coal measures far 
below, and a large Orthisina similar to O. umbraculum, but apparently more 
fincly striate. 

Ascending through the intermediate beds to No. 12, we continue to meet with 
nearly all the species mentioned in 19, with the exception of Chonetes mucronata. 
We also have, first in 18, a large species of Productus, called P. Calhounianus 
by Professor Swallow ; very similar to some varieties of P. semtreticulatus, but 
thought by Prof. S.,to present well marked internal differences. There is likewise 
added in 16, a large Allorisma and a Spiriger similar to S. subtilita, but much 
more gibbous; and in 14, Discina tenuilineatus, together with apparently the 
same Monotis, so often mentioned below. In 12, we also have added a small 
Spirifer, similar to S. lizeatus, but perhaps more nearly allied to the Permian 
species Martinia Clannyana, King. 

The succeeding bed above, No. 11, appears also to contain a mingling 
of Permian with Coal measure forms, for we have in it the following Permian 
types, viz.: Myalina very similar to M. Squamosa, Pleurophorus ? subcuneata, 
Bakevellia parva and Monotis Hawni along with a Huomphalus near E. rugosus, 
the same gibbous Spirigera, similar to S. subtilita, Orthisina umbraculum? and 
O. Shumardiana. 

On passing into the next division above, No. 10, we find we have lost sight 
of all the characteristic Carboniferous forms, unless the Spirigera mentioned in 
some of the beds below be regarded as only a variety of S. subfilita, from which 
however, we think it specifically distinct ; for with this exception, nearly all the 
fossils seen by us in this division, are such as would be regarded as Permian 
types. Although the number of species found by usin No. 10 is not great, 
individual specimens are often numerous. Above this horizon we saw no more 
fossils through a great thickness of various colored clays, claystones, &c., until 
ascending to the Cretaceous sandstones crowning the Smoky Hills. 

If we do not admit the existence in this region of an intermediate group of 
rocks, connecting by slight gradations the Permian above, with the Coal meas- 
ures below, and must draw a line somewhere, below which all is to be regarded 
as Carboniferous, and all above as Permian, we should certainly, upon pale- 
ontological principles alone, carry this line up as far as the top of division 
No. 11. The passage from the Carboniferous to the strata containing Per- 
mian types, however, is so gradual here, that it seems to us no one, under- 
taking to classify these rocks without any knowledge of the classification 
adopted in the old world, would have separated them into distinet systems, 
either upon lithological or paleontological grounds, especially as they are not, 
so far as our knowledge extends, separated by any discordance of stratifica- 
tion, or other physical break.* Indeed the fact that some of the Permian types 
occurring in No. 10, were first introduced in beds below this, containing many 
Carboniferous species, would seem to indicate that even No. 10, may possibly 

* We have been informed by Dr. J.G. Norwood, former State Geologist of Illinois, 
that the rocks in that State, referred by him and others to the same epoch as the Kansas 
Permian beds, rest unconformably upon the Coal measures. This, however, would be 
impossible in Kansas, since no disturbances of the strata occurred there, until after the 
close of the Cretaceous era, which would, of course, not only cause the Cretaceous and 
Carboniferous, but all intermediate beds, to dip at the same angle. 


tp [Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 


have been deposited just before the close of a period of transition from the con- 
ditions of the Carboniferous, to those of the Permian epoch. 

The apparent absence of fossils in the beds above No. 10, renders it impossi- 
ble, with our present information, to determine with certainty the upper limits 
of the series containing Permian forms. It is true, there is at places a 
kind of conglomerated mass, occupying the horizon No. 9, which might appear 
to form a natural line of division between the beds containing the Permian 
fossils, and those above, in which we found no organic remains; but this 
seems to be local, and although there is a new feature presented by the zone 
of gypsum deposits above it, we find between the beds and layers of gypsum, 
and far above the horizon at which they ocenr, bluish, greenish, and other 
colored clays, not only similar to those between the beds and layers of limestone 
containing the Permian fossils in division No. 10, but also precisely like the 
laminated clays between the beds of limestone of the upper Carboniferous 
series far below. Again, in these clays of the gypsum zone, as well as through 
a considerab!e thickness of clays above it, there are occasional seams of clay- 
stone, which sometimes pass into seams of magnesian limestone, exactly like 
some of those containing Permian fossils, in division No. 10. We saw no 
fossils in these seams amongst the gypsum bearing beds, nor higher in the 
series, but it is probable they may yet be found in some of the more calcareous 
portions. 

Another fact apparently indicating some kind of relation between the gypsum- 
bearing beds, as well as some of the higher deposits, and the rocks below, 
is, that we often find both in the clays between the beds of gypsum, and those 
between the limestone containing the Permian fossils, the same peculiar appear- 
ance caused by the cracking of the clays and subsequent infiltration of calcare- 
ous matter, seen in division No.5. At some places the thin plates of limestone 
formed by the impure calcareous matter filling these cracks, may be seen rami- 
fying through some rather thin beds of these clays in all directions, so as to 
cross and intersect each other at every angle. Where beds of this kind have 
been exposed for any length of time along near the tops of bluffs, the softer 
clays filling the interstices, often weather out, so as to havea curious cellular 
mass, with the numerous angular cavities. 

From these facts we are inclined to suspect,—though we are fully aware that 
it is a question which can only be determined upon evidence derived from cr- 
ganic remains,—that not only the gypsum-bearing deposits, but a large portion, 
if not all, of division No. 5, belongs to the same epoch as the beds containing 
the Permian fossils below. 

Between No. 5, and the Cretaceous above, there is still a rather extensive 
series of beds in which we found no organic remains; these may be Jurassic 
or Triassic, or both, though as we have elsewhere suggested, we rather incline 
to the opinion that they may prove to belong to the former. As we have fully 
discussed the question in regard to the Cretaceous age of the highest division 
of the foregoing section in a paper read before the Academy in December last, 
and in an article in the American Journal of Science, January, 1859, it is un- 
necessary for us to add any thing further on that subject here. 

As already stated, our observations along the Kansas valley, to within twelve 
or fourteen miles of the mouth of the Big Blue river, were too isolated to,deter- ~ 
mine in all cases the relations between outcrops seen at different places. Con- 
sequently, although we saw at several points along this part of the valley, in- 
dications of a westward or north-westward inclination of the strata, we were 
left in some doubt whether or not there is a general inclination of the rocks in 
that direction, between Wabounse and the Missouri. Above this point, how- 
ever, our observations being more connected, and the exposures more continu- 
ous, we were able to determine very satisfactorily that there is at least from 
near Wabounse, a uniform dip towards the west or north-west, so that in as- 
cending the Kansas valley from this region, we are constantly meeting with 
moreand more modern rocks, as those we leave behind pass bencath the level 
of Kansas. 


1859.] 


22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


To illustrate this more clearly, we would, in the first place, remark that a 
bed of light greyish yellow granular magnesian limestone, mentioned on page 
12, as occupying a horizon about 115 feet above the Kansas, two or three miles 
west of Zeandale, passes beneath the level of Kansas before reaching the 
mouth of the Big Blue river, a distance of near seven miles; while another 
bed (No. 26 of the foregoing section) seen on the very summit of the hills two 
or three miles north of Zeandale, at an elevation of about 320 feet above the 
Kansas, was observed opposite Manhattan at the mouth of Big Blue river, only 
some 214 feet above the Kansas. Again, bed No. 12 of the foregoing general 
section, which was seen at a locality nearly opposite Ogden, at an elevation of 
about 363 feet above the Kansas, is at Fort Riley, eight or nine miles further 
west, elevated only some 215 feet above Kansas. Above Fort Riley this bed 
forms a marked horizon, and can be followed by the eye without interruption 
for several miles along the hills on both sides of the river. We observed it 
gradually sinking as we ascended the Kansas valley, until at a point on Chap- 
man’s Creek, some fifteen miles a little south of west from Fort Riley, we saw it 
pearly down on a level with the Kansas ; beyond this it was not again met with 
ou the north side of the Kansas, but we saw it at somewhat higher elevations 
on the south side of the river a little west of this. 

As the distance by an air-line, from the locality nearly opposite Ogden, 
where this rock occupies a horizon at an elevation of 363 feet above the Kansas 
to the mouth of Chapman’s Creek, is about 23 miles, the dip would appear to 
be not far from 15} feet to the mile. It must be borne in mind, however, that 
the average fall of the Kansas,—at least below Fort Riley,—according to the 
Barometrical observations of Col. Fremont and others, is near one and a half 
feet to the mile, and that if we assume the distance by the windings of the 
river between Chapman’s Creek and Ogden, to be about thirty miles, it would 
make the elevation of the Kansas at the former locality some forty-five feet 
greater than at Ogden, which would reduce the dip to a fraction less than 14 
feet to the mile. Still as the direction of the dip in this region is to the north 
of west, and the direction of the mouth of Chapman’s Creek from Ogden is 
considerably south of west, it is probable the inclination of the strata here is 
greater than the above figures would indicate, and that it may not be less than 
twenty feet to the mile, in a north-west direction. 

From the foregoing statements it will be seen that in consequence of the dip 
of the strata to the north-west, and in some slight degree to the fall of the 
Kansas and Smoky Hill rivers, the whole of the foregoing general section be- 
low No. 12 passes beneath the level of the Smoky Hill, between the mouth of 
Blue river and Chapman’s Creek. Consequently, the limestones of the succeed- 
ing beds above being thinner and less durable than those below, and separated 
by heavy beds of clay; we find, as might be expected, that the country here in 
the region of the mouth of Chapman’s Creek, is much lower than at Fort Riley 
and below. 

On reaching the mouth of Solomon’s Fork, we found the face of the country 
characterized by long gentle grassy slopes, no part of it near the river being 
apparently elevated more than about 60 or 70 feet above its surface. A short 
distance beyond this, we caught the first glimpse of the Smoky Hills, which 
were seen in a direction a little south of west from us, rising above the sur- 
rounding low country like dark blue clouds above the horizon. On approach- 
ing these, we found them always situated several miles back from the river, 
and rising some three hundred and fifty feet above it. The immediate bluffs 
of the river here, are generally composed of divisions No. 4 and 5 of the fore- 
going general section, and that portion of these hills above the level of the 
summits of the bluffs along the river, is made up of division Nos. 3, 2, 1, of the 
same section. On the south side of the river these hill have but a compara- 
tively thin capping of the sandstone No. 1, but on the north side we saw it 
showing a thickening on some of them of sixty feet. 

From some of these hills on the north side of Smoky Hillriver, between it 
and the Grand Saline, we had an extensive and beautiful view of the surround- 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA ‘ Zs 


ing country. In the north and north-west, many similar hills were in sight, 
and as the dip of the strata here is in that direciion, it is probable some of 
this are not only chiefly made up of the sandstone No. 1, but surmounted by 
the other Cretaceous beds Nos. 2 and 3 of the Nebraska Cretaceous series; in- 
deed, Dr. Engleman found all these formations occupying this relation on Re- 
publican river, not more than seveaty miles north of this.* 

Although this paper is merely designed to give a brief sketch of the leading 
geological feature of those portions of north-eastern Kansas visited by us, we 
cannot close it without alluding to the truly great agricultural and other natural 
resources of this new. and interesting Territory. We mean no disparagement 
to other portions of the Mississippi valley, when we state, that after having 
travelled extensively in the Great West, and after having seen many of its 
most favored spots, we have met with no country combining more attractive 
features than Kansas Territory. Her geographical position gives her a com- 
paratively mild and genial climate, intermediate between the extremes of heat 
and cold, while the rich virgin soil of her beautiful prairies is admirably 
adapted to the growth of all the great staple grain and root crops of the west. 

It is true that in some districts there is rather a deficiency of timber, but as 
a general thing there is along the streams sufficient for the immediate wants of 
the country. In addition to this, the wonderful rapidity with which forests 
are known to have sprung up on similar prairie lands in Missouri, as the 
country became settled so as to keep out the annual fires, shows that the 
present scarcity of timber should not be regarded as presenting any serious 
obstacle to the settlement of the most extensive prairie district in Kansas. 

Before going out into the interior of the Territory, we had expected to find 
the whole country immediately west of Fort Riley comparatively sterile; on 
the contrary, however, we were agreeably disappointed at meeting with scarcely 
any indications of decreasing fertility as far as our travels extended, which 
was about sixty miles west of Fort Riley. Here we found the prairies clothed 
with a luxuriant growth of grass, and literally alive with vast herds of Buffalo 
that were seen quietly grazing as far as the eye could reach in every direction. 
Even on the high divide between the Smoky Hill and Arkansas rivers, south of 
this, we found the soilrich and supporting a dense growth of grass ; and from all 
we could learn from persons who have gone further out, the same kind of 
country extends for a long distance beyond this, towards the west. Hence we 
infer that the belt of unproductive lands between the rich country on the east, 
and the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains on the west, is much narrower than 
is generally supposed ; and even this so-called desert country is known to pos- 
sess a good soil, which may be rendered fruitful by artificial irrigation. 

In regard to the mineral resources of Kansas, we have at present only time 
and space to say afew words. As already stated, coal is known to exist, 
though its extent is not yet fully determined, at several localities in the region 
of Leavenworth City, while the geological structure of the country, as well as 
discoveries already made, warrant the conclusion that this important and useful 
mineral abounds at many localities south of there. Limestone suitable for 
building purposes, and the production of quicklime, exist throughout large areas, . 
while inexhaustible beds of gypsum are known to occur at several places not 
far west of the mouth of Solomon’s river. Near this place we likewise saw in 
the lower Cretaceous rocks crowning the summits of the Smoky Hills, deposits 
of iron ore, but were unable to determine in the limited time at our command, 
whether or not it exists in large quantities. 

Of the discoveries of gold in the mountains on the western borders of Kan- 
sas, much has been said ; nothing, however, but a thorough geological survey, 
by authority of the Territorial or State government, (for Kansas must soon be 
a State,) can lay before the public such full, accurate, and reliable information 
on these subjects as will bring from the older States the capital, skill and 
enterprise necessary to develop the great natural resources of the country. 


; *See Report of Secretary of War, Dec. 5th, 1857, page 497. 
1859.) 


24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Nore.—It affords us much pleasure to acknowledge here our obligations to 
Prof. Henry, of the Smithsonian Institution, for free access to the extensive 
series of books on Geology, Paleontology, &c., in the Smithsonian Library, 
while investigating these and our former collections from the west: also for 
the use of rooms in the Institution, and for many other favors of great value 
to us. 

We are likewise under especial obligations to Capt. Stewart Vanvliet, and 
Mr. Levi Wilson of Fort Leavenworth, for favors while out in Kansas, without 
which we could bave accomplished nothing: we also received many civilities 
from Major Sedgwick, Dr. T. G. Madison, Capt. W. 8. Walker, and other officers 
of the army at Fort Riley. 


List of the species mentioned in this paper with some remarks on the synonymy, and 
references to the works, in which they are described. 


FoRrAMINIFERA. 


Fusulina cylindrica, Fischer, Oryct. Moscow, p. 126, p. 18, fig. 1—6. 

In Russia this species is said to occur only in the upper part of lower carbo- 
niferous or mountain limestone. Yet the species usually referred to J. cylin- 
drica in this country, so far as our knowledge extends, is not found below the 
coal measures. From this fact, and some slight differences we observe between 
our specimens and the figures of the Russian species, we suspect a careful 
comparison of good specimens may possibly prove them to be distinct. 
Ranges in Kansas from division No. 22, of the foregoing section, far down into 
the coal measures. Found at numerous localities between Manhattan and the 
Missouri, usually in great numbers. 

Fusulina cylindrica, var. ventricosa, Meek and Hayden, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. Dec. 1858, page 261. Division No. 37,of foregoing general section at 
Manhattan on the Kansas, and at Juniata on big Blue river. 


Bryozoa. 


Synocladia biserialis. Prof. Swallow refers this species with doubt to S. virgu- 
lacea, Philips, sp. in Transactions Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 179, and points 
out some of the characters in which it differs, stating at the same time, in case 
it should prove to be distinct, that biserialis would be a good specific name for 
it. We regard it as quite distinct from Phillips’ species, not only in scarcely 
ever having more than two rows of cellules, but also because the ?gemuliferous 
vesicles, instead of being merely “ tubercular and open at the summit,” have - 
the form of short, but distinct spines apparently closed and rather obtusely 
pointed at the apex. The branches or connecting process are likewise less 
distinctly angulated between the longitudinal stems, than in S. virgulacea. 
Occurs at Fort Riley in No. 19 of foregoing general section, and at various lower 
horizons on the Kansas below there, down into the upper coal measures. 


Acanthocladia Americana. In the Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 180, 
Prof. Swallow refers this species with a query to A. anceps, Schlot. sp. and re- 
marks that it differs from that species in having “ the rows of cellules diagonal 
to the axis of the stems, instead of longitudinal, as represented by King, and 
on ridges like that figured by Goldfuss.” He also further remarks that “ it is 
less regularly branched, and not so distinctly pinnated as those delineated by 
Goldfuss and King.” In the specimens in our collection, the cellules are more 
numerous, and much more crowded, than in A. anceps as figured by King. The 
specific name Americana, was suggested by Prof. Swallow. 

We found this species in Division No. 18, of the foregoing general section, on 
Cottonwood Creek. 

ECHINODERMATA. 

Cyathocrinus ? A few scapuiar plates bearing some similarity to those of ¢. 
ramosus, Schlot. sp. were met with by us in division No. 18, but they are pro- 
portionably much thicker, and the articulating surfaces quite different. 

Cottonwood Creek. 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 


Archeocidaris —— ? In No. 12, we found spines and detached plates of apparent- 
ly an undescribed species of this genus, but they were too much weathered to 
show clearly the specific characters. The spines are rather slender, terete, 
nearly straight, and provided with short scattering spinous processes, directed 
rather obliquely outwards and forward. 

Cottonwood Creek. 


Archeocidaris —— ? The spines of this species are much larger than the last, 
and apparently destitute of spinous processes. They are as much as from three 
to four inches in length, nearly or quite straight, and not flattened or com- 
pressed. 

Division No. 26, Manhattan and in same position on Cottonwood Creek. 


BRACHIOPODA. 


Disecina tenuilincata n. sp.—We have only seen the lower valve of this species, 
which is extremely thin, nearly orbicular, and provided with a narrow perforation 
extending from very near the centre about half way out to the margin. . The 
inner surface is ornamented by distant, extremely slender, distinctly elevated 
lines of growth, arranged concentrically around a point very nearly in the mid- 
dle of the valve. The apex of the upper valve was probably nearly central. 
Diameter 0°50 inch. 

Locality and position.—Cottonwood Creek, division No. 16. 


Discina Manhattanensis n. sp.—Shell rather small, nearly circular ; upper valve 
moderately elevated, apex rather obtusely pointed, located a little less than half 
the diameter of the shell from the posterior edge. Surface black and shining, 
marked by fine closely set concentric lines. Lower valve unknown. Greater 
diameter from 0°32 in. to 0°46. 

_ Found in great numbers in division No. 37, opposite Manhattan, on Kansas 
river. 


Productus splendens (2), Norwood and Pratten, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 
N.S. vol. 3, pl. fig. 5. We refer this shell to the above species with some doubt ; 
it is always smaller than the figure given by Norwood and Pratten, and rather 
more convex over the visceral region of the larger valve, while the smaller valve 
appears to want the band-like flattening around the border mentioned in the 
description of P. splendens. The ears extend beyond the body of the shell, 
are distinctly vaulted, and rarely have more than one spine on each, often none. 
The spines, however, are more numerous over the surface of the larger valve, 
being in this respect more like P. muricatus N. and P., but both valves want the 
concentric wrinkles represented in the figures of that species. 

This neat little Productus is found in great numbers between Fort Riley and 
Manhattan, as well as at the latter place, in Division No. 34; also at various 
horizons below that in the upper coal measures of Kansas. 


Productus Norwoodi, Swallow, Trans. Acad. Sci. St, Louis, vol. 1, p. 182. A 
few specimens of this species in our possession have the extreme point of the 
beak of the larger valve flattened or truncate,as thoughit had in the young 
state been attached to some marine body by that part of the shell. We have 
also in several instances found other shells associated with this species, with 
small discs not more than 0-20 inch in diameter, attached by the whole surface, 
as well as by aseries of small spines seen radiating from the margin. May not 
these little bodies be the young of this species? 


We think the specimen figured by Prof. Marcou in his work on the Geology 
of North America, plate 6, fig. 1, as P. pusiulosus, is the same as the above spe- 
cies, and quite distinct from P. pustulosus. It occurs in Kansas at various he- 
rizons from No. 14 far down in the upper Coal measures. We found it at Fort 
Riley and numerous places between there and the Missouri, as well as at Leav- 
enworth city. 


1859.] 


26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Productus Rogersi, Norwood and Pratten, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. N. 8. 
vol. iii, page 9, pl. 1, fig. 3. This species is nearly related to the last, and 
when the shell is exfoliated, may be easily confounded with it. PP. Nor- 
woodt, however, appears never to have the distinct concentric wrinkles of this 
species, nor do the pustules, at the base of the spines have the tendency to elon- 
gate into indistinct ribs as in ?. Rogersi. Prof. Marcou has figured in N. Am. 
Geol. pl. 5, fig. 6, as Productus scabriculus, a shell very like this. 

Kansas valley below Mouth Blue river, in upper Coal measures. 


Productus pustulosus (2?) Phillips’ Geol. Yorkshire, vol. 2, p. 316, pl. 7, fig 15. 
We have a specimen agreeing very nearly with this species in its external 
markings, but itis much narrower, and the beak of the larger valve more ex- 
tended, in which respect it differs quite as much from P. punctatus. 

Near Steam Boat Landing at Leavenworth city, in Coal measures. 


Productus Prattenianus, Norwood, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. N.S. vol. 3, p. 
17, pl. 1, fig. 10. In Coa] measures at Indian creek and at Leavenworth city. 


Productus Calhounianus, Swallow, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 181. 
This fine large shellis scarcely distinguishable from P. semireticulatus var. anti- 
quus, but Prof. Swallow, who has seen the interior, thinks it presents well 
marked internal differences. It occurs in No. 12 and below, at Fort Riley, also 
on Cotton-wood creek. Prof. S. thinks it even ranges down into the lower Car- 
boniferous. 


Chonetes Verneuiliana, Norwood and Pratten, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vol. 
3, p- 26, pl. 2, fig. 6, N.S. Occurs in Kansas in division No. 37, at Manhattan, 
and perhaps in upper Coal measures at lower horizons. 


Chonetes mucronata, Meek and Hayden, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Dec., 
1838, page 262. Lower part of the section at Fort Riley, (division 9) and down 
near the base of the foregoing genera! section, also in same position on Cotton- 
wood creek. ; 

Orthisina crassa, Meek and Hayden, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Dec. 1858, 
p. 261. Occurs in Coal measures near landing at Leavenworth city. 


Orthisina wmbraculum? Schlot. sp. Petrefakt. 1, p. 256, et 2, p. 67. We find 
in Kansas, ranging from 16 to 19 of foregoing sections, many specimens of a 
large species of Orthisina having almost exactly the form and other characters 
of O. umbraculum, excepting that the strie appear to be more numerous. Ac- 
cording to Koninck that species has about 108 strie on each valve, while on our 
Kansas specimens, we count from 160 to 200; consequently we suspect it may 
be a distinct but closely allied species; if so, we would propose to designate it 
by the name of O. multistriata. We found it at Fort Riley and at several lo- 
calities between there and Blue river; also in same position on Cottonwood 
creek. 


Orthisina Missouriensis, Swallow, Tra ns. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 219. 
This is a very peculiar plicated species, often much distorted. When partly 
embedded in the matrix, it frequently bears a striking resemblance to Plicatula 
striato-costata, Cox, 3d vol. Dr. Owen’s report on the Geol. Survey of Kentucky, 
page 558, pl. 8, fig. 7, of Atlas. Common in the upper Coal measures of Kan- 
sas, at Leavenworth city and west of there. ' 


Orthisina Shumardiana, Swallow, Trang, St. Louis Acad. Sci. vol. 1, p. 183- 
Although like the last, a plicated species, this is more symmetrical, and 
presents other well marked differences. Ranges from No. 11, down some dis- 


tance in upper Coal measures. Found at Fort Riley and between there and 
Blue River. 


Terebratula millepunctata, Hall, Pacific Rail Road Report, vol. 3, p. 101, plate 
2, figs. 1 2. We have the impression that this species is probably identical 
with 7. bovidens, Morton (Silliman’s Jour. vol. 29, p. ) from Ohio. Our Kan- 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 


gag specimens appear, however, to be more elongated than those figures by Dr. 
Morton, and may be distinct. In form they resemble very much some varieties 
of Epithyris elongata, Schlot. sp. as figured by King, in Perm. Fos. Eng. pl. vi., 
particularly the narrower varieties, such as fig. 35. The beak of our Kansas 
shell, however, is not truncate but pointed, the perforation being on the outside, 
and a little removed from the extremity. Ifitis identical with 7%. bovidens, 
Morton’s specific name will have to take vrecedence, being the older. It re- 
mains to be determined whether its internal characters agree with Terebratula, 
as now restricted. 

This is arather common form in the upper Coal measures of Kansas, and 
southward. We found it near the summit of the hills back of Leavenworth city, 
also at Indian creek near Indianola, &c. 


Rhynchonella Uta. (Terebratula Via, Marcou, Geol. N. A., p. 51, pl. vi.‘fig 12.) 
We have from the upper Coal measures in Kansas many specimens of s species 
agreeing exactly with Prof. Marcou’s description of the above species. These 
we suspect may possibly go into the genus Camerophoria, King, if not into Rhyn- 
chonella; at any rate they are certainly not Zerebraiula. Weare inclined to the 
opinion that ashell described by Prof. Swallow, inthe Trans. Acad. Sci. St. 
Louis, vol. 1, page 219, under the name of Rhynchonella (Camerophoria) Osagen- 
sis, may be identical also with the above; yet Prof. S. says his species has from 
*‘ two to six” plications in the sinus of the dorsal valve, while in the shell 
before us, of which we have quite a number of specimens, there are invariably 
but two plications in the sinus. 


Quite common in division No. 94 at Manhattan and at several localities be- 
tween there and the Missouri, in the Upper Coal Measures. Prof. Marcou, cites 
itas a mountain limestone species, but we know nothing ofits existence in 
rocks of that age. 


Retzia Mormonii. ( Terebratula Mormonii, Marcou, Geol. N. A., p. 51,pl.vi., f. 11.) 
We found this species quite abundant in division 37, at Manhattan, where it is 
associated with the last. It also ranges far below this in the upper Coal meas- 
ures between Manhattan and the Missouri, being quite common near the sum- 
mits of the hills back of Leavenworth city. Dr. B. F. Shumard has described 
@ species in the Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, under the name of Retzia punctilife- 
ra, which we suspect may possibly bea variety of the above; but as he de- 
scribes it as having usually in the dorsal valve “‘ a moderately wide, shallow si- 
nus, which extends from the front nearly to the beak,’? and the species before 
us, of which we have many specimens, has no traces of a sinus, we are left in 
deubt. In other respects his description agrees exactly with our shell, and he 
also states that he has it from K. T. Prof. Marcou found this species at the 
Salt Lake City, Utah, in a rock he refers to the mountain limestone. We have 
never seen it from below the Coal measures. 


Spirifer Kentuckensis, Shumard, Geol. Survey of Missouri, part 2, page 203. 
Found in upper Coal Measures near the top of bluffs, back of Fort Leavenworth, 


also near the landing at Leavenworth City, and at other localities between the 
Missouri and Blue river. 


Spirifer cameratus, Morton, American Jour. Sci. vol. 29, p. 150, plate 11, fig 3. 
This is the same species—as has been determined by Prof. Hall,—described by 
Dr. Roemer as S. Meusebachanus. (Kreid von Texas, p. 88, pl. xi. fig. 7) and sub- 
sequently by himself as S. triplicatus, in Stansbury’s Rept. p. 420, pl. iv. fig. 5. 
Prof. Marcou has recently figured it in his work on the Geol. North America, 
page 49, pl. viii. fig. 3, as a variety of Spirifer striatus, Martin, from which it is 
quite distinct. He found it at Pecos Village in a rock he refers to the lower 
Carboniferous or mountain limestone. It has a great geographical range, be- 
ing common in the coal Measures from Pennsylvania to the Rocky Mountains, 


aud from Nebraska to New Mexico; we have never seen it, however, from lower 
Carboniferous rocks. 


1859.) | 


28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Spirifer hemiplicata, Hall. Stansbury’s report, p. 409, pl. 4, fig. 3. Upper 
Coal Measures near summit of hills back of Leavenworth, and at other local- 
ities between there and Blue River. 


Spirifer lineatus. Anomites lineatus, Martin. Spirifer lineatus of Phillips. Geol. 
Yorks., 2, p. 219, pl. 10, tig. 17, and of other authors. We have, trom near 
Leavenworth landing, in the coal measures, a Spirifer, apparently identical with 


the above. It appears not to range very high in the upper coal measures of 
Kansas, 


Spirifer In division No. 12, above Fort Riley, we found a few imperfect 
specimens of a small, smooth Spirifer, similar in some respects, to S. lineatus, 


Pee nerenily more like Martinia Clannyana, King, from the Permian of Eng- 
and. 


Spirifer planoconvera, Shamard. Geol. Report, Missouri, 2d part, p. 202. 
We found this handsome little shell quite abundant in the upper coal measures 
(divisions 34 and 37,) at Manhattan; also at Juniata, on Big Blue River, and near 
summit of hills, back of Leavenworth City. 


Spirigera subtilita. (Terebratula subtilita, Hall. Stansbury’s Report, p. 409, 


pl. 4. fig. 1-2.) Spirigera subtilita of Dr. George Shumard. Trans. St. Louis 
Acad. Sci., vol. i. 

This is a very abundant species in Kansas ; we found it ranging up, at least ag 
far as division No. 37, at Manhattan, and met with some obscure forme re- 
sembling it, still higher in the series. From these horizons, it ranges far down 
in the other members of the coal measures. Several of our specimens col- 
lected at Leavenworth City, show that it was provided with internal spiral ap- 
pendages, as in the Spirifer, and consequently cannot remain in the genus Ze- 
rebratula, as now restricted. It has a wide geographical range, and is almost 
everywhere the companion of Spirifer cameratus. Prof. Marcou figures it in 
his work on the Geology of North America, pl. vi. fig. 9, from a formation in 
the Rocky Mountains, which he refers to, the lower carboniferous ; but we have 
never seen it from any position below the coal measures. 


Spirigera ? At Fort Riley, and above there, as well asin the same position on 
Cottonwood Creek, we found, ranging from division 18 up to 10 of the fore- 
going section, a Spirigera resembling S. subtilita, but much more gibbous in 
form ; it also appears to have a much thicker shell. If distinct from S. subtilita 
this might be designated by the specific name gibbosa. 


LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. 


Monotis Hawni, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv., March 2, 
1858. Prof. Swallow thinks this species not distinct from M. speluncaria, Schot 
sp. Although, like that species, it is quite variable, and some of its varieties 
are very similar to it; after a careful comparison of a large number of indi- 
viduals with King’s figures and descriptions, we still regard it as distinct. We 
have never seen any of its various forms with the beak of the larger valve ele- 
vated so far above the hinge, as in fig. 5, 6, 7 and 8, pl. 13, of King’s work. 
Nor do any of our specimens possess the peculiar oblique posterior sulcus, seen 
in the figures cited above. High Country, south of Kansas Falls; also above 
there, on Smoky Hill River and Cottonwood Creek, in division 10. 


Myalina (Mytilus) perattenuata, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. 
iv., March 2d, 1858. Our description of this species was made out from one 
of the more slender varieties of this shell, sent to us from near Smoky Hill 
River by Mr. Hawn. We were probably wrong, however, in refering to it a 
specimen in our possession from a locality on the Missouri, opposite the north- 
ern boundary of Missouri; and we even suspect the rock from which this latter 
specimen was obtained may belong to an older epoch. 

The species above cited, is we think identical with M. permianus of Swallow, 
Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis, vol.i. p.187. And we also suspect the form he de- 
Scribes in the same paper, as Mytilus (Myalina) concavus, is only a broader va- 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 


riety of the same; at any rate, we have these two forms, and every intermediate 
gradation between them, from the same bed. Locality and position same, as 
the preceding. 

Myalina squamosa. (Mytilus squamosa, J. de C. Sowerby. Morris’s Cata- 
logue, p. 93. Myalina squamosa of some other authors.) 

Of the form, we refer with doubt to the above species; we have but one im- 
perfect specimen. As far as the characters can be made out, it agrees with this 
species. We found it in division No 11, at Kansas Falls, above Fort Riley. 

Myalina subquadrata, Shumard. Missouri Geol. Rept., 2d part, p. 207, pl. c., 
fig. 17. Upper coal measures, Leavenworth City, on the Kansas, at Lawrence 
and other localities in Kansas Valley, below mouth of Big Blue River. 

Edmondia ? Calhouni, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv., March 
2, 1858. We are still in doubt in regard to the generic relations of this species, 
having procured no better specimens than that first described by us. We 
suspect it may be a Cardinia. NearSmoky Hill river, in division 10. 

Bakevellia parva, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv., March 2d, 
1858. This is probably the same species referred by Prof. Swallow to Avicula 
antiqua, Munster,— Bakevellia antiqua of King, and others. In describing this spe- 
cies, we spoke of its very near relation to 5. antigua, but pointed out some 
characters in which it differs. At that time we had seen but a few imperfect 
specimens; since then, however, we have obtained many others, a careful ex- 
amination of which causes us still to regard it as distinct from B. antiqua. 
Of a large number of individuals, we have never seen any one-half the size 
of the smallest, nor one-eighth the size of the largest figures of that species 
given by King, while the cardinal area is also proportionably much narrower in 
our shell. Division No.10. OnSmoky Hill river and cottonwood creek. 

Area carbonaria, Cox. Vol. iii. Geol. Report, Ky., p. 567, pl. 8, fig. 5. Our 
fossil is smaller, and less distinctly striate, but exactly the form of the above. 
Near Leavenworth landing, coal measures. 

Leda subscitula, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv. March 2d, 
1858. Division No. 10. Smoky Hill river and Cottonwood creek. 

Pleurophorus 2? subcuneata, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv., 
March 2d, 1858. Our specimens of this species being casts we are left in doubt 
in regard to its generic relations. We suspect it may bea Cardinia. Same 
locality and position as preceding. 

Axinus (Schizodus) ovatus, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 
Dec., 1858. Thisis very much like the Permian forms, S. rotundatus and S. trun- 
catus, but we found it in a rock on Cottonwood creek which we regard as below 
the Permian. 

Axinus rotundatus, Brown. Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc. vol.i.p. 31, pl. 6, fig. 29. 
We have referred this little shell to the above species with some doubt, but 
we have seen no characters by which it can be distinguished. No.10. Near 
Smoky Hill river. 

Allorisma 2 Leavenworthensis, Meek and Hayden. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 
Dec., 1858, p. 263. Upper coal measures, Leavenworth City. ; 

Allorisma subcuneata, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 

ec., 1858, p. 263. Locality and position same as last. 

Allorisma ? altirostrata, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila 
Dec. 1858, p. 263. Upper coal measures, Grasshopper creek. 

Allorismn 2 Cooperi, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. Dec., 
1858, p. 264.. (Panopea Coopert, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. 
iv., March 2,1858.) Near Helena, in upper coal measures. 

Leptodomus granosus, Shumard. Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis, vol. i. p. 207. 
Upper coal measures, near summit of hills, back of Leavenworth City; also 
near Leavenworth landing. 


1859.] 


30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


GASTEROPODA. 


Pleurotomaria humerosa, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. 
Dec., 1858. In upper coal measures, at Grasshopper creek. 

Pleurotomaria subturbinata, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. 
Dec., 1858, p. 264. Locality and position same as last. In the Proceedings of 
the Academy above cited, the locality of this species is erroncously given as at 
Helena. 

Bellerophon ? We found a small undetermined species of this genus in divi- 
sion 10. On Smoky Hill river and near Cottonwood creek; also casts of a large 
species at Leavenworth landing and Grasshopper creek, in the upper coal 
measures. 

Euomphalus ? The species here alluded to, was found in No. 11 and 37 of 
the foregoing general section. Hither it or a very closely allied species, also 
ranges far below this, in the upper coal measures. It is nearly related to, if not 
identical with a species Prof. Hall has described in the Iowa Report, under the 
name of L. rugosus. 


CEPHALAPODA. 


Nautilus eccentricus, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv., March 
2d, 1858. Smoky Hill river, division No. 10. 


FIsHES. 
Xystracanthus areuatus, Leidy. Upper carboniferous rocks at Leavenworth 
* landing. 
Cladodus occidentalis, Leidy. Division No. 37 of foregoing general section, 
At Manhattan. 
Petalodus Alleghaniensis, Leidy. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. iii. p. 161. Divi- 
sion No. 10, of foregoing general section. Fort Riley. 


Catalogue of Birds collected on the Rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western Africa, 
by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu in 1858, with notes and descriptions of new species. 


BY JOHN CASSIN. 


The collection made by Mr. Duchaillu on the River Camma or Fernando Vaz 
and its tributaries, the Ugobai, Rembo, and Ovenga rivers, is the most exten- 
sive and interesting yet made by him, or ever yet received from Western Africa, 
jn the Museum of this Academy. The two last names of rivers I have not used 
in the localities given in the succeeding catalogue, mainly because I have not 
succeeded in finding them in any geographical work to which I have access, 
but now state that these names occur in Mr. Dachaillu’s letters, and that they 
appear to be tributaries to the River Camma. Much valuable information will 
undoubtedly be added to the geography of this part of Western Africa by Mr. 
Duchaillu. 

As in former collections, Mr. Duchaillu has not sent birds of which numerous 
specimens had already been sent in former collections. This fact will account 
for the absence of the names of some well known species from the present cata- 
logue. 

1. GYPOHIERAX ANGOLENSIS, (Gmelin.) 
Falco angolensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 252 (1788.) 
Polyborus hypoleucus, Bennett. 

Gray’s Genera, i. pl. 4. Jard. and Selby, Ill. N.S., pl. 13. 

From the Camma and Ogobai. Young, with plumage entirely dull ashy 
brown, the head only becoming spotted with white. This is the only vulture 
received from Mr. Duchaillu, and has come in all his collections. 

2. PotyBororeEs Tyricus, Smith. 
Polyboroides typicus, A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. Birds. 
“ Polyboroides radiatus, (Scopoli,)” Auct. 
Smith, Ill. S. Afr. Birds, pl. 81, 82. 
[ Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 


Adults in fine plumage, from the Camma,—the same species as formerly re- 
ceived in Mr. Duchaillu’s collection from the River Muni, and identical with 
South African specimens. The species from Madagascar, which is Polyboroides 
radiatus, (Scopoli,) and the same as Valco gymnogenys, Temm., is smaller and 
lighter colored, and has the transverse stripes on the abdomen much less nuo- 
merous and wider apart than in the present bird. 


3. HaLIAETUS VociFeR, (Daudin.) 
Falco vocifer, Daud. Traite d’Orn, ii. p. 65. 
Le Vaill., Ois. d’Afr., i. pl. 4. 
From the Camma. Identical with South African specimens. 


4, HALIAETUS BLAGRUS, (Daudin.) 
Falco blagrus, Daud. Traite d’Orn, ii. p. 70. 

Le Vaill., Ois. d’Afr. pl. 5. 

The synonymes given by authors for this species are rather extended, and | 
suspect not entirely correct; in fact, perhaps, making a heavy draft on proba- 
bility. At present I regard /. dlagrus as a distinct and well characterized spe- 
cies. From the Ogobai, and identical with others from South Africa. 


5. SPIZAETUS CORONATUS, (Lionzus.) 
Falco coronatus, Linn. Syst. Nat., i. p. 124 (1766.) 
Falco albescens, Daud. Traite d’Orn. ii. p. 45. 
Edwards’ Birds, v. pl. 224. Le Vaill Ois. d’Afr., i. pl. 3. Smith, Il]. S. Afr. 
Birds, pl. 40, 41. Identical with specimens in the Acad. Mus., from South 
Africa, and in adult plumage. From the Ogabai river. 


6. SPIZAETUS OCCIPITALIS, (Daudin.) 
Falco occipitalis, Daud. Traite d’Orn., ii. p. 40. 
Le Vail, Ois. d’Afr. i. pl. 2. 
From the Ogabai river. Adults in black plumage. 


7. SpinorNis BAcHA, (Dandin.) 
Falco bacha, Dandin. 
Falco albidus, Cuvier. 
Circaetus melanotis, Verreaux in Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 7? 

Le Vaill, Qis. d’Afr., i. pl. 15. Temm. Pl. Col., i. pl. 19. 

The present specimen is in very light colored plumage, undoubtedly young, and 
much as described and figured by Cuvier and Temminck, as above cited. It is, 
however, quite identical with the bacha of Southern Africa, of which a very 
complete series of specimens is in the Academy’s Museum. The young is 
nearly white, though even when fully grown and in a more advanced plumage 
has the head white, and a large spot of black in the region of the eye and ear. 
In the last plumage I suspect this bird is the species recently described by our 
friend, Mr. Yerreaux, of Paris, as cited above. 

Young % . Upper parts white, tinged with yellow, every feather with a sub- 
terminal spot of dark brown; lanceolate and ovate on the head and neck ; 
larger and more circular on the back; every feather narrowly tipped with 
white. Under parts white, with a few spear-heads of brownish black ‘on the 
breast and sides. Quills and superior wing coverts dark brown; all the quills 
and every feather of the coverts tipped with white ; tail ashy brown, with about 
six transverse bands of black, and tipped with white. Total length 23 inches ; 
wing 12; tail 10 inches. 

Hab.—Ogobai river, a branch of the Camma river, Western Africa. 


8. AccipitER ToUSSENELLI, (Verreaux.) 
Nisus Toussenelli, Verr. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 101. 
Very fine specimens of this handsome Hawk, are now for the first time sent 
by Mr. Duchaillu. From the Ogobai. 


9. AccipireR HartTLAuBU, (Verreaux.) 
Nisus Hartlaubii, J. Verr. in Hartl. Orn. West Af. p. i5. 


1859.] . 


32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Apparently the bird described by that accurate and reliable naturalist Mr. 
Verreaux, and happily named in honor of the most accomplished living orni- 
thologist of Europe. From the Ogobai. 


10. Micrastur macrourus, (Hartlaub.) 
“ Astur macrourus, Temm.” Hartl. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 353. 

One of the most beautiful of the Falconid#, and having for its nearest rela- 
tives the American birds forming the genus Micrastur, G. R. Gray, and espe- 
cially the larger M. brachypterus, (Temminck.) The present specimen is in 
mature plumage, but is probably a different sex from that described as above, 
and has the entire under parts of the body dark rufous chestnut. In the de- 
scription by Dr. Hartlaub, the under parts are given as white, but the differ- 
ence of the two specimens in color is not greater than, and in fact is similar 
in some degree to, that of the male and female of Micrastur brachypterus, 

Adult 3. Upper parts dark bluish brown; upper tail coverts white; under 
parts dark reddish chestnut ; under wing coverts chestnut; under tail coverts 
white. Quills ashy brown, white beneath and with transverse bands of black; 
tail black, tipped with white and with about four irregular narrow bands of 
white. Throat light cinereous; feathers of the occiput and neck behind white at 
base. Bill short, strong, rather abruptly curved, cere large; nostrils circular; 
wings short, rounded, fifth quill longest; tail very long, graduated; feet 
moderate. Total length about 25 inches, wing 11, tail 15, tarsus 3 inches. 
From the Ogobai river. 


1L. AvicEeDA cucuLorwrs, Swainson. 
Aviceda cuculoides, Sw. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 104, (1837.) 
Falco frontalis, Daudin? 

Dw. Of Wi. Aire. pled. 

A single specimen in mature plumage from the Camma. If this bird is 
Falco frontalis, Daudin, as stated by the Prince Bonaparte in Conspectus Avium, 
p. 20, the description and figure of Le Vaillant are amongst the most astonish- 
ing aberrations of ornithologists, which is saying much! 


12. Scoroperta Peni, (Kaup.) 
Ketupa Peli, Kaup. Jard. Cont. 1852, p. 117. 
Scotopelia typica, Bonap. 
A singular species with naked farsi and nearly related to the genus Kefupa. 
It is well described by Dr. Hartlaub in Cabanis’ Journal, 1855, p. 358. From 
the Camma river. 


13. Buso tevcostictus, Hartlaub. 
“ Bubo leucostictus, Temm.” Hartl. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 354. 
From the Camma river. 


14, Syryium Wooprorpn, (Smith). 
Athene Woodfordii, Smith Zool. S. Afr. 
Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. Aves, pl. 71. 
Adults and young of this species from the Camma. 


15. Caprimuscus Fosst, J. Verreaux. 
Caprimulgus Fossii, J. Verreaux, in Hartl. Orn. W. Afr., p. 23 (1857.) 

This is the only species received from Mr. Duchaillu, and is given erroneously 
as C. binotatus in my catalogue of birds from the river Muni. In adult plu- 
mage this species is easily recognized by the white tips of the larger external 
coverts of the wings, and in nearly all the specimens that I have seen this 
character can be traced. 

Specimens from Borneo and Sumatra in the Acad. Mus. which were received 
from the Leyden Museum, appear to be the C. binotatus of Bonaparte’s Con- 
spectus, (i. p. 60) but came labelled ‘‘ C. bisignatus Boie,’’ and seem to be the 
‘same as C. affinis, Horsfield. It is probable that the present species is C. 
concretus, Bonap. Consp. as just cited. From the Camma and formerly re- 
ceived from the Muni river. 

[Jan 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 


16. CypseLvs Amprostacus, (Gmelin.) 
Hirundo ambrosiaca, Gm. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 1051. 
Cypselus parvus, Licht. Verz. p. 58. 

Temm. Pl. col. 460, fig. 2. 

All the specimens that I have ever seen from Western Africa are darker co- 
lored than others from Eastern Africa and Madagascar in the Acad. Mus. In 
other respects they are very similar, and I cannot distinguish them specifi- 
cally. From the Camma and Ogobai rivers. 


17. Cuartura SasIne!, (Gray.) 
Acanthylis Sabinei, Gray in Griff. Cuv. ii. p. 70. 
Chetura bicolor, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 6. 
Pallene leucopygia, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 168. 
From the Camma. 


18. ArTicoRA MELBINA, Verreaux. 
Atticora melbina, J. & E. Verreaux, Mag. et Rev. Zool. 1851, p. 310. 
From the Camma and formerly received from Cape Lopez. 


19. ArricorA NiITENS, Cassin. 
Atticora nitens, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1857, p. 38. 
Several specimens show no other characters than as above described. From 
the Ogobai. 


20. Hieunpo caureica, Lichtenstein. 
Hirundo cahirica, Licht. Verz. p. 58. 
Hirundo Boissoneauii, Temm. 
A single specimen from the Camma river. Very light colored on the un- 
der parts of the body but apparently this species. 


21. Hrrunpo nierira, G. R. Gray. 
Hirundo nigrita, Gray, Genera of Birds i. p. 58, (1845.) 

Gray, Gen. i. pl. 20. 

This fine species seems to indicate a distinct subgeneric group, having the 
bill and general form of typical Hirunde with a shorter tail. Its color too, 
pure black with the throat white, are quite characteristic. It does not appear 
to be a common species, a few specimens only having been received from the 
Camma. 

In this species the white spot on the throat is much largerin the adult than 
is represented in Mr. Gray’s plate above cited, inner webs of tail feathers 
white, except at the ends, all other parts lustrous metallic purplish black. 


22. CEcRopis Gorpont, (Jardine.) 
Hirundo Gordoni, Jard. Contr. Orn. 1851 p. 141. 
This is a quite distinct and well characterized species of the same group as 


the large C. senegalensis. Received for the first time in the collection from the 
Ogobai river. 


23. Eurystomus AFER, (Latham.) 
Coracias afra, Lath. 
EKurystomus purpurascens et rubescens, Vieill. 
Colaris viridis, Wagler, Syst. Ay. 
Le Vaill. Ois. Par., pl. 35. 
From the Ogobai. Rather smaller than specimens from Sierra Leone. 


24. Evrystomus Guiaris, Vieillot. 
Eurystomus gularis, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. 
Le Vaill. Ois. Par., pl. 36. 
From the Ogobai. 


25. HAtcyon sENEGALENSIS, (Linnzus.) 
' Alcedo senegalensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 180 (1766.) 
Buff. Pl. Enl. 594. Swains. Zool. Ill., pl. 27. 
From the Camma. 


1859.) 3 


34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


26. Haxcyon Dryas, Hartlaub. 
Halcyon Dryas, Hartl. Cab. Jour. 1854, p. 2. 
Von Muller, Beitr. Orn. Afr., pl. 11. 
Perhaps the most handsome species of Kingfisher of Western Africa, and of 
the same group as H. cinereifrons. From the Camma river. 


27. Haucyon BapiA, Verreaux. 
Haleyon badia, J. & E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 264. 
From the Ogobai. 


28. ALcepo quApRIBRACHYS, Bonaparte. 
** Alcedo quadribrachys, Temm.’’ Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 158. 
Jard. Contr. Orn., 1851, pl. 79. 
From the Camma. 


29. CoRYTHORNIS CHRULEOCEPHALA, (Gmelin.) 
Alcedo ceruleocephala, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 449 (1788.) 
Quite identical with specimens from Southern Africa. From the Camma. 


30. CERYLE RUDIS, (Linnzeus.) 
Alcedo rudis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 181. 
Ispida bicincta, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 95. 
From the Camma and Ogobai. 


31. Mrrors vAriecatus, Vieillot. 
Merops variegatus, Vieill. Ency. Meth. p. 390. 
Merops cyanipectus, Verr. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 269. 
Le Vaill. Guep., pl. 7. 
Evidently an abundant species on the Camma and Ogobai rivers. 


32. Merops ALBICOLLIS, Vieillot. ba 


Merops albicollis, Vieill. 
Merops Cuvieri, Licht. Verz. p. 13. 
Le Vaill. Guep., pl. 9. - 
Rarely received in Mr. Duchaillu’s collections, and seems to be more numerous 
further north. From the Ogobai. 


33. Merops Bicotor, Daudin. 
Merops bicolor, Daud., Ann. du Mus., ii. p. 440, pl. 62, fig. 1. 
Merops malimbus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xvii. pl. 701. 
Vieill. Gal. i. pl. 186. Le Vaill. Guep., pl. 5, 
Frequently received in Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. From the Camma and 
‘Rembo rivers. 


34. Mrropocon Brewenrt, nobis. 

Large, bill compressed, curved, wings rather short, fourth quill longest, first 
quill short, tail rather long, the two in the middle much the longest and at- 
tenuated at the end, others truncate or emarginate at the tips, all the second- 
ary quills emarginate at the tips, feathers of the throat and neck in front 
somewhat lengthened. Total length about 133 inches, wing 4?, tail 74, bill 
from corner of mouth direct to tip of upper mandible 2 inches, middle tail 
feathers 74, outer 4} inches. 

Head glossy black, back, wings and middle tail feathers green, under parts 

‘fine reddish fulvous with a tinge of green, a transverse band of chestnut on 
the breast immediately below the long black feathers of the neck. Quills 
green, inner edges of primaries black, of secondaries rufous, tail feathers (ex- 
cept two in the middle) fine dark chestnut, and tipped with green. Bill black, 
feet light colored. 

Hab.—Ogobai river, a branch of the Camma river, Western Africa. Dis- 
covered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

This very handsome bird seems to belong to the genus Merepogon, Bonap. 
Consp. Av. i. p. 164, being in fact a large Mellitophagus, with the feathers of 
the.throat and neck lengthened, though not so distinctly as in Nyctiornis, It 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 


is easily distinguished from all other species by its colors, and especially by 
its black head, which color terminates abruptly on the breast and is succeeded 
by a band of dark chestnut. It is nearly as large as Nye/iornis amictus or 
Athertont. 

It is with great gratification that I dedicate this fine bird to my valued and 
constant friend Thomas M. Brewer, M. D., of the city of Boston, one of the 
most distinguished of American ornithologists. 


35. MEROPISCUS GULARIS, (Shaw.) 
Merops gularis, Shaw, Nat. Misc. ix. pl. 337 (1798.) 

Gray, Gen. i. pl. 30. 

Apparently of frequent occurrence in the country on the Camma and Ogobai. 
The adu!t of this species is very handsomely figured by Mr. Gray as above, 
but the young bird is quite different, and might readily be mistaken for a dis- 
tinct species. Young 6. Entire upper parts, throat and breast dark green, 
on the throat mixed with a few red feathers, rump light blue, abdomen and 
under tail coverts blue; quills black with a spot of chestnut at the base of the 
secondaries, tail black, bill black, shorter than in adult. 


36. APALODERMA NARINA, (Vieillot.) 
Trogon narina, Vieill. 

Gould, Monog., pl. 26. 

From the Camma river, and formerly received from the river Muni. Young %. 
Upper parts like the adult, but with the throat and breast light ashy, a few 
feathers only green at the end, abdomen pale rose-red, upper mandible dark 
brown, under mandible yellow. 


37. NECTARINIA FULIGINOSA, (Shaw.) 
Certhia fuliginosa, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 223. 

Vieill. Ois. dor., pl. 20, Nat. Lib. Sunbirds, pl. 14. 

From the Camma, and formerly received from the Moondah river. The very 
peculiar color given as ‘‘fuliginous’’ by authors, assumes a variety of shades 
in this species, apparently depending on age and season. It is frequently very 
pale, giving the entire bird a dull brownish yellow or ochre color, and the me- 
tallic violet of the rump is frequently wanting. 


38. NECTARINIA ANGOLENSIS, (Lesson.) 
Cinnyris angolensis, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. i. p. 295. 
Nectarinia Stangeri, Jardine, Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 187, pl. 13. 

Jard. and Selb. Ill. Orn., N. 5., pl. 48. 

From the Muni, Moondah and Camma rivers, and evidently of frequent oc- 
currence in this region of Western Africa. Young §&. Upper parts dull dark 
brown, a few metallic violet feathers in front, throat lustrous metallic green, 
succeeded by a band of violet and scarlet on the breast. Abdomen dull yel- 
lowish with longitudinal and irregular stripes of brownish black, wings and 
tail dark brown. 


39. NecrariNiA CHLonopyetA, Jardine. 
Nectarinia chloropygia, Jard. Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 188, pl. 14. 
Cinnyris chalybea, Swains. B. of W. Africa, ii. p. 132. 

Jard. and Selb., Ill. N. S., pl. 50, Swains. Zool. ILL, pl. 95. 

Apparently one of the most abundant species of Equatorial Africa, and re- 
ceived in all Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. Yonng ¢. Upper parts yellowish 
green, a few feathers tipped and edged with metallic golden green, under parts 
yellow, mixed with dark green on the throat, and scarlet on the breast. 

From the Moonda, Muni, and Camma rivers. 


40. NEcTARINIA CUPREA, (Shaw.) 
Certhia cuprea, Shaw. Gen. Zool. viii. p. 201, (1811.) 
Cinnyris erythronotus, Swains. B. of W. Africa, ii. p. 30, pl. 15. 
Vieill. Ois. Dor., pl. 23, 27. 


1859.] 


36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Evidently not very common in the countries traversed by Mr. Duchaillu. 
Adult 9. Upper parts olive, tinged with yellow on the rump, under parts 
greenish yellow, darker on the throat and breast, the yellow more clear on the 
abdomen. 

From the Camma. 


41. NecraRINnIA CYANOCEPHALA, (Vieillot.) 
Certhia cyanocephala, Vieill. 
Cinnyris chloronota, Swains. B. of W. Africa, ii. p. 136, pl. 16. 
Nectarinia obscura, Jard. Nat. Lib. Birds, xiii. p 253, (1842.) 

Vieill. Ois. Dor., pl. 7. 

This appears to be an abundant species in Equatorial Africa on the Atlantic, 
and seems to have a wide diffusion. Young %. Like the female, but with the 
under parts more strongly tinged with yellow, and with the top of the head 
dark brown. In this species the young birds have the ander mandible white 
at base, and frequently for half or two-thirds of its length, which is not the 
case in the allied species immediately succeeding (.V. eyanolema). From the 
Camma and Ogobai, and formerly received from the Moondaand Muni rivers. 


42. NucrarmNiA CYANOLAEMA, Jardine. 
Nectarinia cyanolaema, Jard., Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 154. 

Young &. Upper parts dark olive, tinged with yellow, under parts pale 
yellowish green, with obscure spots of dark green, nearly black on the throat. 
Bill always black. From the Camma, and formerly received from the Moonda 
river. 

43. NecrariniA Retcuensacun, Hartlaub. 
Nectarinia Reichenbachii, Hart]. Orn. W. Africa, p. 50. 

Several specimens from the Camma appear to be this species, though rather 
larger than as given by Dr. Hartlanb, as above. Young %. Like the female, 
but with the throat, abdomen and under tail coverts yellow, the former with a 
few lustrous metallic green feathers. : 


44, NEcTARINIA TEPHROLAEMA, Jardine. : 
Nectarinia tephrolaema, Jard., Contr. Orn., 1851, p. 154. 

From the Ogobai and Moonda rivers. The description of the female given 
by Dr. Hartlaub applies to young males in the present collection, but unfor- 
tunately Iam not fully assured of the correctness of the supposed females of 
this species in this collection, and do not therefore describe with con- 
fidence. The specimens alluded to are entirely dark ashy, (about the color of 
the throat in the male,) darker above and lighter on the under parts. 

This appears to be a rare species in Equatorial Africa, and is remarkable in 
having the throat pale cinereous, though surrounded with a large space of 
brilliant metallic green. It is probably the type of a subgenus and does not 
belong to the same group as the preceding (JV. cyanolaema,) though given so, 
erroneously, by Dr. Reichenbach in his genus Anthodizta. This author is, 
however, not acquainted with the genera of birds. 


45. NECTARINIA SUBCOLLARIS, Reichenbach. 
Nectarinia subcollaris, Reich. 
N. metallicus, Licht.? 
N. collaris, (Vieill.) ? 

Specimens in the collection are evidently the species intended by the name 
here adopted ; but with numerous specimens before me purporting from Euro- 
pean labels to be WN. collaris and N. metallicus lam under the necessity of enter- 
taining a suspicion that all are identical. These specimens are perhaps not 
correctly labelled, but at present my leisure does not warrant an extended ex- 
amination. These species are assuredly very nearly related. From the Camma. 
46. NECTARINIA VERTICALIS, (Reichenbach. ) 

Leucochloridia verticalis, Reich. 
‘‘Nectarinia Vieilloti, Verreaux.’’? Label of spec. in Acad. Mus. 


Vieill. Ois. Dor., pl. 25. 
[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 37 


An obscure species, of which two specimens only are in the collection from 
Mr. Duchaillu, one in the present collection and another formerly from the 
Moonda. Inthe Acad. Mus. are several specimens from the Rivoli collection, 
all of which are labelled ‘‘ Cinnyris cyanocephala, Q.’’ It may be that species 
jn immature plumage, or in the plumage of the rainy season.* 


47. AnTHREPTEs FRAseER!, Jardine and Selby. 
Anthreptes Fraseri, Jard. and Selb., Ill. Orn. N. 8. pl. 52, (1843.) 


Several specimens of this species are in the present collection from the Camma 
and Ogobai. The adult is well represented and described in the work cited 
above, though in* the figure the tail is quite erroneous. The middle feathers 
of the latter are greenish yellow, which is also the color of the outer webs, and 
a large portion of the inner webs of all the other feathers of the tail. 
Smaller than the male but very similar in colors. Young 6. Like the female, 
but with the colors duller and of darker green in all the plumage, no axillary 
tufts. 


48, ANTHREPTES AURANTIA, Verreaux. 
Anthreptes aurantia, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 417. 

The adult male is described by our valued friend as above cited, and the 
type of his description is now in the Museum of this Academy. The female 
is so entirely different that it might readily be regarded as a distinct species. 
Adult @. Upper parts lustrous metallic dark green, purple on the rump 
and tail, throat and breast pale ashy, abdomen pale yellow. A stripe of white 
through and behind the eye. Young. Upper parts dull yellowish green, 
under parts pale yellow, tinged with very pale ashy on the throat, very dis- 
tinct stripe of pale yellowish white through the eye, tail metallic green, outer 
feathers tipped with dull white. From the Camma and Ogobai. 


49. DryMOICA RUFICEPS, (Ruppell.) 
Malurus ruficeps, Rupp. Zool. Atlas, p. 54, (1826.) 
Rupp. Zool. Atlas, pl. 36, fig. 1. 
Several specimens from the Camma and Ogobai seem to be this species, but 
are rather larger than South African specimens in the Acad. Mus. 


50. Drymorca nz#viA, Hartlaub. 
Drymoica nevia, Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 56. 

A single specimen from the Camma and another in a former collection from 
Cape Lopez, appear to be this species, though not in adult plumage. Related 
to the preceding, but larger and with the bill much stronger; and also related 
to the succeeding. 


51. Drymoica FoRTIROSTRIS, Jardine. 
Drymoica fortirostris, Jard. Contr. Orn. 1852, p.60. 
Drymoica robusta, Ruppell, Syst. Uebers. p. 35, pl. 137 
From the Camma and formerly received from Cape Lopez. Ina young bird 
the bill is pale yellow, except the tip of the upper mandible. The birds re- 
garded by me as the present species and the preceding (D. nevia) are both 
nearly related to D. robusta, Ruppell, Syst. Ueb. pl. 13. 


52. DryMOICA LATERALIS, Fraser. 
Drymoica lateralis, Fras. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 16. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma, Moonda and Muni rivers appear to 
be this species, though utterly impossible to determine satisfactorily from the 
published descriptions. It seems to be the most abundant species of this 
genus in Equatorial Western Africa. 


*Two other species complete the Nectarinie, found by Mr. Duchaillu : 
1. Nectarinia superba, (Vieillot), from the river Muni. 
2: Nectarinia Johanne, Verreaux, from the river Moonda. 


1859.] 


» 


0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Genus Evpriopgs, nobis. 

Size small, bill rather long, slightly curved, nostril large, wings short, first 
quill spurious, fourth and fifth longest and nearly equal, tail rather long, gra- 
duated, legs moderate, slender. More nearly related to Prinia, (P. familiaris) 
than to either of the preceding species of Drymoica. 


53. EvprinopEs RUFOGULARIS, (Fraser.) 
Drymoica rufogularis, Frazer, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 17. 

Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. 42, fig. 1. 

A very pretty and well marked little bird now for the first time received 
from the Camma. Mr. Fraser’s figure seems to represent a bird not mature, 
but the species is easily recognized by its rufous throat and white tail 
feathers. 


54. Evuprrnopes oLivaceus, (Strickland. ) 
Prinia olivacea, Strickl. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 99. 

The species to which I apply this name is labelled by Mr. Duchaillu as dis- 
tinct, but no one of several specimens is mature, though agreeing precisely 
with the description cited above. Iam not without a suspicion that this bird 
is the young of the preceding. From the Camma. 


55. EvuprinoDEs SCHISTACEUS, nobis. 

Strictly congeneric with the two preceding. Head, breast and entire upper parts 
bluish cinereous, with a slight tinge of olive on the back; abdomen, under wing 
coverts and under tail coverts, white. Quills brownish black, four middle tail 
feathers brownish black, with obscure tranverse narrow stripes of a darker 
shade of the same color, four external tail feathers on each side, pure white, 
bill black, legs light colored. Total length about 4} inches, wing 1, tail 2 
inches. 

Hab.—River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

The preceding three species are very similar in their general organization, 
and form a very natural group. All have the outer tail feathers white. The 
present species is easily recognized by the entire head and upper breast being 
bluish ashy, which color is abruptly succeeded by white on the lower part of 
the breast. One specimen only, labelled as an adult male, is in the collection 
from the Camma. 


56. CAMAROPTERA TINCTA, (Cassin.) 
Syncopta tincta, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. vii. p. 325, (1855.) 

The adult is described by me as above. In the present collection are speci- 
mens that we regard as the young, and so different from the adult that for the 
first time we perceive this to be rather a difficult species. Young.—Upper 
parts yellowish olive green, under parts cinereous, mixed with yellow on the 
breast and sides, tibie greenish ochre yellow, under wing coverts and edge of 
wing at shoulder, dull yellow. Younger.—Entire plumage yellowish olive 
green, paler on the under parts and nearly white on the abdomen, tibie brown- 
ish ochre yellow, edge of wing and under coverts yellow. The last plumage 
much resembles that of C. concolor, Hartlaub. 

From the Camma and formerly from the Muni and Cape Lopez. 


57. CAMAROPTERA SUPERCILIARIS, (Fraser. ) 
Sylvicola superciliaris, Fraser, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 440, 1843. 
Prinia icterica, Strickland, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 100. 
Evidently the bird described by both of the authors here cited, but only 
ascertained to belong to this genus on inspection of the original specimen by 
Dr. Hartlaub. (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1858, p. 470). A single specimen 
from the Camma. 


58. CAMAROPTERA CANICEPS, nobis. 

About the size of C. tincta, but rather smaller than C. superciliaris, and 
strictly congeneric with both species. Head above and cheeks light cinereous, 
other upper parts yellowish olive. Breast with a wide transverse band of 


{[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 


yellow, throat and abdomen white. Quills brownish black, edged externally 
with olive, tail dark olive, with an obscure subterminal band of brownish 
black, and outer feathers narrowly tipped with white. Under wing coverts, 
under tail coverts and tibie ashy white. Bill bluish black, legs light colored. 
Total length about 43 inches, wing 2, tail 13 inches. 

Hab.—Camma River, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

This handsome and rather singular species may be easily recognized by its 
yellow breast, which color assumes the form of a wide transverse band and 
contrasts strongly with the white color of the throat and abdomen. One speci- 
men only which is a male adult is in the collection from the Camma. 


59. CAMAROPTERA BADICEPS, (Fraser. ) 
Sylvia badiceps, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1842, p. 144. 

The form and general characters of this bird are more those of the genus 
Camaroptera than of Drymoica, but it is very probably the type of a distinct 
generic or subgeneric group. It is a strongly marked species. From the Cam- 
ma and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez. 


60. STIPHRORNIS ERYTHROTHORAX, Hartlaub. 
‘*Stiphrornis erythrothorax, Temm.’’ Hartl. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 355 (1855. ) 

Three specimens only of this beautiful bird are in the collection from the 
Camma, and are labelled as males. The adult is described by Dr. Hartlaub 
as above. Young &. Upper parts, including head, dullolive, cheeks ashy 
spot in front of theeye, white. Throat and breast dull yellowish, every feath- 
er edged with ashy black, abdomen white. 

61. PRatINCOLA SALAX, Verreaux. 
Pratincola salax, J. & E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 307. 

From the Camma and formerly received in Mr. Duchaillu’s collections from 
Cape Lopez. 

62. SyYLvIETTA VIRENS, nobis. 
‘*Sylvietta microura, Rtippell,’’? Cassin, Cat. B. from Cape Lopez. Proc. 
Acad. Philada., 1856, p. 318. 

Small, tail very short, legs long, slender, feathers of the back and rump 
long. Head above dark greenish brown, back, wings and tail olive green. 
Line over the eye, throat and breast light rufous, abdomen white tinged 
with yellow in the middle, flanks ashy, tibie dark yellowish green (ashy 
brown in young birds) under wing coverts yellow, quills light brown edged ex- 
ternally with greenish yellow. Bill light brown, under mandible nearly white, 
legs light colored. Total length from tip of bill to end of tail about 3 inches, 
wing 13, tail 3, tarsus ? inches. Sexes alike, female rather smaller. 

Hab.—Camma river and Cape Lopez, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. 
P. B. Duchaillu. 

Having now several specimens, adult and young, and of both sexes of this 
curious little bird, and various ‘‘ Crombecs”’ also from Africa,* I cannot jus- 


* The two species of Sylvietta in the Acad. Mus. seem to be as follows: 
1. SynvIETTA RUFESCENS, (Vieillot.) - 
Diceum rufescens, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. ix., p. 407 (1817.) 
Sylvietta crombec, Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 258. 
Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr. iii. pl. 135. : 
Specimens from various localities in Southern Africa, also from ‘‘ Elephant’s 
Bay, Western Africa.’’ The latter were collected and presented by A. A. 
Henderson, M. D., Surgeon U. 8S. Navy. 
2. SyLviErra BRACHYURA, Lafresnaye. 
Sylvietta brachyura, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 258. 
‘*Sylvietta brevicauda, De La Fresnaye.’’ Name on plate in Lefebvre’s 
Voy. Abyssinia. 
Troglodytes microurus, Ruppell, Neue Wirbelth. Abyss. Voeg. p. 109 ? 
Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. Ois. pl. 6. Riipp. Neue. Wirbelth. Voeg., pl. 41, fig. 1? 
Much smaller than the preceding and more uniformly colored on the under 


1859.] 


40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


tify my former conclusion that the species is identical with Ruppell’s Troglodytes 
micrurus, Neue Wirb. Abyss. pl. 41, fig. 2. The upper parts of the body are 
constantly clear yellowish olive, with the head above dark brown, throat and 
breast only rufous, abdomen white with a yellow tinge in the middle. It is 
clearly not the bird figured in Lefebvre’s Abyssinia Ois., pl. 6, which is in the 
Acad. Coll. labelled ‘‘Senegal.’’ The present bird has the bill shorter and less 
curved, and the wings and even the tail shorter than in either of the species 
of Sylvietta now before me. It may, indeed, indicate a distinct generic or sub- 
generic group. 
Genus Hyi1a, nobis. 


Small, in general appearance sylviform. Bill curved, upper mandible thick 
or wide on the lateral view, compressed towards the end, carinated, nostril in a 
large membrane. Wing moderate, first quill spurious, third and fourth long- 
est and nearly equal, tail rather long, legs moderate, tarsus with about four 
large scales in front, toes slender, claws rather large. Type Sylvia prasina, 
Cassin. 


63. Hytia prasiva, (Cassin.) 
Sylvia prasina, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1845, p. 325. 
‘‘Stiphrornis superciliaris, Temm. Mus. Lugd.”’ ? 

This bird is by no manner of means a Stiphrornis, if S. eryththrothoraz is the 
type, which appears to be the case, nor is it a Chloropeta of which C. natalensis, 
Smith, is the type, nor moreover do we know any other genus to which it be- 
longs, and so set up for ourselves as best we may. Numerous specimens from 
the Camma and the Moonda. 


64. PuyLLopNEUSTE UMBROVIRENS, (Ruppell) ? 
Sylvia (Ficedula) umbrovirens, Rupp. Neue. Wirb., p. 112? 
Two specimens in immature plumage, exceedingly like S. sibillatriz and S, 
icterina of the Acad. Coll. These specimens are much as described by Rip- 
pell as above. From the Camma. 


65. Cisticona cursirans, (Franklin.) ; 
Prinia cursitans, Frankl. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1841, p. 118. 
Sylvia cisticola, Temm. ? 

Gould B. of Eur., pl. 113. ? 

Several specimens now received from the Camma are scarcely different from 
the bird of Europe or that of Asia. Specimens from the Cape of Good Hope 
and from Northern Africa, strictly the same as the present specimens so far 
as I can see, are in the Acad. Coll. They rather more closely resemble 
Asiatic specimens, but are scarcely different specifically from those of South- 
ern Europe. 

Genus Parmoptina, nobis. 


Allied to Pardalotus. Size small, bill thick, rather wide at base, depressed, 
curved. Wing moderate, first quill spurious, second and third longest, 
tail moderate, legs rather strong, toes moderate, claws strong. Feathers of 
the head and throat in the present species, scale-like. 


66. ParmopritA Woopuovse!, nobis. 

&. Head and throat covered with rounded scale-like feathers, which are 
rufous, lighter on the throat, brighter and nearly brick-red on the forehead. 
Back, wings and tail light umber brown with a slight tinge of greenish on 
the back, quills brownish black edged internally with reddish white. En- 
tire under parts (except the throat) white, thickly spotted with brownish 
black. Bill bluish black, legs yellowish white (in skin.) 

Q. Upper parts including head, brown tinged with olive, under parts 


parts of the body. Possibly the birds represented in the two plates cited may 
not be identical. The species described by Lafresnaye as above, is labelled 


“ Senegal.” . 
[Jac. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 


lighter, nearly white on the abdomen, with obscure traces of the black spots 
of the male. No rufous on the head nor throat. Total length, 4 about 4 
inches, wing 2, taill} inches. Q Total length, 33 inches. 

Hab.—River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

This is the only bird from Western Africa that I have ever seen which be- 
longs to the Pardaloting. It is easily distinguished specifically by its rufous 
head and throat and spotted under parts, and is a very curious and hand- 
some little bird. 

This bird is named in houor of my friend Samuel W. Woodhouse, M. D., 
of this city, an accomplished and promising young naturalist and scientific 
traveller in the western countries of the United States. 

67. ANGITHALUS FLAVIFRONS, Cassin. 
Agithalus flavifrons, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 325. 

Proc. Acad. Philada. 1858, pl. 1, fig. 2. 

The male is described and figured by me as above. In the collection from 
the Camma are females which are very similar to the males but rather small- 
er and lighter colored. Both sexes have the forehead yellow. 


68. Moracinia capensis, Linnzus. 
Motacilla capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 333 (1766.) 
Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr., pl. 178. Kittl. Kupf., pl. 20, fig. 2. 
The first appearance of this species in the fauna of Western Africa. Seve- 
ral specimens from the Ogobai are not to be distinguished from others in the 
Acad. Mus. from Southern Africa. 


§9. Antuus Gounpn, Fraser. 
Anthus Gouldii, Fras. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 27. 
Numerous specimens, impossible to determine conclusively from the short 
and imperfect descriptions. From the Camma and formerly received in every 
collection from Mr. Duchaillu. 


Genus MAcrosPHENUsS, nobis. 


General aspect of Orthotomus (O. sericeus, Temm.) and Ramphocenus (R. 
melanurus, Vieill,) but with the bill stronger, wider laterally and more com- 
pressed, and with the legs and feet stronger. Bill long, rather strong, straight, 
wide at base, compressed towards the end, upper mandible carinated, curved 
and distinctly notched at the tip, nostril in a large membrane, under mandible 
rather thick, somewhat curved in its outline, ascending towards its tip. Wing 
moderate, first quill spurious, fourth, fifth and sixth longest and nearly equal, 
tail moderate or rather short, legs moderate, claws rather strong, curved. 

This genus, which I propose for the species immediately succeeding, is ex- 
actly that of a bird in the Rivoli collection now in the Museum of this Academy, 
labelled ‘‘Ramphocene vert, Ramphocenus viridis, Madagascar.’’ The hand- 
writing of this label Iam not acquainted with, but the same specimen bears 
another label of locality only: ‘‘ Madagascar,’’ which I suppose to be in the 
handwriting of Mons. Victor Massena, and having his initials appended. This 
bird may be Ramphocenus viridis, Lesson, Traite d’Orn, p. 377, but which is 
stated by M. Lesson to be a species of Brazil.* 


* MACROSPHENUS VIRIDIS, (Lesson ?) 
Ramphocenus viridis. Lesson, Traite d’Orn. i. p. 377, (1831) ? 

Larger than the species above described. Bill long, strong, straight, a few 
pairs of slender bristles at the base of the upper mandible, wings and tail pro- 
portionately rather longer than in the above species. Entire upper parts 
olive green, darker on the head and tinged with yellow on the back. Throat, 
breast and middle of the abdomen yellow, sides, flanks, tibie and under tail 
coverts yellowish green, nearly the color of the back. Under wing coverts 
yellow, quills brownish black, secondaries edged internally with light reddish, 
tail dark olive green, An obscure stripe of yellowish in front of the eye. Bill 
light brown or horn color, legs light colored. Total length about 7 inches, 
wing 27, tail 3, bill, from gape, 14, tarsus 1 inch. 

ep (Rivoli collection label, ) Spec. in Mus. Acad. Philada. 

1859. 


42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


70 MAcROSPHENUS FLAVICANS, nobis. 

Bill long, straight, curved at the tip, and witha distinct notch. Head above 
dark greenish cinereous, throat and neck in front light cinereous. Body above 
light olive green, below greenish yellow inclining to saffron yellow on the 
flanks, tibia yellow, mixed with cinereous in its lower third. Under wing 
coverts silky white, quills brownish black, edged externally with ashy olive, 
tail olive green, darker on the inner webs. Bill bluish horn color, under man- 
dible white at base, and viewed from below, having a longitudinal stripe of 
white throughout its length, legs light colored. Total length about 5 inches, 
wing 2}, tail 1}, bill from gape 4, tarsus 7 inches. 

Hab.—Camma River, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

The affinities of this bird, and that alluded to above, as probably from 
Madagascar, I have not satisfactorily determined. The general aspect is that 
of Orthotomus and Ramphocenus, as stated above, but they appear also to be 
related to Tatare, Lesson, and in fact have the bills very similar to that of 
Tatare luscinius or Thryothorus luscinius, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Ois. 
pl. 5. At present my opinion is that they belong to the group Troglodytine. 

Several specimens of this bird are in the collection from the Camma, all of 
which are labelled as males. 


71. Turpus PELios, Bonaparte. 
Turdus pelios, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 273, (1850.) 

Though with numerous specimens before me, of both sexes and various ages, 
I rely on labelled specimens in the Acad. Mus. more than descriptions in the 
determining of this species. The specimens alluded to are labelled in the 
handwriting of that very competent naturalist, Mr. Jules Verreaux, and are 
quite identical with those in the present collection. This species is nearly 
related to 7. libonyanus, Smith, of Southern Africa, and appears to be abundant 
on the Camma, Moonda and Muni rivers. ; 


72. CossypHa pornsis, Strickland. ; 
Cossypha poensis, Strickl. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 100. 
Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. 37. 
Specimens from the Camma which seem to be the species described and 
figured as above, in adult plumage. 


73. CossypHa verTicaLis, Hartlaub. 
Cossypha verticalis, Hartl. Beitr. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 22. 
Petrocincla albicapilla, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 284, pl. 32? 

The only specimens that I have ever seen from Equatorial Africa are in the 
collection from the Camma, and are darker in the color of the upper parts of 
the body than specimens from Senegal in the Acad. coll. In fact I would de- 
scribe the back and wing coverts in these specimens as black in the adult and 
brownish black in the young, though, in other respects, specimens from the 
localities mentioned are very similar. 


74. GrocicHia compsonora, nobis. 

About the size and general form of Turdus interpres, Temm. Pl. Col. 455, 
but does not resemble that species in colors. Tail short, wings moderate, 
first quill spurious, fourth and fifth longest, legs rather strong, toes rather 
long, bill straight, rather thick, upper mandible curved at the tip and distinct- 
ly notched. Head above, cheeks and small space on the chin dark cinereous, 
upper parts of body and wing coverts bright rufous, quills brownish black, 
the two first edged externally with dark cinereous, others and especially the 
shorter quills widely edged with the same bright rufous as the back, tail 
brownish black, outer feathers edged. with rufous. Under parts (except a 
small space on the chin) white, tinged with dull yellowish brown on the breast 
and flanks. Bill bluish black, legs pale yellowish (in dried skin.) Total 
length about 6} inches, wing 43, tail 2}, tarsus 1, bill from gape J inches. 

Hab.—Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 


This bird is, so far as I can see, exactly the same genus as the Asiatic 7. 
interpres alluded to above, and is about the same size. It is not a very good 
Geocichla, of which T. citrinus is the type, but not a remote relative. One 
specimen only in adult plumage is in the collection from the Camma. 


Genus ALETHE, nobis. 


General form and aspect of Napothera, but with the bill thicker, the bristles 
at the base of the upper mandible weaker and shorter, and in general charac- 
ters more approaching Cossypha and Geocichla. Wing rather long, first quill 
short, fourth and fifth longest, tail moderate, legs rather strong. 


75. ALETHE CASTANEA, (Cassin.) 
Napothera castanea, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 158. 

The adult is described by meas above from the river Moonda, and in the 
present collection are intermediate and young specimens, the latter entirely 
different from the adult, so much so indeed that wereit not for more advanced 
or intermediate specimens it would scarcely be suspected of being the same 
species. They bear some resemblance to the young of Petrocincla. ; 

Young 3. Upper parts dark fuscous tinged with rufous on the rump and 
every feather having an oblong or ovate central spot of light yellowish rufous, 
wider on the back and wing coverts, narrower on the head. Under parts dull 
yellowish rufous, many feathers on the breast edged with black, wings and 
tail as in the adult. 

Several specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. 


76. Ortotus Barvurru, Bonaparte. 
Oriolus Baruffii, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 347, (1850.) 
‘‘Oriolus intermedius, Temm.’’ Hartl. 
Several specimens in the collection from the Camma and formerly received 
from the Moonda. 


77. ORIOLUS NIGRIPENNIS, Verreaux. 
Oriolus nigripennis, Verr. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 105. 
Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. 


Genus TricnorHorvs, Temminck, Pl. Col. iii. (liv. 14, about 1821.) 


Type T. barbatus, Temm. Pl. col. 88. Bill strong, curved, rather wide at 
base, nostril in a large cavity, aperture semicircular or crescent-shaped, rictal 
bristles strong. Wing moderate, rounded, first quill short, fifth and sixth 
quills longest, tail moderate, wide, legs short and rather slender, scales on 
tarsi confluent or obscure. 

Belonging strictly to this group I have seen 7. gularis (Horsfield) of Java, 
T. sulphuratus (Muller) of Borneo, J. barbatus, Temm., T. olivaceus, Swains. 
T. flaviventris, Smith, T. calurus, Cassin, and 7. simplex, Hartlaub, of Africa, 
and several other Asiatic species. All these have the bill strong and curved, 
and several of them have the feathers of the head broad, somewhat length- 
ened and probably erectile. Hairs on the back of the neck frequently long 
and conspicuous. 


78. TRICHOPHORUS CHLORONOTUS, nobis. ° 

Strictly of the same group as 7. gularis, Horsfield, and 7’. calurus, Cassin, 
and resembling both, but larger. Feathers of the head broad and lengthened, 
bristles on the back of the neck long and conspicuous, bill strong, curved, 
legs and feet rather small, feathers of the lower back and rump lengthened. 
Tail and upper coverts bright rufous, the outer feathers edged with greenish 
yellow. Head above dark cinereous or plumbeous, cheeks plumbeous, every 
feather with a medial line of white, back, ramp and wings fine olive green, 
tinged with yellow on the rump, quills brownish black, edged externally with 
the olive green of the back, under wing coverts yellowish olive. Throat white, 
breast cinereous (or plumbeous, nearly the same as the head above); abdomen 
and under tail coverts greenish yellow. Bill bluish horn color, the edges of 


1859.) 


44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


both mandibles white, legs light brown (in dried skin). Total length about 
8 to 84 inches, wing 4}, tail 37, tarsus 7, bill from gape 14 inches. 

Hab.—River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

This large species is another of the red tailed birds like my 7’. calurus, and 
T. gularis, Horsfield, but differs entirely from those or any other that I have 
ever seen or found described. ‘The feathers of the head are wide, much as in 
T. barbatus, and are lengthened, somewhat crest-like. The cinereous or plum- 
beous color of the breast varies in shade in different specimens, and assumes 
the form somewhat of a wide transverse band on the breast and upper part of 
the abdomen. 

Several specimens are in the collection from the Camma. This is one of 
the largest and handsomest known species of this genus. 


79. Tricnorpnorus CALURUS, Cassin. 
Trichophorus calurus, Cassin, Proe. Acad. Phila., viii. p. 158, (1856. ) 
Several specimens from the Camma do not differ from others formerly re- 
ceived from the Muni, though presenting some variations in size and the 
thickness of the bill. Female like the male in color, but with the feathers of 
the head shorter and more compact, rather smaller than the male, and with 
the bill weaker. 


80. TricHorpHorus stmpLex, Hartlanb. 
‘*Trichophorus simplex, Temm.’’ Hartl. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 356. 

Specimens from the Camma labelled as males are larger than as given br 
Dr. Hartlaub as above, and the throat is pure white. Total length about 84 
inches, wing 44, tail 4 inches. 

Though now first received from Mr. Duchaillu this species has been in the 
Acad. coll. for about twenty years, having been received in Dr. Mac Dowall’s 
collection from St. Paul’s river. I have regarded it as Jos inornatus, Fraser, 
erroneously as it now appears from the statements of authors, but rather dif- 
ficult to determine from the description of the latter. This bird does assuredly 
strongly approximate to typical Zros both in form and color. 


\ 
Genus XeEnocicuta, Hartlaub, Orn. W. Afr. p. 86. 


Type X. syndactyla (Swainson). Bill strong, straight, rather wide at base, 

compressed in its terminal half, type of upper mandible rather abruptly curved 
or hooked, gonys ascending, rictal bristles strong. Wing moderate, fifth and 
sixth quills longest, tail moderate or rather long, legs and feet moderate or 
rather slender, but larger than in Trichophorus, scales on thetarsi hardly ob- 
servable. Outer toe united to the middle toe nearly or quite to the last 
joint. 
: The main distinction of this genus from the preceding is in the bill, which, 
instead of being wide and curved, is straight and compressed, and with the 
gonys strongly ascending to the tip, and the union of the outer and middle 
toe is also a strong character. This group is much more rapacious and shrike- 
like in its characters than the preceding. Belonging to this group I have seen 
X. syndactyla (Swainson), X. canicapellus (Hartlaub), X. notatus (Cassin), and 
X. tricolor (Cassin). 


81. XENOCICHLA SYNDACTYLA, (Swainson). 
Dasycephala syndactyla, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 261, (1837.) 
Trichophorus syndactylus, (Swains.) Hartlaub. 

This large and handsome species is in the collection from the Ogobai. It is 
the most shrike-Jike and rapacious species of this group that I have seen, and 
both generically and specifically is strongly characterized. 

Large, bill straight, compressed. Tail and upper coverts bright rufous, up- 
per parts dark olive, outer edges of quills with a tinge of rufous, under parts 
greenish yellow, palest on the throat, the green more distinct on the breast 
and sides. Total length about 9} inches, wing 4}, tail 4 inches. Outer 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 


united to the middle toe to the last joint, or for about two thirds of its 
length. 
Several specimens from the Ogobai river. 


82. XenocicHLA NoTATA, (Cassin.) 
Trichophorus notatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 159. 

From the Camma, and formerly from the Moonda and Muni rivers. Easily 
distinguished by the large yellow spot in front of the eye, which is the color 
also of the under parts of the body, tinged with green on the breast and sides. 
Upper parts yellowish olive green, not so dark as in the preceding. Tail olive 
green, nearly the same as other upper parts, four outer feathers on each side, 
with large pale yellow spots at their tips, under wing coverts pale yellow. To- 
tal length about 73 inches, wing 33, tail 3} inches. Outer toe united to the 
middle for about half its length. Female smaller and with the bill shorter, 
but with the colors very nearly as in the male. 


83. XENOCICHLA TRICOLOR, (Cassin.) 
Trichophorus tricolor, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1857, p. 33. 

From the Camma and formerly from the Muni river. Smaller than either 
of the preceding two species. Tail and its upper coverts dark chestnut, 
slightly tinged with greenish, entire upper parts olive green, under parts green- 
ish yellow, clearer on the throat and more shaded with green on the breast 
and sides, exposed ends of secondaries having a tinge of rufous or chestnut 
like the tail. Total length about 63 inches, wing 3, tail 3 inches. Outer toe 
united to the middle slightly beyond the first joint. Female smaller than the 
male but similar in colors. 


84. Hemrxos sERinvs, (Verreaux.) 
Criniger serinus, Verr. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 105, (1855, March.) 
Criniger xanthogaster, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 327 (April.) 
Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. This bird is 
exactly the same genus tome as Criniger ictericus, Strickland, and another 
species labelled in the Acad. Coll. ‘‘ ZT. indicus, Ceylon.’’ Sexes alike. 


85. Hemrxos rxpicator, (Verreaux.) 
Criniger indicator, Verr. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 105, (March, 1855.) 
Trichophorus leucurus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1855, p. 328, (April. ) 
This is a very bad Hemizxos, but a worse Criniger or Trichophorus. It is a 
heavy and strong bird with the bill wider and thicker and the tail shorter 
than in either of the genera mentioned. It is for me the type of a generic or 
sub-generic group approaching Cossypha and Geocichla in form, but different 
in color. 
Specimens from the Camma. 


86. ANDROPADUS LATIROSTRIS, Strickland. 
Andropadus latirostris, Strick. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 100. 

Frazer, Zool. Typ. Birds, pl. 35, (young.) 

Bill and feet pale colored, and under mandible almost entirely white in 
both adult and young. Under wing coverts yellowish olive, fifth quill long- 
est. Throat with a line on each side of pale yellow, very distinct in the adult, 
and generally to be traced in the young ; entire upper parts dark olive, upper 
tail coverts and tail greenish brown. Middle of throat and breast olive, abdo- 
men pale greenish yellow, tibie and under tail coverts reddish olive. Quills 
edged internally with dull white. Bill wide, depressed, serrations in upper 
mandible distinct. The young bird frequently has the wings tinged with 
the same reddish brown as on the tail. Total length 63 to 7 inches. 

Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Muni. 


87. ANDROPADUS GRACILIROSTRIS, Strickland. 
Andropadus gracilirostris, Strick. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 100. 
Bill.and feet always dark horn color. Under wing coverts and inner edges 
of quills dark ochre yellow. Entire upper parts yellowish olive, under parts 


1859.] 4 


46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


greenish cinereous, tibie and under tail coverts pale rufous. Bill narrower 
and more slender than in the preceding. Total length about 7 inches. Ser- 
rations in the upper mandible not numerous but distinct. 

From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. 


88. ANDROPADUS VIRENS, Cassin. 
Andropadus virens, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1857, p. 34. 

Smaller than either of the preceding, and more nearly related to the typical 
A. importunus, of southern Africa. Bill and feet brownish horn color, the 
latter lighter. Under wing coverts pale greenish yellow, inner edges of quills 
very pale reddish white. Entire plumage olive, paler beneath, middle of ab- 
domen yellow. Upper tail coverts and tail greenish brown. Total length 
about 64 inches. 

This appears to be the most abundant species of Equatorial Africa, having 
been received in all of Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. 


89. ANDROPADUS CURVIROSTRIS, nobis. 

About the size of A. gracilirostris and latirostris. Bill rather narrow, curved, 
serrations in upper mandible distinct. Under wing coverts pale greenish yel- 
low. Upper parts olive, darker on the head, upper tail coverts and tail red- 
dish brown, under parts lighter olive, tinged with reddish brown on the breast 
and sides and inclining to yellow on the abdomen. Quills dark brown, edged 
outwardly with olive, and on their inner edges with pale greenish yellow. 
Bill and feet bluish horn color, edges of both mandibles white. Total length 
about 63 inches, wing 3, tail 3 inches. 

Hab.—River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

This bird has the bill wider than in A. gracilirostris, and not so wide nor so 
strong as in A. /atirostris, and more curved than in either. I have heretofore 
regarded it as the young of the former, but it appears to be a distinct species. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Muni. 


90. Ixos ASHANTEUS, Bonaparte. 
Ixos ashanteus, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 266. 


Specimens from the Camma, and received in small numbers in several other 
of Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. 


91. Ixonorus aerratus, Verreaux. 
Ixonotus guttatus, J. and E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 306. 
Evidently not an uncommon bird in Equatorial Africa. From the Camma, 
and formerly in other collections from Mr. Duchaillu. 


Genus Pyrruvrvs, nobis. 


Bill rather wide at base, upper mandible curved towards the end and dis- 
tinctly notched, base with about 4 or 5 pairs of long and rather strong bristles. 
Wing rather long, first quill short, fifth longest, legs and feet strong, claws 
large, tail long, wide, rounded. Feathers of the head in front stiff and scale- 
like. Type Phyllastrephus scandens. Swainson. 


92. PyRRHURUS PALLESCENS, (Hartlaub.) 
Trichophorus pallescens, Hartl. Orn. W. Afr., p. 86, (1857.) 

In the collection from the Ogobai are several specimens which agree so com- 
pletely with Dr. Hartlaub’s very careful description, cited above, that I cannot 
avoid the conclusion that they are the species intended, though he gives the 
locality of his specimens as ‘‘Gambia.’’ The present specimens are precisely 
of the same generic form as Piyllastrephus scandens, Swainson, and resemble 
that species exceedingly in color also, but are smaller, as will be seen by Dr. 
Hartlaub’s description, and constantly differ in the color of the under parts of 
the body and the under wing coverts. Specimens of P. scandens are in the 
Acad. coll., labelled in the handwriting of Mr. Jules Verreaux. 

With undoubted specimens also before me of Phyllastrephus capensis from 
the Cape of Good Hope, it is very palpable that these birds are not of the same 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 


genus. In fact P. capensis has short wings, and P. scandens the wings long, 
and in other points of structure these birds are quite different, though belong- 
ing to the same group of Thrushes, and allied to Zxos and Andropadus. 


93. PyRRHURUS LEUCOPLEURUS, (Cassin.) 
Phyllastrephus leucopleurus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. 1855, p. 328. 

Several specimens from the Camma do not vary materially from my descrip- 
tion, as cited above. The affinities of this bird are more nearly to the prece- 
ding and P. scandens than to any African birds with which I am acquainted, 
but there are Asiatic species also to which it is related. The bristles at the 
base of the bill in the present bird are smaller than in the preceding. 

This bird approximates to Asiatic birds, very confusedly given by authors 
as species of the genera Brachypus, Napothera, Trichophorus and others. It 
quite considerably resembles a species received from the Leyden Museum, 
labelled ‘‘ Trichophorus striolatus, Miiller, Java,’’? but is larger and has the 
tail longer, though it is apparently of the same genus. There are also other 
birds in the Acad. coll. variously estimated generically, but of the same group 
as the present species. I arrange it here provisionally, until I can find out 
further. 


94. MuscIPETA FLAVIVENTRIS, Verreaux. 
Muscipeta flaviventris, Verr. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 103, (1855.) 
Muscipeta tricolor, Fraser? 

A very beautiful species, varying much at different ages, but recognizable by 
the peculiar rich red orange or bay of the under parts. In the adult the 
plumage on the upper parts of the body is orange yellow at the base of the 
feathers, and on the rump the feathers are of the same color as the under parts, 
but tipped with bluish ashy. With some displacement of the feathers the rump 
might readily be supposed to be of the same color as the under parts. 
Specimens from the Camma and from the Moonda are nearly all young. 


95. MuscipETA MELAMPYRA, Verreaux. 
Muscipeta melampyra, Verr. 
Specimens in several of Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. From the Camma. 


96. Muscipeta Smita, Fraser. 
Muscipeta Smithii, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 34. 

Another very handsome species recognizable without difficulty from the 
description as cited. This bird bears relations to both Muscipeta nigriceps 
(Hartlaub)* and M. flaviventris, Verreaux, and in fact looks like a specimen 
of the former, with the tail of the latter appended. Head glossy bluish black, 
back, rump, wing coverts and entire under parts fine orange-rufous, quills and 
tail brownish black, with a strong tinge of bluish ashy on the outer webs of 
the feathers. Total length about 7? inches. The black of the head extends 
further on the neck in this species than in IM. nigriceps, and the color of the 
tail is entirely different, being fine reddish or chestnut orange in the latter. 


97. MuscipeTA MELANOGASTRA, Swainson ? 
Muscipeta melanogastra, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 55, (1837)? 
Specimens which I refer provisionally to this species are not adult, and but - 


* MuscipETa NIGRICEPS, (Hartlaub.) 

‘“‘Tuhitrea nigriceps, Temm.”? Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 91. 

Velvet-headed Flycatcher, Lath. Gen. Hist. vi. p. 198. 

Both sexes of this species are in the Acad. coll., having been received in Dr. 

Macdowell’s collection from St. Paul’s river. Head and throat glossy purplish 
black, quills dark brown, all other parts of the plumage, including tail, rich 
orange rufous, inclining to chestnut on the breast, tail with the middle feathers 
much the longest in the male. Female with the tail short, head and throat 
dark brown, all other parts of the plumage dull orange rufous. Total length, 
% about 9} inches, q about 6 inches. 


1859.) 


48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


few only have been received from Mr. Duchaillu. With numerous specimens 
of M. melanogastra in various stages of plumage, from the Gambia in the Acad. 
Coll., I cannot avoid suspecting that the adult of the birds in the present col- 
lection would be different. The young are much alike in general characters. 


98. MuscireTa spEciosa, nobis. 

Generally resembling M. melampyra, Verreaux, but smaller and with the tail 
long, and having a white longitudinal stripe on the wing like M. melanogastra 
and M. rufiventris. Tail long, with the two middle feathers much the longest, 
others graduated, wing moderate, fifth quill longest, bill stout, rather wide and 
thick but not so long as usual in this genus, bristles at base of both mandibles 
conspicuous. Upper tail coverts in adult glossy black. Head, neck and breast 
glossy black with a green lustre, abdomen and wznder tail coverts dark bluish 
ashy or nearly black, wing coverts and quills black, greater wing coverts widely 
edged with white, secondary quills widely edged externally with white, (forming 
a conspicuous white spot on the wing coverts, continued inalongitudinal stripe 
on the quills). Under wing coverts dark ashy, nearly black, same as the under 
parts of the body. Upper parts of body fine rufous chestnut, shorter quills 
edged with rufous chestnut. Tail rufous, rather lighter than the back, all the 
feathers edged towards the end with brownish black, and the middle feathers 
brownish black along their shafts and tipped with that color. Bill and feet black. 

Total length from tip of bill to end of tail about 9 inches, wing 3}, tail 6, 
middle tail feathers exceed the next pair by 2} inches, bill from gape ¢ inch. 

Hab. Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

This is a species of the same general appearance as Jf. melanogastra, holose- 
ricea, rufiventris and others, and resembling in colors, especially of the under 
parts of the body, M. melampyra as stated above. In M. melampyra, the under 
tail coverts are bright rufous, and it has no white stripe on the wing. In the 
present species, the under tail coverts are dark ashy, exactly the same as the 
abdomen, and the white spot and stripe on the wing are very conspicuous. The 
upper tail coverts, especially the longest of them, next to the tail are lustrous 
greenish black in the present bird, which character distinguishes it from all other 
species with which I am acquainted. There is no other known African species 
that has the under tail coverts dark cinereous, except MW. senegalensis, Lesson, 
which, however, only generally resembles the present bird, so far as can be 
gathered from the descriptions. 


99. MuscreeTa DvuowalLuul, nobis. 

Generally resembling the Asiatic M. paradisi, (Linneus) but smaller and 
with the long feathers of the tail white in both sexes. Crested, bill wide, 
somewhat depressed, bristles at the base of both mandibles long and conspicu- 
ous, wing moderate, fifth quill longest, middle feathers of the tail long, others 
graduated. Male, adult.—Back, rump and upper tail coverts reddish chestnut, 
head and breast shining greenish black, abdomen dark ashy. Quills brownish 
black, greater wing coverts and tertiary quills widely edged with white, form- 
ing a very conspicuous white longitudinal stripe on the wing, under wing co- 
verts dark ashy (same as abdomen) middle tail feathers white, with their shafts 
black at the base, outer tail feathers brownish black, several of the longer 
edged with white on their inner webs. Female, adult.—Back, rump, upper tail 
coverts and tail snowy white, the shafts of the tail feathers for about half the 
length of the middle feathers and throughout the others, black. Crested, head 
and breast shining greenish black, (as in the male) abdomen and under tail co- 
verts white, the former mixed and striped with black on the flanks, quills 
brownish black, greater coverts and outer edges of tertiaries white, under wing 
coverts white. Bill and feet ashy bluish brown. Young %. Upper parts 
white as in the female, but with longitudinal stripes of black, outer tail feath- 
ers brownish black, edged with white, abdomen dark ashy, nearly black. 

Total length about 14 inches, wing 3}, tail 10, middle feathers exceed the 
others by 6 inches. 

Hab.—Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 


(Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 


This is one of the most remarkable birds yet discovered by Mr. Duchaillu, 
and is also one of the handsomest species of Flycatchers yet known to inhabit 
Western Africa. In general characters, this bird resembles the well known 
Asiatic Muscipeta paradisi, and, as in that species, the male is chestnut colored 
on the upper parts of the body, and the female is white. The present bird has 
also relations to M. mutata, and others of Southern and Eastern Africa, but is 
quite different.* 


* The following species of Muscipeta are in the Museum of this Academy. 


Asiatic. 


. Muscipeta paradisi, (Linnzus) Le Vaill. Ois d’Afr. iii. pl. 144, 145. 

. Muscipeta affinis, (Hay.) 

. Muscipeta rufa, (G. R. Gray,) Gray’s Genera, i. pl. 64. 

- Muscipeta leucogastra, Swainson, Flycatch. Nat. Lib., pl. 24. 

5. Muscipeta principalis, Temm., Faun. Jap. Birds, pl. 17. 

6. Muscipeta cyaniceps, Cassin, Voy. Vincennes, Birds, pl. 9, fig. 1. 
African. 

7. Muscipeta cristata, (Gmelin,) Le Vaill. Ois d’Afr., iii. pl. 142, 143. 

Numerous specimens from the Cape of Good Hope, and one specimen from 
“Nova Redonda, Western Africa.” The latter collected and presented by Dr. 
A. A. Henderson, Surgeon, U.S. Navy. 

8 Muscipeta borbonica, (Gmelin.) 
9. Muscipeta melanogastra, Swainson. 

Specimens from Gambia and others from Equatorial Africa, received from 
Mr. Duchaillu. The latter I assign to this species with some hesitation. 

10. Muscipeta rufiventris, Swainson, B. of W. Afr., ii. pl. 4. 
11. Muscipeta mutata, (Gmelin,) Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr., iii. pl. 148. 
12. Muscipeta holosericea, (Temminck) Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr. iii, pl. 147. 
13. “ Muscipeta Gaimardi, Madagascar.”” Label in Rivoli Collection. 

The last three names I regard as possibly applicable to one species only, in 
stages of plumage analogous to those of M. paradis?, and of my M. Duchaillui, 
but I advance this as an opinion only, at present. These three are all labelled 
in the Acad. Coll. as from Madagascar. The last seems to be Tchitrea Gaimar- 
di. Lesson, Traité, i. 386, which is stated to be from New Guinea, an error cor- 
rected by M. Pucheran, in Arch. du Mus. Paris, vii. p. 372. 

14. Muscipeta Ferreti, (Guerin), Ferret et Galinier, Voy. Abyssinia, Ois. pl. 8. 

Specimens of both sexes from Abyssinia. 

15. Muscipeta flaviventris, (Verreaux). 
16. Muscipeta melampyra, (Verreaux). 
17. Muscipeta Smithii, Fraser. 

18. Muscipeta nigriceps, (Hartlaub). 
19. Muscipeta speciosa, Cassin. 

20. Muscipeta Duchaillui, Cassin. 

Of these species there are several subgeneric groups, one of the most distinct 
of which is composed of M. flaviventris, Smithii, and melampyra. In addition to 
the species here given, there are various others in the Acad. Coll., nearly re- 
lated, if not actually entitled to be included in the genus Muscipeta; for in- 
stance, Muscicapa pyrrhoptera, Temm., which is placed by Bonaparte in the ge- 
nus Philentoma, Eyton, but with doubtful propriety as a congener of P. velatum 
and Muscicapa cyanomelas. For me, the first three species of Philentoma, as ar- 
ranged by Bonaparte, (Consp. Av. i. p. 314,) belong to three different genera. 
The fourth species I do not know. 


1859. ] 


50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


; 


To this beautiful species, I have great pleasure in applying the name of Mr. 
Duchaillu, who, in the three years past, during which he has been in Africa, 
has fairly earned the distinction of being the most successful zoological tra- 
veller of the present time, and who has, in ornithology especially, made very 
important discoveries. 

100. TrocHocercus NITENS, nobis. 

Of the same generic group as Muscicapa cyanomelas, Vieill. Le Vaill. Ois. 
d’Afr. iv. pl. 151, and in some measure resembling that species. Crested, bill 
smaller and more narrow than in typical species of Muscipeta, wing moderate, 
fifth quill longest, tail moderate, bristles at the base of both mandibles strong, 
and nearly as long as the bill. 

6. Head, breast, and entire upper parts glossy bluish black, which is also 
the color of the wings and tail. Abdomen and under tail coverts light cinere- 
ous, very pale or nearly white next to the black color on the breast, under wing 
coverts white, bill and feet bluish gray. 

Q. Top of head (or crest) only glossy black as in the male, back and other 
upper parts dark cinereous, (without lustre,) wings and tail ashy black. Entire 
under parts light cinereous, darker on the throat and breast, and very pale on 
the abdomen, “under wing coverts light ashy, pearly white. Total length, 4, 
about 52 inches, wing 24, tail 2? inches. Q slightly smaller. 

Hab.—Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

This is a second species of the same group to which belongs Muscicapa cyano- 
melas, Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr. iv. pl. 151, as stated above, but is a very distinct 
and well marked species, entirely without the white scapulars and tertiaries 
which so strongly mark that bird, and are well represented in Le Vaillant’s 
plate cited above. In the male, the head and breast and entire upper parts of 
the body, including the wing coverts and shorter quills, are lustrous bluish 
black, changing to greenish according to the light. The abdomen is clear 
ashy, very pale next to the black of the breast, and there almost assuming the 
form of a transverse narrow band of ashy white. 

Several specimens of both sexes of this interesting little bird are in the col- 
lection from the Camma and Rembo rivers. 


101. Trocuocercus ? 

Several specimens of young birds in the collection from the Camma seem 
to indicate a third species of this group larger than either 7. cyanomelas or T. 
nitens. Young of both sexes resemble the females of both the species just 
mentioned, but are of darker cinereous, and like them have the crest only 
black. The bill is larger and more depressed. I do not regard it as expedient 
to propose a new specific designation in this difficult family, without having 
adult specimens. 

102. Bias musicus, (Vieillot.) 
Platyrhynchus musicus, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xxvii. p. 15. 
Myiagra flavipes, Swains. Flyc, Nat. Lib. p. 255, 308. 
Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. Young %. Like 
the female, but with the entire plumage mixed with black feathers. 
103. ARTOMYIAS FULIGINOSA, Verreaux. 
Artomyias fuliginosa, J. & E. Verreaux, Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 104, (March.) 
Butalis infuscatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. ’Philada. 1855, p. 326, (April. ) 
From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez. 
104, PLATYSTIRA MELANOPTERA, (Gmelin.) 
Muscicapa melanoptera, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 939, (1788.) 
Jard. and Selb. Il]. Orn. i. pl. 9. 
Numerous specimens in all of Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. 


105. PLATYSTIRA LEUCOPYGIALIS, Fraser. 
Platystira leucopygialis, Fras. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1842, p. 142. 
Platystira castanea, Fras. ut sup. p. 141 
Frazer Zool. Typ. Birds, pl. 34. 
From the Camma and Ogobai. 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 


106. Muscicapa erisoua, Linneus. 
Muscicapa grisola, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 
Butalis Africana, Bonap. Comptes Rendus, 1854, p. 652? 
Gould, B. of Eur. pl. 65. Naumann, B. Germ. pl. 64. 

Several specimens from the Ogobai and Rembo, not distinguishable from the 
European bird, but are not in fully adult plumage. In the African specimens 
the bill is smaller than usual in this species from Earope, but they do not 
appear to be specifically distinct. 


107. Muscrcapa, ? 

A second species of typical Muscicapa, in the collection from the Camma, but 
which I cannot identify with any species or description with which I am ac- 
quainted. Adult 8. Upper parts clear bluish-ashy, lighter on the rump, and 
with longitudinal lines of brownish black on the head. Throat and abdomen 
white, breast pale ashy, nearly the same as the back, under wing coverts ashy 
white, quills and tail brownish black. An obscure line of ashy white in front 
of the eye. Billand feet black. Young §. Upper parts cinereous, many fea- 
thers, with large terminal spots of dull yellowish, under parts dull white, with 
spots and edging of brownish black. Tail black, narrowly tipped with white. 

Total leugth about 5 inches, wing 23, tail 2} inches. 


108. Muscicapa EPULATA, (Cassin). 
Butalis epulatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 326. 
Specimens show some difference in the shade of ashy of the upper parts, but 
appear to be identical. In the more adult the lower mandible and the feet are 
light colored or nearly white in the dried skin. From the Camma. 


109. EryrHrocercus McCa..i, (Cassin). 
Pycnosphrys McCallii, Cassin. Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 326, 
A single specimen from the Camma, not different in any respect from that 
formerly received from the Moonda. 


110. Hy.tora vionacna, Verreaux. 
Hyliota violacea, Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 308. 
From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. 


111. Fraseria ocreata, (Strickland). 
Tephrodornis ocreatus, Strickl. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 102. 
Fraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pl. 36. 
Both sexes from the Camma. The dark edgings of the plumage of the breast 
varies in different specimens, in some extending to the sides and abdomen, in 
others nearly obsolete. Sexes nearly alike in colors, female smaller. 


112. FRASERIA CINERASCENS, Hartlaub. 
“‘ Stiphrornis cinerascens, Temm. Mus. Lugd.” Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 102. 
This species much resembles the preceding, but is smaller, and can be easily 
distinguished by the white spot in front amd over the eye, which is present in 
both sexes at all ages. Sexes very nearly alike, but the female and young male 
generally have the breast and flanks strongly tinged with dull fulvous or ochre 
color. From the Camma and Ogobai. 


113. PARISOMA MELANURUM, nobis. 

About the size of P. subcaerulewm, (Vieill.) Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr. iii. pl. 126. 
Bill rather thick, upper mandible distinctly notched, under mandible with the 
ridge ascending, wing moderate, first quill short, fourth longest, tail rather 
long, legs rather long. Middle six feathers of the tail black, outer two white, 
intermediate black, tipped with white. Entire plumage cinereous, darker on 
the head and upper parts of the body, lighter on the throat and breast, and 
nearly white on the abdomen. An obscure white line in front of the eye. 
Under wing coverts ashy white, under tail coverts pale fulvous. Quills brown 
edged externally with ashy white. Bill light corneous, under mandible white 


1859.] 


2 


52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


at base, tarsi light bluish. Young 4. Entire under parts ashy, many of the 
feathers edged with light rufous, under tail coverts pale rufous, upper parts 
darker ashy, wing coverts and quills edged with pale rufous. Total length 
about 5} inches, wing 24, tail 24 inches. 

Hab. Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

About the same size as the South African Parisoma, mentioned above, but 
with the bill thicker and longer. In the young bird the under tail coverts are 
pale rufous, which color becomes more indistinct, and assumes a fulvous shade 
in more advanced age. Several specimens from the Camma and Rembo. Sexes 
alike. 


114. PARISOMA OLIVASCENS, nobis. 

About the size of the preceding, or slightly larger; bill shorter and thicker, 
tail rather long. Entire upper parts ashy olive, wings and tail olive brown, 
quills edged externally with pale yellowish ashy, and internally with white. 
Throat, and under tail coverts white, breast and abdomen greenish ashy, paler 
on the latter, under wing coverts white. Upper mandible bluish corneous, 
under mandible yellowish white, legs pale colored. Total length 5} inches, 
wings 22, tail 2} inches. 

Hab. Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

This bird is of the same general form as the preceding, but has the bill 
stronger, and the colors of the plumage are entirely different. The tail in the 
present bird is greenish brown, the outer feathers more distinctly edged with 
ashy olive, very nearly uniform with the upper parts of the body. One speci- 
men only is in the collection from the Camma, and is labelled as a male. Both 
the species here described have the bills longer and thicker than P. subcaeru- 
leum. 


Genus Hypopgs, nobis. 


Allied to Parisoma, but with the general form shorter and stronger. Tail 
short, bill thick, rather wide at base, upper mandible distinctly notched at the 
tip, bristles at base of the upper mandible distinct, wing moderate or rather 
long, first quill short, third and fourth longest and nearly equal, legs and feet 
moderate, or rather slender. Type Kopsaltria cinerea, Cassin. 


115. Hypopes cineREA, (Cassin). 
Eopsaltria cinerea, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 253. 

This little bird is allied to the preceding two species, but is generically dis- 
tinct, and has the tail short, while in those the tail is rather unusually long. 
In my judgment this bird and Parisoma are not distant relations of Virco and 
Eopsaltria. 


116. CAMPEPHAGA NIGRA, Vieillot. 
Campepbaga nigra, Vieill. 

Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr. iv. pl. 165. 

There is a constant difference in the metallic lustre of different specimens, 
almost inclining me to the opinion, that they are two species. Both are en- 
tirely black, and about the same size, but the lustre of one is green, and of the 
other rich purple and violet. The former is strictly identical with South African 
specimens in Acad. Coll. 

From the Camma, and formerly from the Muni. 


117. Lozotos Temmincku, Hartlaub ? 
Lobotos Temminckii, Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 99? 
Ceblepyris lobatus, Temm. Pl. Col. 279, 280? 

A single specimen labelled as a young male, is either this species or an un- 
described bird. It much resembles the figure of the female given by Temm. in 
Pl. Col. 280, but has the entire head cinereous, darker on the top of the head, 
lighter and nearly white on the throat. Upper part of body yellowish olive, 
under parts fine yellow, quills dark brown, edged internally with yellow, tail 
olive, external feathers with their outer webs yellow. Total length 73 inches. 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 


118. CEBLEPYRIS AZUREA, (Cassin.) 


Graucalus azureus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1851, p. 348. 

Two specimens in the collection from the Camma, and so far as I am informed 
the only known specimens except that formerly received from Dr. Macdowell, 
and described by me as above. It is with much gratification that I record the 
second occurrence of this species, which is quite peculiar amongst the African 
birds of this group, and is strongly distinguished by its uniform blue plumage. 
The present specimens are fully adult, being rather larger than that described 
by me, and have the quills uniform clear black, without the white transverse 
lines at the end, which are in the original specimen, and seem to mark a 
younger bird. Total length about 8 inches. The general appearance of this 


bird is not unlike that of the young or immature plumage of /rena puella of 
Asia. 


119. Dicrurus coractus, Verreaux. 
Dicrurus coracinus, J. & E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 311. 
From the Camma and Ogobai, and strictly identical with specimens from Mr. 
Verreaux, in the museum of this Academy, 


120. DickURUS ATRIPENNIS, Swainson? 
Dicrurus atripennis, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 256? 

Several specimens which I doubtfully refer to this species. It is smaller than 
the dimensions given by Swainson as above, the total length being about 8 
inches, but is evidently nearly allied, if not identical with his species. This 
bird has the tail but very slightly forked, and bears relations also to my D. 
aculeatus and to D. Ludwigti, Smith, of Eastern and Southern Africa, both of 
which are now before me. JD. atripennis is not in the Academy collection. 


121. Siamopus RUFIVENTRIS, Bonaparte. 
Sigmodus rufiventris, Bonap. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1853, p. 441. 
Several specimens from the Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda. Sexes 
alike, except that in the female the head above is clear white, without the tinge 


of cinereous generally to be seen in specimens. This species is rather smaller 
and quite distinct from S. caniceps. Temminck. 


122. LANIARIUS CRUENTUS, (Lesson.) 
Vanga cruenta, Less. Belanger’s Voy. Zool. p. 256, (1834.) 
“‘ Harcolestes hypopyrrhus, Bonaparte,” Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 
1855, p. 419. 
Lesson, Cent. Zool. pl. 65. 
Very fine specimens of this beautiful species are from the Ogobai and Rembo 
and formerly from the Moonda. The female is similar to the male in general 
characters, but is rather smaller and has the colors less distinct. 


123. LANIARIUS CHLOoRIS, (Dumont.) 


Lanius chloris, Dumont, Dict. des Sci. Nat. xi. p. 226, (1826.) 
Malaconotus Peli, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 360, (1850.) 
Laniarius lepidus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. vii. p. 327, (1855.) 

The description of Lanius chloris, as cited above, is not sufficient to identify 
it with this or any other species. In applying this name to the bird now before: 
me, I rely entirely on the conclusion of Dr. Hartlaub, in Orn. W. Afr., p. 109, 
and necessarily disregarding the statement made by the Prince Bonaparte that 
JI,. chloris is a second species of the genus Jzonotus, Verreaux (Comptes Ren- 
dus, Acad. Paris, 1854, p. 533.) 

From the Camma, and received in all the collections from Mr. Duchaillu. 


124. Dryoscopus arrinis, G. R. Gray. 
Dryoscopus affinis, G. R. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, p. 489. 
Specimens from the Ogobai and others from the Moonda, that I cannot dis- 
tinguish from others in the Acad. Coll. from Zanzibar. 


1859.] 


54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


125. Dryoscopus masor, (Hartlaub.) 
Telophonus major, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 108, 
Trans. Nat. Hist. Sov. Hamburg, 1848, pl. 5. 
Specimens of both sexes from the Camma. 


126. Dryoscorus carsonanivs, (Cassin.) 
Laniarius carbonarius, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1851, p. 347. 
Telophonus leucorhynchus, Hartlanb, Rey. Zool. 1848, p. 108 ? 

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Hamburg, 1848, pl. 6? 

Though the names here given seem to be regarded as certainly synonymous 
by very reliable ornithologists, I have never been able to reconcile that conclu- 
sion with the fact that both sexes of my D. carbonarius have the bill black. 
In 7. leucorhynchus, the bill of the male is white, and that of the female black, 
and the measurements given as above, and elsewhere, with his usual accuracy, 
by Dr. Hartlaub, are smaller than in specimens of my species. 

There are, in Mr. Duchaillu’s collections, numerous specimens of L. carbona- 
rius of both sexes, and very similar in all their characters, but previous to the 
arrival of the present collection from the Camma, I had never seen a specimen 
with the bill light colored, or of any other color than black. In this col- 
lection, however, there are two specimens evidently not in mature plumage, one 
of which, labelled as a male, has the bill varied with dull brownish black and 
pale yellowish white, and showing a tendency to become either white or black, 
but impossible to determine which. These two specimens are smaller than 
those of L. carbonarius, being very nearly the size given by Dr. Hartlaub, and 
have the plumage more strongly tinged with brown as represented in his plate 
cited above. My opinion is, at present, that the two species are distinct. 

From the Camma and Ogobai, and formerly from the Moonda. 


127. Cuavunonorus Sasinet, (J. B. Gray). 
Thamnophilus Sabinei, J. E. Giay, Zool. Misc. p. 7, (1842). 
Hapalophus melanoleucus, Verreaux, Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 312. 
Jard. and Selby, Ill. Orn. n. s. pl. 27. 
From the Camma, and formerly from the Muni and Moonda. 


128. TurpIROSTRIS FULVESCENS, nobis. 

Of the same genus as “ Myiothera philomela, Temm. Borneo,’’ and very nearly 
related to “ Myiothera inornata,” “ Trichostoma umbratile,” and ‘* Trichostoma cele- 
bense,” of the Acad. Coll. and generally resembling those species in colors, but 
targer than either of them. Bill rather large, wing moderate, rounded, fifth 
quill longest, tail moderate, ronnded, legs rather long, feathers of the back long, 
soft, bristles at the base of the bill strong. Head above dark ashy brown, 
cheeks ashy, throat ashy white. Upper parts of body reddish-brown, with a 
tinge of olive on the back, and becoming clear dark ferrugineous on the rump 
and upper tail coverts. Under parts of body dull ashy white, much tinged with 
dull ochraceous or fulvous on the breast and sides. In some specimens the en- 
tire under parts are dull reddish fulvous. Quills dark brown, edged externally 
with the same color as the back, tail dark chestnut brown. Bill with the upper 
mandible horn color, under mandible yellowish white, legs light brownish. @ . 
Smaller, and with the plumage more strongly tinged with ferrugineous on the 
upper parts, throat ashy white, under parts of body ashy white in some speci- 
mens, dull fulvous in others. - 

Total length, 6 , about 6 inches, wing 3, tail 28 inches. q Total length 
about 53, wing 23, tail 23 inches. : 

Hab. River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

To me this bird is exactly the same genus as a species in the Acad. Coll. 
labelled in Europe, “ Myiothera philomela, Temm. Borneo,” and is nearly related 
to others as stated above. Its colors much resemble those of the species just 
mentioned, and also of ‘* Trichostoma umbratile and celebensis,”’ of which very in- 
different figures are given in Jardine’s Cont. Orn. for Nov. 1849. The tails in 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 


these two birds are not unusually short as represented in the plate alluded to, 
and in other respects the figures are scarcely recognizable with the original 
specimens before me. These species are included in the genus Twrdirostris, Hay, 
Bonap. Comp. Av. i. p. 217. 

The present bird presents considerable diversity in the shade of colors, and 
especially in the greater or less prevalence of ferrugineous or dark fulvous on 
both the upper and under parts of the body. So far as I know, it is the first 
species yet ascertained to inhabit Western Africa, of a group of birds quite 
numerous in the islands of the Malay Archipelago, at about the same latitude 
of Mr. Duchaillu’s operations, or within a few degrees of the Equator. In fact, 
species from equatorial Africa, similar to others in the equatorial Asiatic Isl- 
ands, have now been discovered to such extent as to be quite remarkable. 

With this species I conclude the Dentirostres of the present very interesting 
collection, and hope to continue this Catalogue without intermission next 
month. 


In accordance with the by-laws, the following members were elected 
on the Standing Committees for the present year. 


1. Ethnology, J. A. Meigs, S. S. Haldeman, T. G. Morton. 2. 
Comparative Anatomy and General Zoology, Joseph Leidy, James M 
Corse, W. A. Hammond. 3. Mammalogy, John Le Conte, J. H. 
Slack, Wm. Camac. 4. Ornithology, John Cassin, T. B. Wlson, S. 
W. Woodhouse. 5. Herpetology and Ichthyology, Edward Hallowell, 
Robert Bridges, J. C. Morris. 6. Conchology, T. A. Conrad, W. G. 
Binney, W. S. W. Ruschenberger. 7. Entomology and Crustacea, 
Robert Bridges, John L. Le Conte, J. J. Brown. 8. Botany, Elias 
Durand, A. J. Brazier, Joseph Carson. 9. Geology, Isaac Lea, C. E. 
Smith, J. P. Lesley. 10. Mineralogy, W. 8. Vaux, J. C. Trautwine, 
W.G. E. Agnew. 11. Paleontology, T. B. Wilson, Joseph Leidy, T. 
A. Conrad. 12. Physics, B. H. Rand, W. M. Uhler, Edward Tilgh- 
man. 13. Library, W.S. Vaux, Isaac Barton, T. B. Wilson. 14. 
Proceedings, John L. Le Conte, Joseph Leidy, W. S. Vaux, G, Scull, 
W.S. W. Ruschenberger. 


February 1st. 


Vice President BripGss in the Chair. 


Forty members present. 

A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled 
Ichthyological Notices, by Charles Girard, M. D., and was referred to 
a Committee. 

The resignation of Thomas B. Wilson, M. D., as member of the 
Committees on Palzontology and the Library, tendered this evening, 
was accepted. 

On motion of Mr. Cassin, a special vote of thanks was given to 
Mr. James Hammill, for his handsome donation of the skeleton of a 
horse, received this evening. 


1859.] 


56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Feb. 8th. 
Dr. Hays in the Chair. 


Twenty-nine members present. 
Dr. Rand announced the death at sea, on his return from China, of 
Captain McMichael, late a member elect of the Academy. 


Feb. 15th. 
Vice President Brrpaes in the Chair. 


Thirty-eight members present. 

Papers were presented for publication of the Proceedings, entitled, 
Observations on the Species of Nicotiana, by John Le Conte. 

Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon, California, by John L. Le 
Conte, M. D. 

And were referred to Committees. 

Mr. Powel read extracts from a letter, giving information in relation 
to certain fossil bones in the neighborhood of Knfield, North Carolina. 


Feb. 22d. 
Vice President BripGes in the Chair. 


Forty members present. 
On report of Committees on tke Biological Department, the follow- 
ing named papers were recommended for publication ina medical journal. 


Observations on the exposed hearts of Animals, by S. Weir Mitchell, 
M. D. 


Observations on the colorless blood-corpuscle, by Wm. A. Ham- 
mond, M. D. 


The following papers were, on report of the respective Committees, 
ordered to be printed in the Proceedings : 


ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTICES. 
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M.D. 


V. We have often had an opportunity to speak of curious traits of organi- 
zation amongst the fishes of California and Oregon, but we think that the 
species which is the subject of this paragraph, yields nothing in that respect 
to those alluded to elsewhere. 

Let it be stated at once that it belongs to the blennioid family, as now un- 
derstood by us, and will enter into the genus Neoclinus, as characterised in 
the ‘* Report upon the Fishes of the U. 8. P. R. R. Expl. and Surveys,’’ with- 
out any material modification of its diagnosis. And yet when we first beheld 
this singular creature—prior to any examination of its organic structure—we- 
were far from suspecting its natural affinities to the family to which it belongs 
in reality. The fish is from eight to nine inches in total length; its body is 
very much compressed and tapering ; the head being about two inches long and 
deeper than broad, superiorly convex, anteriorly rounded off; the branchial 
apertures are widely open, continuous under the throat ; the mouth is deeply 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 


cleft ; the pectorals and ventrals, and the fins generally, assume a position and 
an aspect, not departing from the normal rule in that family. In the charae- 
ters thus far enumerated, there is nothing to attract very particularly the at- 
tention, except, perhaps, the broad exit to the respiratory stream; and, as far 
as the dentition is concerned, we have already stated its type by referring the 
species to the genus Neoclinus. But now imagine a fish with all these charac- 
ters, provided with a mouth very wide and deeply cleft, with the maxillar bones 
in their usual position, developed beyond all proportions ; so much so that their 
posterior extremity, which is considerably dilated, extends beyond the bran- 
chiostegal apparatus. Between the cheeks and the inner edge of the maxillar 
bones there is a connecting membrane, which measures about an inch and 
a half along its posterior edge, and gives the mouth an enormous amplitude 
when viewed in front ; both maxillars stretched. The same membrane extends 
from the angle of the mouth, along the lower jaw to near its apex or sym- 
physis, towards which it tapers. That abnormal development of the maxillar 
bones reminds us of a similar peculiarity of structure in Opistognathus sonnerati, 
upon which species the genus Opistognathus was founded. Another species of 
the same genus Opistognathus, however, O. cuvieri, does not possess the same 
feature, and the generic characters of Opistognathus are now derived from other 
structural traits. In treating of Neoclinus it will be recollected, we alluded to 
the natural affinities between these two genera. They differ chiefly by the 
dentition and the structure of the ventral fins: Neoclinus having conspicuous 
palatine teeth and three articulated rays only to the ventrals ; whilst Opistog- 
nathus has the palate toothless, or nearly so, and is provided with five articu- 
lated rays to its ventral fins. The pectorals, dorsal, anal and caudal fins 
present the same general appearance in both genera. Even the scales are 
similar: they being small, imbricated and cycloid in their structure. The air 
bladder, which is wanting in Neoclinus, is extant in Opistognathus. 

It is more than probable that had we been acquainted with this second 
species of Neoclinus first, we would have been misled as to its real generical 
characters, and framed a name in allusion to the condition of the upper jaw, 
such as Pterognathus for example, which would have been most characteristic, 
for that upper jaw is as truly winged as the anterior members of the flying 
squirrels. We cannot help thinking that Cuvier himself would not have coined 
' the name of Opistognathus had he had before him the species which bears his 
name, instead of that which he dedicated to Sonnerat. 

These two genera (Opistognathus and Neoclinus,) will furnish one of the best 
themes to ichthyological studies, as they exemplify the fact that specific char- 
acters may be developed to exaggeration, and become more conspicuous than 
the generic characters themselves. 

Returning now to the principal object of this paragraph, which is to record 
a second species in the genus Neoclinus, and to which we give the name of NV. 
satiricus, the chief difference between the latter and N. blanchardi resides in 
development of the maxillar bones, above alluded to. The cephalic membra- 
nous flaps or tentacles, which we noticed in the species formerly described. 
do not appear to exist in the present one; so that their expression will have 
to be stricken out from the generical diagnosis. The formula of the rays: Br. 
vi: vi; D 42; A 29; C3, 1, 5, 4,1, 4; V1, 3; P14, bears agreat resemblance 
to that of NV. blanchardi ; we have not been able to ascertain how many of the 
rays of the dorsal fin are simple and unarticulated. The insertion of the ven- 
trals takes place somewhat more in advance of the pectorals than in the species 
just alluded to. 

The color is uniform olivaceous brown, with a bluish black tint prevailing 
over the sides of the head and the fins. The maxillar membrane is posteriorly 
white edged, as in N. blanchardi. 

The only specimen of this species that has come to our knowledge, was 
eatight at a depth of thirty fathoms, in the Bay of Monterey,'Cala., and sent to 
the museum of the Smithsonian Institution by A. S. Taylor, Esq., to whom 


1859. ] 


58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


science is already indebted for some of the rarest ichthyological and careino- 
logical productions of the Pacific coast. ; 


VI. A few months have scarcely elapsed since we stated that no representa- 
tives of the sub-order of apod malacopterian fishes had so far been observed 
along the Pacific coast, west of the United States. We are now in possession 
from that coast ofa fine species, which, according to Kaup’s classification, be- 
longs to the family Ophisuride, and more properly still to the subfamily Myro- 
phine. Its generical affinities are with Myrus, from which it, however, differs 
by the dentition and the condition of the dorsal fin. The genus to which it 
belongs may be characterized as follows: Pectoral fins present. Origin of 
dorsal fin situated near the occiput, in advance of the base of the pectorals. 
Head large, subconical, lower jaw shorter than the upper. Teeth granular, 
disposed upon elongated patches, on the jaws, palate and nasal bones Eyes 
well developed. Gill apertures lateral, of moderate development, and placed 
vertically in advance of the pectoral fins. Body scaleless.—A specimen from 
Adair Bay, Oregon, measures about two feet in total length. Its body is sub- 
cylindrical, somewhat compressed, and tapering gradually backwards. The 
origin of the dorsal fin takes place near the occipital region, upon a vertical 
line somewhat nearer the base of the pectorals than the posterior rim of the 
eye. The beginning of the anal fin is nearer the extremity of the snout than 
the tip of the tail. The pectoral fins are subelliptical in their outline, broader 
than long. The head, from the apex of the rostrum to the branchial 
aperture, measures about two inches, or else the twelfth part of the 
total length ; it is subconical, anteriorly attenuated, the upper jaw projecting 
considerably beyond the lower one. The gape of the mouth is nearly hori- 
zontal ; its angles extending considerably beyond the orbits. The teeth are 
subconical or hemidiscoid, granular or sand like in general appearance and of 
various sizes ; very small ones occupying the intervening space between the 
largest. They are disposed upon multiple series: three of these may be ob- 
served towards the anterior portion of the dentary (lower jaw), whilst one 
only extends backwards along that bone. There is a double series of them at 
the upper jaw; a double series also along the shaft of the vomer, the latter 
being continuous forwards with the nasal patch, where three or four series exist. 
The nostrils approximate the apex of the rostrum; the upper ones are very , 
small, and placed opposite the inferior ones, which are conspicuous and tubu- 
lar. The eyes are subelliptical and well developed; their longitudinal diame- 
ter entering twice upon the rostral distance anterior to the orbits. 

The ground color is brownish olive, except the throat and belly which 
are of a dull whitish tint. Rounded, dark brown spots, rather diffuse at their 
periphery, constitute four longitudinal series from head to tail, leaving but the 
abdominal region unicolor, for the throat exhibits small, blackish spots. The 
spots about the head are likewise a good deal smaller and of a deeper hue 
than along the rest of the body. The fins are olivaceous ; the anal and pecto- 
rals being unicolor, whilst the dorsal fin is edged with white and exhibits 
moreover a series of spots similar to those observed on the body. 

We have selected the name of Myrichthys tigrinus for the above species. The 
specimen upon which the foregoing observations were made, was caught in 
Adair Bay, Oregon, by Capt. C. P. Stone, and presented to the Museum of the 
Smithsonian Institution. 


VII. <A few years ago we have established the genus Cyprinella to include 
sundry species of small cyprinoid fishes apparently very numerous in the 
rivers and streams lying westwardly to the main bed of the Mississippi, as 
well as in Texas and the Mexican provinces adjoining the Rio Grande del Norte 
(Rio Bravo). Up to the time our reports upon these fishes passed through 
the press, we had not met with any species of that genus east of the Alleghany 
range. We are now in possession of numerous specimens of various sizes, 
from an inch to three inches in total length, which appears to be the full grown 


[Eeb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 


condition of the species. They were obtained from the waters of Rock creek. 
which fiows into the Potomac river nearly opposite Analostan island. In 
general appearance they resemble young shiners (Luzilus americanus), for 
which they might easily be taken by superficial observers. Upon a closer ex- 
amination, however, the generic features, as pointed out elsewhere, become so 
obvious, that when once observed, they can never fail to attract attention. 
The body is elongated and subfusiform in profile; the peduncle of the tail 
being stoutish. The head enters four times and a half in the total length. 
The eye is of moderate development and circular in shape; its diameter enter- 
ing about four times in the length of the side of the head. The snout is sub- 
conical, and the fact of its projecting beyond the lower jaw is a trait partaken 
more or less by all the species of this genus ; the gape of the mouth is directed 
somewhat obliquely upwards ; the posterior extremity of the maxillar bone 
corresponds to a vertical line drawn between the nostrils and the anterior rim 
of the orbit. The dorsal finis rather elevated, superiorly rounded off; its an- 
terior margin is equidistant between the apex of the snout and the last scales 
at the base of the caudal fin. The origin of the ventral fins takes place some- 
what anteriorly to the dorsal. The anal finisdeeper than long. The ventrals 
are broader and shorter than the pectorals. The scales are larger than those 
of the shiner (Luxilus americanus) and the lateral line, though defiexed, is much 
less so than in the fish just alluded to. The coloris uniformly silvery ; greyish 
olive along the dorsal region, and of a metallic reflect over the rest of the body 
and sides of the head. The fins are unicolor, except the dorsal which exhibits 
a black spot at its posterior margin. 


The species referred to in this paragraph resembles C. whipplit most, with 
this chief difference, that the dorsal fin is less elevated, and the ventral fins 
situated somewhat more anteriorly. The minor differences will suggest them- 
selves upon the comparison of their respective diagnosis. We think that the 
name of C. analostana may, with great propriety, be bestowed upon it. 


VIII. Our friend, Townend Glover, has just brought us from Palatka, East 
Florida, a Cyprinodont, of the genus Fundulus. The specimen is unique, and 
belongs to the male sex. Compared to F. grandis, of which it has the length, 
the body is more slender, and subfusiform in general appearance. The great- 
* est depth, taken at the origin of the ventral fins, is equal to the length of the 

head, which enters four times and one third im the total length. The scales 
which cover the upper surface of the head and the opercular apparatus, are of 
moderate development. The head is subpyramidal, the snout tapering, and 
the mouth rather small. The eye is subcircular, of medium size; its diameter 
entering about four times and a half in the length of the side of the head. The 
dorsal fin is longer than high; it is higher posteriorly than anteriorly, and its 
origin is nearer the apex of the snout than the extremity of the caudal fin. 
The latter is subtruncated or subconvex, and constitutes nearly the sixth of 
the total length. The analis deeper than its base is long, subtriangular to- 
wards its extremity which projects further back than the dorsal. The ventrals 
are broad and short, not extending quite to the vent, which is situated near 
the anterior margin of the anal fin. The pectoral fins are likewise broad and 
short, although much more developed than the ventrals ; their posterior ex- 
tremity is nearly even with a vertical line drawn at the origin of the latter fins. 
The rays stand as follows:—D 17; A 13+1; C5, 1, 8, 7,1,5; V6; P17.— 
The scales are much deeper than long, anteriorly truncated and rounded upon 
the rest of the periphery. Radiating furrows are observed upon their anterior 
section only. The ground color is yellowish brown, quite dark along the dor- 
sal region, spotted with black; whitish and unicolor beneath. The spots cor- 
responding to the scales, upon the line of their intersection. The dorsal and 
caudal fins are likewise spotted, and assume a reticulated appearance. The 
anal and the ventrals being yellowish and unicolor, the edge of the anal alone 
is blackish, whilst the pectorals are greyish olive. 


1859.] 


60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The throat and inferior surface of the head exhibit the same tint as the abdo- 
men. The sides of the head are yellowish brown, whilst its upper surface is 
rather dark and blackish. Finding no species on record with which the pre- 
sent one can be identified, the name of Fundulus seminolis may not be deemed 
inappropriate to designate it henceforward. 


IX. The fish which we have formerly described (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 
Philada. vi. 1853, 389), under the name of Fundulus tenellus, from specimens 
obtained at Prairie Mer Rouge, La., and Russellville, Ky., belongs to the genus 
Zygonectes, proposed by Professor Agassiz (Amer. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, 
second series, xvi. 1853, 135), so that its present systematic name will be Z. 
tenellus. We should not be surprised at all to hear that the latter is identical 
with either one or the other of the sundry species of that genus, which Professor 
Agassiz has named without characterizing (Amer. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, see- 
ond series, xvii. 1854, 353), except by alluding to their coloration. The cha- 
racters ofthe genus itself, were never defined, so that ere long, we may expect 
to encounter as much difficulty in identifying its species, as we meet with those 
recorded in the ‘‘ Ichthyologia Ohiensis.’’ 


X. The party under Lieut. J. C. Ives, has brought home a very remarkable 
species of Hydrargyra, which was collected ‘‘ between Fort Defiance and Fort 
Union, New Mexico.’’ It is probable, therefore, that it was caught in one of 
the upper affluents of the Rio Grande del Norte (Rio Bravo). 

The average size of the specimens now before us is about three inches, in males 
as well as infemales. The sexual differences reside, as usual in this genus, in the 
dorsal and anal fins, which are more developed in the male than in the female. 
The body is elongated, compressed, and subfusiform in profile ; the back being 
slightly arched. The head is subpyramidal, very much depressed above, en- 
tering about four times and a half in the total length, and apparently some- 
what smaller in proportion in the female than in the male. The eye is subel- 
liptical ; its longitudinal diameter being contained four times, or a little more, 
in the length of the side of the head. The dorsal finis longer than high ; its 
base entering six times and a half in the total length ; its origin, in the male, 
is nearly equidistant between the apex of the snout and the posterior margin 
of the caudal, whilst in the female it takes place much more posteriorly. The 
insertion of the anal fin is the same, with reference to the dorsal in either sex, 
but, since the posterior portion of the dorsal, in the male, is more developed 
than in the female, the consequence is that itis nearly even with the posterior 
extremity of the anal, whilst in the female, the latter stretches considerably be- 
yond the extremity of the dorsal. The anal fin itself is as long as deep in the 
male, and deeper than long, in the female; exteriorly rounded off in either 
sex. Its anterior margin, in the female, is overlapped by the membranous 
expansion of the genital foramen. The caudal fin is subtruncated. The ven- 
trals are short and broad; their extremities reaching the anterior margin of the 
anal in the male, which is not the case in the female. The pectorals are of 
moderate development, -subovate in their outline, approximating by their ex- 
tremity the insertion of the ventrals in the male, remaining more apart in the 
female. The numbers of the fins rays are; § D13; A14; C 6,1, 7, 7,1,6: 
V5; P17. The scales are comparatively smaller than in H. similis, and differ 
furthermore from those of the latter species in being much deeper than long. 
They are subquadrangular in shape, and furrowed upon their anterior section 
alone. The ground color of the upper region of the head and body is olivace- 
ous-brown, with a blackish, small spot upon either scale, giving that region 
quite a dark appearance: whilst a yellowish tint prevails along the sides and 
beneath. Transverse, narrow black bars or bands, much more conspicuous in 
the male than in the female, may be observed from the insertion of the pecto- 
rals to the base of the caudal, about sixteen in number, and extending from 
the dorsal line to the belly. The intervening spaces are somewhat wider than 


(Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 


the bands themselves. The fins are greyish olive, unicolor; the anal and the 
ventrals, in the female, being oftentimes of a lighter tint. 

In allusion to the numerous transverse lateral bars, we shall call this species 
Hydrargyra zebra. 

XI. _ In 1853, (Amer. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, second series, xvi. 135), the 
genus Heterandria was proposed to include two small species of fish inhabiting 
the fresh water ditches of South Carolina. All that we were told about their 
generical characters had reference to the anal fin, which in the male sex, is very 
slender and deep and inserted more anteriorly than in the female. That dif- 
ference between the sexes suggested the appellation of Heterandria. Most 
genera of the so called Cyprinodonts, however, exhibit similar sexual dif- 
ferences in a greater or lesser degree. 

In the same year, 1853, we described four species under the head of Heteran- 
dria, three of which we have recently* referred to the genus Gambusia, and one 
to the genus Girardinus, proposed by Prof. Poey, of Havana, to include sundry 
Cuban species. The genus Limia, of the same author, would likewise fall 
under the head of Heterandria, as indicated. The genera just alluded to of the 
Cuban naturalist, not only cover the same ground as Heterandria, but have 
priority over the latter. 

The following characters may be assigned to the genus Gambusia. Mouth 
protractile, rather cleft and nearly borizontal, the lower jaw projecting some- 
what beyond the upper. An external series of rather conical, curved and 
conspicuous teeth, behind which may be observed a patch of velvet like teeth. 
The origin of the anal fin is situated in advance of the anterior margin of the 
dorsal, deeper and differently constructed in the male than in the female. 
The branchiostegal rays numbering six on either side; the branchial orifices 
being continuous under the throat. Prof. Poey states that the intestine is 
short, and the liver large. t 

Amongst the fishes recently collected by Mr. T. Glover, at Palatka, East 
Florida, we find specimens of a species of Gambusia, which upon comparison 
with the specimens of Heterandria holbrookii, Ag. (MS.) collected by ourselves 
in Charleston, 8. C., prove to be identical with the latter. 

The largest female specimen which has come under our observation, mea- 
sures two inches in total length, in which the head enters four times and a 
half, and the caudal fin six and a half times. The head itself is very much 
depressed and sloping towards the snout, giving the latter a wedge-shaped ap- 
pearance, a trait not altogether peculiar to the species of this genus, for we 
observe it in Pecilia, Limia, Girardinus, and to a certain degree in Fundulus 
and Hydrargyra. Theeye is very large, subcircular; its diameter entering but 
three times and a half in the length of the side of the head. The body is sub- 
fusiform in profile when not otherwise distorted by the presence of ova or 
embryos in the abdomen. The origin of the dorsal fin is much nearer the 
extremity of the caudal than the tip of the snout; the fin itself being 
higher than long. The anal fin is larger than the dorsal, deeper than long, 
exteriorly subtruncated, its anterior margin being nearly equidistant between. 
the tip of the snout and the extremity of the caudal fin. The ventrals are 
small, short and broad when expanded; their tips extending as far as the 
vent when the belly is not otherwise distended. The pectoral fins are rather 
large, projecting beyond the insertion of the ventrals when in their natural 
condition. The formula of the fins is as follows : D8; A9;C4, 1, 6, 6,1, 
Se aVEG Pal 10 oo 

The largest male specimen which we have examined, measures about an 
inch and a quarter. The body is quite slender, and fusiform in profile, the 
head holding the same proportions towards the total length as in the female 


* U.S. and Mex. Boundary Report, vol ii. Ichthyology, pp. 71 and 73. 
+ Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de laisla de Cuba, i. 1851, 390. 


1859.] 5 


62 PROCEEDINGS OF TNE ACADEMY OF 


sex. The origin of the dorsal fin is nearly equidistant between either extremi- 
ties, whilst that of the anal is equidistant between the apex of the snout and 
the insertion of the caudal fin, The ventrals hold the same position towards 
the anal as in the female sex. The pectorals are proportionately longer. 
The fins exhibit the same number of rays as in the female; the anal differs in 
its structure, inasmuch as the second and third rays are much stouter and 
more elongated than the rest. 

The scales are well developed, deeper than long, posteriorly rounded off, an- 
teriorly truncated, with radiating furrows upon the latter section alone. The 
color is uniform olivaceous brown, lighter beneath than above; the dorsal 
and caudal fins exhibiting transverse blackish lines. 

Gambusia holbrooki is very abundant in ponds and ditches of fresh water of 
South Carolina, and as already stated, was also collected in Florida, Speci- 
mens from the latter locality are somewhat larger than those from South 
Carolina. 


XII. The smallest fish so far known to inhabit fresh waters is Ieterandria 
formosa, Ag. (MS.), which is found associated with the preceding species, in 
South Carolina, where we have observed it ourselves, as well as in Florida, 
whence Mr. Glover has brought specimens. When full grown the female 
measures about an inch in total length, and the male six-eighths of an inch ; 
the specimens from Florida being somewhat larger than those from South 
Carolina. 

The body is compressed and fusiform in profile; the head constituting a 
little less than the fourth of the entire length. The snout is very short and 
rounded off, the mouth quite protractile, with the lower jaw slightly project- 
ing beyond the upper one. The eyes are very large and subcircular ; their 
horizontal diameter entering about twice and a half time or at most thrice in 
the length of the side of the head. The dorsal fin is higher than long ; its an- 
terior margin being nearly equidistant between the apex of the snout and the 
extremity of the caudal fin. The anal is deeper than long, and somewhat 
smaller than the dorsal. The ventrals are very small, short and broad, ex- 
tending as far as the vent. The pectorals are elongated and project beyond 
the origin of the ventrals. The fins in the male sex resemble those of the 
female just alluded to, except the anal which is inserted more anteriorly, its 
second and third rays being much more developed than the rest, thus giving 
that an appendage-like appearance. The scales are comparatively very 
large ; seven longitudinal series only being observed across the flanks of the 
female sex. They are deeper than long, and furrowed upon their anterior sec- 
tion alone. The ground color is olivaceous, or else yellowish brown above ; 
the belly being of a light lemon tint. A black streak extends from the snout 
along the middle of the flanks to the insertion of the caudal fin. From six to 
eight brownish black vertical streaks may be observed along the sides inter- 
secting the lateral streak, thus subdividing the surface of the body into quad- 
rangular areas. A jet black spot exists at the base of the caudal fin, also at 
the anterior margin of the dorsal and anal, except in the male sex in which the 
latter fin is of a nniform yellowish tint. The caudal, ventrals and pectorals 
are olivaceous and unicolor in either sex. 

The species thus briefly described, belongs to the genus Girardinus of Prof. 
Poey. It is characterized by a protractile, rounded, and scarcely cleft mouth, 
the lower jaw projecting somewhat beyond the upper one. There is but one 
series of teeth which are approximated, moveable, slender at their base and 
extremely acute. The anterior margin of the anal is situated somewhat in 
advance of the dorsal, and varying in structure according to the sexes. The 
caudal is rounded as usual. The branchiostegal rays are five on either side, 
and the branchial orifices continuous under the throat. The intestine is slen- 
der, elongated, convoluted, and the liver small.* 


* Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de la isla de Cuba, i. 1851, 390. 


[Feb. 


x NATURAL SCIENCESOF PHILADELPHIA. 63 


Girardinus formosus, is quite as common in ponds and ditches, as the species 
treated of in the preceding paragraph, especially about the rice fields and 
inlets of rivers and brooks. Their great abundance has brought them to the 
notice of every planter at the South, where these fishes are met with. 


XI. A ‘‘blind fish, taken from a well near Bowling Green, Ky.,’’ was 
recently sent to the Smithsonian Institution by J. E. Younglove, Esq. 

In its general appearance and chief structural traits it resembles that which 
occurs in Mammoth cave, with this curious difference, that the ventral fins are 
wanting: we will call it Typhlichthys subterraneus. 

Some years ago a fish ( Chologaster cornutus) was found in the ditches of the 
rice fields of South Carolina, in allappearances akin to Amblyopsis speleus, hay- 
ing the same advanced position of the vent, the body being covered with simi- 
lar scales, but the ventral fins are wanting and the eyes fully developed.* 

We have not yet been informed of the nature of the dentition of Chologaster 
cornutus. That of Typhlichthys subterraneus is similar to the dentition of Ambly- 
opsis speleus, and consisting of narrow patches of acute and very minute teeth 
upon the premaxillar bones, the palatines and the lower jaw. 

These three genera have for common traits of structure: a body covered by 
cycloid scales, a dorsal and an anal fin opposed to one another, a rounded off, 
or sublanceolated caudal fin, the position of the vent anterior to the base of 
the pectoral fins. Theshape of the mouth and the dentition are in all proba- 
bilities alike. The generical characters consist: in Amblyopsis, the want of 
eyes and the presence of ventral fins; in Typhlichthys, the want of eyes and 
ventral fins, both, and in Chologaster, the presence of eyes and the want of ven- 
tral fins. 

The propriety of establishing three genera upon characters apparently tran- 
sitory may be questioned by those who believe in the doctrine of transforma- 
tions. Were Chologaster provided with ventral fins, and to differ from Amblyep- 
sis by the presence of well developed eyes alone, the plausibility of a trans- 
formation of that organ according to circumstances might seduce many. But 
then again comes Typhlichthys, which holds an intermediate position, perfectly 
eyeless and deprived also of ventral fins. 

The largest specimens which we have seen of Typhlichthys subterraneus 
measure a little over one and ahalfinch. The head which enters about three 
times and a halfin that length, is depressed, and broader than deep. The 
mouth is proportionally large and transverse, the lower jaw being somewhat 
longer than the upper. Minute and acerated teeth may be observed upon the 
lower jaw, the premaxillar bones, and on the palatines also, disposed upon 
narrow patches. The eyes exhibit no visible traces of their presence, the orbit 
being filled up by a muscular tissue. The branchial apertures are separated 
under the throat by a narrow isthmus, the branchiostegal rays being six in 
number on either side. The body anterior to the dorsal and anal fins is sub- 
cylindrical, whilst it is compressed and tapering posteriorly ; its entire profile 
being subfusiform. The vent is situated in advance of the pectoral fins and 
close to the branchial isthmus. The height of the dorsal fin is greater than 
its base; its anterior margin is nearer the extremity of the caudal fin than the 
apex of the snout. The caudal is rounded off posteriorly or sublanceolated, 
the central rays being the longest. The anal fin is inserted nearly opposite the 
dorsal, or else somewhat more posteriorly; it is likewise deeper than long. 
The yentrals, as alluded to above, are entirely wanting. The pectorals are 
slender and elongated; their middle rays being the most developed. The 
number of the rays in the various fins is as follows: D7; A8; C4, 1, 6, 6, 
1,5; V0; P11; a formula very similar to that of Amblyopsis speleus. The 
scales are very small, subimbricated, firmly adhering to the skin without 
being imbedded in it as in the species just alluded to. They are rather 


* Amer. Jour. of Sc. and Arts, Second Series, xvi, 1853, 135. 


1859.] 


64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


deeper than long, rounded off, broader anteriorly than posteriorly, exhibiting 
distant concentric lines of growth and very wide radiating furrows which 
affect the anterior portion of the scale only. The head is scaleless, but its 
upper surface as well as its sides, exhibit transverse cutaneous, finely granu- 
lar ridges. A few of the latter may be observed along the flanks, over the 
scales, although much less conspicuous than on the head. The color is a 
uniform dull yellowish white tint. 


XIV. The ‘‘sun fish,’? which we have formerly described under the name 
of Promotis obesus,* belongs now to the genus Bryttus, as characterized in our 
Report upon the Fishes of the U.S. P. R. R. Explorations and Surveys. Its sys- 
tematic name, therefore, will be henceforwards Bryttus obesus. 


XV. While assorting some of the fishes which the Smithsonian Institution 
had been receiving during the past years, a specimen of the genus Megalops 
was found in one of the kegs sent from the Tortugas, Garden Key, Fla., by 
Lieut. H. G. Wright. It belongs to the same species as that which we have 
formerly described under the name of MM, elongatus. 

It is three feet and three inches long, regularly subfusiform in its profile 
the head constituting the fifth of the total length. The greatest depth, which 
is seven inches, corresponds to the anterior portion of the body, nearly mid- 
way between the pectoral and the ventral fins. The posterior extremity of 
the maxillar bone extends considerably beyond a vertical line which would 
intercept the hind rim of the orbit. The eyes are subcircular, their diameter 
entering five times in the length of the side of the head. 

The anterior or external ray of all the fins is very stout, considerably stouter 
than the other rays, and usually the longest also. By anterior or external 
ray is understood that which begins the series of developed rays, and not the 
rudiments of rays that occur at the anterior or external margin of the fins. 
The pectoral fins are lanceolated, but their extremity does not extend as far as 
the origin of the ventrals. The latter are inserted altogether in advance of 
the dorsal, so that when expanded, their posterior edge, which is linear, will 
meet a vertical line dropped from the origin of the dorsal. The caudal is 
deeply furcated and somewhat shorter than the head. The analis longer than 
deep, exteriorly concave or crescentic, the posterior rays extending further 
back than the posterior, very elongated ray, of the dorsal fin. The latter is 
much higher than long, somewhat concave upon its upper margin. There 
are ten longitudinal series of scales between the dorsal and the ventral fins. 
The total number of scales upon a girdle encircling the body in advance of the 
insertion of the ventrals—being also its greatest depth—is twenty two, ten on 
either side, and two odd series, a dorsal and an abdominal series. Small scales 
may be observed upon the anal and caudal fins to near the extremities of their 
rays. The numbers of the rays in the various fins correspond to those already 
given; we need but to state that those of the caudal may thus be expressed : 
C 4, 1, 9, 9, 1, 3, giving twenty developed rays and nine, perhaps more, rudi- 
mentary ones. 


XVI. The brooks and streams which mingle their waters with that 
of the Potomac river have furnished us with a representative of the Ethe- 
ostomid family, of an apparently new generic type, the characters of which 
may be thus expressed: body subfusiform; head subconical; snout rather 
blunt, the upper jaw protruding beyond the lower one, thus giving the mouth 
an inferior position. The latter is of moderate size, its gape nearly horizontal, 
surrounded with conspicuous lips. - Opercular apparatus scaly, cheeks and 
throat bare. Dorsal fins distinct ; first dorsal lower than the second, and longer 
than high. Analsmaller than the second dorsal. Caudal fin posteriorly trun- 
cated or subtruncated. The genus we will call Arlina. 
See 


* Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. v. 1844, 40. 
. [Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 


The largest specimens which we have, so far observed, measure about two 
inches in total length, the body tapering gradually away towards the insertion 
of the caudal fin. The head, which constitutes the fifth of the entire length, 
is subconical in general appearance, the snout being declivous and blunt and 
overhangs the lower jaw. The anterior nostril is nearer the eye than the 
margin of the upper jaw. The eye, itself, is large and subcircular, approxi- 
mating the upper surface of the head; its diameter enters nearly four times 
in the length of the side of the head, twice behind its posterior rim and once 
in advance of its anterior rim. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone 
corresponds to a vertical line drawn at the anterior rim of the orbit. The first 
dorsal is convex in its outline, it is separated from the second by an appreci- 
ciable space. The second dorsal, which is higher than the first, is longer than 
high, its upper margin being subconvex anteriorly aud nearly straight poste- 
riorly. The caudal fin constitutes about the fifth of the total length. The 

-analis longer than deep and nearly of equal depth throughout ; the vent, 
which is placed close to its anterior margin, is opposite the origin of the second 
dorsal. The insertion of the ventrals takes place in advance of the anterior 
margin of the first dorsal; they are slender and elongated, but their extremi- 
ties are far from reaching the vent. The ventrals are well developed, posteri- 
orly rounded, and project somewhat beyong the ventrals, being even. with a 
vertical line drawn at the terminus of the first dorsal fin. The formula of the 
rays is as follows:—D rx; 14; A 10; C4, 1,7, 6,1,5; V15; P 13.—The 
ground color is yellowish with a triple series of blackish blotches, one along 
the back, and one on either side immediately beneath the lateral Jine, which 
runs along the sixth series of scales, counted from above. During life, 
the intervening space between the lateral blotches is of a metallic green as 
well as the cheeks. A black spot may also be observed upon the opercular 
apparatus. A vertical black streak beneath the eye, and one on either side of 
the snout. The dorsals, the caudal and pectorals are transversely barred with 
black ; the anal and pectorals being unicolor. 

We propose calling this little fish Arlina effulgens in allusion to its bright 
color during life. 


XVII. The Potomac river, in the neighborhood of Washington, has furnished 
us with another representative of the Etheostomid family, of which constitutes 
likewise a new generic type, related to Hadropterus and Hyostoma. It differs 
from Hadropterus by the anal fin, which is smaller than the second dorsal, and 
from Hyostoma by the contiguity of the dorsal fins. It is also allied to Boleo- 
soma, from which it may be distinguished by a scaly throat and a truncated 
caudal. The natural characters of this genus, to which we give the name of 
Estrella, ray be thus resumed. Body subfusiform and compressed. Head 
subconical, well developed, rather blunt. Mouth of moderate size, somewhat 
protractile, with its gape horizontal; lower jaw shorter than the upper. Oper- 
cular apparatus, cheeks and throat scaly. First dorsal fin nearly as high as 
the second and contiguous to it. Anal smaller than the second dorsal. Cau- 
dal fin truncated. 

The species is not uncommon, the largest, specimens which we have ob- 
served, measure about three inches and a quarter. The head forms a fifth of 
the total length. The nape and occipital region constitutes an inclined plane 
trom the orbits to the origin of the first dorsal fin. The eyes are very large, 
fubelliptical in shape ; their horizontal diameter entering about three times in 
she length of the sides of the head ; less than once in advance to the anterior 
rim of the orbit. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone extending as 
far as a vertical line drawn in advance of the pupil. 

The first dorsal fin is much longer than high, superiorly convex, its mem- 
brane being contiguous to the second dorsal. The latter is likewise longer 
than high, but it is higher anteriorly than posteriorly, thus the upper margin 
of that fin, which is subconvex or nearly linear, is nevertheless declivous 


1859.] 


t 
66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


backwards. The anal fin is longer than deep, convex upon its edge; its an- 
terior margin being placed somewhat behind a vertical line drawn at the an- 
terior margin of the second dorsal, but the same line intersects the vent. The 
caudal fin, which is a little shorter than the head, is truncated upon its pos- 
terior margin. The ventrals are of moderate development compared to the 
other fin, their middle rays being the longest; these fins assume a spear- 
shaped appearance in the state of rest. Their extremities are far from reach- 
ing the vent. The pectorals, much larger than the ventrals, assume the same 
shape as the ventrals, under similar circumstances, but when expanded, their 
posterior margin is quite convex. Their extremities project beyond those of 
the ventrals, although they do not reach a vertical line intersecting the vent. 
The rays of the fins are :—D 1x; 1541; A11;C 10,1, 7, 7,1,9: V1,5; P 
13.—The scales are of moderate size, deeper than long, anteriorly truncated 
and posteriorly rounded, exhibiting radiating furrows upon their anterior sec- 
tion, and numerous, slender, needle-like pectinations upon their posterior 
margin. The lateral line constitutes the seventh series of scales, counted from 
the second dorsal fin. 

The ground color is yellowish brown, the dorsal region being maculated with 
blackish brown, whilst the ventral region is unicolor. A series of large 
blotches may be observed along the dorsal line affecting both sides of the back, 
and a series of smaller blotches along the lateral line. There is also a black 
streak on either side of the snout, and a vertical one beneath the eye. The 
caudal and pectorals are transversally barred with black, the dorsals irregu- 
larly vermiculated, giving these fins a checkered appearance. ‘The first dorsal 
is moreover provided with a jet black spot upon its anterior edge, between the 
first and second rays. The anal and ventrals are blackish, the tint being 
lighter at the base of these fins than towards their periphery. 

The black spot at the anterior margin of the first dorsal fin, has suggested 
the specific name of E. atromaculata, by which we propose to designate this 
fish. 


XVIII. A third, and much larger species of Etheostomid occurs in the waters 
of the Potomac river. It is identical with the one from the Susquehanna river, 
described by Prof. Haldeman under the name of Percina nebulosa. * 


XIX. Etheostoma caprodes of Rafinesque, is very closely allied to Percina 
nebulosa, so closely, indeed, that we are not yet prepared to point out the dif- 
ferences with a sufficient degree of accuracy. But whatever it may be Etheos- 
toma caprodes must be referred to the genus Percina of Haldeman, as having 
priority over that of Pileoma of DeKay. Both of these genera were published 
in 1842, but since Percina is quoted by DeKay,f it evidently shows that it was 
issued from the press before Pileoma. That the genus Percina, as first con- 
stituted, contained heterogeneous species, is no ground for rejecting it alto- 
gether, and the species first enumerated must be considered as its type. 


XX. Hence, should Pileoma semifasciatum prove specifically distinct from 
Percina nebulosa, it will be the third species of the genus Percina under the 
name of Percina semifasciata. 


XXI. The Ltheostomid from Lake Superior, described as Pileoma zebra, is to 
bea fourth species of Percina under the appellation of Percina zebra. 


XXII. Finally a fifth species of the genus Percina was described by us in the 
‘* Ichthyology of the U. 8. and Mexican Boundary Survey,’’? under the name 


* Journ. of the Acad. of Nat. Sci. Philada. viii. 1842, 330. 
{ New York Fauna, Part iv. 1842, 162. 
[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 


of Pileoma carbonaria which is to be designated henceforwards under that of 
Percina carbonaria. 


XXIII. We propose now to characterize a new genus of Etheostomid under 
the name of Oligocephalus, as follows: Head small and subconical; mouth 
terminal, of moderate size, not protractile ; jaw equal and provided with slen- 
der, acerated and conspicuous teeth, disposed upon multiple series, the exter- 
nal series much largerthan the inner series. Opercular apparatus, cheeks and 
throat scaleless. First dorsal fin lower than the second,longer or nearly of the 
same length, and contiguous. Anal much smallerthan the second dorsal, and 
provided anteriorly with two small spiny rays. The external ray of the ven- 
tral fins is likewise a small spine. Caudal, posteriorly rounded off or else 
convex. To this genus we now refer Pecilichthys lepidus figured in the Report 
of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary Commission. The first dorsal is represented 
as being widely separated from the second, whilst in fact, its membrane 
reaches the anterior margin of the latter fin. We shall therefore record it in 
future under the name of Oligocephalus lepidus. 


XXIV. A species allied to the preceding one, inhabits the hydrographic 
basin of James river, Va. It reaches nearly the same size, that is about two 
inches long. Its body is quite compressed, subfusiform in profile, maintain- 
ing its depth towards the insertion of the caudal fin. The head enters nearly 
four times and a half in the total length. The gape of the mouth is slightly 
oblique ; the posterior extremity of the maxillar bone corresponding to a ver- 
tical line drawn in advance of the pupil. The diameter of the eye enters 
about four times in the length of the side of the head. The base of the second 
dorsal fin is nearly equal to that of the first. The base of the anal fin is 
nearly equal to its deepest rays. The ventrals are lanceolate in shape ; 
whilst the pectorals are subelliptical in their outline, their extremities project- 
ing beyond those of the ventrals. The formula of the fins is as follow :—D yu ; 
13; A un, 7; C 6, 1, 6, 7,1,5; V1,5; P13.—The scales are rather small, 
somewhat deeper than long, finely pectinated posteriorly, with radiating fur- 
row at the anterior section only. The lateral line constitutes the eighth series 
of scales, counted from the second dorsal fin. The ground color is reddish 
brown, transversely maculated with blackish spots. The second dorsal fin and 
the caudal are transversely barred with black upon a light olivaceous ground. 
The first dorsal, the anal, the ventrals, and the pectorals are of a uniform 
light olive tint. A jet black spot may be observed immediately above the 
insertion of the pectorals close to the thoracic arch, and has suggested the 
name of Oligocephalus humeralis, by which we propose to designate this species. 


XXV. The species from Walcott, Wayne Co.. N, Y. described by my friend, 
Dr. H. R. Storer, under the name of Etheostoma linsleyi,* belongs to the genus 
Oligocephalus, as characterized above. I have in my possession authentic spe- 
cimens of the same. It is a much slenderer fish than the two foregoing species, 
and like O. humeralis, is provided with a black spot above the pectoral fins, 
close to the thoracic belt. A careful description of it having been given by its 
author, we need simply refer to it for the present. We have recorded it under 
the appellation of Oligocephalus linslii, in the monograph we prepare upon that 
family of our fresh water fishes. 


XXVI. Amongst the fishes collected by Major B, Alvord, at Fort Gratiot, 
Lake Huron, there is a species of Etheostomid, the generic characters of which 
remind us somewhat of those given to the genus Hadropterus. The opercle and 
cheeks, however, are scaleless, as well as the throat, which is minutely prickly. 
The first dorsal fin is longer and lower than the second, which is equal to the 


* Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., iv. 1851, 37. 
1859.] ¢ 


68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


anal. The caudal is emarginated posteriorly. The species itself being yet un- 
described, we shall call it Alvordius maculatus. The specimens before us mea- 
sure two inches and three quarters. The body is elongated, rather slender and 
subfusiform. The head is subconical, entering about four times and a half in 
the total length. The eye is well developed; its diameter being contained 
four times in the length of the side of the head ; once in advance of its anterior 
rim. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone extends to a vertical line 
drawn within the anterior rim of the orbit, not quite in front of the pupil. The 
lower jaw is somewhat shorter than the upper. The first dorsal fin is much 
longer and lower than the second, to which it is nearly contiguous. Its upper 
margin is convex. The second dorsal is longer than high, diminishing gradu- 
ally backwards. The caudal, which forms about the sixth of the total length, 
is somewhat emarginated posteriorly. The anal is placed opposite the second 
dorsal, and nearly equal to it in size and shape. The ventrals are sublanceo- 
lated and rather short ; their posterior extremities being even with those of 
the pectorals, which are subelliptical in their outline. The formula of the fins, 
reads .—D xiv; 13; A1, 10; C5, 1, 7, 6,1, 8; V1, 5; P 14.—The scales are 
rather smail, deeper than long, anteriorly subtruncated, posteriorly rounded, 
with radiating furrows upon the anterior section only, and fine pectination upon 
the posterior margin. A series of larger scales conspicuously toothed pos- 
teriorly, may be observed along the ventral line between the vent and the 
extremities of the ventrals. The ground color is reddish brown, the dorsal 
region being tessellated with blackish spots, whilst a series of black patches 
may be observed on either side, larger and less numerous in the male than 
in the female. A black streak intersects vertically the eye. The fins in 
the male are unicolor, except the first dorsal, which is black, spotted at the 
base. In the female sex, the caudal exhibits transverse blackish lines. The 
inferior regions are unicolor in either sex. 


XXVIII. In 1852, E. O. Dayton, Esq., sent to the Smithsonian Institution, 
amongst other fishes, a species of Etheostomid, which we referred at that time 
to an undescribed genus. Subsequently, the genus Catonotus was published, 
answering toit. The species being still unknown, we propose to call it C. 
fasciatus. The specimens are a little short of three inches, the head entering 
about four times and a half in the total length. The gape of the mouth is 
oblique, the posterior extremity of the maxillar bone reaching a vertical line 
drawn immediately in front of the pupil. The diameter of the eye enters five 
times in the length of the side of the head. The first dorsal is very low and 
equal in length to the second, which is superiorly convex, and as high posteri- 
orly as anteriorly, the tip of the posterior rays extending almost to the in- 
sertion of the caudal. The anal fin is much smaller than the second dorsal, 
and longer than deep. The caudal is rounded off. The ventrals are rather 
small and subovate, whilst the pectorals are subelliptical, and extend further 
back than the ventrals, either of which being very far from attaining the vent. 
The formula of the fins is:—D vir; 15; Au, 8; € 4,1, 7, 6,1, 4; V1,5; 
P 13.—The scales are small, subcircular, rather deeper than long, minutely 
and inconspicuously pectinated upon their posterior margin, with radiating 
furrows upon their anterior section alone. The lateral, which is nearer the 
back than the belly becomes obsolete from the origin of the second dorsal back- 
wards. The ground color is chestnut brown, with irregular blackish fascie 
across the dorsal region and upper portion of the flanks ; the inferior regions are 
of a lighter tint than the back, and unicolor. The second dorsal and the caudal 
are transversally barred with black upon a yellowish ground. The other fins 
are uniform whitish yellow, except the first dorsal which is greyish. A vertical 
black streak may be seen beneath the orbit. 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 


Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon, California. 
BY JOHN L. LECONTE, M. D. 


The present paper contains a list of the species of Coleoptera collected at Fort 
Tejon, during 1857 and 1858, by the indefatigable naturalist, Mr. John Xantus, 
(de Vesey), which were found to be remarkablein many respects. The number 
of species obtained (147) is very small for the time during which they were 
collected, and the proportion of new species (52) is very large. These facts are 
in accordance with the general principles of the geographical distribution of or- 
ganized beings in Pacific North America, stated by me at the meeting of the Ame- 
rican Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Albany in 1851. Several 
genera not previously known to science are herein described, one of which, 
Aplastus, completes beautifully the series between normal Elateride and Cebrio, 
previously indicated by Plastocerus and Euthysanius. A large and -singular 
species of Hetaerius was also found. Important is the fact that the species 
formerly referred by me to Malachius, are to be separated therefrom, as it 
diminishes the small number of exceptions to the principle announced by me, 
that no genus was common to Europe and Pacific America, without being re- 
presented in Atlantic America. 

Ihave not included some Staphylinide in the collection, which, with the 
exception of a small Isomalus, were previously found by me in other parts of 
California, hoping at a future time to bring them witha vast number of othernew 
species of that family into a monograph. Two species of Curculionide are also 
omitted, for the reason that it willinvolve more labor to determine the genera to 
which they belong, than I can properly devote to the subject at present. 

1. Omus californicus. A male of this species from Fort Tejon differs 
from those found at San Francisco, by the thorax being much rounded on the 
sides, especially before the middle. Judging from analogy of distribution of 
other insects in California, this would indicate a difference of a specific nature. 
Should the occurrence of other similar specimens warrant this conclusion, the 
name O. Xanti would be appropriate. 

2. Cychrus punctatus, ater capite thoraceque opacis alutaceis, hoc 
latitudine haud breviore, postice angustato lateribus marginatis, rotundatis 
postice sinuatis, ante basin transversim profunde impresso, elytris striis grosse 
puunctatis, ventricosis, convexis, postice acutis. Long. -60—-68. 

Abundant at Fort Tejon. Allied to C. ventricosus and others, but differs by 
the thorax being more gradually narrowed behind, and not suddenly constrict- 
ed; as also by the sculpture. 

3. Cychrus striatus, ater, capite thoraceque subopacis, alutaceis, hoc 
latitudine longiore, postice angustato, lateribus marginatis, rotundatis postice 
sinuatis, ante basin transversim profunde impresso, elytris ovalibus convexis, 
postice acutis, striis profunde punctatis. Long. 62. 

One male, Fort Tejon. Related to the preceding; but the thorax is longer, 
more sinuate on the sides behind, so that they become parallel, but still with- 
out being constricted. The elytra are narrower and less ventricose, the strie 
are deeper and the punctures smaller. 

4, Calathus ruficollis. 

5. Platynuscinctellus. 6. P. californicus. 7. P.fossiger. 

8. Pterostichus contractus. 9. P. californicus (simplex Lec.) 

10. P. vicinus (californicus Lec.) 11. P.lustrans. 

12. Anisodactylus (Dichirus) piceus (parallelus Lec.) 13. A. brevicol- 
jhe 4A] similis. 

15. Bradycellus nitidus. 

16. Chleenius variabilipes (asperulus Men. ; obscurus Lec.) 

17. Hydrophilustriangularis. 18. H. californicus. 

_ 19. Necrophorus nigrita. 
20. Silphalapponicea. 
21. Cercus sericans, oblongus modice convexus, fuscus, punctatus, pube 


1859.] 


70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


brevi cinerea sericans, capite thoraceque saepe rufo-testaceis, hoc latitudine 
plus sesqui breviore, lateribus rotundatis marginatis, antennis pedibusque 
testaceis, illis articulo 9no precedente vix majore. Long. -*0O7—-09. 

Fort Tejon. Varies much in size and color, being sometimes fuscous, some- 
times entirely pale testaceous : the usual variety has dark elytraand pale head 
and thorax. It differs from the types of the genus in having the antennze 
very slightly thickened from the 3rd to the 9th joint, the 10th and 11th are 
thicker and longer than the 9th; the latter in the male is about twice the size 
of the 8th, in the female but little larger. The effect of this is to cause the 
antenne to be only moderately clavate, instead of capitulate. This taken in 
connection with the more dense pubescence and punctuation, and less convex 
body would seem to indicate the propriety of separating this as a distinct 
genus, but before a general study is made of our species of the family of 
Nitidulids the attempt to define it would be premature. As in other species 
of the genus, the antennal grooves are entirely wanting. 


22. Carpophilus pallipennis (floralis Er.). Found also in the Rio 
Grande yalley. 


23. Carpophilus caudalis, elongatus, depressus, piceus nitidus, subtiliter 
pubescens, thorace brevi, lateribus rotundatis marginatis, sat dense punctato, 
elytris thorace duplo longioribus, fortius marginatis, punctulatis, macula 
magna rubro-testacea triangulari utrinque ornatis, pedibus antennisque rufis, 
his clava infuscata ; abdomine segmentis tribus detectis, quarto sequente paulo 
longiore. Long. 15. 

Two females ; one from Tejon, the other from Nebraska. Precisely resem- 
bles in color and sculpture C. discoideus Lec., (Proc. Acad. 1858, 62), 
but differs by the abdomen being much longer, and having three segments ex- 
posed. The latter was, however, described from a single male, and future ex- 
amination may show that they are sexes of one species. 


24. Nitidula humeralis, longiuscula, subconvexa, fusca, pubescens, 
thorace latitudine duplo breviore, lateribus late rotundatis, ciliatis, elytris 
nigricantibus, margine apicali et laterali angusto, strigisque tribus basalibus 
pallidis, intermedia longiore, antennis basi pedibusque pallidioribus.— 
Long. °16. 

One specimen, Tejon. Related to N. ziezac, but is longer and more con- 
vex with the sides of the thorax less rounded, and with no medial angulated 
spot on the elytra: the three spots at the base are connected, and there is be- 
sides a slight submarginal spot near the middle. As in that species the 
middle and posterior tarsi are very feebly dilated. 


25. Temnochila chlorodia. 
26. Hister sexstriatus Lec. Found also at San Francisco. 


27. Hister remotus, oblongus niger nitidus, parum convexus, thorace 
stria marginali a mar gine remota, subsinuata, disco intra striam punctis paucis 
notato, elytris striis internis daabus pone medium antice abbreviata, tertia 
parum abbreviatis, tribus externis marginalique integris, epipleuris bistriatis, 
tibiis anticis serrulatis. Long. °23. 

One specimen, Tejon. Belongs to div. 9 of my arrangement, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Se. 6, 38, although very distinct from all the others found in the United 
States. It seems most nearly related to the European H. neglectus, and 
with it belongs to Mr. de Marseul’s 6th group. 


28. Hetaerius morsus,jspiceo-rufus oblongus, thorace punctato subnitido, 
sulco obliquo utrinque insculpto, partibus lateralibus incrassatis valde elevatis 
planis, opacis dense puberulis, lateribus ante medium angulatis, ante basin 
profunde incisis; elytris pube erecta parce vestitis, punctatis subnitidis, striis 
externis tribus integris; prosterno compresso, postice paulo dilatato, mesos- 
terno plano. Long. 14. 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. (3! 


One specimen, Tejon. In this the most remarkable, as well as the largest 
species of the genus, the front is slightly concave, with a raised margin, and 
the tibize are suddenly dilated and denticulate as in the others. The sides 
of the thorax are parallel from the base nearly to the apex, where they are 
suddenly obtusely angulated, and run to the anterior angles which are round 
ed: the incision near the base cuts across the incrassated side, leaving the 
posterior parta small quadrate elevated plate, the anterior portion larger, sub- 
triangular with truncate angles, flat, opaque and densely pubescent. 


29. Saprinus lugens. 30. S.oregonensis. 31. S.lubricus. 
32. Brontes truncatus. 
33. Dermestes marmoratus. 34. D. Mannerheimii. 


35. Attagenus rufipennis, elongatus, niger, pubescens, thorace latitu- 
dine duplo breviore, paulo convexo, confertim minus subtiliter punctato, elytris 
parcius punctatis, rufo-testaceis, tarsis rufo-piceis. Long. 12. 

One female, Tejon. A small species, differing from the others in my collec- 
tion by the more coarse and dense punctuation of the thorax: the head is 
punctured like the thorax and the antenne are entirely black. 


36. Anthrenus lepidus. 
37. Serica fimbriata. 


38. Hoplia callipyge. This may be a favorable opportunity to observe 
that recent observation has shown that H. tristis Mels. is the male of H. 
trifasciata Say (primoria Burm.), a fact that could never have been infer- 
red from the appearance of the two supposed species. 


39. Pleocoma fimbriata. Some fragments of this insect, found in the 
stomach of a woodpecker at Tejon, enable me to investigate the oral organs. 

The clypeus at its inferior margin is emarginate for the insertion of a 
pyramidal hairy corneous labrum: the mandibles are short, pyramidal acute, 
with a few hairs near the apex. The maxille are large at the base, with the 
lobes very small, the outer one not reaching beyond the first joint of the palpi, 
penicillate with long hair, the inner one much smaller, narrow and pointed ; 
palpi slender, first joint short, 2d long, 3d one-half shorter than 2d, 4th a 
little longer than 3d. Mentum broadly rounded in front ; ligula almost semi- 
circular, palpi inserted on the upper face of the ligula, bases contiguous, with 
intermediate pencil of hairs, 3d joint longer than 2d, and the latter longer than 
the first. It will thus be seen that combined with the 11-jointed antenne 
with polyphyllous club, the characters above detailed are abundantly suflicient 
to establish this genus as a new group, related to Geotrupide and Copride, 
with, however, strong tendency towards the Dynastide group of Scarab. 
pleurosticti. 


40. Canthon simplex. 


41. Anthaxia strigata, lata depressa, nigro-enea, seepe cyaneo-variegata, 
thorace latitudine fere duplo breviore, lateribus rotundatis, angulis posticis 
subrectis, fortius reticulatim punctato, utrinque pone medium oblique im- 
presso, elytris thorace haud latioribus, confertim fortius granulatis, fortius 
Tee parallelis, postice suboblique attenuatis et rotundatis. Long. 
“"17—-25. 

Tejon, abundant. Front moderately concave, hairy: the sides of the thorax 
are less rounded than in A. expansa, the punctures are strongly marked, 
and there are besides fine elevated lines, having a general longitudinal direc- 
tion, connected together forming elongate meshes. Insome specimens the disc 
of the thorax is darker than the sides. It is, perhaps, A. eneogaster Lap. 
and Gory; the description given by them contains no definite character by 
which to separate it from allied species. 


42. Acmxodera ¢onnexa nigro-enea, cuneiformis pilis longis erectis parce 


1859.] 


72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


vestita, thorace latitudine triplo breviore rude punctato, lateribus rotundatis, 
postice incurvis, medio late excavato, postice utrinque late impresso, elytris 
thorace angustioribus humeris elevatis; usque ad trientem secundum paulo, dein 
magis angustatis et fortiter serratis, striis punctis quadratis fortiter impressis, 
interstitiis parce subtiliter punctatis, maculis flavis pluribus ante medium 
varie conjunctis, alterisque duabus fasciformibus pone medium fere ad suturam 
extensis, apice spe gutta flava notato. Long. *33—-47. 

Tejon, numerous. Allied to A.ornata, but is narrower, and has the 
punctures of the intervals of the elytra much smaller. The spots are also 
different, the anterior ones forming a reticulated mass, more or less broken, 
extending from the base to beyond the middle, and from the margin two- 
thirds way to the suture. It is also alliedto A. opacula Jec., but the sides 
of the thorax are not yellow, the elytra are less gradually attenuated at tip, 
and the spots are different. 


43. Acmeodera retifer, nigro-enea, subparallela, pilis longis erectis 
parce vestita, thorace latitudine triplo breviore, punctato, lateribus rotundatis, 
medio late canaliculato, postice versus angulos oblique profunde impresso, 
elytris thorace haud angustioribus, ad trientem secundum vix angustatis, dein 
rotundatim attenuatis, fortiter serratis, striis fortiter punctatis, inierstitiis 
parce subtiliter punctatis, maculis flavis varie connexis vittam reticulatam 
fere ad apicem extensam utrinque formantibus. Long. °34. 

One specimen, Tejon. Allied by sculpture and marking to the preceding, 
but differs by the thorax not being wider than the elytra, by its sides not being 
suddenly incurved behind, and by the elytra being hardly attenuated from the 
base to the second third, and finally by the reticulated mass of small spots 
forming broad vitta extending nearly to the apex. 


44. Acmeodera guttifer, subcylindrica w#neo-nigra, parce longe albo- 
pilosa, thorace latitudine duplo breviore, convexo, lateribus rotundatis, apice 
transversim impresso, basi medio profunde foveato et late excavato, fortiter 
punctato, elytris postice obtuse rotundatis, punctis quadratis seriatis, interstitiis 
subtiliter uniseriatim punctulatis, striis externis exaratis, guttis flavis ornatis, 
3 discoidalibus, 5 submarginalibus. Long. -28. 

Tejon. Resembles the small common species of the Atlantic States, but is 
abundantly distinct ; the anterior discoidal spot is on the 5th and 6th spaces 
at the middle, the 2d on 4th and 5th at one-fourth from the apex, the 3d 
on the 3d and 4th half way between the second and the tip: the humeri 
are elevated. 


45. Limonius hispidus. 


46. Dolopius subustus. A variety of this species having the suture 
broadly fuscous and the margin of the elytra behind the middle also dark- 
ened. 


47. Sericosomus de bilis, luteo testaceus, elongatus breviter pubescens, 
thorace latitudine fere duplo longiore, lateribus late rotundatis, antrorsum 
vix angustiore, angulis posticis subcarinatis haud divaricatis, dense punctato, 
obsolete canaliculato, elytris striis punctatis, interstitiis subconvexis confertim 
punctulatis. Long. °29. 5 

One specimen Tejon. Closely related to S. silaceus (ZI. silaceus Say,) 
and differs essentially only by the posterior angles of the thorax not diverging, 
but continuing the outline of the sides of the thorax. 


48. Elater cordifer, niger, breviter pubescens, thorace opaco, confer- 
tissime punctato, latitudine paulo longiore, antrorsum sensim angustato, late- 
ribus rotundatis, elytris lete auruntiacis, macula communi nigra apicali cor- 
diformi signatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis planis rugose punctulatis, antennis 
articulis 2ndo et 3io0 conjunctis 4to vix longioribus ; tarsis fuscis. Long. 41. 


[ Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. To 


One specimen, Tejon: another from Sacramento Valley given me by Mr. 
S. S. Rathron. Resembles in appearance E. apicatus, but the color of the 
elytra is much more vivid, the intervals between the striz are flat, the thorax 
is much more densely punctured and without lustre. The hair on the head 
and thorax is entirely black, on the elytra it is yellowish. 


45. Melanactes densus. 


50. Cardiophorus fulvipes, plumbeo-niger, nitidus pube brevissima 
incanus, thorace latitudine haud longiore, convexo, lateribus valde rotundatis, 
dense subtilissime punctulato, obsolete canaliculato, angulis posticis haud 
divaricatis, elytris subtilissime punctulatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis con- 
vexis, pedibus fulvo-testaceis. Long. °36. 

One specimen, Tejon. Related toC. tenebrosus, but with the feet red, 
and the thorax more rounded on the sides. Belongs to the division with tarsi 
and ungues simple. 


APLASTUS. 


Frons paulo concava, antice sensim deflexa, medio haud marginata: oculi 
convexi; labrum breve antice rotundatum, clypeo arcte afiixum ; mandibule 
modice elongate, acute, medio obtuse dentate: palpi articulo ultimo non 
longiore subcylindrico: antenne (maris) elongate, 1l-articulate, articulo 
imo crassiore, sequentibus duobus breviore, 3io 2ndo sesqui longiore, haud 
dilatato, 4to triangulari, 3i0 sesqui longiore; 5—10, 4to zqualibus, 11 lon- 
giore apice acuminato. Prosternum antice late rotundatum, sutura laterali 
recta, postice mucronatum: coxe antice parve, medize contigue, postice 
laminis intus subsubito latioribus truncatis: tarsi longiusculi, pubescentes, 
articulis 1—4 sensim brevioribus, 5to precedente longiore, unguiculis integris : 
tibie tenues, calcaribus parvis ; abdomen 5-articulatum. 

Has the appearance of an elongate Corymbites, (e. g. C. appressifrons) but 
is closely allied to Plastocerus and Euthysanius, from which it differs essen- 
tially only by the antennz being elongate and serrate. 


51. Aplastus speratus, nigro-fuscus, pube cinerea vestitus, thorace lati- 
tudine fere sesqui longiore, antrorsum sensim angustato, lateribus rectis, 
angalis posticis elongatis valde divaricatis, punctato, postice obsolete canali- 
culato, elytris striis distinctis, interstitiis punctatis subconvexis. Long. °66.4 

Several specimens from Tejon. The antenne extend considerably beyond 
the base of the thorax, and being of the same length, or nearly so, in all the 
specimens, I infer that they are all males. 

This genus most perfectly completes the line of genera from the aberrant 
Elaters like Campylus, through Plastocerus and Euthysanius to Cebrio. This 
resembles the Elaters, and Euthysanius the Cebrios. An interesting fact, 
though not without parallel in other families and classes of animals, is that 
these transition forms should all occur in one Zoological region. 


52. Plastocerus frater. Under this name I would characterize a species 
very closely related in form and sculpture to P. Schaumii, but differing by 
the thorax being broader and considerably rounded on the sides. The female 
is of the same form as the male, but with the elytra slightly narrowed towards 
the tip; the wings are perfect. The antenne of the female are short and 
serrate. The specimens are in the collection of Mr. Henry Ulke, and I have 
not access to them at this present moment, but will on a future occasion 
make a full description of them. I will add, in passing, that the sexual 
characters given by me (Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 10, 502,) are erroneously 
founded. 5 


53. Euthysaniuslautus. Several males and one female were procured 
at Tejon. The latter is one of the most remarkable forms yet found and indi- 
cates the close relation between this genus and the Cebrionide. The head and 


1859.] 


74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


thorax are as in the male: the antenne are longer than the head, 
12-jointed, the inner angle of the 6th and 7th slightly prominent, of 
the S8th—11th joints gradually more prolonged into a short ramus : the ramus 
of the 11th almost equal to the 12th joint. Elytra covering only the first seg- 
ment of the abdomen, diverging at the suture behind, and obliquely truncated 
with the outer angle broadly rounded. Abdomen very long, cylindrical, with 
seven ventral segments and a large anal plate, first segment very short. Feet 
entirely as inthe male. Length, 1°45. 


54. Podabrus pruinosus. 

55. Podabrus Tejonicus, supra pallidus, capite dense subtiliter pune- 
tato, pone oculos nigro, thorace punctulato latitudine paulo longiore, lateribus 
rectis, utrinque longitudinaliter late excavato, disco postice late excavato 
eallis duobus notato, elytris subtilius scabro-punctatis ; subtus picens, anten- 
narum basi, pedibusque pallidis femoribus posterioribus basi nigris. Long. -30. 

One specimen, Tejon. At first view, resembles P. cavicollis Lec., from 
San Diego, but the head is more finely punctured, the thorax is comparatively 
wider, finely punctulate, not deeply excavated in the middle for its whole 
length, as in that species, and the elytra are more finely punctured : the ante- 
rior angles of the thorax are rounded, while in P. cavicollis, they are obliquely 
and broadly truncate. The ungues as in that species are broadly toothed at 


the base. 
Tanaops, (fam. Melyride.) 


Antenne frontales, in foveis insert : 11-articulate, serrate ; palpi maxillares 
articulo ultimo longiore acuto: labrum antice rotundatum, clypeus brevis 
membraneus : tarsi simplices antici 5-articulati, maris articulis duobus paulo 
latioribus : abdomen segmentis ventralibus anticis medio membraneis : caput 
elongatum. 

A genus composed of Malachius longiceps Lec., (Proce. Acad. Nat. Sc. 
6, 165,) and the one described below. It differs remarkably from the other 
genera, by the antenne being frontal, inserted before the eyes, but not near 
the elypeal suture, which from the length of the head is thus much farther 
from the eyes than usual. The clypeus is membranous at apex, corneous at 
base in the type, but in the other is entirely membranous. This would seem 
to indicate that they were to be regarded as of different genera, but the form, 
sculpture and coloration, as well as the length of head and position of antennw 
are so perfectly similar in both species, that it would be very unnatural to 
separate them. Regarding the genus as the transition form from Malachius 
with frontal antenne and corneous clypeus to Anthocomus with the antenne 
lateral and clypeus membranous, it will be clear that the clypeus might be 
variable in structure, provided other characters be impressed sufficient to dis- 
tinguish the group as of generic value. We will then have two groups: 1. T. 
longiceps, with the clypeus partly corneous and the abdomen simple. 
2. T. abdominalis, with the clypeus entirely membranous and the last three 
segments of the abdomen with deep reniform excavations, the last one having 
in addition a small cup like medial fovea. 


56. T.abdominalis, nigernitidus, parce nigro-pilosellus, capite elongato, 
thorace lateribus late coccineis, elytris punctulatis limbo laterali, sutura fere 
ad basin, apiceque coccineis, subtus rufus, antennis pedibus postpectoreque 
nigris, abdominis segmentis tribus ultimis profunde excavatis. Long. °15. 

Tejon, one specimen. The pygidium is black, the segment before it is black 
in the middle, rufous at the sides. Other specimens will be required to deter- 
mine whether the curious excavations of the abdomen are sexual or specific in 


value. 
HAPALORHINUS. 


Antenne frontales, in foveis majusculis inserte, 1l-articulate, pectinate, 
vel serrate ; palpi maxillares articulo ultimo longiore acuto: labrum trans- 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 


versum truncatum; clypeus brevis membraneus; tarsi antici 5-articulati, 
maris haud dilatati: abdomen articulis totis corneis, vel medio membraneis : 
caput breve. 

A genus also intermediate between Malachius and Anthocomus, agreeing 
with the first in the position of the antenne, with the second by the membran- 
ous clypeus. Besides the species here described, I refer to this genus Malachius 
auritus Lec., (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. 6, 165,) which differs by the antenne 
being serrate in both sexes and by the ventral segments of the abdomen being 
corneous. In the species here made known, all the segments except the last 
have a wide medial membranous portion. 


57. H. mirandus, elongatus, parallelus, capite viridizneo, subtilissime 
punctulato et pubescente, thorace latitudine breviore, flavo, macula magna 
nigra a basi fere ad apicem extensa, elytris opacis rugosis flavis, sutura anguste 
nigra, scutello nigro; subtus niger, genubus anterioribus, pedibusque posticis 
plus minus flavis. Long. 15. ; 

Mas antennis pectinatis, elytris flavis, apice contortis, biappendiculatis; 
margine summo nigricante, femoribus tibiisque posticis flavis. 

Femina antennis serratis, elytris flavis, fascia latissima e plagis tribus con- 
fluentibus composita nigro-virescente, pedibus posticis nigris, genubus testa- 
ceis. 

Tejon. The colors of the two sexes are so different, as to lead to error. In 
the male the elytra are yellow, impressed and distorted at the apex, witha 
small cylindrical black sutural prominence, and a wide concave external one, 
which is margined with black: the posterior thighs and tibie are yellow, the 
former with the upper margin black. In the female there is a long common 
sutural spot confluent each side with one extending nearly the whole length 
of the margin, forming a very wide band of a greenish color, and the posterior 
legs are black, with only the knees and apex of the tibie yellow. The penis 
of the male is prominent forming a long cylindrical corneous style. 


58. Byturus grisescens. 


59. Dasytes sordidus. 60. D. squalidus. 61. D. constric- 
tus. 62. D. luteipes. 


63. Dasytes quadricollis, oblongus nigro-eneus, pilis nigris erectis 
dense vestitus, subtiliter cinereo-pubescens, thorace latitudine breviore, parce 
subtiliter punctulato, lateribus vix rotundatis, angulis posticis rectis subpro- 
minulis, elytris dense subtilius punctatis. Long. ‘17. 

Tejon. Related to D.conformis andsordidus, but differs from both 
by the sides of the thorax being scarcely rounded, with the posterior angles 
very distinct. . 


64. D. sculptilis, elongatus, parum convexus, thorace latitudine bre- 
viore, lateribus late rotundatis angulis anticis acutis, posticis prominulis, alu- 
taceo, precipue ad latera parce punctulato, linea laterali a margine remota ba- 
sin ambiente insculpto, elytris alutaceis rugose punctulatis, fortiter marginatis 
ad apicem anguste flavis, ano antennis pedibusque rufis, femoribus posticis 
apice infuscatis: unguiculis internis appendice longa instructis, externis ad 
basin late dentatis. Long. :15. 


One specimen, Tejon. A very extraordinary species having very much the 
appearance of a small Trogosita; the last three joints of the antennz are 4 
little broader than the preceding. The peculiar sculpture of the thorax, a 
lateral line remote from the margin, and bending around close to the basal 
margin, is also found in D. constrictus, but was not previously observed 
by me on account of the somewhat bad condition of the specimens. It is 
quite obvious in those collected at Tejon; in that species, however, the 
ungues are both furnished with a large appendage as usual. _ 


65. Rhadalus testaceus. The original of this species, together with 


1859.] 


76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


many other uniques of my collection was lost in a vessel, while being sent to 
Prof. Lacordaire for examination. A mutilated specimen was brought by Mr. 
Schott from the Mexican boundary, but the arrival of a fine specimen from 
Tejon, enables me to study anew the characters, by the aid of Prof. Lacordaire’s 
fourth volume. 

The tarsi are not lobed beneath as formerly described by me: the appearance 
was produced by the agglutination of hairs. From the absence of lobes, the 
presence of large appendages to the claws, and the size and obliquity of the 
middle coxe, the genus must be referred to the same family with Dasytes, 
though remarkably different from any other described. The eyes are rounded, 
prominent and coarsely granulate: the last joint of the long maxillary palpi 
is large and securiform, of the labial palpi triangular ; the posterior tarsi have 
the first and second joints about equal, the third very slightly shorter, the 
fourth still shorter. The sixth segment of the abdomen in one specimen is 
exserted, in the other retracted, so as to be very small. The posterior coxe 
appear precisely as in the Cleride: so that this anomalous genus must be 
regarded as intimately connecting Dasytes with that family. 


66. Cymatodera ovipennis, fusco-castanea, pilis pallidis parce vestita, 
capite confertissime, thorace subtilius dense punctato, latitudine duplo longiore, 
ante medium parum, pone medium fortius constricto, medio transversim rugoso, 
pone apicem transversim impresso, elytris ad basin thorace vix latioribus, pos- 
tice sensim dilatatis, subtiliter punctulatis, striis punctatis, apicem haud at- 
tingentibus, internis brevioribus, fascia transversa pallida ad medium ornatis, 
antennis pedibusque pallidioribus, illis apice palpisque flavo-testaceis. Long. 
*40—-45, 

Tejon, two specimens. Resembles in form C. angustata Spin., but is 
much larger, the thorax is less densely punctured, and the strie of the elytra ~ 
are abbreviated, the internal ones ceasing at the pale band. 


67. Trichodes tenellus. 
68. Clerus eximius. 
69. Necrobia rufipes. 


70. Ptinus verticalis, nigro-piceus, elongatus, pube sordide ochracea 
squamiformi dense vestitus, capite inter oculos transversim impresso, thorace 
latitudine longiore, postice angustato et profunde constricto, medio suleato, 
ad medium dentibus 4 transversim positis e setis erectis formatis armato; 
elytris latitudine fere duplo longioribus, convexis lateribus rotundatis, seriatim 
punctatis et longe pilosis ; antennis pedibusque testaceis. Long. °17. 

One female, Tejon. Has the dimensions of the female of P. fur, but differs 
very much in its characters. 


71. Sinoxylon declive. 

72. Exops Stoutii Lec. Allaocnemis Stoutii Lec. 73. E. ovipennis. 
74. Lyctus planicollis. 

75. Edrotes ventricosus. 

76. Nyctoporis carinata. 


77. Pelecyphorus costipennis, elongatus, ater, subopacus, thorace con- 
vexo, latitudine breviore, lateribus valde rotundatis, depresso-marginatis, 
rugosis, angulis posticis perobtusis, disco equaliter sat dense punctato, elytris 
thorace angustioribus, sutura, margine, costisque utrinque tribus valde elevatis. 
Long. *63—-80. ; 

Tejon. The first and second cost unite about one-sixth from the apex, the 
third commences at the margin about one-fourth from the base, and ceases 
opposite the confluence of the other two coste. The apex of the elytra is 
strongly margined. The antenne are moderately short, hardly attaining the 
middle of the thorax: the head is punctured like the thorax: the apical angle 


[ Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. tt 


of the anterior tibie is prolonged. A variety occurs, in which the third costa 
is entirely wanting, and the first and second have the same origin at the 
base. 


78. Nosoderma diabolicum. 


79. Nosoderma pustulosum, sordidum, thorace obovato, latitudine 
longiore, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis obtusis, dorso medio deplanato, 
lateribus late foveatis, tuberculis parvis subnitidis parcis, precipue ad marginem 
et in medio positis, elytris intra humeros subexcavatis, mediodeplanatis, ante 
apicem subretusis, tuberculis confertis subnitidis undique obsitis. Long. °92. 

One specimen, Tejon. Of the size and form of N. diabolicum, but the 
tubercles are smaller, and less irregular, the base of the elytra is not exca- 
vated near the scutellum, and there are no velvety spots on the thorax and 
elytra. 


80. Nosoderma plicatum, elongatum, nigro-sordidum, thorace obovato, 
latitudine longiore, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis obtusis, subineequali, 
medio granulis parcis nitidis, ad latera tuberculis parvis signato, elytris paral- 
lelis ante apicem triverrucosis, precipue ad latera et apicem tuberculatis, 
costula humerali alteraque pone medium obliquis munitis. Long. ‘61. 

Tejon, three specimens: very different from any other seen by me. The 
basal costa commences at the humerus, runs slightly inwards, and terminates 
at the middle: another oblique fold commences near the margin a little before 
the middle, runs parallel with the first, and ends about the third fifth; the 
inner anterior tuberosity is also a little prolonged in the same direction. There 
is a slight vestige of acosta at the base, parallel with the suture and about 
midway between it and the humeral costa. The antennal cavities are not so 
abrupt as in N. diabolicum. 


81. Hleodes dentipes. 82. E.laticollis. 83. E. quadricollis. 
84. E. consobrina. 8. E. Veseyi. 86. E. scabrosa. 


87. Eleodes scabripennis, atra, ovata, subnitida, thorace latitudine 
paulo breviore, subquadrato, lateribus rotundatis, postice sensim paulo angus- 
tato, angulis posticis obtusis, dense punctato, ad latera subasperato, elytris 
ovalibus, thorace latioribus, dorso parum convexis, postice valde declivibus, 
granulis parvis inordinatis dense exasperatis, et versus suturam punctatis, 
tibiis muticis, prosterno postice oblique submucronato, antennis extrorsum 
parum incrassatis. Long. °65. ; 

One specimen, Tejon. Of the same size and sculpture as H. Veseyi, but 
differing by the thorax being much less rounded on the sides, by the posterior 
angles not being at all prominent, and by the prosternum being a little more 
prominent behind. - 


88. Amphidora osculans. 89. A. littoralis. 
90. Helops rugulosus. 


91. Helops angustus, elongatus, eneo-niger, subnitidus, thorace latitu- 
dine haud breviore, vix convexo, lateribus rotundatis, angulis posticis sub- 
rectis, capite dense aciculato-punctato, elytris thorace paulo latioribus, striis 
profundis antice subpunctatis, interstitiis parce subtiliter punctulatis, antennis 
pedibusque rufo-piceis, palpis tarsisque piceo-rufis. Long. *31—:36. 

Tejon, two specimens. Quite distinct from all others known to me by the 
above characters. 


92. Coniontis viatica. 


93. Coniontis abdominalis, ovalis, subcylindrica, convexa, nigra, sub- 
nitida, thorace lateribus minus subtiliter marginatis, medio parce, lateribus 
densius subtiliter punctato, elytris rugosis, sat dense punctatis, abdomine 
confertim rugose punctato. Long. °66. 


1859.] 6 


78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Larger and stouter than either C. viatica, affinis or Eschscholtzii, having 
the sculpture very like C. affinis, but with the elytra more finely punctured : 
in all of those however the abdomen is very sparsely and finely punctulate, 
while in this it is entirely covered with a coarse, somewhat rugous punc- 
tuation. 


94. Blapstinus brevicollis. 95. B. pulverulentus. 
96. Eulabis rufipes. 


97. Eulabis brevicornis, elongatus, nigro-piceus, capite confertim, tho- 
race confertim minus subtiliter punctatis, hoc latitudine breviore, minus 
convexo, lateribus rotundatis, postice subsinuatis angulis posticis rectis, 
elytris subtiliter costatis, interstitiis uniseriatim punctulatis, antennis pedi- 
busque piceis, illis capite paulo longioribus. Long. °25. 

Narrower and less convex than Eu. rufipes, with the antenne shorter 
and stouter. 


98. Tenebrio molitor. 
99. Cewlocnemis obesa. 
100. Platydema oregonense. 


101. Xystropus opacus, elongatus, niger opacus, thorace semicirculari, basi 
bisinuato, confertissime subtiliter punctato, elytris thorace hand latioribus, 
striis punctatis interstitiis vix convexis, sutura anguste rufescente. Long. 
“35. 

One specimen, Tejon. Related to X. brevis (Cistela brevis Say) but much 
narrower, and with the antenne and feet entirely black. ’ 


102. Cistela sericea. 


103. Prionychus cyanescens, elongatus niger, thorace elytrisque obscure 
cyaneis opacis, capite thoraceque confertissime punctatis, hoe subquadrato, 
lateribus paulo rotundatis, elytris thorace paulo latioribus, striis punctatis, 
interstitiis paulo convexis, alutaceis. Long. °31. 

One specimen, Tejon. Of the same size and form as P. gracilis (Stenochia 
gracilis Lec.) from San Diego, but differs by the blue color of the thorax and 
elytra, and the entirely black feet. 


104. Alleculapunctulata, elongato-ovalis, fusca, pubescens, thorace lati- 
tudine plus duplo breviore, semicirculari, confertim subtiliter punctato, basi 
utrinque subimpresso, elytris confertim subtiliter punctatis, striis internis 
distinctis, externis vagis, antennarum basi, tibiis tarsisque pallidioribus. 
Long. °28. 

Tejon, one specimen. Differs from several species from the Atlantic States 
by the thorax being more finely and densely punctured. 


105. Anaspis atra. 


106. Anaspis nubila, linearis, flava pubescens, subtiliter dense punctu- 
lata, thorace latitudine fere duplo breviore, semicirculari, elytris fascia lata 
media indeterminata nigra, antennis nigris, basi flavis ; subtus fusca, pedibus 
flavis. Long. -09. 

Tejon. No sexual appendages on the abdomen of the specimens examined. 


107. Mordella scutellaris. 


108. Lytta smaragdula. A specimen perhaps belonging to this species, 
found at Tejon, is of a purplish color, with the antenne longer than in the 
type, with the external joints nearly twice as long as wide. It does not differ 
in any other character, and I am therefore for the present unwilling to sepa- 
rate it. 


109. Lytta puncticollis. 
[ Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 


110. Nemognatha scutellaris. 

111. Pedilus punctulatus. 

112. Asclera excavata. 

113. Bruchus desertorum. 114, B. pauperculus. 

115. Rhyncites bicolor. 

116. Sitones californicus. 

117. Lixsus pleuralis. 

118. Baridius nasutus, elongatus niger, nitidus, rostro thorace haud 
breviore, tenui parum arcuato, seriatim punctato, fronte constricta, capite 
parce punctulato, thorace latitudine longiore, lateribus late rotundatis, apice 
breviter constricto, fortiter sat dense punctato, ad latera parce albo-pubescente, 
elytris striis profundis punctatis, interstitiis planis, uniseriatim punctulatis et 
albo-pubescentibus, antennis tenuibus, articulo 2ndo elongato, 3i0 sequente 
paulo longiore. Long. -18. 

One specimen, Tejon. 

119. Centrinus lineellus, breviter fusiformis, niger, subtus squamulis 
ochreis argenteo-nitentibus dense tectus, rostro thorace longiore, arcuato, apice 
remote subtiliter basi fortiter punctato, linea media levi, capite nudo parce 
punctulato, thorace dense punctato, nigro-squamoso, vittis tribus latis ochreo- 
squamosis, elytris nigro-squamosis, profunde striatis, vittis duabus integris 
intermediaque basali ochreo-squamosis. Long. ‘12. 

One specimen, Tejon. The inner vitta occupies the whole of the 2nd 
interval and the 3rd from the apex to within one-fourth of the base: the 
short basal vitta is on the 4th, and extends about one-sixth of the length: 
the external vitta covers the 6th interval to the middle, then occupies the 7th 
and 9th: a few scattered yellow scales are seen near the margin. The com- 
missures of the abdomen and the coxe are black. The feet are sparsely 
clothed with scales. 

120. Sphenophorus subcarinatus. 

121. Sphenophorus simplex, niger, subnitidus, rostro cylindrico, sub- 
tiliter punctato, ad basin canaliculato, capite levi, thorace oblongo, latitudine- 
longiore, lateribus late rotundatis, ad apicem subito constricto et tubulato, 
fere equaliter punctato, ante scutellum obsolete impresso, et paulo grossius 
puuctato, elytris striis profundis externis punctatis, interstitiis alutaceis 
planis subtiliter parce punctulatis, tibiis anticis intus late sinuatis, posteriori- 
bus intus unidentatis et fimbriatis, antennis piceo-rufis. Long. -32—-36. 

Tejon. Varies with the legs reddish yellow. The small punctures of the 
intervals of the elytra are irregular on the sutural and alternate spaces, but 
form a single series on the second and alternate spaces : the external strie are 
distinctly punctured; the interior ones appear smooth, but with a powerful 
lens they are seen to be slightly punctured. 

121. Callidium blandum, elongatum rufo-testaceum, parce breviter pal. 
lide pubescens, thorace latitudine vix breviore antice parum, postice distincte 
constricto, lateribus rotundatis, parce punctato, elytris obscure cyaneis con— 
fertim punctatis, abdomine nigricante, antennis obscuris basi rufis. Long. *25. 

Tejon. Closely allied toC. amenum Say, butis narrower, with the elytra 
more densely punctured, the abdomen blackish, and the feet entirely rufous. 


122. Callidium obscurum, fusco-nigrum, haud nitidum, pilis fuscis 
suberectis vestitus, capite thoraceque confertissime punctatis, hoc longius 
parce piloso, lateribus rotundatis, postice angustiore, linea obsoleta dorsali, 
callogue postico levibus, elytris parce punctatis, punctis ad basin grossis, 
postice subtilibus, femoribus valde incrassatis, tibiis parce longe pilosis. 
Long. *48—-55. 

Tejon. Allied to C. dimidiatum, but from its larger size and uniform 
color it looks like a Tetropium. 


1859.] 


80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Broruyivs. 


Oculi rude granulati: palpi compressi, breves: antennw simplices articulo 
4to contiguis fere duplo breviore: mandibulw apice acute. Thorax lateribus 
rotundatis tuberculo acuto armatis, dorso bicallosus, elytris apice conjunctim 
rotundatis. Pedes mediocres, femoribus haud clavatis, tarsis posterioribus 
articulo 1mo sequentes duo z«quante. 

Belongs to the same group with Eburia and Elaphidion, but differs re- 
markably by the 4th joint of the antenne being about half as long as the 3d 
or 5th. 


123. B. gemmulatus, fusco-piceus, pube brevi helva vestitus, capite 
thoraceque rude punctatis, hoe latitudine haud breviore, lateribus antice 
rotundatis, postice sinuatis, tuberculo acuto ad medium armatis, dorso ad 
medium utrinque tuberculo sublevi munito, elytris thorace latioribus, subtil- 
lissime rugose punctulatis, granulis majusculis parcis nitidis, postice sensim 
punctis fientibus. Long. 67. 

Tejon, two specimens. The granules are very scattered, larger at the base, 
gradually becoming smaller, they are converted into punctures at the tip. 


124, Elaphidion lineare, valde elongatum, testaceum, parce minus sub- 
tiliter albo-pubescens, thorace latitudine longiore, lateribus rotundatis, con- 
fertim grosse punctato, callo dorsali postico levi, elytris fortiter punctatis 
apice emarginatis, vix bispinosis, femoribus muticis, antennarum articulis 
3, 4 et 5 spina brevi apicali armatis. Long. °41. 

Tejon, one specimen. Quite as slender as Sclerocerus rigidus. 


125. Clytus nauticus. 


126. Acmzops falsa, elongata, nigra, pube brevi albida incana, thorace 
convexo, lateribus rotundatis, postice-transversim impresso, et in lateribus 
vix constricto, angulis posticis obtusis, rufo nitido haud dense punctato, 
oes ee punctatis, thorace latioribus parallelis apice rotundatis. 

ong. ‘28. 

One specimen, Tejon. By its color this species recedes from Acmeops and 
resembles various Lepture, but the characters, as well as the form of thorax, 
belong to this genus. 


127. Toxotus nubifer, capite nigro punctato, thorace nigro subtiliter 
punctulato, latitudine longiore, antrorsum angustato, antice posticeque con- 
stricto, tuberculo laterali magno obtuso, elytris humeris prominulis, postice 
sensim angustatis apice oblique intus truncatis, dense subtilissime punctulatis 
et rugosis, nigricantibus, margine basali laterali apicalique late piceo-rufo; 
pectoribus nigris, abdomine antennis palpis pedibusque piceo-rufis. Long. *70. 

One specimen, Tejon. 

128. Leptura leta. 


129. Leptura 6-s pilota, nigra, dense fulvo-pubescens, thorace latitudine 
haud longiore, convexo, confertissime punctato, lateribus rotundatis, a medio 
antrorsum angustato, angulis posticis parvis acutis, elytris sat fortiter puncta- 
tis, postice sensim angustatis, apice singulatim rotundatis, pallide flavis, 
sutura limboque toto anguste nigris, macula utrinque ante medium alterisque 
tribus margini cohexrentibus nigris, antica angustiore, alteris magnis quadra- 
tis: femoribus rufo-testaceis, tibiis tarsisque infuscatis, antennis fuscis. 
Long. -24—-33. 

Tejon, abundant. Belongs to the same group as L.instabilis, con- 
vexa, cordifer, &. 

The anterior marginal spot is only a slight dilatation of the black margin, 
and extends from the base one-fourth the length of the elytra : the second spot 
is quadrate extending from the margin half way to the suture, the third is 


transverse, quadrate, situated one-fourth from the apex, and sometimes nearly 
reaches the suture. 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 


130. Tetraopes mancus, niger, supra coccineus, breviter nigro-pubescens, 
thorace parce punctato, tuberculo laterali prominulo obtuse rotundato, umbone 
dorsali modice sed subito elevato, guttis 4 nigris solitis definito, elytris mo- 
dice punctatis, gutta humerali alteraque utrinqgue pone medium nigris ornatis, 
scutello nigro, pedibus totis nigris, antennis cinereo-annulatis, articulo primo 
sepe rufo-tincto. Long. -55—-61. 

Tejon, abundant. Spotted like T. 5-maculatus, but the middle of the 
thorax is more elevated, the lateral tubercles more prominent, the elytra less 
coarsely punctured, and the antenne annulated with cinereous hair. 


131. Saxinis saucia. Three specimens from Tejon differ from more 
northern specimens by the thorax and elytra being more strongly punctured. 
Such differences between forms presenting otherwise similar specific characters 
are found in several genera of Chrysomelide. I leave the investigation of 
their nature for a future occasion. : 


132. Exema conspersa. Abundant. 

133. Cryptocephalus auratus, (chalconatus Mann.) 
134. Pachnephorus? smaragdulus. Abundant. 
135. Chrysochus cobaltinus. 


136. Glyptoscelis albidus, oblongus, obscure cupreus, densissime albo- 
pubescens, thorace confertim punctato, latitudine haud breviore, lateribus late 
rotundatis, elytris thorace latioribus confertim punctatis. Long. °30. 

Tejon: a specimen from Sacramento was given me by Mr. &. 8. Rathvon. 
Differs from G. hirtus, (Eumolpus hirtus Ol. Eu. pint Say,) by the punctures 
being smaller, by the thorax being narrower and less rounded on the sides 
and by the hair being of a uniform whitish color. The genus Glyptoscelis 
(i{Chevr.) is distinguished from the other genera allied to Eumolpus by the 
mouth not being covered beneath by the prosternum, by the claws being 
toothed, and by the tibie being longitudinally sulcate. The head is not sculp- 
tured as in Heteraspis. 


137. Gdionychis violascens, ovata, convexa, chalybeo-violacea, thorace 
latitudine duplo breviore, antrorsum angustato, angulis anticis prominulis 
posticis rectis, fortiter haud dense punctato, elytris confluenter haud subtiliter 
punctatis. Long. -24. 


Tejon, two specimens. From its color, it appears at first sight to be a Haltica 
of the division Graptodera. ; 


138. Phyllobrotica flavicollis, cyanea, thorace flavo, latitudine paulo 
breviore, subquadrato, lateribus late rotundatis, disco postice late haud pro- 
funde impresso, elytris punctulatis, antennis basi testaceo-maculatis. Long. 
-28. 

Tejon. Resembles in form Galleruca atriventris Say, and belongs to 
the same genus as that species, which has a remarkable peculiarity not before 
noticed: in the male the third joint of the antennz is obsolete, so that the 
organs become 10-jointed. I have not yet examined any males of the present 
species. 

139. Phyllobrotica bivittata, flava nitida, oculis vittaque elytrorum a 
humero fere ad apicem extensa nigris, thorace latitudine breviore, lateribus 
rotundatis ; elytris obsolete punctulatis. Long. °18. 

_Fort Tejon. A very pretty little species, without any thoracic impres- 
sions. 

140. Diabrotica viridipennis, capite flavo, occipite nigricante, thorace 
flavo, latitudine breviore, lateribus rectis parallelis, disco postice profunde luna- 
tim exeavato, elytris subtiliter punctulatis cyaneo-viridibus, postpectore abdo- 
mineune sae pube albida canis, pedibus flavis, antennis fuscis, basi fiavis. 

ong. “Lode 


1859.] 


82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Tejon. I know not the value of this or the preceding genus, nor the charac- 
ters upon which they rest: the habitus is sufficient to enable them to be 
readily recognized, but future researches will be necessary to establish them 
fully. 

141. Diabrotica 12-punctata. 

142. Galleruca guttulata. 143. G.luteocineta. 


144. Microrhopala signaticollis, nigro-cyanea, capite tristriato, thorace 
latitudine breviore, antrorsum angustato, lateribus rectis, parce grosse punc- 
tato, macula maxima laterali a basi fere ad apicem extensa rufo-flava, elytris 
thorace latioribus subparallelis, apice late rotundatis, punctis grossis seriatim 
positis, seriebus per paria paulo approximatis. Long. °23. 

Tejon, one specimen. This species has the forma, size, and sculpture of Hispa 
cyanea Say, except that the thorax is more sparsely punstured. The 
lateral yellow spots readily distinguish itfrom all others seen by me. 


145. Hippodamia punctulata. 146. H. obsoleta. 


147. Mycetina morosa, elongata, nigro-picea nitida, thorace vix punctu- 
lato, latitudine paulo breviore, lateribus parallelis antice rotundatis, disco con- 
cavo, inequali, linea transversa basali medio profunde exarata extrorsum 
subtiliore, impressionibus basalibus brevibus profundis, elytris thorace paulo 
latioribus, elongato-ovalibus punctulatis. Long. +27. 

Tejon, one specimen. This species has very much the same proportions as 
M. laeta, (Epipocus letus Lec.) 


Supplement. 


{ have, for the purpose of making these pages a complete record of the addi- 
tions to our Pacific Coleopterous Fauna, here collected notes and descriptions 
of species derived from various sources, which have not been mentioned in my 
Report on the Coleoptera of Pacific North America, for the P. R. R. Expl. of 
47th Par., or in the Catalogue of Coleoptera found adjacent to the U.S. and Mex. 
Boundary, printed in the 4th vol. of the second series of the Journal of the 
Academy. I propose, from time to time, as fresh materia] is furnished by the 
kindness of my friends, to give other supplements to the Pacific Coleoptera Fauna 
of the United States. 


1. Dromius quadricollis, nigro-piceus, depressus, thorace latitudine 
breviore, quadrato, postice subangustato, transversim rugoso, postice profun- 
dius impresso, lateribus latius marginatis pallidioribus, elytris oblongis, striatis 
interstitiis parum convexis, subtus piceus. Long. :28. 

Puget Sound, Mr. George Davidson. Very closely allied to D. piceus, but 
differing chiefly in the form of the thorax: the latter is broader than long, 
scarcely narrowed behind, with the depressed margin broader, the disc more 
rugous, the dorsal line deeper, and the posterior transverse impression deeper ; 
the posterior angles are also more regularly rounded, and the elytra are a little 


broader. 


2. Cymindis abstrusa, picea, pubescens, capite thoraceque fortiter punc- 
tato, fronte levi, thorace latitudine breviore, postice angustato, lateribus rotun- 
datis postice subsinuatis, margine latius reflexo pallidiore, angulis posticis ob- 
tusis, basi late rotundato, linea dorsali profunda, elytris oblongo-ovalibus nitidis, 
striis antice punctatis, interstitiis planis, confuse subtiliter punctatis, margine 
pallido, antennis castaneis, abdomine pedibusque piceo-testaceis. Long. °41. - 

Washington Territory, Dr. Kennerly. Of the size of C. laticollis, but 
with the elytra shining, and the thorax more broadly margined: from C. 
reflexa it differs by its larger size, broader elytra, and less coarsely punc- 
tured head and thorax; the latter is also comparatively more narrowed behind, 


with the posterior angles less obtuse. 
[Feb. 


yD 
3D 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 


3. Platynus bembidioides (Sericoda bemb. Kirby). A specimen was found 
on Puget Sound by Mr. Davidson, which in no respect differs from one found by 
me at Lake Superior. 


4. Pterostichus herculaneus Mann. A specimen (70 long) was found 
by Mr. Davidson on Puget Sound, which apparently belongs to this species. It 
is related to P. algidus, but the two basal impressions each side run into a 
large fovea as in P. coracinus, &c., without, however, leaving any promi- 
nence or punctures between them; the little ridge adjacent to the margin is 
more distinct. The elytra havea faint purplish tingeasin P.amethystinus. 


5. Anisodactylus semipunctatus, oblongus, niger, vel eneo-niger niti- 
dus, capite punctulato, postice parce punctato, thorace latitudine sesqui 
breviore, postice subangustato, lateribus rotundatis, postice obliquis subde- 
pressis, angulis posticis obtusis, confertim subtiliter punctato, basi utrinque 
paulo impresso, elytris striatis, interstitiis planis alternis parce punctulatis et 
breviter pubescentibus, stria 2nda postice unipunctata. Long. -45—:5. 

Oregon, Dr. Suckley, California. Resemblesin form A. brevicollis Lec, 
but is distinguished among the black species, having the spur of the anterior 
tibia toothed each side at base, by the small punctures of the alternate spaces 
of the elytra. These punctures are sometimes, however, hardly distinct, in 
which case this may be distinguished from A. brevicollis, consobrinus and 
californicus, as well by differences in form, as by the sides of the thorax being 
more distinctly and broadly depressed, and from A. similis by the thorax 
being more narrowed behind, with the posterior angles more obtuse. I find, 
on careful examination, that the last named species presents traces of fine 
punctures on the alternate spaces of the elytra. 


6. Agonoderus rugicollis, nigro-piceus, thorace testaceo, macula oblonga 
centrali nigro, latitudine haud breviore, postice paulo angustato, lateribus 
postice subsinuatis, basi late rotundato subdepresso punctato, angulis posticis 
rectis rotundatis, elytris testaceis striis profundis, 2nda unipunctata, interstitiis 
subconvexis, 2,3 et 4 a quadrante ultra dodrantem nigris, antennis pedibusque 
testaceis. Long. -28. 

California, Mr. Rathvon. Very similar to A. dorsalis and pallipes, with the 
posterior angles of the thorax more rounded than in the ‘former, but less than 
in the latter; it differs from both by the sides being slightly sinuous, by the 
base being more depressed and punctured, by the disc being very distinctly 
rugous, and finally by the intervals of the elytra being less convex. 


7. Badister anthracinus, niger, nitidus, thorace latitudine sesqui 
breviore, postice paulo angustato, angulis posticis obtusis rotundatis, anguste 
marginato, antice transversim impresso, linea dorsali sat profunda, basi utrinque 
late impresso alutaceo, elytris striis profundis, 2nda bipunctata. Lone. +25. 

Oregon, Dr. Suckley. 


8. Bembidium indistinctum. 9. B. connivens; Oregon, Dr. Suckley. 


10. Bembidium erasum, nigro-eneus, nitidissimus, thorace latitudine 
breviore, convexiusculo, lateribus rotundatis postice paulo angustato, foveis 
basalibus profundis bistriatis, basi punctato, elytris thorace latioribus, subecon- 
vexis, striis internis 2 vel 3 subtiliter punctulatis, externis omnino obliteratis, 
3ia profunde bipunctata. Long. :17. 

Oregon, Dr. Suckley. Related to B. tetraglyptus, but is more convex and 
much more shining, with the thorax narrower, and the basal fovee deeper and 
punctulate ; the carina at the angle is very distinct. 


11. Bembidium obliquulum, latiusculum, xnéum, thorace latitudine 
sesqui breviore, ante medium angustato et lateribus rotundato, angulis posticis 
réctis, basi transversim profunde impresso et utrinque bifeoveato, fovea ex- 
terna obliqua, carina angulari minuta, elytris striis internis 4 vel 5 punctulatis, 
externis obliteratis, interstitio 3i0 bipunctato, femoribus nigro-piceis, tibiis 
tarsisque piceo-rufis. Long. -24. 


1859.] 


‘ 


84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


California, Mr. Rathvon. Related to B. nitidum, (udromus n. Kirby) 
but differs by the less shining surface, the obliquity of the external basal 
fovea, and the color of the legs. 


12. Nebria livida, aptera testacea, thorace postice angustato, lateribus 
parum sinuato, angulis posticis subrectis, elytris octostriatis, stria Sia quadri- 
foveata, 5ta bifoveata, 6ta trifoveata. Long. *43. 

Cape Flattery; Dr. Newberry. Body depressed, uniform pale testaceous: 
head smooth, with faint impressions. Thorax wider than the head, one half 
wider than long, gradually, but consideribly narrowed posteriorly, sides 
rounded in front, very faintly sinuate behind, posterior angles slightly obtuse, 
not at all rounded, dorsal line entire, transverse impressions well marked, 
base sparsely punctured and rugous, basal impressions not elongated, lateral 
margin moderate. Elytra almost elliptical, with eight moderately deep striae, 
not punctured, but marked with rows of brown quadrate cells in the substance, 
simulating punctures, the third stria has four or five punctures, the fifth has 
two to five behind the middle, the sixth has three or four also behind the 
middle, the scutellar stria is short ; at the widest part they are one half wider 
than the thorax. 


13. Necrophilus tenuicornis, elongato-ovalis, nigro-piceus, parum con- 
vexus, thorace latitudine duplo breviore, lateribus rotundatis indeterminate 
piceis, angustius depressis, parce subtiliter punctato, fortius versus latera, ely- 
tris striis subtiliter crenulatis, 2nda 4taque punctis pluribus impressis, anten- 
nis fere filiformibus, articulis externis crassitie fere duplo longioribus, pectore 
pedibusque piceis. Long. *22. 

Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Much smaller and narrower than N. hy dro- 
philoides, larger and narrower than N. latus, but specially distin- 
guished from both by the antenne not being thickened externally ; the second 
joint is almost equal to the"fourth, and the third is scarcely one half longer than 
either. By these characters it approaches Pteroloma, but the mandibles are 
not many toothed, nor are the palpi acuminate at tip, and the inner lobe of 
the maxille appears as in Necrophilus : the legs are also moderate in length as 
in the latter genus. 


14. Peltiss errata, oblongo-ovalis, sordide atra, opaca, rude punctata setis 
erectis curvatis hispida, elytrorum thoracisque lateribus fortiter serratis, tho- 
race inequali medio elevato, canaliculato, angulis posticis elongatis spinifor- 
mibus, elytris tricostatis, internis duabus interruptis in callis magnis 
postice desinentibus. Long. -40. 

Washington Territory, collected on the N. W. Boundary Survey, by Mr. 
Geo. Gibbs. This species closely resembles P. silphides, (Boletophagus 
silphides Newman, which was considered as identical with P. dentata, of 
Northern Europe, by Dejean.) It is however larger, somewhat narrower, and 
has the posterior angles of the thorax more elongated and prominent. 


15. Aulonium aequicolle, elongatum parallelum, nigrum nitidum, 
capite thoraceque subtilius punctatis, hoc latitudine vix longiore, lateribus late 
rotundatis, lineis solitis insculptis, disco equaliter paulo convexo, elytris pune- 
tulatis, striis punctatis postice obliteratis. Long. +20. 

Sacramento Valley, Mr. Rathvon. Ofthe same form and sculpture as Au. 
parallelopipedum, and differing only by the thorax being not at all 
excavated or tuberculate anteriorly, and by the sides being a little more 
rounded. 


PSEUDOPHANUS. 


Palpi maxillares articulo ultimo elongato, cylindrico ; mandibule breves : 
antenne corpore breviores, articulis externis vix crassioribus, lmo crassiore 
conico paulo longiore: caput linea utrinque supraoculari insculpto; pedes 
mediocres, tarsis brevibus, articulo lmo parvo, 2ndo triangulari, 3i0 2ndo 
equali longe bilobato, 4to vix conspicuo, 5to longiore unguiculis parvis. 

[ Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 


A genus having very much the form of Telephanus, but differing by 
the cylindrical palpi, aud small fourth joint of the tarsi: as habitual charac- 
ters, the body is more densely punctured, and the head each side has a longi- 
tudinal line running from the base of the antenne. 


16. P. signatus, elongatus, testaceus, pubescens, capite thoraceque 
dense punctulatis, hoe latitudine longiore lateribus rectis serrulatis, angulo 
utrinque prope apicem obtuso, disco postice vage impresso, punctis versus 
basin majoribus ; elytris basi truncatis, humeris obtusis, striis punctatis, pos- 
tice fere obliteratis, interstitiis dense punctatis, 4to, 6to et 8vo paulo latioribus, 
plaga scutellari, altera communi ad medium, guttaque utringue postica 
cum mediali connexa nigricantibus; antennarum articulis 8, 9 et 10 infusca- 
tis. Long. °18. 

Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. A very pretty little insect: the markings on 
the elytra present a scutellar triangle, and a medial spot having the form of 
the head of an arrow. ; 

17. Ceruchus striatus, piceo-niger, nitidus, capite thoraceque grosse 
parcius punctatis, fronte late concava, elytris striis profundis in fundo densius, 
costis parcius grosse punctatis, antennis rufis. Long. °68. 

One female, found at Shoalwater Bay, by Dr. Cooper, and another in Wash- 
ington Territory, by Mr. Gibbs. Resembles in proportions C. piceus, but 
is much larger: the thorax is more convex and the elytra more deeply striate 
and much more punctured. 


18. Corymbetes tinctus. Several specimens of a species were found by 
Dr. Kennerly and Mr. Gibbs, in Washington Territory, having the elytra of a 
metallic green or purplish color. These resemble closely in appearance C. 
aeripennis, and differ only by the thorax being less narrowed in front, more 
broadly rounded on the sides, and by the strie of the elytra being deeper, the 
interstices slightly convex and more rugous, and by the feet being piceous 
tinged with rufous. C. carbo, besides having both body and feet entirely 
black, has the thorax still less narrowed in front, more strongly punctured, 
and the prosternum more coarsely punctured. 


19. Corymbetes protractus, elongatus, linearis, piceo-niger, thorace lon- 
gius elytris breviter cano-pubescentibus, illo latitudine fere sesqui longiore, 
parum convexo, crebre punctato, lateribus rectis fere parallelis, angulis posti- 
cis acutis divergentibus, haud carinatis, elytris striatis, interstitiis convexis 
confertim punctatis, antennis articulo 3io 4to equali. Long. °58. 

Oregon, Dr. Cooper. A very distinct species having the form of the male of 
C. pyrrhos. 

20. Dolopius opaculus, testaceo-piceus, opacus, helyo-pubescens, tho- 
race lateribus postice pallidioribus dense punctato, paulo convexo, latitudine 
sublongiore, antrorsum sensim angustato, lateribus ante medium rotundatis, 
angulis posticis acutis carinatis, ante scutellum breviter canaliculato, elytris a 
basi sensim angustatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis vix convexis, confertissime 
punctatis ; coxis posticis laminis intus subito dilatatis, pedibus antennisque 
fere testaceis, his articulis 2 et 3 sxqualibus, singulis 4to paulo brevioribus, 
Long. °27. 

One specimen, Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Distinct from all others in my 
collection, by its form, which approaches that of the small Monocrepidii with 
simple tarsi, (M. dorsalis, &c.) 


21. Elater tartareus, niger opacus, cuneiformis, breviter nigro-pubes- 
cens, thorace confertissime punctato, latitudine longiore paulo convexo, an- 
trorsum sensim angustato, lateribus late rotundatis, elytris striis punctatis, 
interstitiis confertim scabro-punctatis, antennis valde serratis, articulis 2 et 3 
parvis equalibus. Long. °39. 

Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Belongs to my division A. (Trans. Am. Phil. 
Sac. 10, 463,) and is related to E. turbuleutus Lec. 


1859.] i 


86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


22. Adelocera cavicollis, nigro-picea opaca, ferrugineo subvariegata, 
squamis luteo-sordidis inequaliter vestita, thorace latitudine haud longiore, 
lateribus undulatis antice valde rotundatis, margine late depresso et reflexo, 
disco triangulariter maxime excavato, et antice utrinque fovea magna impresso, 
elytris dorso depressis, versus latera declivibus (ita ut costa obsoleta discoidea 
efformatur,) sulcis tarsorum nullis, antennarum prope coxas desinentibus. 
Long. *65. 

One specimen, found by Dr. Newberry on the shores of Tlamath Lake. 
Allied to A. brevicornis Lec., but very different by the larger and deeper 
excavations of the thorax. 

This species is unfortunately the only relic of a large collection made along 
the western border of the great basin: a region in which previously no collee- 
tions had been made, and from which many most interesting species may be 
expected. 


23. Cardiophorus fenestratus, niger nitidus, omnium subtilissime 
punctulatus, pube brevissima albidaincanus, thorace latitudine haud longiore, 
utrinqgue angustato, lateribus rotundatis, modice convexo, postice obsolete 
canaliculato, striis basalibus elongatis, elytris striis fortius punctatis, intersti- 
tiis parum convexis, maculis rotundatis flavis, duabus ad medium, duabus 
ante apicem ornatis. Long. *25. 

Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Of the same form as C. tumidicollis but 
with the thorax less convex. 


PTEROTUS. 


Corpus elongatum, alatum; caput breve, oculis magnis; antenne paulo dis- 
tantes, in foveis magnis inserte, articulo 1mo brevi conico, 2ndo duplo minore, 
crassitie vix longiore, 3—10 elongatis, ramo interno articulo quadruplo longi- 
ore ad medium emittente, 1lmo ramum precedentis equante. Palpi maxillares 
mediocres crassiusculi, articulo ultimo haud latiore: mandibule elongate, 
tenues, simplices. Thorax brevis trapezoideus, margine lateraliet apicali reflexo. 
Elytra linearia, elongata apice rotundata. Coxe antice et intermedi# magne 
conice contigue; postice parum prominule : abdomen articulis 7 ventralibus, 
lateribus serratum: 7mo profunde emarginato, segmento anali (maris) elliptico. 
Tarsi tibiis haud breviores, articulo 1mo sequentibus duobus haud breviore, 4to 
subtus lobato: unguiculari tenui longiore, unguiculis ad basin dilatatis. 

Asingular genus, which I have described at great length from my inability to 
place it properly. It seems to have a mixture of characters belonging to the 
Lampyrides, Telephorides and Drilides, but from the small size of the posterior 
coxz is probably better placed with the latter. The antenne are somewhat 
separated, inserted in large cavities, the edges of which being elevated make 
the front concave ; it is difficult to say whether they are in front of or between the 
eyes. I cannot determine whether the labrum is distinct or not. The mandi- 
bles are very long, curved and slender as in Lampyrides. None of the ventral 
segments are phosphorescent. 


24. P.obscuripennis, elongatus flavo-testaceus, subtiliter pubescens, 
thorace trapezoideo, latitudine duplo breviore, marginato, (latius ad latera et 
apicem,) punctulato, subtiliter canaliculato, elytris nigro-piceis, fortiter dense 
punctatis, lineis 4 parum elevatis. Long. -50. 

Sacramento Valley, Mr. Rathvon. 


ANORUS. 


Corpus elongatum, lineare. Caputlatiusculum, oculis majusculis, ore angus- 
to, sutura clypeali distincto, clypeo brevi, trapezoideo, labro late rotundato. 
Antenne distantes, ante oculos insert, 1l-articulate, articulo 1mo crassiore 
conico, 2ndo duplo breviore, 3io 1mo equali, 4—11 sensim paulo longioribus et 
angustioribus. Mandibule crasse, acute. Palpi tenues, maxillares articulo 
ultimo longiore. Coxe antice conic, contigue, trochantino maximo ; proster- 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 


no haud producto; intermedie conice oblique, paulo distantes, mesosterno 
antice prominulo breviter carinato: postice oblique laminis intus sensim dila- 
tatis: pedes mediocres, tibiis calcaribus distinctis, tarsis articulo 1mo longiore, 
2 et 3 subtus lobo membraneo, 4to lobis duobus membraneis instructis, ungui- 
culis simplicibus. Abdomen sub-6-articulatum, articulo 6to (maris ?) apice ro- 
tundato, retractili. 

A genus which appears to belong to the Atopide, though very distinct from 
those mentioned in Lacordaire’s work. 


25. A. piceus, piceus nitidus, minus subtiliter cinereo-pubescens, capite 
thoraceque punctulatis, hoc latitudine plus duplo breviore, antrorsum modice 
angustato, lateribus rotundatis, basi late bisinuato, elytris seriatim punctatis, 
substriatis. Long. °33. 

San Diego, California: June. I have previously neglected to describe this 
insect from my uncertainty in regard to its position. I trust that the previous 
description will enable it to be recognized, for although there is nothing remark- 
able in the appearance of this dark brown, hairy narrow insect, there is hardly 
any genus with which it may be compared. 


26. Anobium marginicolle, fuscum, subtilissime punctulatum, breviter 
pubescens, thorace latitudine breviore, lateribus valde rotundatis fortiter mar- 
ginatis, elytris thorace latioribus, elongatis, vix obsoletissime striatis, antennis 
articulis 3 ultimis singulatim articulos 4—8 longitudine xquantibus: oculis 
majusculis prominulis. Long. °21. 

Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Belongs to the division Dryophilus Chevr., and 
differs from a nondescript Pennsylvanian species given me by Dr. Melsheimer, 
by the thorax being strongly margined on the sides, by the last joints of the 
antenne being comparatively less elongated, and by the eyes being less prumi- 
nent. 

27. Anobium quadrulum, cylindricum, piceum, pube brevi cinerea seri- 
cans, thorace latitudine breviore, inequali, scabro, lateribus subsinuatis valde 
marginatis, angulis posticis subrectis, basi late rotundato, scutello densius pube- 
scente, elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis, 
antennis articulis 3 ultimis conjunctis precedentes equantibus. Long. 18. 

Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson, Allied to A.foveatum Kirby, but is less 
elongate, with the sides of the thorax less sinuous, the posterior angles not 
acute but subrectangular, and the base much less rounded. . 


28. Anobium cornutum, nigrum, cylindrico-ovale, subtiliter punctula- 
tum, pube brevissima cana vix conspicua vestitum, thorace latitudine duplo 
breviore, modice convexo, lateribus precipue ante medium rotundatis, basi late- 
rotundato, angulis posticis rectis prominulis, antennarum articulis 3 ultimis. 
conjunctis reliquos fere equantibus. Long. -11. 

Mas, mandibulis cornu erecto tenui, capite sesqui longiore apice incurvo, 
armatis; femina mandibulis simplicibus. 

California. This interesting species was sent me by Mr. Andrew Murray, as. 
having been hatched in great numbers from some galls sent from California. 
The two horns of the male meet at their incurved tips. 


Scoropanvs. 


Corpus elongatum oblongum, apterum, elytris haud connatis. Clypeus pla- 
nus antice truncatus: labrum late rotundatum: mentum parvum subhexagonum 
medio subeleyatum, apice liberum, fere truncatum: antenne extrorsum paulo. 
crassiores, articulo 2ndo brevi, externis 4 vel 5 rotundatis. Pedes mediocres,. 
femoribus paulo clavatis, tibiis angustis, linea interna insculptis, tarsis tibiis- 
fere duplo brevioribus, articulis subtus flavo-villoris, articulo posticorum 1mo 
paulo longiore. 

Allied to Upis, Centrionipus, Nyctibates, &c., but easily distinguished by the 
above noted charactezs. 


1859.] 


88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


29. S. parallelus, elongatus, niger, subnitidus, capite thoraceqne subti- 
lius sat dense punctatis, hoc latitudine paulo breviore, postice paulo angustato, 
lateribus late rotundatis, angulis posticis acutis, elytris thorace hand latiori- 
bus, seriatim punctatis, interstitiis sat dense subtiliter punctatis. Long. +75; 
lat. *30. 

Sacramento Valley, Mr. Rathvon. The humeri are obtuse, very slightly 
rounded. 


30. Phryganophilus collaris, elongatus niger, capite dense punctato, 
thorace latitudine plus sesqui breviore, antice angustato, lateribus valde ro- 
tundatis, basi bisinuato, disco utrinque late transversim oblique excavato, 
punctulato, rufo, medio nigricante, elytris thorace hand latioribus confertissime 
granulato-punctatis, antennis extrorsum paulo incrassatis, articulo 3io 4to 
zequali; abdominis articulo ultimo rufo. Long. *33. 

Washington Territory, Mr. Gibbs. The palpi and feet are destroyed: it is 
perhaps a Phryganophilus, but in the absence of an authentic type of the genus 
for comparison, I cannot be certain. 


31. Anaspis nigriceps, elongata, flavo-testacea, subtiliter pubescens, 
transversim subtiliter strigoso, capite nigro, ore palpisque flavis, thorace latita- 
dine duplo breviore,lateribus rotundatis, subtus fusca, antennis fuscis basi flavis, 
pedibus coxisque flavis, tarsis posterioribus fuscis. Long. ‘11. 

Oregon, Dr. Suckley. Smaller than 4. pallescens Mann. and differing in 
the color of the head and under surface. No sexual characters observed. 


32. Elaphidion procerum, (femina,) picea, tenuiter minus dense brevis- 
sime sordide pubescens, thorace latitudine breviore, lateribus rotundatis, in et 
versus latera inequali, confiuenter foveatim punctato, linea dorsali levi, sulco 
basali profundiore, elytris antice modice, postice subtiliter punctatis ad api- 
cem truncatis bispinosis, spina interna longiore, femoribus hand spinosis, 
antennis articulo 3io spina interna brevi, spiculoque externo obsoleto, sequen- 
tibus spinula externa alteraque interna armatis. Long. 1-50. 

Umpqua Valley, Dr. Newberry. Closely resembles the female of E. sim- 
plicicolle Hald. (£. pulverulentum Hald.,) but is much larger, with the 
sutural spine of the elytra longer than the outer one ; the thorax is less round- 
ed, much more coarsely punctured, with the basal groove deeper; tne dorsal 
elevation is also linear, there is an anterior oblique discoidal callus each 
side, and the sides are quite distinctly impressed : in E. simplicicolle the 
discoidal callus is not seen and the sides are hardly impressed. 


33. Leptura xanthogaster, elongata, nigra, opaca, capite thoraceque 
parce longe fiavo-villosis, dense punctatis, hoc convexo, latitudine longiore, 
campanulato, lateribus subangulatis ante basin paulo angustato, et profunde 
transversim sulcato, elytris humeris elevatis, postice sensim paulo angustatis, 
punctatis flavis nitidis parce breviter flavo-pubescentibus, macula oblonga sub- 
humerali, altera laterali ad medium, trienteque postico nigris, abdomine pedi- 
busque flavis, tibiis ad apicem tarsisque anterioribus infuscatis. Long. °43. 

Shoalwater Bay, Dr. Cooper. Of the same form and size as L. crassipes 
Lec., but it differs by the absence of the subapical round yellow spot of the 
elytra, as well as by the yellow abdomen. 


34. L. quadrillum, nigra parum nitida, capite thoraceque confertissime 
“punctatis, pube brevi erecta minus dense vestitis, hoc valde convexo, lateri- 
bus rotundatis, ante basin transversim sulcato, angulis posticis haud produc- 
‘tis ; elytris ad basin thorace tertia parte latioribus, humeris elevatis, a basi an- 
gustatis, ad apicem oblique truncatis, angulo externo acuto, sat dense puncta- 
tis, parce breviter pubescentibus, guttis tribus ad marginem pallide flavis 
ornatis, prima basali, secunda obliqua paulo ante medium, tertia pone medium, 
alteraque elongata pone medium subsuturali, sepe deficiente ornatis. Long. 
2. 

Shoalwater Bay, Dr. Cooper, Washington Territory, Messrs. Gibbs and Ken- 


[ Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 89 


4 


nerly. The basal spot of the margin is concealed in a dorsal view by the 
prominent shoulders, within which the disc is obliquely impressed. The tho- 
rax is nearly asin L. vagans, but the form of the elytra is very different ; 
the species belongs in the neighborhood of L. pubera Say. The subsutural 
spot forms with the posterior lateral one a transverse band stretching forwards 
along the suture: there is sometimes also a scutellar yellow spot. 


35. L. letifica, nigra opaca, pube erecta nigra brevi parce vestita, capite 
thoraceque confertissime punctatis, hoc antrorsum sensim angustato, latitu- 
dine baseos vix longiore, lateribus late rotundatis, angulis posticis vix pro- 
minulis, disco postice subimpresso, ad basin marginato, elytris thorace latiori- 
bus, vix triangularibus, lete coccineis opacis, antice fortiter, postice subtilius 
punctatis, gutta quadrata prope suturam ante medium, alteraque versus mar- 
ginem ad medium, nonnunquam deficientibus, margineque apicali nigris ; pos- 
tice paulo dehiscentibus ad apicem truncatis, angulo externo acuto, suturis 
ventralibus rufo-piceis. Long. °43. 

Shoalwater Bay, Dr. Cooper; Washington Territory, Mr. Gibbs. The anten- 
nz are entirely black, subserrate and slightly thickened towards the tip, 
extending to the anterior fourth of the elytra. This species may be placed 
between the groups of L. canadensis and L. vagans. 


36. Leptura sanguinea, nigra, opaca, pube erecta parce vestita, capite 
thoraceque confiuenter dense punctatis, hoc ante medium antrorsum sensim 
angustato, latitudine paulo longiore, lateribus rotundatis, utrinque vix con- 
stricto, angulis posticis vix prominulis, elytris thorace latioribus, triangulari- 
bus, lete rufis, confertim punctatis, postice paulo dehiscentibus, apice oblique 
truncatis et nigro-marginatis. Long. °4. 

W. Territory, Mr. Gibbs. Allied to the preceding, but differs by the thorax 
being less narrowed in front, and the elytra much more closely punctured. 
The male has the thorax narrower and the outer margin of the elytra blackish. 


37. Leptura dehiscens, minus elongata, nigra pube parca fulva erecta 
antice vestita, capite thoraceque dense fortiter punctatis, hoe convexo, lateri- 
bus valde rotundatis, antice multo angustiore, apice marginato, basi transver- 
sim impresso, elytris postice subangustatis obscure rubris, confertim puncta- 
tis, sutura postice rotundata valde dehiscente, apice haud acuto infuscato. 
Long. °5. 

Oregon, Dr. Suckley. Allied to L. vagans, but with the punctures 
smaller and more dense, the elytra less triangular and not acute at apex: the 
antenne are entirely black. 


38. L. lugens, elongata nigra, opaca, capite thoraceque confertissime punc- 
tatis, pube brevi erecta parce vestitis, hoc latitudine longiore antrorsum sen- 
sim angustato, lateribus late rotundatis, ante basin transversim vix sulcato, 
angulis posticis paulo prominulis, elytris thorace latioribus, humeris subeleva- 
tis a basi postice paulo angustatis, postice dehiscentibus, et ad suturam rotun- 
datis, angulo externo distincto, antice fortiter, postice subtilius punctatis, 
antennis corpore paulo brevioribus. Long. °42. : 

Shoalwater Bay, Dr. Cooper. This species might be placed near L. 
nigrella, but the posterior angles of the thorax are hardly visible, the 
humeral parts of the elytra are more prominent, the elytra are more dehis- 
cent and the sutural angle altogether rounded. 


39. Syneta suturalis, fusca, capite thoraceque dense rude punctatis, 
hoc lateribus bisinuatis, ad medium unidentatis, antice posticeque margine 
lato pallido ornato, elytris albis, sutura infuscata, seriatim punctatis, anguste 
marginatis, costis duabus parum elevatis intermediaque vix distincta, antennis, 
-ore pedibusque pallide testaceis. Long. :23. 

Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. A very distinct little species, with only a sin- 
gle lateral thoracic tooth. 


1859.] 


90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


40. Syneta seriata, testacea, capite thoraceque dense fortiter punctatis, 
hoc lateribus bisinuatis, medio obtuse lobatis, elytris seriatim punctatis, anguste 
marginatis, lineis duabus internis parum distinctis, externa paulo elevata. 
Long. -20. 

California, Mr. Rathvon. Also quite distinct: there is no conspicuous lateral 
tooth. 


41. Anoplitis quadrata, (/ispa quadraia Fabr.) A specimen from Cali- 
fornia, not differing perceptibly from those found in Pennsylvania, was given me 
by Mr. Rathvon. 


42. Gallernuca angularis, supra ochrea, dense pubescens, band subtiliter 
dense punctata, thorace inwquali, latitudine fere duplo breviore, antice postice- 
que transversim impresso, canaliculato, lateribus obliquis rotundatis, basi sinu- 
ata, angulis posticis acutis prominulis, elytris vitta laterali infuscata, guttisque 
parvis remotis serie triplici ornatis, subtus nigra, pedibus flavis, anteunis fuscis. 
Long. 22. 

California, Mr. Rathvon. Allied toG. guttulata, but differs by the form 
of the thorax and by the black elytral dots being arranged in series. 

43. Coccinella lacustris Zec. Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. 


44, Chilochorus pl e uralis, hemisphericus, niger, subtiliter punctulatus, ely- 
tris macula rubra magna rotundata ante medium signatis, epipleuris ante me- 
dium late rufo-marginatis, parapleuris rufis. Long. -26. 

California, Mr. Rathvon. Largerthan C. bivulnerusandC. fraternus, 
and differing from both, not only by the red spot being situated before the mid- 
dle of the elytron, but by the abdomen being entirely black. 


On motion, it was resolved that a committee of five be appointed to 
take measures for the formation of a permanent fund for the purposes of 
the Academy, and that the plan adopted by them be reported to the 
Academy for approval at the next meetivg for business. 


March 1st. 
Vice-President BripGss in the Chair. 


Fifty. four members present. 

Dr. Robert E. Rogers exhibited Richie’s modification of the Riihm- 
korff induction apparatus, and the modification of the ordinary electrical 
machine, by Prof. Wagner, of Vienna; in the original machine a large 
circle of wire carefully insulated is attached to the prime conductor ; 
Dr. Rogers replaced this by hollow globes of glass silvered on the inside, 
and showed that the power of the machine was thus greatly increased. 

On leave granted, the report of the Biological Department of the last 
month was read and ordered to be printed. 


March 8th. 
Dr. Hays in the Chair. 


Thirty-five members present. 
A specimen of Lepidosteus bison, taken at Bombay Hook, on the 
Delaware River, was presented by Mr. Andrew Vanderslice. 


[ March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 


March 15th. 


Vice-President BripGes in the Chair. 


Fifty members present. 

The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings : 

Notes on Coluber calligaster Say, and description of new species 
of Serpents in the collection of the North-western University of Kvans- 
ton, Ill. By R. Kennicott. 

Ichthyological Notices. By Charles Girard, M. D. 

And were referred to Committees. 


The Proceedings of the Academy for February was laid on the table 
by the Committee. 


Mr. Foulke announced the death, at Rome, on the 13th uit., of Charles 
F. Beck, M. D., late a member of the Academy. 


March 22d. 
Vice-President BripGEs in the Chair. 


Forty-four members present. 

Tie following was presented for publication in the Proceedings : 

Catalogue of Birds collected on the rivers Camma and Ozobai, W est- 
ern Africa by Mr. P. Duchaillu, in 1853, with notes and descriptions 
of new species. By John Cassin. 

And was referred to a Committee. 


Dr. Leidy called the attention of the members to the tooth of the Mastodon, 
from Tambla, Honduras, presented by Capt. J. M. Dow, this evening. Itis a 
last superior molar, and presents a greater degree of developement of the inter- 
vening accessory lobes of the crowa than is usual in the teeth of Mastodon 
ohioticus, but it nevertheless most probably belongs to the same species. 

Dr. L. then directed attention to the fine collection of teeth and fragments of 
jaws of Mosasaurus, from the Green Sand of Monmouth Co., New Jersey, pre- 
sented by Mr. J. H. Slack, and other gentlemen through him. The specimens 
illustrate, in a striking manner, the mode of development and succession of the 
teeth, noticed some time since in the Proceedings, (1857, p. 176). The speci- 
mens further exhibit variations in form and size, though obtained from the same 
individual. The teeth, with conical crowns and polyhedral sides, are those usu- 
ally viewed as characteristic of Mosasaurus. Others had been referred to the 
genus Geosaurus ; and such as were much compressed with trenchant borders, 
and without planes, were viewed as characteristic of the genus Letodon. 

The large humerus, presented by Mr. M. P. Rue, through Mr. Slack, was not 
found in the same marl pit as the Mosasaurus, though in the same formation not 
far distant. It bears a strong resemblance in form and size to the correspond- 
ing bone of Hadrosaurus, though presenting sufficient anatomical difference to 
belong to another genus. It perhapsbelongs to Mosasaurus ; the bones of the 
extremities of this animal yet remaining unknown. 

Dr. L. added he was inclined to suspect that all the remains of Mosasawrus 
hitherto discovered in America belonged to one species, at least there appears 
insufficient evidence to separate them. Perhaps, however, the remains of the 
Mosasaurus, discovered in the green sand of the western portion of the conti- 

“nent, may indicate a different species from those obtained from the eastern por- 
tion. 


1859.] 


92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Synonymy of the American Mosasaurus, 
1. From toe Eastern PORTION OF THE CONTINENT. ° 
Saurian, resembling the reptile of Maestricht. Mitchell: Obs. Geol. N. Am. 
1818, 384, pl. viii. fig. 4. 


Mosasaurus. Dekay: Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 1828—36, iii. 135. Morton: 
Am. Jour. Sci. 1830, xviii. 246; Syn. Org. Rem. 1834, 27. Harlan: Trans. 
Geol. Soc. 1835, 81; Med. Phys. Res. 1835, 285. Emmons: N. Car. Geol. 
Surv. 1858, 217. 


Geosaurus Mitchelli. Dekay: Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 1828—36, iii. 138. Har- 
lan: Trans. Geol. Soc. 1835, 82; Med. Phys. Res. 1835, 285 ; Edinb. Phil. Jour- 
1834, xviii. 32. Pictet: Palmont. 1853, i. 506. 


Geosaurus. Morton: Am. Jour. Sci. 1830, xviii. 246, Syn. Org. Rem. 1834, 
28. 

Saurian reptile, or Maestricht monitor. Harlan: Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1825, 
235; Trans. Geol. Soc. 1835, 81; Med. Phys. Res. 285, 384. 

Mosasaurus Dekayi. Brono: Leth. Geog. 1838, ii. 760. Gibbes: Smiths. 
Contrib. 1858, 8. Pictet: Palwont. 1853, i. 505.’ 

Mosasaurus occidentalis. Morton: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1844, 133. 

Mosasaurus Camperi or M. Hofmani. In part of Pictet: Palwont. 1845, 
ii. 64. 

Atlantochelys Mortoni. Agassiz: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1849, 169. 


Mosasaurus minor; M. Couperi; and M. carolinensis. Gibbes: Smiths. Con- 
trib. 1850. 


Mosasaurus Maximiliani. Pictet, in part: Paleont. 1853, i. 505. Emmons: 
N. Car. Geol. Surv. 1858, 217. 


Mosasaurus Mitchelli. The name which according to usage should be adopted, 
if the eastern is a distinct species from the western one. 


2. FRomM THE WESTERN PORTION OF THE CONTINENT. 

Ichthyosaurus missouriensis. Harlan: Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1834, 405; Tr. 
Geol. Soc. 1835, 80; Med. Phys. Res. 1835, 284, 344. 

Batrachiosaurus. Harlan: Lond. Edinb. Phil. Mag. 1839, xiv. 302. 

Batrachotherium. Harlan: Bul. Soc. Geol. 1839, x. 90. 

Batrachiosaurus missouriensis. Yon Meyer: Jahrb. Min 1845, 313. 

Mosasaurus Neovidii. Von Meyer: Jahrb. Min. 1845, 312. Pictet: Palxont. 
1853, i. 505. 

Mosasaurus Mazimiliani. Goldfuss: Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. Nat. Cur. 1845, 
xxi. 179; Jahrb. Min 1847, 122. In part of Pictet: Paleont. 1853, i. 505. 


Mosasaurus missouriensis. Leidy : Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1857, 90. This name, 
according to usage, is the one to be adopted for the western species, if distinct 
from the eastern one. 


Dr. Bridges announced the decease, at Charleston, S. C., on the 16th 
inst., of Dr. Thos. D. Miitter, late a member of the Academy. Dr. 
Miitter was elected in 1883, and at one time held the office of Record- 
ing Secretary of the Academy. . 

On leave granted, a vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. M. P. Rue, 
of Perrinesville, N. Jersey, for the valuable donation of fossils pre- 
sented by him this evening. 


[ March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 


March 29th. 


Mr. Le, President, in the Chair. 


Fifty members present. 

The Report of the Proceedings of the Biological Department for the 
present month was read. 

The paper read before the Biological Department, entitled “ On Sup- 
puration in Cancerous Growths, by J. J. Woodward, M. D.,” was re- 
commended for publication in a Medical Journal. 

On report of the respective Committees the following were ordered to 
be printed in the Proceedings : 


Observations on the Species of Nicotiana. 
BY JOHN LE CONTE. 


“Planta beata, decus terrarum, munus Olympi, 

Dissipat ignavum cerebro veternum, 

Ingenium illustrat, si quando aut multa tenebras 

Colligit ingluvies cerebro, aut molimine longo 

Tutellectus hiat, rerum neque concipit umbras, 

Conceptasve tenet, vel caeca oblivia regnant, 

Ut seme) irrepit blando lux indita fumo, 

Aufugiunt nubes atree, curzeque tenaces, 

Vis micat Inventrix. dato velut ohice veli 

Tota oculis animi patet, ampli machina mundi. 
Tappius Orat. de Tabaco 


Among the extraordinary usages and customs which have been adopted by 
man, and which have become nearly universal, none is more so than the use of 
tobacco. That a plant, the first taste of which is so extremely nauseous, and 
the effects produced by it so highly disagreeable, should become over the whole 
habitable world an indispensable article of enjoyment, may well strike us with 
wonder. Other plants for their exciting or intoxicating properties have always 
been in use; for instance, the poppy, hemp and the Amanita muscaria but to- 
bacco never produced these effecis ; rather the contrary, it soothes and indeed 
stupifies, when not taken in excess. When a sufficient quantity is taken to act 
with its full power on the animal economy, the feelings produced are most un- 
qualifiedly disagreeable and annoying, nausea, vertige, cold perspirations, pal- 
pitation of the heart, and a sensation which must be very much like the 
approach of death. Other narcotics, as opium and the extract of hemp, produce 
nothing but the most pleasing emotions. What then bas induced man to adopt 
the use of this plant so opposite in its qualities ? The answer is contained in the 
verses placed at the head of this pap*r, for the effects there described are truly 
what arise from the temperate use of tobacco. Whether the use of any species 
of this plant, or of others having similar properties, was known to the ancients, 
is a question hard to be resolved. Ali that I can collect on this subject follows : 
Herodotus (Klio, 202) says of the Skythi, that ‘ they take the berries of a cer- 
tain tree, kindle a fire, and assemble around it in parties, and then throw these 
berries on the fire, inhale the smoke, and intoxicate themselves with the smell, 
in the same manner the Greeks do with wine; the more fruit they throw on, the 
more intoxicated they get, until they rise up to dance and proceed to sing.” 
He says they likewise purify themselves after a funeral in the following man- 
ner. ‘They make a close tent of felt blankets, with a vase filled with red bot 
stones placed in it. Then taking some hemp seed, creep in under the blankets 
and scatter it on the red hot stones, and produce such a vapor as no Grecian 
stove can. Delighted with the effect produced, they utter loud howlings ; this 
stands them instead of a bath, for they never by any chance wash their bodies 
in water.” In this respect they resemble our American Indians, and must have 


1859.] 


94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


been as filthy in their habits. The women it appears removed the smell of the 
dirt, with which they were habitually covered, by the application of a per- 
fumed paste, Solinus, cap. x. 2 5, informs us that the Thrakes occasion a kind of 
ebrious excitement by burning the seeds of plants which they possess, and in- 
haling the smoke. Pomponius Mela, lib. u. cap. u. 435, has very nearly the 
same words. Strabo, however, lib. vu. alluding to a similar custom, calls those 
who make use of this method of excitement Kazvofiras or livers in smoke, or 
more properly as appears from other copies of his work, Kaavrdras smoke 
walkers. The first three authors allude to the use of hemp; whether they did 
not put the dried leaves of this plant into pipes, as Strabo’s men from the name 
he gives them probably did, we cannot now determine. It is certain that pipes 
have been found buried at great depths in the earth, where they could not have 
been placed within four hundred years. Dioscorides, in his treatise on materia 
medica, lib. m1. cap. 126, says, that the dried leaves of Yusselago farfara, set on 
fire and the smoke drawn through a tube (infundibulum) and received into the 
mouth, will cure those who are suffering undera dry cough or orthopnea. Caius 
Plinius, lib. xxvi. cap 16, recommends the same, and in the preceding chapter 
15, the Hyoscyamus niger. Here are instances of smoking the leaves of plants, 
from tubes or pipes. 

It is generally believed that tobacco was nét known in Europe previously to 
the discovery of America. Yet one of the species known, and commonly culti- 
vated in Europe and Asia, is never seen in this country except as a curiosity in 
botanic gardens. America was discovered in 1492. If the use of this herb 
was not known out of our country before this date, it is certainly inconceivable 
that in a few years after the time of Columbus, a little more than one hundred, 
the smoking, chewing and snufiing of tobacco should have spread through the 
habitable world, extended to the remotest districts of Africa, to India and to 
China, where nations are so averse to introduce any innovation in their customs. 
But when we come to consider that there is one species peculiar to Europe and 
Asia, another to Africa, and a third to America, I do not think that it will be 
difficult to suppose that it may have been in use in the remotest ages. Here 
fullows all that I have been able to collect on this subject. None of the older 
travellers in thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, as Marco Polo, Pego- 
letto and Clavigo, in 1403, and the Portuguese voyagers, Vasco de Gama, 
Alvarez, Cabral and Pacheco, about 1500, mention having seen it used ; Postel, 
Belon and Burbeck, Caspar Balby, John Newberry aad Rauwolf, about a hun- 
dred years after, are equally silent with regard to the custom. Keeling is the 
first traveller whom I can find observing its use, this was in 1507. Kempfer in 
1560, and Isbrand Ides in 1692, say that its use was universal in China, both 
among men and women. In the year 1607, according to the observations of 
Mr. Fitch in his voyaye to Sierra Leone, the negroes there cultivated tobacco, 
which he says appears to be half their food. According to Bosman in 1700, 
all the inland negroes used to cultivate tobacco, and from the description which * 
he gives of the leaf, it appears to have been the same species as that formerly 
cultivated by the Spaniards in Cuba and South America, 

Tobacco was first imported into France from Brazil, by Andrew Thevet, his- 
torian and Cosmographer to the king, in 1558. He says in his work, “ France 
Antarctique,” that the natives carefully gather the herb and dry it in the shade 
of their little cabins. The manner of using it is this; after drying it, they 
wrap a quantity of the herb in a very large palm leaf, and roll it to the size of 
a candle, then putting fire to one end receive the smoke of it by the nose and 
mouth. It is pretended that Raleigh introduced it into England in 1584, but 
this is not true. To John Nicot belongs the credit of having first actually in- 
troduced the use of it into France. It appears that he obtained the seed of 
it in Portugal, whither it was said to have been brought from Florida. John 
Nicot was an ambassador from France to the Portuguese court, during the 
reign of Charles the Ninth. When he sent the seed of this plant to France, he 


[ March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 


accompanied it with a small box of snuff, in the use of which Queen Catharine 
de Medici took such pleasure, that it soon became popular and fashionable. 
Thus much for its early history. 

Tobacco, at all times, has had its detractors and its defenders; theologians 
and physicians have striven to eradicate its use, or to defend it as a perfectly 
harmless ingredient, in the pleasant employment of time. The number of pub- 
lications for and against it has been truly enormous, but those who take the 
contrary part have been more distinguished by their extraordinary exaggera- 
tions and barefaced falsehoods, than by any just reasoning on the subject. It 
would be out of place here, to more than allude to the literary compositions 
of this nature, particularly those of an early date, at the head of which stands 
the Misocapnus of James the First, of England. Modern writers, even of our 
own times, are not wanting, who have not hesitated to invent the most flagrant 
falsehoods about the use of a substance, which, at the worst, involved only a 
small loss of time and of money. One has said that the decline of certain na- 
tions, the Chinese and Turks, must be attributed to the use of this plant. Others 
(calling themselves Doctors in Medicine,) have attributed almost every disease 
that afflicts humanity to this propensity. The great mortality attending Asiatic 
cholera has been ascribed to it. The enemies of alcohol, of tea and of coffee, 
all combine in a warfare against tobacco. They invent the most ridiculous 
stories to bring these articles into disrepute. Some have had the folly to say 
that leeches have been instantly killed when applied to those who used tobacco, 
and that bugs and fleas would not bite such persons. One Dr. Long, of New 
Hampshire, states that he was consulted by a Mrs. F., ‘on account of her 
daughter, who had a small ring-worm at the tip of her nose; she wished to 
apply tobacco to it.” The Doctor objected, and related to her a story, probably 
of his own extemporary fabrication, of a father “who had destroyed his little son 
by the application of tobacco spittle to an eruption on his head.” The good 
woman did not believe the docter, and when he was gone besmeared the tip of 
her finger with some of the juice from the grandmother’s pipe, and applied it to 
the ring-worm; the instant the mother’s finger touched the part affected, ‘‘ the 
eyes of the little girl rolled up in their sockets, she sallied back, and was pre- 
vented from falling by the alarmed mother.” The child was then attacked by 
trismus and deep insensibility ; she was, however, restored by the application 
of ammoniaand lavender. “ Till this time,” says the Doctor, ‘ the child had been 
robust and healthy, never having had but one illness that required medical ad- 
vice, but since the tobacco experiment, has been continually feeble and sickly. 
The first four or five years after this terrible operation, she was subject to faint- 
ing fits every three or four weeks, lasting from twelve to twenty-four hours. 
Within the last three or four years these ¢wrns have been less severe.” 

In the first years of the introduction of tobacco into general use, laws were 
passed against it, chiefly, I presume, because it was looked upon as possessing 
intoxicating properties. Amurath, the IV., Sultan of Turkey, finding it impos- 
sible, himself, to learn to smoke, issued a violent decree against its use. Those 
convicted of being snuff-takers or smokers, were condemned to receive fifty 
blows of a cane on the soles of their feet, and on a repetition of the offence, to’ 
lose their noses. The same punishments for using tobacco were inflicted by 
Michael Fédérowich, in Russia, which law was in force until the accession of 
Peter the Great. Tavernier relates that, Sefi, king of Persia, punished those 
who were caught smoking by pouring melted lead into their mouths until they 
were dead. Chardin tells us the following anecdote of King Abbas, the grand- 
father of Sefi:—Having tried without success to prevent the use of tobacco, 
the smoke of which was offensive to him, and in order to punish his courtiers 
who used it, at the end of a sumptuous banquet which he had given them, 
he offered them pipes filied with dry horse dung instead of tobacco. From time 
to time his majesty asked them how they liked the tobacco; they all declared 
that nothing could be more delicious; it possessed the perfume of a thousand 


1859.] 


96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


flowers. The king looking at them with indignation, exclaimed, Cursed be the 
drug which cannot be distinguished from horse dung. 

The fanatics who first colonized New England, and who wished to make mere 
animated statues of their fellow creatures, could not resist the opportunity of 
putting a restraint upon this innocent enjoyment. They therefore ordered “ that 
no man shall take any tobacco publicly in the street, highway, or in any barn- 
yards, or upon training days, or in any open places,” under the penalty of six- 
pence for each offence. I might fill pages with similar relations, and with 
accounts of attacks made upon this favorite weed, but I forbear. 

I have used tobacco for more than sixty years without perceiving any ill effects 
produced by it. I was once induced to abandon it for about six months, but 
this disuse brought on numerous and painful ulcers of the tongue, which promptly 
vanished on resuming its use. 

I have never observed it to have any exciting effects on the body or mind, but 
on the contrary, its action appears to be entirely soothing and sedative. Let a 
person overwhelmed with fatigue of body and mind set himself down in an easy 
posture, light his segar or pipe, and cease to think; by the time his fumate is 
burnt out, he will find himself entirely relieved from his fatigue, with mind re- 
freshed, and body strengthened. Drs. Pereira and Christison, say they have 
never known any well ascertained ill effects having been produced by the ha- 
bitual practice of smoking. 

The great variety of tobacco met with in commerce, differing in color, in fia- 
yor, and in strength, does not depend upon a difference in species or variety, but 
almost entirely on the soil in which it has grown, in the method of curing it, 
and the adulterations which it undergoes in passing through the hands of unscru- 
pulous dealers. Thus manured land never produces the plant of the first qua- 
lity ; for this purpose, a virgin soil, very rich and strong, with but little calca- 
reous matter is required. This, however, will not endure for a longer space 
than six years; it gradually deteriorates, until at last it is entirely worn out, 
and cannot be brought back to its original state by the application of manure. 
This always renders it disagreeably strong, and highly impregnated with nitre. 
Calcareous soils produce these same effects, and thus the tobacco of our West- 
ern States is inferior to the Virginian, and may easily be known by a saline 
taste. If tobacco be cured without the use of artificial heat, its fine flavor is 
better preserved, and its color more uniform. Again, if dried with little ex- 
posure to the air, it becomes of a bright yellow color. The best tobacco for 
smoking comes to us from the tropics, possessed of a peculiar flavor and per- 
fume; this was once the case with all the segars brought from Cuba, At present, 
those that are introduced into the United States from that island are adulte- 
rated with tobacco of an inferior kind; they are not at all like those brought 
fifty yearsago. Hither the plant has deteriorated by mixing with other species, 
or is so adulterated by a mixture with the common tobacco of our country, that 
the true flavor is entirely lost. Vessels loaded with tobacco, the produce of our 
own soil, are constantly leaving our shores for the port of Havanna. Besides, 
large quantities of an inferior quality produced from imported seed are now 
sent from New England, and either used there or brought back and sold here 
as genuine Havanna. The last good tobacco that I have smoked was made by 
myself in Georgia, about thirty years ago. This possessed the delightful per- 
fume peculiar to the best raised within the tropics; it was at the same time 
very mild and burnt freely. There is, however, much imagination in the judg- 
ment which we form of tobacco. 

I might here point out the method by which deleterious substances are mixed 
with tobacco, and how the leaves of various other plants are substituted for it. 
Some of the most extensively used manufactured tobacco has poisonous drugs 
mixed with it, which increase its action on the system, particularly on the brain, 
in such a degree as to become really dangerous. Those persons, therefore, who 
use it for a masticatory, would do well to employ no other than the pure leaves 


[ March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 


as they are brought from Virginia. Almost all the pressed tobacco is defiled 
with liquorice or molasses, which substances ¢onceal the bad taste of the infe- 
rior qualities. The method by which the flavor of our plant is imparted to 
plants which have none of their own is as follows :—A quantity of the refuse 
tobacco is boiled in wine, or more frequently in human urine, until a strong fluid 
extract is obtained; to this some salt is added. It is then poured upon the 
dried leaves of other plants, such as rhubarb, burdock, sunflower, cabbage, or 
broad-leaved dock, which, after remaining in the fluid a sufficient time to ab- 
sorb as much of it as they can contain, are hung up to dry and then made into 
Havanna segars. Cut tobacco, likewise intended for smoking, is mixed with 
the leaves of stramonium and foxglove and with opium. There is, however, 
no end to the dishonesties practised by tobacco manufacturers. 

I now proceed to describe the plant as it has come under my observation, 
premising that I do not believe that the species here noted are any where to be 
found in a perfectly wild or native state. Mr. Lehman, the last authority on 
this subject, enumerates twenty-one species. I have seen but four, and one of 
these looks very much like some other genus. [allude to W. guadrivalvis. The 
other species of Nicotiana have but two valves in the capsules. The three 
remaining species, I know from experience, mutually mix together. I omit a de- 
scription of the genus. 


NicoTrana TABACUM. Annual, viscid, branching. Leaves oblong lanceolate, 
broad, acuminate, most entire, for the most part strictly sessile, at the base 
more or less decurrent, subamplexicaul. Flowers§paniculately corymbose, 
terminal, with linear lanceolate bractes. Calyx oblong, five-cleft, the divisions 
lanceolate acute. Corolla infundibuliform, much longer than the calyx, the 
tube viscid, greenish, the limb pale rosy, spreading, the lobes ovate acute, 
capsule a little longer than the calyx, stigma transversely sulcate on the top. 

This is the common tobacco of commerce, called by different names, Vir- 
ginian, Kentucky, Nagadoches, &c. It is not agreeable to smoke, unless weak- 
ened by washing in water. It is the only kind fit forchewing. Teo much care 
cannot be taken in the operation of curing it, and much of its goodness depends 
upon the manner in which it has been dried and fermented. The Indians in 
this country are in the habit of mixing it with the leaves of Rhus glabrum and 
Laurus Borbonia, or the scraped bark of Cornus sanguinea, all of which improve 
its taste in a remarkable degree. 


N. rruticosa. Perennial, pubescent, viscid, branching. Leaves lanceolate, 
acuminate, most entire, sometimes very shortly petiolate, most generally sessile, 
the lower ones amplexicaul. The inflorescence the same as of the preceding, 
stigma subbilobate. 

This is the far-famed tobacco of the Island of Cuba and of all the tropical 
parts of America. I have been told that it is the species cultivated in the in- 
terior of Africa. It is probably indigenous to that portion of the globe. An 
African, from a region in that country far distant from the sea, who was well 
acquainted with the cultivation of the plant in his own country as well as in 
this, told me when he first saw this species growiug in Georgia, that it was the 
kind which grew in his country. He could not well be mistaken, for the leaves 
of WV. tabacum are very wide, whilst on the contrary of the WV. fruticosa they are 
rather narrow. It is from this species that the so-called Havanna segars ought 
to be made. But it seems to me that very little of it enters into the composition 
of what we now receive from Cuba. 


N. rustica. Annual, villous, viscid, branching. Leaves petiolate, ovate or 
roundish obtuse most entire, sometimes more or less cordate, divisions of the 
calyx short, ovate or roundish. Corolla greenish yellow. Stigma entire. 

From this species, which is nearly as agreeable for smoking as the last, are 
produced the varieties called Turkish, Chinese, East Indian, Shirazian and 
Latakia tobacco. Itis said to have been imported from America into England 


1859.] 


98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


in the year 1578, and yet has never been seen here except cultivated as a curi- 
osity in gardens, the seed being always brought from China. It must be con- 
sidered as a species confined originally to the older continents and not known 
on this side of the Atlantic, until after the discoveries of Columbus and others. 
I think that I have seen it growing in a quasi indigenous state on the road sides 
in Europe. No tobacco has ever been seen growing without cultivation in 
the United States. This circumstance taking place with most of our eultivated 
vegetables is a certain proof of their having been imported from some other 
country. 

As has been observed before, these three species will mix together in every 
possible degree, hence the great number of species which appear in our books. 
If we take the trouble to analyse these, it can easily be perceived that they 
have been produced by hybrid intermixtures, unless fertile hybrids are to be 
considered as valid species. All those which resemble the JW. tabacum, but 
with narrower leaves than common, or in any degree possessed of the peculiar 
characteristics of the NV. fruticosa, have been produced by the mixture with this 
species, and all those with leaves more or less petiolate, whether lanceolate or 
ovate, as formed by a combination of N. tabacum, N. fruticosa and N. rustica. 
It is remarkable what strange appearances these will put on; every possible 
variation of the principal forms and every gradation of position will be found, 
all, however, easily reducible to the three original types. 


Notes on COLUBER CALLIGASTER of Say, and a description of new species of 
Serpents in the collection of the North Western University of Evanston, Ill.* 


BY R. KENNICOTT., 
Evutzxnia Sacxentt Kennicott. 


Sp. ch.—Very slender ; tail forming one third of the total length. Crown 
more elevated and convex anteriorly than in /. sawrita. Nineteen dorsal rows 
of scales. Color olive black above, not lighter below the lateral stripe. La- 
teral stripe greenish yellow, very narrow on the third and fourth lateral rows. 
No dorsal stripe. Abdomen uniform greenish. 

In form, this closely resembles F. saurita, but is at once distinguished by the 
absence of the dorsal stripe, of which there is no trace, except for about a half 
inch behind the head. The color of the upper parts is also much darker, and 
the first two rows of scales below the dorsal stripe are not lighter than above 
it. Florida.—Baron Osten Sacken. 


ScCOTOPHIS CALLIGASTER. 
Coluber calligaster Say, in Long’s Exped. 


Sp. ch.— Head very narrow, elongated, much wider behind; nose very 
obtuse, the whole outline subquadrangular; much elevated anteriorly, as 
high as wide before the eyes, flattened and rather depressed on the occiput. 
Eye large. Vertical plate narrow, much longer than wide, tapering but little 
behind. Superciliaries very narrow. Postfrontals and loral large. Twenty- 
seven dorsal rows of scales, only the central carinated, and these very faintly. 
Ground color olivaceous white; a dorsal series of transverse brown blotches 
separated by narrower intervals than in S. Hmoryi, 8. & G., with two smaller 
series on each side. Temporal light stripe, narrower than in S. Emoryi. A 
brown blotch under the eye, and another on the second and third upper labials. 
Labials not margined with black. 

This is very closely allied to S. Hmoryi, from which it differs in having the 
head narrower posteriorly, with a more obtuse snout, smaller vertical, narrower 


* Specimens of these species are also in the Museum of the Smithsonian In- 
stitution, Washington. 
[ March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 99 


superciliaries, larger loral, narrower intervals between the dorsal blotches, 
which are themselves less rounded, narrower light temporal stripe, etc. From 
S. guttatus, it may be readily distinguished by the color, transverse dorsal 
blotches, etc.; and from the other species of the genus it differs in much the 
same points with 8. Hmoryi. There can be no hesitation in referring this spe- 
cies to the Coluber calligaster of Say. The very faint carinations of the central 
dorsal scales might easily be overlooked. Like S. Hmoryi, it bears a strong 
general resemblance to Ophibolus eximius, to which species Say’s description has 
been referred by Dr. Holbrook, and others; but from this and O. Hvansii, it may 
at once be distinguished by the large eye, elongated head, divided postabdo- 
minal scutella, carinated scales, and other generic characters. 
Hyatt, Anderson Co., Kansas, Mr. Samuel Arny. 


OpuipoLus Evyansit Kennicott. 
Ophibolus Evansii Kennicott, Rep. of Mex. Boundary Survey. 


Sp. ch.—Light olivaceous brown or gray, with a dorsal series of about sixty 
subquadrangular emarginate dark chestnut brown blotches from head to tip of 
tail, and two smaller lateral series on each side. Dorsal scales in twenty-five 
rows. 

This is most nearly allied to O. eximius, but differs strikingly in the number 
of dorsal rows of scales,—twenty-five instead of twenty-one; also in having a 
more elongated, narrow and elevated head, narrower snout, anterior and pos- 
terior emarginations in the dorsal blotches, etc. 

Prairies of Central Illinois, 8. H. Roots, C. Mills, S. W. Arnold. 

The species is dedicated to Prof. J. Evans, to whose interest in the investi- 
gation of the zoology of the north west, the N. W. University is principally in- 
debted for the large collections of animals made under its auspices. 


Diapopuis Arnyt Kennicott. 


Sp. ch.—Form slender, though less so than in D. docilis. Body above uni- 
form leaden black, the crown scarcely darker; abdomen yellow, thickly and 
irregularly spotted with black, the spots more numerous than in D. docilis, and 
extending to some distance behind the anus; head beneath thickly mottled 
with black spots of much smaller size than those on the abdomen. A narrow 
light yellow occipital ring, one to one and a half scales wide. Dorsal scales 
in seventeen rows. 

Resembles D. docilis, from which it will be distinguished by the color, shorter 
body, narrower head, spots under the tail, and narrower occipital ring; from 
D. regalis by its occipital ring, and from the other species by the number of 
dorsal rows. 

Hyatt, Anderson Co., Kansas.—Samuel Arny. 


VIRGINIA ELEGANS Kennicott. 


Sp. ch.—Resembles V. valerie ; vertical and occipital plates narrower. Dorsal 
scales very narrow and elongated, much more so than in V. valerie, disposed 
in 17 rows. Color uniform light olivaceous brown above ; dull yellowish-white 
beneath. ; 

Readily distinguished from the nearly allied V. valerie by the narrower dor- 
sal scales in 17 rows instead of 15 as in that species. 

Heavily timbered regions of southern Illinois——Dr. Hugh McVean, J. W. 
Waugh. 


CELUTA VERMIS Kennicott. 
Sp. ch.—Larger than C. ameena and C. Helene. Two pairs of frontal plates. 
Color above lustrous purplish black, much darker than in C. amena. Abdomen 


pale yellowish flesh color, (probably brighter in life); this color extending to 
the third lateral row of dorsal scales, 


Though possessing the general form of C. amena, this differs strikingly in the 


1859.] 


100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


larger size, darker color of the upper parts, and the extension of the flesh color 
of the abdomen over to the third lateral row of scales ; in C. amena this color 
extends only to the second row. 

Missouri,—Dr. P. R. Hoy. 


Cetuta Heten™ Kennicott. 


Sp. ch.—Snout shorter and narrower than in C. amawna. A single pair of 
frontal plates. Color above lustrous chestnut brown ; beneath pale yellowish, 
(flesh color in life) color of the abdomen extending to second lateral row of 
dorsal scales. 

Readily distinguishable by the suppression of the anterior frontals. 

Monticello, Miss., Miss Helen Teunison ; Southern Illinois (abundant in the 
woods), Dr. H. McVean, Robt. Gow, C. Thomas, L. W. Ashley. 


ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTICES. 
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D. 


XXVIII. The genus Hadropterus is represented in the waters of the Potomac 
River by a species, the average size of which is three inches in total length. lts 
body is subfusiform, compressed, thickest anteriorly and tapering gradually to- 
wards the peduncle of the tail, which is slightly contracted. The head enters foar 
times and a ha!f in the total length. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone 
corresponds to a vertical line intersecting the anterior rim of the orbit. The eye 
is subcircular and well developed; its diameter entering about four times in the 
length of the side of the head; once in advance of its anterior rim. The first 
dorsal fin is lower and much longer than the second, to which it is contiguous. 
The posterior margin of the caudal fin is suberescentic. The anal fin is situated 
exactly opposite the second dorsal and corresponds to it in extent, but differs 
from it by its external margin, which is more convex, giving the entire fin a 
more ovate outline. The ventrals and the pectorals are moderate sized, the 
former being sublanceolar, the latter subelliptical in their outline. The rays 
are:—D xiv; 14; Au,10; C6,1, 8, 8,1,5;VI,5; P 14.—The scales are 
small, longer than deep and very finely pectinated upon their posterior margin. 
The lateral line constitutes the eighth row of scales, counted from the first dor- 
sal fin. The ground color is yellowish brown ; the dorsal region being macula- 
ted with chestnut brown; whilst a series of rather large, rounded, blackish 
blotches occupy the middle of the flanks ; a black vertical streak intersects the 
orbit. The second dorsal and the caudal fins are transversely barred with 
blackish. The other fins are unicolor, except the first dorsal, which exhibits 
small black spots close to the rays, below the middle of their height, more con- 
spicuous anteriorly than posteriorly. 

The species here referred to we willrecord under the name of H. maculatus ; 
the specimens examined were caught in an eastern tributary of the Potomac 
River, in Anne Arundel Co. Md. 


XXIX. Another species of Hadropterus was collected in the Arkansas River, 
near Fort Smith, by Dr. George G. Shumard. We propose to call it H. shumardi. 
It will always be easy to distinguish itfrom its congeners by the great devel- 
opement of the anal fin, which is much larger than the second dorsal and pro- 
jects much further back. The body is elongated, rather slender, although taper- 
ing but little backwards; its entire length is about two inches and a quarter, in 
which the head enters four times anda half. The first dorsal fin is longer than 
the second and nearly as high.—D x1; 13; Au, 11; C 6, 1,8,7,1,5; V1, 5; 
P 12.—The scales are rather small. The color is somewhat altered by the 
preserving fluid: an olivaceous tint appears to have existed over the dorsal re- 
gion with darker spots or dots, whilst the abdominal region is rather whitish. 
The caudal fin exhibits transverse dark lines, and the first dorsal a black spot 
at its posterior portion; a dark vertical streak intersects also the orbit. 


. [ March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 


XXX. A representative of the Etheostomid family was procured by the U. 8. 
and Mexican Boundary Commission, at the mouth of the Rio Grande del Norte 
(Rio Bravo). It constitutes a new generic type, allied to Catonotus, and to 
which we have applied the name of Alvarius, with the following characters : 
Head elongated and tapering; mouth terminal, large, not protractile, lower 
jaw longer than the upper. Teeth very minute, opercular apparatus, cheeks, 
and throat scaly. First dorsal fin nearly equal in height to the second, from 
which it is quite distinct. Anal fin much smaller than the second dorsal ; 
caudal fin truncated. Five soft rays to the ventrals. Ventral scales uniform. 
- As to the species, its body is slender and elongated, the head being subconi- 
cal and tapering forwards. The latter enters four times and a half in the total 
length. The eye is subelliptical ; its horizontal diameter entering about four 
times in the length of the side of the head; once in advance of its anterior 
rim. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone corresponds to a vertical 
line drawn in advance of the pupil. The first dorsal fin is subtriangular in its 
outline; its base is nearly equal to that of the second dorsal, from which it is 
separated by a small space. The anterior margin of the anal is situated some- 
what behind the origin of the second dorsal; both fins terminating evenly. The 
ventrals and the pectorals are rather slender.—D yr; 10; A 8; C 5, 1, 6, 6,1, 6: 
V5; P 14.—The scales are very small, finely pectinated posteriorly ; the lateral 
line being median. The ground color is light yellowish brown; the dorsal 
region being occasionally maculated, and the middle of the flanks provided 
with a narrow blackish streak which extends along the sides of the head to the 
apex of the snout. This lateral streak has suggested the appellation of A. 
lateralis, which we have bestowed upon this species. The fins are unicolor, 
except the caudal, which is transversally barred, and the first dorsal which ex- 
hibits a black spot at its upper and posterior edge. The largest specimens ex- 
amined measure somewhat less than two inches in total length. 


XXXI. A mere glimpse at the “‘ /chthyologia ohiensis” is sufficient to convince 
every impartial writer, that Hiheostoma blennioides was never intended to typify 
the genus Etheostoma.* The latter is subdivided into two subgenera: Aplesion, 
in which the spinous and the soft portions of the dorsal fin are combined; and 
Diplesion, in which the same parts are distinctly separated. Now, LH. blennioides 
falls immediately under the head of Diplesion. 

Another species of the genus Diéplesion inhabits the waters of Chihuahua 
river. Specimens of it were collected by Mr. John Potts, of Chihuahua, and 
sent to the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.. We call it D. fasciatus. 

It has the same general blennioid aspect as its congener: the total length of 
the specimens observed, measuring about two iuches and a quarter, the head 
entering in it four times anda half. The eye is of medium size, subcircular ; 
its diameter being contained four times in the length of the side of the head. 
The first dorsal fin is lower and longer than the second, to which it is con- 
tiguous. The anal is well developed, rather deeper than the second dorsal, but 
shorter upon its base. The caudal fin is subtruncated. The ventrals and 
the pectorals are of moderate development; their tips being nearly even. The 
rays are;—D x; 12; A1,8; C6, 1,6, 6,1,6; V1,5; P11.—The scales are 
small, deeper than long, posteriorly rounded off and minutely pectinated, whilst 
their anterior margin is truncated, exhibiting numerous radiating furrows upon 
the latter section only. Their imbrication takes place after the fashion of the 
sciznoids: instead of longitudinal series, they constitute transverse, oblique 
series. As to the coloration it is but imperfectly preserved. Transverse bands of 
deep chestnut brown alternate with white or yellowish ones. These bands, or 
fasciz, are better defined below the lateral line than above it, where they are 
sometimes interrupted. The head is brown, with a vertical black streak across 


* Amer. Journ. of Sci. and Arts. Second series. xvii. 1854, 305. 


1859.] 8 


102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the orbits. The fins are yellowish, unicolor, except the first dorsal, which is 
margined with black. During life we imagine this fish to be one of the prettiest 
inhabitants of the fresh waters of this continent. 


XXXII. Tosuch species of the genus Ltheostoma, in which the two dorsal 
fins are united, Rafinesque proposes to apply the name of Aplesion, as alluded to 
above. A species of the latter genus was collected with the preceding one by 
Mr. John Potts, in Chihuahua river and tributaries. Its body is rather short 
and deep, proportionally deeper than in the other genera of the family. The 
dorsal region is regularly convex from the occiput to the peduncle of the tail. 
The caudal fin is rounded off and fan-shaped. The spinous portion of the 
dorsal fin is nearly of the same height as the soft portion, but much longer and 
superiorly convex. The anal fin is smaller than the second dorsal. The ven- 
trals are sublanceolated and the pectorals subelliptical in shape, rather small 
or moderate in development, the tip of the ventrals projecting somewhat furcher 
back than that of the pectorals, although not reaching the vent. The formula 
of the fins is as follows:—D x, 1,10; Au, 7: C 4,1, 6, 6,1, 3; V1,5; P 11— 
The head, which forms about the fourth of the total length, is rounded upon 
the snout; the jaws being nearly equal, the gape of the mouth somewhat 
oblique, the posterior extremity of the maxillar bone extending to a vertical 
line which would intersect the pupil. The eye is circular; its diameter enter- 
ing four times in the length of the side of the head, less than once in advance 
of its anterior rim. The opercular apparatus, cheeks andthroatare bare. The 
scales are of moderate development deeper than long, very finely pectinated 
posteriorly, where rounded off, and provided with radiating furrows upon their 
anterior section. The coloris of a uniform olivaceous brown tint, the dorsal 
fin rather darker than the rest. We propose to call this species Aplesion potsii, 
in remembrance of our esteemed friend from Chihuahua. 


XXXIII. A species of Oligocephalus, closely allied to O. lepidus was collected 
in Devil’s river, Texas, by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham. It maybe 
distinguished from its congener just alluded to by a much larger anterior dorsal, 
The latter is nearly as high as the second dorsal and somewhat longer upon its 
base. The body is rather short and quite compressed ; about two inches in 
total length, in which the head enters four times and a haif. The tips of the 
ventrals are nearly even with those of the pectorals. The rays of the fins are: 
—D x; 13; Aun,8; C 4,1, 7, 6,1,3; V1,5; P 12.—The scales are propor- 
tionally well developed ; the nape is bare. The groundcolor is yellowish brown, 
with blackish brown blotches more distinct along the dorsal line than on the 
flanks. The second dorsal and caudal are transversely barred. The species 
we will record under the name of Oligocephalus grahami. 


XXXIV. Another species still, of the same genus Oligocephalus ,was collected 
in the Rio Leona, Texas, by the same party that secured the preceding one. 
We will designate it under the appellation of O. leonensis. It is a more slender 
fish than either 0. lepidus or O. grahami, although not quite so elongated as O. 
linslii. The largest specimens observed measure about two inches in total length, 
in which the head enters four times and a half. The anterior dorsal fin is 
longer but somewhat lower than the second dorsal, and superiorly convex. The 
anal is well developed. The ventrals are small and spear-shaped, as well as 
the pectorals when in a semi-closed condition. The tips of the latter extend 
beyond those of the former, although very far from reaching the vent. The 
formula of the fins is as follows :—D 1x; 10; Au, 7; C 6, 1, 6,6,1,5; V1, 5; 
P 12.—The ground color is yellowish olive, maculated with black or brown. 
Second dorsal fin and caudal transversally barred. 

XXXV. Wehave bestowed the name of Oligocephalus pulchellus upon a species 
collected in a tributary of Gypsum creek, which empties itself into the Cana- 
dian river, by the party under Lieut A. W. Whipple, while exploring the R. R. 
route along the 35th parallel. Tbe only specimen preserved measures an inch 


[March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 


and a quarter, and in all probabilities not fully grown. The body is slender 
and subfusiform, quite compressed, deepest at the insertion of the ventrals, and 
tapering towards the base of tne caudal. The head is slender, subconical, and 
rounded off anteriorly. The anterior undivided ray of the anal fin is quite 
large, and a good deal more conspicuous than the second one. There are but 
six articulated rays to that fin. The ground color is yellowish brown, macu- 
lated with black or blackish brown. 


XXXVI. Specimens ofa species of Boleosoma were collected by Dr. C. B. Ken- 
nerly, under Lieut. A. W. Whipple, in the Rio Seco, Texas, and in the Rio Leona, 
near Fort Inge, Texas. It is slender and graceful in general appearance, mea- 
suring an inch and three quarters in total length, in which the head enters 
about four times and a half. The first dorsal fin is longer and lower than the 
second, and superiorly convex. The anal is much deeper than long upon its 
base, and convex upon its edge. The tips of the ventral fins extend a little fur- 
ther back than those of the pectorals. The rays are as follows:—D x; 10; A 
8; C3,1,7, 7, 1,3; V1,5; P 13.—The ground color is olivaceous yellow, 
maculated with black or blackish brown. The second dorsal and the caudal 
fins being as usual transversally barred. A longitudinal black streak may be 
observed in advance of the orbits, and-a vertical one beneath them. We call 
the species Boleosoma gracile. 

XXXVII. Under the name of Boleichthys we have instituted a genus which 
is intermediate between Boleosoma and Oligocephalus. The head is subconical, 
tapering forwards, the jaws being nearly equal, hence the mouth is terminal, 
slightly protractile, and of moderate size. The opercular apparatus is scaly, 
whilst the cheeks and the throat are bare. The two dorsal fins are distinctly 
separated; the first being lower than the second. The anal is well developed, 
although somewhat smaller than the second dersal. The caudal is subtruncate 
or subcrescentic. 

The typical species of this genus was collected by Dr. Geo. Suckley, under 
Gov. I, I. Stevens, in Little Muddy river, a tributary of the Upper Missouri. It 
is a very slender fish, measuring an inch and three quarters in total length. 
The body is compressed, tapering towards the peduncle of the tail, which is 
slightly contracted. The head constitutes a little less than the fourth of the 
total length. The eye is large and subcircular, its diameter entering three times 
and a half in the length of the side of the head. The posterior extremity of 
the maxillar bone extends to a vertical line which would intersect the anterior 
rim of the pupil. The formula of the fins is as follows:—D x; 10; Au, 8; C 
3, 1, 6, 6, 1,3; V1,5; P 12.—The lateral line, from the orbit passes over the 
opercular apparatus, keeping nearer the dorsal than the abdominal line to the 
peduncle of the tail, hence midway to the insertion of the caudal, when it does 
not disappear before reaching it. The pectorals extend further back than the 
ventrals ; the first dorsal is convex. The ground color is yellowish brown, 
maculated with greyish black. The dorsals and the caudal fin are transvers- 
ally barred. A dark spot may be seen on the occipital region, and a streak in 


advance as well as beneath the orbit. We call the species Boleichthys exilis, on 
account of its slender appearance. ; 


XXXVIII. A second species of Boleichthys, which we call B. whippli, was 
collected in Coal creek, Arkansas, by the party under Lieut. A. W. Whipple. 
Its body is more compressed and proportionally deeper than in the foregoing 
species. The head constitutes a little less than the fourth of the total length, 
which is nearly two inches. The first dorsal fin is convex in its outline. The 
ventrals extend further back than the pectorals. The rays of the fins are :—D 
Ix; 13; Ai, 8; C 2,1,8,7,1,3; V1,5; P 12.—The scales are rather small, 
smaller than in the preceding species, and the lateral line is but slightly nearer 
the dorsal than the ventral line. The ground color is reddish brown, incon- 
spicuously maculated ; a black spot may be observed at the scapular region. 
The second dorsal and the caudal fins are transversally barred. 


1859.J 


104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


XXXIX. Specimens of a rather short and deep bodied species of Boleichthys 
were collected at Piedrapainte, Texas, by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham, 
while connected with the U. 8. and Mexican Boundary Survey. We call it B. 
elegans. The first dorsal fin is longer than the second, and the pectorals extend 
further back than the ventrals. The formula of the fins is as follows :—D x; 
12; Am, 8; C 2,1, 7,6,1,3; V1,5; P 12.—The scales are of medium size, 
and larger than in the preceding two species. The ground color is olivaceous 
brown, maculated with blackish brown. 


XL. In the collections made during the “ Exploration of the Upper Missour 
and Yellowstone,” under Lieut. G. K. Warren, there is a species of Boleichthys 
resembling more B. exilis than any other of its congeners, by the shape of its 
body and general appearance. It differs, however, from the species just alluded 
to, by a more compact body, a proportionally shorter head, smaller scales, and 
the structure of the fins, the rays of which are as follows :—D 1x; 11; An, 9; 
C 3,1, 8, 7, 1,4; V15; P 13.—The ground color is yellowish brown, the mid- 
dle of the flanks being maculated with transverse spots of blackish; the belly 
exhibiting a rather orange hue. The first dorsal has a series of vertically elon- 
gated black spots resembling a dark band across the middle of that fin. The 
second dorsal and caudal are transversafly multilineated. A black streak may 
be seen in advance to the orbit, and another beneath it. A specimen two 
inches long was collected by Dr. Hayden, in Cannon Ball river, in September, 
1856. We propose calling the species B. warreni. 


Catalogue of the Birds of New Mexico as compiled from Notes and Observations 
made while in that Territory, during a residence of six years. 


By T. CHARLTON HENRY, M. D. 
Assistant Surgeon U. 8. A. 


The following catalogue is intended to serve the purpose of a second edition 
of “Notes derived from Observations made on the Birds of New Mexico, during 
the years 1853 and 1854,” published in the Proceedings of the Academy in 
April, 1855. 

A residence in the same territory four additional years, has enabled the 
writer to extend his observations very considerably, and to add much to the 
varieties heretofore enumerated. 

It will be observed that the nomenclature has been completely modified, in 
accordance with the extended number of sub-families and sub-genera, which 
modern science has very generally adopted. 

A few of the species heretofore supposed to belong to certain sub-genera, 
have, upon more minute inspection, proved to present variations somewhat 
different from those which then appeared to determine their proper classifica- 
tion, and have been designated accordingly. 

1. CATHARTES AURA. 


2. Fatco nigricers. Of this species I never was able to obtain but one indi- 
vidual, nor am I aware of ever observing others of like character. Met with 
among the mountains in the vicinity of Fort Stanton. 


3. GENNAIA PoLyAGRuUS. Never more than three or four met with, of which 
two were procured. 


4, Fatco sparverius. Common everywhere. 
5. AccrpiteR Mexicanus. Rarely met with. 
6. AccipireR Coopert. Observed about as frequently only as the above. 


7. Burgeo caLurvus. <A rare species, never more than eight or ten observed 
during six years residence in the territory. Of these I was successful in pro- 
curing four only. This isa remarkably shy and wary bird and exceedingly 


[ March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 


difficult of approach. Ihave always observed them solitary and during the 
coldest portion of the winter along the shores of the Rio Grande. Never ob- 
served in the mountains either on the Rio Mimbres or Gila to the west, or the 
Sierra Blanca and Rio Ruidosa to the east and northward. This hawk appears 
to feed principally upon ducks as far as I have observed, which has been only 
during the winter season. 

8. Leucoprernis Harnani. I have met with this bird on four occasions only, 
once at the Big Bend of the Arkansaw river, Indian Territory, in May, 1852, 
andon three different occasions on the Gila river, in the summer of 1857, 1 
was induced to believe that it breeds high up on this stream, from having ob- 
served pairs each time when seen on the Gila. 


9. P@cCILOPTERNIS BOREALIS. Seme of the specimens supposed to be of this 
species that were obtained are probably P. montanus. 

10. P. uinzatus. One specimen only obtained, the only one seen at Fort 
peak in the winter of ’56-’57. 

1. P. oxyprerus. This hawk [ met with and procured on one occasion ee 
on iis Mimbres river, in the winter of 752-53. 

12. ARCHIBUYEO FERRUGINEUS. Met With but once, in the winter of 56-57, 
on the Rio Grande, near Fort Thorn, where I procured a specimen. 

13. ARCHIBUTEO LAGOPUS. Common in winter. 

14, Circus Hupsonivs. 

15. Aguita CaNADENSIS. Two only met with, one at the Rio Mimbres in the 
winter of 1853, the other at Fort Stanton on the Rio Bonita in the spring of ’55, 
both individuals secured. The latter was found fastened to a skunk (MM. Ameri- 
cana) alive, but apparently overpowered by the effluvia given out by the animal. 

16. HALIMTUS LEUCOCEPHALUS. 

17. PANDION HALIL=TUS. Rather rare. 

18. Potyzorus THARUS. But one individual ever met with, in the winter of 
56 at Fort Thorn on the Rio Grande, during the coldest portion of the season. 

19. BUBO VIRGINIANUS. 

20. Orus Witsonanius. Found, but not abundantly, in all portions of the 
territory. 

21. Bracuyotus Cassini. Rarer than the preceding. 

22. ATHENE HYPUGEA. 23. Gxrococcyx CALIFORNIANUS. 

24. Coccyzus Americanus. Rarely observed, and at no time among ithe 
mountains. 

25. Tricnopicus Harrisi. A common species in every part of the terri- 
tory. 

26. DycTIOPICUS SCALARIS. Quite abundant, especially along the mesquite 
thickets on the Rio Grande. 

27. SPHYRAPICUS NUCHALIS. Replaces the varius in New Mexico, the latter 
named species being unknown there. 

28. S. toyromweEvs. Found occasionally in all the mountainous portions of 
the country. Rather rare. 

29. MELANERPES ERYTHROCEPHALUS. During a residence of more than six 
years in New Mexico, but one individual of this species was observed, in the 
month of July, 58, upwards of a hundred miles north of Fort Thorn, on the 
Rio Grande. 

30. M. Formictvorus. Found but occasionally only among the mountains, 
and only in the vicinity of pine trees. This species is resident throughout the 
year. 


1859.] 


106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


31. M. rorgvatus. This species confines its range to the mountainous parts 
of the country, and seems closely allied in its habits to formicivorus. 


32. Cotarres Mexicanus. Replaces the Auwratus every where south of 
Council Grove, Indian Territory, as my observation goes, a few miles south of 
the place referred to, is the farthest south I have met the Auratus, though it is 
not improbable their range may extend somewhat more southwardly. 


33, SeLaspHORUS PLATYCERCUS. Common, and the only species obtained. 
Found almost exclusively among the mountains. 


34. Anrrostomus NurraLui. Quite common everywhere. 


35. CHorpgiLes Henry. The most abundant species south of Albuquerque, 
New Mexico. In the portion of the territory where I was located, I do not 
think I met with any other night jar or true Chordeiles, 


36. MeGgacrryLe ALoyon. Not very common on the Rio Grande, but found 
abundantly on the Rio Gila. 


37. TyRANNUS VoCIFERANS. The most common species observed. 
38. T. vervicaLis. Not uncommon. 


39. Sayornis Niaricans. Not often met with, and principally on the Rio 
Mimbres. 


40. Sayornis Sayus. This species is the most familiar of its family, and 


delights to construct its nest under the portico of houses like our common 
Pewee. 


41. Conropus Ricnarpsonu, Rarely seen. 


42. PYROCEPHALUS RUBINEUS. Met with only once, on the Rio Mimbres in the 
summer of ’53. 


43. Turpus naNnus. But two or three seen. 


44, PLANBSTICUS MIGRATORIUS. Rarely seen in summer, and met with most 
frequently during the winter in the mountains. 


45. Srauia Mexicana. 46. S. ARorica. 
47. REGULUS SATRAPA. 


48. Reagunus caLENDULA. Both of the above two species are occasionally 
met with in the mountains. 


49. Hypropara Mexicana. Only met with on the Rio Mimbres. 
50. AnrHus Lupovicianus. 51. GEOTHLYPIS TRICHAS. 
52. G. MACGILLIVRAYI. One obtained on the Mimbres. 
53. IcreRia viripis. (Or var. Longicauda.) 

54. HELMINTHOPHAGA CHRYSOPTERA. 

55. DENDROICA NIGRESCENS. 56. D. CANADENSIS. 

57. D. CORONATA. 58. D. sTriaTa. 

59. D. cm@ruta. 60. D. astiva, 

61. D. syrratva. 62. PYRANGA ZSTIVA. 

63. P. uEpaTica. But one specimen obtained. 

64. HirUNDO HORREORUM. 

65. H. LUNIFRONS. 66. H. THALASSINA. 

67. H. BrcoLor. 68. CoryLE RIPARIA. 


69. Proane purpuREA. This latter species seems confined to the Mountains, 
and builds generally in hollows in pine trees. 


70. AMPELIS CEDRORUM. 71. PHAINOPEPLA NITENS. 
72. MyrapEstes ToOwNSENDII. 73. CoLtyrio LUDOVICIANUS. 
74, VIREO GILYVUS. 75. MIMUS POLYGLOTTUS. 


[March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 


76. OREOSCOPTES MONTANUS. 


77. HARPORHYNCHUS CRISSALIS- A few observed in the vicinity of Forts Fill- 
more and Thorn, on the Rio Grande. Not observed in the mountains. 


78. SALPINCTES oBsoLETUS. Rather abundant during winter among the moun- 
tains. 


79. TELMATODYTES PALUSTRIS. 80. TrogtopyTES AMERICANUS. 
81. CerTHta AMERICANA. 82. Sirra CAROLINENSIS. 

83. S. CANADENSIS. 84. S. PYGMEA. 

85. PoLIOPTILA C@RULEA. 

86. P. pLumBEA. Rarely observed, and only among the mountains. 
87. LoPHOPHANES BICOLOR. 88. L. WoLLWEBERL 

89. Parus montTanus. Rather common. 

90. PSALTRIPARUS MINIMUS. 


91. P. pLumprus. Both the two last named specie’ were occasionally met 
with during winter in the mountains. 


92. EREMOPHILA CORNUTA. 93. HESPERIPHONA YESPERTINA. 
94. Carpopacus CALIFORNICUS. 


35. CARPODACUS FRONTALIS. Very much more abundant than the former, 
which are rarely met with. 


96. CurysomiTris Mexicana. Quite common during summer among the 
mountains. 


97. C. pInus. Very abundant during winter, both in the river valley and in 
the mountains. 


98. RHYNCHOPHANES Maccownll. 99. PoockTES GRAMINEUS. 
100. CorurNicULUS PAssERINUS. Rarely seen. 
101. CHONDESTES GRAMMACA. 102. ZonotRicHiaA GAMBELLII. 


103. Junco porsauis. Found only near Fort Stanton, among the mountains, 
where, I should judge, they rested. Never observed during winter. This spe- 
cies is an excellent songster. 


104. Junco OrEGonus. 
105. Poospiza Brtux. But two or three only met with. 


106. Poospiza BiLInraTA. A few met with in the summer of 1852, near Fort 
Fillmore, on the Rio Grande. 


107. SPizELLA SOcIALIS, 
108. MrtospizaA MELopIA. <A constant resident. 


109. CaLAMOSPIZA BICOLOR. Quite common among the mountains in the sum- 
mer months. 


110. GoNIAPHELA MELANOCEPHALA. 111. Guirmaca CORULEA- 


112. CyanospizA amM@NA. But one only ever obtained or seen—a male in sul 
plumage,—at Fort Stanton, in the summer of 1855. 


113. Preino arcrticus. 114, PipILo MESOLEUCUS. 


115. Pipito cntorvra. But one specimen obtained,—at Fort Stanton, on the 
Rio Bonito. 


116. MoLorurus PECORIS. 117. AGELAIUS PH@NICEUS. 
118. XANTHOCEPHALUS ICTEROCEPHALUS. 119. STURNELLA NEGLECTA. 


120. Icrrrus Buttock. Never observed elsewhere than in the mountains, 
and only during the summer months. Not common. 
_ 121, SconecopHacus cyANocePHALUS. Very common along the Rio Grande 
during spring and autumn. 


1859.] 


108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


122. Corvus CARNIVORUS. 123. Corvus AMERICANUS. 

124. Pictcorvus Cotompranus. Only met with in the mountains, and rarely 
125. GYMNOKITTA CYANOCEPHALA. 126. Cyanurus MACROLOPHUS. 

127. Cyanocirta CALIFoRNICA. 

128. Cyanocirra Woopnovuse!. Rarely seen. 

129. CoLUMBA FPASCIATA. 130. ZenaipuRA CAROLINENSIS. 


131. Mereacris Mexicana. This has, of late, been proved to be a distinct 
species from Gallipavo, and is the common turkey of New Mexico. 


132. Trerrao opscurvs. 133. LopHortyx GAMBELLI. 
134. CaLLIPEPLA SQUAMATA. 135. Cyrtonyx MASSENA. 
136. Grus CANADENSIS. 137. G. AMERICANUS. 

138. DemieereTTa PEALII. 139. Arpea HeropiAs. 
140. ARDETTA PXILIS. 141. Boraurvus LENTIGINOSUS. 
142. BuToRIDES VIRESCENS. 143. NycTIARDEA GARDENI. 
144. TANTALUS LOCULATOR. 145, FALcIneLius Orbit. 


146. OXYECHUS VOCIFERUS. 


147. Ox. Monranus. Common on the high plains north of Fort Union, New 
Mexico. 


148. RecurvrrostRA AMERICANA, 
149. HIMANTOPUS NIGRICOLLIS. 150. PHaLaropus WILSoNU. 


151. PHALARopUs HyPERBOREUS. The only occasion of my meetiug with this 
species was in May, 1855, on the Rio Bonita, at the present site of Fort Stan- 
ton. I met a large flock in full summer plumage, and secured a number of them, 

152. GaLuiInaco WILSsoNII. 


153. MAcRoRHAMPHUS SCoLopAcEUS. Abundant during the monta of Septem- 
ber along the valley of the Rio Grande. 


154. ActopRoMAS WILSONII. 
155. A. Bonaparter. Rather rare. 


156. CALIDRIS ARENARIA. More abundant during the early autumn than the 
last. 


157. SyMPHEMIA SEMIPALMATA. Several obtained near the Rio Mimbres, in 
May, 1857, the only occasion on which I ever met with this bird. 
158. GAMBETTA FLAVIPES. Common in August and September. 


159. GAMBETTA MELANOLEUCUS. Common along the Rio Grande in the fall 
and winter. 


160. RuyacopHILus souirarius. Not common. 

161. TRinGoIDES MAcuLARIUS. Not found during winter. 

162. Acriturus Bartramius. A few seen during the month of August. 

163. NUMENIUS LonGrRosTRIS. Frequently seen during the spring and autumn. 


164. Pomorus Hupsonicus. Never met with but once,—in April, 1854, on 
the Rio Grande. 


165. Rattus VirGinianus. One only met with, in the spring of 1856, near 
Fort Thorn. 


166. PorzanA Caroina. Not uncommon in September. A few seen during 
the winter on the Rio Mimbres. 


167. FuricaA AMERICANA. 168. Cygnus AMERICANUS. 
169. ANSER GAMBELLI. 


[ March, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 


i170. ANsER FRONTALIS. May be the young of the preceding. Never but one 
obtained. 

171. CHEN HYPERBOREUS. 172. LeucoBLEPHARON CANADENSIS. 

173. BerNnicLa PARVIPES. Much more common than the preceding; breeds 
in the southern portion of New Mexico, in the vicinity of Fort Thorn, and above. 

174. Bernicta Brenta. Quite rarely met with. 

175. Anas BoscHas. 

176. Anas opscura. Much rarer than the above. 


177. DuFita ACUTA. 178. QuERQUEDULA Discos. 
179. Q. CYANOPTERA. 180. SPATULA CLYPEATA. 
181. Mareca AMERICANA. 182. Arx Sponsa. 


183. FULIX MARILA. 
184. F. cottaris. Abundant in the spring. 
185. AyTHya AMERICANA. 186. A. VALISNERIA. 


187. BucePHALA ALBEOLA. Much more common on the mountain brooks than 
on the Rio Grande, but not often met with in sonthern New Mexico. 


188. ErtsMATURA RUBIDA. But few ever met with. 
189. Meraus AMERICANUS. 


190. LopHopyTEs cucuLLaTus. Very common on the Mimbres, and occasion- 
ally met with on the Rio Grande. 


191. CyRTOPELICANUS ERYTHRORHYNCHUS. Common above latitude 32°. 

192. GracuLus Mexicanus. Very common during April. 

193. Prorus AnHInGa. Not many observed. 

194. Larus DeLAwarensis. A very few met with on the Rio Grande, in win- 
ter and spring. 

195. Sterna Winsonur. Common in September on the Rio Grande. 

196. S. FuLieINosa. A few seen on the Rio Grande. 

197. CoLYMBUS TORQUATUS. 198. PoDYLIMBUS PODICEPs. 


Mr. J. P. Lesley was appointed to fill a vacancy in the Committee on 
Paleontology, and Mr. Joseph Jeanes to fill one in the Committee on 
the Library. 


April Sth. 
Mr. Lua, President, in the Chair. 


Forty-eight numbers present. 

The following papers, by Theo. Gill, were presented for publication 
in the Proceedings. 

On Dactyloscopus and Leptoscopus, two new genera of the family of 
Uranoscopidee. 

On the genus Callionymus of authors. 

Description of Hyporhamphus, a new genus of Fishes, allied to He- 
mirhamphus. 

Notes on a collection of Japanese Fishes, made by Dr. J. Morrow. 

And also the following : 

Description of eight new species of Unionidee, from Georgia, Missis- 
sippi and Texas, by Isaac Lea, 

And were referred to committees. 


1859.] 9 


110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Dr. Leidy stated that, in company with Messrs. Vaux, Sergeant, Powel and 
Tilghman, he had the day before visited the vicinity of Phonixville, Chester 
Co., with the view of examining the shales recently removed in widening the 
rail-way tunnel. The specimens of shales or black slates, supposed to be of 
triassic age, presented this evening to the Academy, are those which had been 
collected. Besides obscure vegetable remains, species of Cyprid# and Posido- 
nie, they contain scales, bones and teeth of ganoid fishes, and also teeth of 
three apparently distinct genera of reptiles. Two of the teeth, elongated coni- 
cal in form, and finely striated, appear to belong tothe genus Clepsysaurus, 
Lea, the remains of which were first discovered in the corresponding rocks of 
Lehigh Co. A third tooth, of large size, is compressed conical, and has oppo- 
site, acute, serrulated borders. It probably indicates a new genus and species, 
for which the name Evryporus serridens is proposed. Fragments of similar 
teeth have been found in the rocks near Gwynned, Montgomery Co. A fourth 
tooth, much smaller than the one just indicated, has the same form, but has 
its borders without serrulation, and has the base fluted. It resembles the 
teeth of Compsosaurus, of the coal of Chatham Co., North Carolina, but, 
nevertheless, belongs to a different species. 


The death of Mr. W. I. Broderip, of London, late a correspondent of 
the Academy was aunounced. 

On leave granted, a vote of thanks, was ordered to be tendered to Dr. 
Alexander Bryant, for his donation of fossils, received this evening. 


April 12th. 
Mr. Lea, President,.in the Chair. 


Fifty-four members present. 


Dr. Leidy stated that the specimens of ferruginous rock containing remains 
of fishes, presented to the Academy this evening by Dr. P. W. Mosblech, of 
Bethany, Virginia, were of a very interesting character. Dr. Mosblech, ina let- 
ter, states that the locality of the remains is a horizontal, ferruginous deposit, 
about one inch in thickness, resting upon an old vegetable soil, overlying a 
limestone which is considered as the uppermost member of the coal forma- 
tion; and it is covered with a soft, sandy, aluminous shale, destitute of or- 
ganic remains, so far as examined. The extent of the ferruginous deposit is 
unknown, but it seems to be confined to the College Hill, at Bethany, equal to 
about four acres. 

The fragments of rock contain a multitude of isolated scales of ganoid fishes, 
and numerous teeth and small fragments of bones. Most of the teeth are of 
small size, and have exactly the same form and construction as those of 
Saurichthys, a genus of the triassic formations of Europe; but others of 
large size belong to the genus Diplodus, whichis also found in the coal 
‘formations of other parts of the United States, and of Europe. 

Dr. Leidy added that the fossils from the Green Sand, of Monmouth Co., pre- 
‘sented this evening by Mr. J. H. Slack, consisted of fragments of jaws with 
teeth of Mosasaurus, several bones apparently of a reptile, of unknown 
character, a jaw of Enchodus, a palate bone with teeth of Pycnodus, 
and teeth of Otodus and Galeocerdo. 


The Committee on Proceedings laid on the table the number of 
the Proceedings for March. 
[Apri], 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111 


April 19th. 
Mr. Lea, Presideut, in the Chair. 


Forty-nine members present. 

The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings: 

Ichthyological Notices by Charles Girard, M. D. 

On the primary divisions of the Salamandride, with a description of 
two new species, by EH. D. Cope. 

Description of twenty one new species of Exotic Unionide, by Isaac 
Lea. 

Description of twsnew species of Uniones, from Georgia, by Isaac Lea. 


Dr. Leidy remarked, that Mr. Jos. B. Hanson, an intelligent merchant of 
this city, had recently addressed to him a note, to call at his warehouse and 
examine some masses of the so-called Sombrero guano, containing fossil bones. 
Two large masses of this substance, now on the table and presented to the 
Academy by Mr. Hanson, include a number of turtle bones, among which the 
posterior portion of asternum of an individual is well preserved. The included 
bone fragments significantly point to the origin of the rock, imported as a 
manure rich in phosphates, from the island Sombrero, W. I. This island, 
situated about 130 miles east of Porto Rico, Mr. Hanson informs us, is about 
23 miles long, $ to ? of a mile wide, and rises from 20 to 40 feet above the 
level of the ocean. It is a barren rock formerly avoided by navigators, and 
appears to be entirely composed of the rich phosphatic mineral. Analyses of 
the substance, by competent chemists, indicate it to bear a resemblance in 
composition to bones deprived of their cartilage, and otherwise altered, as we 
might suppose bones to be, exposed to the influence of the ocean water. It 
contains about the same proportion of phosphate of lime as calcined bones ; 
and it is this circumstance which has directed the attention of enterprising 
merchants and agriculturalists to its value as a manure. 

When we recollect that the cereal grains, buckwheat, clover and other legu- 
minous seeds yield in their ash from 30 to 50 per cent. of phosphoric acid, we 
cannot but feel the conviction that the Sombrero substance, with its 75 per cent. 
of phosphates, must prove to be of far more permanent value than the true 
guano. From this, the Sombrero material deserves to be distinguished by a 
new name, and perhaps the easy one of Osite, from its resemblance in 
composition to bones and its probable origin, would not be inappropriate. But 
are we to ascribe the immense mass forming the Sombrero rock to animal 
origin? Many reefs and shores of vast extent are known positively to have 
had their origin in the testaceous coverings of the lower animals, but Som- 
brero appears to be the first instance of an extensive island formed alone of the 
remains of the higher animals. The composition of the Sombrero substance, 
with its included bones, leads us to suspect that the island was once a shoal 
swarming with turtles and other vertebral animals, whose accumulated re- 
mains of ages have been cemented together, and gradually elevated above the 
ocean level to the present position of the island. 

Mr. Hanson informs us that no animals inhabit the latter, independently of 
birds, except a lizard, about one foot in length, specimens of which he has 
promised to obtain for the Academy. 

Dr. Leidy further remarked that the bear skull presented this evening by Mr. 
W. D. Moore, of Oxford, Mississippi, had been found, in association with two 
portions of jaws with teeth of the Mastodon, in the drift of Claiborne Ce., 
Mississippi. The skull does not differ from that of the common black bear, 
Ursus Americanus. It is the fourth instance in which Dr. L. has no- 
ticed the occurrence of remains apparently of this species in asseciation with 
those of Mastodon, Megalonyx, and other extinct animals. 


1859.] 


112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


On leave granted, a vote of thanks was ordered to be tendered to Mr. 
I. W. Gregory, for the body of the Bengal tiger, presented this even- 


ing. 


April 26th. 
Vice-President BripGss in the Chair. 


Forty members present. 

The report of the Biological Department for the present month was 
read. 

On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were 
ordered to be printed in the Proceedings : 


Descriptions of Eight New Species of UNIONIDZ, from Georgia, Mississippi, 
and Texas. 


BY ISAAC LEA. 


Unio spissus.—Testa levi, ellipticad, subventricosa, posticé obtusé angulata 
subequilaterali ; valvulis crassis; natibus prominulis ; epidermide striata, 
rufo-fusca, obsoleté radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, erectis, compressis, 
crenulatis, in utroque valvulo subduplicibus ; lateralibus longis, crassis subeur- 
visque; margarita vel purpurea vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente. 

Hab.—Satilla River, Wayne County, Georgia. T.C. Downie. 


Unio corvus.—Testa levi, subtriangulari, subcompressa, inequilaterali, pos- 
ticé obtusé biangulata; valvulis crassis, anticé crassioribus; natibus subpro- 
minentibus ; epidermide nigricante, superné glabra, polita, inferné striata; 
dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, subconicis striatisque; lateralibus longis 
curvisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott; and Ogee- 
chee River, Georgia. Prof. Hanley. 


Unio Burxensis.—Testa levi, transversd, compressa, ad latere planulata, in- 
equilaterali, posticé biangulata; valvulis crassiusculis; natibus prominulis ; 
epidermide fusco-flavicante, micante et obsoleté radiata; dentibus cardinalibus 
breviusculis, compressis, acuminatis; lateralibus longis rectisque; margarita 
purpurascente et iridescente. 

Hab.—Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott. 


Unio aurrvus.—Testa levi, subtriangulari, compressa, ad latere paulisper 
planulata, subinzquilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus ; natibus 
subelevatis, ad apices acuminatis ; epidermide aurea, striata, obsoleté radiata ; 
dentibus cardinalibus crassis, erectis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; 
lateralibus curtis et obliquis; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Texa3z. W. Newcomb, M. D. 


Unio curtus.—Testa levi, obliqua, ad umbones valdé tumida, anticé trun- 
cata, posticé obtusé angulata, valdé inequilaterali; valvulis percrassis, anticé 
crassioribus ; natibus elevatis, crassis, feré terminalibus; epidermide tenebroso- 
castanea, ad apices virescente, obsoleté radiata; dentibus cardinalibus sub- 
grandibus, compressis, acuminatis, obliquis; lateralibus crassis subcurvisque ; 
margarita argented et iridescente. 

Hab.—Tombigbee River, Columbus, Mississippi. Wm. Spillman, M. D. 


Unio perMISceNS.—Testa levi, obovata, inflata, posticé laté rotundata, valdé 


inequilaterali; valvulis tenuibus; natibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso- 
fusca, nigricante, obsoleté perradiata, nitida; dentibus cardinalibus parvulis, 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ie 


compressis, obliquis ; lateralibus prelongis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarita 
ceruleo-alba et valde iridescente. 
Hab.—Tombigbee River, Columbus, Mississippi. Wm. Spillman, M. D. 


MarGARITANA ELLIPTICA.—Testa levi, elliptica, subinflaté, subzquilaterali, 
posticé obtusé angulata; valvulis tenuibus; natibus subprominentibus, ad 
apices subconcentricé undulatis ; epidermide luteo-virente, glabra, nitida, 
perradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis, in utroque valvulo singu- 
lis; margarita ceruleo-alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Tombigbee River, Columbus, Mississippi. Wm. Spillman, M. D. 


Anoponta TExAsensis.—-Testa levi, ellipticd, inflata, ad latere rotunda, ine- 
quilaterali, posticé subangulata ; valvulis pertenuibus ; natibus subprominenti- 
bus, ad apices biundulata; epidermide diluté luted, glabra, fulgida, obsoleté 
radiata; margarita ceruleo-alba, diaphana et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Texas. W. Newcomb, M. D. 


ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTICES. 
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D. 


XLI. Since we are again called upon to mention the genus Zygonectes, we will 
venture to point out such structural peculiarities, as, in our opinion, may be 
considered its generical characters. Body rather slender and elongated, com- 
pressed, subfusiform in its profile, and covered with well developed scales. Head 
rather small, depressed, subpyramidal. Mouth very protractile, its gape being 
horizontal, whether in a protracted or a retracted condition. Teeth upon the 
premaxillar bones and upon the lower jaw; an external series slender and 
acerated, behind which may be observed a band of velvet-like ones. The ori- 
gin of the anal fin is opposite the anterior margin of the dorsal, or in advance 
of it. The genus Zygonectes appears to be intermediate between Hydrargyra 
and Gumbusia, resembling more the former by its general aspect, and the latter 
by its structure. 

Specimens of a species of this genus, and which we call Z. pulchellus, were 
collected in Sugar Loaf Creek, Arkansas, by the party under Capt. A. W. 
Whipple. The largest one measures two inches and a half in total length, of 
which the head constitutes rather more than the fifth. The eye is large and 
circular ; its diameter entering four times in the length of the side of the head. 
The dorsal and anal fins are deeper than long; the anal being larger than the 
dorsal, and placed more anteriorly, so that its anterior margin is nearly equi- 
distant between the apex of the snout and the posterior margin of the caudal 
fin. The tip of the posterior rays of the dorsal extend as far as the insertion 
of the caudal, that is, a little further backwards than the tip of the posterior 
rays of the anal fin. The ventrals and the pectorals are but moderately de- 
veloped ; the tip of the former extends to the vent, whilst the latter do not 
quite reach the insertion of the ventrals. The rays of the various fins are as 
follows:—D 9; A 12; C3,1,7,6,1,3; V6; P 13.—There are twelve longi- 
tudinal rows of scales between the anterior margin of the dorsal and that of 
the anal fin. The surface of the scales has a rather rugose appearance, owing 
to the conspicuousness of the concentric lines of growth. The scales them- 
selves are deeper than long, anteriorly subtruncated or subconvex ; undulating 
and rounded off upon the remaining edges. 

The ground color is olivaceous brown, of a darker tint along the dorsal re- 
gion than over the abdomen. A black band or streak extends from the nose, 
across the eye, along the middle of the flank to the base of the caudal fin. 
Small black dots, constituting four or five irregular longitudinal series, may be 
observed on either side of the dorsal region, above the lateral streak; the 
dorsal, anal, and caudal fins being likewise dotted with black, whilst the ven- 
trals and pectorals are unicolor, like the abdomen. 


1859.] 


1l4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


XLII. Having had, recently, an opportunity of examining authentic specimens 
of either species of Limia, inhabiting the island of Cuba, and described by 
Prof. Poey, we are now better prepared to speak of those species which occur 
along our own shores and in the Mexican provinces bordering the Rio Grande 
Boundary. 

And before we proceed any further into the history of these fishes, we deem 
it expedient to recapitulate the characters of that genus. 

The body, generally speaking, is rather short and deep, very much compressed, 
and covered with comparatively large scales. The upper surface of the head 
is depressed, sloping forwards, wedge-shaped in general appearance. The 
mouth is small, or else, of moderate size, very protractile, directed upwards 
when in a retracted condition, the lower jaw then appearing longer than the 
upper; but when protracted, the aperture is directed horizontally forwards, and 
somewhat downwards, assuming the shape of a flattened (depressed) tube, the 
jaws being equal. Either jaw exhibits a row of slender, curved and acerated 
teeth, behind which a narrow patch of minute, velvet-like ones may be observed. 
The anal fin is inserted posteriorly to the anterior margin of tbe dorsal, and 
differently constructed according to the sexes. The dorsal fin itself is higher 
and longer in the male than in the female. The posterior edge of the caudal 
is subtruncated or rounded off. 

In the above diagnosis of the generical characters to be assigned to Limia, 
it is easy to perceive a most intimate aflinity between that genus and Peeilia. 
Indeed, the only difference which is noticeable, resides in the structure of the 
anal fin of the male sex, which is narrower and deeper than in the female, and 
inserted more anteriorly, close to the ventrals; the anterior rays being much 
more developed than the posterior ones, which are partly atrophied. Now, 
such a Gistinction may not appear of sufficient importance, and ichthyologists 
might raise the question of preserving these two genera in the nomenclature. 
In the present stute of our personal knowledge regarding these fishes, we should 
not have established a generic distinction upon that character alone. But, 
since these genera exist, we shall, for the present at least, speak of them under 
separate heads, leaving it with future investigations to decide upon their in- 
trinsic value. Our reason for so doing is the lack of specimens of most of the 
species referred to the genus Pecilia, in the ‘‘ Histoire naturelle des Poissons,” 
and described from specimens of the female sex alone. Moreover, we may ex- 
pect many new species from Mexico and Central America, which may throw 
considerable light upon the natural history, yet so imperfectly known, of these 
little fishes. 

We have examined specimens of Peecilia multilineata, collected at Palatka, 
East Florida, by T. Glover. Lesueur himself admits their identity with those 
he obtained from Lake Ponchartrain. Not having at our command specimens 
of the latter locality, we are not prepared to express any opinion regarding that 
point. But we have had under examination from that locality, Mollinesia lati- 
pinna, which is considered now as the male sex of Pweilia multilineata. These 
exhibit the same generical characters which we have assigned to Limia ; there- 
fore, should further investigations corroborate a generic distinction between 
Peeilia and Limia, the latter appellation will have to give way to Mollinesia, as 
having priority over it. 

Male and female specimens of this same species were collected at Galveston, 
Texas, by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly, under Capt. A. W. Whipple. 


XLII. The species which we have described under the name of P. lineolata, 
in the “ Ichthyology of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey,” from specimens 
collected at Brownsville, near the mouth of the Rio Grande del Norte (Rio 
Bravo), belongs to the same genus as the former species. It is closely allied 
to P. multilineata, the female sex being compared, the male sex having not yet 
come under observations. It differs from the latter by a smaller head, a smaller 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 


eye, and a smaller mouth; the dorsal fin is also placed more anteriorly. The 
system of coloration being exactly the same in either species. 


XLIV. The species which we have called Limza pacilotdes is but very imper- 
fectly characterised in the ‘‘ Ichthyology of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary.’ 
Moreover, figs. 12—14, of plate xxxviii, do not belong to the same species. 
Hence the male sex only is so far known; it is represented on the plate just 
alluded to, figs. 8—11. 

Now then, if we recapitulate the characters to be assigned to this species, we 
Shall have the following diagnosis :—The back is arched and the abdomen 
quite convex; the greatest depth taken in advance of the anterior edge of the 
dorsal fin enters somewhat less than four times in the total length. The head 
is contained four times and a half in the total length; external series of teeth 
very slender and exiguous. Diameter of eye entering three times and a half in 
the length of the side of the head. Dorsal fin nearly as long as deep, superiorly 
convex, its anterior margin being nearer the apex of the snout than the inser- 
tion of the caudal. The caudalitself is posteriorly rounded off or convex. The 
anal fin is inserted opposite the middle portion of the base of the dorsal. Ven- 
trais small and slender, inserted immediately in advance of the anterior edge of 
the dorsal ; their posterior extremity stretching beyond the anterior edge of 
the anal fin and overlap, consequently, the vent. The pectorals being rather 
short and broad, subelliptical in their outline. The rays are: D13; A6; C 2, 
1, 7, 7,1, 2; V6; P 13.—The ground color is reddish-brown, with transverse 
narrow bands of a darker tint and a small blackish spot at the base of each 
scale, constituting about seven longitudinal serics on either side of the body. 
The caudal fin is likewise transversely spotted, whilst the other fins are uni- 
color. 

Specimens of this species were collected at Indianola, Texas, by John H. 
Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham. 


XLY. A very pretty little species of Limia, which we call LZ. formosa, was 
likewise caught by John H. Clark, under Major Emory, in a Jagoon at Paolo 
Alto. Of this, we have a specimen of either sex, the female differing widely 
from the male. We will proceed describing them, one after the other. 

The male resembles somewhat the same sex in 1. peciloddes, from which it 
may, however, be distinguished at first glance, by a greater depth at the pe- 
duncle of the tail. The back is likewise less arched, and the abdumen less con- 
vex; the greatest depth of the body, at the origin of the dorsal, entering some- 
what over four times in the total length. The head constitutes about the fourth 
of the total length; the eye, which is large and circular, enters three times in 
the length of the side of the head by its diameter. The snout is rather abbre- 
viated. The dorsal fin is longer than high, and convex or subconvex upon its 
upper margin. The caudal is rounded off posteriorly. The anal fin is inserted 
nearly opposite the anterior margin of the dorsal; it is slender and deep, but 
far from extending as far back as the posterior rays of the dorsal. The ventrals, 
which are slender, are inserted in advance of the anterior margin of the dorsal, 
at a short distance from the anal, between which there is just space enough for 
the anal aperture. Their extremities project beyond the base of the anal fin, 
particularly the second ray, which is longer than the rest. As to the pectorals, 
they are rather broad and proportionally well developed. 

The female specimen, which measures one inch and a half, is more slender 
than the male. We take it, however, that when adult and full of roe, the pro- 
portions of the body may assume a different aspect. The greatest depth is 
equal to the length of the head. which constitutes the fourth of the total length. 
We notice the same abbreviated snout and large eyes, as in the male sex. The 
dorsal fin is nearly as high as long, and almost of equal depth throughout, its 
upper margin being straight or subconvex; the anterior margin of that fin is 
somewhat nearer the insertion of the caudal than the apex of the snout, The 


1859.] ; 


116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


anal fin, which is deeper than long, is inserted opposite the posterior portion 
of the base of the dorsal. The ventrals are small, subtriangular when expanded, 
their posterior extremity not extending as far as the anterior edge of the anal. 
The pectorals are well developed, elongated, posteriorly rounded off, their ex- 
tremities projecting beyond a line drawn at the origin of the ventrals. The 
rays of the fins are:—D 12; A10; C7,1,8,7,1,6; V6; P9.—We have 
counted thirteen rays in the dorsal fin of the male sex, and seven in the anal. 
The structure of the latter is as follows :—First and second ray simple, short, 
and slender; third and fourth most developed, third one stoutest; fifth, sixth, 
and seventh slender, but deeper than the first and second, and bifurcated. The 
scales are very similar in either sex, much deeper than long, anteriorly trun- 
cated, with numerous radiating furrows upon the latter section only, and 
rounded off upon the remaining edges, with very fine concentric lines of growth. 
The ground color is olivaceous brown; the dorsal region assuming a darker 
tint, owing to a biown spot which may be observed on the scales, whilst the 
abdominal region has a lighter and more yellowish aspect. The dorsal fin 
alone exhibiting transverse series of blackish spots: the other fins being 
unicolor. 


XLVI. Lieut. D. N. Couch has collected, in the waters of the Rio San Juan, at 
Cadarecta and Monterey, in the Province of New Leon, a species of Limia, which 
differs widely from its congeners, as will be shown presently. Unfortunately, 
all the specimens are of the female sex. The largest of these measure one and 
five-eighths of an inch, being apparently full grown, or, at any rate, adult, for 
the abdomen is distended by the presence of numerous embryos. The body 
appears to be rather short and contracted ; the back being convex and gently 
sloping forwards. The head is small, constituting about the fifth of the total 
length. The orbit occupies the third of the side of the head. The dorsal fin 
is longer than high, superiorly subconvex, its anterior margin being nearer the 
insertion of the caudal than the apex of the snout. Its entire base is placed 
upon the posterior declivity of the back. The posterior margin of the caudal 
is, as usual, convex. The anal fin is inserted opposite the posterior portion of 
the base of the dorsal; it is narrow and rather deep, and its extremity extends 
further back than the posterior rays of the dorsal. The ventrals are compara- 
tively of moderate size, sublanceolate, their extremity extending to the vent. 
As to the pectorals, they are narrow and elongated, rounded off posteriorly, 
not reaching a vertical line drawn at the insertion of the ventrals. The rays 
are:—D 9; A6; C 4,1, 9, 8, 1,3; V6; P 11.—Thescales are verv large, and 
exhibit the general structure alluded to in the other species. The dorsal re- 
gion to the middle of the flanks is almost entirely chestnut-brown, so large are 
the spots which are observed on every scale. An obsolete band of black exists 
along the sides. The abdomen and inferior region of the tail are yellowish, 
with a goiden reflect. The fins are unicolor, except the dorsal, which exhibits 
a few blackish spots. We call this species Limia couchiana. 


XLVII. Another species of Limia appears to be common about Matamoras, 
where it was first collected by the late L. Berlandier, whose collection has 
since been purchased by Lieut. D. N. Couch, a lover and cultivator of natural 
sciences. 

Specimens of the male sex measure nearly two inches in total length, of 
which the head, which is rather small, constitutes about the fifth part. The 
body is very much compressed, rather deep, maintaining its depth along the 
peduncle of the tail. The upper surface of the head, as usual, is very much 
depressed and flattened. The profile is gently sloping from the origin of the 
dorsal fin to the apex ofthe snout. The eye is well developed, subcircular, its 
diameter entering about three times in the length of the side of the head. The 
dorsal fin is longer than high, and equally elevated throughout its whole length, 
the tip of its posterior rays not extending as far as the insertion of the caudal 
fine The anal is inserted somewhat posteriorly to the anterior margin of the 


[ April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 


dorsal, and close to the ventrals, from which it is separated by the anal aper- 
ture alone. The ventrals themselves are of moderate development, overlapping 
the vent and projecting beyond the insertion of the anal; the second ray is 
much longer than the rest. The pectorals are elongated, their tips extending 
beyond the insertion of the ventrals and the origin of the anal without reaching 
as far as the tip of the ventrals. The rays are:—D 14; A7; C 5,1, 9, 8,1, 
Dee Gee sh2' 

The largest specimens of the female sex which have come under our observa- 
tion, measure but an inch anda half. The general aspect of the body is the 
same as in the male sex; the head, however, is somewhat larger, being con- 
tained about four times and a half in the total length. The dorsal fin is much 
smaller than in the male, and convex upon its upper margin. The anal fin is 
rather small and inserted opposite the middle region of the dorsal. The ven- 
trals overlap the vent, but their extremities do not quite reach the anterior 
margin of the anal. The tip of the pectorals extends beyond the origin of the 
ventrals, but not as far as the anal fin. The anal fin has nine rays. Tlie sec- 
ond ray of the ventrals is even with the rest. The scales are large, much deeper 
than long, anteriorly subtruncated, and rounded off upon the rest of the peri- 
phery. Radiating furrows may be observed upon their anterior section only. 

The ground color is reddish brown, lighter beneath than above, with longi- 
tudinal series of dark spots corresponding to the series of scales, and more con- 
spicuous along the dorsal region than elsewhere. The dorsal fin is transvers- 
ally barred with series of blackish spots, as well as the upper lobe of the cau- 
dal. The other fins being unicolor. 

The above species we propose to designate under the name of Limia matamo- 
rensis. 


XLVIII. A new genus to which we give the name of Adinia, has the general 
physiognomy of Limia, but differs from it, as well as from Peecilia, by the struc- 
ture of its mouth. The latter is protractile, rather cleft, aearly horizontal when 
retracted, and slightly directed downwards when protracted; the jaws being 
equal, the snout subconical, instead of being truncated as in Limia and Peeilia. 
The lower jaw is also better developed than in the genera just alluded to, and 
the upper one is convex instead of being depressed. The male sex differs but 
little from the female; the dorsal and anal fins holding the same relative po- 
sition in either of them,—being simply larger in the male than in the female. 
The posterior margin of the caudal fin is subtruncated. 

Specimens of the typical species of this genus, and, as yet, the only one known, 
were collected at Galveston, Texas, by Dr. C. B. Kennerly, under Capt. A. W. 
Whipple, at St. Joseph's Island, Tex., by Gustavus Wurdemann, and at Indi- 
anola, Tex., by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham. The largest ones 
observed measure less than an inch and a half in total length, in which the 
head enters about three times and a half. The head is, therefore, well devel- 
oped, wedge-shaped, the profile being quite declivous from the origin of the 
dorsal fin to the apexof the snout. The greatest depth of the body corresponds 
to the anterior margin of the dorsal, and diminishes rapidly backwards. The 
eye is large and circular, its diameter entering three times and a half in the 
length of the side of the head: once in advance of its anterior rim. The dor- 
sal fin is higher than long, aud quite elevated in the male sex; its anterior mar- 
gin is nearly equidistant between the apex of the snout and the posterior edge 
of the caudal fin. The anal fin is deeper than long, and deeper in the male than 
in the female ; its anterior margin corresponding to the middle of the base of 
the dorsal, and extends more backwards than the latter fin. Its exterior mar- 
gin is rounded off, or convex. The ventrals are rather broad and overlap the 
vent, whilst the pectorals are elongated and extend beyond the origin of the 
veatrals. The second ray of the latter fins does not project beyond the others, 
as is the case with the species of Limia, The rays are:—D 9; Ail; C 4,1, 


1859.] 


118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


8,7, 1,4; V6; P 15.—The scales are somewhat deeper than long, anteriorly 
truncated and posteriorly rounded, whilst the upper and lower margins are 
nearly straight and parallel. The concentric lines of growth are very fine and 
numerous, and short radiating furrows occupy almost the entire anterior mar- 
gin. 

The dorsal region and upper surface of the head are greyish olive or oliva- 
ceous brown, with a darker line at the periphery of the scales. he flanks are 
fasciated alternatively with greyish brown and light yellowish transverse nar- 
row bands, the more conspicuous as they approach the peduncle of the tail ; 
the brown bands being wider than the light yellowish ones; there are how- 
ever instances in which light streaks subdivide the brown bands. The oper- 
cular apparatus is silvery: the lower part of the head and the belly exhibit- 
ing a uniform light olivaceous or yellowish tint. 

The name of Adinia multifasciata appears to us quite characteristic of the 
species which is here described. An immature female specimen is figured on 
Plate xxxviii, figs. 12-14 of the ‘‘Ichthyology of the U. S. and Mexican Boun- 
dary,’’ where it is given as the female sex of Limia peciloides, an error which 
we now rectify. 


XLIX. Another new genus, which we call Lucania, has the general appear- 
ance of Fundulus, from which it differs by the presence, upon the jaws, of one 
row of teeth only ; the mouth itself being fashioned as in Fundulus: the up- 
per jaw being smaller and somewhat shorter than the upper, arched sideways 
and subdepressed superiorly. The head is somewhat rounded off and blunt. 
The insertion of the anal fin is more posteriorly than the dorsal. The caudal 
is rounded off. The scales are of but moderate development, deeper than long, 
with fine concentric strie, and furrowed upon their anterior section. The sexes 
afford no greater differences than in Fundulus and Hydrargyra. 

The typical species of the genus which is here instituted, was figured and 
described by us under the name of Limid venusta in the ‘‘ Ichthyology of the 
U.S. and Mexican Boundary,’’ plate xxxix, figs. 20—23, p. 71. Its present 
systematic name, therefore, will be Lucania venusta. Fig. 21 gives a most 
perfect idea of the shape and structure of the mouth. The lateral line is not 
always so conspicuous as represented in fig. 20. The teeth themselves are 
proportionally larger than in the following species. The anterior margin of 
the dorsal fin is nearly equidistant between the apex of the snout and the in- 
sertion of the caudal. The anal is placed opposite the posterior half of the 
dorsal, and consequently projects further back. The ventrals are slender, 
extending as far as the vent, and composed of six rays and not five, as formerly 
stated. The pectorals are elongated, posteriorly rounded off, and projecting 
beyond the insertion of the ventrals. The rays are:—D13; All; C3, 1, 8, 8, 
1,2; V6; P10.—The scales are deeper than long, anteriorly subtruncated, 
rounded off upon the remaining edges, with radiating furrows upon the anterior 
section only, the concentric lines of growth being very fine. The ground color 
is reddish brown, with groups of dark dots on the centre of the scales; the 
fins being unicolor, of a yellowish olive tint. A specimen of this species was 
collected at Indianola, Tex., by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham, while 
on the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey. 


L. We find in the collection of the late L. Berlandier two specimens of a 
species of Lucania, collected in the neighborhood of Matamoras, resembling 
very closely the preceding one. ‘The only differences which we are able to 
detect consist in a larger mouth and larger scales, a more backward position 
of the dorsai and anal, together with the following formula of the fins :—D 12; 
All; C4, 1, 7, 7,1, 3; V6; P12.—The coloration is the same. The speci- 
mens not being perfect, a further comparison could not be instituted. We shall 
designate them provisionally under the name of Lucania affinis. 


LI. Amongst the fishes collected in the vicinity of the city of Mexico, by Maj. 
[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 


W. Rich, in 1853, we notice a cyprinodont of a very peculiar external appear- 
ance, belonging nevertheless to the genus Lucania, as characterized above. 

One of the female specimens measures two inches and a half in total length. 
The dorsal region is very much arched from the insertion of the dorsal fin to 
the nape, which is quite swollen. The head is rather small, constituting the 
fifth of the total length, its upper surface is subdepressed, the occipital region 
appearing concave from the sudden rising of the nape, a trait less conspicuous 
in smaller specimens of the same sex and in the males also. The snout is 
short, thick and blunt. The gape of the mouth is oblique upwards as in the 
other species of this genus. The eye is subcircular, its diameter entering 
three times and a half in the length of the side of the head. There are three 
slender branchiostegal rays on either side, the outermost being exiguous. 
The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is nearly equidistant between the apex 
of the snout and the posterior margin of the caudal fin; its upper margin 
is convex and its base is longer than the height of the middle rays. The 
caudal fin enters a little short of seven times in the total length. The anal 
is smaller than the dorsal, but has the same shape, and the same propor- 
tions between its base and its depth. Its anterior margin is placed poste- 
riorly to that of the dorsal; the tip of its rays extending but very slightly 
further back than those of the latter,—so that the two fins are nearly 
even posteriorly. The ventrals are very small and reach the vent with their 
extremities. The pectorals are of moderate development, rounded off, not ex- 
tending as far as the origin of the ventrals. The rays are:—D 20; A 23; © 5,, 
1, 10, 10, 1, 6; V 6; P 12.—The scales are comparatively small, deeper than 
long, subelliptical in their outline, exhibiting extremely fine concentric lines of 
growth, and provided with radiating furrows upon their anterior section alone. 
The ground color is olivaceous brown, with transverse dark brown bands which 
run occasionally together giving the entire body, head and fins, a greyish black 
appearance. Otherwise the fins assume a greyish olive tint. 

The male sex is more slender than the female; the dorsal and anal fins being 
somewhat more developed, and the back less arched. The coloration is similar 
in either sex. 


LII. In speaking of the generical characters to be assigned to Girardinus, 
and especially of the structure of the mouth, we ought to have stated that the 
latter is depressed, instead of being rounded, and constructed after the fashion 
of that of Pecilia and Limia, so that its gape is directed upwards when con- 
tracted, and downwards when protracted. Accordingly its affinities with the 
latter two genera are more intimate than with Gambusia. 

The specimen of Girardinus occidentalis, figured, size of life, on plate xxxix, 
of the ‘‘ Ichthyology of the U. 8. and Mex. Boundary,”’ is the largest of those 
collected in the Rio Santa Crux, by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham. 
Specimens two inches and a quarter in total length were subsequently collected 
at Tuczon, Sonora, by Arthur Schott, under Major Emory. All these speci- 
mens belong to the female sex. The following formula of the fins is to super- 
sede that which has been previously published:—D 7; A7; C4, 1, 7, 7,1, 3; 
V 6; P12.—The scales are subelliptical, deeper than long, with radiating fur- 
rows upon the anterior section alone. The ground color is either reddish or 
olivaceous brown above, and yellowish white beneath, with a golden reflect 
during the breeding season. The periphery of the scales exhibits blackish dots 
occasionally so crowded as to assume a dark appearance. Along the middle 
of the flanks may be seen a black fillet which imitates a lateral line; the series 
of scales over which it runs is sometimes entirely black. A black streak is 
observed along the under edge of the peduncle of the tail. The fins are of a 
uniform light yellowish tint. 

We refer, for the present, to the same species, numerous specimens ina 
rather indifferent state of preservation, collected at Tuczon, by Dr. A. L. Heer- 
mann, under Lt. J. G. Parke. Amongst them we observe several individ ials 


1859. ] 


120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


of the male sex, measuring about an inch and a quarter in total length, rather 
slender in general appearance, and resembling somewhat the same sex in Gam- 
busia. The anal fin, however, is more slender and deeper than in the latter 
genus, it being composed of but two developed rays preceded and followed by 
inconspicuous rudimentary ones. The other fins are so much mutilated as not 
to allow counting their rays with any degree of certainty. The coloration is 
the same as in the female sex, just alluded to above. 


LIII. Specimens of aspecies closely, allied to the foregoing one, were collected 
in San Bernardino creek, Mex., by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly, under Major Emory. 
That creek, it will be remembered, flows westwards of the Sierra Madre, ming- 
ling its waters with those of the Rio Yaqui, which empties itself into the Gulf 
of California. 

The largest of these specimens belonging to the female sex measure two 
inches and a quarter in total length, being therefore of the same size as some 
of those of the preceding species. Nothing is more alike than the general 
aspect of these two species; the present one, however, is more stoutly built. 
The head constitutes about the fifth of the total length. The caudal fin is pos- 
teriorly subtruncated. The dorsal and anal fin are inserted somewhat farther 
back, each being provided with eight rays instead of seven; otherwise the for- 
mula is the same:—D 8; A 8; C4, 1, 7, 7, 1,3; V 6; P 12.—The scales have 
the same shape and structure, but they are proportionally smaller, than in the 
preceding species. 

The specimens of the male sex, measure about an inch and a quarter or a 
little more. They bear the same relations to their females as those of the pre- 
ceding species. The dorsal fin exhibits likewise eight rays. 

The ground color, in either sex, is of a dark chestnut brown, with black dots 
at the periphery of the scales, and a lateral black fillet covered by a lateral 
streak of the width of a scale. A narrow dark streak may also be observed 
under the peduncle of the tail. In its coloration, therefore, this species does 
not differ very materially from the foregoing one. The lateral streak alone ap- 
pears as a more constant feature. 

We shall designate it provisionally under the name of G. sonoriensis. 


LIV. Let it be recalled to mind here, that the mouth in Gambusia is construct- 
ed after the fashion of Hydrargyra and Zygonectes, and that its gape is horizontal 
when protracted, and oblique upwards when in a contracted state. Indeed, 
the affinities between Gambusia and Zygonectes are of the most intimate kind, 
since in Zygonectes the anterior margin of the anal fin is sometimes situated in 
advance of the anterior margin of the dorsal. It is true, we find a slight dif- 
ference between these two genera, in the gape of the mouth when in a pro- 
tracted condition, and also in the sexes, which assume a different aspect in 
Gambusia, whilst in Zygonectes the differences between the male and the female 
are a great deal more restricted. 

The party under Lt. J. G. Parke, on its way home, collected in Caman- 
che Spring specimens of both sexes of Gambusia nobilis, the male of which we 
had not observed so far. It has the same general aspect as its female, figured 
on plate xxxix, of the ‘‘Ichthyology of the U. 8. and Mex. Boundary,’’ being 
rather short and deep bodied compared to its congeners. In coloration both 
sexes agree. The largest specimens of the female sex measure two inches and 
those of the male one inch in total length. 


LY. Specimens of Gambusia affinis were also collected in San Pedro creek, 
Tex., and in Dry creek near Victoria, Tex., by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly, under 
Major Emory. The male sex measures one and a tenth of an inch in total 
length, and compares well with the female figured on plate xxxix, of the ‘‘ Ich- 
thyology of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary,’’ having the same slender appear- 
ance and general aspect. The anal fin is somewhat deeper than in G. patruelis 
represented on the plate just alluded to. The color is similar in either sex. 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 


LVI. As to Gambusia patruelis, numerous specimens of that species were col- 
lected in the upper affluents of the Rio Nueces, by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly, under 
Capt. A. W. Whipple, during the Exploration near the thirty-fifth parallel, for 
a railroad route to the Pacific. The average size of either sex corresponds 
pretty nearly to the specimens figured on plate xxxix, of the ‘‘ Ichthyology of 
the U. S. and Mex. Boundary.’’ Specimens from the Rio Leona, Rio Blanco, 
and Rio Seco, exhibit a somewhat lighter tint than those from the lower part 
of the same hydrographic basin. But this may be an alteration subsequent to 
their immersion in alcohol. 


LVII. Acurious little species of Gambusia from the hydrographic basin of the 
Rio San Juan, specimens of which having been collected in Rio San Diego, one 
of its affluents, near Cadereita, New Leon, by D. N. Couch. The largest ones 
measure an inch and a half in total length, and belong to the female sex alone. 
The body is deep upon its middle and the tail tapering. The head enters about 
four times and a half in the total length. The eye is proportionally large and 
circular ; its diameter entering three times in the length of the side of the head. 
The dorsal fin is very narrow and elevated, and proportionally higher than 
in the other species so far known of this genus. The anal fin is likewise nar- 
row and deep, and resembles the dorsal in that respect. The ventrals are 
small, and the pectorals well developed. We have not been able to count with 
accuracy the rays of the fins, owing to the desiccated condition of the specimens 
preserved ; in the dorsal and anal fins they are less numerous than in the 
other species of the genus. The color of the body is reddish-brown, except 
the belly, which is yellowish or whitish. Small black spots may be observed 
along the dorsal region near the base of the scales. The dorsal and anal fins 
are greyish; the caudal ventrals and pectorals, olivaceous. 

The species might be designated under the appellation of Gambusia speciosa. 


LVIII. In the collection of the late Louis Berlandier, of Matamoras, we find 
another species of Gambusia, which differs from its congeners by the slender- 
ness of its form and general appearance: hence the name of G. gracilis by 
which we propose to record it. 

The largest female specimens measure about an inch and a half in total 
length, of which the head constitutes a little more than the fifth. The mouth 
is rather large compared to that of the foregoing species. The diameter of the 
eye enters about three times in the length of the side of the head. The body 
in its profile is subfusiform. The dorsal fin is higher than long, superiorly 
convex. The caudal is rounded off posteriorly. The anal is larger than the 
dorsal, deeper than long and exteriorly convex, the posterior extremity of its 
insertion being nearly opposite the anterior margin of the dorsal. The tip of 
the ventrals extends almost to the anterior margin of the anal. The pectorals 
are well developed and project beyond the insertion of the ventrals. The rays 
are:—D 6; A9;C 5, 1, 6, 6, 1, 4; V 6; P 13.—The scales are moderate sized, 
much deeper than long, subelliptical in their outline, more convex posteriorly 
than anteriorly with numerous and well developed radiating furrows upon the 
anterior portion alone. . 

The largest male specimens which have come under our observation mea- 
sure a little over an inch in total length. They are very similar to the female 
sex, rather more slender. The anal fin exhibits the usual structure peculiar 
tothat genus. The first ray is a mere rudiment; the second being the stoutest 
and longest; the third forms, with the second, the elongation of that fin, and 
is followed by four shorter rays somewhat better developed, however, than in 
the other species, which we have examined. 

The color is olivaceous brown; the dorsal and caudal fin exhibits narrow 
transverse, blackish bars; the other fins being olivaceous. 


‘ LIX. Mr. John Potts has collected in Chihuahua River another species of Gam- 
busia which appears to reach a larger size than any of the foregoing spe- 


1859.] 


122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


cies, reminding us somewhat by its general appearance those occurring in 
Cuba. 

The specimens before us are all of the female sex, and measure two inches 
and a quarter in total length, in which the head enters about five times. The 
head itself is rather short, whilst the mouth is proportionally large. The dia- 
meter of the eye enters thrice in the length of the side of the head. The 
dorsal fin ‘s higher than long, somewhat convex superiorly. The candal is 
rather short and subtruncated posteriorly. The anal is deeper than long and 
a little broader than the dorsal; the middle of its insertion corresponding to 
the anterior margin of the dorsal. The ventrals are very small and far from 
reaching the vent with their extremities. The pectorals are of moderate de- 
velopment, spear-shaped when not expanded. The rays are:—D 9; A 10; 
C 6,1, 7, 7, 1,6; V6; P12.—The middle rays of the dorsal and anal fins 
exhibit bifurcations of the second degree conspicuously developed. The scales 
are of moderate development. The body is chestnut brown, and the abdomen 
yellowish golden, with blackish specks along the middle of the flanks to the 
caudal fin. The periphery of the scales is margined with black. The dorsal, 
caudal and anal fins are greyish and speckled, the ventrals and pectorals being 
olivaceous. 

To distinguish this species from its congeners, the name of G. senilis 1s here 


proposed. 


On the Primary Divisions of the SALAMANDRIDZ, with Descriptions of Two 
New Species. 


BY E. D. COPE. 


Class AMPHIBIA. Order CADUCIBRANCHIATA. Sub. Ord. URODELA. 
Fam. 1. PROTONOPSID. Branchial-apertures persistent. (Trematoderes 
Dum. & Bibr). 


Fam. 2. SALAMANDRIDX. Branchial apertures none. (Aretoderes Dum. 
& Bibr.) 

The characters of the following subfamilies are taken from the position, etc., 
of the palatine and sphenoidal teeth, and we are of the opinion that the groups 
thus formed will be found to be more natural than those established exclusively 
upon the form of the tongue. 


1. AMBYSTOMIN 4. 


Palatine teeth upon elevated processes of the vomero-palatine bones, in 
straight or arched transverse series only, sphenoidal teeth absent. Tongue 
large, thick, papillose, but slightly free. Form stout. Skin mostly smooth. 
North America. 


1. MecaLosaTracuus (Tschudi) 1838. Syn. Cryptobranchus Van der Hoeven, 
1838. Sieboldia Bonaparte, 1850. Tritomegas Dumeril & Bibron, 1850. 

The great aquatic Salamander of Japan is closely allied to our Protonop- 
sis (Menopoma Harlan), but the absence of branchial slits places it among the 
true Salamanders. By the position of the palatine teeth it evidently belongs to the 
present subfamily, and not among the Tritons, as placed by Dr. Hallowell. 
(Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. iii. Second Series, p. 357). 


2. Camarataxis Nob. Palatine teeth upon four processes, the two posterior 
short oblique, and behind the internal nares; the anterior forming an arch, 
interrupted at the palatine suture, and concentric with the maxillary series. 
Tongue broad, thick, papillose, attached by the whole posterior border, slightly 
free laterally. Extremities stout, digits free, 4—5. Tail not long, compressed, 


(April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 


C. maculata.—Ambystoma maculatum Hallowell, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., 
Second Series, vol. iii. p. 355. 

This species, which inhabits New Mexico, makes the nearest approach to the 
preceding genus in the form of the series of palatine teeth. In this respect it 
also exhibits teo great a departure from the straight or slightly angular series 
of Ambystoma, to remain in that genus. 


3. AmBystoma (Tsch.) 

The nearest approach to the preceding species, in general appearance and 
form of the palatine series, is seen in the Ambystoma ne b ulosum of Dr. Hal- 
lowell; but the processes are not arched, but straight, presenting an obtuse angle 
forward. 

The genus YXiphonura Tschudi (Heterotriton Gray) does not seem to be suffi- 
ciently distinct either with respect to dental peculiarities, or the form of the 
tail. Though Ambystomaingens, luridnum, and Californiense re- 
semble each other in these points, and are quite different from the A. opacum, 
yet by the intervention of such species as A. tigrinum(Green)—fuscum 
(Hallowell)—bicolor (Hall.)\—puactatum (Linn.), which show a regular 
gradatiou of form, the hiatus is filled, and no generic division can be made. 

The following species appears to be undescribed: 


4.conspersum.—Head oval, rather large; extremities slender, fourth toe 
twice as long as second; tail not longer than body, much compressed; tongue 
elliptical, very slightly free at.the sides; palatine teeth in two short patches 
between the internal nares, presenting a concavity backwards. Length 1 inch 
10 lines: head 41.: body 91.: tail 91. Head, back and tail cinereous brown, 
finely speckled with white dots, which are confluent on the snout. An indis- 
tinct row of white spots on the sides. Beneath dirty white. 

Londongrove, Chester Co., Pennsylvania. 

The animal described was probably not fully grown, so that though the 
measurements indicate the smallest known Ambystoma, the adult may be 
larger. We are unable to refer it as the young of any of our Pennsylvania 
Ambystomata. The form of the tail would indicate aquatic habits, but it was 
found in the woods, and when placed in water showed the greatest aversion 
to it. 

It resembles Ambystoma porphyriticum ofthe Academy’s collection, but 
differs in color of abdomen, Jateral series of spots, and larger head and mouth. 
(We allude to the specimen from the Wabash, presented by Dr. McMurtrie). 
The two latter points, it will be noticed, are those in which this Wabash 
specimen differs from Prof. Green’s description, according te Dr. Hallowell. 
(Proc. Acad., Feb. 1856). A. porphyriticum has as yet been found west of 
the Alleghanies only. The young of A.laterale (Hall.) is not known, nor 
has the geographical distribution of that species been well uscertained. We 
have been unable to find Gray’s description of his A. punctulatum, which 
is, however, a Californian species. 


4. Onycuopacty.us (Tsch.)—The genus Ensatina (Gray) which is stated by 
Dr. Hallowell (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 8, p. 238) to he destitute of sphenoidal 
teeth, may enter this subfamily. 


2. SPELERPINA. 


Palatine teeth in short series upon transverse processes of the palatine bone; 
sphenoidals numerous, aggregated upon two thin, ovate or elongate bony plates 
(becoming cartilaginous), which lie longitudinally and contiguously upon the 
sphenoid bone. Tongue (generally) thin, borne upon the much exserted carti- 
laginous elongation of the os hyoides; some genera with an additional anterior 
aenenets attachment. Form slender; skin smooth. North America and 

urope. 


1859.} 


124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


I PLETHODONTS. 


Tongue with a membranous attachment from the pedicel to the anterior edge, 
leaving the lateral and posterior borders more or less free. 


1. PLrernopon (Tsch.)—The tongue in this genus is not attached by its pos- 
terior border, as described, though very slightly free. 


2. DesmoGcNatauus (Baird).—D. auriculata (Holbrook). D. nigra 
(Green). 

D. fusca (Green). Salamandra quadrimaculata (Holbrook) is undoubtedly 
the young of this species. 

The teeth of this species—as in all others of the Spelerpinz that we have ex- 
amined, are acrodont. Superior and inferior maxillaries slightly curved, com- 
pressed; summits truncate, having a cutting edge interiorly, and a sharp point 
exteriorly, with a crescent-shaped depression between. Oolor hyaline, point 
and edge amber. Sphenoidals more cylindrical and incurved. 

D.ochrophea.*—Form more slender than D. fusca, less so than Pleth. 
erythronotus. Tail as long as the head and body, subquadrangular at base, 
beyond, slender and slightly compressed. Thirteen distinct costal folds. 
Length 2 inches 11 1.; tail 17 1. 

Color above, varying from bright to dirty and fuscous straw color, most 
specimens with an indefinite medial row of irregular brown spots, a deep brown 
line passing through the eye and along the dorso-latera] region of the body to 
the end of the tail ; distinctly defined along its upper edge; fading into fuscous 
marblings on the sides. Belly pure white. 

Susquehanna County, Pennsylvania. 

This is a terestrial species, and very common beneath the bark of hemlock 
logs. We have never noticed it in the South-eastern part of Penna., but it has 
probably been passed over as Spelerpes bilineata, to which it bears consider- 
able resemblance, or as a pale variety of Plethodonerythronotus. Fromthe 
latter it differs in attachment of tongue, less slender form, want of marblings 
on the belly, etc. Brownish yellow takes the place of red on the back, though 
the young have indications of the same indefinite pink spotting as in that 
species and Desm. fusca. 

3. Anerpes (Baird.) 4. Herepia (Girard.) 5. Hemipactyiium (Tsch.) Is 
Salamandra melanosticta (Gibbes) identical with H. seutatum (Tschudi)? 


Il. SPELERPES. 
Tongue boletoid—attached by a central pedicel only. 


6. Batracuoseps (Bp.) 7. Spererpes (Raf.) 8. (Epirus (Tsch.) 9. GEo- 
TRITON (Bp.) 

10. Psevporrrron (Tsch.) The teeth of this species exhibit the following 
peculiarities.  Acrodont, much incurved, cylindrical, with a central pulp 


* Since the above was sent to press, we have been informed by Prof. Baird that 
he considers this animal identical with Salamandra Haldemani (Holbrook) 
which he is of opinion is one of the “ very numerous varieties of Desmognathus 
fusca.” We have never seen Prof. Holbrook’s original specimens of 8S. Halde- 
mani, but it has been represented by all subsequent authors to be a Spelerpes 
(Cylindrosoma D. & B.), a genus differing from Desmognathus in its boletoid 
tongue. We would also hazard a doubt as to the identity of this animal with 
Desm.fusca. The latter is decidedly aquatic in its habits, living beneath stones, 
etc., in rapid streams. 

The former we have never seen in the water, but have invariably found it 
beneath bark, under logs, etc. It is rather sluggish, resembling Pletbodon 
erythronotus in this respect. Should this animal bethe Salamandra H alde- 
mani of Holbrook, it will stand as Desmognathus Haldemani Nob. 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 


cavity, terminating in two points, the interior much larger than the exterior; 
both of a bright amber color, the body of the tooth being hyaline in appearance. 
The palatines are similar to the superior maxillaries, the inferior maxillaries 
only differ in being flattened on their inner side, and the sphenoidals in being 
more curved. 


3. HYNOBIINE. 


Vomero-palatine bones destitute of teeth, posteriorly elongated and cuneiform, 
occupying a deep emargination in the outline of the sphenoid bone. Sphenoidal 
teeth present, upon the outer edge of two ridges of the sphenoid bone which 
lie along the sphenoido-palatine suture, thus forming two longitudinal series 
closely approximated posteriorly, widely diverging and becoming transverse, 
anteriorly. Tongue rather large, much attached. Very aquatic species. 
Japan. 

This subfamily presents a singular and very distinct modification of the 
arrangement of teeth on the palate. 

Tschudi has distinguished generically the only two species of tnis subfamily, 
under the names Pseudosalamandra and Hynobius, and apparently upon insuf- 
ficient grounds. MM. Dumeril and Bibron have united them under the name 
Ellipsoglossa, but as Tschudi’s names have priority, one or the other of them 
must be adopted. We select as the least objectionable 


1. Hynozivs (Tsch.) H. nebulosus (Schl.) H. naevius (Schl.) 
Pseudosalamandra nevia Tsch. Class. 1838. Molge striata Gray, Cat. Brit. 
Mus. 1850. 


4, SALAMANDRINA. 


Palatine teeth upon the inner edge of processes of the palatine bones, which 
are elongated horizontally and posteriorly over the sphenoid. No transverse 
palatine series. Tongue generally thick, and seldom free to much extent. 
Skin mostly rough, or changing with the habitat. Form usually stout. Eu- 
rope, North America and Japan. 

It would appear as though herpetologists had not given the same attention 
to the clear definition of their genera among the animals of this subfamily, as 
elsewhere. In the following brief synopsis, the diagnoses of the genera have 
been drawn up with reference to and including only the distinctive characters. 


I SALAMANDRS. 


Palatine processes slender, curved, approximating posteriorly. Ribs not 
developed. Terrestrial species. 


1. SaramManpra (Laurenti.) Palatine teeth in two curved series, approxima- 
ted posteriorly. Tongue oval, thick, slightly free at its edges. Digits free, 4—5. 
Parotids large, porous. Tail moderate, cylindrical. 

S.maculosa (Laurenti.) S. corsica(Savi.) S. atra(Laurenti,) 1768. 
S. nigra, Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus. 1850. 


Il. PLEURODELA. 


Palatine processes cuneiform. Ribs greatly developed, sometimes piercing the 
skin. Terrestrial and aquatic. 

2, SALAMANDRINA (Fitzinger.) Palatine series nearly in contact at their 
anterior extremities, for a short distance almost parallel, then widely diverging. 
Tongue ovate, broad behind, free laterally and posteriorly. Digits 4—4. Tail 
subcylindrical. 

S. perspicillata Fitz. 1826. Seiranota condylura Barnes, Silliman’s 
Journ. v. ii. p. 278. 


3. PLevuRODELES (Michaelles.) Palatine teeth in two parallel series, whose 
anterior extremities are considerably in advance of the internal nares, and 


1859.] 10 


126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


slightly converging, Tongue emall, ova', free posteriorly and laterally. Paro- 
tids present, porous. Digits 4—5. Tail long, compressed. 

P. Waltli (Mich.)—Salamandra pleurodeles, Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, 
p. 117. ?P.exasperatus (Dum. & Bibr.) Erp. Gen. vol. 9, p. 420. 


4. Brapypates (Tschudi.) Palatine teeth few. Tongue small, round, at- 
tached by its whole inferior surface. Extremitjes short, small; digits 4—6. 
Body depressed, no parotids. Tail short, broad at base, subcylindrical. 

B. ventricosus (Tsch.) 


Ill. Trirones. 


Palatine processes cuneiform. Ribs not developed. Habits aquatic, many 
species furnished in the breeding season with dorsal crests, and interdigital 
membranes. 


5. Guiossoriaa (Bp.)—Longitudinal series of palatine teeth in two widely 
separated rows, slightly converging anteriorly. A strong postorbitar arch, 
formed by the union of a process of the posterior frontal with that of the tym- 
panic bone. Maxillary bone uniting immediately with the pterygoids. Tongue 
rounded, free posteriorly and laterally. Digits 4—5. Tail moderate, some- 
what compressed. 

A remarkable genus, quite distinct in many points of structure from 
Euproctus, with which Dum. & Bibron unite it. 

G. Poireti (Gervais.) 


6. Dizmycrytus (Rafinesque.)—Longitudinal series of palatine teeth in two 
straight rows, closely approximated anteriorly, widely diverging posteriorly. 
A strong long arch above and behind the orbit formed by the united processes 
of the posterior frontal and tympanic bones. Tongue small, thick, oval, at- 
tached by its whole inferior surface or with a very slightly free lateral border. 
Digits 4—5, the exterior and interior upon the hind feet rudimentary. Tail 
moderate, compressed. 

Syn. Diemyctylus Rafinesque, 1820. Notopthalmus Raf., 1820. Cynops Tech. 
1838. Tuaricha Gray, 1850. 

We regret that the law of priority compels us to employ Rafinesque’s objec- 
tionable name in preference to Cynops Tschudi or Taricha Gray. We prefer 
Diemyctylus, though apparently unmeaning, to the egregiously inappropriate 
Notopthalmus of the same date. 

D. torosus.—YZviton torosus Esch. Zool. At. pt. v. pl. 21. fig. 15, 1833. 
Triton Ermanni Weigmann, 1835. Triton granulosus Skilton, 1849. Zaricha tero- 
sus Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1850. 

The external characters of this animal present no peculiarity that appears to 
us to warrant generic separation from the succeeding species. 

2D. levis .—TZaricha levis Bd. & Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 6, p. 302. 

D. pyrrhogaster.—Molge pyrrhogastra Boie, Isis, p. 215, 1826. Sale- 
mandra subcristata Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, p. 135, 1833. Cynops subcristatus 
(Tsch.) Class. der Batrachier, p. 94, 1838.) Cynops pyrrhogaster (Gray,) Cat. 
Brit. Mus. 1850. 

This species in the development of the temporal region exhibits characters 
most typical of the genus. We fail to perceive the generic difference admitted 
by authors to exist between this and the followimg species. 

D. viridescens.—VJvriturus (Diemyctylus) viridescens Raf., 1820. Triturus 
(Notopthalmus) miniatus Raf., 1820. Salamandra symmetrica Harlan, 1825. 
Salamandra dorsalis Harlan, 1828. | Salamandra muillepunctata Storer, 1838. 
Triton millepunctatus Dekay, 1842. Triton dorsalis Hall., 1842. Triton symme- 
tricus Dum. & Bibr., 1854. 

We include in the above synonymes those of the nominal species D. 
miniatus, which we think with Dr. Hallowell (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Feb. 
1856) is a stateof D.viridesvens. We have caught specimens with or 


(April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 


without the dorsal or ventral spots; destitute of, with rudimentary, or fully 
developed crests; and of every shade of color between vermillion and brownish 
green. The color and character of the skin seem to be dependent upon the 
amount of moisture in the situations in which they are found. Those from 
high and dry spots are redder and rougher than those from marshy situations : 
while those whose habits are for the time aquatic, are still greener and smooth- 
er, and exhibit every degree of development of the dorsal crest. Thus itis 
probable that this species undergoes changes similar to those of the European 
Tritons, as detailed by Schlegel and Kaup. 


7. Evproctus, (Gené.)—Series of palatine teeth closely approximated ante- 
riorly, posterior extremities widely diverging. Skull elongated, depressed. A 
weak post orbitar arch formed by the slender processes of the posterior frontal 
and tympanic bones. Superior maxillary boue uniting with the pterygoid by 
the intervention of a jugal bone. Tongue oval, free behind and at the sides. 
Anal region frequently prolonged. Digits 4—5. Tail compressed. 

E. platycephalus (Otto.) —Molyge platycephalus (Otto.) 1826. Huproctus 
Rusconi (Bonaparte), 1839. Huproctus platycephalus (Gray,) 1830, Huproctus 
puncticulatus (Dum. & Bibr.) 

This and the following three species have been described by MM. Dum. & 
Bibron as Tritons, but are considered by M. Alfd. Duges (Osteologie et Myologie 
des Batraciens) as varieties of Euproctus platycephalus. ‘The present 
species is evidently a Euproctus, judging from the figure of the skull in the 
Erpetologie generale. 

E. rugosus (D.&B.) E.repandus (D.&B.) E. Bibronii (Bell.) 

8. Lissorriton (Bell.)—Series of palatine teeth nearly in contact anteriorly, 
widely diverging posteriorly. Post orbitar arch wanting; posterior frontal 
bone with aslight projecting supra-orbitar border. Tongue moderate, circular, 
depressed, slightly free all round. Digits 4—-5. Tail compressed. 

L. punctatus (Latr.)—Triton punctatus Auctorum. Lssotriion punctatus 

Bell, 1839. Lophinus punctatus Gray, 1850. 
_ The form of the tongue seems to be the only peculiarity which separates this 
species from the true Tritons. This, though a slight character, is probably 
better than that upon which Prof. Bell principally relies in establishing the 
genus—viz.: the smoothness of the skin :—thus including the Triton palmi- 
pes, and perhaps other species at proper seasons of the year. 

9. Triton (Laurenti). Series of palatine teeth closely approximated anteri- 
orly, diverging posteriorly. Supra-orbitar border of the pusterior frontal bone 
prominent ; the process rudimentary or wanting. Tongue small papillose, free 
at the sides only. Digits 4—5. Tail moderate, compressed. 

; @ OMmatorriton (Gray). Tongue thick, like a wart, lateral borders scarcely 
ree. 

Syn. Ommatotriton Gray, (1850). Lissotriton (Bell) (Pars), 1839. Lophinus 
(Gray), (Pars) 1850. 

palmipes (Latreille)? Molge vittatus Gray, (1820). Lissotriton pal- 
mipes Bell, (1839). Triton vittatus Dum. & Bibr. (1854). 

T. alpestris (Laur.) 

T. palmatus (Schn.) (1797). Lophinus palmatus (Gray), 1850. 

¢ Triton (Laurenti). Tongue depressed, considerably free laterally. 


Syn. Triton (Laur.) Syn. Rep. p. 38, (1768). Hemisalamandra (Pars) (Duges), 
(1852). 

T. marmoratus (Latreille}. This species stands first in Laurenti’s 
Synopsis of Tritons. In the form of the tongue it approaches, and in osteolo- 
gical characters closely resembles, the Hemisalamandra cristata, but the al- 
most parallel rows of palatine teeth in the latter species generically distinguish it. 


10. HemisaALamannra (Duges), (1852). Palatine teeth in two widely sepa- 


1859.] 


128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 

‘ 
rated longitudinal rows, which slightly converge anteriorly. Post-orbitar arch 
wanting. Tongue oval, flat, attached by its anterior and posterior borders, 
free laterally. Digits 4—5. Tail long, compressed. 

H. cristata (Laur.) Triton cristatus Auctorum, What species Merrem 
assigned as the type of his genus Molge, we have been unable to ascertain, nor 
would it seem to be generally well known among herpetologists, from the num- 
ber and variety of species to which it has been applied. The following are 
some of them:—Plethodon erythronotus, Hynobius nwvius, Buproctus 
platycephalus, Triton palmipes, Diemychylus pyrrhogaster. 


On the genus CALLIONYMUS of Authors, 
BY THEO, GILL. 


In the genus Callionymus, as it has been restricted by modern naturalists, 
three distinct genera are yet confounded. Sharing all of the following charac- 
ters, two of them differ so much from each other in the position of the bran- 
chial apertures, that there can be no doubt of their claims to rank as separate 
genera. The characters common to all, and which distinguish them as a sub- 
family, will be first given, and afterwards the generic diagnoses. 

The body is elongated, and often transversely oval anteriorly, and conse- 
quently broader than high; thence it gradually declines in height and thick- 
ness to the base of the caudal fin, and being often quite thick near that fin, 
assumes there a peculiar bulging appearance. The whole is naked and smooth. 

The lateral line commences at the mastoids, and is connected, near its 
origin, to that of the opposite side by a transverse nuchal line; thence it ge- 
nerally declines slightly, and is then continued along the side of the back or 
the upper part of the side to the caudal fin. 

The head is in general outline depressed and triangular, but varies in de- 
tail. The preopercle has a stout horizontal process which generally terminates 
posteriorly in a group of radiating and recurved spines, one above the other, 
or which has the spines along the superior border. The profile is oblique. 
The preorbitals or first sub-orbitals are prolonged anteriorly and frequently 
extended towards each other, thus forming a roof under which the jaws are 
concealed when retracted. There appears to be on each side but a single 
nostril, which is situated before the eye. 

The mouth is small and sub-terminal, but under the muzzle, and is protrac- 
tile downwards. 

The teeth are villiform, and present in a moderately broad band in each 
jaw. The palate is smooth. 

The tongue is generally far within the mouth; it is sometimes entirely 
united to the floor of the mouth, while at other times it is anteriorly free. 

The branchiostegal membrane has on each side five or six slender rays. 

The branchial apertures are very small and superior. 

The first dorsal fin commences before the bases of the pectorals ; it varies in 
shape, but there appears to be a constant arrangement of the rays. These are 
always four in number, and the first two are approximated at the base, butas 
the membrane enlarges, diverge from each towards their ends; the third is 
considerably posterior: the fourth is separated by a still wider interval from 
the third. 

The second dorsal commences a short distance behind the first, is oblong 
and is distant from the caudal less than its length. 

The anal has the form and structure of the second dorsal, but its commence- 
ment and termination are posterior to those points of the dorsal. 

The caudal is elongated, but narrow, and has only from ten to thirteen ar- 
ticulated rays, of which from one to three of the superior and inferior are 
simple. 

The pectoral fins are well developed, and are angular at the middle of their 
posterior margins. Their bases are vertical, but concave. 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 


The ventrals are on the sides of the breast, and their bases are parallel or 
nearly so with the fish’s length: they are separated from each other by a very 
wide and flattened area, and their posterior rays are connected by a membrane 
to the lower half of the bases of the pectoral fins. These fins are more or less 
larger than the pectorals. _ 

Such are the chief external characters of this singular group, and as they 
are apparently common to all its species, they should in this case be elimi- 
nated from the generic, and much more from the specific description. The 
different proportions of these parts are their relative situation to each other, 
are alone specific characters. The fins present a singular diversity, not alone 
in form, but in structure, in even the same species. Some of them, especially 
the first dorsal and caudal, are often much more developed in the males than 
in the females. The rays, at least of many of them, are very variable in their 
character, sometimes nearly all them being simple, and at others, almost all 
are branched. It is therefore impossible to now give a formula indicative of 
the exact permanent condition of the fins. 

Two of the genera confounded under the name of Callionymus, as has been 
already stated, differ chiefly in the position of the branchial apertures. Inthe 
true Callionymi, they are of an oval form, and situated near the inner angle of 
the superior opercular margin, and on the sides of the nape. In another group, 
they are present as small perpendicular slits behind the opercular margin, and 
have been well described by Valenciennes in the article on Callionymus oper- 
cularis. They are by that naturalist said to be concealed by a long pointed 
production of the operculum, and by a membrane which connects this produc- 
tion to the nape, and they thus present the appearance of transverse slits 
under this membrane when the operculaarc raised up. Valenciennes has well 
remarked that the species whose peculiarity he thus describes may one day 
become the type of a peculiar sub-genus, but he has not so named it. There 
can be at this day no doubt entertained as to the propriety of forming for the 
species thus distinguished a distinct genus, and the name of Synchiropus is 
offered as its generic appellation, a name which alludes to the peculiar con- 
nection of the ventrals to the bases of the pectorals. The genus that will be 
described under this name does not embrace the Callionymus dactylopus of 
Bennet which is the type of a distinct, but allied genus. 

The generic diagnoses of the genera will then be as follows : 


I. Cauuionymus, L. restr. 


Aperture branchiales ovate, in latere nuche utroque site. Pinnze ven- 
trales spina et quinque radiis ramosis, omnibus membrana conjunctis. 

This genus, as far as relates to the species referred to it, is synonymous 
with the genus Uranoscopus of Gronovius, who has reversed the Linnean names 
of Callionymus and Uranoscopus, as used by modern naturalists, the former 
Gronovian genus including the Uranoscopi and the latter the Callionymi. 

Besides the numerous species that have been already described, two that 
appear to be undescribed are in the collection of the North Pacific Exploring 
Expedition. One (C. teniatus Gill,) is lilac colored, with a silvery line and 
row of spots on the sides, and with a black spot, bordered by white, on the 
first dorsal, The other (C. inframundus Gill,) is light brownish, marbled 
with white, and with a blackish first dorsal. The former is from China; the 
latter from Japan. 

II. Syncutropvs, Gill. 

Aperture branchiales parve, lineares, fere perpendiculares, post opercula. 
Pinne ventrales radiis spinoso et quinque ramosis membrana conjunctis. 

The genus thus characterized embraces five known species, which are all 
inhabitants of the Eastern seas: 

iS. lateralis: 

Syn. Callionymus lateralis, Richardson, Zoology Sulphur, p. 65, pl. xxxvii, 
figs. 5 and 6, 1844. 


1859.] 


130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The specimen figured by Richardson is a female. The male is distinguished 
by a more slender and elongated body, and by a first dorsal, about a third 
higher than that of the female. The first dorsal has also a black spot margined 
with white at the posterior angle, and the two bars of the caudal which are 
present in the female are absent in the male. There are also two rows of 
blue spots on the anal of the female, which are not mentioned in Richardson’s 
descriptions: these spots are replaced in the males by two corresponding lines. 
Richardson simply states that his fish has a narrow streak of dusky brown 
near the lower border of the anal. There can, however, he no doubt as to the 
specific identity of these three varieties. Mr. Stimpson dredged specimens at 
Hong Kong from a depth of eight fathoms. 

2. 8. lineolatus. 

Syn. Callionyme lineolo, er Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. xii. p. 

Callionymus lineolatus. 307. 1837. 

This species is quite distinct from the preceding, which has been compared 
with it by Sir John Richardson. 

3. S. ocellatus. 

Syn. Callionymus ocellatus. Pallas, Spicilegia Zoologica, Fasc. octay. p. 26, 


pl. iv. figs. 1, 2, 3. 1770. 
(Callionime,) lceille Daubent. Enc. Method. vol. 3, Poiss. pp. 75, 277. 1787. 
Le petit Argus, \ Bonnaterre Tableau Encyc. Method., Ichthyologie, 
Callionymus ocellatus, p. 43. 1788. 
C vallionymus ocellatus, Artedi Genera Piscium, Walb. ed. p. 608. 1792. 

ot Linn. Systema Nature, Gmel. ed. p. 1154. Pig ht 
Callionyme pointille, a ees Hist. Nat. des. Poissons, vol. 2, pp. 
Callionymus punctulatus, 328, 340. 1800. 
Callionymus ocellatus, Bloch Systema Ichthyologie Schneid. ed. p. 40. 1801. 
Callionyme ocelle, Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. 12, p. 309. 
Callionymus ocellatus, 1837. 


Callionymus ocellatus, Blkr. Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. vol. 8, p.422. 1855. 


4. 8. opercularis. 
Syn. Callionyme a grand opercules, 1 Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. 
Callionymus opercularis, § Sl2s-p-13003 1837. 

5. 8. opercularoides. 

Syn. Callionymus opercularoides, Blkr. Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. vol. 1, 
p. 32. 1850. 

A third genus with the branchial apertures in the same position as Synchi- 
ropus, is readily distinguished from that genus, as well as from the true 
Callionymi, by its first articulated ray; this ray is unbranched and much 
longer than the following, from which it is almost entirely separated, and is 
only connected with the spinous ray. To the only known species, the name 
of Callionymus dactylopus has been given. As the specific name alludes to the 
principal generic character, and is also much more appropriate as a generic 
than a specific one, it is now conferred on the genus, and the name of its author 
is given as a specific one. 

Ill. Dacrytopvs, Gill. 


Aperture branchiales parve, lineares, post opercula. Primz ventrale radiis 
spinoso et quinque articulatis, radio primo articulato simplici, elongato, radio 
spinoso conjuncto, a radiis ramosis disjuncto. Pinna dorsalis prima spinis 
duobus primis filiformibus, longissimis, aliis filiformibus sed brevioribus. 


ED. bem niet tl. 


Syn. Callionyme a doigt libre, Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, 

Callionymus dactylopus, Ed. Benn., vol. 12, p. 310. 1837. 

Callionymus dactylopus, Blkr. Naturuk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. vol. 3, p. 559. 
1 


[April, 


\ 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 


Description of HYPORHAMPHUS, a New Genus of Fishes allied to Hemi- 
rhamphus, Cuyv. 


BY THEO. GILL. 


All those species of fishes which resemble in external form the Zsox Brazili- 
ensis of Lionzeus, and for which Cuvier framed the genus Hemirhamphus, have 
been described as having a straight band of short, granular and equal teeth in 
each jaw.* Such is the character given to the genus by Valenciennes, in the 
nineteenth volume of the ‘Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,” where twenty- 
seven species are referred toit. This character is also repeated in many of the 
specific descriptions, and many of the species are distinguished by the more or 
less small size of the teeth. Had any other form or system of dentition existed, 
it could therefore scarcely have been overlooked by the distinguished French 
naturalist. It is with much pleasure that I now submit to Ichthyologists the 
description of a fish which resembles in almost every feature, the known species 
of Hemirhamphus, but which have in each jaw a band of distinctly tricuspidate 
small teeth. Two specimens are in the collection made by the author, at the 
island of Barbadoes. Owing to an unfortunate accident, the specimens are in 
poor condition—the scales being mostly rubbed off and the fins more or less 
broken. I am unable, therefore, to furnish at present as full a discription as 
could have been wished. 


Hypornampuus Gill. 


Body elongated, very slowly decreasing in height to the dorsal. Scales large, 
each with a subcentral nucleus and delicate concentric striz. Head elongated, 
conical in profile, broad and flattened above. Lower jaw forming an elongated, 
slender and depressed bill. Upper jaw short and acutely rounded. Teeth small, 
distinctly tricuspidate, and with the median cusp largest, in a moderate band 
on each jaw. Dorsal and anal fins posterior and opposite each other, each 
oblong and simple. Caudal fin moderate, emarginate. Pectoral fins moderate. 
Ventral fins subcentral, small or moderate. Ventral carina distinct on each 
side. Tongue thin, moderate, rounded anteriorly, with parallel sides, and with 
a median groove, free before and on the sides. 


H.tricuspidatus, Gill.—The greatest height equals an eleventh of the 
extreme length, from the point of the lower jaw to the end of the caudal fin; 
the greatest breadth exceeds three-fifths of the height. The head, inclusive of 
the lower jaw, forms more than three-tenths of the extreme length. The lower 
jaw, from the tip to the corner of the mouth, constitutes a fifth of the same 
length, and is five times larger than the upper jaw. The radial formula ap- 
pears to vary. In a small specimen it is as follows:—D 14, A 17,C 4,16,7 
14,P11,V6. 

In a large one—D 15, A 16, P 10. 

They are both too much damaged to retain the true colors. The broad sil- 


very band is present as usual, and widest posteriorly. The upper part of the 
dorsal is blackish. 


) 


* T have not been in a position to consult the “ Catalogue of Malayan Fish,” 
in the eighteenth volume of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, where 
Cantor has described a “ Hemirhamphus tridentifer... That species may possibly 
belong to the genus now described, although the teeth of /yporhamphus would 
be very improperly compared to tridents. The specific name may, however, 
only allude to the three denticles of each tooth. 


1859.] 


132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


On DACTYLOSCOPUS and LEPTOSCOPUS, two New Genera of the Family of 
Uranoscopide. 
BY THEO. GILL. 


Dacrytoscorvs Gill. 


Body elongated, with the dorsal and abdominal outlines slowly converging 
to the caudal fin. Scales large, regularly imbricated. Lateral line straight, 
and runving along the middle of the side. Head oblong, subcubical and smooth. 
Preopercle entire, opercle radiatedly fringed behind. Mouth nearly vertical. 
Tongue thick, narrowed anteriorly, attached to the floor of the mouth. Labial 
velum without a barbel. Anusa short distance behind the base of the pectoral 
fins. Dorsal fin subequal, single and very long, commencing abvve or before 
the anus, and continued almost to the base of the caudal. Anal fin commen- 
cing behind the anus, and with the same form and termination as the dorsal. 
Caudal fin small and narrow, posteriorly subtruncated. Pectoral fins suban- 
gular. Ventral fins jugular, closely approximated, and each with three stout 
simple and articulated rays. 

D.tridigitatus Gill—The head from the snout to the margin of the 
opercle forms about a fifth of the extreme length. 

The greatest height is equal to a seventh of the same. The caudal fin forms 
an eighth. The dorsal commences over the lower angle of the base of the 
pectorals, or immediately before the margin of the operculum. 

D 40, A 34, C 1, 5, 5, 1, P13, V 3. 

The color, as far as preserved, is gray, marbled with white. 

Three specimens were obtained by the describer at the island of Barbadoes. 
The largest is slightly more than three inches in length. They are all in a bad 
state of preservation. 

This is a most interesting genus, from the unusual combination of the char- 
acters which it presents. From all the species that bave been hitherto referred 
to the genus Uranoscopus, it is at once distinguished by the entire absence of 
teeth on the palatine arch, and by the presence of only three rays to each of the 
ventral fins. Notwithstanding these anomalous characters, it presents so close 
a resemblance in general form to a species that has been described by Sir John 
Richardson, as Uranoscopus macropygus, that it might readily be referred to the 
genus by a casual observer. The same smooth head, the same gradually taper- 
ing body, the long dorsal and anal continued to the base of the caudal, the re- 
gularly imbricated scales, the straight and median lateral line, and the fringed 
operculum, are seen in both genera. In most of these characters, the two 
fishes are unlike any of the other Uranoscopi. Dactyloscopus is again distinguish- 
ed from the so-called Uranoscopus macropygus, besides the two characters that 
have been already pointed out by the relative length of the dorsal and anal fins, 
and by the relative situation of the ventrals to each otber. In the first described 
by Richardson, the anus is even more forward than in the West Indian species, 
and the anal fin commences immediately behind. The dorsal begins at some 
distance behind the nape, and over the sixth or seventh anal ray. The ven- 
trals are also seperated from each other by a wide interval. In the genus 
Dactyloscopus the dorsal commences above the lower angle of the pectorals, and 
therefore considerably in advance of the anal fin. The ventrals are also closely 
approximated to each other, and in this respect, resemble the typical Uranos- 
copi. Uranoscopus macropygus has a smaller operculum than Dactyloscopus tridie 
gitatus, and this operculum is also triangular and fringed along its upper mar- 
gin. The former species having been placed in the genus Uranoscopus, it is, of 
course, to be understood that it is provided with teeth on the vomer and pala- 
tine bones. As it is advisable that it should be erected into a distinct genus, 
the name of Leptoscopus is now conferred on it, and the comparative characters 


of the two genera are herewith given. 
[April, 


i ned 
“a sae Pee ay sal 


Pies, ae ie: me ee 


3 


we kegs 
Me eds 
ee HC 


ae Ae 


ta : 
piers) a Ae oe ' : 
(pad see Cie) % hs Ae 
regen ee] oe na ae 
is" * Sp PEs ct R a 
+ . ’ 
yaa? + =a | \4 td ~ 
axe oO 2 


4 ares 
v he ; 
ah 


ee Lin,” eT ¥) aT, 
Ser ON. See h, 


% ey 4 
oe 


-, BAY : 
: 7G co 


Pe 
Be Saha: 
> i U ang At A= 
4 = 7 a 
ty iea 
ee Toy >| 
mi ve 


Oito Koehler del 


riate 


c 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 


I. Dactyxoscorus Gill. 


Dentes palatini et vomerini nulli. Pinnz ventrales radiistribus articulatis, 
approximate. Pinna dorsalis ante anum incipiens. 
D. tridigitatus. 
Hab.—Caribbean sea. 
Il. Leproscopus Gill. 


Dentes palatini et vomerini. Pinne ventrales distantes, radiis spinosis et 
quingue ramosis. Pinna dorsalis post anum incipiens. 


L. macropygus. 

Syn. Uranoscopus macropygus Richardson, Zoology Erebus and Terror, Fishes, 
p. 55, pl. 33, figs. 4, 5, 6, 1846. 

Hab.—Australia. 

The first two characters given in each of the above generic diagnoses, are in 
this case of more than generic importance. Had either of them existed alone, 
the genera might possibly have been naturally placed in the same tribe or sub. 
family. Combined as they are, they appear to be unquestionably the indices 
of distinct groups. Dactyloscopus is therefore placed as the type of one sub- 
family,—Dactyloscopine, and Leptoscopus of another—Leptoscopine. Notwith- 
standing the abnormal and blennoid structure of the ventrals, and the absence 
of the vomerine or palatine teeth, the Dactyloscopine appear to be almost as 
much related to the Leptoscopine, as the latter are to the Uranoscopine, properly 
so called. The comparison between the two former has been instituted on 
account of their lose external resemblance, and not because they are believed 
to be very nearly allied to each other. 


Catalogue of Birds collected on the Rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western Africa, 
by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu, in 1858, with notes and descriptions of new species. 


BY JOHN CASSIN. 
(Continued.) 


129, LAMPROCOLIUS SPLENDIDUS, (Vieill.) 
Turdus splendidus, Vieill. Ency. Meth. i. p. 653. 
Lamprotornis chrysonotis, Sw. B. of W. Afr., i. p. 143, (1837.) 

Sw. B. W. Afr. i. pl. 6. 

Apparently a common species in the country on the banks of the Camma 
and Ogobai. 6 young. Upper parts lustrous metallic green, under parts 
dull black with a few lustrous green and purple feathers on the flanks and 
under tail coverts. 


130. LAMPROCOLIUS PURPUREICEPS, (J. and E. Verreaux.) 
Lamprotornis purpureiceps, J. and KE. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, 
p. 418. 
Specimens from the Ogobai and Rembo, and formerly from the Muni and 
Moonda. 


131. HypHANTORNIS TEXTOR, (Gmelin.) 
Oriolus textor, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 392. 
Buff. Pl. Enl. 375, 376. Sw. Zool. Ill., i. pl. 37. 
Specimens from the Camma and Ogobai, and formerly from the Moonda, are 
not to be distinguished from others in the Acad. Coll. from Gambia. This 
species appears to be common in Equatorial Africa. 


132. HypHantorNis cinctus, nobis. 

Resembling H. textor, but smaller and with a wide transverse band of chest- 
nut on the breast. @ Head and throat black, which color ends in a point on 
the breast, upper part of body greenish yellow, feathers on the back black at 
base, quills and upper coverts of wings brownish black edged with yellow, uni- 


1859.] 11 


134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


form with the back, tail uniform yellowish green, all the feathers edged with 
yellow. Wide band on the breast chestnut, extending somewhat on the sides, 
and in anarrow band around the back of the neck, abdomen and under tail 
coverts yellow, axillaries yellow, under wing coverts brownish black, tipped 
and edged with yellow. Bill bluish black, feet light colored. 9 Head above 
yellowish green, throat, cheeks and line over the eye greenish yellow, upper 
parts of body ashy brown, all the feathers edged with a paler shade of the 
same color, quills and wing coverts brownish black edged with pale greenish 
yellow. Under parts dull ashy white, tinged with pale brownish on the breast, 
tibia and under tail coverts pale yellowish white, bill light bluish brown, under 
mandible paler, feet light colored. 

Total length about 6 inches, wing 3}, tail 2} inches. Female, total length 
about 5? inches. 

Hab.—Camma River, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

The present and the preceding species are strictly of the same subgeneric 
group, and resemble each other in colors and general characters, but the pre- 
sent bird is strongly characterized by the large space of chestnut color on the 
breast, which assumes the form of a wide transverse band, and is uniformly 
presented in several specimens in the collection from the Camma. It is smaller 
than the preceding. 

This bird seems to be nearly related to Ploceus collaris, Vieillot, Nouv. Dict. 
xxxiv., p. 129, Ency. Meth. ii. p. 699, but has not the tail feathers black, as 
stated in all descriptions of that species, nor the breast rufous as stated also, 
and differs in other characters. It also appears to be related to P. capitalis, 
Lath. Gen. Hist. vi., pl. 94, but not so closely as to render it necessary to point 
out distinctive characters. 


133. HypHANTORNIS FLAVIGULA (Hartlaub.) 

Ploceus flavigula, Hartl. Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 406. 

Hyphantornis Grayi, Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 514. 

Specimens in all of Mr. Duchaillu’s collections agreeing precisely with the 

descriptions above cited are constantly labelled as males and females of the 
same species. It is apparently the most abundant bird of this group in Equa- 
torial Western Africa. Specimens from the Ogobai and Rembo, and formerly 
from the Muni, Moonda and Cape Lopez. 


134. HypHanturcus PERsonatus, (Vieillot.) 
Ploceus personatus, Vieill. 
Ploceus melanotis, Swains. Anim. Menag. 

Vieill. Gal. ii. pl. 84. Jard. Contr. 1849, pl. 7? 

Two specimens only from the Camma present some differences compared 
with numerous others in the Acad. Coll. from more northern localities, ‘‘ Sene- 
gal,’’ ‘*Gambia,’’ &c., but may not be distinct. A careful investigation might, 
however, be a good investment for an enterprising ornithologist. 

Jardine’s figures, cited above, represent nothing accurately with which I am 
acquainted, and seem, moreover, to have been prepared from specimens pre- 
served in alcohol, which is especially liable to change yellow colors. The 
species may not be the present. 


135. FoupiA ERytTuRops, (Hartlaub.) | 
Ploceus erythrops, Hartl. Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 109. 
Quelea capitata, DuBus. Bull. Acad. Brussels, 1855, 

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Hamburg, 1848, pl. 8. 

Numerous specimens of both sexes and various ages are in the collection 
from the Camma, and formerly from the Moonda. The description and figures 
by Dr. Hartlaub above cited, are of the female and young male, but the adult 
male and female and the young are accurately described by him in Orn. W. 
Afr., p. 129. The adult male has the entire head red, which color in the young 
male is restricted to the frontal and other plumage at the base of the bill. 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 135 


136. Niegrrta CANICAPILLA, (Strickland.) 
Aethiops canicapillus, Strick., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1841, p. 30. 
Fraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pl. 48. 
Specimens labelled as males only from the Camma and Moonda. The adult 
male is described and figured as above. 


137. Nicrira LuTerrrons, J. and E. Verreaux. 
Nigrita luteifrons, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 420. 

Strictly congeric with the preceding, but smaller. All the specimens in the 
present collection are labelled as males, which in its adult plumage is described 
by Messrs. Verreaux as above. 

Young 6. Entire plumage bluish cinereous or plumbeous, paler on the 
under parts of the body. Wings and tail black, under tail coverts tinged with 
pale rufous. No trace of the black of the under parts of the body which is in 
the adult bird. From the Camma. . 


138. Nicrira Fusconota, Fraser. 
Nigrita fusconota, Fras. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1842, p. 145. 

Fraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pl. 49. 

Some exercise of the imagination is required in rating this bird in the same 
genus as the two preceding. The male is figured as above, and that sex only 
is represented in the present collection from the Camma. A single specimen 
was formerly received from the Moonda. 

This bird probably belongs to a group of which, perhaps, Hstrelda is the type, 
and seems to represent a subgenus, or perhaps a genus, certainly quite dis- 
tinct from Nigrita. 


139. Nierrra sBicotor, (Hartlaub.) 
Pytelia bicolor, Hartlaub, Cat. Bremen Mus., p. 76. 
Nigrita bicolor, Sclater Jard. Contr. 1852, p. 34, pl. 83. 

Scarcely of this genus, but more nearly related to the immediately preced- 
ing. This species is in Dr. MacDowell’s collection from St. Paal’s river, and 
it has now been received in several of Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. 

Specimens labelled as of both sexes are much alike, and the adult bird is 
intended to be represented in the plate above cited, but the bill is given too 
short and entirely erroneously. The bill is somewhat lengthened, with the 
commissure curved. 

Young 6. Upper parts dull ashy brown, darker on the rump and upper 
tail coverts, neck before and breast dull reddish ashy brown, abdomen and 
under tail coverts clear ferruginous. Wings and tail brownish black. From 
the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. 


140. Sycosius cristatus (Vieillot.) 
Malimbus cristatus, Vieill. 
Tanagra malembica, Daud. Ann. Mus., Paris, ii. p. 148, pl. 10. 
“«Sycobius nigrifrons, Temm.’’ Hartl. Cat. Jour., 1855, p. 356. 
Shaw Nat. Mise. pl. 581, Vieill. Ois. Chant. pl. 42. 
Several specimens of both sexes from the Camma and formerly from the 
Muni. 


141. Sycoprus maumeus, (Temminck.) 
Textor malimbus, Temm. 
Ploceus rubricollis, Swains. An. Menag., p. 306. 
Malimbus cristatus, Vieill. (female). 
Vieill. Ois. chant. pl. 43. 
One specimen only from the Camma, and another was formerly received from 
Cape Lopez. Appears to be a distinct species and is at least not identical with 
Euplectes rufovelatus, Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. 46. 


1859.] 


136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


142. Syconrvs scuratus, Cassin ? 
Sycobius seutatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1848 p. 67? 
Jour. Acad. Philada. i. pl. 41, fig. 1, 2. 
A single specimen, from the Ogobai. This and another formerly received 
from Cape Lopez are not in mature plumage, but much resemble the species 
designated. 


143. Sycosrus nrtens (J. E. Gray). 
Ploceus nitens, J. E. Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 7, (1842.) 
Gray, Gen. i. pl. 87, fig. 2. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Muni and 
Moonda, 
144. Sycoprus niceRRiMus (Vieillot). 
Ploceus nigerrimus, Vieill. 
Ploceus niger, Swains. An. Menag. p. 306. 
Several specimens from the Camma and formerly received from the Moonda 
and Cape Lopez. Perhaps not properly of this genus, the green color of the 
young approximating it to Ploceus and Hyphantornis. 


145. Vinva principaris (Linneus.) 
Fmberiza principalis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 313. 
Vidua erythrorhynchus, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 176, pl. 12. 

Buff. Pl. Enl. 8, fig. 2. Vieill. Ois. Chant. pl. 36, Edwards’ Bird, vi, pl. 
270, fig. 2. 

Numerous specimens, but generally in young plumage. From the Ogobai 
and formerly from the Moonda. The adult male of this species is described 
and figured as above, but Edwards’ figure represents rather an immature plu- 
mage. 

% young. Entire plumage dull brown, without stripes or spots, paler on 
the under parts and nearly white on the throat. Bill yellow or red at base 
and tipped with black. Tail short. 

2 adult. Upper parts striped longitudinally with brownish black and dull 
light ferruginous, under parts ashy white, tinged with dull reddish on the 
breast. Tail short, tertiary quills nearly as long as the primaries. Total 
length about 4} inches, wing 23, tail 12 inch, 


146. ConiosrruTHUS MACRoURUS, (Gmelin.) 
Loxia macroura, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 845. 
Fringilla flavoptera, Vieill. 
Vidua chrysonota, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 178. 

Buff. Pl. Enl. 183, fig. 1. Vieill. Ois. Chant. pl. 41. 

This is a most anomalous and multiform species at different ages, and might 
very readily be mistaken for several distinct birds. Vieillot, as above, repre- 
sents the adult male, which is well described by various authors ; Buffon’s figure 
seems to be intended for this bird, but if so, is a failure. 

Qadult? Tail short, entire upper parts dull ashy brown, every feather 
having a central longitudinal stripe of brownish black, which stripes are wider 
on the back. Under parts dull white, tinged with dull yellowish on the breast 
and the feathers on the breast and sides having a few longitudinal stripes of 
dark brown. Wings and tail dark brown, coverts at the shoulder edged nar- 
rowly with yellow, bill and feet light colored. Total length 5 inches, wing 23, 
tail 2 inches. 

% young. Tail long, shoulders bright lemon yellow, wings and tarsi black. 
Upper parts of head and body with the feathers black in the middle and widely 
tipped and edged with dull reddish ashy, under parts dull ashy white, obscure- 
ly striped on the breast and sides with light brown. % younger. ‘ail short, 
generally resembling the female, but with the upper parts more strongly tinged 
with dull reddish, and the stripes narrower. Under parts dull and pale green- 
ish yellow, darker on the breast. Bill and feet light colored. 

[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 


Of the plumage supposed by me to be the adult female and so labelled in 
the present collection, there may be an error. It is quite possible that the 
adult female is black, like the male. The female of this species described 
above is in general appearance not unlike that of some species of Carpodacus, 

Numerous specimens from the Camma and formerly from Cape Lopez. 


147. SperMospiza GUTTATA, (Vieillot). 
Loxia guttata, Vieill. 

Vieill. Ois. Chant. pl. 68, (female). 

About twenty specimens received from Mr. Duchaillu are all of this species, 
and are in adult plumage. As yet no specimen of the nearly allied S. hematina 
has ever been received in this Academy from Equatorial Africa, though frequent 
in collections from the Gambia.* 

Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. 


* The two species of the genus Spermospiza, G. R. Gray, singularly resemb le 
each other in general characters, but are quite distinct and recognizable with- 
out difficulty. 


1. SPERMOsPIZA HA#MATINA, (Vieillot). 
Loxia hematina, Vieill. 
Spermophaga cyanorhynchos, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 164. 
Fringilla pustulata, Voigt. 

Vieill. Ois. Chant. pl. 67. Jard. & Selby, Ill. Orn. n. s. pl. 11. 

% Adult. Chin, sides of neck, cheeks, head above and entire upper parts of 
body, wings and tail glossy black, frequently tinged with brown, especially on 
the wings. Throat, neck, breast and sides scarlet, middle of abdomen, tibie 
and under tail coverts black. Bill shining metallic blue, tipped with bright 
red. Upper tail coverts black, uniform with other upper parts. 9 Adult. 
Head above and upper parts of body dark brownish ashy, throat, neck before, 
breast and sides scarlet, cheeks and forehead dull red, upper tai] coverts brick 
red. Abdomen dark ashy brown, with numerous circular spots of white. 
@ Young. Entire plumage brownish black, lighter on the under parts of the 
body, and with a few scarlet feathers on the breast, and of dull red on the 
upper tail coverts. 

Total length about 53 inches, wing 23, tail 2} inches. ©. Total length 52 
inches. 

Hab.— Senegal.” “Gambia.” Acad. Collection. 

This bird has the cheeks and a narrow space at the base of the under mandi- 
ble, (or chin) and the rump and upper tail coverts always black in the adult 
male, by which characters it is easily distinguished from the succeeding. The 
females of the two species are, however, very much alike, both having the 
upper tail coverts red or scarlet. In the female of the present bird the circular 
spots on the abdomen are smaller and more numerous than in the succeeding. 

In the Acad. Coll., specimens of this species are from more northern locations 
than of the succeeding. 


2. Spermospiza GuTTata, (Vieillot). 
Loxia guttata, Vieill. Ois. Chant. 

Vieill. Ois. Chant. pl. 68.(9). Lath. Gen. Hist. v. pl. 87, (9). 

% Adult. Much resembling the preceding, but with ‘the chin, cheeks, 
throat and breast bright scarlet, which also is the color of the upper tail co- 
verts. All other parts of the plumage black, generally tinged with brown on 
the abdomen. Bill shining metallic blue, both mandibles edged and tipped 
with red. 9 Adult. Upper parts dark brownish ashy, upper tail coverts scar- 
let, throat, cheeks, (enclosing the eyes) breast and sides bright scarlet, abdo- 
men brownish black, with numerous circular spots of white. % Young. 


1859.] 


138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


148. PyRENESTES coccINEUS, Cassin. 
Pyrenestes coccineus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada, 1848, p. 67. 

Jour. Acad. Philada. i. pl. 30, fig. 2. 

Specimens generally in young plumage. There are also in the present col- 
lection two specimens evidently in quite immature plumage, which have the 
bills so much weaker that I suspect they belong to a different species. 

From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. 


149. EsrretpA RUBRIVENTRIS, (Vieillot). 
Fringilla rubriventris, Vieill. 
Estrelda occidentalis, Jardine and Frazer, Cont. Orn. 1851, p. 156? 
Vieill. Ois. Chant. pl. 13. 
Several specimens in adult plumage from the Camma and Ogobai. 


150. EstRELDA MELPODA, (Vieillot). 
Fringilla melpoda, Vieill. 
Vieill. Ois. Chant. pl. 7.° 
Numerous specimens from the Camma, and formerly from Cape Lopez. 


151. Esrrenpa aTricapiuLa, J. & E. Verreaux. 
Estrelda atricapilla, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 421. 
From the Camma, and formerly from the Muni and Moonda. 


152. SpERMESTES POENSIS, (Fraser). 
Amadina poensis, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1842, p. 145. 
Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. 50, fig. 1. 
Frequently received in Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. From the Camma, and 
formerly from the Moonda. 


153. SPERMESTES CUCULLATA, Swainson. 
Spermestes cucullata, Sw. B. of W.-Afr., i. p. 201. 
Von Miller, Beitr. Orn. Afr. pl. 16. 
Numerous specimens from the Ogobai and Rembo, and formerly from the 
Moonda and Cape Lopez. 


154. OrTYGOSsPIZA ATRICOLLIS, (Vieillot). 
Fringilla atricollis, Vieill. 
Fringilla polyzona, Temm. PI. Col. 221, fig. 3? 

Specimens from the Camma, like others formerly received from Cape Lopez, 
have no trace of white on the throat nor around the eyes, though in all respects 
they agree precisely with Vieillot’s description cited above. In seven speci- 
mens in the Acad Coll. labelled “ F. polyzona, Temm. Gambia,” the white 
markings are invariably present as represented in Temm. PI. Col. 221, fig. 3. 


155. FRINGILLARIA TAHAPISI, (Smith). 
“ Emberiza tahapisi, A. Smith.” Mr. Verreaux’s label. 

Entire plumage dull brownish black except the upper tail coverts which are 
brick red, and a few feathers on the throat and breast which are scarlet. 

Total length about 5} inches, wing 23, tail 2} inches. Female rather 
smaller. 

Hab.—Equatorial Africa. Rivers Moonda and Camma. (Mr. Duchaillu). 

The adult males of these two species are easily distinguished by the chin, 
cheeks, and upper tail coverts being black in the first, and scarlet in the second 
species, though they are very similar in size and general appearance. The 
young males also are much alike, but that of S. guttata may always be recog- 
nized by the upper tail coverts being dull red, The females are more difficult 
to distinguish, both having the upper tail coverts scarlet or red in all ages. In 
the female of S. hematina, the red color of the cheeks frequently extends over 
the frontal feathers, completely inclosing the base of the bill, which characters 
I have never seen in that of S. guttata. 

[April, 


ie) 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 


Specimens from the Camma, and formerly from Cape Lopez. 


156. Passer Swatnsonu, (Ruppell). 
Pyrgita Swainsonii, Rupp. Faun. Abyss. 
Pyrgita simplex, Sw. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 208. 
Rupp. Faun. Abyss. pl. 33, fig. 2. 


157. ConyTHAIX MERIANI, Ruppeil. 
Corythaix Meriani, Ripp. Wiegm. Arch. xvii., p. 319. 
Corythaix Verreauxii, Schlegel, Cab. Jour. 
“ Corythaix persa.” Cassin, Cat. of B. from Cape Lopez. 
Specimens from the Camma and Ogobai and formerly in all of Mr. Duchaillu’s 
collections. Appears to be a common bird in Equatorial Africa. 


158. TURACUS GIGANTEUS, (Vieillot.) / 
Musophaga gigantea, Vieill. 
Corythaix gigas, Stephens. 
Crax cyanea, J. E. Gray. 
Le Vaill. Prom. pl. 19. 
Specimens from the Camma and formerly fromthe Moonda. § young. Head 
without a crest, throat naked, bill dull black, colors generally as in adult but 
duller, top of head black. 


159. Buceros aTratus, Temminck. 
Buceros atratus, Temm. PI. Col. ii., (liv. 94.) 
Buceros poensis, Fraser, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1855, p. 136. 
Temm. Pl. Col. 558. 
Both sexes from the Ogobai. 


160. BuceRos cYLinpRicus, Temminck. 
Buceros cylindricus, Temm. PI. Col. 
Temm. Pl. Col. 521. 
A single specimen of the male in adult plumage from the Camma. 


161. Buceros FISTULATOR, Cassin. 
Buceros fistulator, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1850, p. 68. 
“Buceros leucostigma, Temm. Mus. Lugd.” Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 162. 

The young male or the female is described by me as above, and only in the 
present collection have I ever seen the adult. It is larger than the dimensions 
given in the description above referred to, but smaller than B. buccinator, Tem- 
minck, which it resembles, though quite distinct. 

6 Adult. Two middle feathers of the tail, black, all the others white. Head 
crested, the feathers of which are wide and rounded at the end. Head, breast, 
sides and upper parts of body black, with agreenish lustre, rump, upper and under 
tail coverts and abdomen, white. Primary quills black, secondaries entirely white, 
tertiaries black tipped with white, under wing coverts white. Bill with its 
upper segment distinct but small, under mandible rugose, (bill pale yellow in 
dried skin, under mandible with a large space in the middle brownish black.) 

Total length about 214 inches, wing 9%, tail 8, bill 4, lateral width of bill 2 
inches. 

Hab.—Rivers Camma, Muni and St. Paul’s, Western Africa. Mus. Acad. 
Philada. 

162. BERENICORNIS ALBOCRISTATUS, (Cassin.) 
Buceros albocristatus, Cassin, Proc, Acad. Philada. 
“ Buceros macrourus, Temm. Mus. Lugd.” Hartl. B. of W. Afr., p. 163. 

Jour. Acad. Philada. i. pl. 15. 

Numerous specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Muni and 
Moonoda. The description and figure as above is of the adult. In the younger 
bird the cheeks are frequently black, and the quills ana wing coverts widely 
tipped with white. . 


1859.] 


140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


163 Tockus Frasciatus, (Shaw.) 
Buceros fasciatus, Shaw. 
Le Vaill. B. of Afr., pl. 233. 
From the Camma and Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez 
Apparently the most abundant bird of this family in Equatorial Africa. 


164. Tockus camurus, Cassin. 
Tockus camurus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 319. 
Several specimens from the Camma not different in any considerable degree 
from those formerly received from Cape Lopez. This is the smallest species of 
the group of Buceros. 


165. Pstrracus PACHYRHYNCHUS, Hartlaub. 
Psittacus pachyrhynchus, Hartl. Verz. Mus. Brem. p. 88. 
Psittacus magnirostris, Bonap. Consp. i. p. 5. 
Psittacus Le Vaillantii, Lath. Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 23? 
Several specimens in adult plumage from the Camma and also from the Mnni. 


166. PogontAs HiIrsuTUS, Swainson. 
Pogonias hirsutus, Swains. Zool. Ill. ii. pl. 72. 
Specimens from the Camma and Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda. 


167. BarpatruLta Ducs#aituul, Cassin. 
Barbatula Duchaillui, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 324, (April.) 
Buccanodon formosus, Verreaux, Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1855, p. 218, (May.) 
Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1855, pl. 5. 
Specimens from the Camma, 


168. BARBATULA SUBSULFUREBA, (Fraser.) 
Bucco subsulfureus, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 3. 
Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. 52. : 
From the Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda. 


169. BARBATULA SCOLOPACEA, (Bonaparte. ) 
Xylobucco scolopacea, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 141. 
“Bucco scolopaceus, Temm. Mus. Lugd.” Bonap. as above. 
Barbatula stellata, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 4? 
Numerous specimens which appear to be this species, but apparently not 
mature. From the Camma and Moonda. 


170. Gymnosucco caLvus, (Lafresnaye.) 
Bucco calvus, Lafres. Rey. Zool.. 1841, p. 241. 
A specimen in the present collection seems to be this species, though the 
dimensions are rather larger than as given in the description above cited. 
From the Ogobai. 


171. Gymnogucco FULIGINOSA (Cassin.) 
Barbatula fuliginosa, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., 1855, p. 324. 
Gymnobucco Bonapartei, Verreaux, Cab. Jour., 1855, p. 102? 

Numerous specimens have now been received from Mr. Duchaillu, not one of 
which has the head above or any portion of it naked, nor are they in several 
other respects as described by Mr. Verreaux as above. My present opinion is 
that ornithologists are in error in regarding the two names above cited as sy- 
nonymous. Sexes alike, and presenting no other characters than as given by me 
in the description referred to above. 

From the Camma and Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda. 

A fine specimen of Gymnobucco Peli, Hartlaud, is in the Acad. Coll., having 
been received from the Leyden Museum through the kindness of the late illus- 
trious naturalist, Temminck. It is specifically quite distinct from either of the 
species here given, though the investigation of the birds of this curious genus 
is not without difficulties. 


(April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 


172. TRACHYPHONUS PURPURATUS, Verreaux. 
Trachyphonus purpuratus, J. & E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, 
p- 260. 
Apparently not rare in Equatorial Africa. From the Camma and formerly 
from the Moonda. 


173. DenpRopicus GABonensis, (J. & E. Verreaux.) 
Dendrobates gabonensis, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p, 513. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma, nearly all of which, however, appear 
to be immature. 


174. DenDROPICUS NIGRIGUTTATUS, (Verreaux.) 
Dendromus nigriguttatus, Verreaux. 
From the Camma and Ogobai, and formerly from the Moonda. 


175. Drenpromus Carout, (Malherbe.) 
Chloropicus Caroli, Malh. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1852, p. 550. 
Appears to be the most abundant woodpecker in Equatorial Western Africa. 
From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez. 


176. DeNDROMUS BRACHYRHYNCHUS, Swainson. 
Dendromus brachyrhynchus, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 160. 
“Picus chloronotus, Cuvier,’ Pucheran, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1852, p. 479. 
Several specimens which appear to be this species, from the Camma. 


177. DenpRomus nivosus, Swainson. 
Dendromus nivosus, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 162. 
Specimens from the Camma and Ogobai. 


178. DeypROMUS AFRICANUS, (Gray) ? 
Picus africanus; Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 18, (1831) ? 

Both sexes of a species much resembling that described as above, but, 
unfortunately, not in mature plumage. This bird belongs to the same group 
as Picus namaquus, Lichtenstein, Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr. vi., pl. 251, 252, 
(which is the same as P. mystaceus, Vieill. and P. biarmicus, Cuvier,) and 
Dendrobates schoensis, Ruippell, Syst. Ueber, pl. 33. 

It is very probably the species described by Gray, as above, but I prefer 
inserting it doubtfully, hoping to receive mature specimens. From the 
Camma, and formerly from Cape Lopez. 


179. DEeNpRomus. 

In addition to the preceding species of Woodpeckers, there are several 
others in Mr. Duchaillu’s collections, and especially in the present, from the 
Camma, which are at least not easily referable to known species. In fact, 
though with a large majority of known African species before me, in the 
Acad. Coll., the investigation of the Woodpeckers alone in this collection 
has required so much time, that I am under the necessity of abandoning it, 
without satisfactory conclusions, so far as relates to several species.* 


OOO — — — — — ese 
* The following species of Picide, from Western Africa, are in the Academy 

collection : 

. Dendropicus minutus, (Temminck). 

- Dendropicus obsoletus, (Wagler). 

- Dendropicus gabonensis, (Verreaux). 

. Dendropicus goertan, (Gmelin). 

. Dendropicus poliocephalus, (Swainson). 

. Dendropicus immaculatus, (Swainson). 

. Dendropicus pyrrhogaster, (Malherbe). 

- Dendromus punctiligerus, (Wagler). 

- Dendromus chrysurus, Swainson. 

- Dendromus brachyrhynchus, Swainson. 


1859.] 


rs 
SeOMsAISBMPWHH 


142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


180. Inpicaror MAcuLAtus, G. R. Gray. 
Indicator maculatus, G. R. Gray, Gen. of B. ii., pl. 113. 

Two specimens from the Ogobai, labelled as male and female, are precisely 
as given by Mr. Gray in his excellent figure above cited, and are the first that 
have ever come under my notice. This bird is certainly not the young of 
I. major, to which authors seem inclined to assign it, though that species is 
also spotted on the under parts in young plumage. 


181. Metienornes Exinis, Cassin. 
Melignothes exilis, Cassin, Proc. Acad., Philada., 1856, p, 157. 
Two other specimens in adult plumage, and corresponding in all respects 
with that described by me, as above. From the Camma. 


182. Heraropes ivsienis, Cassin. 
Heterodes insignis, Cassin, Proc. Acad., hilada., 1856, p. 157. 
One specimen only quite similar to that from the Moonda, described as 
above cited. From the Camma. 


183. Crenrropus Francisci, Bonaparte ? 
Centropus Francisci, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 107? 
A large species, the specimens of which are probably not in mature plumage, 
but much like the descriptions cited above and given by Dr. Hartlaub. From 
the Camma. 


184. Cenrropus monacuus, Ruppell. 
Centropus monachus, Rupp. Netie Wirb. Birds, p. 57, pl. 21, fig. 2. 
Specimens in mature plumage quite identical with others from North 
Eastern Africa, in the Academy collection. From the Camma. 


185. Zanctostomus AEREvS, (Vieillot). 
Cuculus aereus, Vieill. Ency. Meth., p. 183. 
Zanclostomus flavirostris, Swains. B. of W. Afr. 12, p. 183. 
Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr., pl. 215, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. pl. 19, 
Evidently an abundant species. From the Ogobai and Rembo, and formerly 
from the Moonda. 


186. Cucutvs Gaponensis, Lafresnaye. 
Cuculus gabonensis, Lafres. Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 60. 
Two species in mature plumage from the Camma. 


187. Curysococcyx SMARAGDINEUS, (Swainson). 
Chalcites smaragdineus, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 191. 
In young plumage, and the only specimen of any species of this genus 
received from Mr. Duchaillu. From the Camma. 


11. Dendromus nigriguttatus, Verreaux. 
12. Dendromus Caroli, (Malherbe). 
13. Dendromus nivosus, Swainson. 
14. Dendromus africanus, (Gray) ? 


In addition to which, are several undetermined species, and numerous 
specimens of a little species in the Rivoli collection, labelled ‘* Picus senega- 
lensis,’? with the locality occasionally added, ‘‘Senegal.’’ The latter appears 
to be the species described by Gmelin under this name, and figured by Buffon, 
Pl. Enl. 345, fig. 2, but may not be an African bird. It apparently belongs to 
the same generic group as species labelled ‘‘ P. affinis,’’ ‘‘ Mesopicus Cecilii,”’ 
and others in the Academy collection. 

Properly, these birds belong to various groups or genera, and several of 
them have strongly allied forms in Eastern Africa, and the same latitudes in 
Asiatic Islands. 

(April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 148 


188. TrERoN NUDIROSTRIS, (Swainson). 
Vinago nudirostris, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 205. 
Bonap. Hist. Nat. Pigeons, pl. 3. 
Received in all of Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. From the Camma and 
Ogobai. 


189. CotumBpA MALHERBE!, Verreaux. 
Columba Malherbii, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 514. 
‘‘Columba chalcauchenia, Gray,’’ Hartl. Orn. W. Afr., p. 194. 
Both sexes in mature plumage from the Camma. 


190. ConumBa rriprToRQUES, Cassin. 
Columba iriditorques, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., 1856, p. 157. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma. Sexes alike. 


191. CoLumBa vNIcINcTA, nobis. 

* Head above and neck light cinereous, back and upper wing coverts dark 
lead color, every feather edged with light bluish cinereous, giving a squamose 
or scale-like character to those parts; rump and upper tail coverts dark lead 
color more obscurely edged with bluish ashy. Upper parts pale vinaceous, 
nearly white on the throat and pale ashy on the sides and flanks, middle 
of abdomen, tibie, and under tail coverts white. Quills ashy black, narrowly 
edged externally with white; tail dark lead color, nearly black, with one wide 
transverse band of white across the middle of all the feathers. Under wing 
coverts dark cinereous. Bill dark greenish at base; tip of both mandibles 
yellow; feet black or horn color. A large, naked space around the eye red or 
dark yellow. 

Total length about 13 inches, wing 8, tail 5 inches. 

Hab.—River Ogobai, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu. 

A single specimen labelled as a male of this species is in the collection from 
the Ogobai, and I have failed to identify it with any species or description 
which has come under my notice; nor does it resemble any other species 
known to me in such degree as to render it necessary to point out comparative 
distinctions. It seems to belong to the group Palumbus, though it appears 
to me to approach Carpophaga more nearly than any species that I have yet 
seen from Africa, and its general appearance is somewhat like that of the 
plainer species of that group (C. cineracea, rosacea and others). It is entirely 
without any white or black collar, or other markings on the neck, and the 
present specimen has no metallic tint whatever on any part, though having 
all the characters of an adult bird. 

Though of very plain colors, this is a large and handsome species, and I 
regard it as one of the most interesting birds in the present collection. A 
single specimen only is from the River Ogobai. 


192. TurTUR ERYTHROPHRYS, Swainson. 
Turtur erythrophrys, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 207, pl. 22. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma, and formerly from the Moonda. 


193. PERISTERA TYMPANISTRIA, (Temminck). 
Columba tympanistria, Temm. Pig., pl. 36. 
Le Vaill. Ois. d’ Afr. vii., pl. 272. 
Specimens from the Camma, and formerly from the Muni. 


194. PERIsTERA PUELLA, Schlegel. 
Peristera puella, Schleg. Beydr. Dierk, i. p. 19, pl. 6. 

Specimens of this beautiul species are from the Camma and Ozgobai, and 
formerly from the Muni. The adult male is represented in the very handsome 
figure cited above, but the sexes are not to be distinguished, except by the 
rather smaller size and duller colors of the female. 


1859.] 


144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


195. Peristera Arra, (Linneus). 
Columba afra, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 284, (1766). 

Riipp. Syst. Uebers., pl. 38, Buff. Pl. Enl. 160. 

Apparently an abundant species on the Camma and Ogobai, and formerly 
received in Mr. Duchaillu’s collections, from the Moonda and Muni. ‘This 
seems to be the species figured by Rippell, as above and described by that 
author and others, as C. chalcospilos. 


196. Perisrera cnatcospitos, (Wagler). 
Columba chalcospilos, Wagler, Syst. Av. sp. 83, (1827). 

Le Vaill Ois. d’Afr. vii., pl. 271. 

Two species very nearly allied have been received in Mr. Duchaillu’s collee- 
tion from the Camma. The present bird has the spots on the quills constantly 
lustrous metallic green, not purple, as in the preceding. It appears to be the 
Species indicated by the Prince Bonaparte, under the name here adopted in 
Conspectus Avium ii. p. 68, though not agreeing with his description in all 
particulars. 


[To be continued.] 


Notes on a Collection of Japanese Fishes, made by Dr. J. Morrow. 
BY THEO. GILL. 


The collection of Japanese fishes, which it is now proposed to notice, has 
been submitted to us by Prof. Baird, of the Smithsooian Institution, and was 
formed during the expedition to Japan, under the command of Commodore 
Perry. It contains specimens of eighteen species, six of which are believed to 
be new. All the remaining, with exception of two species, (G@usterotokeus 
biaculeatus of Heckel and Amphiprion frenatus, Brevoort,) have been previously 
described as inhabirants of Japan, by Temminck and Schlegel, in the Ichthyo- 
logical portion of the Fauna Japonica. 


AGARTHOPTERYGII Cur. 
Scorp#noip# Sw., Girard. 


APISTINZ Gill. 


1. Gymnapistes rubripinnis. 

Apistus rubripinns Tem. and Schl. Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p.49, pl.xxii. fig. 2. 

Apistus rubripinnis Brevoort, Notes on figures of Japanese Fish, p. 10, ib. in 
Narrative Expedition to Japan, vol. 2, p. 262, pl. vi. fig. 5. 

This fish belongs to Swainson’s genus Gy mnapistes, established for those 
species of the Apistus of Cuvier which are destitute of scales, and all of 
whose pectoral rays on each side are connected by the membrane and form a 
Single entire fin. 

Swainson has entirely perverted the name of Apistus, or Apistes as it is 
Spelled by him, by applying it to Cuvier’s genus Minous, which latter name 
he has probably abolished on account of its barbarous origin. As the barbarity 
of a name is not sufficient to authorize such an act, Minous must be restored 
to the genus for which it was first used, and Apistus may be retained for 
the first Cuvieran section of the group embraced under that name. 


Monocentroip# Gill. 


The peculiar and cavernous nature of the bones of the head and the large 
osseous shields of the body appear to detach the genus Monocentris from 
the other families of the Cataphracti. 


[ April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 


Monocentrin& Gill. 


2. Monocentris Japonicus. 

Monocentris Japonicus Brevoort, Notes on Figures of Jap. Fish, p. 10; ib. in 
Narrative Expedition to Japan, vol. 2, p. 262, pl. vi. fig. 6. 

A single specimen of this fish is in the coll-ction of Dr. Morrow. The figure 
accompanying the above cited memoir of Mr. Brevoort is a very accurate repre- 
sentation of its form. In spirits, the plates are of a brown brass color, and the 
interspaces are blackish. The specimen is of the size figured in the plate. Is 


there more than one species of the genus? or does the young differ in form from 
the adult ? 


Scomproipm Cur. 


TRICHIURINZ Bon. 


3. Trichiurus Japonicus. 

Trichiurus Japonicus Blkr. Verhand. von Batay. Genootschop, vol. 26, Nieuwe 
Nalez, Ich. Jap., p. 98. 1857. 

This species has been fully described by Dr. Bleeker in his recent Memoir on 


the Fishes of Japan and their geographical distribution. One specimen was 
obtained by Dr. Morrow. 


ECHENEIDOID# Bon. 


: ECHENEIDIN® Bon. 
4, Echeneisnaucrates. 

A single specimen of the species identified by Temminck and Schlegel with 
the Linnean Echeneis naucrates was obtained by Dr. Morrow. It has twenty- 


four plates in its disc, and the sides of the caudal fin are posteriorly bordered 
with white. 


Gosioipm Cuy. 


Goxsin# Bon., Gill. 
5, Acanthogobius flavimanus. 
Gobius flavmanus Tem. and Sckl. Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 141, pl. lxxiy. 
fig. 1. 
An individual of this species, five inches in length, was obtained by Dr. 
Morrow. 


6. Rhinogobius similis Gill—This fish has a great superficial resem- 
blance to Acanthogobius flavimanus, but differs generically in the naked 
sides of the head and in the normal number of dorsal spines. 

The head is as elongated as that of A.flavimanus, but is more gibbous 
between the eyes and jaws ; it forms nearly a quarter of the entire length, in- 
clusive of the caudal. Theeyes are moderately large, and are placed midway 
between the snout and operculum. There are about twenty-eight scales in a 
lateral row on the side. 

1 ] : 
D yi, 1, 7= A 1, 7—C 9, 7, 1,9, P 18, V, 1) 5-5, 1. 
1 1 


The color is tawny, punctured with black above, and darker on the profile 
and operculum, and there is on each side a row of five large dark spots. The 
second dorsal is irregularly clouded ; the other fins are immaculate. 

This species would answer quite well to the description of Gobins Pflaumii 
of Bleeker, were it not for the elongated form of the head. It agrees with that 
species in the clear fins and in the number of scales on the sides. 

The genera to which the two Gobine of this catalogue are referred, are fully 
described in a Memoir on the Gobine of the North Pacific Expedition, commu- 
nicated to the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. 


1859.] 


146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Luciocorius Gill. 

Body naked, elongated and slender, with the height nearly uniform 
to the caudal fin, anteriorly cylindrical; head depressed, above elongated 
oval, swollen on the sides, and with a central linear depression; eyes 
widely separated, entirely in the anterior half of the head, small and covered 
by the skin; mouth nearly horizontal, moderately large and extending under 
the eyes; teeth pluriserial on the jaw, largest in the external row, not passing 
to the corner of the mouth; vomer and palatine toothless; tongue large, free 
and deeply emarginated anteriorly: branchial apertures small, nearly vertical 
and anterior to the bases of the pectorals ; branchiostegals four on each side; 
dorsal fin nearer the caudal than the head, single and oblong, preceded by 
one or two simple inarticulated rays; anal opposite the dorsal ; caudal rounded ; 
pectorals rounded, with the rays entirely connected by the membrane and with 
vertical bases; ventrals small, united in a simple infundibuliform basin, and 
each composed of a spine and five-branched rays; interspinal membrane low ; 
late: al line obsolete. 

This isthe type of a very distinct tribe of the Gobioids, well characterized 
by the esociform position of the dorsal and anal fins, and by the very small 
number of simple rays. In the latter respect, they are represented in the other 
families of Acanthopterygians by Ophicephalus,Bl, Aphredoderus, 
Les., Ichthyoscopus, Sw., Aspidophoroides, Lac. Pseudo- 
chromis, Rup., &c. 

In the form of the head it has a slight resemblance to Trienophorus, Gill, 


7. L.guttatus Gill—The body is much elongated and imperceptibly 
declines to the caudal fin. The height at the pectorals is between a twelfth 
and thirteenth of the extreme length, and near the caudal, it is rather more 
than aseventeenth of the same length. 

The head is oblong oval above ; it forms about two-ninths of the total length ; 
its breadth equals five-ninths of the length, and is twice as great as the height. 

The dorsal is situated slightly anteriorly to the sixth-tenth of the extreme 
length ; it is oblong and sustained by two inarticulate and twelve branched 
rays. The anal is under the dorsal, and has thirteen rays, the first of which 
is small and inarticulate. 

The body is brown, thickly punctured with black; the caudal, dorsal and 
pectoral fins are also dotted with black. 

A single specimen of the length of two inches and a half is in the collection 


BLennoipz Raf. 


CrenTRoNOTINZ Gill. 


8. Centronotus subfrenatus Gill.—This species differs from the pre- 
viously known Japanese species of the genus C. crassispinnis, (Gun- 
nellus crassispinnis Temm. and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 139,) C. 
nebulosus (Gunnellus nebulosus, T. 8S. 1.c.,) and C. dolichogaster 
(Gunnellus dolichogaster, Brevoort.) by the presence of an almost vertical band, 
margined on each side by purplish-whire, which passes from the lower border 
of the eye to the margin of the preopercle behind the lower jaw. A widely 
curved band of purplish-white with a row of black dots passes from eye to 
eye; the convexity of the curve is posterior. The body is reddish-brown with 
a dorsal band of black, and with a la‘eral row of large confluent black spots. 
The fins are immaculate, but the posterior margin of the caudal is white. The 
dorsal has from seventy-six to seveuty-nine spines. 

Several specimens of this species were obtained by Dr. Morrow, but only one 
of them is in a good State of preservation. 

As the name of Centronotus was given to the Cuvieran Gunnelli 
before its application to a Scombroid genus by Lacepede, and subsequently by 
Mitchell, there is noreason why it should not be retained for the present genus. 


[ April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 


Schneider has well restricted it in the Systema Ichthyologiz of Bloch,* assign- 
ing to it the same essential characters as Cuvier himself. 


AULOSTOMATOID® Raf. 1810. 


FISTULARIANZ Bon. 


9. Fistulariaimmaculata Comm. 
Two small specimens of this species were obtained at Simoda. 


PsEuDOCHROMIDOIDA Mull. 


PsEvuDOCHROMIDIN® Gill. 


10. Cichlops Japonicus Gill.—This species scarcely differs in general form 
from its congeners, and is very nearly allied to the C.cyclophthalmus of 
Muller and Troschel. It is chiefly distinguished from that species by the 
position of the bases of the ventrals, under the lower angles of those of the 
pectorals. The color is tawny, much darker in the centres of the scales on the 
back and on the sides above the pectorals. The posterior border of the orbit is 
margined by a black crescent. The dorsal has a few minute black dots. The 
membranous margin of the preopercle presents the appearance of being sus- 
tained by rays. There are about fifty-two scales in a longitudinal row along 
the sides. 

Di2D Aen 14 O16) 9S Dice wot Vere Be 

The single specimen in the collection has a length of little more than four 
inches. 


(PHARYNGOGNATHI Mull.) 
PoMACENTROIDA Bon. 


PoMACENTRIN Bon. 


11. Pomacentrus dorsalis Gill.—The body is oblong oval, with its abdomi- 
nal outline more arched than its dorsal. The head is small, and its outline 
from the nape to the snout is straight. The eye is large and near the profile. 
The suborbital has a simple, strong tooth directed horizontally backwards, and 
separated by a semi-elliptical sinus from the budy of the bone. The suborbi- 
tal beneath the eye has also one or two small vertical processes. There are 
about twenty-five scales in a longitudinal row on the side. 

D xiii. 15, A ii. 15, C 3, 9, 8, 3, or 5, 1,5, 6, 1,5,P 18, Vi. 5. 

The color is brown, with one or two obscure bluish dots on each posterior 
scale of the sides. The operculum and preoperculum have a few more distinct 
ones, and there is also a distinct black dot at the scapular angle of the 
operculum. A large black spot, bordered anteriorly by bluish white, is on the 
postericr rays of the dorsal. There is a black dot at the upper angle of the 
base of the pectoral. The ventrals are purple; the caudal yellow towards 
the base. 


One specimen is in the collection; its length is nearly three and a half 
inches. i 


12. Glyphidodon celestinus.—This species does not appear to have 
been previously found at Japan. Two specimens are in the collection of Dr. 
Morrow. 

The G.smaragdinus Brevoort} appears to be quite distinct from this species, 
if the figure given in the Notes on Japanese Fish is correctly drawn. It is much 


*Corpus gracile, pinna dorsi longitudinalis, tota aculeata: Syst. Ich., Schneid., 
p. 165, 1801. 


+ Notes on some figures of Japanese Fish, p. 12, pl. vi. fig. 3; ibid. in Narra- 
tive Expedition to Japan, vol. 2, p. 264, pl. vi. fig. 3. 


1859.] 


148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


higher than G. ce lestinus, the bands are not as distinct, and the first and 
last ones of G.c@lestinus are obsolete; it is still more distinguished by 
the absence of the longitudinal submarginal black bands of the caudal, so 
distinct in G.ccelestinus. The number of dorsal spines appears to be the 
same in both species. 


AMPHIPRIONIN2Z Gill. 


13, Amphiprion frenatus Brey.—Notes on figures of Japanese Fish, D. ll, 
ib. in Narrative Expedition to Japan, vol. 2, p. 263, pl. vi. fig. 4. 1856. 

The color of this species, as preserved in alcohol, is very different from 
that of the living fish. The ground color is tawny. The oblique band behind 
the eye is purplish white, bordered on each side by black. There are nine 
spinous rays in the dorsal fin. The groups of radiating opercular ridges 
terminating in spines, and which are characteristic of the Amphiprioninae, are 
perfectly distinct, although they are not shown in the above quoted figure. 

Two specimens of the species were collected by Dr. Morrow. 


LapBroip® Cuv. 


Lasrin#& Bon, 


14. Julis cupido Tem. and Schl.—One specimen is in the collection 
formed by Dr. Morrow. 

15. Halicheres pyrrhogramma. 

Julis pyrrhogramma Tem. and Schl., Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 170; pl. 
Ixxxvi. fig. 2. 

A single specimen is in the collection. 


SyNENTOGNATHI Gill. 


The abdominal Malacopterygian Pharyngognaths of Dr. Miller do not 
appear to belong to the same natural order as the Pomacentroids and 
allied fishes. If the coalescence or separation of the inferior pharyngeal 
bones is to be esteemed as of ordinal value, the two sections that have been 
confounded under the name of Pharyngognathi should be at least separated, and 
regarded as distinct orders. In such a case, the above name may be used to 
embrace the Exoceti, Scomberesoces, &c. There is so striking a 
parallelism between the genera of Acanthopterygian Pharyngognaths and the 
true Acanthopterygians, that a doubt may be even entertained whether the 
pharyngeals are of really ordinal value in classification. Certain it is, that 
no less than three genera that actually belong to the Pharyngognathi of Muller, 
were confounded by Cuvier himself with genera of the Mullerian Acanthopteri, 
Pterophyllum of Heckel being referred to Platax, Astronotus of 
Swainson to Lobotes and Amblodon of Rafinesque to Corvina. The 
connection of those respective genera appears, however, to be ore of analogy 
rather than of affinity. 


Scomperesoces Mull. 
HEMIRHAMPHINZ Gill. 


16. Hemirhamphus occipitalis Gill—The height is scarcely contained 
twelve times in the length from the upper jaw to the end of the caudal fin. The 
head forms nearly a fifth of the same length, and its height is contained between 
two and two and a half times in its length. The eyes are large, the diameter 
of an orbit exceeding a fourth of the length of the head, and equalling the 
interorbital space. The upper jaw is triangular, longer than wide, and acutely 
rounded; the distance from the middle of its side to the orbit equals an orbit’s 
diameter. The lower jaw, from the corner of the mouth to the tip, is more 
than a half greater than the length of the head, and forms a fourth of the 
extreme length. The dorsal fin commences between the sixth and seventh of 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 


the length from the upper jaw to the end of the caudal, and is entirely over 
the anal. The pectorals, when bent forwards, reach at least to the centre of 
the pupil. 

D 13, A 14, &e. 

The ‘general color is chocolate brown, with the usual lateral silver band 
broader between the dorsal and anal. A number of small purplish dots, and 
a few larger ones, form a triangular area on the occipital region, the apex of 
which is posterior, and the base emarginated: and from the angles of the 
base, two bands of spots proceed, and converge anteriorly. Above the orbit 
there is also a pale bluish area dotted with black. 

A single specimen of this species, little more than four inches in length, is 
in the same collection. The color is much changed, or, at least, is quite 
distinct from that of most other species of the genus, but resembles more that 
of Hemirhamphus Gernerti of Valenciennes. 

It does not agree with the description of any of the known species ‘of the 
genus. The H. Gernerti Val. appears to be its nearest ally, but the beak 
of that species is said to be the fifth of the total length, and no mention is 
made of any peculiarity in the coloration of the head. The H.intermedins 
of Cantor and Richardson differs in the number of rays, in color and in propor- 
tions. H. Sajori of Temminck and Schlegel is distinguished by its short beak. 
In H. japonicus of Brevoort, the anal appears to commence nearly under 
the middle of the dorsal, and the beak is also shorter. The present appears, 
therefore, to be undescribed. 


LopHoprancui Curvy. 
SynGNATHOID® Bon. 


SoLeGnaTHin& Gill. 

17. Gasterotokeus biaculeatus Heckel.—This species, although widely 
distributed in the Eastern seas, and common on the Chinese coasts, has not 
been previously noticed as an inhabitant of Japan. Two specimens were 
obtained there by Dr. Morrow. 

SynGNATHINE Bon. 


18. Syngnathus Schlegeli Kaup. 

Sygnathus tenuirostris, Tem. and Schl. Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 273, pl. 
exx. fig. 6, (non Rathke). 

Sygnathus SchlegeliKaup, catalogue Lophobranchii in British Museum, p. 46. 

Two specimens of this species are also in the collection of Dr. Morrow. 


The paper entitled ‘Observations upon the relations existing be- 
tween Food, and the capabilities of men to resist low Temperatures, by 
I. I. Hayes, M. D.,” was, on report of the Committee of the Biological 
Department, to which it had been referred, recommended to be pub- 
lished ina Medical Journal. 

The following resolutions, presented by the Committee on Proceed- 
ings, were adopted : 

Resolved, That the subscription to the Proceedings after the present 
year be increased to two dollars. 

Resolved, That the Committee appointed to examine papers offered 
for publication in the Proceedings, be instructed, when it may be 
deemed expedient, to confer with the Committee on Proceedings, with 
a view to procure greater condensation of the material to be printed. 

In accordance with the first of these resolutions, the recommendation 
of the Committee on Publication fund, fixing the price of commutation 


1859.] 
12 


[50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


of subscription to the Proceedings at twenty-five dollars was concarred 
in. 

The following was adopted: 

Resolved, That the price of the volumes of Proceedings for 1857 and 
’58, already completed, and that for 1859 when completed, be uniform 
with that of the previously published volumes, (two dollars.) 


May 3d. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 


Thirty-eight members present. 

Dr. Leidy called attention to a fragment of jaw of Mososaurus pre- 
sented this evening, in which the tooth of succession was preserved in 
the cavity beneath the worn projecting tooth. 

Dr. Carson exhibited some Vhinese chemicals, and remarked specially 
upon a calomel in crystalline seales resembling boracic acid, which was 
formed by the empirical process of subliming a mixture of alum, com- 
mon salt and mereury. It is quite free from corrosive sublimate. 


May 10th. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 


Forty-nine members present. 

The following papers were pened for publication in the Proceed- 
ings 

esoriphon of a third genus of Hemiramphinz, by Theodore Gill. 

Description of seven new species of Uniones, Xc., by Isaae Lea. 

And were referred to Committees. 

Dr. R. E. Rogers, by request of the Academy, gave a lecture on the 
correlation of forces, illustrated with numerous experiments, showing 
the mutual convertiblity of different kinds of force. 

The number of the Proceedings of the Academy for April was laid 
on the table. 


May 17th. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 


Forty-nine members present. 

Dr. Leidy called attention to specimens of Palzeotrochus presented 
this evening by Prof. E. Emmons, from subsilurian strata: he stated 
that its organic nature had been denied by able authorities, but con- 
sidered that its symmetry and uniformity were in favor of its being a 
fossil; it had most strongly the appearance of a coral. 

Dr. Le Conte had seen a similar body of larger size from the copper- 
bearing rocks of Point Keewenaw, Lake Superior. He could not con- 
eeive that such numbers of masses of similar form could arise from 
molecular action forming concretions. 

[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 


Prof. Emmons exhibited a drawing of a fossil head, supposed to be- 
long to Clepsysaurus, found in Chatham Co., North Carolina: it was 
covered with plates, some of which were exhibited, and had a very 
elongated slender snout, expanded at the tip, with the nostrils situated 
at the base. 


May 24th. 
Mr. Lu, President, in the Chair. 


Seventy-seven members present. 

A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled 
Ichthyological Notices by Charles Girard, M. D. : 

And one for publication in the Journal, entitled New Unionide ef 
the United States, by Isaac Lea. 

Which were referred to Committees. 

The death, at Berlin, of Baron Alexander ven Humboldt, late a Cor- 
respondent of the Academy, was announced. 


May 31st. 
Vice-President BRIDGES in the Chair. 


Fifty-one members present. 

The Report ef Proceedings of the Biological Department fer the 
present month was read. 

On report of committees of the Biological Department, the papers 
entitled, The Pathological Relations of Cancer, by J. H. Packard, M.D., 
and On two new varieties of Wourari, Carroval and Vao, by William 
A. Hammond, M. D., and 8S. Weir Mitchell, M. D., were recommended 
for publication in a medical journal. 

On report of the respective Committees, the paper entitled, New 
Unionidze, of the’United States, by Isaac Lea, was ordered to be publish- 
ed in the Journal. 

And the fellowing in the Proceedings: 


Descriptions of Twenty-one New Species of Exotic UNIONIDE. 
BY ISAAC LEA. 


Unio sikximensis.—Testa levi, cbovata, inequilaterali, subinflata, posticé 
obtusé biangulata ; valvulis crassiusculis; natibus prominulis; epidermide 
luteo-fusca, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvulis, brevibus crenulatis, 
in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus brevibus subcurvisque; margarita 
alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Sikkim, India. H. Cuming and Prof. Hanley. 


Unio piminutis.—Testa plicata, corrugata, subsulcati, elliptica, inequilaterali, 
compressa, posticé obtusé angulaté ; valvulis crassiusculis; natibus subpromi- 
nentibus, ad apices undulatis acuminatisque; epidermide luted eradiatdque ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque 
valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus subbrevibus rectisque; margarita pallido-sal- 
monia et iridescente. 

Hab.—ast Africa, H. Cuming and Prof. Hanley. 


1859.] 


152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


. 


Unio PLICATULUS.—Test{ minute plicatd, valdé oblonga, compressa, valdé 
inequilaterali, posticé obtusé angulaté; valvulis tenuibus; natibus prominu- 
lis; epidermide luteo-fuscé, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus obliquis, lamellatis, 
longis, pertenuibus, dente cardinali valvule dextre duplici; lateralibus longis, 
acicularis rectisque ; margaritd cwruleo-albé et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Borneo. H. Cuming. 


Unio NAVIGIOLIFORMIS.—Testd minute plicataé, valdé oblonga, subinflatd, valde 
inequilaterali, posticé truncata et subemarginatd, ad basim emarginatd, anticé 
ovato-rotundataé; valvulis crassiusculis; natibus prominulis; epidermide 
tenebroso-fusca, eradiata, micante ; dentibus cardinalibus crassiusculis, obliquis, 
compressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus prelongis subcurvisque ; 
margarita albaé et iridescente. 

Iab.— ? H. Cuming. 

Unio FLUcTIGER.—Testa perplicatd, subtransversi, compressi, valdé inequi- 
laterali, posticé subrotundaté, ad basim subemarginata; valvulis tenuibus ; 
natibus parvis, prominulis ; epidermide luteo-oliva, transversé et minute striata, 
eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, obliquis, compressis, in utroque val- 
vulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis subrectisque; margarita cwruleo-alba et 
iridescente. 

Hab.— ——? H. Cuming. 

Unio MUTABILIS.—Testa levi, laté ellipticd, subcompressd, valdé inazquilate- 
rali, ad basim subrect4; valvulis tenuibus, anticé crassioribus; natibus promi- 
nulis, ad apices undulatis, feré terminalibus; epidermide castaned, nitida et 
eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; laterali- 
bus prelongis subcurvisque ; margarita ceruleo-alba et valde iridescente. 

Hab.--Brisbane Water, Australia; New Zealand, A. Cuming; and Murray 

tiver, Australia, W. Newcomb, M. D. 


Unio Tuwairsit.—Testa levi, regulariter ellipticd, subinflata, ineequilaterali ; 
valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide castanea, polita, trans- 
versé fasciata; dentibus cardinalibus valdé compressis, lamellatis, valdé obliquis, 
in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis curvisque ; marga- 
rité salmonis colore tincté et iridescente. : 

Hab.—Ceylon. Mr. Thwaites, by H. Cuming. 


Unio MELLEUS.—Testa sulcatd, ellipticdé, subinflataé, valdé inaquilaterali ; 
yalvulis subecrassis, anticé crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices 
minuté undulatis ; epidermide melind, obsoleté radiata, nitida; dentibus car- 
dinalibus subgrandibus, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; la- 
teralibus sublongis, subrectis, in utroque yalvulo duplicibus ; margarita salmo- 
nis colore tincta et iridescente. 

Hab.— ? H. Cuming. i 

Unto Dysoni.—Testa sulcata, ellipticd, subinflata, inequilaterali, posticé 
subbiangulari; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus; natibus prominulis, 
ad apices levibus; epidermide stramined, eradiati; dentibus cardinalibus 
crassiusculis, erectis, erenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus 
longis subcurvisque; margarita argented et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Honduras. D. Dyson. 


Unto DeMARARAENSIS.—Testa sulcata, rhomboido-oblonga, subinflata, inw- 
quilaterali, posticé obtusé angulata ; valvulis crassiusculis; natibus prominu- 
lis, ad apices undulatis divergentibus ; epidermide olivo-fusca, eradiata ; denti- 
bus cardinalibus crassiusculis, erectis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus: 
lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Demarara. H. Cuming. 


Unio Mavritianus.— Testa levi, elliptica, compressa, inzquilaterali; valvulis 
pertenuibus ; natibus prominulis; epidermide olivo-lutea, nitidaé, obsoleté ra- 


[May, 


WATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 


diata; dentibus cardinalibus minimis, compressis, obliquis; lateralibus 
longis, acicularis subcurvisque ; margarita alba et paulisper iridescente. 
Hab.—Island of Mauritius. H. Cuming. 


Unio virratus.—Testa crebré et leviter sulcata, elliptica, inflata, inequila- 
terali; natibus prominentibus; epidermide luteo-oliva, nitida, eradiata, trans~- 
versé vittata; dentibus cardinalibus sublongis, compressis, obliquis ; lateralibus 
longis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Australia, H. Cuming. 


Unio persutcatus.—Testé erebré sulcata, oblong’, valdé inzquilaterali, 
compressa, posticé subangulata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis; epi- 
dermide virido-fusca, radiis capillaris; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, sulcatis 
crenulatisque; lateralibus sublongis rectisque; margarita purpurea et valdé 
iridescente. . 

Hab.—Mexico. Prof. Hanley. 


Unio SHANGHAIENSIS.—Test4 levi, valdé transversd, valdé inequilaterali, in- 
flata, cylindraceé, posticé subbiangulaté ; valvulis crassiusculis, anticé crassi- 
oribus; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices corrugatis et plicatis ; epidermide 
tenebroso-oliva, nitida, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, 
compressis, crenulatis, rectis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus pre- 
longis, lamellatis rectisque; margarita argentea et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Shanghai, China, H. Cuming. 


Unio Layarpiu.—Testa levi, elliptic4, inflata, posticé obtusé angulata, anticé 
regulariter rotundata, subzquilaterali; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus promi- 
nulis ; epidermide valdé polita, micante, tenebroso-fuscd, nigricante; dentibus 
cardinalibus longis, lamellatis, obliquis, in valvulam dextram duplicibus ; 
jateralibus longis subcurvisque ; magarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Ceylon. Frederick Layard. 


Unio JAPANENSIS.—Testa plicata, oblonga, anticé subsulcata, subcompressa, 
posticé subbiangulata, valdé inzquilaterali; valvulis crassiusculis, anticé 
paulisper crassioribus; natibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, mi- 
cante; denttbus cardinalibus subgrandibus, elevatis3, crenulatis, in utroque 
valvulo duplicibus; lateralibuslongis subcurvisque; margarita alba et valde 
iridescente. 

Hab.—Japan, H. Cuming. 


Unio SumarTrensis.—Testa plicata, subtriangulari, subventricosa4, posticé sub- 
biangulata, inequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis; natibus subprominentibus ; 
epidermide micante, luteo-oliva, posticé virente; dentibus cardinalibus lamel- 
latis, compressis, obliquis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus subbrevi- 
bus curvisque; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Sumatra. H. Cuming. 


Unto RKoweiii.—Testa sulcata, elliptica, subinflata, posticé obtusé angu- 
lata, inequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis, anticé paulisper crassioribus ; natibus 
prominulis, ad apices undulatis; epidermide rufo-fusca, obsoleté radiata; den- 
tibus cardinalibus compressis, elevatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus, 
lateralibus subrectis sublongisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Chagres River, New Granada. Rev. Joseph Rowell. 


Unio Witsonit.—Testa crebré et leviter sulcata, ‘transverse elliptic’, subin- 
fata, valde inzequilaterali; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominentibus, ad apices 
levibus ; epidermide olivo-viridescente, nitidd, obsoleté radiata; dentibus car- 
dinalibus parvis, lamellatis et obliquis; lateralibus longis, acicularis subrec- 
tisque; margarita ceruleo-alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Eastern Branch of Isaac’s Plain. New South Wales, T. B. Wilson, 
M. D. 


1859.] 


154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF : 


Avxoponta Danomeyensis.—Testa levi, transversd, subinflata, ad latere com- 
pressa, ad basim emarginata, valdé inwquilaterali; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus 
subprominentibus; epidermide tenebroso-oliva, striaté, eradiata; margarité 
ceruleo-albd et iridescente. 

Hab.— Dahomey, West Africa. Mr. Fraser, by,H. Cuming. 


AnoponTA SeneGaLensis.—Testa levi, transversd, subinflata, ad Jatere vel 
planulaté vel compressa, ad basim subemarginata, valdé inwquilaterali ; valyu- 
lis crassiusculis ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices minute et obliqué undn- 
latis; epidermidé tenebroso-viridescente, nitida, eradiata; murgarita vel cwera- 
leo-albé vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente. 

Hab.—Senegal. J.C. Jay, M. D., E. Verreaux and H. Cuming. 


Descriptions of Two New Species of UNIONES, from Georgia. 
BY ISAAC LEA. 


Unio FisuLores.—Testa levi, subrotunda, inflata, subequilaterali; valvulis 
erassis, anticé paulisper crassioribus; natibus crassis et valdé prominentibus ; 
epidermide vel fusc&i vel luteo-fusca, anticé striata; dentibus cardinalibus 
erassis, compressis crenulatisque; lateralibus curtis, crassis, rectis granula- 
tisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Connasauga River, Georgia. Bishop Elliott. 


Unio compacrus.—Testé levi, triangulari, subinflata, ad latere planulata, 
posticé angulata, inzquilaterali; valvulis crassis; natibus elevatis ; epidermide 
JJuteo-oliva, radiis maculatis capillaris creberrimis ; dentibus cardinalibus par- 
vis, erectis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus curtis, crassis rectisque ; 
margarita alba et iridescente. : 

Hab.—Etowah River, Georgia. Bishop Elliott, and Rev. G. White. 


Descriptions of seven new species of UNIONES from South Carolina, Florida, 
Alabama and Texas. 


BY ISAAC LEA. 


Unto cacao.—Testa levi, oblong’, subquadrata, compressa, ad latere planu- 
lata, posticé obtusé angulata, inequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis, anticé cras- 
sioribus; natibus prominulis ; epidermide castanea, superné micante, inferné 
striata; dentibus cardinalibus crassiusculis, striatis, suberectis, in utroque 
yalvulo duplicibus; lateralibus curtis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita purpures- 
cente et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—Chacktahachie River, West Florida. Major Le Conte. 


Unio nepaticus.—Testa levi, ovato-oblonga, compressa, posticé laté biangu- 
lata, inequilaterali; valvulis subtenuibus; natibus prominulis; epidermide 
micante, hepatica, vel eradiata vel obsoleté radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, 
subelevatis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis 
subrectisque ; margarita pupurescente et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Salkakatche River, South Carolina. J. Postell. 


UNIo VIRIDIRADIATUS.—Testa levi, laté ellipticé, compressa, posticé dilatata 
et obtusé angulata, anticé regulariter rotundata, valdé inequilaterali; valvulis 
subtenuibus; natibus prominulis, ad apices minute et irregulariter undulatis ; 
epidermide subnitida, radiis crebris capellaris; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, 
crenulatis, in utroque valyulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrec- 
tisque ; margarita purpurea et valde iridescente. 

Hab. Big Uchee, Alabama, near Columbus, Georgia. G. Hallenbeck. 


Unio macropoy.—Testa levi, triangulari, compressa, subzquilaterali, postice 


[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 156 


angulaté; valvulis subcrassis; natibus subelevatis, ad apices minuté undulatis; 
epidermide luteola, striata; dentibus cardinalibus permagnis, subcompressis, 
elevatis, obliquis crenulatisque; lateralibus longis rectisque; margarita argentea 
et iridescente. 

Hab. Rutersville, Texas. Prof. C. G. Forshey. 


Unio Houstonensis.—Testa levi, subrotundd, subinflaté, equilaterali, ad 
latere paulisper planulata; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus; natibus 
elevatis, ad apices paulisper undulatis; epidermide le&vi, virido-lutea, vel era- 
diata vel obsoleté radiata; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, erectis, crenulatis : 
lateralibus curtis subrectisque; margarit& argentea et iridescente. 

Hab. Houston, Texas. F. Moore, M.D. 


Unio RurTERsvILLENsis.—Testd levi, transverse elliptica, subinflata, valde 
inequilaterali, posticé obtusé angulataé ; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé paulisper 
crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices regulariter et elegantissimé undu- 
latis; epidermide vel fusca vel luteo-fusca et valdé radiata; dentibus cardina- 
libus parvis, compressis, acuminatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; 
lateralibus longis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarita ceruleo-alba et valde 
iridescente. 

Hab. Rutersville, Fayette Co., Texas. Prof. C. G. Forshey. 


Unio Forsuryi.—Testa valdé et minuté tuberculaté, subquadrangulari, com- 
pressa, subequilaterali, posticé subbiangulata; valvulis subcrassis, anticé cras- 
sioribus ; natibus subelevatis, ad apices acuminatis et elegantissimé perundu- 
latis; epidermide virido-lutea, substriatd, obsoleté radiata, submicante; den- 
tibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo dupli- 
cibus, lateralibus rectis brevibusque; margarita argented et paulisper iridescente. 

Hab, Fayette Co., Texas. Prof. C. G. Forshey. 


Description of a Third Genus of HEMIRHAMPHINZE. 
BY THEO. GILL. 


After the transmission to the Academy of Natural Sciences of the paper de- 
scriptive of the genus Hyporhamphus, Mr. James C. Brevoort placed in my hands 
a species closely resembling those fishes which have been described as Hems- 
rhamphus longirostris and H. macrorhynchus. Mr. Breyoort at the same time 
called my attention to the peculiar dentition of the species, there being evidently 
tricuspidate teeth in the lower jaw, while those in the upper were simply coni- 
cal. On an examination of the descriptions of the above mentioned species, as 
given in the “ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,” it is to be remarked that no al- 
lusion is made to the shape of the teeth, but that they are in each described as 
being very fine, immediately after the statement of the size of the upper jaw. 
It is then to be presumed that M. Valenciennes only noticed the conical teeth, 
for one of the characters that he has given of the genus is founded on the 
presence of granular or conical ones. Could Valenciennes have overlooked the 
teeth of the lower jaw, and only examined those of the upper? It appears to 
me possible that he did, for it is scarcely to be believed that a fish so closely 
resembling Hemirhamphus longirostris as the present species, could differ from 
it in such important parts. I nevertheless offer this opinion with diffidence. 
As Valenciennes has remarked, the teeth are very small, and as their forms can 
only be discerned through a magnifier, they might have been easily overlooked, 
unless the attention of the observer was particularly attracted to them. The 
peculiarity of the different structure of the teeth in each jaw would scarcely have 
been suspected by the naturalist as occurring in this tribe. If this supposition 
is’ correct, as to the Hemirhamphus longirostris and H. macrorhynchus, those 
species should be withdrawn from the genus Hemirhamphus and placed in an 
allied one. Valenciennes would probably have himself done this, if he had 


1859.] 


156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


been aware that any such peculiarity as that signalized had existed. Certain 
it is, that the species to be now described differs from JZemirhamphus, not. only 
in the dentition, but even more strikingly in general form, which at once dis- 
tinguishes it from that genus, as it should be restricted, and approximates it 
to the long billed and slender Hemirhamphus longirostris. In the typical J7emi- 
rhamphi the body, although elongated and nearly uniform, is quite robust. In 
the present genus (uleptorhamphus) the proportional height is about half of 
that in Hemirhamphus, and the beak is also much elongated. The pectorals are 
again much longer than those of Jemirhamphus, and are pointed at their ex- 
tremities, and they have been even compared by Valenciennes to those of the 
Exoceti. These characters sustain us in the belief that it forms the type of a 
natural genus, and we now give its generic characters, those appertaining to the 
subfamily being omitted. 


EvnerrorzaAmPnHes Gill. 


Body very slender and elongated, covered with large and high scales. The 
ensiform, lower jaw, very long and slender, greatly exceeding the length of the 
head. Teeth very small and panciserial in each jaw, tricuspidate in the lower 
and subconical in the upper. Pectoral fins elongated and pointed. Anal with 
all its rays, except the most anterior, simply branched. 


EvLEPTORHAMPHUS Breyoorti Gill. 


The height between the vertical fins is contained between twelve and thirteen 
times in the length from the opercular margin to the base of the caudal fin. 
The head, from the end of the upper jaw to the margin of the operculum bears 
a proportion to the length of the trunk of one to six andathird. The beak 
forms about three-tenths of the extreme length inclusive of the caudal fin. 

The eye is moderate, its diameter forming little, if at all, more than a fourth 
of the head’s length (exclusive of the beak). The interorbital space is equal 
to a diameter. The pectorals slightly exceed three-elevenths of the length 
of the trunk. The ventrals are nearer to the margin of the operculum than to 
that of the caudal fin, and are very small, their length only equalling a sixth of 
the pectorals. The dorsal commences nearer to the point of the caudal than to 
the bases of the pectorals; its baée is about as long or even longer than the 
length of the pectorals; about three of its rays are in advance of the anal, and 
its last ray is above or a little behind that of the same fin. 

In the number of rays this species does not differ essentially from its con- 
geners. 

Dep A 27; O3/1, S93, 155 Poy VC: 

The scales appear to be firmly adherent to the body, especially on the silvery 
portion. The color is tawny-yellow on the back and inferiorly on the tail ; 
the head and the rest of the sides are brilliant silvery; the silvery band is 
quite straight above; the beak is light or tawny-brown. 

It appears that Luleptorhamphus Brevoortii is consequently more nearly allied 
to E. longirostris of Cuvier than to the H. macrorhynchus, the former offering no 
important difference in its relative height, which is said to be comprised thir- 
teen times in the trunk, measured from the operculum to the root of the tail; 
in #. macrorhynchus the height is not comprised much more than nine times in 
the same length. With the latter, it is therefore unnecessary to compare the 
present species; from the former, it appears to differ specifically in some of its 
proportions. The beak in Z. longirostris is said to be a quarter of the entire 
length ; in Z. Brevoortii it is three-tenths, or a little less than a third, and is 
consequently almost as long proportionally as 2. macrorhynchus. The eye in B. 
longirostris is a third of the head’s length in diameter ; in 2. Brevoortii it is only 
a quarter. The other variations in dimensions would not be sufficient to speci- 
fically distinguish the two fishes, but as they do not very widely differ in size, 
the variations that have been stated appear to be specific and not the results of 


[ May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 


age. Valenciennes says that the scales of E. longirostris appeared to him to 
fall easily. The scales of E. Bre voortii appear to me to be more than usually 
adherent. If we are both correct, this difference will be important as specific. 
The two fishes finally appear to differ in color, but the one that has been above 
described has been apparently long preserved in alcohol. 

The habitat of this species is unknown; the species allied to it have been 
hitherto found only in the Oriental seas. 


ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTICES. 
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D. 


LX. A species of Fundulus, closely allied to F’ grandis, and of which we have 
given a good figure of either sex, on Plate xxxvi of the ‘‘Ichthyology of the 
United States and Mexican Boundry,’’ was recently collected in Charlotte Bay, 
Fla., and sent to the Smithsonian Institution. 

The specimens obtained are of the male sex, the largest one measures four 
inches and a half in total length, the head forming a little more than the 
fourth of it. The eye is large and circular, the diameter of the orbit entering 
about four times in the length of the side of the head. The maxillar teeth are 
rather small and inconspicuous. The body has not the plump appearance of 
F. grandis ; its greatest depth is less than the fourth of the totallength. The 
dorsal and anal fins are narrower than in /. grandis. The anterior margin of 
the analis nearer the posterior margin of the caudal than the apex of the snout; 
that of the anal is equidistant between the pupil and the margin of the caudal. 
The latter is rounded off or subtruncated. The anal is inserted somewhat 
more anteriorly with reference to the dorsal than in F. grandis, and the tips of 
the rays of the dorsal project a little further than those of the anal fin. The 
ventrals are possibly smaller than in F. grandis, their extremities not reaching 
quite the vent. The pectorals are of moderate size and extend as far back as a 
vertical line drawn at the origin of the ventrals. The rays are:— D 12;A 11; 
C 2,1, 8, 8,1, 2; V6;P1,16. The scales are deeper than long, but propor- 
tionally less so than in F. grandis. The head, dorsal region and flanks are 
blackish brown, metallic white spots being scattered over the sides of the body 
and tail. The abdomen is yellowish white The dorsal, caudal, and anal fins 
olivaceous, checkered with black and white, the ventrals and pectorals being 
olivaceous. 

The name of Fundulus jloridensis is bestowed upon this species. 


LXI. We owe to our friend Dr. Thomas Webb, a species of Cyprinodon, col- 
lected by him in the neighborhood of San Diego, Cal., while attached to the U. 
5. and Mexican Boundary, under ex-Commissioner R. R. Bartlett. 

It may easily be distinguished from its congeners in North America, by its 
uniform system of coloration which exhibits neither bands nor spots. The 
general aspect of its body is rather short and deep, except in the young which 
assume a subfusiform appearance. The largest specimens which we have ex- 
amined measure about an inch and a half in total length. The head consti- 
tutes the fourth of the length, the snout being abruptly rounded off. The 
mouthis, proportionally speaking, of medium size ; whilst the eye is rather small, 
subcircular; its diameter entering three times and a half in the length of the 
side of the head. The dorsal fin is higher than long, and superiorly convex ; 
its anteriormargin being nearer the apex of the snout than the posterior margin 
of the caudal. The anal fin is nearly as large as the dorsal, deeper than long, 
inferiorly convex, particularly upon its posterior half. The caudal is poste- 
riorly truncated, nearly linear. The ventrals are small, project beyond the 
vent and reach almost the origin of the anal. The pectorals are well developed, 
rounded off, extending as far as a vertical line drawn at the insertion of the 
ventrals. The rays are:—D10+ 1; A11;C 3,1, 8, 8,1, 3; V7; P 12.—The 
1859.] 


158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


scales are much deeper than long, anteriorly truncated and posteriorly rounded 
off or convex. The color is olivaceous brown, with a dark greyish tint along 
the back, and a golden tint beneath. 

We propose calling this species Cyprinodon californiensis. 


LXIU. Another Cyprinodon, the largest species so far observed in North 
America, was collected by Mr. John Potts, in Chihuahua river. Specimens of 
the male sex measure two inches and a half in total length. The head, which 
constitutes somewhat more than the fourth of the total length, is rather large, 
the snout being abbreviated and rounded off. The eye is of moderate develop- 
ment, since its diameter enters four times in the length of the side of the head. 
The mouth is of medium size. The dorsal region between the nape and the 
origin of the dorsal fin is very convex ; the depth, measured across the latter 
region, is a good deal more than the third of the total length. The origin of 
the dorsal fin is nearer the insertion of the caudal fin than the apex of the 
snout, the fin itself is higher than long, superiorly convex, the first and second 
rays being the shortest. The posterior margin of the caudal is subtruncated. 
The anal has the same shape and structure as the dorsal, but is a much smaller 
fin. The ventrals overlap the vent, reaching almost the anterior margin of the 
anal. The pectorals are well developed, rounded off, and extend further back 
than a vertical line drawn at the insertion of the ventrals. The rays are :—D 
12;A12;C5 1, 7,7, 1,4; V6; P 14.—The body of the female sex is not so 
deep as in the male, although the dorsal region is convex, resembling some- 
what C. macularius, figured on plate xxxvii, of the Ichthyology of the United 
States and Mexican Boundary Survey. The dorsal and anal fin are likewise 
much smaller than in the male and composed each of eleven rays instead of 
twelve; the upper edge of the dorsal being sublinear instead of being convex, 

The ground color is olivaceous yellow with a golden reflect, much brighter 
beneath than above, where a greyish tint predominates. The adult male is 
nearly unicolor; the base of the caudal fin above is speckled with black, 
whilst its posterior margin is jet black. In its immature condition the male 
sex exhibits transverse fascize of blackish brown like the female, which is 
moreover maculated along the flanks. The base of the caudal is likewise 
speckled in the female, but the posterior edge of its caudal is not margined 
with black. On the other hand, a black spot may be seen at the posterior por- 
tion of the dorsal with specks of the same tint along its base. 

We have bestowed the name of Cyprinedon eximius upon the species which 
is here described. 


LXIII. The sun fish described by S. F. Baird, under the name of Pomotis 
chetodon, in the ninth annual report of the Board of Regents of the Smithson- 
ian Institution, 1855, 324, possessing all the generical features which we have 
lately assigned to the genus Gryttus in the report upon the fishes collected 
during the various Pacific Railroad Surveys, that species we shall henceforwards 
eall Bryttus chetodon. 


LXIV. The Atlantic coast of the United States furnished a small herring, which 
was first indicated by Mitchill under the name of Clupea teres. DeKay, in his 
Fauna of the State of New York, has placed it in the genus Alosa. We have 
examined a series of specimens of that fish, collected by S. F. Baird, along the 
coast of New Jersey. The largest ones measure about four inches and a half 
in total length; all of them in the most perfect state of preservation. Find- 
ing teeth upon the maxillar bones, the tongue, the palatines, and the ptery- 
goidians, whilst the vomer is toothless, we propose referring that species to- 
the genus Harengu/a of Prof. Valenciennes, established in the ‘ Histoire 
Naturelle des poissons’’ upon the characters just alluded to, and to call it 
Harengula teres. 


LXV.—The fresh water silureid, described by Lesueur under the name of 


[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 


Pimelodus lemniscatus, in the ‘Mémoires du Muséum d@’Histoire Naturelle,’’ 
belongs, truly speaking, to the genus Noturus of Rafinesque, and which was at 
one time supposed of being founded upon young specimens of Pimelodi, but is 
now admitted to be a distinct genus, although resembling in its full grown 
condition the immature state of Pimelodus, properly so called. The genus 
Noturus is thus made to include a second species under the name of JN. lem- 
niscatus. We venture to say that Lesueur’s specimens were procured in Penn- 
sylvania, and not in the southern States, as assumed by Dekay. 


LXVI.—The fish described by F. B. Hough, under the name of Pimelodus 
gracilis, in the Fifth Ann. Rep. of the Reg. of the Univers. of N. Y., 1852, p. 
26, is a very characteristic species, but its specific name is unfortunately pre- 
occupied in the genus Pimelodus. We propose, therefore, to designate it in 
future under the appellation of Pimelodus houghi. We have examined speci- 
mens collected at Sommerville, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. by Mr. Hough himself ; 
others from Foxburgh, Pa., collected by 8S. F. Baird; and others still, from 
Ogdensburg : they are all preserved in the Museum of the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution. 


UXVII.—Dr. Hoy has collected in the neighborhood of Racine, Wis., speci- 
mens of a species of Pimelodus, which we propose dedicating to him; hence 
ealling it P. hoyi. The head constitutes a little less than the fourth of the 
total length, its upper aspect being longer thanbroad. The upper jaw is some- 
what longer than the lower one. The eyes are of medium size ; their diameter 
entering six times and a half in the length of the side of the head, and four 
times in the interocular space. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is nearer 
the apex of the snout than the origin of the adipose fin. The caudal is slightly 
emarginated, subcrescentic upon its posterior margin; it constitutes the sixth 
of the whole length of the fish. The anal fin is deep and rounded off upon its 
exterior margin ; its base is somewhat less than the fifth of the entire length. 
The formula of the rays is:—D 1, 7; A 23; C 2,1, 7,7, 1,3; V8; PI, 9. 
The specimens observed measure about a foot in total length; their coloration 
is of that uniform type common to various species. 


LXVIII.—Specimens of a species, more closely allied in its general appear- 
ance to P. hoyi than any other of its congeners, were caught in Root River, 
near Racine, Wis., by 5. F. Baird. 

The head forms a little more than the fourth of the total length; its upper 
aspect is as broad as long. The jaws are equal. The eyes are of medium size, 
their diameter being contained eight times in the length of the side of the head, 
and four and a half times along the interocalar space. The anterior margin of 
the dorsal fin is nearer the origin of the adipose than the apex of the snout. 
The caudal fin, which constitutes the sixth of the total length, is subcrescentic 
upon its posterior margin. The anal fin is deep and rounded off exteriorly ; its 
base being contained five and a half times in the entire length. The rays are: 
Des ao 205 0 3y 158. 6, bea VY Seok io: 

We propose calling this species Pimelodus conjinis. 

LXIX.—A small species having the general appearance of Pimelodus cupreus 
of Rafinesque, was collected by Robert Kennicott, Aux Plaines, Ill. The chief 
distinguishing mark between the two species consists in the relative length of 
the jaws, the lower one in P. cupreus being shorter than the upper, whilst they 
are both equal in the species here alluded to, and which we call P. cupreoides. 
The head forms a little less than the fourth of the total length; itis as long as 
broad, and rounded off upon the snout. The eyes are of medium size: their 
diameter being contained seven times in the length of the side of the head, and 
about four times along the interocular space. The anterior margin of the dor- 
sal fin is nearer the snout than the adipose. The caudal is posteriorly rounded 
off, forming a little less than the sixth of the entire length, and shorter than 


1859.] 


160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the base of the anal, which enters in the total length somewhat more than four 
times only. 
The color is of a uniform, dark blackish-brown tint. 


LXX.—The cat fish figured and described by DeKay, under the name of 
Pimelodus catus, Cuy. and VAu., belongs to a species quite distinct from the 
one just alluded to. The head forms a little more than the fourth of the 
whole length: it is broaderthanlong. The lower jaw is longer than the upper. 
The eyes are rather small; their diameter entering about nine times in the 
length of the side of the head, and five and a half times across the interocular 
space. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is equidistant between the apex 
of the snout and the anterior margin of the adipose. The caudal, which forms 
about the sixth of the total length, is subtruncated posteriorly. The base of 
the anal enters likewise six times in the total length. 

This species might be called P. dekayi; the specimens observed were col- 
lected at Oswego, Lake Ontario, and in four mile creek, near Oswego, by 5. F. 
Baird. 


LXXI.—The true Pimelodus catus is a southern species, widely distinct from 
the above. It can be distinguished by the following characters : the head is 
contained four times and a half in the entire length ; it is as long as broad, the 
length being taken from snout to occiput. The jaws are equal. The eyes are 
small; their diameter enters also nine times in the length of the side of the 
head, and five and a half times across the interocular region. The anterior 
margin of the dorsal fin is nearer the apex of the snout than the origin of the 
adipose. The caudal is posteriorly rounded off, and contained five and a half 
times in the total length. The base of the anal enters but four times in the 
same length. 


LXXII. The hydrographic basin of the Chesapeake has furnished a species of 
cat fish, popularly known as the ‘Channel cat,” or ‘‘ Mud cat.” The head, 
which is longer than broad, forms a little less than the fourth of the total 
Jength. The upper jaw is somewhat longer than the lower one. The eyes are 
rather large ; their diameter being contained seven times in the length of the 
side of the head, and four times and a half across the interocular space. The 
anterior margin of the dorsal fin is equidistant between the apex of the snout 
and the origin of the adipose. The posterior edge of the caudal is moderately 
emarginated ; the fin itself constituting not quite the sixth of the total length. 
The base of the anal is somewhat shorter than the dorsal. The rays are :—DI, 
5 + 1; A 20; C3,1,8,7,1,4; V8; PI, 9.—The upper regions are bluish 
black, whilst the abdomen is whitish. Specimens were obtained in the Potomac 
river, in deep run, a tributary of Patapsco river, and at Carlisle, Pa. 

We propose the name of Pimelodus lynx for this species. 


LXXIUI. Another species, to which we apply the nameof Pimelodus puma, was 
collected by myself in Charleston, 8S. C. The head constitutes the fourth of the 
entire length; itis also longer than broad. The jaws are equal. The eyes are 
of medium size; their diameter entering about eight times in the length of the 
side of the head, and five times across the interocular space. The posterior 
margin of the dorsal is equidistant between the apex of the snout and the 
posterior flap of the adipose. The caudal is subconvex posteriorly; it con- 
stitutes about the sixth of the total length. The base of the anal does not 
enter quite four times and a half in the total length. 


LXXIV. -We have likewise collected in Charleston, S. C., a cat fish, the general 
form of which is more slender than that of the preceding species; the anal fin 
is deeper and the caudal emarginated: features which will at once differentiate 
the species to which we give here the name of Pimelodus vulpeculus. The head, 
which is longer than broad, constitutes the fourth of the total length. The 
lower jaw is somewhat shorter than the upper one. The eyes are of medium 


[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 


size: their diameter being contained about eight times in the length of the side 
of the head, and four times only across the interocular space. The anterior 
margin of the dorsal ia somewhat nearer the apex of the snout than the adipose, 
which is smaller and inserted more anteriorly than in P. puma. The caudal fin 
enters five times and a half in the total length. The base of the anal is equal 
to the length of the caudal. 


LXXV. A most characteristic species of cat fish has been collected in the neigh- 
borhood of Anderson, 8. C.; specimens of which having been secured by Mirs. 
Daniel, were sent to Prof. S. F. Baird nearly eight years ago. The head which 
is longer than broad, is very much depressed, and contained about four times 
in the total length. The mouth is exceedingly broad and large ; the jaws being 
equal. The eyes are large; their diameter entering six times and a half in the 
length of the side of the head, and three and a half times across the interocular 
space. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is nearer the apex of the snout 
than the adipose fin. The caudal is posteriorly emarginated, and constitutes 
the sixth of the total length. The base of the anal is somewhat longer than 
the caudal. 

In calling this species Pimelodus platycephalus, allusion is made to its most 
conspicuous character. 


LXXVI. Specimens of a cat fish, collected in the Black Warrior and Bigsby 
rivers, Ala., were sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Prof. A. Winchell. The 
head is contained five times and a half in the entire length. The candal fin is 
somewhat longer than the head. The eyes are very large; their diameter being 
contained but three times in the length of the side of the head: once in ad- 
vance and once behind the orbit. The maxillar barbels extend beyond the 
middle of the length of the pectorals. The base of the anal fin enters four 
times in the total length of the fish. The rays are:—Br. vi: 1x; DI, 6; A 28; 
C 10, 1, 7, 8,1, 10; V 8; PI, 9.—The dorsal region is of a pale red; the sides 
of the tail are silvery; the abdomen is whitish. Brown small spots and dots 
are occasionally scattered over the body. The maxillar barbels are blackish. 

The name of Pimelodus megalops, refers to the development of the eyes, 
although other species may possess a similar feature to a lesser degree. 


LXXVII._ Finally we owe to Jas. Fairie, specimens of a cat fish collected by 
himself at Prairie mer Rouge, La. The species being new, we call it Pimelodus 
graciosus. It has the general appearance of the preceding species, but thé eyes 
are much smaller; their diameter entering four times in the length of the side 
of the head. The head itself forms the fifth of the total length. The anterior 
margin of the dorsal fin is nearer the apex of the snout than the origin of the 
adipose. The tip of the ventral fins extend beyond the origin of the anal. 
The rays are :—Br. vi: vi; DI, 6; A 28; C5, 1, 7, 8,1,6; V8; PI, 9—The 
color is reddish brown above; the vertical fins are margined with black. The 
abdomen is yellowish; the horizontal fins being unicolor. The maxillar barbels 
are greyish black; the submaxillar ones are yellow. 


The resignation of J. Aitken Meigs, M. D., as Librarian of the 
Academy, on account of business engagements, was accepted. 


June Tth. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 


Fifty-four members present. 


A paper was presented for publication in the Journal of the Academy, 
entitled Synopsis of North American Sphingide, by Brackenridge 
Clemens, M. D. 


1859.] 13 


162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


And the following for publication in the Proceedings: Description 
of a new genus of Salarianz, by Theo. Gill. 
And were referred to Committees. 


Dr. Leidy directed the attention of the Academy to a number of interesting 
fossils left by Prof. Emmons for the inspection of the members. 

One of the specimens is the ramus of a lower jaw of a small insectivorous 
mammal. The Dromatherium sylvyestre Emmons, from the coal of 
Chatham Co., N.C. It is of very great interest, as being the oldest known relic 
of s mammal. A second specimen, less well preserved, is presented this 
evening to the Academy by Prof. Emmons. 

Other fossils consist of teeth, vertebrae, and fragments of other bones of 
Clepsysaurus, Rutiodon and Palwosaurus, also from Chatham 
Co., N. C. 

There is also a good suite of the curious subsilurian fossil Pale otrochus, 
of which some of the specimens are detached, while others are imbedded in the 
quartzose rock. 

Dr. L. further noticed a very large tooth, much mutilated and black in color, 
which was discovered by Prof. Emmons, in association with ear bones of 
cetacea, in the miocene deposits of North Carolina. The tooth probably also 
belongs to a cetacean, for which the name of Ontocetus Emmonsi is 
proposed. 

The tooth is curved conical, and is compressed and fluted laterally. In its 
perfect condition it has been over ten inches in length, by about four inches in 
its greater diameter, and two anda half inches wide. It is composed of dentine, 
with an exterior comparatively thin layer of cement, and an interior compara- 
tively large amount of osteo-dentine. The specimen appears to have Jain 
long exposed to the attacks of living mollusks at the bottom of the miocene 
ocean, as it exhibits a number of excavations made by pholades or other allied 
genera. 


Professor Emmons, atthe meeting of May 24th, remarked that the debitu- 
menization of coal wes effected through the agency of heat, but he does not 
think that the debitumenization of anthracite isdue to heat emanating from 
an incandescent body, whether that body be injected trap or other pyrocrys- 
talline rocks. In his opinion the heat which debitumenized the coal of the 
anthracite region was disengaged or generated by the collision of the rocks 
enclosing it at the time of their upheaval. In support of this view he referred 
to the correlation of forces—the equivalent of heat, ete.—and stated he found 
by experiment, a year ago, that the volatile matter of the bitumenous slates of 
North Carolina began to come off at 350°, and that it was all driven off para- 
phine, and all about 608°. Hence he inferred that coals are debitumenized at 
low temperatures, and that intense ignition is not required. 

Professor Rogers objected to these views, and suggested that the non-con- 
ducting property of the rocks was an obstacle to the theory. 


Mr. Lea, in accordance with a request made at a previous meeting, 
read the following notice of the late Alexander von Humboldt : 


When one of the great luminaries of the scientific world has passed away, it 
is usual to take some notice of the loss sustained by those who were accustom- 
ed to benefit by the labors and instruction of the departed philosopher. It is 
rarely, very rarely, that science has been deprived of a mind so rich in various 
branches of human knowledge,as that of ALEXANDER Von Humpoxpr, a native 
of Prussia, but belonging to the whole world of civilization. In what town or 
hamlet, where the European languages are understood, has not his name been 
familiar? Where has he not imparted new ideas to the inquiring mind? 

Born in 1769, a year remarkable for the birth of many of the most distin- 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 


guished men of the 18th century, viz., Cuvier, Scott, Bonaparte, Wellington, 
Schiller, Canning and Chateaubriand, few of them have left a more indelible 
mark than our associate. 

His early travels brought him to this city more than half a century since, and 
before the foundation of our own Academy, of which he was made a “ correspon- 
dent” in 1843. 

Born in the highest rank of society with all the advantages of political pre- 
ferment, he chose to labor in the walks of science. The friend of sovereigns, 
he was also the friend of the poorest student in the pursuit of knowledge. He 
was the same philosopher in the palace as in the humble hut. No man had 
greater advantages—no one had made better use of them. Unceasing in his 
scientific explorations, he exposed himself to the greatest hardships in his 
voyages and travels, at times braving the deadly malaria and the burning heats 
of the tropics, then scaling the summits of mountains before considered inacces- 
sible to man. From these scenes he returned only to work up his abundant 
materials, which were more extensive and better selected than any before 
made; and this has been done in the most erudite manner and for the most 
useful purposes. His books and essays, which he leaves as a rich inheritance 
to the learned of all countries, will prove to be an immortal monument of his 
devotion to and his pre-eminence in science. 

All countries claim him because he labored for all, and he fraternised with 
all their men of science. Of as easy access to the student of nature as to the 
most learned, he was amiable, courteous and generous. Well aware of what 
science was doing to promote the welfare and happiness of man, he, during the 
period of his long life, faithfully worked out his part without ostentation or 
pride. He loved his studies for their own sake, and in his brilliant intelligence 
most anxiously diffused that knowledge which he had acquired by his own 
great labors. 

He was educated chiefly at Gottingen, under Blumenbach and cther distin- 
guished professors. Subsequently he studied under the great Werner, who 
gave such an impulse to geology towards the end of the last century. The 
eminent Von Bach—only recently dead, an associate of our Academy since 
1840—became his intimate friend. In 1799 he sailed from Spain with his 
Jides Achates, Bonpland, and explored the rivers, mountains and plains of South 
America. Returning to Europe in 1804, he proceeded to Paris, where he re- 
mained until 1807, and published the “ Voyage to the Equinoctial Regions of 
the New Continent.” Here he formed those intimate associations with his 
co-laborers, Cuvier, Arago, Gay-Lussac, Latreille, &c., which he valued so 
highly, and here he commenced his “Cosmos.” Eventually he took up his 
permanent residence in Berlin in 1847, avoiding all political preferment, but 
remaining in close intimacy with his sovereign, who was a learned man, and 
his personal friend, and valuing his society so much, he desired to have it daily 
when it suited the philosopher’s convenience. 

When I had the pleasure to see our illustrious associate in Berlin, in the 
summer of 1853, he was in his 84th year, but still rapid in his thoughts and 
active in his movements. He was then deeply engaged in the last volume of 
his ‘‘ Cosmos,” parts of which he showed to me, and expressed his great inter- 
est in the advance that science was making in the United States. This he 
spoke of with great warmth, and I had reason to believe that he felt a strong 
partiality to Americans. In this he united with the general German 
sentiment. 

Humboldt was beloved and venerated by the population of Berlin and 
Potsdam, and he was followed to the grave by all that was great and good in 
the Capital of Prussia. 

In conclusion I offer the following reolutions :— 

Resolved, That in the decease of our ‘‘Correspondent” Baron Alexan- 
der Von Humboldt, we lose a scientific brother of no ordinary fame, and 


1859.] 


164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AOADEMY OF 


one who, for nearly three-fourths of a century, had led in many branches of 
philosophy and useful learning. 

Resolved, That we recognise no boundaries, no political or civil divisions in 
philosophy, but consider our eminent, distinguished and learned associate as 
belonging to us, as well as to the whole scientific world; and we are deeply 
sensible of the irreparable \loss we have all sustained in being deprived of his 
further labors. 

Resolved, That his illustrious example ought to spur us on to the scientific 
development of his favorite working field—the Western Continent—and although 
we no longer have his presence to cheer us on, we will not slacken in our en- 
deavors to elucidate the Natural History, the Geology and Physical condition 
of our continent. 


The resolutions were then adopted. 

The following resolutions were adopted : 

That the thanks of the Academy be tendered to Mrs. Sarah R. G. 
Beck for her valuable donation to the Library, presented this evening. 

That the thanks of the Academy be tendered to the executors of the 
late Dr. Chas. F. Beck for the donation of a microscope presented this 
evening. 


June 14th. 
Mr. LEA, President, in the Chair. 


Forty members present. 

A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled 
Herpetological Notices, by Charles Girard, M. D., and was referred to 
a Committee. 

Dr. Uhler called attention to the anesthetic effect of bisulphide of 
carbon, which he had accidentally experienced while engaged in its 
manufacture. The effect was very different from that of sulphydric 
acid, which accompanies the first distillation of the product, and no un- 
pleasant results followed. 


June 21st. 
Mr. Lud, President, in the Chair. 


Forty-five members present. 

The following papers were presented for publication in the Pro- 
ceedings : 

Description of a new species of Callinidea, by Theo. Gill. 

Description of new generic types of Cottoids from the collection of 
the North Pacific Exploring Expedition under Com. John Rodgers, by 
Theo. Gill. 

Description of twelve new species of Uniones from Georgia, by Isaac 
Lea. 

And were referred to Committees. 

A letter from Dr. C. A. Helmuth, dated Chicago, June 6th, 1859, 
was read, giving an account of a specimen of Hydaticus zonatus, in 
which the head was only half the usual size, and enveloped in the skin 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 


of the head of the larva. The oral organs were normal in the number 
of articulations, but the antennze were folded up, and their joints are 
shorter and wider than usual: the palpi are also shorter than usual, 
and the last joint of the maxillaries is acuminate. The eyes of the 
imago were concealed by the larva skin, but on raising it are distinctly 
seen. 


June 28th. 
Vice President BripGaEs in the Chair. 


Forty-four members present. 

The report of the Biological Department for the present month was 
read. 

On report of the Committee of the Biological Department the paper 
entitled An Experimental Examination of the physiological effects of 
Sassy Bark, the ordeal poison of the Western Coast of Africa, by S. W. 
Mitchell, M. D., and Wm. A. Hammond, M. D., U.S. A., was recom- 
mended for publication i in a medical Journal.” 

The paper entitled, Synopsis of North American Sphingide, by 
Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., was ordered to be published in the Jour- 
nal of the Academy. 


And the following were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings. 


Description of new generic types of COTTOIDS, from the colloction of the 
North Pacific Exploring Expedition under Com. John Rodgers. 


BY THEO. GILL. 
Ceratocortus Gill. 


Body anteriorly robust, and as broad or broader than high; thence rapidly 
declining to the caudal fin. Lateral line with a row of bony scutella. Head 
large, with the width greater than the height or length; profile vertical; pre- 
opercle and suborbital extended outwards and forwards; preopercle armed 
with a long and immoveable spine, and with two smaller ones beneath ; opercle 
with a muricated longitudinal rib and with a rounded membranous margin ; 
subopercle with two diverging ridges terminating in spines; postorbital ridge 
well developed and elevated near the nape. Branchial apertures separated by 
a very wide isthmus. Branchiostegal rays six. Mouth moderate, horizontal. 
Dorsal fins entirely disconnected ; first low and declining posteriorly ; second 
oblong and corresponding to the anal. Caudal small and posteriorly subtrun- 
cated. Pectorals with broad and oblique bases, and with obliquely rounded 
margins. Ventrals small, moderately approximated, behind the bases of the 
pectorals; each with a spinous and three simple rays. 

This genus is very closely allied to the Aspicottus of Girard, Or Clypeocottus 
of Ayres, but is easily distinguished by the form of the head, and by the absence 
of teeth on the anterior portion of the vomer. The latter character has been 
overlooked by both Cuvier and Bennett, who have both described the species 
on which the genus is founded, and have referred it to Cottws, although one of 
the characters which Cuvier has assigned to that genus, rested on the | presence 
of vomerine teeth. 

’ A single species of this genus is known; it was long since described by Pal- 
las under the name of Cottus diceraus. 


1859.] 


166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Borgocortus Gill. 


Body subcylindrical, rapidly declining to the caudal fin. Skin mostly naked, 
or with small and distant tubercles above the lateral line. Lateral line open- 
ing on the sides through small distant pores. Head large, depressed and sub- 
rhomboidal; nasal spines small; preopercle with two simple spines near the 
angle and two tubercles below ; opercle with a longitudinal rib terminating in 
a spine, and with a rounded membranous margin; subopercle with a spine 
directed downwards. Postorbital longitudinal crests little developed. Mouth 
moderate. Teeth villiform, present on each jaw and on the front of the vomer. 
Branchiostegal membrane continuous under the throat, but attached along the 
middle of its Jength a/most to its margin, and thus nearly restricting the bran- 
chial apertures to their respective sides. Branchiostegal rays six. Dorsals 
separate; the first low, highest at the middle. Ventrals small, moderately ap- 
proximated and behind the pectorals ; each with a spine and three soft rays. 


B. axillaris Gill.—The color is purplish-blue, with whitish spots on the 
trunk, and with a darker band-like spot below the anterior portion of the second 
dorsal. The abdomen is whitish-yellow ; the tail above the anal dotted, and 
higher up with dark spots confluent with the deep color of the sides. ‘The first 
dorsal has two vertical dark bands ; the second, three oblique ones. The caudal 
is blackish at the base and vertically banded with an undulating dark band at 
its posterior third. The anal has a very irregular row of spots. The pectorals 
are dark near the base, and have two oblique irregular bands on the posterior 
half, and a dark spot at their inferior axille. 

Dix o: 

One specimen caught with the Porocottus quadrifilis Gill, was obtained 
Behring’s Straits. 

Boreocottus is especially distinguished by its subrhomboidal head, sim- 
ple preopercular spines, vomerine teeth and six branchial rays. 


Porocortus Gill. 


Body anteriorly subcylindrical, rapidly declining to the caudal. Skin naked- 
Lateral line opening by pores in raised papille, under a cutaneous keel. Head 
large and depressed, subrhomboidal. Nasal spines small. Preopercle with a 
single hooked spine. Opercle without a longitudinal rib or spine. Large pores 
under the lower jaw and on various parts of the head. Mouth moderate. Teeth 
on the jaws and front of the vomer. Branchiostegal membrane continuous un- 
der the throat, but attached along the middle to the throat, almost as far as the 
margin. Branchiostegal rays five. Dorsals separate; the firstlow; the second 
oblong and opposite the anal. Ventrals small, behind the pectorals, each with 
a spine and three soft rays. 

The Porocotti have a strong resemblance to the Boreocotti, but are 
distinguished by the naked skin, hooked preopercular spine, the absence of a 
longitudinal rib on the opercle, numerous pores, and the presence of only five 
branchiostegal rays. 

P. quadrifilis Gill.The color is purple, irregalarly spotted with black. 
There is a dark spot undcr the eye, and another on the maxillary. The dorsals, 
caudal and pectorals are irregularly variegated with black. On the pectorals 
there is a dark spot at the upper axilla, and another larger one towards the 
middle of the base. There is a slender superciliary filament and one on each 
side of the nape. It is to the presence of these that the specific name is 
designed to draw attention. 

D viii. 13. 

Specimens were obtained in Behring’s Straits at the same time as Boreo- 
cottus axillaris Gill. 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 


Descriptions of a New Species of CALLIANIDEA Ed. 
BY THEO. GILL. 


CALLIANIDEA L=vVicaubAa Gill. 


The rostrum is equilaterally triangular, obtuse, and the carapace curved out- 
wards from its base; the carapace over the external antenne projects abruptly, 
and is separated from the margin above by ashort fissure; the antero-lateral 
margins of the carapace are abruptly extended outwards, and thence curved 
obliquely downwards and posteriorly. 

The large cheliped is smooth and polished, and is about twice as long as the 
carapace. The ischiumis compressed and dilated anteriorly, with the articula- 
ting surface for the meros oblique and scarcely emarginate ; the meros is nearly 
a third longer than the ischium, subovate, flat internally, convex externally 
above with its inferior margin anteriorly tridenticulate and hairy; the carpus 
is vertical, twice as high as long, and with its posterior side internally inter- 
secting the anterior; its posterior articulating process is about as long as 
broad, and is divided into two unequal parts by a wide groove on its inner side; 
it projects acutely below, and is there tridenticulate ; the manus is oblong, three 
times longer than the carpus, with parallel borders: its intero-superior border 
is provided with a long row of hairs, and its superior surface has a few distant 
fascicles of hair; the inferior margin is crenulated, and there is on each side a 
row of fascicles of hair; the digital process of the manus is about two-thirds as 
long as the manus itself, and it has five tubercles at its posterior half, the anterior 
of which is largest ; anterior to this it is crenulated, as are also the margins on 
each side; the dactylus is moderately curved anteriorly, and crosses the digital 
process of the manus, leaving a hiatus; above, it is rounded, with a row of 
hairs on each side, the interior of which is very dense; below, the external 
margin of the cochleariform excavation is anteriorly crenulated, succeeded bya 
moderate tubercle, and posteriorly with two large ones, the posterior of which 
is rather an elevated apophysis ; the internal border is anteriorly crenulated; a 
few pits with fascicles of hair are between the ridges of the cochleariform exca- 
vation and on each side. 

The first pair of maxillipeds are smooth and polished on their external sur- 
faces, and their internal margins are ciliated with long hairs. On the internal 
surface of the ischium there is a longitudinal, distinctly pectiniform ridge ; the 
meros, carpus and manus have each a longitudinal row of hairs on their inner 
surface. The ischium is very slightly curved, and its margins are nearly paral- 
lel. The meros is shorter, with an oblique tooth internally on its anterior third, 
and thence more slender. The carpus is slender at its base, and internally very 
convex at its anterior half. The manus is narrowed from near the base to its 
termination. The dactylus is widest at the middle, and anteriorly rounded. 

The exognath of the outer maxilliped extends beyond the middle of the 
meros. 

The outer antenne are about half as long as the internal, and the penulti- 
mate joint is the longest. 

The median lamina of the caudal fin is rounded at the end, and its margin is 
not ciliated. The lateral lamingw increase progressively but little in length, 
and each one bears a ridge which is continued almost to the margin. 

The feet of the second pair are provided with long hairs on their internal 
borders. The feet of the fourth pair are nearly as much compressed as the an- 
terior, and the basilar article is much enlarged. 

This species agrees very closely with the description of the Callianidea ty pa 
of Milne Edwards, (Hist. Nat. des Crustacés, vol. ii. p. 320) but on a compari- 
son with the figures it appears to differ in the form of some of the joints of the 


1359] 


168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


maxilliped, and in the presence of a tooth on the inner margin of the meros, ag 
well as by the entire and plain margin of the median caudal lamina. Other 
differences seem to exist, which acomparison of the species would probably 
substantiate. The two species are also inhabitants of very distinct zoological 
regions, the Callianidea ty pa being a native of the shores of New Ireland, 
while the C.lavicauda was obtained under rocks, within coral reefs, at the 
Island of Barbados, in the West Indies, The size of the two species is nearly 
similar. 


Description of a new genus of SALARIANZ, from the West Indies. 
BY THEO. GILL. 


Entromacropvus Gill. 


Body naked, elongated and slender, slowly declining to the caudal. Head 
obliquely compressed, oblong subquadrate, and with the profile vertical. Oper- 
cula unarmed. Eyes lateral, closely approximated, situated at the angle of the 
profile with the postocular region. Nosuperciliary or nasal tentacles or append- 
ages. Branchial apertures continuous under the throat. Branchial membrane 
free and dilatable. Branchiostegal rays six. Mouth moderate, with the con- 
tour of the upper jaw semicircular; upper jaw protruding beyond the lower. 
Lips moderate, uniform and free, concealing the teeth. Teeth labial and move- 
able, very slender and recurved, contiguous and uniserial. Lower jaw witb an 
interior very large and recurved tooth on each side, which is received into a 
corresponding fossette of the palate. Dorsal fins disconnected, nearly equal to 
each other in length; the posterior free from the caudal. Anal equalling or 
exceeding the second dorsal. Caudal with its posterior margin obtusely 
rounded. Pectorals moderate, angularly rounded. Ventrals approximated, 
each with three simple rays, the internal of which is smallest. 

On a comparison with a true species of Salarias, this genus is found to differ 
in its more elongated form, by the separate dorsals, and by the absence of any 
superciliary appendages. The canine teeth of the lower jaw are greatly devel- 
oped, but they are found of nearly equal size in several species that have been 
referred to the genus Salarias. One of the species so distinguished is an inhab- 
itant of the West Indian seas, and has been described under the name of Sala- 
rias atlanticus, by Cuvier and Valenciennes, in the Histoire Naturelle*des Pois- 
sons. That species has an oblong body, superciliary appendages, and the dor- 
sals connected at the base, and is therefore a true Salarias. 


E. nigricans Gill. The elongated body, from the snout to the end of the 
caudal fin, is between seven and eight times longer than it is high at the pec- 
torals ; its height at the caudal is about a thirteenth of the same length. 

The head is subquadrate, and forms two-ninths of the total length. Its 
greatest height equals two-thirds of its length. It sides decline obliquely out- 
wards and downwards. 

The first dorsal commences near the nape, and two of its rays are in advance 
of the pectorals. The second dorsal commences immediately behind the first, 
and nearly over the fourth ray of the anal; it ceases some distance from the 
base of the caudal. The anal is more uniform in height than the dorsal, and 
ceases before it does. The caudal forms less than a fifth of the total length. 

D 11,15; A17; P15; V3. | 

The general color of the body and fins is blackish. 

A single specimen was caught in shallow water, at the island of Barbados, 
near Bridgetown. 

[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 


HERPETOLOGICAL NOTICES. 
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D. 


I. Buro LAMENTOR.—Upper surface of head nearly plane; skin thick, not ad- 
hering to the skull. Snout prominent. Parotids small, elongated. Tympa- 
num small and subcircular. Tongue lanceolated, very free posteriorly where 
broadest. Upper jaw slightly emarginated. Limbs well developed, of stout 
appearance. First finger nearly as long as the third. Palm of hands tubercu- 
lar. Two carpal disks. A membranous fold along the inner edge of the tarsus. 
Toes webbed to near their tips. Two moderately developed metatarsal tuber- 
cles. Sole of feet tubercular. Skin above glandulous; beneath warty. Color 
greenish brown, maculated with black above and beneath. 

The head is broad and depressed; its length entering three times in that of 
the body, hence constituting the fourth of the entire length. Its upper surface 
is even, that is to say it exhibits neither crests nor grooves; the skin not 
adhering to the skull. The snout is rather prominent. The interocular space 
is wider than the eyelid. The nostrils are equidistant between the anterior 
rim of the orbit and the notch of the upper jaw. The tympanum is small and 
subcircular; its horizontal diameter being half that of the eye. The parotid 
glands are small, elongated, subovate; they are perforated by very smalljand 
distant pores, whilst their surface is either smooth or minutely granular. 

The snout is large and the upper jaw but slightly emarginated; the tongue 
being elongated, subelliptical, and free upon the half or even two-thirds of its 
length. The inner nostrils are quite large and transversely elongated. The 
openings of the eustachian tubes are nearly equal in size to the inner nostrils. ; 

The limbs are stout and very much developed; the anterior ones, when 
stretched backwards, extend beyond the groins, and the posterior ones when 
extended forwards project the extremity of three toes beyond the snout. Both 
fingers and toes, are depressed, whilst the tubercles under the articulations of 
the phalanges are rather conspicuous ; the palm of the hands and the sole of the 
feet being coarsely granular. There are two carpal disks; the middle one is 
very large, whilst that at the base of the inner finger is but slightly larger than 
the subarticular knobs, in the young, proportionally much larger in the adult. 
The metatarsal tubercles are subconical; the innermost being somewhat larger 
than the others. The toes are palmated to near their tips, but the interdigital 
membrane is deeply and broadly emarginated. 

Large glandular warts are spread irregularly over the head, body and limbs, 
more conspicuously over the back, and especially over the thighs. The 
intervening space exhibits miliary granules hardly perceptible to the unarmed 
eye. The inferior surface is wrinkled in various ways, spread over with granu- 
lar warts and minute granules. 

The ground color is greenish brown, somewhat lighter or whitish beneath: 
maculated with black all over the head, body and limbs, above as well as be- 
low. (Cn the upper surface, the black patches generally surround the glandu- 
lar warts, whilst on the sides they assume a meandering aspeet. An exiguous 
dorsal light streak or filet is generally observed from the snout to the coccyx, 
although sometimes obliterated in whole or in part. 

Specimens of this species were collected about Fort Bridger, Utah Territory, 
by Mr. Drexler, according to whom they are very common. 


II. EneystoMa TEXENSE.—Head constituting the third of the total length. 
Snout forming an acute triangle rounded at the summit. Gape of the mouth 
horizontal, its cleft extending to a perpendicular line drawn posteriorly to the 
pupil. Limbs slender; three carpal callosities, and one metatarsal tubercle. 
Palm of hands and sole of feet smooth. Skin smooth also. Color above light 
olivaceous brown, with a few black dots posteriorly ; beneath uniform whitish. 


1859.] 


170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


This species is allied to 2. carolinense, and differs from it by a more depressed 
and flattened head, a more truncated snout which, as usual, protrudes beyond 
the lower jaw. The body itself is likewise more depressed, and the limbs 
assume a slender appearance. 

The head is continuous with the body, and constitutes about the third of their 
combined length. The cleft of the mouth does not extend as far back as in 
E. carolinense, since it corresponds to a perpendicular line drawn behind the 
pupil. The longitudinal diameter of the eye is equal to the distance between 
the orbit and the nostril. The interocular space, measured across the anterior 
rim of the orbits, is greater than the rostral space from the orbits forwards. 
The symphysis of the lower jaw presents the same structure as in the species 
just alluded to. 

The skin is perfectly smooth throughout in all the specimens which we have 
examined; they were collected in April, and are, no doubt, liable to assume a 
rougher appearance during the hotter and more dry season of the year. 

The ground color of the upper region of the head, body and limbs, is of a 
ligbt olivaceous brown tint, anteriorly uniform, posteriorly besprinkled with 
small black spots or dots especially over the coccyx and thighs. A whitish 
tint pervades uniformly throughout the inferior regions. 

Specimens of this species were procured in Texas, by Capt. John Pope. 


Descriptions of Twelve New Species of UNIONES, from Georgia. 
BY ISAAC LEA. 


Unto Batpwinensis.—Testa oblonga, compress4, ad latere planulata, ineqni- 
laterali, posticé biangulata; valvulis subcrassis, anticé paulisper crassioribus ; 
natibus prominulis ; epidermide vel luteola vel fuscd, eradiata; dentibus cardi- 
nalibus parviusculis, subcompressis, subelevatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo 
subduplicibus ; lateralibus prelongis lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel 
alba vel salmonis colore tinctf et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Carter’s Creek, Baldwin Co., Georgia. J. Postell. 


Unio viripans.—Testa levi, oblonga, compressa, ad latere planulata, posticé 
biangulata, anticé rotundata, valdé inequilaterali; valvulis subtenuibus ; 
natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis; epidermide fusco-viridi, striata, ob- 
soleté radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, striatis, crenulatis; lateralibus 
prelongis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel alba vel salmonia, sepé 
purpurea et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—Near Columbus, Georgia. G. Hallenbeck. 


Unio Hattenspeckiu.—Testa levi, suboblonga, compress4, ad latere plaaulata, 
valdé inzequilaterali, posticé subbiangulari, anticé obliqué rotundata; valvulis 
subcrassis; natibus prominulis, ad apices crebré et concentricé undulatis ; 
epidermide rufo-fusca, micante, obsoleté radiata; dentibus cardinalibus sub- 
grandibus, compressis, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; 
lateralibus longis, crassis rectisque; margarita vel purpurei vel salmonis 
colore tincta et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—F lat Rock Creek, and Four Mile Creek, near Columbus, Georgia. G. 
Hallenbeck, and Bishop Elliott. 


Unio SALEBROSUS.—Test& levi, oblongi, subcompress4, ad latere planulata, 
posticé biangulata, anticé subtruncata, valdé inequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis, 
anticé paulisper crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices crebré et 
concentricé undulatis; epidermide vel rufo-fusc& vel luteo-fusca et valdé 
striata ; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, striatis, subelevatis crenulatisque ; 
lateralibus prelongis subcurvisque; margarita vel alb& vel salmonia, raré 
purpurea et iridescente. 

(June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ETE 


Hab.—F lat Rock Creek and Bull Creek, Georgia, G. Hallenbeck ; and Chatta- 
hoochee River, near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott. 


Unio mMopiceLtLtus.—Testa levi, subobliqua, inflata, posticé subbiangulata, 
inequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus natibus prominentibus ; 
epidermide vel lutea vel luteo-oliva, obsoleté radiata; dentibus cardinalibus 
parvis, compresso-conicis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus 
curtis, crassis, subrectisque; margarita alb4, posticé aurea et iridescente. 

Hab.—Connasauga River. Bishop Elliott, and Chattanooga River, Georgia. 
T. Stewardson, M. D. 


Unio tatus.—Testa levi, transversA compressa, posticé obtusé angulaté, 
valde inequilaterali; valvulis subtenuibus; natibus prominulis; epidermide 
luteolé vel luteo-fuscd, micante et perradiaté; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, 
subcompressis, striatis; lateralibus prelongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; mar- 
garitaé vel alba vel purpurascente vel salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente. 

Hob.—Savannah River, near Savannah, Georgia. Rev. G. White and Major 
Le Conte. 


Unio veruTus.--Testa levi, transversa, subinflata, ad latere planulata, 
posticé obtusé angulata, anticé rotundata et valde inequilaterali; valvulis 
crassiusculis, anticé paulisper crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices 
crebré undulatis; epidermide rufo-fusca, radiata vel eradiaté ; dentibus cardi- 
nalibus subgrandibus, compressis subelevatis, striatis, in utroque valvulo 
duplicibus: lateralibus prelongis, Jamellatis, subcrassis subcurvisque; mar- 
garita vel alba vel salmonia vel purpurascente et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—F lat Rock Creek, near Columbus, Georgia. G. Hallenbeck. 


Unto Jonannis.—Testa obliquo-ellipticé, subinflata, posticé obtuse angulata, 
valdé inzquilaterali; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus; natibus subele- 
vatis; epidermide tenebroso-viridi, ad umbones micante, posticé luted ; dentibus 
cardinalibus subcrassis, compressis, suberectis ; lateralibus curtis, rectis, sub- 
crassis corrugatisque; margarita alba et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—Connasauga River. Bishop Elliott; and Etowah River, Georgia. 
Rey. G. White. Alabama River. Dr. Budd. 


Unio Ranfnsis.—Testé levi, oblonga, subinflata, ad latere subimpressa, 
posticé tumida et biangulata, valdé inzquilaterali, ad basim emarginata; 
valvulis subcrassis; natibus prominulis; epidermide rufo-fuscé, substriata, 
obsoleté radiaté; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, valdé crenulatis; lateralibus 
prelongis curvisque; margarité purpurea et iridescente. 

Hab.—Chattahoochee, near Columbus, and Rae’s Creek, Georgia. Bishop 
Elliott. 


Unio invsiTatis.—Testa levi, oblonga, subcompressa, ad latere planulata et 
contracta, posticé obtusé biangulataé, valdé inequilaterali; valvulis crassiusculis; 
natibus prominulis, ad apices minuté undulati; epidermide luted et fusca, 
superne glabra, inferné tenebroso-striaté, obsoleté radiata; dentibus cardinali- 
bus parvis, accuminatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus 
longis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel alba vel purpurea vel salmonis 
colore tincta et valdé iridescente. ~ 

Hab.—Swift Creek, below Macon, Georgia. Bishop Elliott. 


Unio Jonesi1.—Testé levi, elliptica, subinflata, valdé inequilaterali, postieé 
obtusé angulata; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé crassioribus; natibus promi- 
nulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide luted, radiis interuptis ; dentibus cardi- 
nalibus parviusculis, erectis, conicis; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis rectis- 
que; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore tincta et valdeé iridescente. 

Hab.—Uharlee Creek, Georgia. J. Postell. 


1859.] 


172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Unio qvapratvs.—Testa levi, quadraté, compressa, ad latere planulaté, 
inaquilaterali, posticé obtusé biangulaté; valvulis subcrassis; natibus promi- 
nulis ; epidermide vel rufo-fuscé vel tenebroso-fuscf et obsoleté radiata ; denti- 
bus cardinalibus subcrassis, compresso-conicis, crenulatis. in utroque valvulo 
duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis, erassis curvisque; margarita vel 
alba vel purpurascente et iridescente. 

Hab.—Carter’s Oreek. J. Postell; and Factory Creek, Georgia. G. Hal- 
lenbeck. 


Catalogue of Birds collected on the Rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western Africa, 
by Mr. P. B, Duchaillu, in 1858, with notes and descriptions of new species. 


BY JOHN CASSIN. 


[Concluded.] 


197. NumipA PLUMIFERA, Cassin. 
Numida plumifera, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 321. 

Journ. Acad. Philada. iv. pl. 2. 

Specimens of both sexes in the present collection have the head quite naked, 
and appear to be in older plumage, than those described by me and figured as 
above. They do not differ, however, in any important character. From the Og- 
obai and Rembo. 


198. PHASIDUS NIGER, Cassin. 
Phasidus niger, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 322. 
Journ. Acad. Philada. iv. pl. 3. 
Specimens quite similar to that described by me, and figured as above. From 
the Camma and Ogobai. 


199. FRANCOLINUS SQUAMATUS, Cassin. 
Francolinus squamatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 321. 
The only species of this genus received in Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. From 
the Ogobai, and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez. 
Related to F. ahantensis, Schlegel, Beydr. Dierk. pl. 14, but distinct. 


200. Prtreerprx LatHami, (Hartlaub). 
Francolinus Lathami, Hartl. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 210. 
Francolinus Peli, Schlegel, Beydr. Dierk. i, p. 50, pl. 15. 

Numerous specimens of this little known and handsome bird are from the 
Camma and Ogobai. This is a very changeable species in its specific charac- 
ters, especially inthe markings of the under parts and the shade of color of the 
upper, and I am not quite sure that there are not two species in the present 
collection. The most obvious variation is in the size of the white circular and 
cordate spots on the under part of the body ;—usually these are small and ter- 
minal, but specimens occur, of both sexes, in which they are large, and enclose 
a spot of black. 

Prof. Schlegel’s beautiful plate of this bird, cited above, represents it as 
lighter colored on the upper parts than is usual in the collections of Mr. Du- 
chaillu. 

201. Syxorcus ADANSONII, (Verreaux). 
Coturnix Adansonii, Ver. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 515. 

One specimen only of this little species from the Ogobai, which is a female, 
but readily identified from M. Verreaux’s types in the Acad. Mus. This hand- 
some little bird is strongly allied to the other species of the genus Synoicus, 
Gould, and resembles several of them in general appearance. 


202. OEDICNEMUS SENEGALENSIS, Swainson. 
Oedicnemus senegalensis, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 128, (1837). 


[ June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. We 


Numerous specimens from the Camma and Ogobai, and previously received 
in Mr. Duchaillu’s collections. 


203. GLAREOLA CINEREA, Fraser. 
Glareola cinerea, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 26. 

Gray, Gen. iii. pl. 144. 

From the Camma, and the only specimens received from Mr. Duchaillu. Ev- 
idently a peculiar and strongly marked species. In the specimens now before 
me the reddish collar on the back of the neck is narrower, and more strongly 
defined than as represented in Mr. Gray’s very handsome plate, cited above. 
This bird belongs to the same group as the Asiatic G. lactea, Temm., which 
has been named by the Prince Bonaparte, Galachrysia. 


204. LoBrvANELLUS ALBICEPS, (Gould).: 
Vanellus albiceps, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1834, p. 45. 
Fraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pl. 64. 
From the Camma. 


205. AEGIALITES PECUARIUS, (Temminck). 
Charadrius pecuarins, Temm. Pl. Col. v. pl. 183. 
From the Camma. 


206. AEGIALITES MARGINATUS, (Vieillot). 
Charadrius marginatus, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xxvii. p. 138. 
From the Camma. Scarcely in mature plumage, and not to be identified 
without exertion, but apparently this species, judging from the description by 
Dr. Hartlaub, Orn. W. Afr. p. 216, and the original as cited above. 


207. ARDEA GOLIATH, Temminck. 
Ardea goliath, Temm. Pl. Col. 474. Rupp. Atlas pl. 26. 
A single specimen of this gigantic Heron is labelled as having been obtained 
on the Camma. In adult plumage, and presenting no characters other than as 
described and figured as above. 


208. EGRETTA FLAVIROSTRIS, (Wagler). 
Ardea flavirostris, Wagler, Syn. Av. 
From the Camma. Numerous specimens which appear to be this species. 


209. EeretTTa Busutcus, (Savigny). 
Ardea bubulcus. Savigny. 
From the Camma. 


210. BuroripEs aTRicaPILuA, (Afzel). 
Ardea atricapilla, Afzel. 
Egretta thalassina, Swains. An. Menag. p. 333. 
From the Camma. 


211. Crconra LEUCOcEPHALA, Gmelin. 
Ciconia lencocephala, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 
Ciconia umbellata, Wagler, Syst. Av. 
Buff. Pl. Enl. 906. Gray Gen. iii. pl. 151. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma. 


212. Mycreria SENEGALENSIs, Shaw. 
Mycteria senegalensis, Shaw. 
Ciconia ephippiorhyncha, Temm. PI. Col. 64. 
Vieill. Gal. pl. 255. Rtipp. Atl. pl. 3. 
Several specimens from the Camma. 


213, LEPTOPTILOS CRUMENIFERA, (Lesson). 
“ Ciconia crumenifera, Cuvier.” Lesson, Traite, i. p. 585, (1831). 
Ciconia argala, Temm. Pl. Col. 301. 
From the Camma. 


1859.] 


174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


214. Scopus umpretrta, Gmelin. 
Scopus umbretta. Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 618. 
Buff. Pl. Enl. 796. 
From the Camma and formerly from the Muni. 


215. TANTALUS IBIS, Linneus. 
Tantalus ibis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 241. 
Tantalus rhodinopterus, Wagler, Syst. Av. 
Buff. Pl, Enl. 389. 
From the Camma. 


216. Gpronticus HAGEDASH, (Latham.) 
Tantalus hagedash, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 709. 
Tantalus caffrensis, Licht. 
Vieill. Gal. ii. pl. 246. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma. 


217 GeRonticus oLivacevs, (Du Bus.) 
Ibis olivacea, Du Bus. Bull. Acad. Brussels, 1837, p. 103. 

Du Bus. Esqu. Orn. i. pl. 3. 

Several specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. The 
adult of this hardsome species is described and figured very accurately by the 
Baron Du Bus, as above cited. 

Young 4- General colors asin the adult, but paler. Under parts of the 
body with large oval spots of dull yellowish. 


218. THRESCIORNIS RELIGIOSUS, (Savigny). 
Ibis religiosa, Savigny, Hist. Nat. d’Egypt. 
Tantalus aethiopicus, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 706. 
Numenius ibis, Cuvier, Ann. du Mus. iv. p. 116, pl. 53. 
Numerous specimens precisely similar, so far as I can see, to others in the 
Acad. Mus. from Eastern and North Eastern Africa. From the Camma. 


219. Numenius PHAnOPUS, (Linnzus). 
Scolopax phaeopus, Linn., Syst. Nat. i. p. 243. 
Gould, B. of Eur. iv. pl. 303. 
From the Camma. 


220. AcriTis HYPOLEUCUS, (Linneus). 
Tringa hypoleucos. Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 250. 
Gould, B. of Eur. iy. pl. 316. 
From the Camma. 


221. Parra AFRICANA, Gmelin. 
Parra africana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 
Sw. Zool. Ill. pl. 43. Lath. Gm. Hist. ix. pl. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma. 
Young 4. Head above and neck behind dark brown, upper parts of body 
dull rufous, under parts white. Breast tinged with dull yellow, sides and flanks 
dark chestnut, superciliary line dull ochre yellow. 


222. Rattus ocuLevs, (Temminck). 
Gallinula oculea, Temm. 
Adult and young from the Camma. 
Young 4. Entire plumage dark brown with a reddish tinge on the under 
parts of the body. Quills black, with large spots of white, by which the species 
can easily be recognized. 


223. HIMANTORNIS HAEMATOPUS, Hartlaub. 
‘‘Himantornis haematopus, Temm.” Hartl. Cab. Jour iii. p. 357. 
Two specimens only from the Camma. 


: [ June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17d 


224, Porpuyrio ALLENI, Thomson., 
Porphyrio Alleni, Thoms. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, p. 204. 

Gray, Gen. iii. pl. 162. 

Numerous specimens from the Camma. Gray’s beautiful plate above cited 
represents the adult of the size of life. 

Young 4. Upper parts dull greenish brown, feathers edged with dull yel- 
lowish, under parts dull yellowish white. Inferior wing coverts bluish, bill 
yellowish brown. 


225, LiIMNOCORAX FLAVIROSTRIS, (Swainson). 
Rallus flavirostris, Swains. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma. 


226, PHOENICOprERUS ERYTHRMUS, Verreaux. 
Phoenicopterus erythraeus, Verr. Rev. et Mag. 1855, p. 221. 
One specimen only, which appears to be a young bird of this species. 
From the Camma. 


227, NETTAPUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, (Gmelin). 
Anas madagascariensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 522. 
Anas aurita, Boddaert. 
Buff. Pl. Enl. 770. 
Specimens of both sexes, not to be distinguished from others in Acad. Mus. 
from Eastern Africa. From the Camma. 


228. DENDRocYGNA VIDUATA, (Linnzus). 
Anas viduata, Linn. Syst. Nat.i. p. 205. 
Numerous specimens from the Camma and Ogobai. 


229. QuerRQuepuLA HarTLavsil, nobis. 
Querquedula cyanoptera, Hartl. 
“« Anas cyanoptera, Temm. Mus. Lugd.” 


The name by which this handsome species is given in Dr. Hartlaub’s Orni- 
thology of Western Africa, adopted from that of Temminck in the Leyden 
Museum, was long since anticipated by Vieillot in Nouv. Dict. v. p. 104. The 
species too, described by Vieillot as Anas cyanoptera, is a Querquedula, and the 
same as described and figured by me in Birds of Caiifornia and Texas i. p. 82. 
pl. 15, and now well known as a bird of the Western regions of North America. 
I take the liberty, therefore, of applying to this bird the name of its first dis- 
criber, in which I hope to be sustained by naturalists, not only for reasons 
above mentioned, but as an act of justice to one who has contributed in the 
most important manner to Western African Ornithology. 

This handsome bird is evidently an abundant species on the Camma and 
Ogobai. The sexes are very nearly alike. 


230. PopIcA SENEGALENSIS, (Vieillot.) 
Eeliornis senegalensis, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xiv. p. 277. 
Gray, Gen. iii. p]. 172. 
From the Camma, 


231. Sterna caspiA, Pallas. 
® Sterna caspia, Pallas, Trans. Acad. St. Petersburg. 
Gould, B. of Eur. pl. 414. Naumann, B. of Germ. pl. 248. 
From the Camma. 


232, Sterna cantTiaca, Gmelin. 
Sterna cantiaca, Gm. Syst. Nat ii. p. 606. 
Gould, B. of Eur. pl. 415. Naumann, B. of Germ. pl. 250. 
From the Camma, 


1859.] 


176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


233. STERNA SENEGALENSIS, Swainson. 
Sterna senegalensis, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 250. 
Nearly allied to the European S. Hirundo. From the Camma. 


234. STERNA. 
Several specimens of young birds impossible to identify, but apparently of 
one species only. Probably the young of a dark colored species. 


235. RayNcHops oRIENTALIS, Ruppell. 
Rhynchops orientalis, Rupp. Atlas, Birds p. 37, pl. 24. 
Numerous specimens labelled as having been obtained on the Camma. 


236. Protus Levainyantu, Temminck. 
Plotus Levaillantii, Temm. 
Plotus congensis, Cranch. 
Buff. Pl. Enl. 107. Temm. Pl. Col. 380. 
From the Camma. Precisely similar to specimens from Eastern and Southern 
Africa in the Academy Museum. 


237. Suva capensis, Lichtenstein. 
“Sula capensis, Licht.” Bonap. Consp. Av. ii. p. 165. 
‘¢ Sula melanura, Temm.’’ Bonap. as above. 
Easily to be distinguished from S. bassana by its black tail. Numerous spe- 
cimens of adults and young from the Camma. 


238. Carpo arricanus, (Gmelin). 2 
Pelecanus africanus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 177. 
Carbo longicauda, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 255, pl. 31. 
One specimen only from the Camma, 
With this species I conclude the catalogue of the present highly interesting 
collection. 


An election for Librarian was held, and Dr. Jas. C. Fisher was duly 
elected. 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Lit 


July Sth. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 


Present thirty-seven members. 
Mr. Lea presented the following, which was referred to a committee : 
Description of four new species of Exotic Unionide. 


Mr. Lea read letters which he had received from Dr. Lewis of Mohawk, New 
York, in which he mentions the astonishing number of dead shells of Anodonta 
Lewisii, Lea, in the canal, also the immense number of dead specimens of Cyclas, 
as they lie in beds from three to eight inches deep. He says he had taken two 
gallons of living specimens from an area of six by four feet. They do not bur- 
row deeply in the mud, while the Unio goes down two feet. Mr. Lea compared 
this mass with the great deposit of fresh water gasteropods at Milk Pond, N. J. 
Dr. Lewis also collected specimens on the East Branch of the Unadilla, a small 
stream fourteen miles south west of Mohawk, and got about 200 Anodonta Unadilla 
DeKay=An. edentula, Say. Subsequently he visited Cedar Lake, a small body of 
water in Herkimer County, the south shores of which were composed of a 
greenish white marl, consisting of the remains of untold millions of shells. In 
the middle branch of the Unadilla, Dr. Lewis says, ‘“‘ I stopped just long enough 
to find one living specimen to be sure it was there. Dead shells were not 
rare, but I did not spend much time, only to learn the character of the stream, 
so as to be able to verify your opinion that Anodonta Unadilla was only a local 
variety of An. edentula, Say.” 

Mr. Lea also mentioned that he had received specimens in alcohol of Unio 
Eleinianus, Lea, from G. Hallenbeck Esq., of Columbus, Georgia, to which that 
ardent naturalist called his attention, as possessing a branchial uterus in both 
lobes of the branchia on each side. This very remarkable feature in the functions 
of the female of this species, constitutes the third which has been observed by 
Mr. Lea, two he had formerly shown to the Academy, namely, that of Unio 
multiplicatus, Lea, and rubiginosus, Lea. 


July 12th. 
Vice-President Lr Conve, in the Chair. 
Present nineteen members. 


Prof. Holmes exhibited a collection of fossils from the post-pliocene 
of South Carolina. He remarked: 


If we examine the collection of remains of vertebrated animals taken from 
the post-pliocene or post-tertiary beds of South Carolina whichI have the 
pleasure of exhibiting this evening to the members of the Academy, we will be 
surprised at the resemblance in many of the forms to corresponding parts of 
some of our domestic animals, as the horse, dog, hog, bull, etc.,and the ques- 
tion may very naturally suggest itself—are the living horses, dogs, hogs, rac- 
coons, opossums, deer, elk, tapirs, beavers, etc., and the one hundred and fifty 
species of mollusca now living on the coast, the descendants of the animals 
whose remains we find fossil in these beds,—or are these truly fossil remains, 
and not accidental occupants of this deposit ? 

My object is not to enter upon a discussion of these questions, but simply to 
exhibit the collection, and state the facts connected with their discovery, and 
the geological evidence of their being true fossils found in an extensive forma- 
tion in the low country of South Carolina, included in a belt about ten miles 
wide, and occupying depressions in the great marl bed of the Eocene period. 

Three distinct formations or beds are here supposed to belong to this post- 
pliocene age. First the marine beds, composed of a gray sandy clay in which 
are imbedded innumerable small shells, sometimes very comminuted, but of 
species now common and living on the coast; many of the large shells are 


1859.] 14 


178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


preserved in the position they occupied when living, having both valves entire 
and perfect, and presenting the appearance of having been destroyed suddenly 
by an avalanche of sand. 

The second, is the blue or pluff-mud bed, composed of a stiff blue clay, con- 
tiining silicious pebbles, and masses of conglomerates, water-worn and boulder- 
like, but no angular blocks, and also remains of marine and terrestrial animals, 
These pebbles and rolled conglomerates contain casts of the fossils common to 
the marl of the Eocene bed upon which the blue mud rests, and it has been 
ascertained that the silicious conglomerates are fragments of the marl, broken 
off, we infer, by the action of waves, and rolled upon the beach of a post-plio- 
cene sea; they afterwards were imbedded in the blue mud, lost all their lime 
or calcareous particles, and became silicified. 

The third or upper bed includes the peaty deposits, yellow sand and clays, 
which overlie the pluff-mud. 

Sections of the three most important localities may be represented in the 
following diagranis: 

Marine bed of the Wadmalarr. 


WellowiSand ey eccscacenscatsieessva,eersteue-csheteuecuct sac cveteres tones sdttaiseavrenes 15 feet. 
Ferruginous sand with casts of ShellS......... ccsecere: scoeseece ceecccceses senses ens 2 feet. 
Rd C1AY:.2..+cacsnccese cscersn cnsencen © ccccen seccesese vestoccenicc¥snves sasecasertaatyns 2 feet. 


Gray sand and mud with comminuted shells, fossils in fine preservation..3} feet. 


Ashley River beds. 


Yellow sands with bands of Ferruginous Clay ........-..cssece ceeeeeces ee cence 4 feet. 
Blue mud resting on the white Eocene marl.......... 2.010. ssess soeces secsccens 1 foot. 


Goose Creek beds. 


ViellowaSand-ccccvccsiestescsscctsccsisarsccssoervacnadader --eavisenassiner==lpacdonaetact memes 12 feet. 
Blue mud....ece oe enocadineecteearsisepandiocnecens™ Sh) a Bie 2 feet. 
Ferruginous sand containing bones, etc.......... s+ sachenmvion|s efumescucceaeg 3 inches. 
iS IOWASAN Clecccsccn fecestuesesterncltncdcesmeieats ence Siac ones ni ev anaisuane dnate aria aeenes 3 feet. 
Pliocene marl resting on the Hocene white marl ....... ...... Bedsectesee Madees 12 feet 


The fossil bones obtained from these strata are often in a fine state of pre- 
servation, especially those taken from the blue mud, which are generally petri- 
fied ; those from the sands are likewise well preserved, but in the peaty or 
upper beds they are not so petrified, retain all their gelatine and appear to de- 
compose rapidly. Most of the specimens in the collection now before you 
were some time ago submitted by me to your distinguished anatomist Professor 
Leidy, for determination. When they were returned I found a number labelled 
recent, which labels you will find still retained and attached to their respective 
specimens ; at the same time the Professor wrote to say, “that they appeared to 
belong to recent sp»ies which had become accidental occupants of the same 
bed with the true fc.sils.”’ Iheld the opposite opinion, and believed that they 
were true fossil remains, as I had myself collected them, not only from the 
banks and deltas of rivers, but a large number from excavations several feet 
below the surface, at a distanc. rrom -any creek, pond or river, and in some 
eases from excavations below the high sandy land of cotton fields. 

But a few weeks ago Dr. Klipstein, who resides near Charleston, in digging a 
ditch for the purpose of reclaiming a large swamp, discovered and sent me the 
tooth of a mastodon, one of the black specimens in the tray before you, with 
the request that Ishould go down and visit the place. as there were indications 


7 [July, 


= 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179 


of the bones and teeth of the animal still remaining in the sands which under- 
lie the peat-bed. Accordingly, with a small party of gentlemen, we visited the 
Doctor, and succeeded not only in obtaining several other teeth and bones of 
this animal, but nearly one entire tusk, and immediately along side of the tusk 
discovered the fragment of pottery which I hold in my hand, and which is simi- 
lar to that manufactured at the present time by the American Indians. The 
depth of the excavation was about three feet below the surface; bones of the 
deer and two teeth of a horse were also found. 

This is not a drift-bed, but a deposite of the peat and sands of the post-plio- 
cene formation. The marine beds with their characteristic shells lie immedi- 
ately beneath, and is exposed on the high land which surrounds the swamp. 
If we take the one hundred and fifty species of mollusca, whose shells are so 
beautifully preserved in these beds, and place the entire group along side of a 
similar collection of the shells of the recent species living upon the coast, we 
will observe that they are identically the same in form, character and every 
other respect, except the following. There are among the fossils two shells whose 
analogues are not now living upon the sea coast of Carolina, but are common 
in the gulf of Mexico, and West Indian seas. Strombus pugilis, abundant on 
the coast of Florida and Cuba, isa fossil of the post-pliocene ; and Gnathodon 
cuneatum, now living in the estuaries near Mobile, and along the northern 
coast of the Gulf is found fossil at a depth of eighteen or twenty feet under 
the city of Charleston, and in such numbers that cart-loads may be obtained 
from a single locality. 

Again, we find two more species that are now extinct, or rather unknown to 
me in a recent state, one of which I have lately figured and described as Cavo- 
lina Tuomeyii, after my late friend and colleague Prof. Tuomey; the other is 7¢/- 
ledora lunulata, Adams, a shell described as recent, from Carolina, but in fact 
a fossil in the post-pliocene and extinct. 

Now let us compare this group of remains of the vertebrata with a similar 
group of living animals. Among the former we find teeth of the deer, raccoon, 
opossum and others well known to be living at the present time in South Caro- 
lina ; but like the invertebrata we find two or three species which are no longer 
existing north of Mexico and South America—the peccary, the capybara and the 
iapir. Again, there are remains of the musk-rat and beaver, but these two 
animals are extinct in the low country of South Carolina; the beaver has in- 
deed almost been extirpated to the east of the Mississippi river, and the musk- 
rat is confined to a region above the falls of the rivers of this State. 

The mastodon, the megatherium, the mylodon and perhaps one or two others, 
are extinct. 

That we may the better appreciate the interesting analogy existing between 
these two groups as regards the living and extinct species, we will place them 
in a tubular form, thus: 

} 


Fossit REMAINS. MoL.usca. VERTEBRATA. 
Species apparently the same as those now 
living and included in the fauna of South say 140 say 37 
Carolina, 
Species not included in the recent fauna of 
the State, but living within tropical nt say 2* say 32 
tudes, 
Do. do. in northern latitudes, 2+ 3|| 
Species presumed to be extinct, say 2f say 57 | 


* Strombus pugilis and Gnathodon cuneatum. 

+ Mya arenaria, Pandora trilineata. 

t Cavolina Tuomeyi and Telledora lunulata. 

@ Tapir, Peccary and Capybara. 

\| Elk, Beaver, Musk-rat. 

{ Mastodon, Elephant, Megatherium, Mylodon, Castoroides. 


1859.] 


180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The evidence which I propose to adduce for the correctness of my assertion 
that these are true fossils, will the better appear by the following extracts from 
a pamphlet issued a short time since, and which, in consequence of the great 
demand, has passed through two editions, and is now again out of print. 


In a letter to Dr. Nott and Mr, Gliddon,* dated Feb. 10, 1857, Prof. Leidy 
writes: 

‘Some time since, Professor F. 8. Holmes, of Charleston, submitted for my 
examination, a collection of fossil bones from a post-pliocene deposit on 
Ashley River, 8. Carolina. Among remains of the extinct horse, the peccary, 
mylodon, megatherium, mastodon, hipparion, the tapir, the capybara, the 
beaver, the musk-rat, etc., were some which I considered as belonging to the 
dog, the domestic ox, the sheep and the hog. Prof. Holmes observes that these 
remains were taken from an extensive deposit, in which similar ones exist 
abundantly, and he further adds, that he cannot conceive that the latter should 
have become mingled with the former, since the introduction of domestic ani- 
mals into America by Europeans. It is not improbable that the American con- 
tinent once had, as part of its fauna, representatives of our domestic animals, 
which subsequently became extinct—though I am inclined to doubt it; but 
what we have learned of the extinct American horse, will lead me carefully to 
investigate the subject.” 

The opportunity for prosecuting this investigation, to some extent, I had the 
pleasure of affording Professor Leidy, in March last, a month after the date of 
the above letter. Dr. Hallowell and himself visited me in Charleston, and I 
accompanied them to Ashley ferry and Goose creek. The annexed extracts are 
from a paper of Professor Leidy’s on this topic, written after his return home 
to Philadelphia, and he has also kindly sent me a number of very valuable 
drawings of fossil horse teeth, and other remains obtained from the Carolina 
beds 

othe interesting collection of remains of vetebrated animals, which form 
the subject of the following pages, for the most part have been submitted to 
the inspection of the author, by Prof. Holmes and Capt. A. H. Bowman, U.S. A., 
who collected them from the eocene, post-pliocene, and recent geological for- 
mations, in the vicinity of Charleston, South Carolina. 

‘The collections of these gentlemen consist of a most remarkable intermix- 
ture of remains of fishes, reptiles and mammals, of the three periods mentioned ; 
and in many cases perhaps we may errin referring a particular species toa 
certain formation, more especially in the case of the fishes. The remains 
usually consist of teeth often well preserved, but frequently in small fragments, 
more or less water-worn, and most of the fossils are stained brown or black. 

“ By far the greater portion of the fossil remains are obtained from the post- 
pliocene deposit of the Ashley River, about ten miles from Charleston. The 
country in this locality is composed of a base of whitish eocene marl, contain- 
ing remains of sgualodon—sharks and rays—above which is a stratum of post- 
pliocene mud, about one foot in thickness, overlaid by about three feet of sand 
and earth mould. 

‘‘ The post-pliocene mud contains great quantities of irregular, water-worn 
fragments of the eocene marl rock from beneath, mingled with sand, blackened 
pebbles, water rolled fragments of bones, and more perfect remains of fishes, 
reptiles and mammals, belonging to the post-pliocene and eocene fossils. 

‘‘On the shores of the Ashley River, where the post-pliocene and eocene 
formations are exposed, the fossils are washed from their beds, and become 
mingled with the remains of recent indigenous and domestic animals, and ob- 
jects of human art, so that when acollection is made in this locality, it is some- 
times difficult to determine whether the animal remains belong to the forma- 


* Indigenous Races of the Earth; p. xix. 
+ Lithographs of these figures will appear in the volume, with Prof, L.’s paper. 


(July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 18] 


tions mentioned or not. Generally, however, we have been able to ascertain 
where the fossils belong, which we have had the opportunity of examining, 
from the fact that the greater number were obtained from the deposits re- 
ferred to in digging into them some distance from the Ashley River. 

“The collections contain remains of the horse, ox, sheep, hog and dog, which 
I feel strongly persuaded, with the exception of many of those of the first men- 
tioned animal, are of recent date, and have become mingled with the true fos- 
sils of the post-pliocene and eocene formations, where these have been exposed 
on the banks of the Ashley River and its tributaries. In regard to the remains 
of the horse, from the facts stated in the account given of them in the succeed- 
ing pages, I think it will be conceded that this animal inhabited the United 
States during the post-pliocene period, contemporarily with the mastodon, me- 
galonyx, and the great broad fronted bison. 

“Many of the mammalian remains are of recent animals, or at least are un- 
distinguishable from the corresponding parts of the latter; and if they are 
not accidental occupants of the post-pliocene deposit, are highly interesting, 
as indicating their contemporaneous existence with many species and genera 
now extinct.* 

“Tt appears to be quite well authenticated that the horse, which is now so 
extensively distributed, both in a wild and domestic condition, throughout 
North and South America, did not inhabit these continents at the time of their 
discovery by Europeans. With this fact in view, in conjunction with the cir- 
cumstance that animal remains of late periods may become accidental occu- 
pants of earlier geological formations, we should require strong evidence to be 
advanced before it is admitted that the Horse beionged to an ancient fauna of 
the western world. At the present time the evidence appears to be sufficiently 
ample to justify the latter conclusion, and it is further sustained by the dis- 
covery, in the same part of the world, of the remains of two species of the 
closely allied genus Mipparion. 

‘Remains of the horse, discovered in Brazil, Buenos-Ayres, Chile, have been 
indicated by Dr. Lund, Prof. Owen, M. Weddell, and M. Gervais. These re- 
mains exhibit no well marked characters distinguishing them from correspond- 
ing portions of the skeleton of the recent horse, and from acomparison of the 
figures and descriptions which have been given of most of them, together with 
some remarks of the latter author, it is doubtful whether they belong to more 
than a single species, the Hguus neogeus of Dr. Lund. 

“ Prof. Buckland and Sir John Richardson have described remains of the 
horse, discovered in association with those of the elephant, moose, reindeer, 
and musk-ox, in the ice cliffs of Eschscholtz Bay, Arctic America. 

“Tn the United States, remains of the Horse, chiefly consistiag of teeth, have 
been noticed by Drs. Mitchell,t Harlan,t and DeKay,@ but these gentlemen have 
neither given descriptions nor figures by which to identify the specimens. 
Some of the latter are stated to have been found in the vicinity of Neversink 
Hiils, New Jersey; others in the excavation for the Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, 
near Georgetown, District of Columbia; and some in the latter tertiary deposit 
on the Neuse River, in the vicinity of Newbern, North Carolina. Dr. DeKay, 
in speaking of such remains, says, ‘‘ they resemble those of the common horse, 
but from their size apparently belonged to a larger animal,” and he refers 
them to a species with the name of Hqguus major. 

“Dr. R. W. Gibbes|| has given information of the discovery of teeth of the 


* Remains of the Tapir, Peccary and Capybara present a similar association of life to 
that now confined to South America. 

t+ Catalogue of Organic Remains, 1826, 7, 8, 

{ Med. and Phys. Researches, 1835, 267. 

¢ Zoology, New York. pl. 1, Mammalia, 108. 

|| Proc, Amer. Assoc., 1850, 66, 


1859.] 


182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


horse in the pliocene deposit of Darlington, South-Carolina ; in Richland Dis- 
trict of the same State; in Skidaway Island, Georgia, and on the banks of the 
Potomac river. He further observes that he obtained the tooth of a horse, 
from eocene marl, in the Ashley river, South Carolina, but tbe researches of 
Prof. Holmes* indubitably indicate the specimen to have been an accidental 
occupant of the formation. 

“Specimens of isolated teeth, and a few bones of the horse, from the post- 
pliocene and recent deposits of this country, have frequently been submitted 
to my inspection. Many of these I have unhesitatingly pronounced to be relics 
of the domestic horse, though I feel persuaded that many remains of an extinct 
species are undistinguishable from the recent one. 

‘¢ Whether more than one extinct species is indicated among the numerous 
specimens of teeth I have had the opportunity of examining, I have been un- 
able satisfactorily to determine. The specimens present so much difference in 
condition of preservation, or change in structure; so much variation in size, 
from that of the more ordinary horse to the largest English dray horse; and 
such variableness in constitution, from that of the recent horse to the most 
complex condition belonging to any extinct species described, that it would be 
about as easy to indicate a half dozen species as it would two. 

Under the circumstances, I would characterize the extinct horse of the United 
States as having had about the same size as the recent one, ranging from the 
more ordinary varieties to the English dray horse, with molar teeth, frequently 
comparatively simple in construction, but with a strong disposition to become 
complex. 

“ Among the number of teeth of the horse in Prof. Holmes’ collection labelled 
as coming from the post-pliocene deposit of Ashley River, there are several, 
which, from their size, construction and condition of preservation, I feel con- 
vinced are of recent date: and these no doubt became mingled with the true 
fossils of that formation where it is exposed on the Ashley River, in which 
position I personally found undoubted remains of the recent horse and other 
domestic animals, and objects of human art, mingled with remains of fishes, 
reptiles, and mammals, washed by the river from the banks, composed of eocene 
and post-pliocene deposits. 

“Teeth of an extinct species of horse, however, undoubtedly belong as true 
fossils to the post-pliocene formations in the vicinity of Charleston. These 
are usually hard in texture, stained brown or black from the infiltration of ox- 
ide of iron, sometimes well preserved, but’ more frequently in a fragmentary 
condition and water-worn. Generally they are not larger than the teeth of the 
more ordinary varieties of the domestic horse, and sometimes are quite as simple 
in the plication of their enamel, but usually are more complex and sometimes 
exceedingly so. 

“Figure 1 represents a first superior molar tooth, neither larger nor more 
complex in structure than the corresponding tooth of the recent Horse. This 
specimen, which is dense and jet black in color, was obtained by Prof. Holmes 
from a stratum of ferruginous sand, two inches thick, exposed on the side of a 
bluff, on Goose Creek, about twelve miles from Charleston. 

“ Having expressed a desire to see the locality from which the tooth just 
mentioned was obtained, Prof. Holmes afforded me the opportunity of doing so. 
The bluff is about thirty feet high; its base is formed of a pliocene limestone, 
about fifteen feet thick, and composed of the debris of marine shells: above 
this is the stratum of ferruginous sand, of post-pliocene age, containing nu- 
merous pebbles and rolled fragments of bone all blackened like the tooth ob- 
tained from the same position. Overlying the latter stratum, there is a layer 
of stiff blue clay, about two feet in thickness, and above this there are about 
twelve feet of sand and earth-mould. 


*Ibidem, 68. 
[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 


“ A similar blackened tooth was obtained from the same formation at Doctor’s 
Swamp, John’s Island. 

‘Figure 4 represents a very remarkably well preserved specimen of a lower 
molar above referred to from Georgia, where it was discovered by J. H. Couper, 
in association with equally well preserved remains of other extinct animals. 
The tooth is brown in color; and it neither differs in size nor form from its 
homologue in the recent horse. 

‘In the collection of fossils of Prof. Holmes, there is the specimen of an 
upper first large molar, labelled from Texas, represented in figure 5. The tooth 
is of the largest comparative size, and exhibits the highest degree of com- 
plexity in the folding of its enamel; in both of which characters it differs in 
such a remarkable degree from the corresponding tooth, represented in figure 
5, from the post-pliocene formation of South Carolina, that it appears hardly 
possible that these two teeth should belong to the same species of horse. 

“A remarkably well preserved specimen of an upper molar tooth, jet black 
in color, and an incisor, yellow and quite friable in texture, both belonging to 
the extinct horse, from North Carolina, have been submitted to my inspection 
by Prof. Emmons. 

“ Among the most interesting of the fossils discovered by Prof. Holmes, in 
the post-pliocene beds of the Ashley River, are two molar teeth of a species of 
the equine genus Hippotherium. These are the first remains of the latter dis- 
covered in America, and they indicate the smallest known species. 

“ Both specimens are from the upper jaw; and they are well characterized, 
not only by the isolation of the internal median enamel column, but also by 
the complex plication of the interior or central enamel columns. 

“ The larger specimen is firm in texture; has the enamel stained jet black, 
and the dentine and cement gray. 

“T have personally had the opportunity of inspecting remains of the tapir, 
found in Texas, Louisiana, Kentucky, Mississippi, Indiana, Ohio and Souh Caro- 
lina, proving an extensive range of this animal at one time over the country of 
the United States. 

“The specimens which were presented by Dr. Carpenter to the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, on close comparison are not found to differ 
from the corresponding parts of the living Zapirus americanus. 

“The post-pliocene deposit of the Ashley River contains a number of small 
fragments of molar teeth, and one nearly entire and unworn crown of a second 
lower molar, which have the same characters of form and size, as in the living 
tapir. Besides these, the same collections contain fragments of lower molars, 
and two nearly entire crowns of upper molars, having the exact form of the 
corresponding teeth of the 7. americanus, but larger in size. 

“Teeth of the beaver, jet black in color, have likewise been obtained from 
the post-pliocene deposit of Ashley River. 

“The collections contain numerous specimens of blackened molar teeth, to- 
gether with a few incisors and fragments of jaws, from the Ashley post-plio- 
cene deposit, which neither differ in form nor size from the corresponding parts 
of the recent muskrat. : 

“Remains of Lepus sylvaticuws—common gray rabbit—have been found i 
association with those of other rodents and of the extinct peccary near Galena, 
Illinois. A few specimens of molar teeth, black in color, apparently belonging 
a this species, were obtained from the post-pliocene beds of the Ashley 

vlver. 

“Several small fragments of teeth of the Megatherium, in Prof. Holmes’ col- 
lection, were obtained from the post-pliocene bed of the Ashley River. Pre- 
viously to the discovery of those specimens, remains of the Megatherium bad 
been found in no other locality of North America than in the State of Georgia. 

‘“Two small fragments of lower molar teeth of Mylodon Harlani were ob- 
tained from the Ashley post-pliocene beds. One of the fragments is repre- 


1859.] 


184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


sented in figure 21, plate xvi. of ‘A memoir on the extinct Sloth Tribe of 
North America,’ by the author.” 

As regards the specimens of human art found as above, it must be remarked 
that it is only at this locality—Ashley Ferry—that we find such relics. Here 
at the base of a low bluff, is a beach of eocene marl; above the bluff is a farm- 
yard, and all the sweepings of the premises, consisting in part of old hoes, 
broken plough-shares, and fragments of crockery-ware, etc., are thrown into 
the river, and lie mingled with the fossils which are washed out of the bluff, 
and scattered over the surface of the beach below, which is exposed at low 
tide. At no other locality on this river, and there are several, viz.: Ramsay’s, 
Clement’s, Greer’s, Middleton’s, etc., where similar fossils are found, do we 
obtain relics of human art; at least, I have never found such. 

The fossils from Ashley Ferry present, as a group, the same appearance ag 
those procured inland at some distance from the river, by digging from three 
to five feet below the surface. Many specimens from the ferry were considered 
ag recent by Professor Leidy ; they appear quite fresh and unchanged in color, 
and their texture not in the slightest degree altered. To one familiar with the 
fossils of the South Carolina Post-Pliocene, this excites no surprise, as it is of 
common occurrence, more especially among the shells; for example, the olive 
shell—Oliva literata—is found as fresh and highly polished as the recent ones 
from the sea-beaches along the coast; and Cardium magnum retains often the 
delicate yellow and brown markings, common to the species. 

The color or texture of a fossil, therefore, does not always absolutely deter- 
mine its relative age; as Professor Leidy has himself remarked in a foot-note 
to his letter alluded to above, viz. : 


“ Fossilization, petrifaction, or lapidification, is no positive indication of the 
relative age of organic remains. 

“The Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia contains 
bones of the megalonyx, and of the extinct peccary, that are entirely unchanged ; 
not a particle of gelatin has been lost, nor a particle of mineral matter added, 
and, indeed, some of the bones of the former even have portions of articular 
cartilage and tendinous attachments, well preserved.”* 


From the foregoing it would appear that of the ancient fauna of America, 
which included representatives of many of our present domestic animals, some 
species have undoubtedly become extinct; but I confess I am not yet prepared 
to admit from any evidence yet adduced, or from my own examinations, that 
all of the living species are distinct from those found fossil in the post-plio- 
cene. The teeth and bones of the rabbit, raccoon, opossum, deer, elk, hog, dog, 
sheep, ox and horse, are often found in these beds, and though associated with 
those known to be extinct, such as mastodon, megatherium, hipparion, etc., 
need not necessarily be referred to extinct races also; since their remains can- 
not be distinguished from the bones and teeth of the living species. 

It has been just remarked that about ninety-five per cent., or nearly all of the 
one hundred and fifty shells of molluscous animals from these beds are specifi- 
cally identical with the recent or living species of the coast,—two are found 
only at the south of this, and two are extinct. Of the vertebrates from the 
same bed, the tapir, peccary, raccoon, opossum, deer, musk-rat, rabbit, beaver, 
and elk have still their living representatives, generically, if not specifically ; and 
even of the identity of species there seems to be no doubt, as no anatomical 
differences can be discerned. Two of these species, like the mollusca just al- 
luded to, no longer live in South Carolina; the tapir and peccary are only 
found in South America and Mexico; the musk-rat, elk and beaver, though ex- 
tinct on the Atlantic coast, are still living in the interior of the country. And 
though it has been acknowledged that the mastodon, megatherium, elephant, 
glyptodon, and two species of Equine genera, etc., are entirely extinct, yet the 


* Indigenous Races of the Earth, p. xix. 


[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 


discoveries made of the remains even of some of these, would indicate that 
they still existed at a period so recent, that, in the language of Professor Leidy, 
“itis probable the red man witnessed their declining existence.” 

The peccary, or Mexican hog, an animal common in Mexico, is not indigenous 
to the Atlantic United States; but his bones have been found associated with 
human remains in caves used as cemeteries by the Aborigines.* ‘ A tomb in 
the city of Mexico,” according to Clavigero, (?){ ‘was found to contain the 
bones of an entire mammoth, the sepulchre appearing to have been formed ex- 
pressly for their reception.”’ And ‘‘ Mr. Latrobe relates that during the prose- 
cution of some excavations, near the city of Tezcuco, one of the ancient roads 
or causeways was discovered, and on one side, only three feet below the sur- 
face, in what may have been the ditch of the road, there lay the entire skeleton 
ofa mastodon. It bore every appearance of having been coeval with the period 
when the road was used.” 

Again I extract from Prof. Leidy’s letter :{ 

“The early existence of the genera to which our domestic animals belong, has 
been adduced as presumptive evidence of the advent of man at a more remote 
period than is usually assigned. It must be remembered, however, even at the 
present time, that of some of these genera only a few species are domesticated : 
thus of the existing six species of Hguus (Horse) only two have ever been freely 
brought uader the dominion of man. 

“The horse did not existin America at the time of its discovery by Europeans ; 
but its remains, consisting chiefly of molar teeth, have now been so frequently 
found in association with those of extinct animals, that it is generally admitted 
once to have been an aboriginal inhabitant. When I first saw examples of 
these remains I was not disposed to view them as relics of an extinct species ; 
for although some presented characteristic differences from those of previously 
known species, others were undistinguishable from the corresponding parts of the 
domestic horse, and among them were intermediate varieties of form and size. 
The subsequent discovery of the remains of two species of the closely allied 
extinct genus Hipparion, in addition to the discovery of remains of two extinct 
equine genera of an earlier geological period, leaves no room to doubt the 
former existence of the horse on the American continent, contemporaneously 
with the Mastodon and Megalonyx: and man probably was his companion.” 

The result of the whole seems to be, that of the animals found fossil in the 
post-pliocene beds, all the mollusca of the present day are undoubtedly a per- 
petuation of the same species ; that of the higher order of vertebrata, the tapir, 
peccary, raccoon, opossum, deer, elk, and musk-rat are equally entitled to be 
considered the descendants of this ancient race. And if the claims of the 
mollusea to this distinction rest upon a secure basis, because they are peculiar 
to this country, and not obnoxious to suspicion of foreign immigration, it must 
be recollected that this is equally true of the above named animals. 

Those which have hitherto been regarded as of recent and European origin, 
are the horse, sheep, hog, and ox; and it must be reserved perhaps for future 
consideration to determine how far the negative proof of the non-existence of 
these animals in the country at the time of its discovery may be regarded in each 
individual case sufficiently strong to settle the question of his extinction and 
reintroduction, when so many of his associates and contemporaries have suc- 
ceeded in maintaining an unbroken line of descent down to the present day. 


Professor Agassiz’s Letter. 
Key West, Feb. 25th, 1858. 
Professor F. 8. Holmes: 
_ My pear Sir:—I have not forgotten my promise to write to you my impres- 
sions respecting your important discoveries of fossil mammalia in the post- 


* Bradford’s American Antiquities, p. 31. 
+ Bradford’s American Antiquities, p. 227. 
t Nott and Gliddon, Indigenous Races of the Earth, p. xviii. 


1859.] 


186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


pliocene beds of South Carolina. Indeed I have been thinking of them 
continually since I saw them, and nothing impressed me so deeply for many 
years past as the sight of these bones. I consider their careful study in all 
their relations as of the utmost importance for the progress of our science. It 
is true there is hardly anything of interest in the animals themselves, since 
they appear to be all well known types, but their simultaneous occurrence in 
the same beds, showing that they have lived together at a time when the white 
man had not yet planted himself upon this continent, render their association as 
undisputed. How does it happen, that horses, sheep, bulls and hogs, not distin- 
guishable from our domestic species, existed upon this continent, together with 
the deer, the musk-rat, the beaver, the hare, the opossum, the tapir, which in 
our days are peculiar to this continent, and not found in the countries where 
our domesticated animals originated? The whole matter might seem to admit 
of an easy solution by supposiog that the native American horse, sheep, bull, 
and hog were different species from those of the old world, even theugh the parts 
preserved show no specific differences; but this would be a mere theoretical 
solution of a difficulty which seems to me to have far deeper meaning, and to 
bear directly upon the question of the first origin of organized beings. 

The circumstances under which these remains are found, admit of no doubt, 
but the animals from which they are derived, existed in North America long 
before this continent was settled by the white race of men, together with ani- 
mais which to this day are common in the same localities, such as the deer, the 
musk-rat, the opossum and others only now found in South America, such as 
the tapir. This shows beyond the possibility of a controversy, that animals 
which cannot be distinguished from one another, may originate independently 
in different fauna, and I take it that the facts you have brought together are a 
satisfactory proof:that horses, sheep, bulls and hogs, not distinguishable at pre- 
sent from the domesticated species, were called into existence upon the conti- 
nent of North America prior to the coming of the white race to these parts, 
and that they had already disappeared here-when the new comers set foot upon 
this continent; but the presence of tapir teeth among the rest show also that a 
genus peculiar to South America and the Sunda Islands existed also in North 
America in those days, and that its representative of that period is not distin- 
guishable from the South American species. 

It would be desirable in this stage of the enquiry to compare your tapir teeth 
with those of the species from Central America, which is considered distinct 
from the Brazilian species. This circumstance leads naturally to the question 
of the specific identity of all these animals with those now living in the same 
locality, and with the domesticated species. And here I confess the difficulty 
to be almost insuperable, or at least hardly approachable in the present state of 
our science, when the views of naturalists are so divided as to what are species 
among the genera bos, ovis, capra. For myself. I entertain doubt respecting 
the unity of origin of the domesticated horses. But whatever be the final re- 
sult of this enquiry, this much is already established by the fossils you have 
collected, that horses, hogs, bulls and sheep were among the native animals of 
North America, as early as the common American deer, the opossum, the 
beaver, the musk-rat, etc. What remains to be settled respecting their specific 
identity is involved in the controversy now carried on between naturalists, who 
admit specific distinctions upon a very wide range of differences, and those 
who limit them within narrow boundaries. But the final solution of this point 
can in no way lessen the interest of your discoveries. 

Shoald you publish anything upon this subject, let me have your notice, for 
I am deeply interested in the subject, as I always shall be, in everything you 
do. Ever truly your friend, 

L. AGASSIZ. 


[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 


July 19th. 
Major Lz Conte, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Present nineteen members. 

The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings :— 

“‘ Notes on American Land Shells, No. 5, by W.G. Binney.” “ Cata- 
logue of Birds collected in the vicinity of Fort Tejon, California, with a 
description of a new species of Syrnium, by John Xantus.”’ 

And were referred to committees. 


July 26th. 
Major Lz Conte, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Present thirteen members. 
The committees to which the following papers were referred reported 
in favor of publication in the Proceedings: 


Descriptions of Four New Species of Exotic UNIONIDE. 
BY ISAAC LEA. 


Usto BULLOIDEs.—Testad sulcata, subrotunda, valdé ventricosa, subequilate- 
rali, posticé subalata, anticé rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus promi- 
nentibus, tumidis, ad apices radiis elevatis divaricatis; epidermide luteo-fusca, 
crebris transversis sulcis, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus prelongis, lamellatis, 
valdé obliquis ; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita alba 
et iridescente. 

Hab.—Rio de la Plata. South America. G. Von dem Busch, M. D. 


MonocondYL@a PLANULATA.—Testd alata, levi, obovati, valdé compressa, ad 
lateré planulata, valdé inequilatérali, posticé obtusé angulata, anticé rotunda ; 
valvulis tenuissimis, pellucidis; natibus vix prominentibus ; epidermide minu- 
tissime striata, luteold, posticé viridi, subnitida, obsoleté radiata; dentibus 
cardinalibus parvissimis, compresso-tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo singulis ; 
margarita ceruleo-alba et iridiscente. 

Hab.—Java. G. Von dem Busch, M. D. 


4 

MoNnoconDYL@A RHOMBOIDEA.—Testa levi, rhombo-quadrata, valdé compressa, 
ad lateré planulata, valdé ineequilaterali, posticé subalata, anticé obliqué trun- 
cata; valvulis tenuibus; natibus vix prominentibus, ad apices crebrissimé et 
minuté undulatd: epidermide olivacea, striata, nitida, obsoleté radiata; denti- 
bus cardinalibus parvis, compresso-tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo singulis ; 
margaritaé vel aurea vel purpurascente et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—Euphrates River, near Bagdad, Asia. G. Von dem Busch, M. D. 


Unio rupus.—Testa levi, elliptic’, crassa, inflata, inzquilaterali, posticé 
emarginata, anticé obliqué rotundaté; valvulis valdé crassis, anticé crassiori- 
bus; natibus crassis prominentibusque; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd, asperé 
striata, radiis uncisis; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, sublongis, striatis, 
crenulatis, in utroqué valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus sublongis, subcrassis, 
granulatis curvisque , margarita alba et paulisper iridescente. 

Hab.—Rio de la Plata, South America. G. Von dem Busch, M. D. 

1859.] 


188 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Notes on American Land Shells, No. 5. 
BY W. G. BINNEY. 
In the Catalogue of American Land Shells, published in the last volume of 


the Proceedings, a few species were accidentally omitted. 
additional authorities are given below. 


also given. 


1. A. foliolatus non foliatus. 


12. H. Californiensis Lea, Trosch., 
DeK., Binn.—nec Chemn., Rve, 


13a. H. cultellata Thomson. 


33a. H. strigosa Gld., Binn.; 
Pir: 
33). H. Townsendiana Lea, 


Binn., DeK., Tros., Pfr., Gid., 
Chemn., Rve. 

H. tudiculata Binn., Pfr. 
H. Vancouverensis 
Lea, Tros., DeK., Pfr., Binn., 
Chemn., Gld., Rve. 

H. concava Binn. olim. 
H. vellicata Forbes, 
Rve., Pfr. 
41. B. sufflatus Gid. in litt. 
B. vesicalis Gld. olim. 
48a. (in addenda) is syn. of 48. 
49a. T. bilineatus Cart. (Grat.) 
sp. mihi ignota. 
55a. L. lineatus DeK. 
sp. ined.—mihi ignota. 
Limax—sp. excl.. 
Limar gracilis Grat. 


Eumelus lividus Grat. 
“e 


33ce. 
33d. 


Chemn., 


nebulosus Grat. 
Philomycus dele lividus. 
yi © nebulosus. 
« adde. 
P. oxyrus Raf., Gr. et Pf. 
P. quadrilus Raf., Gr. et Pfr. 
dele 
Oxyrus 


“¢  quadrilus. 


adde V. Americana Chemn. 

S. Texasiana Pfr., Chem. 

S. obiqua Pfr. 

82. H. auriculata DeK. 

83. Stenotrema avara Hart. 

84a. H. Berlanderiana WMor., 
Desh. in Lam., Chemn., Pfr. in 
vol. iii. nec vol. i., Rve., Binn. 

HT. pachyloma Mke., Pfr. ? 

Ai. virginalis Pfr., Chemn.? 


86. H. bulbina Pfr. 


58. 
68. 
69. 


These and some 
Several newly detected species are 


86a. H. caduca Pfr, 
Rve. 


97. H. dentifera Pfr. vol. i. nec vol. 
lii., nec Chemn. 
After J. diodonta Say, read H. 
dissidens Desh. = H. coneava. 
104. H. Tennesseensis Tros. 


130. H. Mobiliana Tros. 
After 132 read H. Leaii Ward = 
H. monodon. 
133. H. levigata Desh. 
139a. H. maxillata Gid., Pfr. 
140a. H. milium Morse. 
141. H. apex Ad. 
144. dele H. monoden var. y. Pf.—-legge 
H. convera var. y. Pfr. 
158. H. dentifera Pf. in vol. iii. nec. 
_ vol.i., Chemn., nec. Binn. 
After 161 HZ. septemvolva Say, &c. 
=H. cereolus Muhl. 
170. H. Tamaulipasensis Lea. 
172. H. thyroidus Desh. in Fer. 
176. dele H. varians Rve. 
187a. B. Gossei Pfr., (Riemer.) 
192a. B. patriarcha W.G. Binn. 
193. Adde Rve. 
195. B. hortensis Ad.! 
213. P. maritima Gld., (nec y-) 
214a. P. pellucida Pfr., Chemn. 
217. P. rupicola Chemn. 
218. Vertigo variolosa Ad. Gen. 
E Heliceis exclusa. 
Triodopsis lunula Raf. 


229a. M. flavus Gmel., Pfr. 
Auricula Mide &c. Mart. and 
Chemn. 
Voluta Schr. 
f¢ flava Gmel., Dillw. 
‘¢  flammea y. Gmel. 
Bulimus monile Brug. 
Melampa monile Schw. 
Conovulus monile Goldf. 
ee flavus Anton. 


Chemn., 


[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189 


Auricula monile Fer., Lam.,Chem. Melampus torosa Moérch. 
‘< flava Desh. in Lam. is monilis Shuttl. 
‘“__ coniformis Orb. 232a. M. Red field i Pfr. 


Melampus monile Lowe. 245. Hi. westita Pte. 


Catalogue of Birds collected in the vicinity of Fort Tejon, California, with a 
description of a new species of SYRNIUM. 


BY JOHN XANTUS. 


The following list presents the results of ornithological collections made in 
the vicinity of Fort Tejon, in California, during a period embraced between the 
end of May, 1857, and the beginning of November, 1858, about 17 months, and 
including but one season of northward migration of the species. The 144 spe- 
cies enumerated are not to be considered as all that belong to the region above 
mentioned, as many birds are so rare, retiring, or difficult of approach, that 
they can only be secured in a series of years. Many additional species of 
rapacious and water birds were seen but could not be obtained, and though 
many of these were readily recognized, I have not felt at liberty to mention 
thcm in the list, which consists entirely of species actually collected within a 
few miles of the Post, and now in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 
Of all the species collected, or observed, copious notes were taken relating to 
the numbers, dimensions, habits, reproduction, &c. These will all be made 
the subject of a special memoir hereafter, and I limit myself here to a simple 
enumeration of species. 

It will be seen from the catalogue that the Fauna of Fort Tejon is essen- 
tially that of the coast of California, as shown by the abundance of the Cali- 
fornia Jay, Brown Pipilo, &c., Psaltriparus minimus, etc., and has only slight 
relations to that of the interior or Colorado region. 

Some of the most interesting results of the collections made at Fort Tejon, 
consist in the addition to science of several new species, as Syrnium occidentale, 
Empidonax Hammondi, Vireo Cassinii, etc., and in the increase of the Fauna of 
the United Srates by some Mexican species, as Selasphorus calliope, Dendrocygna 
fulva, &c. ; Helminthophaga ruficapilla had not previously been found west of the 
Rocky Mountains, while Carpodacus Cassinii was for the first time obtained west 
of the Colorado river. 

It may be proper to state that Fort Tejon is a U. S. Military post, situated 
near the Tejon Pass, at the head of the Tulare Valley, between the cascade and 
coast mountain ranges of California, in about latitude 35° north, longitude 1192 
west. The height of the Post is about 4250 feet above the sea, and this alti- 
tude with the proximity of higher mountains, gives to it a peculiar Fauna, in 
many respects quite different from that of the low lands of the same parallel. 

It is an interesting fact, that while the Bighorn, (Ovis montana,) and the 
Missouri black-tailed or mule deer, (Cervus macrotis,) are abundant in the 
vicinity, the common black-tailed deer of California (Cervus columbianus) -is 
seldom, if ever, met with. 

A comparison of the present list with that published by Dr. T. C. Henry, 
U.S. A., of the species inbabiting the vicinity of Fort Thorn, inthe upper Rio 
Grande, and in the Rocky Mountain district, will be of particular interest, as 
illustrating the differences in the character of the two regions. Dr. Henry’s 
long residence at or near the post above mentioned, enabled him to exhaust 
the ornithology of the country more fully than I could do, in a much less time, 
his list reaching 198 species, while mine embraces only 144. It is, however, 
quite probable that the uumber of Fort Tejon birds could not readily be brought 
up.much above 200 species, as the great elevation of the Post would make it 
little liable to the visits of many water birds, or of the land birds requiring 
a hot climate and low country. 


1859.] 


190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The names and numbers (on the left-hand side) given, are those of the spe- 
cies in the Report on birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, Vol. ix. 


List of Species collected. 
1, Carnarrgs Aura, Illig.—Turkey Buzzard. 
13. Tinnuncouus sparverivs, Vieill.—Sparrow Hawk. 
16. AccriPITER MEXICANUS, Swains.—Blue-backed Hawk. 
17. Accipiter ruscus, Bonap.—Sharp-shinned Hawk. 
24. Burro montanus, Nuttall. Western Red-tail. 
26. Burro ELEGANS, Cassin.—Red-bellied Hawk. 
32. ARCHIBUTEO FERRUGINEUS, Gray.—Squirrel Hawk. 
38. Circus nupsonivs, Vieillot.—Marsh Hawk. 
47. Srrix pratincota, Bonap.—Barn Owl. 
48. Buxzo virainianus, Bonap.—Great Horned Owl. 
54a. SYRNIUM OCCIDENTALE, Xantus.—California Barred Owl. 
57. NycrTaLe acapica, Bon.—Saw-whet Owl. 
59. ATHENE CuNnIcULARIA, Bon.—Burrowing Owl. 
51. Owt, (too young to identify). 
68. Grococcyx CALIFORNIANUS, Baird.—Paisano ; Chapparal Cock. 
75. Prcus Harrisu, Aud.—Harris’ Woodpecker. 
17. Prous Garrpneri, Aud.—Gairdner’s Woodpecker. 
78. Prous Nurratui1, Gambel.—Nuttall’s Woodpecker. 
87. SpHyRopicus RuBER, Baird.—Red-breasted Woodpecker. 
95. MELANERPES FoRMICIVoRUS, Bonap.—California Woodpecker. 
96. MELANERPES TORQUATUS, Bonap.—Lewis’s Woodpecker. 
98. CopATES MEXICANUS, Swains.—Red-shafted Flicker. 
102. Trocui.us ALEXANDRI, Bourc. and Muls.—Black-chinned Humming Bird. 
103. SpLasPHorvs RUFUS, Sw.—Rufous Humming Bird. 
104. SELASPHORUS CALLIOPE, Gould. 
105. ArrHis ANNA, Reichenb.—Anna Humming Bird. 
106. ArTuts cost, Reichenb.—Ruffed Humming Bird. 
126. TYRANNUS VERTICALIS, Say.— Arkansas Flycatcher. 
131. Myrarcuus Mexicanus, Baird.—Ash-throated Flycatcher. 
134. SayorNIs NIGRICANS, Bonap.—Black Flycatcher. 
137. ConTopus BOREALIS, Baird.—Olive-sided Flycatcher. 
138. Conropus Ricuarpsonu, Baird.—Short-legged Pewee. 
141. Empiponax pusiLLus, Cab.—Little Flycatcher. 
144a. Empiponax DIFFICILIS, Baird.— Western Flycatcher. 
145. Emprponax Hammonpil, Baird.—Hammond’s Flycatcher. 
150. Turpus nanus, Aud.—Dwarf Thrush. 
155. Turpus micrarorius, Linn.—Robin. 
156. TurpDus nmvius, Gmelin.—Varied Thrush. 
159. SIALIA MEXICANA, Swains.—Western Blue Bird. 
161. Re@uLus CALENDULA, Licht.—Ruby-crowned Wren. 
164. HyproBaTA MEXICANA, Baird.—Water Ouzel. 
165. ANTHUS LUDOoViIcIANUS, Licht.—Tit-lark. 


[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 


170. GEoTHYLPIS TRICHAS, Cab.—Maryland Yeilow Throat. 

173. GEoTHLYPIS MacGiLLivRAy!, Baird.—Macgillivray’s Warbler. 
177. IcrERIA LonGicaupa, Lawr.—Long-tailed Chat. 

183. HELMINTHOPHAGA RUFICAPILLA, Bd.—Nashville Warbler. 
184. HELMINTHOPAGA CELATA, Baird.—Orange-crowned Warbler. 
192. DexpRoica NiGREsCcENS, Baird.—Black-throated Gray Warbler. 
195. Denproica AupuBonil, Baird.—Audubon’s Warbler. 

203. DenpRoIcA &stTiva, Baird.—Yellow Warbler. 

213. Mytopioctgs pusitLus, Bonap.—Green Black-cap Flycatcher. 
223. PYRANGA LuUDovic1aNA, Bonap,—Louisiana Tanager. 

226. HiRUNDO LUNIFRONS, Say.—Cliff Swallow. 

27. Hirvunpo sicotor, Vieill.—White-bellied Swallow. 

28. HIiRUNDO THALASSINA, Sw.-—Violet Green Swallow. 

31. PRogne PURPUREA, Boie.—Purple Martin. 

34, PHAINOPEPLA NITENS, Sclater.—Black-crested Flycatcher. 
35. My1apEstes TowNnsENDU, Cab.—Townsend’s Flycatcher. 

8. CoLLYRIo ExCUBITOROIDES, Baird.—White-rumped Shrike. 
45. Vireo Gitvus, Bonap.—Warbling Flycatcher. 

50. Vireo souirarivs, Vieill.—Blue-headed Flycatcher. 

Vireo Casstnit, Xantus.—Cassin’s Vireo. 

a. Var. Mimus caupatous, Baird.—Long-tailed Mocker. 

6. HARPORHYNCHUS REDIvivUS, Cab.—California Thrush. 

63. CATHERPES MEXICANUS, Baird.—White-throated Wren. 

64. SALPINCTES oOBSOLETUS, Cab.—Rock Wren. 

67. TaryorHorus Bewicki, Bonap.—Bewick’s Wren. 

268. CistorHorus paLusTRIs, Cab.—Long-billed Marsh Wren. 
271. TrognopyTfs ParKMANNI, Aud.—Parkman’s Wren. 

273. TRoGLODYTES HYEMALIS, Vieill.—Winter Wren. 

274. CHam#A FAscraTa, Gambel.—Ground Tit. 

276. Cerraia Mexicana, Gloger.—Mexican Creeper. 

278. Sirra acULEATA, Cassin.—Slender-billed Nutatch. 

282. PoLiopriLA C#RULBA, Sclat.—-Blue-gray Gnatcatcher. 

287. LopHOPHANES INORNATUS, Cassin.—-Gray Titmouse. 

294. Parus MonTaNnus, Gambel.--Mountain Titmouse. 

298, PSALTRIPARUS MINIMUS, Bonap.——Least Tit. 

3062. Eremopaita cornota, Boie.—Sky Lark. 

306. CaRPoDACUS CALIFORNICUS, Baird.—-Western Purple Finch. 
307. Carropacus Cassinu, Baird.—Cassin's Purple Finch. 

308. CARPODACUS FRONTALIS, Gray.—House Finch. 

314. Curysomirais PSALTRIA, Bonap.—Arkansas Finch. 

316. Curysomitris LAwrencu, Bonap.—Lawrence’s Goldfinch 
317. CHRYSOMITRIS PINUS, Bonap.—Pine Finch. 

335, PASSERCULUS ALAUDINUS, Bonap.—Lark Sparrow. 

344. CHONDESTES GRAMMACA, Bonap.—Lark Finch. 

346. ZonoTricaiaA GAMBELN, Gambel.—Gambel’s Finch. 

347. ZonorricHia coronaTa, Baird.—Golden-crowned Sparro 


1859.] 


b 


Oo 


wow hw wwe WY Ww bw Ww 


ww bo p bw bo 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


. Junco OreGonvs, Sclat.—Oregon Snow Bird. 

. SPIZELLA sociaLis, Bonap.—Chipping Sparrow. 

. MetosreizA Heermanni, Baird.—Heermann’s Song Sparrow. 
. Mexospiza rurinA, Baird. —Rusty Song Sparrow. 

. MELospizA FALLAX, Baird.—Mountain Song Sparrow. 

. Menospiza Lincotnn, Baird.—Lincoln’s Finch. 


Pruoma RuFicers, Baird.—Brown-headed Finch. 
PAsseRELLA Townsenpul, Nutt.—Oregon Finch. 
PASSERELLA SCHISTACEA, Baird.—Slate-colored Sparrow. 
GUIRACA MELANOCEPHALA, Sw.—Black-headed Grosbeak. 
GuIRACA CéasRULEA, Sw.—Blue Grosbeak. 


. CYANOSPIZA AM@NA, Baird.—Lazuli Finch. 
. Pieito mEGALONYX, Baird.—Spurred Towhee. 
. Prerto ruscus, Sw.—Brown Towhee. 


AGELAIUS PHa@NicEUS, Vieill. ?—Red-winged Blackbird. 


. AGELAIUS TRICOLOR, Bonaparte.—Red and White-shouldered Blackbird. 
. XANTHOCEPHALUS ICTEROCEPHALUS.—Yellow-headed Blackbird. 
. STURNELLA NEGLECTA, Aud.—Western Lark. 


Icterus BuLiocku, Bonap.—Bullock’s Oriole. 
ScOLECOPHAGUS CYANOCEPHALUS.—Brewer’s Blackbird. 


. Corvus CARNIvORUS, Bartram.—American Raven. 
. Picitcorvus CoLumeBianus, Bonap.—Clark’s Crow. 
5. Cyanura STELLERI, Sw.—Steller’s Jay. 


Cyanocitta Catirornica, Strick.—California Jay. 


. CotumBA FaAscraTA, Say.—Band-tailed Pigeon. 


ZENAIDURA CAROLINENSIS, Bonap.—Common Dove. 


. OrzorTYX pictus, Baird.—Mountain Quail. 
. LopHortyx Ca.irornicus, Bonap —California Quail. 


GARZETTA CANDIDISsIMA, Bonap.—Snowy Heron. 


. Hpropias EGRETTA, V. CALIFORNICA.—California Egret. 
. BuroripEs VIRESCENS, Bonap.—Green Heron. 


NYCTIARDBA GARDENI, Baird.—Night Heron. 


. Isis orpu, Bonaparte.—Glossy Ibis. 

. AGIALITIS yocireRUS, Cassin.—Killdeer. 

. RecurvirosTRA AMERICANA, Gm.—American Avoset. 

. Himantopus NIGRICOLLIS, Vieillot.—Black-necked Stilt. 

. Gatiinaco Witsonit, Bonap.—English Snipe. 

. MACRORHAMPHUS SCOLOPACEUS, La.—Greater Longbeak. 
32. Trinaa Witsonu, Nuttall.—Least Sandpiper. 

35. EREUNETES PETRIFICATUS, I]]l.—Semipalmated Sandpiper. 
. GAMBETTA MELANOLEUCA, Bonap.—Tell-tale ; Stone Snipe. 
. TRINGOIDES MACULARIUS, Gray.—Spotted Sandpiper. 

. Rauius Vireianvs, Linn.—Virginia Rail. 

. Funica Americana, Gmelin.—Coot. 

. DENDROCYGNA FULVA, Burm.—Brown Tree-duck. 

. Anas Boscuas, Linn.—Mallard. 


[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193 


578. DAFILA AcuTa, Jenyns.—Sprig-tail ; Pin-tail. 

579. Nertion Carouinensis, Baird.—Green-winged Teal. 

582. QuERQUEDULA CYANOPTERUS, Cassin.—Red-breasted Teal. 
583. SPATULA CLYPEATA, Boie.—Shoveller. 

585. Mareca Americana, Stephens.—Baldpate. 

591. Aytuya Americana, Bonap.—Red-head. 

595. BucePpHALA ALBEoLA, Baird.—Butter Ball. 

609, ErisMaTurA RUBIDA, Bonap.—Ruddy-Duck. 

663. Larus Cauirornicus, Lawr.—California Gull. 

698. CoLyMBUS ToRQUaTUS, Briinn.—-Loon. 


SYRNIUM OCCIDENTALE, Xantus. 


Sp. Char. A little smaller than S. nebulosum; general color liver brown, the 
feathers barred everywhere, even on the flanks. Axillars and under wing and 
tail coverts banded transversely with white, the bands towards and on the head 
are contracted into rounded spots. 

General appearance that of S. nebulosum. Prevailing color light liver brown, 
each short feather with two transverse bars of white, the basal one tinged with 
rufous yellow; the subterminal pure white and not generally extending to the 
edges of the feathers. These bars have a marginal suffusion of brown darker 
than the ground color. On the top of the head and neck the subterminal bar 
exhibits a tendency to contraction into rounded or cordate spots, and in other 
places to a median interruption along the shaft. On the scapulars, axillars and 
other elongated feathers, there are several white bars. The facial disk is gray- 
ish, obscurely barred with brown, the posterior margin of the ear is uniform 
liver brown, then becoming banded with white. The longest quills and tail 
feathers show about 7 to 9 clouded transverse light bars, ene of these at the 
end of the feather ; those bars on the inner and outer margins are quite white, 
especially towards the base of the feather, elsewhere they are mottled yellowish 
brown, or brownish yellow; the legs are dirty yellowish, with obscure and 
rather transverse mottlings of brown. The bill is greenish yellow; the iris 
gamboge: the claws horn color; the toes are thickly feathered to within two 
scutellz of the base of the claws. The fourth quill is longest, the fifth and then 
the third a little shorter, the second between the 6th and 7th; the first rather 
shorter than the eighth. 

Length of male 18 inches; extent 40; wing 13 ; tail 84 ; tarsus about 2. 

This species, with a general resemblance to the Syrnium nebulosum, is of rather 
smaller size, and readily distinguished by the entire absence of any of the lon- 
gitudinal brown stripes so conspicuous on the belly, flanks and lower tail 
coverts of the latter species; these regions being barred transversely with white 
and brown. The white bars on the feathers are much less continuous and 
regular, and on the neck and head are restricted to rounded spots instead of 
forming regular zones. The under wing coverts are banded transversely in-‘ 
stead of being uniform yellowish white. The bill is less pure yellow. 

A single specimen (original number 1588) was collected at Fort Tejon, 
March 6th, 1858. 


August 2d. 
Major Le Conte, Vice President, in the Chair. 
Present seventeen members. 


Dr. Hammond read a letter from Miss M. H. Morris of Germantown, giving 
an account of a luminous larva, two inches long, which was found in a forest, 
at the Delaware Water Gap. Miss M. observes, “‘the whole length of the 
1859.] 

15 


194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


under part of the body, the intervals of the segments, the prolegs and spiracles, 
shine with a pale green light. The insect, which is now kept in a box with 
decaying wood and earth, has penetrated into the latter, and appears to be 
ready to assume the pupa form.” /Should it undergo its perfect metamor- 
phosis, Miss M. promises to give the Academy a further account of the insect. 


August 16th. 
Major Le Conte, Vice President, in the Chair. 


Present eighteen members. 

A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings entitled 
“‘ New Genera and Species of North American Tipulidee with short 
palpi, with an attempt at a new classification of the tribe, by R. Osten 


Sacken ;” and also the following : 
‘“‘ Description of a type of Gobioids, intermediate between Soline 


and Tridentigerine. By Theodore Gill.” 
‘ Description of a new South American type of Siluroids allied to 
Callophysus. By Theodore Gill.”” Which were referred to Committees. 


August 25d. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 
Present twenty-five members. 


Dr. Leidy read a letter from Dr. G. J. Fisher, dated at Sing Sing, New York, 
giving an account of an antler of the Reindeer, which had been found in the 
vicinity of the place mentioned. The specimen was discovered in excavating 
a peat bed, at the depth of six feet from the surface. The peat bed is almost 
an acre in extent, surrounded by high ground, and looks as if it had been the 
site of an ancientlake. Dr. L. observed that there is a similar specimen of an 
antler of the Reindeer in the museum of the Academy, which had been found 
near Vincentown, New Jersey, at the depth of four feet. See Proc. 1858, 179. 
The discovery of these remains of the Reindeer, and likewise of the remains 
of the Walrus, in similar positions in New Jersey, (See Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 
xi. 83,) favor the view that the arctic fauna at one period extended its boun- 
dary much more southerly than at present. 

Dr. Leidy further exhibited a drawing of a singular and beautiful animaleule, 
which he had obtained in his recent visit to Newport, Rhode Island. The animal- 
cule occupies a green, curved, vase-like tube, attached to dead shells, in com- 
pany with Serpulz, which were dredged by Mr. Powel from Newport harbor. 
The vase-like tube has an oblong oval, prostrate body, an erect, narrow neck, 
and an expanded, convolvulus-like mouth. The body of the animalcule is 
dark bottle green, and presents the same general structural appearance as the 
Stentors. From the body projects a funnel-shaped expansion, dividing into 
two lips like a labiate flower. The margins of the lips and the interior of the 
funnel are ciliated ; and both lips are capable of closing, and with the funnel 
are retractile within the tube of the animalcule. The size of the latter is al- 
most the fifth of a line in length; and it appears to be allied to the Stentors, 
and more nearly resembles the Chetospira Mulleri Lachmann, than 
ay other animalcule Dr. L. had seen described. It wasnamed Freyia Ame- 


ricana. 
[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 


August 30th. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 


Present thirty-one members. 
The following papers were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings: 


Description of a type of GOBIOIDS intermediat2 between Soline and 
Tridentigerine. 


BY THEO. GILL. 


Evortuopus Gill. 


Body elongated, anteriorly subcylindrical, slowly declining to the caudal. 
Scales regularly imbricated, extending forwards to the eyes ; those of the sides 
with pectiniform borders ; those of the anterior part of the back cycloid Head 
thick, abbreviated, subquadrate in profile, above transversely convex, anteri- 
orly truncated. Eyes large, approximated and wholly in the anterior half of 
the head. Mouth moderate. Tongue thick and stout, but not wide, anteri- 
orly free, and with the margin entire. ‘Teeth uniserial, compressed, straight, 
with parallel borders and emarginated crowns; those of the lower jaw nearly 
horizontal. Dorsal fins entirely disconnected ; the first with anterior rays 
slightly filamentary, the second oblong. Caudal and pectorals rounded. Ven- 
trals infundibuliform, with the interspinal membrane low. 

This genus is well distinguished by its dentition, and appears to thus con- 
nect the true Soline, whose teeth are acute, with the 7ridentigerine, in which 
they are tridentiform. The sub-family of 7ridentigerine includes two genera, 
both of which are peculiar, as far as is known, to the Pacific ocean. In Tridenti- 
ger, Gill, there is behind the row of tridentiform teeth of each jaw, a row of 
simple acute ones. In Tricenophorus,* Gill, simple teeth only are behind the 
tridentiform ones of the lower jaw. Both of those genera also differ from 
Evorthodus as well as from each other in the form ofthe head. : 


EvorTHODUS BREVICEPS Gill. 


The body regularly declines from the first dorsal to the end of the second ; 
at the former point, the height is a sixth of the extreme length, and the least 
height is an eleventh of the same. From the dorsal to the snout, the outline 
is evenly curved. 

The short head constitutes about a sixth of the extreme length ; its greatest 
breadth and width are nearly equal to each other, and each bears a proportion 
to the length of about thirteen to seventeen. 

The eyes are situated entirely in the anterior half of the head ; the diameter 
of an orbit equals a third of the head’s length; the interorbital space is 
narrow. 

The mouth is extended very little backwards. 

The anal fin commences under the second or third ray of the second dorsal, 
and has (sometimes) one more ray than that fin. 

The caudal, when expanded, has arounded margin, and forms a fourth of 
the total length. 

1 


1 
Writ, 94 1,105, 7, 8, 6} P17 V, E545 1 
1 1 


The color is light brown with irregular blackish blotches along the sides ; at 
the base of the caudal fin are two black spots, one above the other, alternating 


* The word Trienophorus having been previously used by Rudolphi for a genus in 
Helminthology, it is proposed to substitute for the ichthyic genus, the name of Trienopho- 
richthys, and tor the species that of T. trigonocephalus. 


1859.] 


196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


with one anterior on the peduncle. The first dorsal has two bands parallel 
with its upper margin ; the second has three narrower longitudinal bands. 

A single specimen of the species was found in the island of Trinidad, near 
the mouth of a river in the vicinity of the celebrated Pitch Lake. 


Description of a new South American type of SILUROIDS, allied to Callophysus. 
BY THEO. GILL. 


Poreretropis Gill. 


Body naked, moderately elongated and compressed, tapering to the candal. 
Head cuneiform in profile, depressed and ovate above, and sloping rapidly 
outwards. Supraoccipital extended longitudinally backwards, but not con- 
nected to a dorsal buckler. Eyes submedian and oblique. Barbels six, con- 
sisting of the maxillary and two pairs of mental. Branchial apertures large 
and continuous under the throat. Branchiostegal rays generally eight. Mouth 
moderate and terminal; upper jaw slightly protruding. Teeth uniserial, 
wide, straight and truncated. Lateral line straight and extending to the 
caudal; anteriorly with lateral branches. Dorsal fin quadrangular, elevated 
anteriorly, and with its first ray simple and slender. Adipose fin elongated 
and cariniform. Anal fin similar in form to the dorsal, and under the adipose 
fin. Caudal fin deeply emarginated, and with equaland pointed lobes. Pectorals 
pointed, and with the superior ray simple and slender. Ventrals with the 
second ray longest. 

Pimeletropis agrees in almost all of its essential characters with Callophysus 
of Muller and Troschel, but differs in the presence of the single row of teeth 
in each jaw. The same character, in connection with others, distinguishes it 
from Pimelenotus Gill. ; 


PIMELETROPIS LATERALIS Gill. 


The elongated and slender body is highest under the dorsal, and from its 
termination the dorsal outline commences to slope backwards to the end of 
the long adipose fin, under the first half of which it is slightly curved, and 
then nearly straight ; the caudal peduncle is slender and elliptical, but at the 
base of the caudal fin it appears compressed and expanded superiorly and 
inferiorly, from the recurrence of the rudimentary rays of the fin. The 
greatest height is about a sixth of the entire length from the snout to the 
concave margin of the caudal fin; that of the peduncle is little more than a 
third of the former. 

The lateral line is perfectly straight, and is anteriorly furnished with diverg- 
ing branches, which tend obliquely and posteriorly. 

The head is above of an oval form, and declines to the region of the poste- 
rior nostrils, in a slightly concave line, to the eyes; the sides are posteriorly 
rounded near the skull, and thence descend obliquely outwards to the opercu- 
lar margin. The head, from the snout to the margin of the operculum, forms 
nearly a fifth of the total length, and its greatest breadth bears a relation to 
this length of fourteen to nineteen. The width regularly diminishes from 
this point to the angle of the mouth, where the proportion is as ten to nine- 
teen. The snout is obtusely horizontally rounded, and the space between 
the anterior and posterior nostrils is convex. 

The skin is mostly smooth, but papille cover the space between the eyes 
and over the fontanelle; there are also a few meandering dermal grooves be- 
low and behind the eyes. 

The supraoccipital process is linear, and four times longer than broad. 

The eyes are longitudinally oval and contracted by the skin ; the longitudinal 
diameter within the skin exceeds a seventh of the head’s length; their ante- 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197 


rior borders are midway between the snout and opercular margin ; the distance 
from each other is as seven to three, but the interorbital space is only as five 
and a half to three. 

The roof of the mouth is studded with papille, especially in a transverse 
line on the palate. 

The lips are thick and minutely papillated. 

The maxillary barbels are attenuated at their ends, and extend to or beyond 
the caudal base. 

The teeth are straight and compressed, with parallel sides, and imbedded in 
the gums; the distance between each is equal to its width. There are more 
than forty in the upper, and more than fifty in the lower jaw. Behind the 
teeth there is a papillated ridge, but no teeth. 

There are eight branch ostegal rays. 

A distinct pectoral pore is present. 

The dorsal commences behind the second fourth of the length of the fish, and 
its anterior ray is longest, and almost equals the height of the body. 

The adipose fin is very long and abruptly truncated posteriorly ; it is dis- 
tinctly striated, so as to present a finely rayed appearance. 

The caudal fin is deeply lunate; its central rays form an eleventh of the 
extreme length, and its longest are equal to a fifth. 

The pectorals are pointed, and equal a fifth of the length. 

The ventrals are shorter than the pectorals, and the second ray is longest. 

The following formula indicates the number and character of the rays :— 


1 
We =0 iN 4.18 e CPST) Tyo8) 1133 Ty 125, VE 1d. 
1 1 


The color is silvery beneath, and above merges into a light purplish hue. 
Along the side there are a number of distinct, nearly round dusky spots. The 
fins are pearly, opaque at the bases. 

The specimen from which this description has been taken, was presented 
by Mr. A. Edwards to the Lyceum of Natural History, of New York. It was 
obtained from the Amazon River, with Cetopsis candiru Ag., Enctenogobins 
bodius Gill, Sternopygus macrurus M. and T., and other species. 


New genera and species of North American TIPULIDZ with short palpi, with 
an attempt at a new classification of the tribe. 


BY BARON R. VON OSTEN SACKEN. 


Little attention has been paid by former authors to the North American 
species of the genera Limnobia Meig., and Erioptera Meig., and the 
number of those already described is not at all in proportion to the great num- 
ber of species of some other genera, which have been made known, (as, for 
instance, Tabanus, Anthrax, and the family of Asilide.) 

In my Catalogue of the described Diptera of North America, published in 
1858 by the Smithsonian Iustitution, not more than 23 species, coming within 
the scope of the present publication, are enumerated.* The considerable 
number of new species of this family contained in my collection of North 
American Diptera, induced me to undertake their publication. 

It was only natural to expect that among so many new species, some new 
genera would occur. Whosoever has paid any attention to the classification 
of the Tipulide with short palpi, knows how very imperfect this classification 
is, and how the principal genera are established on the habitual and artificial 
characters. It became necessary, therefore, before proposing new genera to 
revise the old ones, and to establish them on better characters. Ihave attempted 
this, but in judging what I have done, it should be borne in mind, that this 


1859.] 


198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


part of my task was in my purpose only a secondary one. I wanted to publish 
new American genera and species ; in order to establish the former I found it 
necessary to give more precise definitions to already existing genera; I hope 
these definitions will hold good ; but the grouping of these old and new genera 
according to their natural affinities is the task of a monographist; it requires 
a study of the family in its totality, embracing the species from all parts of 
the world; what I have given in this respect is nothing but a temporary ar- 
rangement, adopted here, because an arrangement of some kind was required. 

It would have been the task of a monographist, for instance, to define more 
precisely the subdivision of the family of the Tipulidae terricole in two tribes, 
those with short, and those with long palpi. This subdivision (first adopted by 
Latreille in 1805, in the 14th volume of his /istoire naturelle des crustacés et des 
tnsectes, ) although excellent, is not sufficient, since there are intermediate forms 
which it does not embrace ; the character itself, on which it is founded, cannot 
stand alone; in order to be made available, it must be supported by charac- 
ters taken from other organs. (Among the Jipulide@ with short palpi there are 
some, like Pedicia, Amalopis, Arrhenica, etc., having the last joint 
of the palpi much longer than the preceding, and showing in this way an ap- 
proach to the tribe with long palpi.) 

Not pretending to write a monograph, I do not define more accurately the 
group which forms the subject of the present paper; I tookit, as defined by 
former authors, and I could do so the more readily as I have not met with any 
form of doubtful position. 

Without entering into a detailed historical account of the generic and other 
subdivisions established and subsequently given up by different authors within 
the group in question, I will advert only to Macquart’s attempt to subdivide 
the genus Limnobia Meig., as it is the most important for my purpose. 

Macquart separated from Limno bia Meig., all species with a petiolate areolet, 
and formed of them the genus Limnop hila. Now, amore natural subdivision, 
as will be shown below, is that founded, not on the presence or the absence of 
the petiolated areolet, but on the presence or absence of the second radial area. 
Nevertheless, Macquart’s subdivision was very near the true one, because all 
Limno bie with onc radial area are at the same time destitute of a petiolate 
areolet, and most of those with two radial are possess this areolet. I say 
most of them, because there are a few species of Limnobi® with two radial 
aree and no petiolate areolet, and these species were most unnaturally united 
by Macquart with the Limnobie with one cubital area. (The European Lim- 
nobia sylvatica Meig., forinstance, is one of them; in Macquart’s Histoire 
naturelle des diptéres it is to be found in the genus Limnobia Macgq., to- 
gether with L.modesta, morio, etc.) This was the fault of his subdiy- 
sion. 

in a paper published by me in the Stettiner entomologische Zeitung in 1854, 
I have suggested that the presence of the second radial area, combined with 
characters taken from the structure of the genital organs, lead to a more 
natural subdivision. The classification, adopted in the present paper, is the 
development of this suggestion. 

The bulk of the tribe Zipule with short palpi, may be divided in two sections, 
showing the contrast of characters expressed in the following two columns :— 


* Limnobia (Pedicia) albivitta Wk., L. (Pedicia) contermina Wk., L. cincti- 
pes Say, tenutpes Say, rostrata Say, macrocera Say,argus Say, fascipen- 
nis Say, humeralis Say, gracilis Wied., carbonaria Macq..badia Walk., 
biterminata Wk.,ignobilis Wk, simulans Wk.turpis Ws, prominens 
Wk., (Rhamphidia ?;, Symplecta cana Walk., Rhamphidia flavipes Macquart, Lim- 
nobiorynchus canadensis Westwood, Anisomera longicornis Walk., Erioptera 
caloptera Say, aud the European E. fascipennis Zett. | omit the species from 
the West Indies and Mexico ; I omit also '[richocera, no species of this genus having 
been described by me here. The names printed in italics are those of species which 
have been identified by me; the others are as yet unknown or doubtful. 


Ez. [Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 


I. II. 
One radial area. Two radial are. 
Antenne, 14-jointed. Antenne, 16-jointed. 
No distinct pulvilli. Pulvilli distinct. 


Ungues, with distinct teeth onthe un- | Ungues smooth on the under side. 


derside. Tibiz, with spurs. | Tibize, without 
No spurs at the tip of the tibix. spurs. 
Limnobia nob. Limnophila Erioptera 


nob., etc. Meig., etc. 


These characters do not exhaust the contrast: the structure of the mouth, 
and that of the male genital organs, is different in both groups. 

The first column, and the two subdivisions of the second, contain thus the 
characters of the three principal groups of the tribe. Among the 87 species 
described on the following pages, 68, that is, nearly four-fifths of the whole 
number, belong to these three groups, each of them containing about the same 
number of species. I will call them Tipnle limnobiwformes (with 24 
species), Tipule erioptereformes (with 25 species), and Tipule lim- 
nophileformes (with 19 species), thus deriving the names from those of 
the typical genera. 

A fourth group has all the characters of the second, as enumerated above, 
except that the structure of the antennex is anomalous; they have 6, some- 
times 10, distinct joints, and often reach extraordinary proportions, being in 
the $ of some species three or four times longer than the body. Some other 
characters, as the structure of the palpi, the presence of a tubercle on the 
front, etc., justify the separation of this group. A jifth group also answers to 
all the characters of the second; but has, besides, a mediastinal cross-vein, 
which is far remote from the tip of the mediastinal vein, and anterior to the origin 
of the petiole; pubescent eyes; a distinct tubercle on the front, behind the antenna, 
and the 4th joint of the palpi elongated ; I call them Tipule pediciaformes. 
The structure of the ,j' genitals and the neuration of the wings, (especially the 
form of the discal areolet) in this group, seem to indicate a transition towards 
the Tipule with long palpi. The genera Amalopis and Pedicia are the 
types of the group; Dicranota is closely related to them, although it has 
13-jointed antenne and short palpi; Ula is only provisionally placed in this 
group on account of its pubescent eyes, the position of its mediastinal cross- 
vein, etc. 

We have seen that the first group reproduces the characters enumerated 
above in the first column; that the second and third group answer to the 
characters of the second column; the fourth and fifth group, although some- 
what anomalous, show a decided prevalence of the characters of the second 
column. But there are several genera which possess some of the characters of 
the first and some others of the second column at the same time, so that they have 
no more relation to the one than to the other. They have, for instance, one 
radial area and 16 (instead of 14) joints of the antenne ; the structure of their 
genital organs holds also the middle between the typical forms of the first and. 
second group, with more apparent analogy to the second. But besides this 
anomalous combination of characters, each of these genera shows some pecu- 
liarity of structure, for the most part, so striking, that it appears at once very 
natural to isolate them from all other groups. I have gathered them allin a 
sixth group, which I have placed between the first and the second, under the 
name of Tipule anomale. This group is entirely artificial, and, for this 
reason only provisional.* 


* It will be seen below, that the four genera placed in the group alluded to, have all 
one radial area and spurless tibie, But, among the species of my collection, which re- 
mained undescribed on account of too small number of specimens, there is one which 
has one radial area and distinct spurs at the tip of the tibie, and thus combines again the 
characters of the two opposite columns, 


1859.] 


200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


In an appendix, I describe an interesting new genus Protoplasa, and 
a new species of Ptychoptera Meig. These two genera, as well as Bitta- 
comorpha Westw., are related to each other, and seem to form a distinct 
tribe, belonging neither to the Tipula with short, nor to those with long palpi. 
It deserves to be observed that such intermediate groups, combining the char- 
acters of two or more larger divisions, groups small in number of species, but 
singular and anomalous in structure, contain most of the forms which the living 
fauna has in common with the fossil one. Thus Protoptasa is closely re- 
lated to the fossil genus Macrochile Jvew; thus Elephantomyia 
(among my Tipulez ano mal) isclosely alliedto Toxorhina Loew, which 
has been found living, as well as fossil; thus Rhamphidia of the same 
group, occurs very frequently as fossil; and it is not at all improbable, that 
my genera Antocha and Dicranoptycha will be found fossil in the 
Prussian amber. Another circumstance worth noticing is, that so many of the 
fossil forms, now extinct in Europe, should be found living in the New World. 
This observation is notconfined tothe Tipu lid@# only: Professor Loew men- 
tions, in a recent letter to me, that he had repeated itin the Dolichopode. It 
is well known that similar facts have been recorded in other branches of Zoo- 
logy, as well as in Botany. 

Many new species and even new genera remain undescribed in my collection, 
either because I have not been able to procure a sufficient number of specimens, 
or because I had no fresh specimens for examination. It will be noticed that at 
the end of every description I have mentioned the number of specimens which 
T had for comparison. The importance of this datum scarcely needs an ex- 
planation: it is evident that the more specimens have been compared, the more 
perfect the description ought to be; and it is important for those who have to 
determine specimens from descriptions, to be enabled to know how far the de- 
scriber had the means on hand to draw a good description. Ina very few in- 
stances only I have ventured to describe a species from a single specimen; and 
that in such cases only where the characters of the species seemed striking 
enough to secure its recognition. Another important rule to observe, is the 
study of fresh and even living specimens. The structure of the oj genital organs 
can be studied on such specimens only; likewise, it is for the most part very 
difficult to count the number of joints of the antenna, and to obtain a correct 
idea of the form and the relative length of the joints of the palpi, unless from 
living or recently killed specimens. 

Besides the number of specimens which I had for comparison, I have men- 
tioned at the end of every description, the names of the persons from whom I 
have obtained them. I am exceedingly obliged in this respect for the generous 
contributions of Mr. 8. H. Scudder in Boston, Mr. A. S. Packard in Brunswick, 
Me., Mr. Edw. Norton in Farmington, Conn., but before all to Mr. Robert Ken- 
nicott from Illinois, who put at my disposal highly valuable collections of Dip- 
tera, made during his travels in the North Western parts of the Union. The 
localities where I collected myself are designated by the abbreviation (nob.) 

Although nearly one hundred N. American species are known to me at pre- 
sent, nearly all which would have been placed formerly in the old genera 
Limnobia Meg and Erioptera Meig., the fauna in this respect is far 
from being exhausted. Even now, when this paper is completed, almost every 
ramble in the country procures me a new species, or, at least, some new fact, 
deserving to be mentioned in the context. And if I determine upon the publi- 
cation of this paper, it is only because I am compelled by circumstances which 
leave me no other choice but to publish it as it is, or to give up its publication 
altogether. 

Several European species have been found by me as occurring here and are re- 
described under their old names. Having had no European specimens for 
comparison, I have identified them partly from recollection, partly from existing 
descriptions. It may happen also that among my new American species, some 


[ Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 201 


will be identified afterwards with European ones. The question of the real or 
apparent identity of American species with European ones, especially among 
insects, is a very delicate one, and requires a specialinvestigation. Until some 
general principles are adopted in this respect, entomologists will have to depend 
on approximation, and their decisions will always be more or less arbitrary. 
In any event there is very little harm done in describing under a new name a 
European species found on this continent. The important point is, to have it 
well described, and if such is the case, its affinity or identity with the European 
species will easily be found out afterwards. 

The terminology of the neuration of the wing, as explained on the diagram, 
is for the most part that of Walker. I have introduced some changes, where I 
could not follow him, as well as additions, where my purpose required it (es- 
pecially some new names of the cross-veins). My terminology is in many points 
perfectly arbitrary, but until a rational nomenclature of the neuration of the 
wings, applicable to all families of Diptera, is adopted, the monographer of 
every family will be compelled to invent his own. There is no great harm in 
this, if only the meaning of the terms is clearly explained. 

The terminology of the other parts of the body required almost no changes ; 
there was only the thoracic portion between the suture and the scutellum, which 
had no peculiar name in the former descriptions. I callit scwtwm of the meso- 
thorax, or simply scutwm, following in this the nomenclature expounded by 
Westwood in Griffith’s Animal Kingdom, vol. xy. p. 722, tab. cxxii. <Ac- 
cording to the same authority, I call prescutum of the mesothorax, or sim- 
ply prescutum, the upper thoracic portion between the collare and the su- 
ture. 

Not having been able to give figures of the wings of the different species, I 
have supplied their place by frequent references to the plates in Meigen’s, 
Schummel’s* and Walker’s works, as well as by descriptions of the neura- 
tion. ' 

The circumstance that the genital organs of the male Limnobiz can be 
drawn from living specimens only, prevented me from replacing my hand by 
that of a more skiiful draughtsman. I appeal, therefore, to the indulgence of 
my colleagues in Dipterology. 

My friend Dr. John L. Le Conte kas kindly volunteered to correct the proofs 
of this paper, which will be published during my absence, and I tender him my 
most cordial thanks for this mark of friendship. 


Explanation of the terminology of the wing, as used in this paper. 


ARE AND AREOLETS. 


1. Subaxillary area. 9. Second radial area. 

2. Axillary area. 10. Cubital area. 

3. Anal area. 11. Subapical area. 

4. Pobrachial area. 12. First externomedial, or petiolate areolet. 
5. Prebrachial area. 3. Second externomedial areolet. ‘ 
6. Mediastinal area. 14. Third externomedial areolet. 

7. Subcostal area. 15. Fourth externomedial areolet. 

8. First radial area, 16. Discal externomedial areolet. 


The areolets from 9 to 15 have been sometimes called collectively apical 
arcolets. 


* Beitrage zur Entomologie, besonders in Bezug auf Schlesien, von T. E. Schummel and 
Herm. Stannius ; 8vo. Breslau, 1832. 

Among other papers, this collection contains a monograph of the Silesian Limnobie, 
by Schummel. ; 


1859.] 


202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Diagram of a wing with two radial area. 


VEINS. 


am. Costal vein or cosfa. 
de. Mediastinal vein. 

em. Subcostal vein. 

Sg’. Prebrachial vein. 

gu. Pobrachial vein. 

hv. Anal vein. 

tw. Axillary vein. 

zy. Petiole of the radial and cubital veins, or simply petiole. 
yp. Cubital vein. 

yn and yo radial vein, with its two branches, zn the upper, and zo the lower 

branch. 

d’r. First externomedial vein. 
b’s. Second externomedial vein. 
e’t. Third externomedial vein. 


CROSS-VEINS. 


6. Humeral cross-vein. 
kl. Mediastinal cross-vein. 
o’. Stigmatical cross-vein. 
gl’. Central cross-vein. 
g’e’. Upper discal cross-vein 
d’b’, First lower discal cross-vein. {pice cross-veins. 
b’c’. Second lower discal cross-vein. 
ef’ Great cross-vein. 
The term central cross-veins has been also used collectively for the whole extent 
of the veins z y h’ g/ e’ f’, or for a part of them, when they form a more or less 
straight line across the middle of the wing. 


OTHER TERMS WHICH HAVE BEEN USED. 


x is the origin of the petiole. 

yh’ is the portion of the cubital vein anterior to the central cross-vein ; it has 
itself sometimes the appearance of a cross-vein, being in one line with the 
central cross-vein. 

nzo is the radial fork. 

oyp is the cubital fork, or simply the fork when it is the only one. 


[Aug. 


ee) 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 20° 


Analytical Table for determining the genera. 


I. One radial area; antenne 14-jointed; ungues armed with teeth on the 


under side ; tibiz without spurs at the tip; pulvilli indistinct or none ; 
(natural group.) Limnobia nob. 


II. One radial area; antenne 16-jointed ; (*) 


Il. 


(artificial group.) 

A. Mediastinal vein indistinct, being closely applied to the subcostal vein ; 
no mediastinal cross-vein apparent; petiole, not arcuated at its 
origin, but forming an acute angle with the subcostal vein; anal 
angle of the wing square. Antocha nob. 

AA, Mediastinal vein distinct; petiole arcuated at its origin; anal angle 
rounded. 

B. No stigmatical cross-vein ; proboscis elongated ; palpi at its tip. 

C. Proboscis almost as long as the body. Blephantomyia nob. 

CC. Proboscis shorter than the hody, but lenger than the head. 

Rhamphidia Meig. 

BB. A distinct stigmatical cross-vein. 

D. A distinct fold, having almost the appearance of a supplementary 
vein, runs from about the middle of the anal vein, down the anal 
area, towards the posterior margin of the wing; no distinct stigma ? 
proboscis short; wings elongated. Dicranoptycha nob. 

DD. No fold in the anal area; a distinct stigma; proboscis elongated, 
although shorter than the head ; collare prolonged in a narrow, al- 
most linear neck; wings broad, rather short, with a rounded poste- 
rior margin, very pure hyaline; the subcostal vein does not extend 
much beyond the central cross-veins. Teucholabis nob. 

Two radial arez. 

E. Tibie unarmed with spurs at the tip. 

F. Wings pubescent on the whole surface, or their veins clothed with long 
hairs. Erioptera Meig. 

FF. Wings naked, or only with a short pubescence along the veins. 

G. Axillary vein undulated ; (see, Meig. i. tab. v. f.7.) Symplecta Meig. 

GG. Axillary vein straight, or almost straight. 

H. The first radial area has the form of an almost equilateral triangle, 
the petiole being very oblique ;% and 9 genital organs obtuse, with- 
out distinct horny appendages. Cryptolabis nob. 

HH. The first radial areas has its usual elongated form; the ( genitals 
have several distinct elongated, horny or coriaceous appendages ; the 
ovipositor of the 9 consists as usual of horny, pointed valves. 

J. The second radial area is very short, almost triangular; the upper 
branch of the radial fork takes an oblique, sometimes almost perpen- 
dicular direction to the lower branch, (like Meig, i. tab. vi. f. 7.) 

Gonomyia JMeig. 

JJ. The second radial area has its usual elongated form, both branches of 
the fork being more or less parallel. 

K. No petiolate areolet ; body black. Gnophomyia nob. 

KK. A petiolate areolet; body yellow. Cladura nob. 

EE. Tibie armed with spurs at the tip. 

L. Axillary vein very short, incurved to the anal angle ; wings like Meig. 
i. tab. vii. f. 9; antenne long, (as long as head and thorax together) 
setaceous, terminal joints indistinct. Trichocera Meig. 

LL. Axillary vein extending beyond the anal angle. 

M. Antenne from 6 to 10-jointed. 

N. No discal areolet ; wings like Meig. i. tab. vii. f. 8. Anisomera Meig. 


*The antenne are apparently 15-jointed in Elephantomy ia nob. 


1859.] 


204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


NN. A discal areolet. 

O. Antenne of the j much longer than the body ; those of the 2 short ; 
second joint of the palpi longer than the third. Arrhenica nob. 

OO. Antenne °$ of 9 and of about the same length ; both much shorter 
than the body ; second and third joints of the palpi about the same 
length. Eriocera Macq. 

MM. Antenne 13 (sometimes apparently 12?) jointed ; mediastinal cross- 
vein, far remote from the tip of the mediastinal vein, anterior to the 
origin of the petiole; wings like Walker, Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. tab. 
xxx. f. 7, (having two cross-veins between the upper branch of the 
radial fork and the subcostal vein.) Dicranota Zett. 

MMM. Antenne 16 (or 17) jointed. 

Q. Mediastinal cross-vein far remote from the tip of the mediastinal vein, 
anterior to the origin of the petiole. 


R. Wings pubescent. Ula Halid. 
: Amalopis /alid. 
RR. Wings glabrous. { Police Tak. 


QQ. Mediastinal cross-vein close by the tip of the mediastinal vein, 
or not far remote from it, and always posferior to the origin of the 
petiole. Limnophila nob. 


Limnosia nob. 


(Limnobia Meig., ex parte, inclusive of Rhipidia Mey., Gerano- 
myia Hal,and Dicranomyia Steph.) 

One radial area. Antenne 14-jointed, (sometimes apparently 15-jointed, 
the cylindrical prolongation of the last joint appearing in some species as an 
independent joint). Ungues armed with teeth ou the underside. Tibia with- 
out spurs at the tips. Pulvilli indistinct or none. 

The proboscis is always elongated, cylindrical, although generally shorter 
than the head; in Geranomyia alone (Ist Section) it reaches extraor- 
dinary proportions. The ¢' genitals vary in structure in the different sections 
of this genus; but all their forms have one character in common, and that is, 
the great development of the anal style, situated immediately under the forceps. 
(This organ is designated by the letter e on the figures 1, 3, 4,5, 6, etc., of the 
plate.) 

The group thus characterized, although very natural, comprises various forms 
on which new subdivisions may be established. But there is no reason to 
isolate some of them, leaving the others under the old generic denomination. 
The genus, as defined above, is so compact, that either it must remain in its 
integrity as a group of higher order, or the whole of it must be subdivided into 
subordinate groups. This rule has not been observed in former works. 

The genus Rhipidia has been established on a European species with 
pectinated antenne; the genus Geranomyia on several species with a 
long proboscis ; but both Rhipidia and Geranomyia have more afiinity 
to some species which remained in the genus L imnob ia (especially to those 
which form my 3d Section, Dicranomyia Steph.,) than these species have 
to their neighbors of the same genus, (tothe Limnobie of my 5th Section.) 

The pectinated or moniliform antenne of Rhipidia are a character of 
altogether secondary importance; that is they do not indicate a corresponding 
modification in the rest of the organization. The inconstance of this character 
is alone sufficient to prove its secondary value: in Rhipidia maculata the 
antennez are pectinated in the male and moniliform in the female; in Rhipidia 
domestica n. sp. they are moniliform in both sexes. Such a character may 
be used in the classification, but it must be subordinate to more important 
characters. 

In Geranomyia likewise the length of the rostrum, although a very good 
generic character, has apparently but little influence on the rest of the organi- 


[ Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 


zation, and should also remain subordinate to more essential characters. (In 
the same manner the immense proboscis of Limnobiorhynchus does 
not prevent it from having the closest affinity tosome Rhamphidia, for 
instance to my Rh. bre virostris with a comparatively short proboscis ) 

Not being able, on account of the scarcity of my materials, to attempt a final 
partition of the group Limnobia in its present definition, I retain it in its 
totality as a group of higher order and subdivide it in sections, some of which, 
(as Rhipidia, Geranomyia, etc.,) are genera already previously estab- 
lished, and which will also be retained in future, and others are only temporary 
divisions, adopted for want of better ones. The 5th Section especially is not 
sufficiently defined. 

Limnobia in its present definition almost corresponds to Limnobia 
Macq. But, besides that it now includes Rhipidia and Geranomyia, it 
has been freed from those species, which, like my Limnophila quadrata and 
L.lenta have two radial aree and no petiolate areolet, and which Mavquart, very 
erroneously, separated from his genus Limnophila, where they belong, 
and included in his Limno bia, where they are strangers. (See more about 
it in-the preface and in Limnophila.) 


Analytical Table. 


1. Proboscis prolonged ina haustellum, and both together longer than head and 


thorax. (Section 1st.) Gen. Geranomyia Halid. 
(There is a separate analytical table for this genus below.) 


Proboscis shorter than the head, 2 
2. Antenne pectinated or moniliform. (Section 2d.) Gen. Rhipidia Meg. 

(There is a separate analytical table for this genus below.) 

Antenne setaceous, 3 


3. A supplementary cross-vein between the anal and axillary veins; wings 
with brown, ocelliform spots; length 33—4 lines. (Section 6th.) 

L. Argus Say. 
No supplementary cross-vein, 4 

4. Wings with brown or black spots, or with clouds along the central cross- 
veins or with brown dots on the anterior margin, 

Wings without spots, clouds, etc., only with a more or less distinct stigma, 12 

5. Feet black or dark brown, with a whitish ring before the tip of the femora, 6 

Feet yellow or brownish yellow, with or without brown rings, 

6. Wings with blackish spots, especially along the anterior margin, and nu- 
merous small round dots in the aree : body blackish ; feet black, a whitish 
ring at a distance from the tip of the femora about equal to its own width ; length 
34 to 4 lines. (Section 4th.) L. defuncta nob. 

Wings with a dark stigma and clouds along the central cross-veins ; body 
tawny and browa; feet brown; a white ring close to the tip of the femora ; 
length 3 —33 lin. (Section 3d. Dicranomyia Hal.) 

L. humidicola nod. 


7. The stigmatical cross-vein is at the tip of the subcostal vein, me: 
The stigmatical cross-vein is separated from the tip of the subcostal vein by 
an interval equal at least to half the length of the stigma, ll 


8. Latter part of femora with brown rings at some distance from the tip ; wings 
spotted with brown, 9 
Femora yellow, brown at the tip only, and without pale rings; wings with 
three brown ocelli and nebulosities on the cross-veins ; body yellow, with 


brown dots ; length 33—4 lin. (Section 5th.) L. triocellata nob. 

9. Intermediate stripe of the thorax pale, margined with brown; length 4—5 
lin. L. solitaria nob. 
Intermediate stripe brown or black, capillary, 10 


10. Two pale rings on the femora; the lower branch of the fork formed by the 
mediastinal cross-vein with the tip of the mediastinal vein is longer than 


1859.] 


206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the upper one; it is arcuated, before joining the subcostal vein, whereas the 
upper one (joining the costal vein,) is short, straight and perpendicular; 
length 4—5 lines. (Section 5th.) L. immatura nob. 
One pale ring on the femora; both branches of the fork, formed by the 
mediastinal cross-vein with the tip of the mediastinal vein, are of about 
the same length ; length 5—6 lines. (Section 5th.) L. cinctipes nob. 
11. Thorax with three brown stripes, the intermediate one capillary; wings 
clouded with brown along the central cross-vyeins and some of the longitu- 
dinal veins ; length 4 lines. (Section Sth.) L. indigena nob. 
Thorax with one brown stripe on its anterior part; wings yellowish, with 
four more or less distinct brown dots along the anterior margin; length 


4—4# lines. (Section 5th.) L. tristigma nob. 
12, Thorax black, shining, pleure with a silvery reflection; wings infuscated, 
stigma brown: length 3 lines. (Section 3d.) L. morio Fab. 


Thorax cinereous, with three brown stripes; wings hyaline, stigma infus- 
cated along the cross-vein only, the rest of its surface being paler; length 


24—3} lines. (Section 3d.) L. liberta nob. 
Thorax ochraceous or brown, with or without stripes, _ 12 
13. Whole antennz black or brown ; body brown, with more or less ochraceous 
on the thorax, 18 
Antenne, or at least their basal joints, pale, 14 
14. Discoidal areolet extant, 15 


No discoidal areolet ; mediastinal cross-vein removed from the tip of the 
mediastinal vein at a distance about equal to the length of the stigma, 17 
15. Feet yellow, with two brownrings ; tip of the mediastinal vein with a brown 
cloud, L. tristigma nob. 
(See above, No. 11.) 
Feet yellow, without brown rings; tip of the mediastinal vein without 
cloud, 16 
16. Ochraceous; abdomen, stigma and knob of halteres infuscated; veins of 
the wings brown; mediastinal cross-vein at a distance from the tip of the 
mediastinal vein about equal to the length of the stigma; length 2—2} 
lines. (Section 3d.) L. diversa nob. 
The whole body, including the veins of the wings, pale ochraceous ; medias- 
tinal cross-vein at some distance from the tip of the mediastinal vein, but 
nearer than the length of the stigma; length 3—3} lines. (Section 3d.) 
L. pudica xob. 
17. Ochraceous; thorax with a brown stripe in the middle ; feet tawny ; length 
23—3 lines. (Section 3d.) L. immodesta nob. 
Brownish ochraceous ; thorax with three brown stripes ; feet brown; femora 
with a pale ring before the tip; length 24—3 lines. (Section 3d.) 
L. gladiator nob. 
18. Mediastinal cross-vein near the tip of the mediastinal vein, (the interval 
between them is much shorter than the length of the stigma,) 19 
Mediastinal cross-vein removed from the tip of the mediastinal vein at a 
distance about equal to the length of the stigma; length 25—3 lines. (Sec- 
tion 3d.) L. distans nob. 
19. The mediastinal vein joins the costal at some distance beyond the origin of 
the petiole, (this distance being almost equal to the length of the stigma) ; 
tip of the wing finely pubescent; length 3—3} lines. (Section 3d.) 
L. pubipennis nob. 
The mediastinal vein joins the costal nearly opposite the origin of the petiole ; 
tip of the wing naked; length 24—3 lines. (Section 3d.) LL. stulta nod. 


lst Section. 


GERANOMYIA Halid. 
Proboscis slender, longer than the head, prolonged in a haustellum, which 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207 


is longer than the antenne ; it consists of a linear, very long lingua, and an 
equally long labium, divided from the base in two branches; palpi very short, 
near the tip of the proboscis, but at a considerable distance from the tip of the 
haustellum.* 

The other characters of the genus agree with those of the 3d section, (Dic ra - 
nomyia Steph.) The forceps of the male has the same structure ; the habits 
seem to be the same, both genera being found in damp situations. 

This genus was formed by Haliday, in 1833, on a European species, the only, 
I think, at present known from-that part of the world. The American continent 
seems to be more abundantin Geranomyie. Dr. Loew published six species 
from Brazil, Chili, and the West Indies, and Mr. Walker one from Brazil. I 
have found three species within the United States. 

Macquart’s genus A p oro sa, (established in 1838), is identical with Gera - 
nomyia Halid. 


Analytical Table. 


1. Wings spotted, G. rostrata Say. 
Wings not spotted, . 2 
2. Thorax cinereous, with three black stripes; the mediastinal vein joins the 
costal nearly opposite the origin of the petiole. G. diversa nob. 
Thorax tawny, with brown stripes; the mediastinal vein joins the costal at 
about the middle of the distance between the origin of the petiole and the tip 
of the subcostal vein. G. communis nob. 


G. rostrata. Alis fusco maculatis et nebulosis ; long. lin. 3. 

Say, Journ. Acad. Phil. iii. 22, 6. 

Wiedem. Auss. Zw. i. 35, 20. 

Front and vertex cinereous ; proboscis and antennz brown. Thorax gray with 
more or less distinct brown stripes ; the intermediate one appears sometimes 
slightly capillary ; humeri and pleure tawny with a hoary reflection; scutellum 
and metathorax brown, hoary ; halteres pale yellow with a brown knob ; feet 
tawny, tips of the tibia black, thickly clothed with very short black hairs, and 
appearing for this reason slightly clavate; tips of tarsi infuscated. Abdomen 
brown, venter paler. Wings with five nearly square krown spots along the 
anterior margin ; cross-veins and tips of all the veins along the apex and the 
posterior margin clouded with pale brown. 

Four ' 2 specimens. Washington (nob.) Mass. (Harris’ Catal. Ins. Mass.) 
I have caught the same species in Cuba. 


G.communis. Pallide fusca, thorace fusco-vittato, ale hyaline stigmate 
ovali, obscnro ; long. lin. 25-——23. 

Front and vertex cinereous, occiput tawny ; antenne brown, under side of the 
lst joint tawny; palpi and proboscis brown, basis of the latter pale. Thorax 
tawny, with three more or less dark brown stripes ; pleure yellowish tawny ; 
metathorax brown with a hoary reflection ; halteres blackish, with a pale base; 
feet tawny, tips of femora, tibie and tarsi brown. Abdomen brown, mar- 
gins of segments pale; venter paler. Wings hyaline, slightly cinereous, with 
a pale brown oval stigma; the tip of the subcostal vein forms a curve joining 
the radial ; the stigmatical cross-vein is a little before their junction ; the medi- 
astinal vein joins the costal at about one-third of the distance between the origin 
of the petiole and the tip of the subcostal vein. 

Five ¢f' and 3 Qspecimens. Washington (nob.} Upper Wisconsin River, (Mr. 
Kennicott). 


G. diversa. Thorace cinereo, vittis tribus nigris, ale subhyaline, stig- 
mate pallide fusco; long. lin. 23—23. 


1859.] 


* T distinguish here the proboscis from the haustellum, according to the acceptation of 
tihs word laid down in Illiger’s Terminology. 


208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Proboscis, palpi and antennz black; front and vertex cinereous. Thorax 
cinereous, with three distinct black stripes, the intermediate one extends over 
the collare; the lateral ones are abbreviated before; pleura, scutellum and 
metathorax hoary ; halteres pale at base, dusky at tip ; coxw and basis of femora 
pale ; the rest of the feet more or less dark tawny. Abdomen brown ; -j\ forceps 
paler. Wings slightly infuscated ; stigma of an irregular oblong form, pale 
fuscous ; a slight nebulosity at the origin of the petiole; the mediastinal vein 
joins the costal nearly opposite the origin of the petiole ; the stigmatical cross- 
vein forms with the tip of the subcostal vein an obtuse angle (sometimes ap- 
proaching a straight line) ; the cross-vein is situated near the posterior end of 
the stigma. 

and © specimens from Trenton Falls, (nob.) The proboscis (including 
the haustellum) of this species, are shorter than those of G. communis. 


2d Section. 


Rarprpia Meig. 


Antenne bipectinated or moniliform in the 5‘, moniliformin the 9. 

The other characters, as well as the neuration of the wings, and the form of 
the (j' forceps (see the figures 8 and 9 of the plate) agree with my 3d section, 
(Dicranomy ia Steph.) 

I have altered the generic character of this genus as it was adopted by 
Meigen (‘“‘antenne maris bipectinate”’), in order to include in it two new 
species, which are closely allied to R. maculata, but have moniliform 
antenne in both sexes. 


Analytical Table. 


1. Antenne bipectinated in the °¥', moniliform in the; wings densely spotted 
with small pale brown spots. R. maculata Meig. 
Antenne moniliformin g'and Q, oronly subpectinated in the G; wings with 
some brown spots along the anterior margin. } 

2. Antennz black. R. fidelis nob. 
Antenne with the two penultimate joints yellow. R. domestica nob. 


R. maculata. Cinerea-fusca, thorace vitta brunnea, alis fusco maculatis 
et nebulosis ; long. lin. 23-4. 

Meig. Eur. Zweifl. i. p. 153. 

Front and vertex dark cinereous; proboscis, palpi and antennz black. 
Thorax yellowish cinereous with a broad brown stripe in the middle; lateral 
stripes short and indistinct on the prescutum, although extended over the 
scutum ; scutellum and metathorax with brown lines in the middle; halteres 
pale; feet tawny; coxe and base of femora pale; a brown ring before the 
tips of the latter; tip of tibia brown. Abdomen brownish. Wings cinereous, 
densely covered with pale greyish brown spots and small round dots; four 
larger and darker spots along the anterior margin; the Ist near the base, the 
2d alittle beyond it, the 3d near the origin of the petiole; the 4th at the tips 
of the subcostal vein; central and lower discal cross-veins clouded; a round 
spot at the lips of the axillary vein. 

Two ¢ and Q five specimens. White mountains in September; Trenton Falls 
in June (nob.); Maiue (Mr. Packard); Illinois (Mr. Kennicott). 

One of the 2 specimens is somewhat different from the others in the picture 
of the wings; the larger spots and the nebulosities on the cross-veins are very 
dark; the smaller dots, on the contrary, are not so dense as usual, leaving 
large hyaline intervals between them. 

Although I have no European specimens of Rhip. maculata for com- 
parison, I do not doubt of the specific identity of the American specimens. 


R. domestica. Antenne nigrx, articulis reniformibus, subpectinatis; 


(Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 


penultimus et ante-penultimus flavi; prescutum brunneopictum; ale fusco- 
maculate ; long. lin. 3-33. 

Front and vertex cinereous ; proboscis and palpi brown; eyes almost contig- 
uous, in living specimens dark green above and violet below; antenne black; 
penultimate and ante-penultimate joints yellow; flagellum moniliform, its joints 
reniform. Thorax yellowish brown, sericeous when viewed in a certain light; 
the thoracic stripes, which are dark brown, become distinct on the posterior 
part of the prescutum only; the anterior part is occupied by several brown 
lines and spots; a brown stripe on the pleure, running from the collare back- 
wards; another one runs along the coxe; halteres tawny, with a dusky spot 
on the knob; feet tawny; coxe and basis of femora pale; tips of femora, tibie 
and tarsi brown. Abdomen dark tawny; margins of segments brown; ,j' for- 
ceps like figs. 8 and 9. Wings slightly brownish, with five or six brown spots 
along the anterior margin; cross-veins and tips of longitudinal veins clouded ; 
the intervals between the veins also slightly clouded. 

Washington, in May and August (nob.) 6 g', Q specimens. 


R. fidelis. Fusca, antennis fuscis, moniliformibus, subpectinatis, alis 
fusco-maculatis et nebulosis; length 3 lin. 

Head, proboscis, palpi and antenne fuscous; the latter moniliform, subpec- 
tinated. Thorax dull brown, slightly hoary on the pleurz; stripes indistinct ; 
halteres pale; femora pale yellow, brown at the tip; tibiae and tarsi brown. 
Abdomen brown; °¥ genitals paler. Wings pale brownish, except the region 
round the stigma anda narrow margin at the tip, which are hyaline; stigma 
brown; brown clouds at the origin of the petiole, the mediastinal cross-vein 
and the origin of the fork; discal and great cross-veins also slightly clouded. 

One <f' specimen from Sharon Springs, N. Y. 


3d Section. 


Dicranomyia Steph. 


Body slender; feet long and slender; wings narrow; joints of the antenne 
except the basal ones, oval-oblong, with short or moderate verticils, inserted 
about the middle of the joint; the ‘forceps (see the figures 3, 4 and 5 of the 
plate) consists of two soft, moveable, ellipsoidal or subreniform lobes, each 
being armed on the inside with a short, curved, horny appendage having more 
or less the shape of a bird’s beak (I call it rostriform appendage); another 
horny, long, slender, arcuated appendage (falciform appendage), is closely ap- 
plied to each lobe; a linear, slightly curved anal style below those lobes. 

The neuration of the wings in the different species of this section is very 
uniform (almost like Meig. i. tab. vi. fig. 5); some difference may be found only 
in the position of the mediastinal vein and its cross-vein, and in the presence or 
absence of the discal areolet. Its absence occurs very frequently ; it is some- 
times a good specific character, and sometimes only an occasional variety. 

The habits of the species seem to be aquatic; the larve probably live in 
water or mud; the perfect insects are always found in damp situations. 

This generic name appeared for the first time in J. F. Stephens’s Catalogue 
of Britisk Insects in 1829, and afterwards in Curtis’s Guide in 1837. Iam not 
aware of any definition of it having ever been published. 


D. liberta. Cinerea, proboscide, palpis et antennis nigris, thorace vittis 
fuscis ; ale subhyaline, stigma pallidum, juxta venulam transversalem infus- 
catum ; long. lin. 23-3}. 

Proboscis and palpi black ; front and vertex cinereous ; antennz black, ver- 
ticillate with hairs of moderate length. Thorax cinereous ; intermediate stripe 
broad, fuscous, well defined, capillary (capillarity indistinct in some speci- 
mens ;) lateral stripes abbreviated before and extended over the scutum behind ; 
a short oblique brown line runs from the intermediate stripe towards a deep 
puncture near the humerus; scutellum slightly tawny on the margins ; 


1859.] 16 


210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


halteres pale, knobs dusky; feet dark tawny, pale at base, brown ring at 
the tip of femora often scarcely apparent; tips of tibie and those of tarsi 
brown. Abdomen cinereous; -{\ forceps pale tawny; its structure like fig. 4. 
Wings hyaline, faintly tinged with grey ; veins brownish, pale at basis ; costal 
and subcostal pale; stigma oblong, pale, distinctly clouded at the cross-vein ; 
the mediastinal vein joins the costal nearly opposite the origin of the petiole ; 
sometimes a little before or beyond it: the cross-vein is near its tip; the great 
cross-vein is generally a little before the discal areolet ; sometimes it is in one 
line with the upper discal cross-vein. 

Eleven °{\ and six 9 specimens. 

Common near Washington in summer. I have also specimens from Mobile, 
Ala., and Dalton, Ga., (nob.) and Wisconsin, (Mr. Kennicott). 

In one of the specimens the discal areolet, on one wing only, is open. 

In another specimen (a Q ) the second externomedial areolet takes an ob- 
lique direction and joins the first, forming by this a petiolate areolet. This 
is the case on both wings. 


D. humidicola. Fusca, abdomine fasciis pallidis, pedibus fuscis, femo- 
rum apice pallido, alis subcinereis, cinereo nebulosis ; stigmate subquadrato, 
fumato; long. lin. 3-3}. 

Proboscis, palpi and antenne black; joints of the flagellum subglobular, 
becoming more elongated towards the tip; verticils moderate ; front and vertex 
dark cinereous. Thorax tawny; the stripes brown, moderately distinct, more 
or less confluent ; humeri yellowish, with a faint yellow, sericeous reflection ; 
scutum, scutellum and metathorax brown, the first two with more or less 
yellow spots ; pleure brown, with pale spots ; halteres pale, knob infuscated; 
coxe pale; feet tawny, a pale ring close at the tip of the femora. Abdomen 
tawny, with pale bands on the incisures; <j‘ forceps like fig. 3; ovipositor 
of the 9 furruginous. Wings subcinereous, with darker shades of gray at 
the tip, in the middle of the prebrachial areolet, in the pobrachial, (along 
the pobrachial vein) and in the first externo-medial (along the same vein ;) 
the central cross-vein, all the discal cross-veins and the great cross-vein, are 
clouded; there is a pale brown spot at the margin of the petiole; another, 
larger and nearly round spot at the junction of the radial and cubital veins ; 
stigma brown, nearly parallellopipedal ; the mediastinal vein joins the costal 
generally a little beyond, sometimes nearly opposite the origin of the petiole ; 
the cross-vein is near its tip; the great veinlet is generally a little before the 
discal areolet; the color of the veins is brown. 

Washington, Trenton Falls (nob.), Connecticut (Mr. Norton), Common in 
damp, shady situations, especially in hollows having a spring at the bottom. 
Compared twelve (¢', 2) specimens. One of my specimens has a stump of 
a vein on the curve of the petiole. 

A variety of this species (consisting, perhaps, of immature specimens’) has 
no clouds on the wings; the stigma is brown, as usual. I caught them in 
numbers at Sharon Springs, N. Y. Such specimens are easily recognized by 
the pale tip of the femora, which is a very characteristic mark of the species. 


D. stulta. Fusca, humeris, pleurisque pallidis, alis subcinereis, stigmate 
pallide cinereo; long. lin. 23-3. 

Proboscis and palpi black ; antennz black, hardly reaching much beyond the 
fore-coxe ; joints of flagellum oblong, with moderate verticils; front and 
vertex dark cinereous. Thorax yellowish tawny; stripes brown, more or less 
shining, almost confluent; intermediate one extending over the collare, and 
sometimes faintly capillary; the lateral ones are extended over the scutum ; 
scutellum and metathorax brown; halteres infuscated, pale at base; feet 
brownish, pale at base. Abdomen brown; ,j' genitalia paler; the rostriform 
appendage is small, and has two erect bristles; 9 ovipositor ferruginous. 
Wings subcinereous, stigma oblong, pale; veins pale brown; the tip of the 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. yi I 


mediastinal vein is opposite the petiole; the mediastinal cross-vein is very 
near its tip (the distance is slightly variable in different specimens ;) the great 
veinlet varies its position (as in D. liberta;) the upper discal cross-vein is 
generally arcuated. 

Twenty-three §' and Q specimens. Trenton Falls, N. Y.; Berkeley 
Springs, Va., and Quebec, Canada, (nob.) 


D. distans. Very like D. stulta, but mediastinal cross-vein separated 
from the tip of the mediastinal vein by a distance about equal to the length 
of the first externomedial vein. The thorax is less shining, and appears 
slightly yellowish sericeous ; length, lin. 2-3. 

Ihave 6 (j' and @ ) specimens, all taken in Florida in March, 1858. 

Besides these specimens I brought five others from the same locality, distin- 
guished from the former by the absence of the discal areolet, which is open, and 
by the shortness of the petiole, which is not longer than the great cross-vein, 
and originates at some distance beyond the tip of the mediastinal: vein ; 
the position of the mediastinal cross-vein is like in D. distans. Among 
these five specimens there is a §' and a 9 which I caught in copulation ; and 
as they agree in the above mentioned characters, it would prove, perhaps, 
that these are not merely accidental, but specific differences. 


D. pubipennis. Fusca, thoracis disco fusco-nigro, antennis palpisque 
nigris, stigmate cinereo; areolis apicalibus sparse pubescentibus ; long, lin, 
3-34. 

This species is also very like D. stulta, but itis easily distinguished : 
1st, by its size, which is a little larger; 2d, by its color, which is darker, 
especially on the thorax; 3d, by some peculiarities in the neuration of the 
wings; the mediastinal vein reaches considerably beyond the origin of the 
petiole; the cross-vein is near its tip; the distance between the cross-vein 
and the origin of the petiole is about equal to the length of the discal areolet ; 
the two cross-veins, which divide the stigma transversely, do not form an almost 
straight line, like in D. stulta; the lower cross-vein is arcuated, and ad- 
vances a little towards the tip of the wing; the apical part of the wing is 
finely pubescent, which pubescence does not reach the central cross-veins. 

Eleven male and 9 female specimens, caught in May, 1859, at Relay House, 
(near Baltimore.) Five of these specimens (3 ¢\ and 2 2) have the discal 
areolet open; one of them has it imperfectly closed. 


D. immodesta. Pallide silacea, thorace vitta fusca, abdominis tergo 
infuscato, alis hyalinis, stigmate pallido, areola discoidali aperta; long. lin. 
23—3. 

“Proboscis pale, palpi infuscated, antenne fuscous, pale at base, front infus- 
eated. Thorax ochraceous, paler on the pleure; collare and prescutum with 
a brown stripe in the middle which does not reach the scutum; halteres pale, 
knob dusky ; feet pale tawny, coxe and basis of femora pale vellow; tips of 
tarsi darker. Tergum infuscated; of forceps pale. Wings witha slight yel- 
lowish-cinereous tinge ; stigma elliptical, pale; the mediastinal vein joins the 
costal nearly opposite, or a little before the origin of the petiole; mediastinal 
cross-vein separated from the tip of the mediastinal vein by an interval alittle 
longer than the stigma; stigmatical cross-vein generally in a line with the 
tip of the subcostal vein ; sometimes it recedes a little, and then the tip of 
the subcostal is arcuated towards the radial vein. 

Washington, Trenton Falls (nob.); Maine, (Mr. Packard.) 

Twenty-five ' 9 specimens. 

This species is not unlike the European D. modesta, which, however, 
generally has a discal areolet, its absence being an exception; on the con- 
trary I have not found as yet a specimen of D. immodesta with this 
areolet closed. 


1859.] 


212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


D. gladiator. Fusco-silacea, thorace vittis tribus fuscis, abdomine 
fusco; pedibus fuscis, femorum apice infuscato, alis hyalinis, stigmate in- 
fuscato, areola discoidali aperta; long. lin. 24—3. 

Proboscis pale ochraceous, palpi infuscated, antenne brown, pale at base. 
Thorax brownish ochraceous, with three distinct brown stripes on the prascu- 
tum ; the intermediate one extends over the collare; the lateral ones over the 
scutum; scutellum and metathorax brown in the middle; pleure# with a large 
brown spot near the intermediate coxe and several smaller, indistinct spots; 
halteres pale at base; knob brown; feet brown, cox and base of femora pale; 
tip of the latter brown, with a pale ring before it. Abdomen brown, posterior 
margins of segments and genitals paler; falciform appendages of the ,j‘ for- 
ceps very large; (fig. 5,) they are very striking in the living insect and when 
their points touch each other, they form a kind of arch or bridge over both 
lobes. (The name of the insect is derived from their sword-like appendages). 
Wings slightly subcinereous ; stigma elliptical, more or less infuscated ; neura- 
tion exactly like that of D. immodesta. 

Fourteen ¢ 9 specimens. Washington in June (nob.) 

If it was not for the structure of the of forceps and for the circumstance 
that large numbers of D. gladiator occur in localities where not a single 
specimen of D.immodestais to be found, and vice versa, I would have 
taken the former species only for a darker variety of the latter. 


D.diversa. Pallide silacea; antennarum flagello, halteribus, tarsorumque 


apicibus fuscescentibus ; alis hyalinis, stigmate pallide infuscato ; venis fuscis ; 
long. lin. 2—24. 


The abdomen is slightly infuscated, the genitals are yellow. Otherwise this 
species is not unlike D.immodesta from which it is easily distinguished by 
its smaller size, the presence of a discal areolet, the absence of the brown stripe 
on the thorax, and the wings, which are purer hyaline. The mediastinal cross-vein 
is, like in D. immodesta, ata distance from the tip of the mediastinal vein, 
which is about equal to the length of the stigma. 

Five and Q specimens. 

Washington and Maryland in the Spring (nob.) 


D. pudica. Pallide silacea tota; oculis nigris, tarsorum apicibus fuscis ; 
alis pallide flavescentibus, venis pallidis; long. lin. 3—3}. 

There is not much to add to this diagnosis; the stigma is scarcely apparent, 
being of the same pale yellowish color as the rest of the wing; the mediastinal 
vein joins the costal a little before the petiole: the cross-vein is not far from its 
tip (at a distance shorter than half the length of the stigma.) 

Two of and four Q specimens from Illinois, (Mr. Kennicott.) 


D.morio. Thoracenigro, nitido, pleuris argenteo-micantibus ; alis pallide 
infuscatis, stigmate fusco ; long. lin. 3. 

Tipula morio Fab. Ent. Syst. iv. 242, 40; Syst. Ant. 32, 42. 

Limnobia leucocephala Meigen, Auss. Zw. i., 136, 37. 

Limnobia morio Meig., ibid. vi. 274; Walker Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. 296, 32. 

Head black, front silvery ; antenne and palpi black; last joint of the former 
ending in a slender, cylindrical prolongation, which might be taken for a 15th 
joint. (For this reason Meigen, vol. vi. p. 274, counted 15 joints in this spe- 
cies.) Thorax black, shining onthe prescutum, silvery on the pleura ; halteres 
with a blackish knob ; feet pale brown, coxe pale. Abdomen brownish with 
pale margins of the segments. Wings pale brownish, stigma darker brown. 

Eight ¢‘ 9 specimens from Trenton Falls (nob.) 

Although not having European specimens of this species for comparison, I 
hardly doubt of their specific identity. 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 


4th Section. 


Ungues with several notches on the underside, (and not with long teeth as 
in the other sections of the genus.) Forceps of the (' belonging to the same 
typical form with that of Dicranomyia, but with more elongated, slender 
lobes. (Fig. 1 and 2.) 


L.defuncta. Fusco-cinerea, thorax vittis tribus nigro-fuscis, interme- 
dia capillari; pedes nigro-fusci, femora versus apicem annulo albido; alae 
fusco maculate; long. lin. 334. 

Head cinereous; front and vertex almost black in the middle; proboscis, 
palpi and antenne fuscous; joints of the flagellum subglobular, with short 
verticils. Thorax cinereous with a yellowish reflection; three dark brown’ 
stripes on the prescutum, the intermediate one capillary ; the lateral ones ab- 
breviated before, and extended over the scutum behind; pleure variegated 
with brown; halteres pale with black knobs ; coxe cinereous, feet brown, 
base of the femora tawny; a very distinct whitish ring at a distance equal to 
its own width from the tip of the femora; ungues with several small notches 
on the underside. Abdomen blackish cinereous; posterior margins of the 
segments paler ; genitals pale. Wings subcinereous, spotted with blackish 
brown; subcostal area infuscated at four intervals; several spots, forming a 
short band, along the central cross-veins ; series of small, round dots along the 
middle of the arez ; a larger spotin the axillary area, at the tip of the axillary 
vein ; stigma square. 

Common near Washington, especially in May. It occurs near running 
water, and is often found on stones or rocks over which a thin sheet of water 
isrunning. I possess the same species from the Trenton Falls and Quebec, 
(nob.) and from Maine (Mr. Packard.) 

Compared 8 males and 4 female specimens. 


5th Section. 


(Limnobiz v er 2.) 


Collare long, well developed ; joints of the antennz (except the basal ones) 
elongated, subcylindrical, slightly incrassated at the base; verticils long, in- 
serted on the incrassation and before the middle of the joint; ultimate joint 
sometimes twice as long as the penultimate, and apparently consisting of two 
joints ; feet stout; ungues strong with a large tooth in the middle of the un- 
der side and smaller ones nearer to the base; wings long and broad ; the ({' 
forceps consists of two subcylindrical, coriaceous halves ; to each is attached 
a pair of closely contiguous, curved moveable lamellae ; the outer lamella seems 
to be horny; the inner one is of a softer consistence; they vary in size and 
form in different species. (See the figures 6 and 7 of the plate.) The differ- 
ence between their structure and that of the forceps of Dicranomyia seems 
to be more apparent than real, and to depend entirely on the great distension 
of the soft portion of the forceps in the latter genus ; the solid, horny parts 
seem to have the same structure in both genera. Thus, in L. solitaria the 
soft parts, marked ff on the plate, might be the analogues of the large lobes of 
Dicranomyia, only in a rudimentary state. 

The colors of this group are bright (generally ferruginous or yellow) with 
well marked brown stripes and spots. The habits are terrestrial; the larve 
live in decaying wood or fungi; the perfect insect is found in localities where 
these matters abound. (The larva of L. annulus, a European species of 
this group, is described by Van Roser, as being, in shape and color, like a 
common earthworm ; it lives in decaying wood; that of L.xanthoptera, 
another European species, has been found by Stannius and Bremi in 
Agaricus.) 

The contrast between this section and the 3d (Dicranomyia) is great, 


1859.) 


- 


214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and appears in the whole organization as well as in the habits of the species. 
Still this contrast is not equally marked in all the species of the present sec- 
tion. Its typical representatives are the European L. annulus, quadri- 
maculata, etc., and the American L. cinctipes, solitaria, imma- 
tura; next come the European L. xanthoptera and the American L. 
indigena, triocellata; finally the European L. macrostigma, 
tripunctata, ete., and the American L.tristigma. In these species, 
the striking habitual characters of the types are softened down, and the con- 
trast with Dicranomyia is weakened. The structure of the forceps of the 
cf undergoes modification in accordance with the rest of the body. 

For this reason I consider the establishment of this section as only provi- 
sional, not having been able for the present to effect a better subdivision. 


L. cinctipes. Thorax vittis quatuor, femora annulis duobus fuséis ; ale 
fusco maculate et nebulose; ad apicem venz subcostalis macula ocellata; 
long. lin. 5-6. 

Say, Journ. Acad. Phil. iii. 21, 4. 

Wiedem. Auss. Zweifl. i. 32, 15. 

Proboscis and palpi infuscated; antenna fuscous, first three joints ferrugi- 
nous; front cinereous; vertex with a brown spot; its sides, as well as the 
underside of the head, reddish yellow. Collare yellow with brown spots ; pra- 
seutum with four black stripes; the intermediate ones approach the collare 
before and reach the scutum behind ; the lateral ones are abbreviated before 
and extend behind over the scutum, the sides of the scutellum and the meta- 
thorax ; there are some indistinct brown spots on the humeri and the pleurz ; 
the ground color of the thorax (that is the interval of the stripes, as well as 
the pleure,) has a pale yellowish sericeous reflection ; the anterior part of the 
intermediate stripes has a reflection of the same color; halteres pale, with a 
brown ring a little below the middle of the stem, anda brown spot at the base 
of the knob; feet ferruginous yellow; femora with two brown rings; the one 
a little beyond, the other near the tip; tarsiinfuscated. Abdomen ferruginous 
yellow ; segments of the tergum with black stripes on their posterior margins ; 
lateral edge of the abdomen also black; venter yellow; genitals of 9 ferru- 
ginous. Wings yellowish with brown spots and clouds ; four spots near the 
anterior margin ; the first near the basis : second, at origin of the petiole ; third, 
double spot, at the tip of the mediastinal vein and the origin of the fork; 
fourth, ocellated, at the tip of the subcostal vein ; cross-veins infuscated; a 
pale grey band, beginning at the anterior margin, near the tip, crosses the 
apical arew, sends a branch across the discal areolet and expands into a large 
diluted spot in the last externo-medial area; several diluted pale grey shades 
in the anal, axillary and subaxillary arex, leaving some pellucid spots along 
the posterior margin. 

Missouri (Say,) Illinois (Mr. Kennicott,) Mass. (Mr. Scudder.) 

I have but two specimens in my possession, one of which seems immature, 
its thorax being yellowish; the description is drawn from the other (a 9) 
which is darker in- its coloring and shows the peculiar sericeous reflection 
mentioned above. 


L.immatura. Thorax vittis quatuor, femora annulis tribus fuscis; ale 
fusco-maculate et nebulose, macula ad apicem venz subcostalis integra (nec 
ocellata) ; long. lin. 4-5. 

Very like the preceding species, but showing the following differences: it is 
smaller in size; the femora, besides the two brown rings beyond the middle, 
have a third one in the middle; it is pale, although distinct, especially on the 
anterior pair; the lateral edges of the abdomen are black, but there are no 
black stripes on the posterior margins of the segments; there is a brown spot 
instead of an ocellus at the tip of the subcostal vein; the grey band at the 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 


‘tip of the wing and the diluted spots along the posterior margin are much 
’ darker. 
' Other differences, perhaps of less consequence, which I notice in my speci- 
Mens are: that the brown marks on the humeri are more distinct; that the 
brown spots on the pleure are more numerous and darker; that the base 
and the tip of the halteres are pale, the whole intermediate portion being 
dusky. 

Three specimens, (one 5 and two 9) Washington, in May, (nob.) Upper 
Wisc. river (Mr. Kennicott,) Maine (Mr. Packard.) 


L. solitaria. Thorax vitta media pallida, fusco-marginata, ale fusco- 
-maculate et nebulose ; in area pobrachiali serie punctorum fuscorum ; long. 
lin. 4-5. 

Proboscis and palpi infuscated; front yellowish cinereous; vertex infus- 
cated ; antenne fuscous, first joint yellow ; the two or three following yellowish 
at base, infuscated at tip. Thorax yellowish ; a brown stripe on the collare; 
a pale yellowish stripe, limited on both sides, by brown lines, on the prescu- 
tum; two lateral brown stripes, abbreviated before and extended over the 
tum behind; scutellum and metathorax pale yellowish sericeous both with 
lateral brown spots ; pleure pale yellowish; halteres with brown knobs; 
coxe pale; femora tawny; a pale ring beyond the middle, followed by a 
brown one near the tip; tibie and tarsi tawny, infuscated at their tips. Ab- 
domen yellowish ferruginous; an indistinct brown band, formed by a series 
of spots in the middle of the tergum; genitals pale; their structure like fig. 
6. Wings yellowish with brown spots and clouds ; an oblique spot extends 
from the posterior end of the stigma to the origin of the fork; the margin of 
the stigma is more or less infuscated ; a small brown ring is formed by this 
margin on one side, and the clouded cross-veins at the tip of the subcostal vein 
on the other ; origin of the petiole infuscated ; a series of more or less numer- 
ous brown dots runs along the disc of the prebrachial area, the most conspicu- 
ous among them being generally those opposite the origin of the petiole: an- 
terior part of the pobrachial vein clouded ; discal cross-veins and great cross- 
veins slightly clouded ; a pale brown band across the apical aree ; posterior 
margin clouded, especially at the tip of the pobrachial and anal veins, and in 
the subaxillary area. 

Two ¢$ specimens ; Trenton Falls (nob.) 

A J specimen from Maine seems to belong to the same species ; but it dif- 
fers by having a spot and not a ring at the tip of the subcostal vein; the spot 
at the origin of the petiole is larger and confluent with the corresponding dot 
in the prebrachial area; there are but two dots, instead of a series of dots, in 
this area, near the base; the last three segments of the abdomen are infus- 
cated ; the pale ring on the femora is less distinct. 

N. B. Besides the differences mentioned in the descriptions of L.cinectipes, 
immaturaandsolitaria, each of these species seems to have a constant 
distinguishing character in the structure of the fork, formed by the mediasti- 
nal cress-vein with the tip of the mediastinal vein. In L.immatura the 
lower branch of this fork, (joining the subcostal vein,) is longer than’ the 
upper one, and arcuated; the upper one (joining the costal vein), is short, 
_ Straight, and perpendicular. 

The contrary is the case in L.solitaria; here the upper branch is 
longer and arcuated; the lower being short, straight, and perpendicular. 
In L.cinectipes both branches are about of the same length. The spe- 
cimen of L. solitaria from Maine agrees in this respect with the typical 
specimens. 


L.indigena. Flava, brunneo-vittata et marginata ; femora anuulis duo- 
bus fuscis ; ale fusco nebulose ; long. lin. 4. 
Head black; front with a silvery reflection; antenne and palpi black. 


1859.] 


216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Thorax honey-yellow, shining, with three dark brown stripes; the interme- 
diate one is capillary and does not reach the scutum; the lateral ones are ab- 
breviated before and extended over the scutum behind; scutellum dark brown 
with a yellow line in the middle; metathorax brown; pleur# with a brown 
stripe running from the base of the wing to the intermediate coxw#; a large 
brown spot anterior to the base of the halteres ; the latter pale yellow, faintly 
infuscated in the middle of the stem; feet yellowish-tawny with two brown 
rings on the femora, but a little beyond the middle; the other near the tip; 
tip of tibiz and tarsi infuscated. Abdomen brown; base of the second and 
the following segments broad yellow ; <j‘ forceps like fig. 7. Wings yellowish ; 
stigma fuscous ; central cross-veins clouded with fuscous; the tip of the po- 
brachial vein, the externo-medial veins and the lower discal cross-veins like- 
wise margined with fuscous; fuscous spots about the middle of the prebra- 
chial, pobrachial and anal areolets, forming an interrupted band across the 
wing ; in some specimens they are indistinct. 

Maine (Mr. Packard,) Upper Wisc. River (Mr. Kennicott,) Washington, in 
the Spring, (nob.) 

Eight ¢' ? specimens. 

L. triocellata. Ferruginea, thorace lineis et punctis nigris; ale fla- 
vescentes, ocellis tribus parvis fuscis ; long. lin. 3}—4. 

Proboscis and palpi brown; antennz pale ferruginous ; front slightly hoary ; 
vertex pale ferruginous. Thorax ferruginous ; collare long, with a longitudinal 
brown stripe in the middle ; prescutum shining ; two short, brown lines near 
the collare and four brown spots before the suture ; a brown spot on the humerus 
pleure pale ferruginous, slightly hoary, with two or three brown dots between 
the anterior cox aud the root of the wing; two lines in the middle anda spot 
on each side of the scutum; metathorax with brown marks in the four corners ; 
halteres pale, with brown knobs; feet ferruginous, hairy; tips of the femora 
and last joint of tarsi brown. Wings tinged with yellow; space between 
costal and subcostal veins more saturate yellow ; a small brown spot near the 
basis, between the subcostal and prebrachial veins ; a brown ring at the origin 
of the petiole ; another smaller one at the origin of the fork ; a third sometimes 
indistinct one at the posterior end of the stigma; its anterior end is marked 
with a brown spot; a brown shade on the margin of the wing, between the 
stigma and the apex; tips of the longitudinal veins clouded. 

Washington, Trenton Falls, in July and August (nob.) ; Upper Wisconsin 
River (Mr. Kennicott.) 


L. tristigma. Pallide ferruginea, thoracis vitta fusca, alis flavescentibus, 
punctis quatuor marginalibus pallide fuscis, femoribus annulis duobus fuscis ; 
long. lin. 4—53. © 

Head, proboscis aud palpi black ; front slightly hoary; the first joint of the 
antenne black at the root, yellow towards the tip; the following four or five 
joints pale yellow, the rest of the antenne brown. Thorax pale ferruginous, 
a broad, brown stripe on its anterior part; it is linear on the collare and 
cuneiform on the prescutum, the point not reaching the suture; halteres 
yellow, slightly brownish at the tip; feet yellowish, tawny; femora with two 
brown rings, one beyond the middie, the other near the tip. Abdomen yellow. 
Wings yellowish, the interval between the costal and subcostal veins more 
saturate yellow ; stigma pale; four pale brown dots along the anterior mar- 
gin ; the first at the origin of the petiole; the second at the mediastinal cross- 
vein; the third at the anterior, and the fourth at the posterior end of the 
stigma; the second is generally the most: distinctly marked, the others being 
sometimes almost obsolete; the mediastinal cross-vein is at the tip of the 
mediastinal vein; the stigmatical cross-vein is in the middle of the stigma. 

Five ¢/ and six ? specimens from Northern Illinois (nob.) 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. OAT 


This species is very much like the European L. tripunctata Meig. 
Still, judging from the description of the latter it seems to be different. 


6th Section. 


A supplementary cross-vein between the anal and axillary veins. Forceps of 
ov holding the middle between those of Dicranomyia and of the 6th 
section (Limnobia vera.) See my figure of the forceps of the European 
L. annulata Z., (imperialis Lw.) in the Stett. Entom. Zeit. 1854, 
tapes de 2. 

The only species of this section is closely allied to some species of the 5th 
section. 

L. argus Say, Long’s Exped. App. p. 358 ; Wiedem. Auss. Zw. i. 33, 17. 

I hardly doubt of the identity of this species with the European L. annu- 
lata Lin. (L. imperialis Loew; see the figure of the wing as given by 
Prof. Loew in Lin. Entom. v. tab. ii. f. 15.) 

North Western Territory (Say), Nova Scotia (British Museum), Mass. (Mr. 
Scudder), Me.,(Mr. Packard). I caught several specimens at Trenton Falls 
in June, 1858. 

DicRANopTycHa nob. 


Antenne 16-jointed, reaching the base of the wing in the f’, and but little 
shorter in the Q; first joint cylindrical, elongated ; second stout, obconical, the 
four or five next oval, the following elongated ; verticils moderately long. Eyes 
naked, almost contiguous below. Proboscis short. Palpi short; second joint 
short, stout, third a little longer, fourth not much longer than third. Feet long, 
rather stout, pilose ; tibiw without spurs at tip; ungues smooth beneath ; pulvilla 
distinct. Wings elongated, moderately broad, with one radial area; neuration 
somewhat like Meig. I. tab. iv. f. 17; a discal and no petiolate areolet ; stig- 
matical cross-vein apparent; mediastinal vein distinct, with the cross-vein near 
its tip; axillary vein short, with a distinct fold, having almost the appearance of a 
supplementary vein, which runs from about the middle of the anal vein, down the anal 
area, towards the posterior margin of the wing, but disappears just before reach- 
ing it. 

3! forceps consists of two subcylindrical basal pieces, ending in two falciform 
or unguiform horny appendages; (fig. 12a shows the forceps of D. nigripes; 
fig. 13 one-half of that of D. sobrina.) 

This genus is distinguished from Limnobia nob. by the 16-jointed an- 
tenn, the smooth ungues, the presence of distinct pulvilli and the structure of 
the 9 forceps, which approaches that of Limnophila nod. But it is sepa- 
rated from the latter genus by having but one radial area. 

The peculiar fold in the anal area, mentioned among the generic characters, 
exists in some other genera also; but it is by far not so distinct and more 
straight. Here, on the contrary, it is characteristic enough to have induced me 
to derive from its presence the name of the genus. 

Dicranoptycha has one character in common with Antocha: it is 
the peculiar iridescence of the wing, which, in both genera, seems to be due to 
the great density and minuteness of the microscopic pubescence of the surface. 
This iridescence is particularly apparent in D. germana, and less in the 
two other species. 


D. germana. Fusco-fulva, alis fulvis, iridescentibus; long. lin. 4—43. 

Head yellowish cinereous; palpi brown; antenne tawny toward the base, 
darker towards the tip. Thorax brownish fulvous, posterior part of the pra- 
scutum, the scutum, scutellum and metathorax with a cinereous tinge; a line 
of the same tinge along the middle of the anterior part of the prescutum. (This 
tinge is generally more distinct in 9 than in 5‘ specimens) ; lower part of the 
pleure with a hoary reflection; halteres ochraceous; feet ferruginous-tawny, 


1859.] 


218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


clothed with black hairs; infuseated at the tips of femora, tibia and tarsi. 
Abdomen fulvous, more or less infuscated ; in 3 specimens the last segment is 
generally the darkest, the forceps being ochraceous; in the Q the whole ab- 
domer is brown, the genitals being pale ferruginous. The wings are of a satu- 
rated fulvous tinge, with a peculiar bluish, opalizing reflection ; the veins’ are 
fulvous and distinctly pubescent; if looked at obliquely, the veins appear yellow 
ona bluish ground. The neuration is described among the characters of the genus. 
No distinct stigma, The stigmatical cross-vein is very near the tip of the sub- 
costal vein ; the mediastinal vein reaches a little beyond the origin of the cubital 
area; the latter is longer than the subapical area by about half the length of 
the discal areolet ; the great cross-vein is a little before the middle of the latter ; 
the upper discal cross-vein is generally straight, but in a couple of specimens 
it is oblique and arcuated. In one specimen the petiole has a short stump of a 
vein near its origin. 

Eight male and nine female specimens, caught near Trenton Falls, where 
this species was very common in July, 1858. 

N. B.—The description is drawn from dry specimens. Among the notes 
which I took on living ones, I find the following character mentioned; ‘“ab- 
domen yellow, with five brown spots along the lateral margins at the incigures.” 


D. sobrina. Cinerea, alis subcinereis; long. lin. 4—44. 

Head subcinereous; proboscis tawny; palpi and antenne black (in some 
specimens the antenne are paler at the base); verticils of the latter long. 
Thorax cinereous; prascutum with three indistinct, infuscated stripes; pleure 
hoary; halteres pale; knob slightly infuscated; feet tawny, densely clothed 
with a moderately long black pubescence; coxe pale; tips of the femora a 
little darker ;_ those of tarsi brown. Abdomen cinereous ; venter paler; genitals 
pale ferruginous; J forceps like fig. 13. (See its description appended to the 
plate.) Wings subcinereous, iridescent, neuration similar to that of the pre- 
ceding species; veins clothed with moderately long hairs; the anterior margin 
of the wing with a fringe of dense, short hairs. 


Seven male and five female specimens; caught near Washington, D. C., in 
June, 1859. 


D. nigripes. Fusco-flava, pleuris cano-micantibus; pedibus dense 
nigro-pubescentibus ; femoribus anticis annulo flavo ; ventre nigro-maculato ; 
length 4 lines. 

Head cinereous; antenne black; two basal joints ferruginous-yellow ; pro- 
boscis brownish, palpi black. Thorax brownish yellow ; pleura, scutum, scu- 
tellum and metathorax with a hoary reflection ; the latter blackish at the basis ; 
haiteres pale; coxe and base of femora yellowish-ferrugineous, the rest of the 
feet clothed with a dense black pubescence, which almost entirely conceals the 
tawny color of the ground ; tip of femora black, with a yellow ring before it, 
which is especially distinct on the anterior pair. Abdomen brownish yellow; 
the segments of the venter, from the third to the seventh, have transverse black 
Spots in the middle; ,j\ forceps represented in figure 12a, and described in the 
explanation of the plates. Wings tinged with brownish yellow, which color 
appears more saturated and almost ferruginous along the costal margin; there 
is a fringe of black hairs along the apical margin, between the tip of the sub- 
costal vein and the externo-medial veins; the surface of the wing itself is slightly 
infuscated along this fringe. Neuration almost like the preceding species ; veins 
finely pubescent. 

One specimen from Dalton, Ga. (nob.); the description was drawn from 
it when it was yet fresh. 


D. sororcula. Thorace pallide cervino, vittis obsoletis ; pedibus pallidis ; 
alis pallide fusco-cinerascentibus ; length 33—4 lines. 
Head pale brownish yellow with a light grey tinge; palpi brown; antennz 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 


brownish ; two or three basal joints yellow. Thorax pale brownish yellow, 
with light vestiges of an intermediate capillary and two lateral stripes ; pleurz 
with a hoary reflection: halteres pale yellow ; feet pale yellow, pubescent, and 
slightly infuscated at the tips of femora, tibiz and tarsi. Abdomen yellowish 
tawny ; male forceps somewhat different from that of the preceding species, the 
interior falciform appendage forming a simple and not a double curve, as in D. 
nigripes; itis short and has some bristles at the tip. The wings have a 
brownish-cinereous tinge, more yellowish along the anterior margin; the 
neuration is almost like that of the preceding species ; veins finely pubescent. 

Single {and 9 specimens from Dalton, Ga. (July, 1859.) 

A female specimen from the same locality is more brownish grey on head 
and thorax. I am not sure if it ought to be considered as a distinct species. 


ANTOCHA nob. 


Mediastinal vein indistinct, being closely applied to the subcostal vein.* No medias- 
tinal cross-vein apparent. Petiole not arcuated near its origin, but straight, and 
forming an acute angle with the subcostal vein. Anal angle of the wing almost square, 
and, in consequence of this, the subaxillary area is nearly triangular. Excepting 
these peculiarities, the neuration is like that of Dicranomyia Steph.; that 
is, there is one radial area, a discal, and no petiolate areolet. Antenne 16-jointed, 
short (longer than the head, but not reaching the base of the wing); joints of 
the flagellum subglobular; last joint elongated; all joints beset with short 
hairs, the ¢‘ antenne being more thickly clothed with them; verticils short. 
Proboscis short. Palpi shorter than the head, first joint elongated, second and 
third shorter, the fourth elongated. Tibiw without spurs at tip and without dis- 
tinct pulvilli. Ungues with two small teeth near the base. Forceps of the ¢f like 
fig. 11, showing more analogy to the type of Limnophila nod. than to that 
of Limnobia nob. 

The general appearance of the insects of this genus is very like that of 
Dicranomyia. Antocha is related to all Limnobiz with one radial 
arez, by the analogous neuration of its wings and the structure of the feet, (no 
spurs, no pulvilli and toothed ungucs). Butitis distinct from them and approaches 
the Limno biz with two radial aree (Limnophil@, ete.) by the number of 
joints of the antennz, and, apparently, by the structure of the (j' forceps. 

The wings of both species described below have a peculiar milky-whitish 
tinge; they are distinctly iridescent, when held obliquely towards the light. 
Besides, they show another peculiarity: it requires a magnifying power of 150 
to discover the microscopic pubescence on their surface; so magnified, they 
appear covered with black dots, emitting very short hairs. (Much less power 
is required to show the pubescence on the wing of most of the other Lim- 
nobiz.) 

The name of the genus is derived from its principal character, the proximity 
of the mediastinal and subcostal veins. 


A. saxicola. Cinerea, antennis, pedibusque fuscis; coxis, femorum, 
alarumque basi pallide flavis; long. lin. 2}—3. 4 
Head cinereous; proboscis yellow; palpi and antenne black. Thorax cinere- 
ous, with several tawny, more or less distinct spots on the collare, the humeri 
and the pleure; prescutum yellowish cinereous, with three fuscous, almost 


*TIn order to ascertain this peculiarity of the neuration with more precision, I com- 
pressed a wing of A. saxicola between two glass plates. This straightens the fold 
usually existing in the Limno bia between the costal and subcostal veins and shows the 
course of the mediastinal vein with greater distinctness; in this case this vein appeared 
separated from the subcostal by a narrow interval for about one-third of its length only ; 
beyond that both yeins ran close along side of each other, till costal, subcostal and medi- 
astinal converged in a stout and elongated anastomose. Under such circumstances there 
was evidently no room for a mediastinal cross-vein, 


1859.] 


220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


confluent stripes; the intermediate one broad; the lateral ones abbreviated 
before and extended over the section behind. (In some specimens scutum and 
scutellum have a yellowish tinge); halteres pale with a dusky knob; feet 
black; coxe pale yellowish-tawny, tinged with cinereous; base of femora 
also pale. Abdomen cinereous; -j' forceps tawny, (fig. 11); 9 ovipositor fer- 
ruginous. Wings with a whitish, slightly milky tinge; veins black; stigma 
indistinct; stigmatical cross-vein almost obsolete; base of the wing, as well 
as the veins in that quarter, pale yellow. 

Numerous male and female specimens caught near Washington on the 19th of 
May, 1859, on mossy stones in acreek. I found most of them performing a 
a Singular, sideways walk, close to the water's edge ; some of them were in copu- 
lation. 


A. opalizans. Thorace silaceo, vittis infuscatis, pedibus pallide fuscis; 
alis lacteis, opalizantibus, basi pallida; long. lin. 2}—24. 

Head cinereous; proboscis yellow; antenne (except the base) and palpi 
fuscous. Thorax ochraceous, with three pale brown stripes, the lateral ones 
sometimes indistinct ; halteres pale, knob slightly dusky; feet tawny, slightly 
infuscated at the tip of the femora; cox and base of femora pale. Abdomen 
brownish ; genitals paler. Wings like those of A. saxicola; they havea 
still more milky, opalizing tinge ; their base is likewise pale, etc.; the color of 
the veins, especially near the costa, is more yellowish. 

Six / and four 9 specimens. Trenton Falls, N. Y., Dalton, Geo., and Mon- 
treal, Canada. June, July, (nob.) 

The specimen from Montreal has black veins on the wings and fuscous feet, 
the base only of the femora being pale. The specimen from Dalton has alto- 
gether pale feet. 


ELEPHANTOMYIA nob. 


Proboscis almost as long as the body, very slender, filiform arcuated ; palpi inserted 
at the tip of the proboscis ; first joint very short and almost coalescent with the 
second; both together are much longer than the third, the fourth a little 
shorter, (conf. Prof. Loew’s figures of the palpi of Toxorhina in Lin. Ent. 
v. tab. ii.) Antenne apparently* 15-jointed, longer than the head, but hardly 
reaching the base of the wings; first joint cylindrical, short; second stout; 
third oval, stout, the following joints subcylindrical, and more elongated towards 
the tip of the antenne ; joints of the flagellum clothed with long verticils. Eyes 
large, naked; front narrow. Collare prolonged in a narrow, almost linear, 
although moderately long neck. Feet long, slender, without spurs at the tips of 
the tibia. Pulvilli indistinct or none. Ungues without teeth on their under 
side, broad at the base. Wings (somewhat like Meig. i. tab. vi, fig. 6,) with 
one radial area, a discal and no petiolated areolet ; mediastinal vein and cross- 
vein distinct ; no stigmatical cross-vein ; anal and axillary veins united by a little 
cross-vein near the root of the wing. Forceps of the male consisting of a basal 
piece and two falciform horny appendages, (fig. 12 represents one-half of the 
forceps.) Ovipositor of the 9 long, slender and pointed. 

The only species of this genus is the Limnobiorhynchus canadensis 
described by Mr. Westwood in the Annales de la Société Entomologique de France, 
1835, p. 683. I have to explain the reasons which induced me to fourm a new 
genus of this species. 

Mr. Westwood has described two species of Limnobiorhynchus: the 
Gand 9 of L. brasiliensis and the onlyofL. canadensis. When, 
therefore, he mentioned among tbe generic characters of Limnobiorhy n- 
chus that the wings of the female differ from those of the male by having the radial 
and cubital aree coalescent in consequence of the obliteration of the radial vein, he 


* The incrassated third joint of the antenne seems to derive its size from the coales- 
cence of two joints, so that in reality the antenne are 16-jointed. 
[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221 


takes this character from the 2 of L. brasiliensis the only specimen he 
had. The wing of the 9 of L. canadensis is exactly similar to that of 
the <j. 

Poe Loew’s genus Toxorhina (Loew, Bernstein and Bernsteinfauna, 
Schulprogr. Berlin, 1850, p. 37, and Linn. Entom. v. p. 400, Berlin, 1851, tab. 
ii. f. 16—23,) comprising several fossil and one living species (from Jamaica) 
agrees in its characters with Limnobiorhynchus: it shows the same re- 
markable obliteration of the radial vein in the Q; their identity has been 
already suspected by Mr. Loew himself. He seems to have had only @ speci- 
mens in his possession; although not expressly mentioned in his descriptions, 
this fact can be inferred from them. It is highly probable therefore that the 
6 Toxorhina has, like the fj Limnobiorhynchus, a complete 
radial vein, or, in other words, that these two genera are synonymous. Mr. 
Westwood’s name, as the oldest, has the priority. 

It remains to be considered now, whether the species canadensis Westw. 
really belongs to Limnobiorhynchus (~Toxorhina) as defined 
by Mr. Westwood and Prof. Loew. The specimens of said species, which 
Ihave before me, do not agree with the definitions of these authors in the fol- 
lowing points; Ist. The neuration of the wings 7s the same in both sexes. 2d. 
The antenne of Limnobiorhynchus (Toxorhina), are distinctly 
stated by both authors to have long verticils on the terminal joints only, form- 
ing a kind of pencil at the tip; the verticils on the other joints are said to be 
much shorter. This is not the case with E. canadensis: the verticils are 
of equal length on all the joints of the flagellum. 3d. The frontof Toxorhina 
is mentioned by Prof. Loew as broad. (“ The eyes, at least in the, says he, are 
separated on the upper side by a considerably broad interval.) On the contrary 
the front is remarkably narrow in my specimens. 4th. ‘ The thorax,” says Prof. 
Loew, ‘‘is distinguished by the horizontal prolongation of the metathorax.” 
Nothing of the kind is the case with my specimens. 5th. The anal vein in 
Toxor hina JLw. runs into the pobrachial at a considerable distance from the 
base of the wing; the little cross-vein which seems peculiar to this genus, 
unites the axillary vein with the pobrachial. In my specimens the anal vein takes 
its usual direction towards the base of the wing and the little cross-vein is 
situated between it and the axillary vein. 

Under such circumstances I thought that the establishment, at least provi- 

sionally, cf a new genus, with L. canadensis for its type, would be the 
most warrantable course to pursue in order to prevent further confusion. 


E. canadensis. Pallide silacea; thorace vitta infuscata, femorum apice 
fusco; segmentis abdominis fusco marginatis; alis subcinereis, stigmate ob- 
longo, fusco; long. lin. 3—33. 

Limnobiorhynchus canadensis Westw., Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, 1835, p. 

683. 
Head yellow; probscis covered with a fine pubescence; antenne yellow: 
verticils black ; basal joints, especially the second, more or less infuscated. 
Thorax yellow; a more or less distinct brown stripe runs along its middle and 
down the collare, (in some specimens this stripe is altogether obsolete) ; halteres 
pale; feet yellow; femora brown at the tip. Abdomen yellow; posterior mar- 
gins of the segments brown; a more or less distinct brown stripe runs along 
the middle of the tergum; the last joint is brown in the §’; the forceps are 
tawny; Q ovipositor is ferruginous. Wings pale cinereous; a slight nebu- 
losity along the apical margin; stigma oblong, blackish brown; no vestige of 
stigmatical cross-vein; the mediastinal vein, as well as its cross-vein, are in the 
middle of the distance between the stigma and the origin of the petiole; the 
latter is very short; discal areolet nearly square, the great cross-vein inserted a 
little before its middle. 


In great numbers near Trenton Falls, N. Y., in July, 1859, (nob.) Canada, 
(Westw.) 


1859.] 


222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


RHAMPHIDIA Meig. 


Proboscis elongated, but shorter than the thorax. Palpi inserted at the tip 
of the proboscis, of moderate length, last joint elongated ; front narrow ; an- 
tenn 10-jointed, not reaching the base of the wings ; first joint cylindrical, 
elongated ; second cyathiform, short ; the following joints subcylindrical short, 
becoming more elongated towards the tip of the antenn# ; verticils moderately 
long. Wings with a distinct mediastinal vein and a cross-vein near its tip; 
one radial area, a discal and no petiolated areolet ; no stigmatical cross-vein. 
(The neuration is like Meig. vol. i. tab. vi. f. 6, or Schummel, tab. i. f. 1.) 
Feet long, slender; without spurs at the tip of the tibie; ungues smooth be- 
neath ; tarsi without distinct pulvilli. Forceps of the male somewhat similar 
to that of Elephantomyia. 

Irefer to this genus a male specimen from Wisconsin, which agrees with 
the characters of Rhamphidia as given by Meigen and Walker (ins. Brit. 
Dipt. iii. p. 308.) Only Mr. Walker describes the tibiae as armed with very 
short spurs. A careful examination convinced me that they are unarmed, al- 
though there are some bristles at their tip which might be mistaken for spurs. 
The absence of the stigmatical cross-vein, expressly mentioned by Schumme! 
in his description of R. longirostris (Schum, Limnobia, p. 103,) is suffi- 
cient in my opinion to settle the question of the generic identity. 

The close relation between this genus and Elephantomy ia is evident. 
The comparatively short proboscis, the structure of the palpi and of the 
second joint of the antennz, seem to be the only differences. The neuration 
of the wings, including the absence of the stigmatical cross-veins, is exactly 
the same; the little cross-vein between the pobrachial and anal veins, appa- 
rent on the wing of Elephantomyia, is concealed by a fold in my speci- 
men of Rhamphidia; still it can be distinctly seen by holding the wing in 
acertain direction. R. brevirostris bears, besides, a most striking re- 
semblance to Eleph. canadensis in the coloring of the body and the wings ; 
the wing of the former is only a little more hyaline, and for this reason the 
dusky spot at the tip is more apparent ; the stigmais less oblong, more square, 
and the tibiz are black at the tip, ie those of E.canadensis are not 
even infuscated. 

The proboscis of R. brevirostris seems to be much shorter than that of 
the European R. longirostris, (judging from the descriptions of the 
latter. ) 


R.brevirostris. Silacea, prescuto et abdomine infuscatis; alis hya- 
linis, apice infuscato, stigmate fusco; pedibus pallidis; apicibus femorum, 
tibiarumque nigris ; long. lin. 23. 

Head cinereous ; proboscis but little longer than the head, fuscous; palpi 
fuscous; antenne fuscous at the base; flagellum paler. Thorax ochraceous- 
yellow ; prescutum infuscated ; the usual stripes but indistinctly marked ; 
halteres pale; feet pale yellow; tips of the femora and tibie black ; tips otf 
tarsi also darker. Abdomen yellow; the anterior part of the segments infus- 
eated ; last segments and genitals fuscous. Wings hyaline, infuscated at tip ; 
stigma brown, nearly square; the anterior part of the pobrachial vein also 
infuscated ; veins brown; costal and subcostal veins yellow. 

Single ¢ specimen, brought from Wisconsin by Mr. Ulke. 

This species might possibly be R. prominens Walk., (Dipt. Saund. v. Pp. 
435) although the description disagrees in several points. Rhamphidia fla vi- 
pes Macq., (Dipt. Exot. Suppl. v, p. 17,) is described as having thorax and 
abdomen brownish (‘‘fuscana ;’’?) in other respects Macquart’s description 
agrees well with my R. brevirostris. 


TEUCHOLABIS nob. 
Wings broad and rather short ; posterior margin rounded ; mediastinal vein 
Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 


not reaching beyond the middle of the wing ; the mediastinal cross-vein at a 
moderate distance from the tip of the mediastinal vein; the subcostal vein 
not much extended beyond the central cross-veins; one radial area and no 
petiolated areolet : the microscopic pubescence of the wing is distinctly seen 
under a moderate magnifying power; it is rather sparse, the wing appearing 
for this reason pure hyaline and transparent. Antenne 16-jointed, nearly 
reaching the base of the wing ; first joint cylindrical, elongated, second short ; 
flagellum, submoniliform, with oblong joints and long verticils. Proboscis 
cylindrical, slender, elongated, although shorter than the head; palpi at the 
tip of proboscis short, last joint very short ; eyes naked, moderately remote 
above, approximated below. Collare prolonged in a narrow, almost linear 
neck, which is half as long as the head. Feet of moderate length, rather 
stout, hairy; no spurs at the tip of the tibie ; pulvilli small. The forceps 
of the male consists of two oblong lobes, somewhat like those of Dicrano- 
myia: large horny appendages on their under side; anal style distinct, (fig. 
10 represents the forceps of T. complexa from above; fig. 10 a, one-half of 
it from below.) Valves of the 2 ovipositor of moderate length, slender, 
arcuated. 

Is easily distinguishable by its broad, clear wings, the shortness of the 
mediastinal and subcostal veins ; the short, hairy feet, the stout, short tho- 
vax, rising abruptly above the abdomen, etc. The 16-jointed antennz, the 
structure of the ungues, and the presence of the pulvilli are as many points 
of analogy with Limnophila zob., the neuration of the wings (which have 
but one radial area,) and the absence of spurs at the tip of the tibie remind 
on the contrary of Limnobia nob. Hence the location of Teucholabis 
in the present intermediate group. Rhamphidiascapularis Macg. Dipt. 


Exot. i. 1, pl. 10, f. 1, shows some analogy with T. complexa, especially 
in the neuration of the wings. 


T.complexa. Brunneo-flava, thorace vittis tribus brunneis; alis hya- 
linis ; stigmate subrotundo, fusco ; long. lin. 2$-23. 

Head blackish cinereous, antenne and palpi black. Thorax yellow with 
three brown stripes; the intermediate one begins at the collare; the lateral 
ones are abbreviated before and extended over the scutum behind; scutellum 
yellow ; metathorax more or less brown in the middle, yellow at the sides ; 
pleure yellow with more or less distinct brown stripes, running from the 
collare to the abdomen ; halteres pale; feet pale yellowish, hairy; tips of 
femora and tibie brown ; last joints of the tarsi brown. Tergum brown, pos- 
terior margins of the segments a little paler; <j forceps tawny (fig. 10, and 
10a.) Wings hyaline, veins brown; costal and subcostal tawny ; anterior mar- 
gin distinctly pilose; stigma distinct, brown, rounded, near the tip of the 
subcostal vein; the stigmatical cross-vein crosses it; petiole arcuated, but 
little shorter than the radial vein which appears as its prolongation ina 
nearly straight line. (For the description of the neuration compare also the 
generic characters.) 

Three {and one 9 specimens. Washington and Trenton Falls, N. Y., in 
June, (nob.) Illinois (Mr. Kennicott.) 

There is a slight difference in the form of the discal areolet of these four 
specimens ; in one of the males the second lower discal cross-vein is nearer to 


the upper discal cross-vein than in the others ; the areolet in this case appears 
more square. 


GNoPHOMYIA nob. 


Antenne 16-jointed, setaceous; first joint elongated, cylindrical, second 
cyathiform ; the following joints oblong or subglobular, with moderate verti- 
ceils. Proboscis shert. Palpi of moderate length; last joint longer than the 
preceding. Front convex, eyes glabrous. Feet of moderate length, stout, 


1859.] 


224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


covered with a short pubescence ; femora slightly incrassated at tip. Tibix 
without spurs at tip. Tarsi with distinct pulvilli. Wings of moderate length, 
with two radial area and without petiolated areolet ; (almost like Meig. i. tab. 
v, f.4 orf. 6.) Mediastinal cross-vein at a moderate distance from the tip of 
of mediastinal vein. Forceps of the -{‘ (fig. 18) consisting of comparatively 
short basal pieces, of the usual horny appendages, one pair are very long, 
slender, linear and slightly arcuated; the other is short and stout; @ ovi- 
positor elongated, slender, slightly arcuated ; the lower pair of valves is very 
short and do not reach much beyond the origin of the upper pair, (fig. 18 a.) 

This genus is very much like Erioptera inits general appearance; the 
body is rather short and stout ; the intermediate pair of feet is like in E rio p- 
tera, a little shorter than the other two. But it differs from the latter genus 
by its glabrous wings and the structure of the genital organs in the 5 and 9. 
The structure of the  ovipositor is somewhat analogous to that of S y m- 
plecta. The dark, lugubrious coloring of Gnophomy ia seems to be also 
characteristic. The name of the genus alludes to it. 


G.luctuosa. Atra, halteribus atris ; alis obscura infumatis; long. lin. 


4, 

“The whole body, including the halteres, is of a deep velvet black. Wings 
smoky, nearly black ; subcostal area still darker; stigma hardly distinct; a 
short almost microscopic pubescence in the centre of the apical areolet; the 
stigmatical cross-vein is at the origin of the second radial area, 

Single ¢' specimen caught in Florida, in March, 1858, (nob.) 


G.tristissima. Nigra, pedibus piceis, halterium capitulis flavis; ale 
pallide infumatz, stigmate oblongo, obscuro; long. lin. 2}-3}. 

The whole body is black, moderately shining; thorax gibbose; a slight 
hoary reflection on the lower part of the pleure and sometimes on the front ; 
feet piceous, base of femora dark tawny; halteres brown with yellow knobs ; 
wings dusky with a blackish, elongated stigma, divided longitudinally in two 
by the subcostal vein ; veins black, paler at base; fig. 18 represents the ¢ for- 
ceps of this species; fig. 18 a, the 9 ovipositor. 

Washington, New York, Virginia mountains in the Spring and in Summer, 
common. Upper Wisconsin River (Mr. Kennicott.) 

Compared eleven ¢f' 9 specimens. 


CRYPTOLABIS nob. 


Antennz 16-jointed, joints of the flagellum oval, hairy. Proboscis short; 
palpi with subcylindrical joints of nearly equal length. Feet moderately 
long, tibie without spurs at the tip. Tarsi with small pulvilli. Wings 
of moderate length and breadth; petiole very short and oblique, so that 
the first radial area has the form of an almost equilateral triangle; two 
radial arew and no petiolated areolet ; the central cross-veins at the base of 
the second radial, the cubital, the subapical and the first externo-medial arex, 
form one line, being connected at their ends; the stigmatical cross-vein (or at 
least the vein replacing it) is the continuation of the same line; the second 
externo-medial area is shorter than the first; the great cross-vein is a little 
nearer to the tip of the wing than the other central cross-veins ; the mediastinal 
cross-vein is a little anterior to the origin of petiole and very indistinct. For- 
ceps of the ¢' somewhat like that of Antocha, but the falciform appen- 
dages are small and, in the state of repose, so closely applied to the under side 
of the basal pieces as to be indistinct. Ovipositor of the 2 obtuse, soft, 
without any apparent horny lamels. (Fig. 14, 14aand 15, 15 a male and 
female genitals of C. paradoxa.) 

This genus is sufficiently distinguished from all others by the neuration of 
the wings and the structure of the genitals. The absence of the horny lamels 


[ Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225 


in the ovipositor and the smallness of the <f' forceps render the recognition of 
the sexes very difficult. 


C. paradoxa. Thoracelivido, nigro-vittato ; antennis nigris, pedibus, basi 
pallidis; alis immaculatis. Length lin. 1-1}. 

Head blackish; palpi and antenne black. The colorof the thorax is livid; 
but it is scarcely apparent between the black stripes; intermediate stripes 
broad, capillary; lateral ones extended over the scutum; scutellum pale, 
metathorax dark; pleure blackish; halteres pale; feet clothed with hairs; 
coxe# and base of the femora pale; their tips brown; tibie brownish-tawny, 
infuscated at tip; tarsi likewise. Abdomen blackish (often greenish in living 
specimens, the color depends on the food.) Wings hyaline, without apparent 
stigma; veins brown, costal and subcostal pale yellow; neuration as de- 
scribed among the generic characters; apical areolets slightly pubescent in 
the middle. 

Twenty-one specimens taken at the White Sulphur Spings in Va., on the 
30th of June, 1859. 


Erioprera Meig. 


Wings pubescent on the whole surface, or on the veins only ; two radial arez; 
mediastinal cross-veins at a considerable distance from the tip of mediastinal 
vein, although posterior to the origin of petiole, the latter nearer than usual to 
the origin of the wing. Antenne with 16 joints. Proboscis and palpi short. 
Tibiz without spurs at the tip. Pulvilli distinct. Ungues smooth. 

The pubescence of the wings is the most striking character of Erioptera; 
still it is not sufficient for defining the genus, because Ula and several Lim - 
nophile, have also wings which are pubescent along the veins, or on the 
whole surface. The characters enumerated above, especially the spurless 
tibe, complete the definition. 

Erioptera, thus defined, is far from being homogeneous, and ex- 
hibits among a comparatively small number of species more variety in the neu- 
ration of the wings or the structure of the 4% genital organs than either Lim - 
nobiaorLimnophila, although these genera are much richer in species. 
It has been observed already by Mr. Curtis, (Brit. Entom. 557,) that in some 
Erioptere the antenne of the & are much longer than those of the female, 
and that such species show at the same time some peculiarities in the neuration 
of the wings, and might therefore, with good ground, be separated from the 
rest of the genus. 

My E. hirtipennis and pubipennis belong tothe group thus de- 
fined by Curtis. My E.chlorophylla,vespertina,septemtrionis, 
villosa, chrysocoma, etc., seem to form another natura! group; my E. 
Meigeniiandnubila athird one; E.caloptera Say, and parva nob. 
a fourth, ete. 

The °f forceps shows a great variety of structure; several pieces are figured 
on the plate ; fig. 19, E. vespertina (one half;) fig. 20, R.armata, upper 
side ; fig 21, the same, side view; fig. 22, E. caliptera; fig. 23,E.venusta, 
upper side; fig. 13 a under side. ; 


Analytical Table. 


1. Second radial area shorter than the cubital; petiole ending in the cubital, 2 
Second radial longer than the cubital; petiole ending in the second radial; 
first and third externomedial areolets longer than the subapical, the great 
cross-vein being much nearer to the base of the wing than the other central 


cross-veins, 14 

2. No discal areolet, 3 

A discal areolet, 11 

3. Second externomedial areolet petiolated ; wings like Meig i. tab. iv. f. 9, 4 

First externomedial areolet petiolated, 9 
1859.] 


17 


to 


26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


— 


. Surface of the wing naked, the veins alone being hairy, 5 
The whole surface of the wing hairy; its color is pale brown ; lower fork 
shorter than the upper one; the upper branch of lower fork forms a curve 
near its origin; the lower branch is straight ; body dark cinereous ; stripes 

on thorax obsolete; halteres and base of femora pale; ovipositor ferru- 
ginous. Length 2} lin. Washington, two Q spec. (nob.) BE. holotricha. 

. Body pale green; antennae, halteres, veins, genital organs, etc., also pale 
greenish; eyes black. Long. lin. 2—24. Common g Q Washington, 
Dalton, Ga. (nob.) . chlorophylla. 
Body yellow or brown, 6 


6. Knob of halteres brown ; body ochraceous; front whitish, infuscated in the 
middle; prescutum with more or less distinct, confluent brown stripes, the 
intermediate one is dark brown on the collare, and the anterior part of the 
prescutum ; tergum infuscated, antenpe, except the base, and palpi brown ; 
wings hyaline, slightly cinereous, immaculate, veins dusky; hairs much 
shorter than in the other species of the genus ; feet pale yellow; length 2—2} 
lin. Sharon Springs, N. Y. (nob.) Maine, (Mr. Packard.) Six J and 2 
specimens. E. septemtrionis. 

Knob of halteres pale, 7 


7. Body brown ; a sulphureous spot on the shoulder extended into a pale stripe 
towards the basis of the wing; base of femora pale; tip of halteres with a 
fine, silky, golden yellow pubescence ; horny appendages of the $f forceps 
pale, with brown tips; wings dusky; hairs long; long. lin. 24. Middle 
States (nob.) Single of specimen. E. villosa. 

Body yellow, 8 


8. Wings immaculate, slightly yellowish cinereous ; veins pale, hairs of moder- 
ate length; palpi and antennz brown ; the first 3 or 4 joints of the fla- 
gellum pale; (the two basal joints of the antenna are generally infuscated, 
especially the tip of the second;) thorax of a saturate reddish yellow on 
the back, paler, almost sulphureous on the shoulders; pleurz pale, slightly 
hoary ; tips of the tarsi and of the horny parts of the (f forceps brown; 
lin. 2}—2} long, common; Washington D.C. Florida, (nob.) Wisconsin, 
(Mr. Kennicott.) E. vespertina. 

Wings yellowish, with two brown dots on the anterior margin ; (one across 
the stigmatical cross-vein; the other at the tip of the subcostal vein ;) 
veins pale yellow, infuscated at all their tips and anastomoses, cross-veins 
infuscated; great cross-vein nearer to the base of the wing, than the other 
central cross-vein ; a fringe of golden yellow hairs at the tip of the wing, feet brown 
clothed with brown hairs; base of femora yellow, which color extends 
nearly to the tip of the posterior femora; antennz of the ¢{‘ clothed with a 
dense pubescence, besides the verticils; length lin. 2—2%. Washington, 
D. C. three & spec. (nob.) E. chrysocoma. 

9. Surface of the wing naked, the veins alone being hairy. 10 

Whole surface of the wing pubescent; a brown spot in the region of the stigma ; 
indistinct nebulosities on the central cross-veins; upper branch of the 
lower fork straight ; lower branch arcuated, almost angular near its origin ; 
great cross-veins a little nearer to the base of the wing than the other 
central cross-veins ; body cinereous ; antenne brown; those of the ,f' densely 
pubescent besides the verticils ; stem of the halteres dusky ; the latter part 
of the knob pale yellow; feet blackish tawny, pale at base, knees pale. 
length lin, 2-24. Middle States, eight specimens cj 9, (nob.) 

E. Meigenii. 

10. Wings fuscous, with numerous round, white spots on the surface, and six 
large square spots of the same color along the anterior margin ; thorax with 
two fuscous lines above and one on each side, before the wings; femora 


[Aug 


cr 


11. 


ie 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227 


with two blackish rings; length 14-2} lines. Common in the United 
States; occurs also in Cuba.—Say, Journ. Acad. Philada. iii. 17. 

E. caliptera Say. 
Wings hyaline, slightly cinereous ; about ten brown spots along the margins of 
the wing, at the tips of the longitudinal veins; the spots along the anterior 
margin are larger; cross-veins infuscated; thorax yellow, with two brown 
stripes ; similar stripes on the pleure; feet pale, with a brown ring before 
the tip of the femora; abdomen brown; length 1-1} lines. Washington, 
D.C., Savannah, Ga. Ten ¢ Q specimens (nob.) E. parva. 
Surface of the wing naked, the veins alone being hairy. 12 
Whole surface of the wing hairy; body cinereous; a brown stripe over the 
thorax; antennz fuscous, paler at the base of flagellum; verticils short ; 
palpi black; halteres pale, slightly infuscated at the base of the knob 
the tip of which is clothed with a short, golden yellow pubescence; feet 
dark tawny, paler at base of femora, brown at tip of tarsi; brown ring 
before the tip of femora; knees whitish ; wings greyish-white, with grey 
nebulosities ; they form two more or less marked bands across the apicai 
areolets ; a third band passes over the cross-veins; there is one nebula in 
the centre of the prebrachial area; another in the axillary, and some neb- 
ulosities in the subaxillary area; length 24-2} lin. Washington, D. C., 
common in April; on the 15th of this month I caught several pairs in 
copula. E. nubila. 
Wings with numerous brown spots. 13 
Wings pale yellowish with two brown bands; the first begins at the origin 
of the petiole, is broadest in the middle, and reaches the posterior margin 
at the tip of the axillary veins; the other is parallel, runs from the anterior 
to the posterior margin, and includes at each end a small transparent spot ; 
sometimes ‘he spot at the anterior margin is connected with the yellow of 
the apical part of the wing; in this case a brown spot at the tip of the- 
subcostal vein is isolated from the band; second lower discai cross-vein 
slightly colored; small brown dots at the tips of the upper branch of the. 
radial fork and of both branches of the lower fork; body brown; thorax 
yellow ; pleure brown; feet and halteres pale; femora with brown rings; 
length, lin. 24-2}. Trenton Falls, N. Y., and Virginia Springs ¢nob.); 
Connecticut (Mr. Norton) ; 12 ¢' 2 specimens. E. venusta. 
Feet pale; thorax cinereous, without stripes; abdomen fuscous: posterior 
margins of segments pale; five or six brown spots at the anterior margin 
of the wing; the second spot from the base does not touch this margin; 
tips of all the veins along the posterior margin clouded with brown; there 
is a nebulosity in the subaxillary area; cross-veins clouded; great cross- 
vein nearer to the base of the wing than the other central cross-veins; the 
second externomedial vein is prolonged in the shape of a stump, inside of the 
discal areolet ; sometimes this stump reaches the opposite side of the areolet, 
and thus divides it in two; length, lin. 23-23. Washington in the Spring 
(nob.); Wisconsin (Mr. Ulke); 16 G' and Q specimens. E. armata. 
Feet varigated with brown, which forms two broad rings on the anterior 
femora, occupying the whole surface; posterior femora brown, with a pale 
ring before the tip; tips of tibia and tarsi brown; thorax yellowish cine- 
reous, a brown, capillary often indistinct stripe on the preseutum; a 
broad, dark brown stripe reaches from the humeri to the metathorax, 
passing inside of the base of the wing; a similar stripe on the pleura; 
abdomen brown; halteres pale; antenne brown, with pale base; (those 
of the ¢{‘ densely clothed with a short pubescence); palpi brown; tips of 
the longitudinal veins, cross-veins, etc., clouded; costal vein infuscated at 
six intervals, especially opposite the petiole, where a spot occurs, one 
-branch of which nearly reaches the prebrachial vein; pobrachial vein 
irfuscated and clouded twice before the great cross-vein, which is arcuated 
and nearer to the base of the wing than the other central nervures; some 


1859.] 


228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


indistinct nebulosities in the axillary and subaxillary area; veins yellow; 
except where the clouds and spots occur; length lin. 2}-24. Washington, 


D. C. Common. E. graphica. 
14, The forked externomedial vein originates from the great cross-vein (see the 
figure in Curtis’ Brit. Ins, tab. 557). 15 


The forked externomedial vein originates beyond the great crossvein, that is, 
from the prebrachial vein; greyish black, the body, the veins and the 
posterior margin of the wings covered with long, black hairs, which 
appear golden in a certain light; halteres, antenne# and feet black; the 
second radial area is square at its base, the basal crogs-vein being in a 
line with the stigmatical cross-vein; the cubital and subcubital arew are 
likewise square at their base, of equal length and but little shorter than 
the second radial; (the veins can be seen only when the pubescence is 
rubbed off; length lin. 3. Washington, D, C., and Relay House, near 
Baltimore (nob.), 10 ¢f specimens; forms clouds in the Spring in the 
vicinity of running waters; perhaps synonymous with the European E. 
murina Meig? E. ursina. 
Body brown; wings dusky; veins very hirsute with brown hairs; pale 
spots at humeri; halteres infuscated; fect fuscous; coxe and base of 
femora pale; antenne brown; length lin. 2-24. Three 9 from Maryland 
(nob.). E. hirtipennis. 
Body yellow; front and margin round the thorax sulphur yellow; the 
latter, if viewed in a certain light has a hoary reflection; palpi brown; 
antenne pale, brown at tip; halteres sulphur yellow; anterior feet tawny, 
clothed with brown hairs; the two other pairs yellow, with brown tarsi 
and tips of tibie; wings and their veins pale yellowish; veins thickly 
hairy ; a fringe of golden hairs along the anterior margin and round the tip ; 
long 2 lin. Washington, D. C., eight 2 specimens, E. pubipennis. 


15 


Sympiecta Meig. 


The distinguishing character of this genus is the undulating axillary vein. The 
absence of spurs at the tip of the tibiw seems to indicate a relationship to Eriop- 
tera; at the same time it is a ground for separation from Limnophila, 
Anisomera, ete. 

The ¢ forceps consists of two subcylindrical, coriaceous pieces with two 
stout horny appendages attached to each of them (fig. 29, forceps of S. panc- 
tipennis; the 9 ovipositor shows some analogy to thatof Gnophomyia 
in the shortness of the lower valves; besides the ovipositor is armed on the upper 
side at the base with two small teeth. This character, first noticed by Schummel 
inS. punctipennis, &c., belongs also to several Q Erioptere. 

For details about this genus, I refer to Meigen, Walker, Zetterstedt, etc. 

Judging from the description of the European S. punctipennis Meig. it 

-would seem that the specimens which I caught in America belong to the same 
-gpecies. I describe them, therefore, under the same name. 


S. punctipennis. Cinerea, thorace vittis tribus fuscis ; alis albicantibus, 
-yenulis transversis infuscatis. 

Limnobia punctipennis Meig. Eur. Zw. Ins. i. p. 147, tab. v. f. 7. 

Symplecta punctipennis |. c. vol. vi. p. 283. 

Head cinereous ; antenne and palpi black. Thorax cinereous; hoary on the 
-pleure ; prescutum with three distinct brown stripes; knob of the halteres 
infuscated ; feet brown, paler at the base. Tergum blackish ; venter cinereous ; 
Q genitals pale. Wings whitish cinereous ; cross-veins, base of petiole, etc., 
clouded; neuration exactly like Meig. i. tab. v. f. 7. 

Common in the spring and autumn; occurs even frequently in winter. Wash- 
ington, D.C. Mobile, Ala., (nob.) Illinois, (Mr. Kennicott.) 

Compared 12 of! specimens. The supplementary cross-vein in the second 
radial area is sometimes wanting; the same is the case with the first lower 
discal-cross-vein. 

(Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 


CLADURA nob. 


Proboscis and palpi short; last joint of the latter very stout. Front and 
vertex convex. Eyes almost contiguous on the under side of the head. Antenne 
16-jointed, of moderate length (reaching the base of the wings); first joint 
cylindrical, second turbinated, the following joints subcylindrical, elongated, 
slightly incrassated at the base, with moderate verticils. Feet long, moderately 
stout, tibie without spurs at the tip. Ungues small, smooth. Pulvilli distinct. 
Wings long, neuration like Limnophila, with two radial aree and one 
petiolate areolet. Veins with a short, but distinct, pubescence on the apical 
portion of the wing. Genitals of the °{' large, stouter than the abdomen; the 
upper side of the last abdominal segment is horny, convex, having a notch be- 
tween two projecting points on the posterior margin; the forceps, which are 
inserted below, are large, with a long, cylindrical basal joint. (See fig. 34; this 
sketch is drawn from a dry specimen, and might not perhaps be altogether cor- 
rect.) Ovipositor of the 9 of the usual structure; the upper valves are flattened, 
lamelliform towards the tip. 

In general appearance this genus is very like Limnophila, but it may be 
distinguished at once by the absence of spurs on the tibia. It has this character, 
as well as the slight pubescence on the veins of the wing, in common with 
Erioptera; but its long feet and elongated wings give Cladura an alto- 
gether different appearance. By its eyes, contiguous below, it reminds of Sy m- 
plecta. In the structure of the (f' genitals it differs from all other genera of 
the group. 


C. flavoferruginea. Flavo-ferruginea, prescuto nitido; pleure punc- 
tis, abdomen fasciis brunneis; ale flavescentes, venulis transversalibus infus- 
catis; long. lin. 3—3. 

Proboscis, palpi and antenne pale ferrugineous; the two latter infuscated at 
the tip. Prascutum ferruginous, shining; a more or less apparent dark line 
in the middle; a brown spot on the humerus; pleura pale yellow; two brown 
spots between the humerus and the base of the wing; a third one lower, about . 
the middle of the pleure; scutellum and metathorax ferruginous; a small 
black dot on each side, between the latter and the base of halteres; these are 
pale; feet hairy, yellowish ferruginous; tips of femora, tibize and tarsi brown. 
Tergum ferruginous; lateral margins of segments brown, united by a pale brown 
band running across the middle of each segment; venter yellow; genitals fer- 
ruginous, shining. Wings yellowish; costal, subcostal and pobrachial veins 
ferruginous ; other veins brown; cross-veins and origin of petiole clouded with 
brown; stigma pale; @ supplementary cross-vein about the middle of the cubital 
ared. 

Washington, D. C. October, November, (nob.) 

Compared seven <j‘ and @ specimens. 

In one of my specimens, there is a secord supplementary cross-vein in the 
second radial area on one wing, and in the subapical on the other. 

Besides the seven specimens described above, ] have three from Massachusetts 
(sent by Mr. Scudder), distinguished from the above described specimens by the 
absence of the supplementary cross-vein in the cubital area. These three speci- 
mens are smaller in size, and the cross-veins of the wing are scarcely clouded. 
I doubt whether they belong to a different species, but still it is very remarka- 
ble that all came from the same locality. In the meantime I have abstained on 
their account from mentioning that supplementary cross-vein among the char- 
acters of the genus as well as in the diagnosis of the species. 


GonomyIaA Meig. 


Proboscis and palpi short; the joints of the latter nearly equal length. An- 
tenne 16-jointed, of moderate length (not reaching the base of the wing.) Feet 
long, slender ; tibice without spurs at tip; angues small; pulvilli distinct. Wings 


1859.] 


230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


(like Meig. i. tab. vii. f. 7,) of moderate length; naked, with two radial and no 
petiolate are. The second radial area is very short, taking its origin about the 
middle of the cubital; the upper branch of the radial fork runs obliquely towards the 
anterior margin; mediastinal vein short, joining the costal nearly opposite the 
origin of the petiole; discal areolet extant or wanting; stigmatical cross-vein 
wanting. Forceps of the -{ (fig. 16 and 17, G. blanda and G. cogna- 
tella,) consists of two moveable basal pieces, with four elongated appendages 
attached to each of them ; these appendages are clothed with hairs or bristles, 
and armed with spines. Ovipositor of the 2 moderately long, consisting, as 
usual of two pairs of valves; the upper pair long, arcuated. 

The peculiarities of this genus consist, chiefly, in the neuration of the wing, 
the structure of the ' forceps and the coloring, in which the sulphur-yellow 
prevails. 

It is not easy to find for Gonomyia an appropriate location in the system; 
it stands as an isolated, sharply defined group, bearing no apparent affinity to 
any other group of the family. The number of joints of its antenne, the smooth 
ungues, the disinct pulvilli, and the presence of the second, although almost 
rudimental, radial area, determined me to locate it, provisionally, in the same 
group with Erioptera. 

The European Limnobia tenella Meiy. belongs to this genus. It was sent 
to Meigen by Megerle under the name of Gonomyia tenella (conf. Meigen, 
vol. I. p. 146). Mr. Stephens, in his Catalogue of British Insects, (1829), and 
Mr. Curtis, in his ‘‘Guide,” (1837), have again applied this generic name to 
this species, but without defining the genus. 


Analytical Table. 


1. Wings spotted, G. blanda. 
Wings not spotted, 2 


2. Femora with a distinct brown ring at the tip; knob of halteres lemon- 


yellow, G. sulphurella. 
Femora without brown rings at the tip, 3 

3. Antenne orange at the base, G. cognatella. 
Antenne entirely black, G. subcinerea. 


G. sulphurella. Sulphureo-flava, fusco-maculata; antennis basi auran- 
tiacis, in Sf verticillis longis; femoribus annulo fusco; areola discoidali (in 
speciminibus typicis) clausa; long. lin. 2—2}. 

Front and vertex sulphur-yellow, infuscated in the middle ; proboscis, palpi 
and antenne brown ; basal joints of the latter bright orange ; flagellum of the 
@ incrassated at the base and slender beyond it, with long, feathery verticils ; 
that of the ° filiform with short verticils. Collare sulphur, yellow ; preseu- 
tum and scutum light brown, yellow on the margins; scutellum yellow with 
a brown line in the middle; metathorax yellowish, infuscated in the middle; 
pleure yellow along the margins of the prescutum ; a yellow stripe, margined 
with brown, runs from the fore coxe backwards ; halteres yellow ; knob iemon- 
yellow; coxe pale yellow, with a brown ring at the tip; femora slightly in- 
crassated at the tip, with a yellow ring beyond the middle and a brown ring 
near the tip, which is yellow ; anterior pair of femora darker, their tip brown; 
tibiz tawny, infuscated at tip; tarsi fuscous. Abdomen of the 3 lemon- 
yeliow; base of the segments brown, genitals yellow; abdomen of the 9 
brownish ; posterior margins of the segments of the tergum yellow; genitals 
ferruginous. Wings slightly gray, pale at the base, stigma pale; oblique vein 
very short, almost perpendicular. (Conf. Schummel, 1. c. tab. ii. f. 2.) The 
discal areolet is closed in the normal specimens; among 15 ¢\ and Q speci- 
mens which I have before me, it is open in a single one only. 

Washington, Trenton Falls, etc. Spring and Summer (nob.) 


G. cognatella. Sulphureo-flava, fusco maculata, antennis basi auran- 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 231 


tiacis, in o dense pubescentibus, verticillis brevibus ; pedibus uni coloribus ; 
areola discoidali aperta; long. lin. 2—2. 

Very like the preceding, but easily distingaished by the following charac- 
ters: lst. The antenne of the ({ are covered on every joint with a short, 
dense pubescence, which, being interrupted at the articulations, makes the 
antennz appear moniliform ; 2d. The halteres (both stem and knob) are in- 
fuscated ; 3d. The plure are yellow, with a brown stripe; 4th. The feet are 
uniformly pale tawny; only the tips of the tarsi darker; 5th. The upper 
branch of the radial fork is more oblique and therefore longer; 6th. The 
discal areolet is open (at least in the normalspecimens ;) 7th. The forceps of 
the °f' has a different structure. 

Five ¢' and two Q specimens; Washington (nob.) 


G. subcinerea. Sulphureo-flava, thoracis disco cinereo-fuscc, antennis 
nigris ; pedibus unicoloribus; long. lin. 2;—2}. 

Very like G. cognatella, but easily recognizable by the following char- 
acters: the pleure are yellow; the brown parts of the thorax have a peculiar 
greyish tinge ; the antenne are uniformly black ; those of the <j’ have moder- 
ately long verticils, the pubescence is not so distinct ; the discal areolet (in the 
normal specimens) is closed; the halteres are very slightly infuscated. 

Twelve §' and 9 specimens; the discal areolet of one of them is open. 
Washington, Trenton Falls, etc. (nob.) 

This species seems to resemble Limnobia shistacea Schum. (l.c. p. 
146), but the upper branch of its radial fork is more oblique and arcuated 
than that of the latter species, judging from Schummel’s figure. 


G. blanda. Flavo-variegata; ale stigmate et marginis anterioris parte 
apicali fuscis ; venulis transversis infuscatis ; long. lin. 2}—23. 

Proboscis cinereous, margined with yellow on the upper side; front and 
vertex cinereous, margined with yellow along the eyes; antenne brown; two 
basal joints yellow. Prescutum pale cinereous, with two approximated brown- 
ish stripes in the middle; lateral stripes hardly distinct; scutum, scutellum 
and metathorax yellowish cinereous, marked with brownish spots ; plure pale 
yellow, slightly hoary; halteres dusky, with dark knobs; feet pale, tips of 
femora, tibiz and tarsi infuscated. Tergum brownish cinereous ; lateral and 
posterior margins of the segments yellow; venter sulphur yellow; <j forceps 
yellow with black appendages ; 9 ovipositor ferruginous. Wings with clouded 
cross-veins and black dots at the anastomoses of the veins ; the stigma and the 
portion of the anterior margin between the stigma and the tip are blackish ; 
in some specimens there is a short stump of a vein near the origin of the 
petiole. 

Four g' and @ specimens; Washington, Trenton Falls (nob.) 


LIMNOPHILA nob. 


Two radial are ; mediastinal cross-vein near the tip of the mediastinal 
vein, and always posterior to the origin of petiole ; petiolated areolet in most 
cases extant ; sometimes wanting; (in the first case the neuration is more or 
less like Meig. i. tab. iv. f. 20, or tab. vi. f. 2; in the second like Meig. v. 
f. 4.); antenne 16-jointed ;* palpi mnch shorter than the head ; joints nearly 
of the same length; (except in L. macrocera Say, the palpi of which are 
nearly as long as the head, the last joint being elongated); proboscis short : 
labrum transverse; tibie armed with spurs at the tip; pulvilli distinct ; 
ungues smooth; forceps of the (consisting of two cylindrical or subcylindri- 
cal basal pieces, with two coriaceous or horny, generally falciform appendages 
attached to them. (Fig. 24, 25, 26, 27, 28.) 


*Except in the 12th section, which has been temporarily located in this genus, and in 
which the antenne are apparently 17-jointed. 


1859.] 


232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The various forms, contained in the group thus characterized, may be 
arranged into several natural groups of lower order, most of which will be 
erected at some time into new genera. Those among them offering characters 
which require an immediate separation, have been supplied with generic names ; 
but as long as the whole group is not subdivided into genera of an equal sys- 
tematic value, it is preferable to leave all its subdivisions under a common 
generic appellation. 

Limnophila inits present definition comprises all the species which 
Macquart would have located in his genus Limnophila; but it contains 
besides those, species with two radial area, but without petiolate areolet which, 
in Macquart’s distribution, belonged to his genus Limnobia; (compare 
what has been said about it in the introduction.) 


Analytical table. 


- A supplementary cross-vein in the subcostal area, about the middle of the 
anterior margin. (Sect. 7. Subgenus Epiphragma nob.) 
A supplementary‘cross-vein at the tip of the second radial area, (Sec. 10, 
Dicranophragma.) 
Antenne pale at base, thorax cinereous, with brown spots, feet pale, wings 


_ 


spotted with brown ; 2}—3 lin. long. L. fuscovaria nob. 
A supplementary cross-vein in the pobrachial areolet, 3 
No supplementary cross-veins, 4 


2. Wings variegated with brown and tawny bands and spots, but without 
ocelliform spots; body pale brown; thorax pale sericeous behind the 
wings ; feet tawny ; femora with a brown ring before the tip ; lin. long 44. 

L. solatriz nob. 
Wings variegated with brown ocelliform spots; long. lin. 44, 
pavonina nob. 

3. Antenne of the ‘longer than head and thorax together; @ with rudi- 
mentary wings. (Sect. 2; subgenus Idioptera Macq.) Wings with 
two brown bands and several brown spots; head and thorax cinereous ; 
abdomen yellow, with brown margins ; long. lin. 3, L. fasciata Lin. 

Antenne of the \ hardly reaching the base of the wings; joints of the 
flagellum subglobular; cinereous, with brown feet; wings with 7 or 8 
brown spots along the anterior margin; lin. 24. (Sect. 3,) 

L. aprilina nob. 

4. Petiolate areolet extant (that is, four externomedial areolets,) | 5 

Petiolate areolet wanting (that is three externomedial areolets,) 15 

5. Wings with large brown spots along the anterior margin and the central 
cross-veins, 6 

Wings altogether without spots or with a brown stigma and nebulosities on 
the cross-veins only, 7 

6. Body black, shining; antenne of the (fas long as the body, or a little 
longer, slender, filiform; clothed with soft, erect hairs; those of the Q 
setaceous, not reaching beyond the base of the wing: feet brown, femora 
ferruginous with brown tip; long. lin. 3—4. (Sect. 1. Subg. Lasio- 
mastix nob.) L. macrocera Say. 

Body cinereous; antenne of ¢' and 2 short; thorax with four brown 
stripes; feet dark tawny, with brown tips; long. lin. 3}—4. (Section 
9th. Subg. Dactylolabis nob.) L. montana nob. 

7. Cubital area considerably longer than the subapical, its base being so much 
nearer to the base of the wing; wings infuscated, cross-veins clouded ; 
thorax cinereous, abdomen dark tawny ; long. lin. 3—3}. (Section 5th, ) 

L. luteipennis nob. 

Cubital area of equal length with the subapical, or not much longer, the 
base of both being nearly equidistant from the base of the wing, 

8. Thorax cinereous, 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 


Thorax ochraceous, yellow or brown, 11 

9. Thorax with four distinct brown stripes, the intermediate ones approxi- 
mated; antenne and feet fuscous; wings hyaline, stigma pale; the third, 
fourth, fifth and sixth joints of the antennz almost coalescent; long. lin. 
23—31. (Section 6th, ) L. ultima nod. 
Stripes of the thorax indistinct, 10 
10. Petiolate areolet unusually short, almost rudimental; wings hyaline, 
slightly subcinereous; stigma pale; body brown, thorax subcinereous ; 
long. lin. 23, (Section 5th, ) L. brevifurca nob, 
Petiolate areolet longer or not much shorter than the petiole; body dark 
cinereous; wings yellowish or infuscated; stigma fuscous; base of 
femora ferruginous; long. lin. 4—5. (Section 8th. Prionolabis nob.) 

L. rufibasis nob. 

11. Mediastinal cross-vein close by the tip of the mediastinal vein ; the discal 
areolet has the usual proportions, 12 
Mediastinal cross-vein removed from the tip of the mediastinal veins at a 
distance about equal to the length of the great cross-vein; discal areolet 
elongated, about twice as long as in the other species of the genus; body 
pale yellow; wings hyaline, stigma pale; long. lin. 23—3}, (Section 


5th, ) L. areolata nod. 

12. Thorax shining, 13 

Thorax not shining, body brownish yellow; wings hyaline, with a pale 
stigma, 


13. Body and feet yellowish ferruginous; wings slightly infuscated at tip; 
stigma pale fuscous ; stigmatical cross-vein beyond the origin of the radial 
fork ; long. lin. 3}—4, (Section 5th,) L. adusta nod. 

Body brown, pleure yellow ; wings infuscated ; stigmatical cross-vein close 
by the origin of the radial fork; antennez of the ¢{‘ longer than head and 


thorax together; long. lin. 3—4, (Section 4th,) L. tenuipes Say, 
14. The petiole forms an almost straight line with the radial vein ; long. lin. 
3i—4, (Section 5th, ) L. imbecilla nob. 


The petiole forms an almost straight line with the cubital vein; radial vein 
conspicuously arcuated before its forking ; long. lin. 3—3}, (Section 5th,) 

L. toxoneura nob. 

15, Wings pubescent on the whole surface; body brown; long. lin. 33, (See- 
tion 12th, ) L. pilosella nob. 
Wings not pubescent, 16 
16. Cinereous, with pale ferruginous feet and brown tips of femora, tibie and 
tarsi; long. lin. 23—3}, (Section 11th, ) L. quadrata nob. 
Pale yellow, stigma pale; long. lin. 23—31. (Section 11th,) L. lenta nob. 


1st Section. 
(Subgenus Lasiomastix nob.) 


Antenne of the J as long or a little longer than the body, slender, filiform ; 
two basal joints short, the following elongated, cylindrical, of nearly equal 
length, clothed with soft, erect hairs ; the third and fourth joints have a small 
spine on the underside, at the tip; antenne of the Q setaceous, not reaching 
much beyond the base of the wing ; joints cylindrical, clothed with sparse hairs.* 
Palpi a little longer than the head ; last joint longer than the preceding. Wings 
somewhat like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 3. Forceps of the male like the typical 
Limnophile; upper horny falciform appendage slender and jointed ; lower 
one short, stout, with the point turned upwards. 


“It is difficult to count the number of joints of the fot antenne, even in fresh speci- 
mens, although in judging from analogy, it is extremely probable that there are 16, One 
ofthe 9 has apparently but 15 joints. 


1859.] 


234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


L.macrocera. Nigra, nitida; femoribus flavo ferrugineis, apice fusco; 
alis fusco-maculatis; long. lin. 3-4. 

Limnobia macrocera Say, Jour. Acad. Phil. iii. p. 20, 2. 

Antenne black, except the basal joints, which are tawny; proboscis and 
palpi black ; front above the antenn# and lower part of the head yellowish- 
ferruginous ; vertex black, shining. Thorax black, shining; pleure slightly 
hoary; halteres pale yellow, (the 2 specimen have a brown knob); feet dark 
tawny ; cox and base of femora paler; tips of femora, tibi# and tarsi brown. 
Abdomen black ; three or four intermediate segments with pale ferruginous 
spots at the base (more distinct in living specimens); genitals ferruginous- 
yellow. Wings hyaline, spotted with brown; one spot near the base, in the 
angle between the subcostal and pobrachial veins; another square one, near 
the origin of the petiole, between the same veins; a third one between the 
costa and the discal areolet ; the tip of the wing, as well as the discal cross- 
veins, are clouded. In some specimens (for instance in my ,j' from Florida,) 
a nebulosity extends along the pobrachial, anal and axillary veins; it occu- 
pies the whole extent of the arew between these veins; the nebulosity at the 
tip of the wing has, in such cases, also a greater extension. The neuration is 
like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 3, only the second radial and cubital areew are nearly of 
the same length, the radial vein forking immediately beyond its origin. 

I found °¥ specimens quite commonly on the 2d of July, 1859, near the so-call- 
ed Salt-pondin southern Virginia, (about 20 miles from the Montgomery White 
Sulphur Springs.) Another ¢% specimen I caught in Florida, in March, 1858. 
Of my three 6 specimens I found two near Washington, and received one 
from Dr. Asa Fitch, of Salem, N. Y. There is a very strong probability that 
these 2 belong to the same species; but having never found both sexes in 
the same locality, I cannot affirm it positively. 

N. B. Say commits a mistake when he compares the neuration to Meig. i. 
tab. v. f. 7. Wiedemann quotes correctly Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 3. 


2d Section. 
(Subgenus Idioptera Macquart.) 


Wings like Meigen i. tab. iv. f. 16, or Schumm. tab. iv. f. 4. Pobrachial 
areolet divided in two sections by a supplementary cross-vein in its middle. An- 
tenn of the ¥' longer than head and thorax together, with elongated subcy- 
lindrical, densely pubescent joints ; two basal joints short. 

The 2 of the European L. fasciata has rudimental wings and cannot fly. 
{Figured in Schum. tab. v, f. 2.) 

A 3 specimen from Massachusetts, for which I am indebted to Mr. Scudder, 


in Boston, corresponds pretty closely to Schummel’s description of L. 
fasciata. 


L. fasciata. Capite thoraceque cinerascentibus, abdomino silaceo, fusco- 
marginato et fasciato, alis hyalinis, fasciis duabus, maculisque pluribus fus- 
cis; length 3 lin. 

Limnobia fasciata (Linn.?) Schummel, Limnob. p. 183. 

Head brownish cinereous: palpi and antenne black. Thorax cinereous, 
pleure and metathorax hoary; scutellum pale; halteres tawny, with brown 
knob; feet brown; coxe and base of femora pale ochreous. Abdomen och- 
raceous, lateral and posterior margins of the segments brown; <j‘ forceps 
tawny. Wings hyaline, with two bands formed of brown spots; a spot at 
the tip and several small dots between it and the second band. 


3d Section. 


Neuration of the wing like 2d Section, (Meig. i. tab. iv. f. 16,) a supplementary 
cross-vein dividing the pobrachial areolet in two sections. Antenne hardly reaching 
beyond the origin of the wing; joints of the flagellum subglobular. A 

[ Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 


L. aprilina. Cinerea, pedibus subfuscis, basi pallidis; alis ad costam 6 
vel 7 maculatis; venis transversis, nebulosis; long. lin. 23. 

Head cinereous; palpi black ; antenne clothed (in.the ,j') with a dense pu- 
bescence, dark tawny ; two basal joints brown. Thorax cinereous; prescutum 
yellowish, with indistinct stripes, the intermediate one capillary ; halteres pale ; 
feet dark tawny, cox and base of femora pale. Abdomen cinereous; the horny 
appendages of the °$ forceps short, stout and obtuse; one of them with a deep 
notch at the tip, (fig. 25 and 25a.) Wings with seven brown spots along the 
anterior margin; the first near the base; the third is sometimes connected with 
nebulosity on the supplementary cross-vein and with alarge round spot at the tip 
of the axillary vein ; the fourth is sometimes connected with a nebulosity along 
the central cross-veins ; the fifth situated at the tip of the subcostal vein is the 
largest of all, and nearly square; the sixth and seventh are at the tips of both 
branches of the radial vein; the other veins have likewise small spois at their 
tips ; the great cross-vein is clouded, as well as the other cross-veins; base of 
the wing, subcostal and pobrachial veins, yellow. 

Two ¢' specimens. Washington, in April, (nob.) 


4th Section. 


Wings like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 2, elongated, narrow. Antenne of the J much 
longer than head and thorax together, filiform ; joints subcylindrical, elongated, clothed 
with a short, dense pubescence, and with moderately long verticils ; antenne of 
the 9 a little shorter than those of the ¢; pubescence indistinct, but verticils 
long. 

This section is allied to Section 2d (Idio ptera) by the structure of the f 
antenne, and to Section 5th by the neuration of the wings and the whole habi- 
tus of the body. 


L.tenuipes. Brunnea, humeris, pleurisque silaceis; alis infuscatis ; 
long. lin. 3—4. 

Limnobia tenuipes Say, Jour. Acad., Phil. iii. p. 21, 3. 

LI. humeralis Wied., Auss. Zw. i. p. 38, (not L. humeralis Say.) 

Proboscis ochraceous; palpi black; antenne black, base paler, front black, 
with a cinereous reflection. Thorax ochraceous, prescutum shining, more or 
less brown in the middle ; scutum, scutellum and metathorax also brown in the 
middle; halteres infuscated at tip; feet dark tawny, pale at base; coxe ochra- 
ceous. Tergum brownish, venter paler. Wings with a brownish tinge, stigma 
elongated, brown, sometimes very pale; neuration exactly like Meig. i. tab. vi. 
f2: 

Twelve §' and 2 specimens from Washington, in June, and Savannah, Ga., 
in April, (nob.) 

N. B.—Say’s descriptions of L. tenuipes and L. humeralis are so 
much alike that the choice between them was somewhat difficult in identifying 
the present species. Still the words in the description of L. tenuipes ‘an- 
tenne long,” and “wings dusky” determined my choice. Wiedemann took 
both for synonyms ; but Say denies this synonymy in a manuscript note, which 
still exists in a copy of Wiedemann’s work, which he had used. : 


5th Section. 
(Typical Limnophile.) 

Neuration of the wings like Meig. i. tab. iv. f. 20, and tab. vi. f. 2 or 3; no 
supplementary cross-veins; antennz hard!y reaching or not reaching much be- 
yond the base of the wings; basal joint cylindrical, elongated; the second 
short; joints of the flagellum subcylindrical or elliptical, with moderate, some- 
times long, verticils. Feet long, moderately slender. 


L. adusta. Ferrugineo-flava, fronte cinerea, thorace nitido, alis flaves- 
centibus, ad apicem infuscatis, stigmate fusco ; long. lin. 33—4. 


1859.] 


236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Head yellow, palpi infuscated, antenne yellow, infuseated at tip, front cinere- 
ous. Thorax yellowish ferruginous, shining; a narrow brown line in the mid- 
dle of the prascutum; .halteres yellow, knob infascated; feet ferruginous 
yellow, tips of tarsi brown. Abdomen yellow. Wings yellowish, infuscated at 
the tip (especially between the stigma and the subapical areolet) ; origin of the 
petiole and central cross-veins slightly clouded; subcostal and mediastinal 
are tinged with yellow; stigma oblong, fuscous; the costal, subcostal, medi- 
astinal, prascutum and pobrachial veins yellow; the veins and cross-veins on 
the apical portion of the wing brown; the stigmatical cross-vein is near the tip 
of the subcostal vein, at some distance beyond the origin of the radial fork; 
cubital area considerably longer than the second radial one and a little longer 
than the subapical. 

Three ¥~ and two Q specimens. Trenton Falls and Northern Illinois, (nob.) 
Upper Wisconsin River, (Mr. Ulke), Maine, (Mr. Packard). The specimen from 
Maine, although undoubtedly belonging to the same species, is distinguished 
by a darker coloring of the wing; the veins are brown; the fuscous tinge at 
the tip is more intense and extends much farther along the posterior margin; 
the pobrachial vein is infuscated ; the nebulz at the central cross-veins and at 
the origin of the petiole are darker. In some specimens the stigma as well as 
the infuscated tip of the wing are very pale brown. 


L. luteipennis. Antennis fuscis, thorace cinereo, linea media fusca ; 
pleuris canescentibus ; abdomine pallide fusco; alis infuscatis, yenis transversis 
nebulosis; long. lin. 3—34. 

Front and vertex cinereous; proboscis and palpi brown; antenng brown; 
upper side of first joint cinereous; base of third pale. Praescutum brownish 
cinereous ; intermediate stripe double, but more or less obsolete ; a longitudinal 
brown line in its middle always distinct; indications of the lateral stripes near 
the suture and on the scutum; the latter and metathorax brownish cinereous ; 
scutellum reddish, with a brown line in the middle; pleure bluish hoary ; 
halteres pale, with dusky knob; feet tawny; tip of femora and of tibi# and 
tarsi more or less infuscated. Tergum tawny; venter paler; male forceps 
having one of the falciform appendages ciliated. (Fig. 24.) Wings infuscated ; 
all cross-veins, origin of petiole, base of petiolated areolet and tips of anal and 
axillary veins, clouded ; subcostal vein ferruginous; other veins dark brown. 
Cubital area a little longer than the subapical. The proportion between the 
length of the petiolated areolet and its petiole is not constant; generally, the 
areolet is a little longer, although sometimes it is shorter than the petiole. In 
oue of my specimens the areolet is more than twice shorter than its petiole on 
one wing, and it is altogether wanting in the other. A stump of a vein near 
the origin of the petiole. 

Common at Washington from the earliest Spring through the greatest part 
of the Summer. I observed them swarming and copulating on the 19th of 
April, 1859, just before sunset, and caught them also in July. Florida, (in 
March, 1858.) Massachusetts, (Mr. Scudder.) 

Compared eight ¢\ and seven Q specimens. 


L. toxoneura. Fusco silacea, antennis fuscis ; alis subhyalinis, stigmate 
pallido ; vena radiali (ante furcam), conspicue arcuata; long. lin. 3—3}. 

Front cinereous; palpi infuscated ; proboscis yellow; antenne brown; base 
of third joint pale. Thorax brownish yellow, with two pale brown stripes, 
’ which are very distinct on, and before, the scutum, and paler near the collare, 
where they communicate with a brown spot near the humerus; pleure pale, 
sometimes with a pale brown stripe; halteres pale, slightly infuscated ; feet 
pale tawny, tips slightly infuscated. Abdomen tawny, lateral margins brown. 
Wings pale cinereous; stigma pale; the petiole forms a line nearly straight with 
the cubital vein, (and not with the radial vein, as is frequently the case in other 
species) ; the portion of the cubital vein anterior to the central cross-vein is 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 


short and but slightly oblique ; radial vein conspicuously arcuated before its fork- 
ing, (hence the name of the species.) 
One o' and five 9. Trenton Falls, (nob.) 


L. imbecilla. Fusco-silacea, thorace unicolore, antennis fuscis, basi 
flagelli pallida, verticillis longis ; petiolus longus, vene radiali longitudine equus ; 
long. lin. 3}—4. 

Front cinereous, palpi infuscated, antenne# brownish, pale at the base of the 
flagellum, with long verticils. Thorax brownish yellow; pleure and metatho- 
rax slightly hoary ; halteres pale, slightly infuscated; feet pale tawny ; tips of 
tarsi brown. Abdomen tawny; tip pale; Q ovipositor long. Wings pale 
cinereous, stigma more or less pale fuscous ; petiole about as long as the radial 
vein, forming a straight line with the portion of this vein which is anterior to 
the fork ; the stigmatical cross-vein is beyond the middle of the stigma, very 
near the origin of the radial fork and about the middle of the distance between 
the tip of the costal vein and the anterior end of the stigma; the central cross- 
vein forms a straight line with the cross-vein, separating the cubital area from 
the prxbrachial, (which cross-vein is, in tact, the anterior portion of the cubital 
vein.) 

Four ¢/ and seven @ specimens. Trenton Falls, N. Y., Virginia and Georgia, 
(nob.) Illinois, (Mr. Kennicott.) 

Tuis species is very like L. toxoneura in its coloring, but is easily dis- 
tinguished by the different neuration of the wing. 

The thorax of the normal specimens is not shining ; the front is slightly cinere- 
ous; but among the specimens which I collected in Georgia there are two or 
three with a shining thorax anda brownish yellow front. They agree in ali 
other characters, and I hardly think that they form a distinct species. 


L. brevifurca. Fusca, thorace cinerascente, alis subcinereis, areola 
petiolata brevissima; long. lin. 23. 

Head cinereous; antenne and palpi fuscous. Thorax cinereous, slightly 
yellowish on the prescutum ; an obsolete, pale brown, double stripe along its 
middle ; halteres pale at base; knob slightly infuscated; feet moderately 
hairy, dark tawny, slightly infuscated at the tips of the femora and tarsi; 
cox and base of femora pale. Abdomen brownish ; 5j' forceps pale. Wings 
subcinereous, stigma slightly infuscated; petiolated areolet from four to six 
times shorter than its petiole; the radial vein, before its forking, forms a 
straight line with the petiole; the portion of the cubital vein anterior to the 
central cross-vein is very short, perpendicular to the radial vein, and in one 
line with the central and upper discal cross-veins ; the mediastinal vein joins 
the costal very near the stigma ; the mediastinal cross-vein is at a short dis- 
tance from their junction. 

Washington, in April, (nob.) Eight <j‘ specimens. 


L. areolata. Pallide silacea, alis ad basin pallide flavescentibus, tarso- 
rum apice infuscato, area discoidali elongata ; long. lin. 23—3. 

Pale ochraceous yellow, antenne, except the basal joint, slightly infuscated, 
with moderately long verticils ; halteres pale, very slightly dusky; tarsi in- 
fuscated, especially at the tip. Wings with a very slight cinereous tinge, 
-yellow at the root; costal, mediastinal and subcostal veins yellow; the other 
veins brown, with a short pubescence; stigma pale, sometimes very slightly 
infuscated ; the mediastinal cross-vein is removed from the tip of the medias- 
tinal vein at a distance a little longer than the great cross-vein; stigmatical 
cross-vein in the middle of the stigma and also in the middle between the tip 
of the subcostal vein and the origin of the radial fork; discal areolet about 
equal in length to the second externomedial areolet, and about twice as long 
as in most of the other species of Limnophila. 

Thirteen g' and Q specimens. Trenton Falls in June, and Maryland in 
May, (nob.) 


1859.] 


238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Some specimens have a short stump of a vein near the origin of the radial 
fork. 


6th Section. 


Antenne short, hardly reaching the basis of the wings; the four basal joints 
of the flagellum are short and almost coalescent, forming an elongated, subcylindri- 
cal body, which is stouter than the remaining part of the antenne ; the following 
joints are subcylindrical, with short verticils. Wings narrow in the ¢',a 
little broader in the Y; neuration somewhat like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 2. Feet 
slender. 


L. ultima. Cinerea, antennis fuscis, thorace vittis quatuor fuscis, inter- 
mediis approximatis, pedibus infuscatis, alis pallide cinerascentibus, stigmate 
pallido; long. 27-34 lin. 

Cinereous, antenne and palpi brown, first four joints of the flagellum as 
described above; thorax with four brown stripes, the intermediate approxi- 
mated, the lateral ones abbreviated before; halteres slightly infuscated at tip, 
feet fuscous ; coxe cinereous ; trochanter and base of femora pale; j' forceps 
of the same brownish cinereous color as the body ; basal joint of forceps long, 
cylindrical ; horny parts elongated, hooked at the tip, (fig. 26.) Ovipositors 
moderately long, very slightly curved. 

Washington, in October, (nob.) Maine, (Mr. Packard.) Six specimens, 
Gand @. 

7th Section. 


(Subg. Epiphragma nob.) 


Wings broad, variegated with brown bands, spots, ocelli, etc. ; neuration 
somewhat like Meig. vol. i. tab. iv. f. 20, but with a supplementary cross-vein in 
the subcostal area, about the middle of the anterior margin, (as in Schum. tab. iv. 
f.3.) Antenne not reaching much beyond the base of the wing; Ist. joint 
cylindrical ; 2d short, cyathiform ; 3d and 4th coalescent, stout; the 5th and 
the following slender, elongated, slightly incrassated at their base, with moder- 
ately long verticils on the incrassation. 

The European L. picta belongs to this section. 


L. solatrix. Brunnea, articulo antennarum tertio flavo, thorace pone 
alas pallide sericeo, ale fusco et testaceo-picte. Long. lin. 44. 

Proboscis and palpi brown; basal joints of the antenne dark cinereous ; 
the second dark brown ; the third yellow ; the following dusky, darker towards 
the tip ; front and vertex brown, sericeous with yellowish ; margins of the 
eyes paler. Collare brown; prescutnum reddish brown, two brown stripes in 
the middle; lateral stripes abbreviated and indistinct; dark brown spots on 
the humeri; the posterior margin of the prescutum, as well as the scutum, 
scutellum and metathorax are yellowish white, sericeous ; anterior part of the 
pleure dark brown with some pale and sericeous lines; posterior part serice- 
ous; halteres pale, tip of the knob brown ; feet pale tawny clothed with short 
hairs ; coxe sericeous, with brown in the middle ; a brown ring before the tip 
of the femora. Abdomen pale brown, clothed with short hairs; anterior mar- 
gin of the segments darker, posterior margin whitish-sericeous ; 2 ovipositor 
ferruginous. Wings variegated with brown and tawny; the subcostal area 
contains two angular brown marks, besides the two infuscated cross-veins 
(humeral and supplementary); a large spot is situated at the base of the 
wing, between the subcostal vein and the posterior margin ; its anterior part 
is tawny, the rest brown; a brown band begins at the posterior margin, before 
the tip of the axillary vein; it extends to the prebrachial vein, where it as- 
sumes a tawny color and emits two branches ; one branch joins a tawny spot 
in the prebrachial area (between the two angular marks of the subcostal area) ; 
the other branch joins a large brown spot which occupies the greater part of 


(Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 


the first radial area; it emits a tawny branch, which follows the central and 
great cross-veins; the apical portion of the wing is variegated with several 
tawny and brown spots, lines and bands. 

Washington. in August, (nob.) Compared two 2 specimens. 


L.pavonina. Thoracis disco pallide cervino, basi antennarum fusca; 
ale annulis maculisque fuscis. Long. lin. 43. 

Proboscis and palpi brown ; front and vertex yellowish-sericeous ; antennz 
yellow, first joint brown. Prescutum whitish-yellow with a reddish brown 
margin; brown spots near the humeri; pleure yellowish-sericeous with an 
indistinct pale brown band; metathorax brownish yellow ; halteres pale ; base 
of the knob infuscated ; feet yellowish tawny; tips of femora and tarsi brown. 
Abdomen tawny, infuscated at tip. Wings with yellowish-brown spots and 
ocelli, the margins of which are darker brown; one incomplete ocellus near 
the base, between the costal and pobrachial veins ; another complete one has 
the origin of the petiole for its centre, and is connected by an ocelliform spot 
with several brown spots on the posterior margin; next comes a brown band 
formed by several imperfect and confluent ocelli and running from the ante- 
rior to the posterior margin; this band encloses several pellucid spots, espe- 
cially in and around the discal areolets ; the tip of the wing is occupied by 
one circular brown spot at the base of the petiolated areolet ; another, oblong 
spot, between it and the anterior margin, and several (five or six) irregular, 
contiguous spots at the tips of the veins, between the radial and pobrachial ; 
all cross-veins, especially the supplementary cross-vein of the costal area, are 
infuscated. 

Single <j‘ specimen from Illinois (Mr. Kennicott.) 


8th Section. 
(Subgenus Prion olabis nob.) 


Body and feet stouter than in the preceding section; the latter hairy. 
Wings of moderate length and breadth. Neuration somewhat like Meig. vol. i. 
tab. iv. fig. 20; or Schum. tab. iii. f. 7. Antenne not reaching the base of 
the wing ; basal joint cylindrical, long ; the second short; the following sub- 
globular, elongated towards the tip of the antennz ; pubescent with short, sparse 
hairs ; no verticils are apparent. J forceps with a pair of large, flat, horny ap- 
pendages, which are serrated on the inside (fig. 27.) © ovipositor with long, 
slender, straight valves, which are very slightly arcuated towards the tip. 


L. rufibasis. Cinerea, halteribus pallidis, alis pallide fusco-flavescenti- 
bus; stigmate obscure fusco; venulis centralibus et vena pobrachiali fusco- 
nebulosis ; pedibus fuscis, femorum basi pallide ferruginea ; long. lin. 4-43. 

Head cinereous ; palpi and antenne brown ; third joint of the latter faintly 
rufescent. Thorax cinereous ; stripes obsolete, pleure hoary ; halteres pale 
yellow; feet brown; coxe cinereous, base of femora pale ferruginous. Ab- 
domen blackish cinereous; horny parts of the genitals ferruginous and 
brown (2 forceps fig. 37.) Wings yellowish, slightly infuscated ; subcostal 
and mediastinal aree with a yellow tinge, as well as the veins enclosing them ; 
the other veins brown ; stigma dark brown, oblong, central cross-veins, pobra- 
chial vein and origin of petiole clouded ; the portion of the radial vein prece- 
ding the fork, and that of the cubital vein preceding the central cross-vein, 
are of about the same length with the latter ; two stigmatical cross-veins is 
not far from the tip of the subcostal vein, and about the middle of the upper 
branch of the radial fork. 

Six specimens (four §' and two @.) Washington (nob.) in April; New 
York (Dr. Fitch) ; Mass. (Mr. Scudder.) 


The cinereous color of the thorax seems to be due to a microscopic pubes- 
cence on a black ground. 


1859.] 


240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


9th Section. 
(Subgenus Dactylolabis nob.) 


Body moderately stout, feet long, slender; proboscis a little elongated, al- 
though much shorter than the head ; palpi elongated. Antenn# not reaching 
much beyond the base of the wing ; first joint long, cylindrical; second short ; 
the following elliptical, clothed in the <j‘ with a dense microscopic pubescence, 
besides the short, bristle-like verticils. jf‘ forceps with elongated, soft, digiti- 
form appendages, which do not overlap in repose. (Fig. 28, forceps of L. 
montana in repose; fig, 28a the same; from the side.) Q ovipositor with 
short, lamelliform, slightly curved valves. 


L.montana. Thorace cinereo; vittis quatuor fuscis; alarum margine 
anteriore maculis quinque fuscis, media in fasciam, usque ad venam pobra- 
chialem, extensa; long. lin. 34-4. 

Head cinereous ; proboscis, palpi and antennew brown; four basal joints of 
the latter cinereous. Prescutum cinereous with four brown stripes; the in- 
termediate ones nearly reach the collare; the lateral ones extend over the 
scutum; pleure hoary; scutellum and metathorax hoary-brown; poisers 
pale; feet dark tawny; tips of femora and tibie darker ; tarsi brown. Abdo- 
men brownish; margins of segments paler; 2 ovipositor ferruginous (see 
above, for details about the ¢f{‘ and 2 genitals.) Wings with five brown spots 
on the anterior margin; the third one is prolonged in a band across the central 
cross-veins, as far as the pobrachial vein; the fifth nearest to the tip of the 
wing, is very small; the lower discal cross-veins and origin of the petiolated 
areolet are also spotted; veins brown, naked; subcostal pale. 

Common in Washington in April and May, in dry, rocky localities. Mass. 
(Mr. Scudder.) Illinois (Mr. Kennicott.) 

Compared 19 of 2 specimens. 

In some specimens the spots on the wings are much larger than in others : 
the stripes on the thorax are also more or less distinct. 


10th Section. 
(Subgenus Dicranophragma nob.) 


Wings broad, posterior margin rounded ; a supplementary cross-vein unites both 
branches of the radial fork near their tip. Antennz hardly reaching the base of 
the wings ; basal joint long, cylindrical: the second stout, rounded; the fol- 
lowing joints short, subglobular, becoming more elongated and slender to- 
wards the tip of the antenne; verticils moderately long; the fourth and fifth 
the joints of the flagellum are densely pubescent on the under side of 
the <j". 


L.fuscovaria. Antennis basi pallidis; thorace cinereo, fusco-variegato - 
pedibus pallidis ; alis fusco-variegatis ; long. lin. 2}-3. 

Head cinereous, proboscis and palpi brown; antenne pale at base, darker 
towards the tip, with moderate verticils. Thorax cinereous with three narrow 
brown stripes; the intermediate one, which is paler, ends in two black dots 
near the collare; pleure with two brown stripes; one begins at the collare: 
the other at the fore coxe ; both running backwards; brown spots near and 
on the coxe; scutellum cinereous with two, sometimes indistiuct, brown 
spots ; metathorax cinereous, its latter half brown; halteres pale, with the 
tip slightly dusky ; feet pale, clothed with hair; tip of the tarsi a little darker. 
Abdomen brown, paler at the incisures; lateral margins darker; <j forceps 
pale; jf‘ ovipositor ferruginous, long, slender, nearly straight. Wings varie- 
gated with numerous little round, brown dots; five larger, nearly square spots 
along the anterior margin; the first a little beyond the humeral veinlet; the 
second at the origin of the petiole; the third on the central cross-veins, de- 
scending nearly to the discal areolet; the fourth at the tip of the subcostal 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 


vein; the fifth at the tip of the upper branch of the radial vein. The first 
three longitudinal veins and the base of the others are pale. 

Compared 13 specimens (jf and 92.) 

Virginia, Trenton Falls, etc., (nob.) June, July. 

This species is very easy to recognize by the cross-vein which divides the 
second radial area in two sections. 


11th Section. 


Wings without petiolated areolet, somewhat like Meig. i. tab. v. f. 4. 
This group is purely artificial and comprises two species which have the 
above character in common. 


L.quadrata. Cinerea, antennis palpisque fuscis, pedibus pallide ferru- 
gineis, femorum, tibiarum tarsorumque apicibus fuscis, alis subhyalinis ; long. 
lin. 23-31. 

Front and vertex greenish cinereous ; palpi and antenne brown; basal joints 
of the flagellum a little paler; verticils long. Thorax cinereous ; prescutum 
yellowish cinereous without distinct stripes; pleure slightly hoary; halteres 
pale; feet yellowish ferruginous; coxz and base of femora pale yellow; tips 
of femora, tibie and tarsi brown. Abdomen brownish; genitals yellow. 
Wings slightly infuscated, pale at the root; stigma pale; veins brown; sub- 
costal and mediastinal veins pale yellow ; the mediastinal cross-vein is near 
the tip of the mediastinal vein; the stigmatical cross-vein is immediately be- 
yond the origin of the radial fork; the central cross-veins form a nearly 
straight line. 

Ten ¢§ 2 specimens. Virginia, Maryland, in May and June (nob.) 


L.lenta. Pallide silacea, antennarum flagello palpisque infuscatis, fronte 
canescente, alis hyalinis, stigmate pallide infuscato; antenne maris dense 
pubescentes ; long. 23-3}. 

Pale ochraceous yellow; palpi and antenne (excepting the basal joints) 
fuscous ; antenne of the ¢/ thickly covered with a short pubescence; verticils 
in both sexes short; joints oval: last joint small, club-shaped ; front hoary; 
vertex infuscated ; tip of the tarsi infuscated. The falciform appendages of 
the 5‘ forceps are more diverging in this species than in the others of the 
genus. Wings pale yellowish; costal, mediastinal, subcostal and pobrachial 
veins yellow ; the others brown; stigma slightly infuscated round the cross- 
vein, which is situated near the origin of the radial fork (a little before or a 
little beyond it, its position differing sometimes on both wings of the same 
specimens); mediastinal cross-vein near the tip of the mediastinal vein. 

The general appearance of this species is very much like that of L. areo- 
lata, but it is easy to distinguish the former by the absence of the petiolated 
areolet, the shorter discal areolet, etc. 

Compared ten <j) 9 specimens. Virginia, Maryland, D. C., May, June 
(nob.) Illinois (Mr. Kennicott.) ‘ 


12th Section. 


Wings covered with a fine pubescence on the whole surface; no petiolated 
areolet ; neuration like Meig. vol. i. tab. v. f. 4, but second radial area nearly 
as long as the lower one; antenne with apparently 17-joints ; palpi short. 

The location of this group within the present genus is only temporary; the 
pubescence of the wings and the number of joints of the antenne would seem 
to justify its separation ; but having only a single specimen in my possession, 
I have not been able to come to any definite conclusion as to its position in 
the system. > 


L: pilosella. Pallide fusca; antennis, palpis et fronte fuscis ; tergo et 


1859.] 18 


242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


~ a capitulo infuscatis; alis pallide fuscescentibus, pilosis. Long 
lin. 34. 

SS ae and palpi fuscous; front and vertex infuscated in the middle, 
cinereous near the eyes; antenn# fuscous, with long verticils, and apparently 
17-jointed. Thorax tawny, a little darker on the prescutum, pleure paler; 
metathorax pale brown; halteres pale at base; knob infuscated; feet tawny, 
slightly hairy,’infuscated at the tip of femora and tarsi. Tergum brown, venter 
- paler; valves of 2 ovipositor long, narrow, sharp, and but slightly curved. 
Wings infuscated, covered with a short, sparse, almost microscopic pubescence, 
which is evenly spread over the whole surface ; it is not woolly, like in Erio p- 
tera and does not affect much the transparency of the wing. The stigma is 
indistinct ; the second radial area is nearly equal in length to the cubital ; the 
three central cross-veins form almost a straight line; the mediastinal cross- 
vein is near the tip of the mediastinal vein. 

A single 2 specimen. Trenton Falls (nob.) 

This species has a striking resemblance with Ula pilosa: the latter, how- 
ever, is easily distinguished by the position of the mediastinal cross-vein, which 
is remote from the tip of the mediastinal vein; by the hairy eyes, the longer 
palpi, and the valves of the 9 ovipositor, which are much shorter, broader 
and more curved. 


Tricnocera Meig. 


This genus is mentioned here with the purpose only of showing its affini- 
ties. 

It is allied to genus Limnophila nob., by the ueuration of the wings 
(two radial area, petiolate areolet, etc.,) its spurred tibi# with smooth ungues 
and distinct pulvilli; although the joint of the antenne are indistinct, as in 
Limnophila. (See his remark to plate xxvi. fig. 8, in Walker’s Ins. Brit. 
Dipt. vol. iii.) 

But Trichocera differs from Limnophila nob., by the position of the 
mediastinal cross-vein, which is at a moderate distance from the tip of the 
mediastinal vein, although not anterior to the origin of the petiole, by the short- 
ness and incurved direction of the axillary vein and by the length of the last 
joint of the palpi. 

The American species in my collection appear to be identical with the Euro- 
pean species of this genus; I would not venture to describe them, therefore, 
before having carefully compared them with specimens from the other conti- 
nent. 


ANISOMERA Meig. 


The characters of the only North American species in my possession agree 
with those of this genus as defined by Meigen, Zetterstedt and Walker. The 
wings are exactly like Meig. i. tab. vii. f. 8. I perceive but six joints in the 
antennz of the 9 and not ten as Mr. Westwood does (see Walk. Dipt. Brit. iii. 
tab. xxvi. f. 9.) 

Like Arrhenica and Eriocera, this genus is allied to Limno- 
phila nob., by its two radial arew, the spurs at the tip of the tibie, the dis- 
tinct pulvilli and the form of the (J genitals. 


A.megacera. Obscure cinerea, thorace vittis tribus fuscis; antennis <j 
corpore longioribus, nigris ; pedibus nigris, femoribus basi pallide fuscis ; alis 
subcinereis ; long. lin. 23. 

Head cinereous, brownish on the front ; palpi and antenn2 black ; the latter, 
in the 6, by the one-half longer than the body with a fine pubescence ; their 
basal joints short, the tip of the third reach considerably beyond the base of 
the wing ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth are about equal in length and a little 
-shorter than the third; antennz of the 9 short, not reaching the base of the 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 


wings; the third joint is the longest ; the sixth is very short, almost rudi- 
mental. Thorax cinereous, with a brownish, cuneiform, axillary intermediate 
stripe, and two lateral stripes, which are abbreviated before and extended 
over the scutum behind ; metathorax cinereous ; halteres pale at the base ; 
knob blackish ; feet black, base of femora tawny. Abdomen biackish; <j 
genitals black; Q ovipositor very short, brownish. Wings subcinereous, 
veins black ; subcostal area tawny ; neuration like Meig. i. tab. vii. f. 8. 


Two of specimens from Washington, D. C., and one 2 from Maryland; 
early in the Spring. 


EriocEra Macq. 


Front with a tubercle behind the antenne. Antenne rather short, nearly 
of the same length in {‘ and Q, six (or seven) jointed; third joint twice as 
long as the fourth. Proboscis short ; palpi nearly as long as the head; second 
and third joints of about the same length ; the last joint about twice as long. 
Eyes remote, naked. Feet long, moderately stout, tibie with distinct spurs ; 
tarsi with distinct pulvilli. Wings with two cubital aree and no petiolate 
areolet (somewhat like Meig. i. tab. v. f.4.) Forceps of the <j! very much 
like that of Arrhenica (see fig. 31.) Ovipositor of the Q of moderate 
length. 

Eriocera is closely allied to Arrhenica, but is distinguished by the 
antenne, which are short in both sexes, and by the structure of the palpi. 

Macquart founded this genus in 1838, on a Brazilianspecies. (Diptéres Ex- 
otiques i. i. p. 74.) 


E.fuliginosa. Nigro-fusca: basi antennarum et pedibus fulvo-ferrugi- 
neis ; apice femorum, tibiarumque nigra; alis nigro-fuscis ; length 4-5 lin. 

Lower part of the head and proboscis tawny; palpi black ; antenne black; 
basal joints yellowish ferruginous. Thorax dull brown with a slight grey re- 
flection ; four brown more or less distinct stripes on this grey ground : halteres 
brown ; feet ferruginous, tip of femora and tibie brown, tarsi brown. Abdo- 
men brown, shining ; male forceps tawny (see fig. 31) ; female ovipositor fer- 
ruginous tawny at the base. Wings brown, clouded along the veins; stigma 
darker brown. 

Nine male and one female specimens from Berkely Springs (Va.) and Wash- 
ington, D. C. ; 

I possess two male specimens from Virginia, which are very different from 
the normal ones. The whole body is cinereous; the stripes on the thorax are 
more distinct ; the wings are pale brownish. It is not impossible that they 
belong to a different species. 


ARRHENICA nob. 


Front with an abrupt tubercle behind the antennz. Antenne of J 6-jointed, 
more than twice as long as the body, with a row of small, erect spines on the under 
side ; those of the Q not longer than the thorar, 10-jointed, the last joint being 
then indistinct. Proboscis much shorter than the head. Palpi longer than 
the proboscis, sometimes longer than the head; the second and fourth joint 
are much longer than the third. Eyes remote, naked. Feet long, tibie with 
distinct spurs ; tarsi with distinct, well developed pulvilli. Neuration of the 
wings like that of Limnophila; with two radial aree and with or without 
petiolated areolet. Forceps of the ' somewhat similar to that of Limno- 
phila, consisting of an elongated, subcylindrical basal piece with two falci- 
form appendages (see fig. 30, and detailed description appended to it.) Ovi- 
positor of the 9 elongated in A. spinosa, short in A. Llongicornis. 

The long antennz ofthe §‘Arrhenica remindus of the genus Me gisto- 
cera Wied., but these genera differ: 1st, by the antenne of the 2 which are 
long in the species described by Wiedemann ; according to him they are 10- 
1859.] 


244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


jointed ; and further he does not make any mention of the spines on the under 
side of the joints, peculiar to the j’ Arrhenica; 2d, by the wings, which, 
according to Wiedemann, are like those of Tipula, where, as in Arrhe- 
nica the neuration is like that of Limnophila, and the position of the 
last externo-medial vein shows unmistakeably that this neuration belongs to 
the type of the Tipule brevipalpes; 3d, by the palpi, which, according to 
Wiedemann have joints of almost equal length in Megistocera; this is not 
the case in Arrhenica., 

Besides Wiedemann, Macquart and Westwood have described species of 
Megistocera from different parts of the world. But there is disagreement 
between these authors as to the characters of the genus, a disagreement which 
makes one suspect that the species described by them might belong to different 
genera, only having the extraordinary length of the antenn® in common. 
Thus, disagreeing with Wiedemann, Westwood (in the Ann. de la Soc. Ent. 
de France, 1835, p. 682,) describes aM. dimidiata from New Holland, whose 
? has short antenne. The same is the case with Macquart’s M, limbipen- 
nis 2 (Dipt. Exotiques, Suppl. i. p. 17); moreover, accordiug to him, these 
antenne are 13-jointed, and those of the ¥\ are described as finely pubescent on 
the inside; the last joint of the palpi of the same species is said to be long and 

flexible, in contradiction to Wiedemann’s description of the palpi of Me gis- 
tocera. 

But these three authors seem to agree in one point, the neuration of the wings, 
and in this point all the species described by them differ from the two spe- 
cies of Arrhe nica described below. The wings of the former species are 
described and figured as being like those of Tipula; the wings of the latter 
are exactly like those of Limnophila. 

Besides Wiedemann’s above quoted words, Macquart’s figures of M. fus- 
cana and lim bipennis (in Dipt. Exot. Suppl. i. tab. ii. iii. iv.) show the 
last externo-medial vein originating from the pobrachial areolet, a diftinctive cha- 
racter of the neuration of the Tipnle longipalpes. Arrhenica does not 
even show an approach to such a neuration. 

The name Arrhenicais given in allusion to the length of the antenne of 
the <j, and the prevalence in this respect of this sex over the other. 

The two species described below may be easily distinguished thus: 


A petiolate areolet 2 . 4 . A. spinosa. 
No petiolate areolet : 5 ; A. longicornis Wk. 


A.spinosa. Ale areola petiolata instructe, infuscate, stigmate oblongo, 
obscure fusco; thorax vittis quatuor distinctis, mediis approximatis; long. of 
44-5 ; ° circa 9 lin. 

S Head cinereous, tawny below and on the anterior side of the tubercle ; 
labium and palpi black ; antenne more than twice as long as the body, black, 
two basal joints tawny ; the first three joints reach a little beyond the base of 
the wing ; the fourth is longer than the third, and each of the following joints 
is longer than the preceding one ; the sixth is as long or longer than all the 
others together. Thorax cinereous, clothed with a soft cinereous down; pre- 
scutum with four blackish stripes; the intermediate pair approximated, 
parallel, limited behind by the suture; lateral stripes broader, abbreviated 
before and extended over the scutum behind ; scutellum brownish cinereous ; 
metathorax more or less dark brown; pleure with a hoary reflection on their 
lower part; halteres pale at the base, knob black; coxe hoary, trochanters 
and base of femora yellowish tawny ; femoraand tibie tawny with brown tips ; 
tarsi brown. Abdomen greyish black; lateral edges, especially beyond the 
third segment, yellowish ; venter paler; forceps tawny ; structure like fig. 30. 
Wings infuscated; subcostal area tawny ; stigma oblong, brown, situated be- 
tween the mediastinal and stigmatical cross-veins and divided in two by the 
subcostal vein ; subapical area about equal in length to the second radial; 


[ Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 


cubital a little longer; petiolate areolet shorter than its petiole. @Q differs 
from the ¢/ by the brownish-ferruginous tinge of its body. The antennz are 
not longer than the head and the thorax together; they have no spines but 
only sparse hairs; ten indistinct joints can be counted; ovipositor ferru- 
ginous. 

I possess two specimens of the (': one caught by me near Trenton 
Falls, N. Y., the other by Mr. Scudder in Mass. My only female specimen I 
also brought from Trenton Falls, and do not doubt of its specific identity 
with the males. 


A.longicornis. Cinerea, ale absque areola petiolata ; stigmate subquad- 
rato, fusco; thorace vittis tribus obscuris ; long. lin. 4-5. 

2 Anisomera longicornis Walker, List of Diptera of the Brit. Mus. i. p. 82.. 

Head cinereous, palpi black, antenne black ; two basal joints pale; those 
of the °¢' are three or four times longer than the body; the third joint reaches 
beyond the base of the wing; every following joint is longer than the prece- 
ding ; the sixth joint as long as the fourth and fifth together; the spines 
on the lower surface of the antenne become short and indistinct towards its 
end; besides the spines there is a microscopic pubescence on the same side of 
the antenne ; antennz of the Q hardly reaching beyond the origin of the 
wing ; no spines, but hairs; two basal joints and base of the third yellowish ; 
third joint as long as the two first, taken together; the fourth more than 
twice shorter than the third; the fifth a little longer than the fourth; the 
following three joints are of about the same length ; the ninth is a little longer 
and the tenth a little shorter than the preceding ones. Thorax cinereous; a 
long straight pubescence on the sides in the §'; no such pubescence in the 
© ; three blackish stripes on the prescutum ; intermediate stripe cuneiform, 
with a distinct brown line in the middle; the lateral ones abbreviated before 
and extended over the scutum behind ; the lower portion of the pleure hoary ; 
scutellum and metathorax grey; halteres pale ; feet black ; coxe cinereous, 
trochanters and femora tawny, except the tip of the latter, which is brown. 
Abdomen greyish black ; genitals of the same color ; ovipositor of the 9 very 
short, (not longer than the segments of the abdomen). Wings whitish- 
cinereous, with brown veins; no petiolate areolet ; subapical area longer than 
the second radial ; cubital a little longer than both ; stigma situated between 
the mediastinal and stigmatical cross-veins, and not much longer than 
broad. 

Mr. Walker’s description agrees quite well with my specimens, only he 
does not mention the spines on the antennz, nor the presence of the discal 
areolet ; the latter characters especially he ought to have mentioned, as the 
genus Anisomera, in which he locates this species, has no discal areolet in 
its typical form. The correctness of my identification is not therefore quite 
certain. 

I have two 3) specimens; from Maine, (Mr. Packard) ; from Trenton Falls 
(nob.), and one Y from Illinois, (Mr. Kennicott.) 


AmALoPIs Halid. 


Front with a tubercle behind the antenne. Palpi nearly as long, or longer, than the 
head ; last joint much longer than the preceding. Eyes hairy. Mediastinal cross-vein 
far removed f.om the tip of the mediastinal vein, and anterior to the origin of the pe- 
tiole. Discal areolet (when extant) pentagonal, the second lower discal cross-vein being 
very oblique. Wings divaricate in repose. The J‘ genitals are totally different 
in their structure, both from Limnobia and Limnophila, and seem to 
approach those of Tipula; the forceps consist of a coriaceous substance, with 
a helmet-shaped lobe and several horny branches on the inside, (fig. 32, forceps 
of A. inconstans.) On account of this hard substance, these organs pre- 
serve pretty well in dry specimens. 


1859.] 


246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Such are the characters which separate from Limnophila nob., and in 
general from the whole tribe of the Tipulariw with short palpi, a distinct 
natural group, consisting of the three species described below, under the lempo- 
rary generic denomination of Analopis J/alid. and of Pedicia 
Latr. This group has the following characters in common with Lima ophila 
nob. 

Two radial areca ; tibia armed with spurs at the tip; pulvilli distinct ; antenna 16- 
Jointed, (17-jointed in A. inconstang nob) 

The neuration of the wings is pretty much like that of Pedicia, (see Meig. 
i. tab. iv. f. 14); but is very inconstant. It varies not only in the different 
species of the group, but in different specimens of the same species, nay on both 
wings of the same specimen. 

In A. calcar, as well as in Pedicia, it is the cubital vein which forks, 
instead of the radial. In A. inconstans it is sometimes the radial, some- 
times the cubital vein which forks; the passage from one to the other form is 
very gradual, and shows the secondary value of this character in the present 
genus. 

The discal areolet is wanting in A. occulta; it is generally present, but 
sometimes wanting in A. inconstans; itis extant in the only specimen of 
A. auripennis which I possess; finally in both of my specimens of A. 
calcar it is wanting on one wing and extant on the other. 

A constant and for this reason important character is the location of the 
mediastinal cross-vein anterior to the origin of the petiole. 

Mr. Haliday was the first, I believe, who noticed (in Walker’s Dipt. Brit. 
iii. p. xv., Addenda,) that L. occulta Meig. had hairy eyes and a frontal 
tubercle. On these two characters, and on the absence of the discal areolet he es- 
tablished (1. c.) the genus Amalopis. AlthoughI donot know A. occulta 
Meig., 1 have no doubt, from its description and the figures of its wing in the 
authors, that it belongs to the same group with the three species described be- 
low, although the location of these species in the same genus may be only tem- 
porary. (I am certain, for instance, that A. inconstans with its 17-jointed 
antenne will be formed into a new genus.) I prefer to retain in the mean 
time for all the species of this group the name given by Mr. Haliday to one 
of them. 

Pedicia undoubtedly belongs to the same group. It possesses all the above 
mentioned generic characters, excepting, perhaps, the pubescent eyes. Although 
Mr. Walker (Dipt. Brit. iii. p. 314,) asserts that the eyes are minutely pubescent, 
I could not discover any traces of this pubescence in my specimens; it may 
have been rubbed off. 

The natural group, consisting of the genera Amalopis and Pedicia, 
seems to hold an intermediate position between the Tipulariz with short 
and those with long palpi, (that is between Limnobia Meig. and Tipula 
Meig.) Although closely allied to the former, they approach Tipula by their 
divaricated wings, their elongated palpi, the form of the discal areolet and the struc- 
ture of the ,j' forceps. The genus Tricyphona Zett., unknown to me, 
belongs, perhaps, to the same group. However, Zetterstedt describes the tibie 
as unarmed, and this would be an important difference. The genus Evani- 
optera, established by Guérin, on a species from Brazil, (Voyage de la 
Coquille, 1830,) seems also to belong hither. Limnobia littcralis Meig., 
judging from the neuration of its wing, might be closely allied to my A. in- 
constans. Limnobia unicolor Schum., ought, perhaps, to be located here 
too. 

The habits of Amalopis are unknown, but they seem to be aquatic. The 
larva of Pedicia rivosa has been found by Scheffer (see Rossi, Dipt. Aus- 
triaca,) in spring- water. 

A. auripennis. Thorace cinereo, vittis tribus fuscis; alis infumate 
topazinis, nitidis, yenulis centralibus infuscatis ; long. lin. 5. cA 

ug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 


Head cinereous, with a golden pubescence; palpi brown, pale at base; an- 
tennz brown, three or four basal joints pale; first joint cylindrical; second 
cyathiform ; third smaller, obconical ; joints from fourth to tenth short, cylin- 
drical, compressed, gradually attenuated, covered with short hairs; the last 
part of the antenne is filiform, with long verticils; eyes distinctly pubescent. 
Collare pale, with a brown spot: thorax cinereous, with three brown stripes; 
intermediate one broad, splitting in two lobes before the scutum, which is 
brownish ; scutellam and metathorax ciwereous; pleure cinereous; halteres 
pale; coxw pale; feet pale tawny, tips of the femora fuscous; those of the 
tibiz and tarsi infuscated; spurs at the tip of the tibia moderately long, very 
distinct. Tergum brown, with a sparse golden pubescence; venter pale. Wings 
infumate topazine, their surface shining ; subcostal area faintly yellowish ; 
central cross-veins, stigmatical cross-vein, tip of mediastinal vein and origin of 
petiole clouded ; the radial vein forks (as usual), but the petiole of its fork is 
so short, that the second radial is almost equal in length to the cubital; stig- 
matical cross-vein at the tip of subcostal vein; the first lower discal cross-vein 
is situated at about the middle of the distance, between the origin of the two 
forks, which it unites; stigma pale. 

One $' specimen from Massachusetts, (Mr. Scudder.) 


A. calcar. Ochracea, fronte cinerea; alis pallide cinerascentibus; area 
subcostali flavescente, stigmate pallido ; calcaribus tibiarum longioribus; long. 
lin. 44—5. 

Front and vertex cinereous, proboscis yellowish cinereous, palpi yellow at 
base, two last joints brown; antenne yellowish ferruginous, infuscated at tip, 
reaching about half the distance between the head and the base of the wing; 
second joint obconical; the following joints subcylindrical, moderately verti- 
cillated and covered with a dense pubescence; eyes pubescent. Thorax ochra- 
ceous yellow, reddish on prescutum; stripes iudistinct; pleure, scutum, 
scutellum and metathorax paler, halteres pale ; feet yellowish tawny, infuscated 
towards the tip; coxe and base of femora pale; spurs at the tip of the 
tibie longer than usual, slender, divaricated. Abdomen yellowish, (infuscated 
at the tip in the (¢.) Wings hyaline, slightly cinereous; subcostal area yel- 
lowish, stigma pale; second radial area longer than the cubital (the ewbital and 
not the radial vein furming the fork), and of nearly the same length with the 
subapical area; radial vein arcuated before joining the petiole; stigmatical 
cross-vein near the tip of the subcostal vein. 

In both specimens in my possession the discal areolet is wanting on one wing 
and extant on the other; what the normal neuration is, lam unable therefore 
to state. On those wings where it is wanting, (which happens to be the left 
wing in the §{‘ specimen and the right in the 9,) the neuration looks pretty 
much like Meig. i. tab. v. f. 8. The cross-vein closing the areolet on the other 
wing is in the middle of the distance, between the origins of the second and 
third fork. 


A. inconstans. Ochracea, thoracis dorso ferrugineo, alarum margine 
anteriore et venis transversis infuscatis ; long lin. 44—5}. 

Coloring very inconstant; ochraceous, more or less mixed with brown on 
the thorax and the abdomen, sometimes altogether without brown. The fol- 
lowing is the description of the specimens with fully developed dark coloring: 

Proboscis and palpi fuscous ; front cinereous, brownish towards the vertex; 
hind part of vertex and under side of the head yellowish ; antenne 17-jointed, 
pale, but little longer than the head; basal joint sometimes dusky; flagellum 
with moderate verticils. Collare ochraceous; a black ring near the head; 
a brown stripe along the middle; prescutum ferruginous, with a slight brown 
tinge along the middle; stripes indistinct; scutum infuscated on both sides; 2 
brown mark in the shape of a V in the middle of the suture; scutellum and 
metathorax yellow, fuscous on both sides ; pleure pale; halteres pale; feet 


1859.] 


248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Yellow, femora and tibiw faintly infuscated at the tip; tarsi tawny, fuscous 
at tip, spurs short. Tergum yellow; posterior margins of segments fuscous; 
first and second segments infuscated, the following with a fuscous stripe along 
the middle; the two last segments fuscous; genitals of the oj fuscous; of the 
@ ferruginous. Wings subcinereous; subcostal and mediastinal arew brown; 
this color occupies the whole base of the wing and encroaches also on the pra- 
brachial and both radial arew ; mediastinal, stigmatical aud central cross-veins 
and origin of petiole clouded with bgown. 

This is the normal coloring; but among the eighteen specimens which 
I have before me only four show it in its full development. All the others 
are more or less pale about the collare, scutum, scutellum, metathorax 
and abdomen, sometimes with a slight indication of brown, sometimes with- 
out any. 

The coloring of the wings is also variable, the fuscous tinge of the anterior 
margin and the clouds on the cross-veins being sometimes very pale. The 
cinereous tinge of the front, the brown ring on the collare, near the head, the ferrugi- 
nous, almost orange, color of the prescutum and the infuscated anterior margin of the 
wing may be considered as characteristic. 

The neuration of the wings is likewise inconstant. The normal neuration is 
exactly like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 4, only the first lower discal cross-vein is a little 
nearer to the apex of the wing, (originating from the lower branch of the fork.) 
Among my eighteen specimens, ten (eight ¢ and two 2) partake of this 
neuration. 

In three specimens, the first lower discal cross-vein is removed nearer towards 
the base of the wing, so that the first externomedial areolet is petiolate. In one of 
the specimens this is the case with one wing only, the same areolet on the other 
being sessile. 

In three other specimens the discal areolet is wanting, (that is, open from 
want of a second lower discal cross-vein.) 

In two specimens it is the cubital vein which forms the fork, and not the 
radial, the latter originating before the fork. But in both instances the position 
of this vein on one wing dves not agree exactly with that on the other. Iu one 
case the radial vein issues from the same joint with the fork. 

The great cross-vein varies in its position also. Sometimes it is opposite, 
sometimes below the upper discal cross-vein. 

In one specimen there are three supplementary cross-veins in the cubital 
area. 

One character which seems to be merely accidental in other species, is very 
constant in this : it is the presence of a stump of a vein near the origin of the petiole. 
This stump is long and distinct, aud is wanting only on one wing of one of my 
eighteen specimens. 

Fifteen (f' and three 2 specimens. Washington, common early in April and 
later; New York and Virginia Springs (nob.); Connecticut, (Mr. Norton.) 

This species seems to be allied to the European Limnobia littoralis 
Meig. 


Pepicia Latr. 


The characters of this genus have been mentioned in part in detailing those 
of Amalopis. For more detaiis see Walker, Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. p. 314. I 
would add only to Mr. Walker’s characteristics of this genus, that aid the 
tibia have two spurs at the tip and not ¢he Aind tibie alone. 


P. albivitta. Walker, List of Dipt., etc., i. p. 37. 

Head black, fr nt hoary; antenne pale brown. Thorax pale brown, with a 
strong silvery reflection ; a brown stripe runs from the collare to the origin of 
the wing; prescutum with three browu stripes; the intermediate one is darker 
and capillary; halterespale. Abdomen silvery, with a row of triangular brown 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 


spots along the tergum; they are dark brown in the middle and ferruginous on 
the margins. Wiugs with a browa stripe along the costa; another one along 
the pobrachial vein; a brown band unites both across the central cross-veins ; 
the rest of the wing is hyaline. 

Length from 13 to 15 lines. 

I possess specimens from Trenton Falls, (nob.), Massachusetts (Mr. Scudder), 
and Connecticut, (Mr. Norton.) 


Dicranota Zett. 


Antenne 13-jointed.(*) Eyes hairy. Wings with two aree. Tibie with 
small, but distinct spurs at the tip. Pulvilli distinct. Mediastinal cross-vein 
far remote from the tip of mediastinal vein, anterior to the origin of the 
petiole, and situated about the middle of the anterior margin. Structure of 
the § genitals analogous to that of Amalopis and Pedicia. Head 
small; proboscis and palpi very short; a distinct gibbosity on the head be- 
hind the antennz; feet of moderate size and thickness. 

The wing of my D. rivularis is exactly like Mr. Westwood’s figure of 
that of D. pavida in Walker’s Ins. ;Brit. Dipt. iii. tab. xxx. f. 7, having 
no discal areolet, two cross-veins between the upper branch of the radial vein 
and the subcostal, and one fork behind the subapical areolet. The neuration 
varies in different species of the genus, but the position of the mediastinal cross- 
vein seems to be an essential character. 

This genus was first established by Prof. Zetterstedt on his D. Guerinii; 
afterwards, Mr. Haliday, in Walker’s Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. p. 306, added to it 
D. pavida Hal., D. bimaculata Schum., and D. senilis Hal. How- 
ever, D. bi maculata Schum. is mentioned in Prof. Zetterstedt’s work (Dipt. 
Scand. tom. x. p. 3897, No. 72,) among the Limnobiz. How should have 
Zetterstedt misplaced a species belonging to a genus established by himself, 
unless he overlooked its having 13, and not 16, joints of the antenne ? 

D. senilis Hal., as figured in Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. tab. xxvii. f. 3, is quite 
distinct from the other species by the presence of a discal areolet, by its hav- 
ing one cross-vein, instead of two, between the subcosta and the upper branch 
of the radial fork; and above all, by the position of the mediastinal cross- 
vein, which is posterior to the origin of the petiole, and not far distant from 
the tip of the mediastinal vein. If the latter character is correctly figured on 
the plate, I would doubt whether this species belongs to Dicranota. 

The affinities of this genus with Amalopis and Pedicia (hairy eyes, 
position of the mediastinal cross-vein structure of the $ genitals, etc.,) are 
manifest; it is distinguished by the short palpi, the number of the joints of 
the antenne, etc. 

The only species described below, agrees in its characters with D. Gu eri- 
nii Zett. on which, as mentioned above, the genus was first established. 
Only Prof. Zetterstedt does not make any mention of the hairy eyes, which he 
may have overlooked. (See also the remark about the antennz, at the end 
of the description.) 


D. rivularis. Cinerea, thorace vittis tribus fuscis, femorum basi pallida, 
alis subcinereis ; long. lin. 3-4. 

Head cinereous, front and vertex slightly infuscated; proboscis, palpi and 
antenne black; the latter in both ¢ and 9 short, not reaching the base of 
the wings, joints of the flagellum subglobular, (see the observation at the end 
of the description). Thorax cinereous with three distinct, blackish stripes, 
the intermediate one broad, and, in some specimens, distinctly capillary ; 
lateral one abbreviated before, extended over the scutum behind; scutellum 
and metathorax cinereous, posterior half of the latter blackish; halteres 


(*) As to the length of the antenne, see observation at the end. 


1859.] 


250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


pale, very slightly dusky on the knob; cox# cinereous, trochanters and base 
of femora pale; feet black. Abdomen blackish cinereous, indistinctly whitish 
along the lateral margins; male genitals cinereous ; female ovipositor ferrugi- 
nous. Wings tinged with cinereous; stigma pale, indistinct, situated be- 
tween the stigmatical and supplementary cross-vein; neuration like tab. xxx. 
f. 7, of Walker’s Ins. Brit. Dipt. vol. iii., only the petiole of the lower fork is 
shorter than the fork itself, and the pubescence of the veins is not so apparent 
as in the figure. 

Seven <j‘ and two Q specimens, taken near Washington, early in April. 
They were flying along the surface of a little stream in the woods and copu- 
lating. 

One of the J specimens has a discal areolet on both wings ; it is formed by 
a cross-vein which connects the lowest fork, near its origin, with the next ex- 
terno-medial vein. 

Some of the specimens have a stump of a vein near the origin of the 
petiole. 

Observation. Both f{ and 2 of D. rivularis have been described above 
as having short antenne. At least I found such specimens in copulation. But 
besides the males with short antennz, I found, on the same day and in the 
same locality, two males, having antenne twice as long as head and thorax 
together, with 13 nearly cylindrical, elongated, densely pubescent joints; the 
joints of the flagellum are of nearly equal length, except the last one, which 
is shorter. The other characters of the body and the wings of these specimens 
agree entirely with Dicranota rivularis, except that the vertex, the knob 
of the halteres and the stigma are more distinctly infuscated. The specimens 
are probably the normal representatives of the male, the moreso as D. Gueri- 
nii Zett., has also long antenne. What the males with short antenne, which 
I found in copulation, are, further investigation will show. 


Uta Halid. 


Antenne 17-jointed. (*) Wings with two radial arex, finely pilose on their 
whole surface. Mediastinal cross-vein far removed from the tip of the mediastinal 
vein and anterior to the origin of the petiole. Spurs at the tip of the tibie very 
short, but distinct. Pulvilli distinct. Ungues smooth. Proboscis elongated, 
although shorter than thehead. FPalpi elongated, especially the last joints. Eyes 
pubescent. 

The characters of this genus, as given by Walker (Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. 307), 
agree too well with the specimen in my collection, to admit of any doubt as 
to the generic identity. The pubescence of the eyes alone is not mentioned, but 
may have been overlooked. The neuration of the wing of my specimen agrees 
exactly with Mr. Westwood’s figure of the wing of Ula in the above quoted 
work, (1. c. tab. xxvii. fig. 4). With the precision peculiar to him, Mr. West- 
wood has not even overlooked the position of the mediastinal cross-vein. 
Schummel’s tab. ii. fig. 7, conveys also an idea of the neuration of this 
genus. 

Ula shows some relation to Pedicia in the position of the mediastinal 
cross-vein, the pubescence of the eyes and the length of the palpi; but it 
differs in the length of the antenne, the pilose wings and the position of the 
last externo-medial vein. The direction of the latter is like that in the majority 
of the Limnobie, and not oblique, as in Amalopis and Pedicia. 

The larve of Ula have been found by Dr. Stannius in Agaricus, (Schumm. 
Limnob. p. 25.) 

The only species I possess seems to be identical with the European Ula 
pilosa, judging, at least, from its descriptions ; I redescribe it, thor 
under the same name. 


(*)I copy this character from Walker, the tip of the antennz of my single specimen 
being broken. 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 


U. pilosa Schum. (?) Walker, Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. p. 308, tab. xxviii. f. 4. 

Limnobia pilosa Schum. Limnob. p. 150, tab. i. f. 7; Zetterstedt, Dipt. 
Scand. x. p. 3886, 62. ‘ 

Long. lin. 3}. 

Front and vertex light cinereous; proboscis infuscated, palpi and antenne 
black; two basal joints of the latter short, yellowish; the following joints 
elongated, subcylindrical, verticillated and covered, besides with a short 
pubescence. Thorax yellowish cinereous, paler on the pleurx, a brownish 
stripe in the middle of the prescutum ; lateral stripes almost obsolete ; scutum 
infuscated ; scutellum pale; halteres pale; the knob infuscated at the tip; 
feet tawny, infuscated at the tips of femora, tibia and tarsi; coxe and basis of 
femora pale. Abdomen brownish, venter paler, Q ovipositor falciform, short, 
ferruginous Wings brownish cinereous, finely, densely and uniformly pilose 
over the whole surface; veins brown; this pubescence is not woolly as in 
Erioptera, and affects but little the transparency of the wing ; stigma ellipti- 
cal, but little darker in color than the wing itself; a slight brown nebula on the 
central cross-vein; no petiolate areolet ; stigmatical cross-vein near the tip 
of the subcostal vein, and a little beyond the middle of the upper branch 
of the radial fork. (Compare also the above quoted figures of Westwood 
and Schummel.) 

A single 2 specimen from Washington (nob.) 

At first glance, this species has a striking resemblance to Limnophila 
pilosa nob., especially on account of the pubescence of the wings. It is 
easily distinguished, however, by the position of the mediastinal cross-vein, 
the structure of the antennz and that of the 9 ovipositor, which is larger in 
Limnophila pilosa, ete. 

PROTOPLASA nob. 


Proboscis stout, ending in a thick labium; both together are as long, or a little 
longer than the head. Palpi longer than the head, joints elongated. Antenne 
15-jointed, shorter than head and proboscis together, setaceous, verticillated ; 
first joint short, cylindrical; 2d, stout, subglobular; the following joints 
cylindrical, compressed, short ; the five last joints more oval, elongated. Front 
broad. Thorax gibbose; suture deeply sinuated; scutellum large, projecting 
over the metathorax, which is short. Abdemen rather short, stout. Feet 
moderately long, slender; tibia armed at the tip with moderately long, 
strong, divaricated spurs; pulvilli indistinct ; ungues smooth. Wings broad ; 
anal angle square; the narrow portion long and nearly linear; neuration 
very like that of the genus Macrochile Loew, (see Linnea Entomologica, 
vol. v. tab. ii. fig. 25); the only differences are, Ist, that Protoplasa 
has a cross-vein between the discal areolet and the next longitudinal vein 
(towards the posterior margin,) which cross-vein closes a second, smaller 
discal areolet. 2d, it has a stump of a vein at the angle, formed by the 
petiole, near its origin. 

This remarkable genus is closely allied to the fossil genus Macrochile 
Loew (1. c. p. 402) found in the Prussian amber, but with the following differ- 
ences: Ist, Macrochile has a much longer proboscis; 2d, its antenne are: 
19-jointed, and more than twice as long as head and proboscis together; 3d, 
the anal angle of its wing (judging from the above mentioned figure) is rounded 
and not square ; 4th, the neuration of the wing is somewhat different, (see above. ) 

The relation of Protoplasa with Ptychopteraand Bittacomorpha 
is evident: the structure of the mouth, that of the antenne and feet, the deep 
sinuosity of the thoracic suture, as well as many analogies in the neuration of 
the wings, indicate it sufficiently. But Protoplasa seems different from 
both by the small size of the metathorax. (*) 


(*) T am not able to make this statement positively, as the meso- and metathoracic re- 
gion of both my specimens was injured by the pin. 


1859.] 


252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The name Protoplasa allndes to the close relation of this genus to a 
fossil form. 


P. Fitchii. Cinerascens, pedibus pallidis, ale maculis ocellaribus brun- 
neis, in fascias confluentibus, ornate ; long. lin. 3-3}. 

Head cinereous, proboscis and palpi fuscous, antennw infuscated. Thorax 
cinereous, with three faint brown lines on the prescutum; scutellum pale, 
infuscated in the middle; halteres pale, knobs brown ; feet yellowish; knees, 
tips of tibiw, of the first joint of tarsi and of their last joints brown. Abdomen 
brown; posterior margins of segments paler. Wings whitish, with brown 
spots and bands; most of the spots have the form of a ring, with an infus- 
cated vein in the centre; they are distributed in three groups: Ist, basal 
group, formed of an ocellus near the origin of petiole, a spot in the subcostal 
area and two rings at the basis of the wing, near the basal angle; 2d, central 
band, formed of four ocelli and a large brown spot near the posterior margin ; 
3d, apical band, formed of two large ocelli (at the tip of the discal areolet and 
at the origin of the radial fork); 6 or 7 smaller ocelli along the apical margin 
of the wing and a brown band, beginning between the two large ocelli, and 
running along one of the longitudinal veins towards the tip of the wing. 

Tam in doubt as to the sex of the two specimens of this insect, for which I 
am indebted to Dr. Asa Fitch. 


BirracomMorPHa Westw. 


I take occasion to give the figure of the male genital organsof B. clavipes 
Fab. (fig. 33, from above ; fig. 33a from below.) One pair of appendages (the 
outer ones), are coriaceous; the shorter, inner pair seems to be of a harder 
consistence. 

This species seems to have a wide distribution over the North American con- 
tinent. The British Museum has received it from Nova Scotia, (see Walker’s 
List of Dipt. Brit. Mus. i. p. 81). I found it in Florida, and possess, besides, 
specimens from Upper Wisconsin River. It occurs early in the spring, and 
also in autumn, in woods, in the neighborhood of running water. 


Prycuorprera Fabr. 


For the characters of this genus I refer to Meigen, Zetterstedt and Walker, 
and will only mention, as a character which is peculiar to Ptychoptera, 
Bittacomorpha and Protoplasa, and which seems to have been over- 
looked, that the transverse thoracic suture is deeply sinuated, so that the scutum is 
attenuated in the middle, its two lobes being connected by a narrow band only. 

The only American species I possess is very like the European species of 
this genus in general appearance, without seeming to be identical with any. 


P. rufocincta. Nigra, abdomine ($9) maculis lateralibus apiceque fer- 
Sica pedibus ferrugineis, alis macula basali et fasciis tribus fuscis; long. 
lin. 33. 

Head black, shining; proboscis and two basal joints of the black antenne 
ferruginous ; palpi pale. Thorax black, subopaque; pleure, with ferrugi- 
nous spots and bands, and with a silvery reflection along the coxe, and 
especially under the base of the wing; halteres pale; tip of the knob dusky; 
feet pale ferruginous; tips of the femora, of the tibie and tarsi, brown. 
Tergum black, shining; large ferruginous spots on the lateral margin of the 
2d and the following segments; they occupy a large portion of the anterior 
part of the intermediate segments ; tip of the abdomen and genitals (9) fer- 
ruginous; venter tawny. Wings with a brown spot at the base; an abbre- 
viated band about the middle of the prebrachial and pobrachial arex, between 
the subcostal and pobrachial veins; a second band along the central cross- 
veins, attenuated behind, and not reaching the posterior margin; a third is 
formed of two spots at the origin of both forks; a brown dot at the tip of the 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 


subcostal vein ; subcostal area yellowish ; petiole very short, included within 
the second band, (differing in this respect from the European G. contami- 
nata, figured in Walker’s Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. tab. xxviii. f. 7.) 

One @ from Pennsylvania, (the anterior feet and the posterior tarsi of this 


specimen are wanting.) 


Synoptical Table of the Genera and Species. 


First group (Tipule. limnobieeformes.) 


LIMnoBiIA nob. 


Subgen. Geranomyia Halid. 
rostrata Say, 207. 
communis n. sp., 207. 
diversa n. sp., 207. 


Subgen. Rhipidia Meg. 
maculata Meig., 208. 
domestica n. sp., 208. 
fidelis n. sp., 209. 


Subgen. Dicranomyia Steph. 
liberta n. sp., 209. 
humidicola 7. sp., 210. 
stulta n. sp., 210. 
distans n. sp., 211. 
pubipennis n. sp., 211. 
immodesta n. sp., 211. 
diversa n. sp., 212. 
gladiator n. sp., 212. 
pudica n. sp., 212. 
morio Fabr., 212. 

* % x * 


defuncta n. sp., 213. 


Subg. Limno bia (sensu strictiori.) 
Solitaria n. sp., 215. 
cinctipes Say, 214. 
immatura n. sp., 214. 
triocellata n. sp., 216. 
indigena, n. sp., 215. 
tristigma n. sp., 216. 
x * * * 
argus Say, 217. 


Second group (Tipule anomale.) 


DicRaNoptycHa nob. 
germana n. sp., 217. 
sobrina n. sp., 218. 
nigripes n. sp., 218. 
sororcula n. sp., 218. 

Antocua nob. 
saxicola n. sp., 219. 
opalisans n.- sp., 220. 
_ ELepwantomyra nob. 
canadensis Westw., 221. 


1859.] 


Fourth group. 


RuHAMPHIDIA Meig. 
brevirostris n. sp., 222. 


TEUCHOLAPIS nob. 
complexa n. sp., 223. 


Third group. (Tipule erioptereformes.) 


GNoPHOMYIA nob. 


tristissima n. sp., 224, 
luctuosa n. sp., 224. 


CRYPTOLABIS nob. 
paradoxa n. sp., 225. 
ERIOPTERA nob. 


chlorophylla n. sp., 226. 
vespertina n. sp., 226. 
septemtrionis n. sp. 226. 
villosa n. sp., 226. 
chrysocoma 7. sp., 226. 
venusta n. sp., 227. 
armata n. sp., 227. 
graphiea n. sp., 228. 
holotricha n. sp., 226. 
Meigenii n. sp., 226. 
nubila n. sp., 227. 
caliptera Say, 227. 
parva n. sp., 227. 
hirtipennis n. sp., 228. 
pubipennis 7. sp., 228. 
ursina n. sp., 228. 


SympLecta Meig. 
punctipennis Meig., 228. 
CLADURA nob. 
flavoferruginea n. sp., 229. 


Gonomy1a Meig. 


sulphurella n. sp., 230. 
cognatella n. sp., 230. 
subcinerea n. sp., 231. 
blanda n. sp., 231. 


(Tipule limnophile- 
JSormes.) 
LiMNnoPuiLa nob. 


lst Section. 


Subgen. Lasiomastix nob. 


macrocera Say, 234. 


254 


2d Section. 
Subgen. Idioptera Macq. 

fasciata Lin. Schum., 234. 

3d Section, 
aprilina n. sp., 235. 

Ath Section. 
tenuipes Say, 235. 

5th Section. 

(Limnophile typice.) 

adusta n. sp., 235. 
luteipennis n. sp., 236. 
toxoneura n. sp., 236. 
imbecilla n. sp., 237. 
brevifurca n. sp., 237. 
areolata n. sp., 237, 


6th Section. 
ultima n. sp., 238. 


7th Section. 
Subgen. Epiphragma nob. 
solatrix n. sp., 238. 
pavonina n. sp., 239. 
8th Section. 
rufibasis n. sp., 239. 
9th Section. 


Subgen. Dactylolabis nob. 
montana n. sp., 


10th Section. 


Subgen. Dicranophragma nob. 
fuscovaria n. sp., 240 


11th Section. 


quadrata n. sp., 241. 
lenta n. sp., 241. 


12th Section. 
pilosella n. sp., 241. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Tricnocera Meig., 242. 
Fifth group. (Tipule anisomereformes. ) 


ANISOMERA Meig. 
megacera n. sp., 242. 


Eriocera Macq. 
fuliginosa n. sp., 243. 


ARRHENICA nob. 


spinosa n, sp., 244. 
longicornis Walk., 245. 


Sixth group. (Tipule pedicieformes.) 
Amavoris Halid. 
auripennis n. sp., 246. 
calcar n. sp., 249. 
inconstans n. sp., 247. 


Pepicia Latr. 
albivitta Walk., 248. 


Dicranora Zett. 
rivularis 7. sp., 249. 
| ~ ~ + * 


Uta Halid. 
pilosa Schum., 251. 


APPENDIX. 


Protopnasa nob. 
Fitchii n. sp., 252. 
BittacomorRPHa Westw. 
clavipes Fab., 252. 


PrycHopTERA Meig. 
rufocincta n. sp., 252. 


On the male genital organs of the Tipulide with short palpi, together with the 
explanation of Plates IIT. and IV. 


The form of the external male genital organs of the Tipulid# with short 
palpi is that of a forceps; they are not different in this respect from the ma- 
jority of the insects of the other orders. This forceps serves to seize the tip 
of the abdomen of the female. In the cases of copulation which I have ob- 
served in the genera Limnobia and Erioptera, the abdomen of the 9 
was seized from below, alittle before the ovipositor, so that this organ was stretched 
on the tergum of the ¢. But, besides the external forceps, there is, between 
its two halves, a second internal forceps-like apparatus. After having secured the 
female in the described manner, the male, with this second apparatus, seizes 
the orifice of the inner genital organs of the female and adjusts thereon for 
copulation. This second forceps seems to vary in structure in different species. 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 


I have been able to see it distinctly in Arrhenica spinosa: it is figured and 
described below. 

My chief attention has been directed to the structure of the external forceps 
for the purpose of classification; everything remains to be done, as yet, in the 
study of the more complicated and delicate internal organs. In the descrip- 
tion of the figures which follows, I simply relate what I have seen, without 
attempting any generalization. 

Fig. 1, forcepsof L. defuncta from below. 

Fig.2, the same, from above; aa, soft, fleshy lobes; 65, horny, falciform ap- 
pendages, moveable with the lobes, and closely applied although not attached to 
them; they are fastened only by the base; cc, horny, projecting points of the 
internal organs. 

Fig. 3, forceps of Dicranomyia humidicola from above; aa and 64 as in 
fig.2; dd, horny, square appendages, bearing each a pair of bristles; e, point 
of the anal style, visible between the two lobes. 

Fig. 4, forceps of Dicranomyia liberta from above; aaand 66, like in fig. 
2; dd, horny, rostriform appendages, with bristles; e, anal style. 

Fig. 4a, anal style of D. liberta, seen from below. 

Fig. 5, one-half of the forceps of Dicranomyia gladiator from above; a 
and 4, as in fig. 2; ¢, anal style. 

Fig. 6, forceps of Limnobia solitaria from above, half closed; aa, move- 
able, coriaceous halves, with appendages (64) ; these appendages consist of two 
lamels, which are closely applied to each other and never divergent; the out- 
side lamel is horny; the inside one seems to be coriaceous ; ¢, is the anal style ; 
cc, projecting internal organs; ff, are soft eminences, (perhaps rudiments of the 
large soft lobes of Dicranomyia?) 

Fig. 7, represents the forceps of Limnobia indigena from above; the 
lamels 54 are also double; in some species, as in L. tristigma, I could not 
distinguish whether the lamels were double. 

Fig. 8, forceps of Rhipidia domestica from above, and open; aa, bb, cc, 
dd and e, asin the preceding figures. 

Fig. 9, the same forceps, from below and closed ; e, anal style. 

Fig. 10, forceps of Teucholabis complexa from above; 104, one-half of 
the same, from below; aa and 8b, horny appendages. 

Fig. 11, forceps of Antocha saxicola from above; aa, double appendages, 
consisting of a horny and a soft point, closely joined. 

Fig. 12, half of the forceps of Elephantomyia canadensis from below; 
aa, horny appendages. 

Fig. 12a, forceps of Dicranoptycha nigripes from above; y, are short, 
black bristles; zz, indistinct, horny appendages. In this species I had for the 
first time a glimpse of the structure of the slender, horny, hook-shaped organ, 
figured farther below (fig. 276), but occurring in most species. When D. 
nigripes opens the forceps this hook comes into a sort of erection and 
spreads outside of the forceps in the shape of fig. 12, 6; aa, are slender and 
horny ; 54,is a small forceps, moving independently of aa, and opening or 
closing at the point c. 

Fig. 13, one-half of the forceps of D. sobrina. : 

Fig. 14, forceps of Cryptolabis paradoxa from above; l4a,the same from 
below ; aa, are horny appendages; they are small and indistinct, being closely 
applied to the fleshy part of the forceps; 6, seems to be the rudiment of an 
anal style. 

Fig. 15, tip of the abdomen of Cryptolabis paradoxa, female, from the 
side; fig. 15a, the same, from above; there are no visible horny lamels; the 
tips, aa, are beset with microscopic bristles. 

Fig. 16, forceps of Gonomyia blanda from above and open. 

Fig. 17, half of the forceps of Gonomyia cognatella, from above. 


1859.] 


256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Fig. 18, forceps of Gnophomyia tristissima, from above, and half open; 
18a, female ovipositor of the same species. 

Fig. 19, half of the forceps of Erioptera vesp ertina, side view. 

Fig. 20, forceps of Erioptera armata from above. 

Fig. 21, the same, from the side. Its structure is somewhat complicated ; 
besides the coriaceous parts dd, there are two pairs of horny appendages at- 
tached to them ; they are invisible from above, except the tip of one of them, 
which projects at One of these appendages is seen at / in fig. 21; detached, 
it looks somewhat like fig. 2la, in which the portion bbb is closely applied to 
the inside of the lobe d, and the portion c branches off. The other pair of ap- 
pendages (ee on fig. 21) is slender and curved; each of them is attached to one 
of the lobes dd. 

Fig. 22, forceps of Erioptera caloptera Say, from below. 

Fig. 23, forceps of Erioptera ve nusta from above. 

Fig. 23a, the same from below; the horny appendages aa, seen from below, 
appear double, consisting of the horny part 54, and a membranaceous appendage 
ec; fig. 23b represents it detached ; its margin dis horny, the rest is a thin 
membrane; these two appendages are not closely applied to each other, and 
have an interval between them, although they move simultaneously. 

Fig. 24, forceps of Limnophila luteipennis, from above aa, two pairs of 
moveable falciform appendages ; the outside ones are horny, the inside one 
seems to be of a softer consistence and are ciliated. 

Fig. 25, forceps of Limnophila aprilina from above; structure almost 
like the preceding ; the outside appendages have a longitudinal notch, (fig. 
25b.) 

Fig. 26, forceps of Limnophila ultima from below; outside, horny ap- 
pendages are slightly hooked at the tip. 

Fig. 27, forceps of Limnophila rufibasis from above, open; the append- 
ages aa are large and strong, serrated inside; +) are also horny, and look like 
fig. 27a; the point c is directed upwards; 274 is aslender, horny organ, situated 
inside of the forceps, and concealed when it is closed ; its structure is perhaps 
analogous to a similar organ in Dicanoptycha (fig. 12a); the same organ 
is more or less distinctly seen in almost all other species. 

Fig. 28, forceps of Limnophila montana from above, closed; it is dis- 
tinguished at once by the position of the appendages, which is peculiar to this 
species; aa are the tips of internal horny organs; they protrude, together with 
the soft part f, when the forceps are opened. 

Fig. 28a, the same from the side; a@ is the same as in fig. 28. 

Fig. 29, forceps of Symplecta punctipennis from aboye; a and 6 are 
horny. 

Fig. 30, forceps of Arrhenica spinosa from above; a horny, 2 soft ap- 
pendage ; cc internal forceps, (fig. 30a represents it detached); at d is a joint, 
by means of which this forceps is opened or closed. 

Fig. 31, forceps of Eriocera fuliginosa from above; aa are horny; 04 
soft ; cis curved downwards, like fig. 275. 

Fig. 32, forceps of Amalopis inconstans, from above and half open. Itis 
difficult to convey an idea of this organ by a drawing, the points f, g andh 
being all curved and directed upwards; aa are horny; 65 soft; ce coriaceous, 
hollow inside ; / is figured separately, (325) ; the point fis bifid, (32a). 

Fig. 33, forceps of Bittacomorpha clavipes from below. 

Fig. 33a, the same, from above. 

Fig. 34. forceps of Cladura flavoferruginea, from the side; a is convex 
and seems to be hollow inside; the concavity can be seen at 5; cc is the for- 
ceps. This figure is a very rough sketch, drawn from a dry specimen and 
may not, for this reason, be quite accurate. 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 


September 6th. 


Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 

Twenty-nine members present. 

A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings entitled 
‘< Catalogue of the Invertebrate Fossils of the Cretaceous Formation of 
the United States, by Wm. M. Gabb,” and was referred to a Com- 
ruittee. 

Mr. Lesley read the following extracts from a letter he had received 


from Mr. Edward A. Spring, Hagleswood, N. J., July 26th, 1859 : 


I was over on the South Amboy shore with a friend, walking in a swampy 
wood, where a dyke was made, some three feet wide, when we discovered in 
the middle of this ditch a large black spider making very queer motions for a 
spider, and on examination it proved that he had caveuT a FISH. 

He was biting the fish, just on the forward side of the dorsal fin witha 
deadly gripe, and the poor fish was swimming round and round slowly, or 
twisting its body as if in pain. The head of its black enemy was sometimes 
almost pulled under water, but never entirely, for the fish did not seem to 
have enough strength, but moved its fins as if exhausted, and often rested. 
At last it swam under a floating leaf at the shore, and appeared to be trying, 
by going under that, to scrape off the spider, but without effect. They then 
got close to the bank, when suddenly the long black legs of the spider came 
up out of the water where they had possibly been embracing the fish, (I have 
zeen spiders seize flies with all their legs at once) reached out behind and 
fastened upon the irregularities of the side of the ditch. The spider then 
commenced tugging to get his prize up the bank. My friend stayed to watch 
them while I went to the nearest house for a wide mouthed bottle. During 
the six or eight minutes that I was away, the spider had drawn the fish en- 
tirely out of the water, when they had both fallen in again, the bank being 
nearly perpendicular. There had been a great struggle—and now on my re- 
turn, the fish was already hoisted head. first more than half his length out on 
theland. The fish was very much exhausted, hardly making any movement, 
and the spider had evidently gained the victory, and was slowly and steadily 
tugging him up. He had not once quitted his hold during the quarter to half 
an hour that we had watched them. He held, with his head toward the fish’s 
tail, and pulled him up at an angle of 45° by stepping backwards. How long 
they had been there or how far they had come we cannot tell. Wesaw no 
web anywhere about. 

The time would not permit a longer stay, so we reluctantly bottled the pair. 
I thought I had missed dipping up the spider, and looked along the bank, but 
on turning to the bottle he was there. The fish was swimming weakly at the 
bottom of the water that I had dipped in, and the spider standing sentinel 
oyer him on the surface, turning when he turned, and watching every motion. 
We stopped the mouth of the bottle so that the spider could not escape, and’ 
went to see the fine place of the late Mr. Stevens above onthe hill. Return- 
ing in about three hours, we found, to our disappointment, the spider dead at 
the bottom, but the fish was alive. He lived for twenty-four hours. The 
spider was 7 of an inch long, and weighed 14 grains; the fish was 3} inches 
long and weighed 66 grains. 


September 20th. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 
Thirty-one members present. 


1859.] 19 


256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The following papers were presented for publication in the Proceed- 
ings : 

i Contributions to American Lepidopterology, by Brackenridge 
Clemens, M. D.” 

‘Description of a deformed fragmentary Human Skull found in an 
ancient quarry cave «at Jerusalem ; with an attempt to determine by its 
configuration alone the ethnical Type tu which it belongs, by J. Aitken 
Meigs, M. D.” 


September 27th. 
Vice-President Bripars in. the Chair. 


Thirty-eight members present, 

The Report of the Biological Department for the present mouth was 
read. 

On report of Committees of the Biological Department, the paper 
entitled “On the seat of the vesicating principle of Lytta vittata, by 
Joseph Leidy, M. D.,” was recommended for publication ia a medical 
journal, and one entitled “ Abstract of the most important points of 
Researches on the Minute Anatomy of the Liver, by H. D. Schmidt,” 
was ordered to be published in the Proceedings. 

On report of the Committee, the paper entitled “ Catalogue of the 
Invertebrate Fossils of the Cretaceous formation of the United States, 
by Wm. M. Gabb,” was ordered to be published with the Proceedings. 

The following were ordered to be published in the Proceedings : 


Contributions to American Lepidopterology. 
BY BRACKENRIDGE CLEMENS. 
TINEINA. 


It is the intention of the writer to confine these contributions to Lepidopter- 
ology, to the description of species which are new to entomological history, or 
which are believed to be new. This plan dispenses with the necessity of general 
remarks on systematic arrangement, since but few species at a time will be 
given as the genera to which they belong are determined, or ascertained to 
be undescribed. Indeed [ have nothing of value to add to what has been re- 
cently advauced elsewhere, nor has any question arisen in my studies of the 
present group, that would induce me to retract or doubt the accuracy of the 
views advocated, respecting the nature ofa family. I do not wish, however, 
to be understood to assert that the group Tineina is synonymous with a family. 
1 do not by any means entertain the belief that it includes only one, and yet I 
can perceive but little in the majority of the groups collected under this term, 
other than artificial assemblages of genera, under a family termination. 

I find in the pterogostic characters of the perfect insect a similitude of strac- 
ture which enables the investigator, with but little difficulty, to refer it to the 
appropriate principal group formed on this basis. The individuals, thus assem- 
bled together agree not only in general structure, but in embryonic histories and 
in larval forms, so far as my owa observation and study of other fauna than 
our own has enabled me to determine the question. The agreement in embry- 
onic form extends into the group Tortricina, and the relationship in the imago, 
is likewise expressed to @ certain degree in the ueuration of the wings of this 
‘latter group, as compared with thatof the Tineina. These characters, however, 
are sufficiently marked in each, and can scarcely be mistaken in either instance 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 


by one of ordinary powers of discrimination. Without, therefore, attempting to 
fix at present the limits and characters of the group, more definitely than by the 
wing structure, and rejecting the generic valves usually assigned to it, except 
where there is characteristic variation, we will proceed to describe generic 
groups and their individuals. 


TINEIDA. 


Imago with the nervules of the anterior wings radiating chiefly from the 
posterior part of the disc, with four to five subcosto-marginal nervules, the first of 
which arises near the base of the wing, with two simple disco-central nervules, 
with the median nervure branching near its posterior extremity into three ner- 
vules, medio-superior, central and posterior, with the submedian fold well marked, 
and the submedian nervure simple and usually bifid toward the base. Posterior 
Wings with bristle, with costal nervure simple, with subcostal usually simple, 
and attenuated toward the base of the wing, emitting a discal nervure from which 
arise at least two disco-central nervudes, with median either bifid or trifid, with 
submedian fold and simple submedian nervure, and an internal fold or nervure. 


Tinga Fabr. 


Head free, as broad as the thorax, roughly haired above andin front. Ocelli 
none. Eyes hemispherical and salient. Antenne simple, filiform, in the 
very slightly ciliated, tapering from the base, with joints closely set and stri- 
ated, not so long as the anterior wings, and scarcely as long as the body. 
Maxillary palpi long, folded, five-jointed. Labial palpi cylindric, scaly, the 
second article with bristles, especially at the apex above, third article small and 
somewhat deflexed. Tongue very short, not as long as the labial palpi. Wings’ 
exceeding the tip of the abdomen ; the anterior oblong-ovate, with moderate api- 
cal cilia ; posterior ovate, clothed with scales, and with long cilia behind. 

The following species are represented in my collection and may be tabulated 
as follows: 

2 A semi pellucid discal spot on under surface of fore wings. 

+ Fore wings without a dorsal streak. 
Biflavimaculella.—Dark brown, tinged with violet, with a very pale yel- 
low costo-discal patch and one above interior angle. 
tt Fore wings with a dorsal streak. 
Dorsistrigella.—Dark brown, with a costo-discal very pale yellowish 
atch. 
Crocicap it ella.—Fuscous, with a discal yellowish spot. 

22 No discal spot on under surface of fore wings. 

Carnariella.—Yellow-brown dusted with fuscous: a discal and two inter- 
mediate dark brown spots. 

Lanariella.—Pale yellowish brown, ora silky pale yellow, with sometimes 
a brownish discal spot. 

Nubilipennella.—Dark fuscous, dusted with dull yellowish. 

Variatella.—Whitish, varied with dark brown, with white costal and dor- 
sal spots. 


Medio-superior and central nervules of fore wings arise on a common stalk; last branch 
of subcostal bifid. 


T. biflavimaculella.—Palpi pale yellowish, dark brown externally, 
antenne dark fuscous, darkest toward the base. Head and front luteous. 
Thorax dark brown. Abdomen dark grey. Fore wings umber brown, tinged 
with a violet hue, especially toward the tip, where it prevails. On the middle 
of costa, a pale yellow, somewhat triangular patch extended to the dise, and a 
dorsal patch of the same hue at the interior angle; cilia dark colored, dotted 
on the posterior margin of the wing with pale yellow. Hind wings grey, with 
a bronzy hue, Exp. al. 6.50 lines. 

Imago, August, September. 


1859. ] 


258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Medio superior and central nervules branch from a common stalk. 


T. dorsistrigella.—Labial palpi yellowish, dark brown externally, third 
article yellowish. Head and front very pale yellow, tinged with dark brown 
on the sides above the eyes, and at base of antenne. Antenne dull brown. 
Thorax dark brown, with the disk very pale yellow. Fore wings blackish 
brown, somewhat tinged with obscure reddish, with a dorsal streak along the 
inner margin, whitish or pale yellowish white, and usually somewhat dilated 
above the interior angle ; with a costo-discal patch of the same hue and the 
costa punctated with pale yellowish atoms, which become small spots toward 
the apex of the wing, and on the posterior margin. Hind wings pale brownish, 
with a reddish hue; cilia gray. Exp. al. 4.75 to 6.00 lines. 


T.crocicapitella.—Labial palpi yellowish, dark broWn externally. 
Head and front saffron yellow. Thorax dark fuscous, with the disk saffron 
yellow. Fore wings dark fuscous, with dispersed saffron yellow scales, espe- 
cially along the casta, with a saffron yellow dorsal streak and a paler, nearly 
round discal spot. Hind wings pale brownish gray. Exp. al. 4.50 to 6.50 
lines. 

T. carnariella.—Palpi dark brown. Head and front rather dark ochre- 
ous, tinged with reddish. Fore wings pale yellowish brown, dusted with fus- 
cous, especially at the costal portion of the base; with a conspicuous dark brown 
spot on theend of the dise, with two smaller spots of the same hue between this 
and the base of the wing, one about the middle of the disc, and the other be- 
neath it in the submedian fold ; fringes unicolorous and rather paler than the 
general hue. Hind wings pale bluish gray; fringes somewhat darker. Exp. 
al. 5.50 to 7.50 lines. 

This species, perhaps, may have been heretofore described under another 
name ; but if it has, I have been unable to recognize it. I have two specimens 
only in my collection. The larve were found in one of my boxes of Lepidoptera, 
and had constructed cases of detached portions of the insects and the scales, 
united by silk. The imago appeared, one on March 13th, and the other some 
days subsequently. 

The eggs were whitish, smooth and nearly cylindrical, but tapering slightly 
toward the upper end. Length about one fourth of a line, diameter one half 
thelength. The mature larva was of a dirty white color, with a black head and 
black cervical shield. 


T. lanariella.—Head ochreous. Labial palpi dark brownish. Antenne 
dull fuscous. Thorax and abdomen pale yellow. Fore wings pale yellowish 
brown or pale yellow, with a silky lustre, and immaculate ; sometimes slightly 
dusted with fuscous on the costa at the base, and with a brownish spot on the 
end of the disc. Hind,wings pale shining yellow, cilia the same. Exp. al. 
5.50 to 6.50 lines. 

I am not sure this is not a variety of the previous species, and has, perhaps, 
been heretofore described, as it is a very common inhabitant of houses. The 
larve feed on woollen substances, carpets, clothes, etc., of which each con- 
structs a case. I have reared a great many in confinement, and have also 
found that they feed on the bodies of their dead progenitors, when the oppor- 
tunity. offers. 

I find the egg described in my note book as spheroidal and of large size for 
so small an insect; I doubt, however, the correctness of the term descriptive of 
the figure. The young larve appear after about two weeks, and do not im- 
mediately make a case. The mature larva is white, with a dark brown head 
and a cervical shield of the same hue. They reach maturity about the middle 
of March, and climb the sides of the walls to the ceiling of the room in which 
they feed, and suspend or attach their cases. The imagos of the first brood 
appear about the beginning of May; there is another in August and Sep- 


tember. 
[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259 


T. nubilipennella.—tLabial palpi yellowish, dark brownish exteriorly. 
Head and front dull fuscous or brownish yellow. Antenne dull dark brown. 
Thorax brownish yellow. Fore wings deep fuscous, sprinkled with dull yel- 
lowish, with a yellowish spot on the inner margin at the base, and the middle 
of the inner margin tinged with the same hue; with a deep fuscous spot 
at the end of the disc and two others of the same hue rather indistinct, one in 
the fold beyond the middle, the other on the disc and a little posterior to it. 
Sometimes the dull yellowish hue prevails, freely dusted with deep fuscous, 
and with the spots more distinct than in the darker specimens. Hind 
wings bluish, shining gray, with the cilia of the same hue. Ex. al. 5.50 to 6.50 
lines. 

Imago on wing in September. 


T. variatella.—Palpi pale yellow, blackish externally. Head yellowish 
white. Thorax gray, with tegule black, tipped behind, with gray. Abdomen 
blackish. Antenne blackish brown. Fore wings whitish, varied with dark 
brown and blackish; with a dark brown streak containing blackish scales, 
curving somewhat from the costa at the base to the fuld; with a blackish brown 
spot on the fold, rather before the middle, slightly connected with one of the 
same hue nearer the base on the costa; with adark brown, somewhat oblique 
patch about the end of the disc and one at the tip of the wing, and with the 
apical portion dusted with the same hue ; a few white spots on the cilia of the 
inner margin, and on the costa behind the discal patch; before the discal patch 
are two well marked white spots on the costa, the one nearest the discal patch 
having a blackisa central dot; the inner margin, toward the base, white, varied 
with dark brown strie; cilia grayish, Hind wings dark brown, rather tinged 
with reddish, cilia the same. Exp. al. 5.5 lines. 

Imago on wing in September. 


XYLESTHIA. 


Head roughly haired. Ocelli none. Eyes round, visible in front. Antenne 
filiform, with whorls of scales on each article, and the basal joint with a tuft 
of scales in front that conceals it, nut as long as the body and about one-half 
as long as the fore wings. Maxillary palpi very short, scaly and concealed 
beneath the labial palpi. Labial palpi cylindric, with a tuft of hair beneath, 
and with lateral bristles; the third article smooth and quite short. Tongue 
not quite as long as the palpi. Wings exceeding the body; the anterior oblong 
ovate, with elevated tufts of scales ; the posterior ovate, with the costa excavated 
at the insertion of the costal nervure. 


X. pruniramiella.—Antenne yellowish white. Palpi and head hoary. 
Thorax hoary, dusted with brownish. Abdomen dark brown. Fore wings 
blackish brown and luteous brown, somewhat varied with whitish, with patches 
of elevated scales at the base and along the fold; with an indistinct whitish 
band crossing the middle of the disc, one nearer the base still fainter and one 
about the end of the disc, with a white dorsal spot at the inner angle and a 
whitish streak from the costa above it, with another whitish costal streak be- 
tween this and the tip; a blackish spot at the tip white margined before ; cilia 
brownish, white at the dorsal spot. The luteo brownish hue usually prevails 
toward the tip of the wing and sometimes the whitish markings are indistinct, 
Hind wings dark brown, somewhat tinged with reddish, cilia the same. Exp. 
al. 6 to 6.5 lines. 

The larva of this insect feeds on the woody excrescences found on the 
branches of the plum tree. These nodose tumors have recently attracted the 
fruit-grower’s attention, but I am unable to say whether the larva is the cause 
of the disease. It does not confine its operations to the cortical portion of the 
node, but bores the wood likewise. I have found it associated with another 
much larger larva, but the imago of the only specimen I received, escaped 


1859.] 


260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


from the vivarium before I saw it. Both pass the winter in the larval state, 
and may be taken in recent excrescences, during the latter part of April or the 
beginning of May, and become imagos in June. The larva is dirty whitish in 
color, with a brown head and shield, and scarcely one-half an inch long; the 
larger larva is quite an inch io length, with no distinctive markings. Pru ni- 
ramielea makes its cocoon of “frass” and silk in a gallery formed in the 
wood, but near the surface. The pupa has minute spines on the dorsum and 
is thrust from the cocoon at maturity. 

The following species, I believe, forms a new genus. It is rather rare, at 
least I have met with the imago but few times. I know nothing of its embry- 
onic states. In appearance the imago bears considerable resemblance to the 
figures of Euplocamus Boleti of Europe, but its generic characters separate it 
from the latter very distinctly. 


AMYDRIA. 


Head free, as broad as the thorax, roughly haired, (the hairs of the front 
ascending and those of the vertex inclined from each side toward the median 
line, or having a stelliform arrangement behind the antenne.) Ocelli none. 
Eyes small, hemispherical and salient. Antenne simple in both sexes, moder- 
ately thick, with joints closely set and with whorls of scales, one-half as long 
as the fore wings and scarcely two-thirds as long as the body. Maxillary palpi 
extremely small and 2-jointed. Labial palpi with the second article beneath hairy 
and formed like a brush; the third, slender and ascending. Tongue wanting. 
Wings narrow, much exceeding the tip of the abdomen; the anterior, elliptical, 
cilia rather long, especially at the inner angle, giving the wing the appearance 
of being angulated; posterior, obtusely ovate, with moderately long cilia 
behind. 


A. effrentella.—tLabial palpi yellowish brown, with the second article 
dark brown exteriorly. Head and front yellowish brown. Thorax dark brown, 
varied with yellowish. Fore wings fuscous, varied with yellow, which prevails 
along the inner margin, with fuscous spots around the apical margin, and in the 
Q a large discal fuscous patch. The fore wings of the 5‘ have more of the 
yellowish hue than the 9 ; cilia yellowish. Hind wings pale brownish yel- 
low, cilia the same. Exp. al. 8 to 11 lines. 

The following species likewise form a new genus, at least 1 am not aware 
that any has been formed into which they can be received. Plumifron- 
tella is found here in June and July, when it may be taken at light. I am 
unacquainted with the embryonic history of the species described, and have 
never met with the female Plumifrontella. The genus, I think, belongs 
to the group Exapatid@a, and as the females in some of the genera are 
apterous, that of Plumifrontella may be unsupplied with wings. The 
antenne should be examined very carefully, otherwise their peculiar structnre 
will be overlooked and mistaken for simple, filiform organs. 


ANAPHORA.s 


Head hairy, concealed by the labial palpi in the °¥, freein the 2. Ocelli 
none. Eyes small. Antenne but little longer than the thorax, serrated beneath, 
with the ends of the articles finely ciliated. Maxillary palpi moderately long, scaly 
and 3-jointed in both ¢ and 9. Labial palpi in the Q greatly developed, 
ascending and thrown back on the dorsum of the thorax, which they equal in 
length, the first article scaly, arctate and equal, to the superior margin of the 
eyes, and the two succeeding ones equal and furnished with abundant spread- 
ing hairs; in the Q short, not ascending above the eyes, articles nearly equal, 
the first and second hairy beneath, the third rather smooth and porrected. 
Tongue wanting. Wings exceeding the tip of the abdomen; the anterior with 
costa nearly straight, hind margin obliquely convex, inner margin nearly 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261 


straight, but slightly emarginate above the interior angle; the posterior ovate, 
and both with rather short cilia. 


Species. 


2 Fore wings with two short dark brown streaks at the base of the fold. 
Popeanella. 
22 Fore wings with no basal streaks. 
Labial palpi in the {as long as thorax. 
Plumifrontel|]a.—Rubescent, mixed with maroon brown. 
Labial palpi in the ({‘ not recurved on thorax. 
Arcane!la.—-Dark brown, with a purplish hue; luteous brown in the fold. 


A. plumifrontella.—tabial palpi reddish brown. Thorax dull brown 
tinged with reddish. Fore wing rubescent and maroon brown intermixed, the 
former hue prevailing along the fold, at the base along costa and disc, dusted 
with dark brown; with a dusky or dark brownish spot on the end of the disc, 
one about the middle of the fold and another near the base. In some speci- 
mens these spots are quite indistinct. Hind wings dusky brown. Exp. al. 17 
lines. 

Female not known. 

All my specimens of the following species are much faded from exposure. 
The specific description will not therefore apply accurately to the insect as it 
is found in nature. 


Antenne of the § distinctly serrated beneath. 


A. Popeanella.—Labial palpi dark brownish, whitish ? at the tip in the 
Q. Thorax dull brownish in the (/, with the tegule tipped behind with gray; 
whitish? tinged with brownin the 9. Fore wings brownish luteous or dull 
reddish brown, with luteous or yellow along the fold and inner margin, a spot 
on the disc and one on the middle of the nervules of the same hue, with a dark 
brown spot between them; a dark brown spot on the fold beneath median 
vein, most frequently semicircular, with a short, dark brown streak at the base 
on the submedian vein and another parallel to it beneath the median. The 
anterior margia striated from the costa with dark brown, with a subterminal 
row of dark brown spots above the branches of the median vein, and the ends of 
the nervules dotted with the same hue; cilia pale yellowish brown. Hind 
wings brownish yellow, cilia the same. Exp. al. 12 to 18 lines. 

Male and female alike. 

From Smithsonian Institution. Capt. Pope’s collection in Texas. 


Labial p2'pi shorter in the GY than in the preceding ; ascendin7, but not recurved. 


A. arcanella.—Palpi luteous brown in front, dark brown externally - 
Thorax dark browa, almost blackish. Fore wings dark brown, with an obscure 
purplish hue; with luteous brown on the disc and ina the fold, interrupted by a 
blackish brown, nearly square, submedian spot in the fold and a small one near 
its base of the same hue—sometimes merely a few blackish brown scales—with 
an irregular blickish brown spot on the end of the disc, and the costa and 
apical portion of the wing dusted and dotted, sometimes striated with blackish 
brown. Hind wings dark brown, tinged with blackish. Exp. al. 12 lines. 

Female not known. 


The genera here described may be distinguished from each other by the fol- 
lowing table: 


. Head rough. 
7 Palpi cylindric, second joint with bristles above. 


1859.] 


262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Tinea.—Antenn@ striated; maxillary palpi folded, 5 to 6-jointed; tongue 
scarcely as long as labial palpi; no naked space around the eyes. 
Tt Palpi tufted beneath. 


Tongue wanting. 


Amydria.—Joints of antenne with whorls of scales, not tufted at base; 
third joint of palpi rather long, ascending. 
Tongue nearly as long as the labial palpi. 
Xylesthia.—Joints of antenne with whorls of scales, tufted at base; fore 


wings with raised tufts. 
ttf Palpi hairy beneath in the Q, reflexed and very long in the 7. 


Antenne serrated beneath in both G and 9. 
Anaphora.—Tongue obsolete; fore wings not pointed. 


Explanation of Plate. 


Genus Tinea, fig. 1. The head of T. crocicapitella; la,a portion 
of antenna; 14, the anterior and posterior wing of T. lanariella. 

Genus Xylesthia, fig.5. The head of X. pruniramiella; ba, a 
portion of antenna; 54, the anterior and posterior wings. 

Genus Amydria, fig. 2. The head of A. effre ntella; 2a, 4 portion 
of antenna; 26, the anterior and posterior wings. 

Genus Anaphora, fig. 3. The head of A. plumifrontella tie os 
3a, a portion of antenna; 36, the anterior and posterior wings. Fig. 3’. The 
head of A. Popeanella the Q ; 3’a, a portion of antenna of the oe 


Description of a deformed, fragmentary Human Skull, found in an ancient 
quarry-cave at Jerusalem; with an attempt to determine by its configuration 
alone the Ethnical Type to which it belongs. 


BY J. AITKEN MEIGS, M. D. 


In September, 1857, Mr. J. Judson Barclay kindly presented to the Academy 
a fragmentary human cranium discovered by him in an immense quarry-cave 
at Jerusalem. 

The location in which this skull was found, the circumstances attending its 
discovery, and the very peculiar form which it exhibits, in consequence of the 
perpendicular flatness of the occiput, render it highly interesting to the cranio- 

rapher. 
From a communication* which appeared in the Ladies’ Christian Annual for 
May, 1855, and a letter dated Philadelphia, Aug. 21st, 1857, addressed to the 
writer by Mr. Barclay,t I gather the following interesting particulars concern- 
ing the finding of this skull. 

Having received some information of the existence of a very extensive cave 
near the Damascus gate of Jerusalem, (entirely unknown to Franks,) Mr. 
Barclay, in conjunction with his father and brother, resolved upon its exploration. 
Accordingly, having obtained permission to this effect, from the Nazir Effendi, 
they repaired to the cave, the mouth of which is situated directly below the city 
wall, and the houses on Bezetha. They found the wall at this spot about ten 
feet in thickness. Through a narrow, serpentine passage which traverses it they 
gained an entrance into the cave. The length of the cavern they estimated 


* Entitled, ‘‘ Extract froma Journal kept by R. G, B., during a three years’ residence in 
Jerusalem.” See also “ The City of the Great King; or, Jerusalem as it was, as it is, and 
as it is to be.” By J. T. Barclay, M. D. Philada. 1858, p. 458. 

Tt See Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci, for Sept. 1857, p. 177. 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 


at seven hundred and fifty feet, and the circumference upwards of three 
thousand feet. The roof is supported by numerous regular pillars hewn out 
of the solid limestone rock. The floor from the entrance to the termination 
forms an inclined plane, the descent of which is in some places very rapid. 
About 100 feet from the entrance a very deep and precipitous pit was dis- 
covered containing a human skeleton ; supposed to be that of some unfortu- 
nate who had fallen headlong down and broken his neck, or rather his skull, 
judging from the fracture which it exhibits. The bones, of almost giant pro- 
portions, gave evidence, from their decayed state, of having remained in that 
position for many years. The skull, unlike the rest of the skeleton, was in a 
remarkable state of preservation. Numerous crosses on the wall indicate that 
the devout Pilgrim or Crusader had been there ; and a few Arabic and Hebrew 
inscriptions—too much effaced to be deciphered—prove that the place was not 
unknown to the Jew and the Arab. The explorers found many intricate, 
meandering passages leading to immense halls as white as the driven snow, 
and supported by colossal pillars of irregular shape; some of them placed 
there by the hand of nature, others of them evidently by the stone quarriers 
to prevent the intumbling of the city. From their explorations the party con- 
cluded that this cavern and the Grotto of Jeremiah, two or three hundred 
yards distant, originally constituted one immense cave which was formerly 
the great quarry of Jerusalem. 

The cave appears, therefore, to be a very old one. An allusion to it under 
the name of the ‘‘ Cotton Grotto ’’ is made by Kadi Mejr-ed-din in an Arabic MS., 
entitled ‘‘ The Sublime Companion to the History of Jerusalem and Hebron,’’ 
and bearing date, A. D. 1495. A gentleman who entered the cave subse- 
quently to the visit of the Messrs. Barclay, tells us, in the ‘‘ Boston Traveller,’’ 
that though its existence was long suspected, ‘‘nothing was positively known 
regarding it, as it has been kept carefully closed by the successive governors 
of Jerusalem. The mouth of the cavern was probably walled up as early as 
the times of the crusades, to prevent its falling into the hands of a besieging 
army ; earth was thrown up against this wall, so as effectually to conceal it 
from view, and it is only upon the closest scrutiny that the present entrance 
can be perceived.’’ Piles of stone chippings, and blocks of stone but half- 
quarried, and still attached by one side to the rock, were encountered in dif- 
ferent parts of the cave. The marks of the cutting instruments were as plain 
and well-defined as if the workman had but just ceased from his labor. Those 
who visited the cave were of the opinion that it had been worked as a quarry 
during the days of Solomon. The following reasons appear to favor this 
opinion. The stone is the same as that of the portions of the Temple wall 
still remaining, and referred by Dr. Robinson to the period of the first build- 
ing. From the former entrance of the cave to the Temple area is a gently in- 
clined plane—a fact that suggests a satisfactory solution of what has hereto- 
fore been regarded as a very puzzling question—the difficulty of placing such 
immense masses of rock in situ, as those found at the south-east and south- 
west corners of the Temple wall. The heaps of chippings which lie about 
show that the stone was dressed on the spot, which accords with the account. 
of the building of the Temple. To these reasons we may also add the extent 
of the quarry, the amount of stone which must have been worked out there, the 
size of some of the blocks themselves, the extreme age of the part which has 
been exposed to the action of the elements, and which dates back in legends 
and traditions to the time of Jeremiah, the fact that there are no other quar- 
ries of any great size near the city, and especially the fact that in the reign of 
Solomon this quarry, in its whole extent, was without the limits of the city. 

In the absence of any positive evidence to be derived from the skull itself, 
these statements are introduced here as being calculated to throw some light 
upon the question of its antiquity or modernness, and consequently, to a certain 
extent, its nationality. 


1859.] 


264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The eranium found in this cave (No. 1031 of the collection) is probably that 
of a man etat, about 40 or 45 years. In structure it is moderately dense and 
heavy, and from its general appearance would scarcely be regarded as an an- 
cient skull. It is, unfortunately, in a very fragmentary condition, consisting 
of the two ossa parietalia, the left temporal, nearly all that part of the os oc- 
cipitis posterior to the foramen magnum, and enough of the frontal bone to 
determine the calvarial form. The facial, right temporal and basal bones are 
altogether wanting. It has evidently been a short, broad and high skull. The 
coronal region is triangular in shape, with the truncated apex of the triangle 
directed anteriorly and coinciding with the frontal diameter. The skull be- 
longs therefore to the Triangular Type of the Class Brachyplatupsidew—the 25th 
in the new and complete classification of human crania, which I propose to 
bring before the Academy at some future time. The bi-frontal diameter 
measures about 4 inches; the bi-parietal, between the ossific centres, 64 in- 
ches ; the vertical diameter, from the posterior edge of the foramen magnum 
to the highest point of the crown directly above, 6§ inches; the intermeatous 
diameter about 2} inches. The antero-posterior or longitudinal diameter of 
the head must have measured about 6} or 63 inches. The occipital bone 
rises vertically from the posterior margin of the great foramen to meet the 
parietalia which bend abruptly downward between their lateral protuberances. 
This striking peculiarity gives to the posterior part of the head the same 
broad, high and perpendicularly flattened appearance, so characteristic of 
Peruvian Crania. The superior transverse ridge of the occipital bone is well- 
defined ; and the occipital protuberance sharp and prominent. The mastoid 
process of the temporal bone is large and massive. 

Upon the inner surface of the left side, and directly opposite the parietal 
centre of ossification, there is a solution of continuity in the vitreous table. 
Both the vitreous and diploic structures at this spot have decayed away or been 
absorbed, leaving a cavity of an irregularly oval shape, and about five-eighths of 
an inch long, and half an inch wide. Judging from several minute fissures which 
radiate in different directions from the edges of this cavity, the latter is the 
result of a blow, which, without affecting the outer or fibrous, has been strong 
enough to fracture the inner table. A portion of the surrounding surface of 
the skull, extending about one inch from the margin of the cavity, is stained 
of a reddish or iron-rust color. 

The muscles attached to the sharp external occipital protuberance, to the 
well pronounced superior and inferior semi-circular lines or ridges of the os 
occipitis, and the intervening rough surface must have been well developed, 
so that the nape of the neck formed, in all probability, a plane continuous 
with the back of the head. When with this peculiarity we couple the fact 
that, owing to the relative position of the external auditory meati, the ears 
must have appeared to be attached rather to the back part than to the sides of 
the head, we can readily imagine that the individual to whom the skull be- 
longed must have presented quite a bizarre appearance. The glenoid fossa of 
the left side remains intact and is especially worthy of notice, since it happens 
to constitute in this skull the only connecting link or point of attachment be- 
tween the calvaria and the missing bones of the face. If the Cuvierian law of 
the correlation or harmonization of forms could be practically applied to the 
separate pieces composing the human cranium, this fossa would assume a still 
greater importance, since by means of it the outline of the bony face could be 
determined, and the observer having, in this indirect way, obtained an exact 
idea of the shape of the entire head, could proceed more confidently to indi- 
cate the precise ethnic type of which this skull is a specimen. 

Impracticable, however, as this is, we can approximate the desired informa- 
tionby observing attentively the exact appearance of this fossa. The zygomatic 
tubercle is well marked; the eminentia articularis, instead of being flatly 
rounded, as is ordinarily the case, is sharp and well defined, while the anterior 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 


wall of the glenoid cavity is thick and unusually convex. Instead of shelving 
backwards and upwards from the articular eminence, as is usually the case, 
particularly, as I am inclined to think, in long heads, it rises abruptly and 
almost perpendicularly, giving the fossa somewhat the appearance presented 
by this cavity in the carnivora, and indicating powerful up and down move- 
ments of the lower jaw, with diminished lateral action. The lateral motion of 
the jaw must have been still more restrained by the backward inclination of 
the internal end of the inferior root of the zygoma. The condyle adapted to 
such a fossa must have been large and heavy, with a correspondingly short 
and thick neck. Such characters indicate a heavy, square jaw, with short 
rami and a flattened or retracted symphysis menti. Corresponding with this, 
as the head is brachykephalic, the superior maxilla must have been heavy and 
flat and the malar bones prominent. Reasoning thus we may infer from the 
glenoid cavity that the face of this skull partook of the Tschudic or even ap- 
proximated the Mongolian form. 

It is, perhaps, impossible to say positively whether this skull be a very old 
or quite a modern one. A knowledge of the precise epoch to which it should 
be referred, would assist somewhat in the determination of its nationality. I 
have already said that from its appearance it can scarcely be regarded as an 
ancient skull. Yet the appearance and degree of density of bones are by no 
means reliable criteria of their age; for it is well known that bones of the 
same age exhibit great dissimilarity in these respects, according to the location 
in which they have been deposited, according as they have been buried in 
the ground, deposited in caverns, submerged in water, or freely exposed upon 
the surface of the earth to air and light. The quantity and quality of the 
mineral and saline matters contained in the water in which such bones may 
have been placed, the nature of the soil in which they may have been inhumed, 
and other circumstances, are known to exert, in the course of time, peculiar 
changes in both the animal and earthy matter. But the data by which to 
determine with certainty the time required to produce such changes are want- 
ing. Equally recent bones deposited in the same cave at the same time often 
exhibit very different appearances after the lapse of many years. And yet the 
circumstances of location, and the absence or presence of animal matter, are 
the only, and, it must be confessed, very unreliable criteria by which to de- 
termine the age of bony remains. A piece of the Jerusalem skull pressed 
against the tongue adheres slightly. A small fragment was pulverized, 
treated with ether, washed and thoroughly dried by exposure to a gentle heat. 
Qne drachm of the bone thus treated was macerated in a mixture consisting of 
three parts water and two parts hydrochloric acid. In eleven hours it 
was thoroughly dissolved, the solution being accompanied at first with a 
moderately active liberation of carbonic acid gas. A few pellicles ofa gelatin- 
ous matter that had collected upon the surface of the liquid were removed 
and carefully dried. They weighed 11 grains. Sulphuric acid was then added 
to the liquid drop by drop until there was no longer any precipitation of lime. 
The supernatant liquid was poured off, and the sulphate of lime effectually dried 
by exposure to the sun and afterwards to the heat of anoven. It weighed 48 
grains. One grain of the original weight was thus lost in the process. From 
this rough analysis it will be seen that the bones composing the skull under 
consideration contain a less percentage of animal and a greater percentage of 
calcareous matter than is contained in decidedly recent bones. A piece of an 
ancient Burgundian skull, reported to be some 2000 years old, a fragment of 
the skull of an ancient Roman,‘found in the tomb on the road between Cumez 
and the ruins of Baiz, and a fragment of the skull of a young aboriginal female 
taken from an ancient tomb at Ticul in Yucatan, were subjected to the same 
analytical process. They were found to consist almost wholly of earthy matter. 
The animal matter had almost entirely disappeared. These bones were dis- 
solved in a much less time than the piece from the Jerusalem skull, and their 
solution gave rise to a very active formation and escape of gas. 


1859.] 


266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Great interest attaches to this skull on account of the fact that it presents 
an excellent opportunity to test the differential value of certain craniographie 
characters,—those pertaining to the crown, occiput and temporal region. The 
true value of craniographic criteria has not yet been settled. The special 
investigations in this branch of natural science are as yet too limited, and 
many of them have been undertaken in such a hasty and unphilosophical 
spirit, and with such imperfect views of the method that rules in craniography, 
that the generalizations thus far effected are not only few in number and of 
limited application, but have to be used in the most careful and discriminating 
manner. It is well known to the members of the Academy that a skull in the 
collection marked Phonician* was sent by M. Fresnel, the celebrated archzolo- 
gist, to the late Dr. Morton, without the slightest information as to where, 
or the circumstances under which it was found. After a careful study of 
its race characters, Dr.jM. pronounced it to be a Phenician. He afterwards 
learned from Fresnel that it was found in the sepulchral cave of Ben-Djemma, in 
the Island of Malta, and probably belonged to an individual of that race, which, 
in the most remote times, had occupied the northern coast of Africa and the 
adjacent isles.| It will thus appear that Dr. M., guided by osteologic charac- 
ters alone, was enabled to announce the correct geographical locality of this 
skull, and perhaps also its true ethnic value, though of this latter point I 
entertain, at present, some doubts, arising from the remarkable resemblance 
which this skull bears to that of a wandering Chingan of Transylvania, de- 
picted in Blumenbach’s Decades (Tab. ii.) In like manner, some time before 
his death, Dr. Prichard sent to Prof. Retzius two human crania, requesting an 
opinion as to the race to which they belonged. He pronounced one of them 
to be Roman and the other Celtic, and was informed by Prichard that he was 
in all probability correct, for the two skulls had been dug up in an old battle- 
field at York, England, where the ancient British Celts, the Belge Brittanorum, 
had been vanquished by the Romans.{ Another instance, similar to these, 
will presently be referred to. With such examples before me, I have been led 
to attempt, as far as the materials at my command would allow, to identify 
ethnically the skull from Jerusalem. It will be borne in mind that Drs. 
Prichard, Morton and Retzius had entire skulls submitted to them. The skull 
from Jerusalem, on the contrary, is, as we have just seen, ina very fragmentary 
state. It may be said that the knowledge of the locality in which this skull 
was found would assist materially in this investigation. But that this is not 
the case will at once be seen when we call to mind that this locality has been, 
for centuries, a great rendezvous for many races of men, coming from various 
parts of Europe, Asia and Africa. Moreover the skull is somewhat unique, 
not only in its form, (of which there is not the exact counterpart in the whole 
Mortonian collection, ) but also in the fact that none others were found with 
it. Desirous of ascertaining whether any other skulls, similar in form to 
the one under consideration, had been discovered in Palestine, I examined 
a number of works of travel. At length, in the second volume of such a 
work published at Dublin in 1840, and entitled ‘‘ Narrative of a voyage to 
Madeira, Teneriffe, and along the shores of the Mediterranean, by W. R. 
Wilde, M. R. I. A., &c.,’? I came across a curious account of the discovery of 
some human skulls in one of the ancient tombs near Jerusalem. § 

During his sojourn in Jerusalem Dr. Wilde learned that within the ground 
denominated Aceldama, or Field of Blood, (situated to the south of Mt. Sion, 


*See Catalogue of Human Crania, p. 28. 

+See Patterson’s Memoir of Morton in ‘Types of Mankind, p. xl. 

tBlick auf den gegenwirtigen Standpunkt der Ethnologie in Bezug auf die Gestalt des 
Kndéchernen Schidelgerustes. Von Prof- A. Retzius, Berlin, 1857, p. 6. 

2A short notice of these crania is also contained in the Edinburgh Phrenological 
Journal, vol. 14, p. 217. 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 


in the Valley of Hinnom, and close to the Mount of Offence, ) and in the neigh- 
borhood of the painted chambers and the excavation called the tomb of Isaiah, 
some Arabs haa accidentally discovered the doorway of a tomb carved out of 
the solid rock and concealed by a heap of rubbish, over which the soil had 
accumulated so as completely to hide the entrance. The doorway represented 
a Doric pediment, supported by rude pilasters, with some remains of floral 
embellishments, characteristic of Hebrew sculpture, carved upon the archi- 
trave. The interior of the tomb consisted of an oblong hall, cut with great 
precision out of the rock, and having at the inner end and on each side, a 
number of doors leading into small, oblong chambers or crypts, about seven 
feet long. On each side of these erypts was a trough or sarcophagus, hewn 
out of the solid rock, and filled with confuged heaps of human bones in an 
astonishing state of preservation. Each set of crypts contained the skulls of 
distinct races of mankind. Dr. Wilde secured four of these crania, carried 
them to Europe, and through Dr. Graves of Dublin, sent casts of them to Dr. 
Prichard for examination. All the crypts on the right hand side of the tomb 
contained dense, heavy crania of a long, narrow form, with a flat, recedent 
forehead, very well marked superciliary ridges, and a prognathous superior 
maxilla. They evidently belonged to the African type. The skulls in the left 
hand crypts were of a shape the very reverse, as shown in plate 2, fig. 4 of 
Dr. Wiilde’s lithographic illustrations. ‘‘ Although this skull,”’ says the Dr., 
‘¢ differs in some respects from the true Mongolian, yet under that variety it 
must be classed. Its most striking character is its very remarkable narrow- 
ness in its longitudinal diameter, not only in contradistinction to the Ethio- 
pian, which is characterised by extensive length, but in comparison with all 
other known crania. Jt has an uncommon breadth aud flatness of the occipital or 
posterior region; and the very remarkable protuberance at the top of the head 
gives this skull a place among those termed pyramidal.’’ Dr. Prichard re- 
garded this skull as of Turkish origin, approaching. the true Mongolian type 
more closely than any other. Dr. Wilde considers it probable that the skull 
appertained to some of the Turcoman tribes which still wander in hordes over 
the countries anciently named Parthia, Mesopotamia, Cappadocia and Pam- 
phylia. 

From the above description it will be seen that this skull resembles the 
fragmentary cranium from Jerusalem. The two appear to belong to closely 
related types or forms, as may be demonstrated by comparing the fragment 
under consideration with the drawing given by Dr. Wilde. The form shown 
in the latter is not the true Turkish as Dr. Prichard supposed. Had he com- 
pared Dr. Wilde’s specimen, as I have Mr. Barclay’s, with the skull of a Turk 
figured by Blumenbach, (Table 2,) he would have seen that though alike in 
the shortness of the longitudinal diameter, they are too dissimilar in the con- 
figuration of the occiput to be regarded as specimens of the same cranial type. 
It must be borne in mind, however, that Dr. Prichard frequently used the 
term ‘‘Turkish’’ as synonymous with Mongolian. Into this too compre- 
hensive use of the term he appears to have been betrayed, in consequence ot 
having adopted the questionable opinion of Remusat, Klaproth and Ritter, that 
the Turks are not a distinct people, ab origine, but descendants of the Hiong- 
Nu, who, anterior to the Christian era, threatened to overrun and subjugate 
China with their mighty hordes.* Domalius D’Halloyt and Latham{ assign 
to the Turks a Scythic origin. The latter expressly says that he considers the 
Mongoliform physiognomy to be the rule with the Turk and not the exception, 
and that the Turk of Turkey exhibits the exceptional character of his family. 
I can find no good reason for thus confounding the Mongolians proper with the 


* Nat. Hist. of Man, p. 290. 
+ Des Races Humaines, Paris, 1845, p, 84. 
t Varieties of Man, pp. 78-9. 


1859] 


268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Turks. Judging from the figure in Blumenbach’s Decades, above alluded to, 
the Turks are craniographically distinct from the Tartars and the Kalmucks, 
and should be regarded, as I have elsewhere maintained,* as an originally 
peculiar race, standing mid-way between the European and the Mongol, with 
which they are transitionally connected by sub-types, which have resulted 
from a double amalgamation on the part of the Turk, whose genealogical im- 
purity we know to be very great. In the absence of Turkish crania in the 
collection, I am not able to speak positively wpon this subject. Inthe Museum 
of the Army Medical Department, Fort Pitt, Chatham, England, there are two 
skulls obtained from the Turkish burial ground at Seutari. These are de- 
scribed by Dr. Williamson, in the following words: ‘‘ No. 18. Cranium large, 
round, and very capacious; forehead high; vertex high, and very well 
arched; occiput rounded; space for the downward development of the cere- 
bellum considerable ; nasal bones well arched. No. 19. Cranium very large 
and capacious, and exceedingly well arched ; forehead high and broad ; vertex 
high, and occiput well rounded ; facial bones well placed; the alveolar pro- 
cesses perpendicular, and the facial angle very high ; lachrymal canal large.’’f 
The Turkish cranium is nearly globular, and though the external, occipital 
protuberance is but little developed, yet the occiput as a whole is rounded, 
and not vertically flattened as in Dr. Wilde’s specimen, and the fragment 
found by Mr. Barclay. The latter is therefore not Turkish. Neither is it 
Jewish, for the Semitic skull, judging from the specimens in the collection of 
the Academy, is along oval in form. Thus No. 842, the skull of a Theban 
Hebrew, xtat. 40 years,t belongs to the dolicho-kephalic class of Retzius. The 
crown is oval in shape, and the occiput regularly rounded. Nos. $18, 846, 
865 and 870 exhibit the same general form, as may be seen by referring to the 
lithographic representations of these skulls in the Crania Algyptiaca of Mor- 
ton.§ No. 807|| is an oblong and somewhat angular head, with a perceptible 
flatness of the basal portion of the occiput, which renders the occipital protu- 
berance apparently more prominent than in the other skulls of this group. 
No. 879, though preserving the oval configuration, is not so long a head as 
the others. In the 28th and 34th Tables of the Decades Craniorum, Blumen- 
bach figures two Jewish skulls,—one of a young person and the other of a 
centenarian. Unfortunately they are represented neither in profile nor in 
posterior view, and it is impossible, therefore, to determine satisfactorily the 
shape of the occipital region, or even the general form of the skull. In de- 
scribing the physical characters of the Semitic Atlantide, (Arabians, Jews and 
Kaldani or Syrians of Kurdistan,) Latham says that these people possess 
‘‘dolikhokephalie capacious crania, with straight or prominent nasal and 
orthognathic maxillary profiles.’’** In another place he says that the cranium 
of the Jew differs from that of the Arab in its greater capacity.j{ Dr. Wil- 
liamson describes a ‘‘ Skull from the Jews’ burial ground, on the road to Kolla- 
lie,’’ in the following terms: ‘‘ Forehead low and and receding ; posterior part 
of the cranium large compared to the anterior; superciliary ridge high and 


*Cranial Characteristics of the Races of Men in Indigenous Races of the Earth, 
Philada., 1857, pp. 273-4. 

+ Observations on the Human Crania contained in the Museum of the Army Medical 
Department, Fort Pitt, Chatham. By George Williamson, M. D. Dublin, 1857, p. 80. 

{Figured in Crania A®gyptiaca, Plate 11, fig. 2. This drawing very accurately repre- 
sents the skull in question. The reduced wood-cut in the pesatoaye of Human Crania 
in the Collection of the Academy, (p. 34) is an inexact copy of this drawing ‘he outline 
of the posterior part of the head is drawn inaccurately. 

§ Plate 5, fig. 4; pl. 12. figs. 1,2; pl. 6, fig-2; pl. 6, fig. 8. 

| Pl. 2, fig. 8. 

q Pl. 8, fig. 2 

** Nat. Hist. of the Varieties of Man, London, 1850, p. 511. 

+ Ibid, p, 514. 


(Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 


very prominent ; nasal bones arched with a depression at their root.* Hamil- 
ton Smith on the other hand speaks of the ‘‘ beautiful spherical cranium of 
the Jews, as fine as the Arabian or Circassian ;’’{ and in a recent work on the 
Condition of Women and Children among the Celtic, Gothic and other nations, it is 
asserted that the ‘‘ Jews have, generally speaking, crania like the Saxons and 
Goths—short and broad,’”’? p. (69). This statement is certainly erroneous. 
The Jewish crania in the Academy’s collection are, as we have just seen, long 
and ovoidal, with a comparatively receding forehead, and as Morton long ago 
observed, a strong and often harsh development of the whole facial structure. 
In his interesting work, entitled Discoveries in the Ruins of Nineveh and Baby- 
lon, Layard figures a bas-relief disinterred from Sennacherib’s palace at Kou~ 
yunjik, and representing certain Jewish captives from Lachish. ‘‘ These cap- 
tives,’’ he says, ‘‘ were undoubtedly Jews, their physiognomy was strikingly 
indicated in the sculptures.’’ A glance at these figures is sufficient to show 
that they belong, not to the short, but the long-headed races of men, The Jews 
are justly classed, therefore, by Retzius among the Asiatic Dolichokephale.t 

The Arab skulls in the collection, with the exception of No. 780, are entire- 
ly different from the fragment under consideration. No. 1296 is an oval, 
dolicho-kephalic head. No. 781 is an oblong head with the occipital region 
flattened superiorly, as in the Norwegian and Swedish§ skulls, and the oc- 
cipital protuberance quite prominent. No. 784 is a long head approximating 
the oval form. Behind the mastoid processes it is quite broad, and the oc- 
cipital region is full and rounded. No. 780 is a shorter head than the other. 
The crown exhibits the triangular form of that of the fragments from Jerusa- 
lem, but the triangle is longer. The occiput though flattened is not so de- 
cidedly flat as in the fragment. 

This fragment differs also entirely from the Fellah skulls in the collection, 
not only in length but also in the configuration of the crown and the occiput. 

Upon comparing it with the series of Egyptian skulls, I find that we cannot 
ascribe to it an Egyptian origin. It is a curious fact, however, and one worthy 
of mention in this connection, that among the figures in Crania Agyptica, 
selected from Rosellini’s great work by Dr. Morton to illustrate the Egyptian 
type of head, there are several which I am strongly inclined to think are not 
at all Egyptian. Two of these (Fig. 4, p. 34, and Fig. 3, p. 35) are evidently 
brachykephalic heads. In both, the hind head is vertically flattened. The 
former resembles the square or round-headed German, the latter calls to mind 
the Peruvian form. The first outline is that of the Harper in Bruce’s tomb at 
Thebes; the second is a cook, who in the tomb of Rameses the Fourth, at 
Thebes, is represented with many others in the active duties of his vocation. 

Before proceeding further in the attempt to determine the race to which the 
Jerusalem skull belongs, it will be useful to enumerate the very different races 
of men that have at different times occupied Jerusalem and its vicinity. 

From the Acts of the Apostles we learn that during the first century of the 
Christian era, there were assembled at Jerusalem, besides the Jews, Parthians, 
Medes, Elamites, Mesopotamians, Judeans, Cappadocians, natives of Pontus, 
Asia, Phrygia, Pamphylia, Egypt, Libya about Cyrene, Rome, Crete and 
Arabia. Long after this we know that crowds of pilgrims were attracted to 
Jerusalem ‘‘ from the shores of the Atlantic Ocean, and the most distant coun- 
tries of the East.’”? Among these pilgrims, Jerome, cited by Gibbon, || mentions 
the Britons and the Indians. Three centuries later, (A. D. 614,) the Holy 
mL 

*Op. Cit. p. 80. 

+Nat Hist of the Human Species. Amer. Edit, p. 377. 

tOpuse. cit. sup. p. 9. > 

§See Catalogue of Human Crania, pp. 19,20. Also Cranial Characteristics of the 
Races of Men in Indigenous Races, pp. 290, 291. 

] Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. Chap. 23, 


1859.] 


270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


City fell into the hands of the Persian King Chosroes II. In 637 it was con- 
quered by the Saracens, and again became a resort for pilgrims from various 
parts of the old worid. Then it was under the sway of the house of Seljuk; 
the Turcomans under Ortok having hereditary command of the city and neigh- 
boring territory. At length Ortok was driven out by the Egyptians, who in 
their turn yielded the possession of the holy city to the Crusaders under God- 
frey of Bouillon. From the time of Godfrey down to the fall of Acre.and the 
cessation of the Crusades in 1291, a period of some 200 years, the City of the 
Great King and all Palestine became the sanguinary arena in which the natives 
of Great Britain, Frenchmen, Flemings, Belgians, Normans, Scandinavian 
cruisers from the Baltic, Bavarians, Bohemians, Carinthians, Piedmontese, 
Styrians, Genoese, South Italians, &c., on the one hand, contended with Mus- 
sulmen, Mamelukes and the Kharizmian horde from Mongolia on the other, 
for the possession of the Holy Sepulchre. 

Two interesting questions here present themselves. Does this skull belong 
to any of the races of men, which in successive waves have swept over and 
occupied, for varying periods of time, the Holy City and surrounding country ? 
Is it possible to indicate the race of which the peculiar form of skull before us 
is the cranial type? Following the method of exclusion, the only philosophi- 
cal method available in researches of this kind, where the positive criteria or 
data for determining a diagnosis are wanting, I have already shown that we 
can safely affirm that the skull in question is neither Jewish, Arabian, Egyp- 
tian ancient or modern, nor Turkish. With equal safety we may say that it 
is not Roman in its origin or affiliation. For Blumenbach figures the skull of 
a Roman pretorian soldier (Tab. 32) given to him by the Cardinal Borgia. 
The configuration of this skulls differs from the Jerusalem fragment. ‘‘ Pro- 
tuberantia occipitalis externa latissima et ingenter eminens’’ are the words 
employed by Blumenbach in describing the hind head of the former. Both 
Sandifort* and Martin} speak of the broad forehead of the Roman skull, and 
Retzius,{ in describing such a skull found in an ancient cemetry at York, also 
alludes to the ‘‘ broad and well arched forehead, and the broad, rounded oc- 
ciput and prominent occipital protuberance,’’ features not found in the Jeru- 
salem fragment. Finally Dr. Thurnam, § in his description of the skull of Theo- 
dorianus, found ina Roman sarcophagus at York, (the ancient Eburacum, ) tells 
us that ‘‘ the forehead, though low, is remarkable fur breadth ; that the coronal 
surface presents an oval outline, and is notable for its great transverse diame- 
ter; and that the occipital bone is full and prominent, especially in its upper 
half. None of these characters are exhibited by the fragment before us. 

Is this fragment a Persian head? In the Persian skull figured in Tab. 35 
of Blumenbach’s Decades the occiput is truncated or perpendicularly flattened. 
In this respect it resembles the Jerusalem fragment. But when we turn to 
the Persian heads in the Academy’s collection we find that they present a 
rounded occiput. Here then a difficulty occurs at once, as to the normal 
occipital form of the Persian head. Is there one form which is constant and 
typical or not? From a general survey of the configuration of the occiput in 
the various races of men, I am constrained to answer this question in the 
negative. Only by means ofa very large number of native Persian crania can 
we determine this point. The flatness of the occiput in Blumenbach’s Persian 
skull may or may not be an accidental and unusual feature. Whether it is 
or not there are differences between the two skulls now under consideration 
sufficient to assign them to different races. In the Jerusalem skull the whole 
hind-head is so flattened that it extends but a short distance behind the 


* Tab Cran, diversar, Nationum, p. 1. 

+ Man and Monkeys, p. 223. 

t Kraniologisches in Miiller’s Archiy fiir Anat., Phys., &c. Jahr, 1849, p. 576. 
#Crania Britannica, 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 


meatus. Inthe cranium figured by Blumenbach only the extreme portion of the 
occipital region is flattened, and there is much more of the head projecting back 
of the bony meatus. We may conclude, therefore, that the fragment does not 
belong to the Persic type. 

Of the cranial characteristics of some of the races mentioned in the 2d 
chapter of the Acts of the Apostles, I have not been able to find any record 
whatever. The materials, therefore, for determining positively, by the method 
of exclusion, the race to which our Jerusalem fragment belongs do not exist. 
The various races of men occupying from the earliest times the ancient Ionia 
or Asia Minor and the table lands of Persia and Armenia, constituted a very 
heterogeneous population, in which Cushite, Shemitic, Arian and Turanian 
ethnic elements appear to be inextricably blended. Much uncertainty pre- 
vails among ethnographers as to the distinctive physical characters of these 
different races. The national types ef the Medes and Parthians are not cer- 
tainly known. These people are generally ranked among the Turanians, 
Scythians, or Turk-Tartars; while the Persians, by nearly all chronologists 
and philologists are looked upon as true Japetide. Mesopotamia appears to 
have been occupied from the remotest epoch by both Shemitic and Arian races. 
Renan, guided by philological data, considers the bulk of the population to 
be Shemitic.* To the Elamites Polybius and Strabo ascribe a northern origin. 
Josephus considers them to be the ‘‘ ancestors of the Persians.’’ Certainly in 
the first Maccabees, Persia and Persepolis are both called Elam. Lenormant, 
Quatremere, Movers and others consider the Elamites to be a people cognate 
if not identical with the Persians. On the other hand Léwenstern} thinks that 
the primitive Elamites were of Shemitic origin, and that in more recent times 
their ethnic characters were altered by intermixture with Scythic conquerors. 
It matters not which of these two theories we adopt. For as the Barclay skull 
differs from both Persian and Shemitic crania, it follows that in all probability 
it differs equally from the Elamitic skull. 

The natives of Pontus were the Tibareni and affiliated tribes on the south- 
east of the Black Sea in the neighborhood of Colchis. The Tibarenians of 
Herodotus, according to Dubois,t{ are the Georgians of the present day. If so, 
the Jerusalem skull never belonged to a ‘‘native of Pontus.’’ 

If the Guanche skull in the collection represents truly the form of the 
Libyan or Berber head, the Jerusalem cranium cannot be considered as a speei- 
men of that race ;—for the skull of the Guanche is a long oval, terminated 
posteriorly by a protuberant occiput. In the Museum of the ‘‘ Carolinischen 
Tnstitut ’’ at Stockholm, there are four Guanche skulls, which Prof. Retzius 
speaks of as ‘‘grosse, geriumige, ovale Schiidel, sehr denen der Araber 


gleichend.’’ In the anatomical Museum ‘‘de 1] Ecole de Médecine de Paris’? 
there is a skull of a Kabyle woman. From the reference made to it by Dr. 
Gosse it appears to be a long, narrow skull.§ According to Furnari, however, 
the Berber cranium is ‘‘ globuleux et conique en arriere.’’|| 

According to Klaproth the Parthians were cognate with the Getz, Massagetz, 
and other tribes generally included by the ancient writers under the vague 
and comprehensive term Scythian.7 Strabo calls them Carduchi, i. e. in- 
habitants of Curdistan. Pulszky says, ‘‘The Parthians were probably not 
Persians proper, but an unartistical Turanian tribe, held in subjection by the 
earlier Persians under their Achemenian kings, which, in its turn, revolting 


* Histoire Générale et Systeme Comparé des Langues Sémitiques, 1 dre Partie, Paris, 
1855. Liv. I. Chap. If. 211. 

t+ Revue Archeologique, 1850, po. 677-723. 

} Voyage autour du Caucase, Paris, 1840, 1V. 321, 328, 

¢ Essai sur les Deformations Artificielles du Crane. Paris, 1855, p. 59. 


| Voyage médical dans l Amérique Septentrionale, Paris, 1815, t. 1, p. 23. 
q Tab. Hist, de |’ Asie. p. 40. 


1859.] 20 


272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


from the yoke, ruled the Persians above four centuries.’’* Judging from the 
portraits of the Ist, 5th, 12th and 19th Arsaces, on their silver coins in the 
British Museum, the form of the Parthian skull must have been round or 
globular. 

Herodotus and Eudoxus, among the ancients, and Renan, t Gosche, § Knobel! 
and others, among the moderns, consider the Phrygians to be closely affiliated 
to the Armenians. This opinion is based upon purely linguistic considerations. 
There are reasons, however, for thinking that these two people were not cranio- 
graphically alike. Both Potocki and Dubois regarded the Phrygians as of Ger- 
manic origin. Hamilton Smith also speaks of them as a Getic clan. Among the 
five characteristic types of man exhibited in the bas-reliefs on the tomb of King 
Darius Hystaspes, excavated in the mountain Rachmend near Persepolis, there 
is a Lydian wearing a Phrygian cap, and ‘‘representing the mixed population of 
Asia Minor—a modification of the Arian type by the infusion of foreign blood 
—Iranian, Scythian and Shemitish interminglings.1’’ The head is short and 
rounded. This is true also of a head of a Lycaonian warrior from a monu- 
ment of Iconium, in the south-western part of ancient Phrygia. Renan, 
Movers and Knobel seem inclined to think that the ancient inhabitants of 
Pamphylia were of Phoenician origin. But the Phenician, like the Shemitic 
skull, is dolicho-kephalic. Hence if the opinion of these gentlemen be well 
grounded, the short-headed Jerusalem fragment is not Pamphylian. 

From these statements it will be seen that the Parthians, Phrygians, and 
perhaps also the Cappadocians and Cretans belong, in common with the Scla- 
voniang, Finns, Turks, Kalmucks, &c., to the same short-headed group of 
crania to which must be assigned our Jerusalem skull. Of the exact form of 
their heads, however, I can obtain no satisfactory information. The affilia- 
tions of the Jerusalem skull must be sought in this direction. But the attempt 
to determine its exact place in the ethnographic scale is still further compli- 
cated by the question of deformation. Is it a deformed skull? It is not easy 
to answer this question positively. Deformed or distorted skulls are referrible, 
as regards the cause of distortion, to three classes, viz: 1st. Skulls artificially 
deformed by bandages, &ec.; 2d. Skulls posthumously distorted in consequence 
of interstitial changes produced by the combined influence of pressure and 
moisture; and 3d. Skulls naturally or congenitally deformed in consequence 
of obliteration by synostosis of some one of the sutures, this obliteration taking 
place during intra-uterine or early extra-uterine life and by presenting a point 
of resistance, causing the brain and with it the calvarial bones to be un- 
duly developed in certain directions, as has been very clearly shown by Dr. 
Humphry Minchin, of Dublin.** Now a careful inspection of the Jerusalem 
skull shows that no synostosis either of the lambdoidal or the posterior part of 
the sagittal suture can be pointed out. The occipital and parietal bones have 
been developed in the usual manner and from ossific points of ordinary num- 
ber and location. The sutures mentioned though nearly consolidated have 
not been obliterated. The deformation is, therefore, not congenital. It is not 
posthumous, for if it were, the sutures would in all probability gap, and not 
admit of coaptation, and the head would be asymmetrical. We may conclude 
then that the head has been artificially deformed, by pressure strongly, evenly 


*Indigenous Races of the Earth, ‘‘Iconographic Researches on Human Races and 
their Art,” p. 151. 

tibid, pp. 170-171. 

t Op. Cit., p. 44. 

2 De Ariana lingue gentisque armeniace indole. Berlin, 1847, 

4 Die Velkertafel der Genesis, p. 98. 

§ Iconographic Researches, p. 151. 

** Contributions to Craniology. Dublin, 1856. 


[Sept. 


w] 


y 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 


and continuously applied to the occipital region during growth. Formerly the 
custom of distorting the head was supposcd to be confined to the American abo- 
rigines. It is now known to have prevailed in various parts of the old world as 
wellas inthe new. The Jerusalem skull is a strongly marked, perhaps I may 
‘say, an exaggerated example of the T¢te deprimée par dérriére, of Dr. Gosse, of 
Geneva. This excellent craniographer divides all artificially deformed skulls 
into sixteen classes. In the fifteenth he places occipitally flattened crania. 
Besides the Peruvian and other aboriginal Americans, the Tahitians, accord- 
ing to Ellis,* and the natives of the Nicobar Isles, according to Nicolas Fon- 
tana,f were in the habit of flattening the heads of their children in this 
manner. Insfeld, cited by Semmering,} says of the Kalmucks, ‘‘ quadratum 
formam appetunt.’’ We learn from Vesalius that occipital deformation was 
practiced in his time by certain German tribes. ‘‘Germani,’’ he writes, ‘‘ vero 
compresso plerumque occipite et lato capite spectantur, quod pueri in cunis 
dorso semper incumbant, ac manibus fere citra fasciarum usum, cunarum 
lateribus utringue alliguntur.’’ Hence, the term ¢téte carrée applied to the 
Germans. Vesalius also writes of the Turks: ‘‘Turcarum capite globi fere- 
imaginem exprimunt, ad hance quoque obstetricibus nonnunquam magna ma- 
trum sollicitudine opem ferentibus.’? The Tahitian and Nicobarian crania 
being dolichokephalic, we may, on this account, as well as for obvious geo- 
graphical reasons, set them aside, as we have already the Turks, in our at- 
tempts to determine the nationality of the Jerusalem skull. We thus limit 
ourselves to a choice between the Mongols, Germans, Peruvians, and, for rea- 
sons presently to be stated, the Sclavonians, and a certain brachykephalic 
race, cranial specimens of which have been found in the Catacombs of Paris, 
by the late Dr. Harlan, and placed in the Academy’s collection by his son. 
One of the latter, No. 664, bears much resemblance to the Barclay skull. The 
two, however, are by no means, identical in form. For the forehead in No. 
664 is broader in proportion to the hind-head than in the Jerusalem skull ; the 
crown in the former is consequently less triangular, and the occiput, though 
flattened in the same way, is not so decidedly and broadly flattened. The 
crown of our Jerusalem fragment more closely resembles that of a Sclavonian 
head from Olmutz, No. 1251 of the collection. The calvaria in both is trian- 
gular in shape, but more elevated at the junction of the sagittal and coronal 
sutures in the Sclavonian than in the skull from Palestine. The occipital region 
in the latter is globular, and has not been subjected to the flattening process. 
Nevertheless, if it had been vertically flattened by art, we can well imagine 
that it would have strikingly resembled the Jerusalem skull. The Sclavic 
skull from Morlack, in Dalmatia, exhibits an oblong coronal region. The 
shape of the crown in the short-headed German type (such as seen in Nos. 37 
and 1063} is a rounded square. In the German head, No. 706, the crown is 
triangular, but that part at the junction of the sagittal and coronal su- 
tures, is very much arched, and in this respect is unlike the Jerusalem frag- 
ment. In the long-headed Germans the crown forms a broad oval. The Jeru- 
salem skull very closely resembles the cast of a Burat Mongol head, No. 1355 
of the collection. It also resembles the Kalmuck skull, No. 1553, though less 
decidedly. In the brachykephalic Burat head there is the same triangular 
crown, narrow at the forehead and broad between the parietal bosses; the 
same moderate fulness of the centre of the dome, and the same symmetry. 
Had the occiput been flattened the forms of the two crania would have been 
identical. As it is, the occipital region projects but a short distance behind 
the foramen magnum, so that very little compression would be necessary to 


* Polynesian Researches, London, 1831, vol. 1, p. 80. 
t Asiatic Researches, London, 1799, vol. 3, p. 151. 
t De Corp. Human. Fab. Traject ad Menum, 1794, 1, 62. 


1859.] 


274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


give to it the occipital form of the skull from Jerusalem. The absence of the 
truncated occiput in the only specimen of the Burat type in the collection need 
not deter us from referring the Barclay fragment to this type. I have already 
noticed the fact that the Kalmucks were in the habit of giving a square form to 
the head. This practice was confined to male children. Females were for the 
most part exempt from it, and consequently retained the form of head given 
to them by nature. It is curious to observe that the Burat cast has every ap- 
pearance of being the cast of a female skull—of one, therefore, which has 
escaped compression, As if to confirm the reference here made of the Jerr- 
salem skull to the Burat cranial type, I may say, that after the above lines 
had been written, I received a copy of Dr. Latham’s ‘* Descriptive 
Ethnology,’’ published during the current year. In the first volume, when 
describing the Mongolian physiognomy, he alludes to my description of the 
only Kalmuck skull in the Academy’s collection, and quoting Blamenbach’s 
epithets, says that the cranial collection in the Berlin Museum, the largest he 
has seen, verifies these epithets. He says further, that ‘‘ the base of some of 
the Burat crania, and the truncation of the occiput, are in some cases inordinate.’’ 
(p. 339.) I find additional confirmation of the ideas here advocated in a pos- 
teriorly flattened skull brought to the Academy, within a few days past, by Mr. 
J, H. Slack, who informs me that it belonged to the collection of Prof. Wein- 
land, and was found upon the battle-field of Balaklava. Though labelled 
Cossack, it is undoubtedly of Mongolian origin. In many respects it is analo- 
gous to the Kalmuck skull No. 1553 of the collection, but unlike this latter it 
has the occiput flattened. The Cossacks, it will be remembered, are a mixed 
people, made up chiefly of Sclavonians, Turks and Mongols, the latter ethnic 
element predominating. 

The Jerusalem skull resembles Nos. 85, 87, 450, 688, 752, 1232, 1458, 1459, 
1464, 1473, 1481, 1493, 1495, 1504, 1509, 230, 497, and others of the Peruvian 
group. The former is, however, not identical in conformation with the latter. 
Nearly all these Peruvian skulls are irregularly distorted, and in most of them 
the sinciput appears to have been compressed as weli as the occiput. Although 
distorted by the same means, and in general outline very much alike, yet 
they differ to some extent from each other in the shape of the crown, and even 
in the extent and direction of the occipital flatness. Except in the fact that 
the Burat and Kalmuck skulls are not artificially flattened as the Barclay 
cranium has evidently been, these three resemble each other more closely 
than the latter does the Peruviap. Nevertheless, the short-headed and occi- 
pitally flattened Peruvian skulls and our Jerusalem fragment are referrible 
to the same type, or at least to types so closely related that it requires careful 
examination to discriminate between them. Are we justified on this account 
in regarding the cranium from Jerusalem as a Peruvian skull? I think not. 
To refer a skull to its formal type is not the same as referring it to its appro- 
priate race, nation or tribe. Two skulls of the same type may belong to very 
different races. This fact is involved in a curious law of homoiokephalic re- 
presentation, which has been entirely overlooked by craniographers, and the 
neglect of which has in several instances, led to very curious mistakes. The 
ancient Avarian skull found at Grafenegg, in Austria, by Count Von Brauner, 
so closely resembled some of the elongated and cylindrically compressed Pern- 
vian skulls, that Von Tschudi declared it to be of Peruvian origin, and sup- 
posed that it had been brought over from Peru to Austria with other collections. 
Prof. Retzius, with greater diagnostic skill, pointed out certain differential 
characters which were overlooked or regarded as of no importance by Von 
Tschudi, and pronounced the skull to be indigenous to Europe and to have 
belonged to the Avarians. This opinion, which at first gained no support, 
was afterwards proven to be correct by the discovery of similar skulls at 
Atzgersdorf, near Vienna, in Austria, at the village of St. Romain in Savoy, 
-and in the valley of the Doubs, not far from Mandeuse. Fitzinger, Troyon, 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 


(Fosse and Duvernoy examined these crania and confirmed the opinion of 
Retzius. The first mentioned observer has shown that they resemble in every 
particular certain crania found in the Crimea and described by Rathke and 
Meyer.* To refer the Barclay fragment to the Peruvian race would be to re- 
peat the mistake of Von Tschudi. 

Thus, then, from the foregoing details we may conclude quite posi- 
tively that the skull found by Mr. Barclay is neither that of a Jew, Arab, 
Egyptian, Fellah, Turk, Roman, Persian, Elamite, Tibarenian nor Libyan. 
Reasons have also been adduced opposing the ascription to it of a Peruvian 
origin. 

It may have belonged to the Parthians, Phrygians, Mesopotamians, Cap- 
padocians or Cretans, in so far as these are representatives of the so-called 
Turanian type. The craniographic data necessary to determine this point 
satisfactorily are almost entirely wanting. 

It is, in all probability, either a Mongolian or a Sclavonian skull. In some 
respects it resembles both, in some respects it differs from both. Herice the 
difficulty of determining between the two,—a difficulty increased by the fact 
that these two cranial forms or types are themselves closely related, and pos- 
sess features in common, and that the differential characters by which they 
are distinguished reside chiefly in the facial and basal bones, parts which are 
wenting in the Jerusalem fragment. The latter, however, as we have seen, 
resembles more closely the Burat cranial form than that of the Moravian variety 
of the Sclavic. It resembles the former more strikingly perhaps than any 
other head in the collection that has not been deformed. Still it may approx- 
imate just as closely the head of a Tschek, Wend, Slovack, Croat, Serbian, 
Pole or any other representative of the great Sarmatian stock. I cannot make 
the necessary comparisons to determine this point, for the Academy’s collection 
contains no specimens of these transitionary races. I say transitionary, for 
through these Sclavonian tribes the brachykephale of Europe graduate into 
the brachykephale of Asia. To be more precise, I may say, indeed, that an 
attentive consideration of the Burat skull-type leads me to the belief that the 
short- headed races of Eastern Europe graduate into the Kalmucks and Mongols 
proper of Asia through the Sclaves and Burats of Lake Baikal. The latter 
people, judging from the cast in the Academy’s collection, belong to a type 
somewhat higher in the human cranial scale than the Mongolian, According 
to Tchihatcheff, they manifest more aptitude for civilization than the pure 
Mongolian tribes. 

The type of the Burat head being displayed in the fragment from Jeru- 
salem, I refer the latter provisionally to the people and the region about Lake 
Baikal. 

This opinion is announced not as a positive and indisputable conclusion. 
but as an approximation to the truth,—an approximation, moreover, whose 
scientific value is necessarily as incomplete as the facts upon which it is based 
are limited. 

From the foregoing remarks it will be seen that neither occipital nor calva- 
. rial characters per se, are as valuable as is generally thought by craniographers 
in determining the race to which any particular skull belongs. In like man- 
ner basal, facial or lateral characters, taken singly, will not be sufficient to de- 
termine the type of askull. This type is found neither in the base, nor in 
the dome, neither in the occiput nor the sinciput alone. To a great extent it 
resides in the sutures, and is determined partly by the number and location 
of the ossific centres, and the rapidity with which development proceeds from 
such foci, and partly by the extent and direction of this development. During 


*See Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. vii. 405 ; compare also Fitzinger’s Fssay ‘‘ Ueber die Schidel 
der Avaren ” Wien, 1853; and Retzius’ * Blick auf den gegenwiirtigen Standpunkt der 
Ethnologie,’ Berlin, 1857. pp. 42, 43, 


1859.] 


976 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the centuries that have elapsed, since man first appeared upon the surface of 
the earth, the ethnical peculiarities which appear to have originally charae- 
terised the laws of cranial development in the different races of men, have 
become so masked or modified by hybrid interminglings of varied degree 
and kind, that the great principle of the correlation of forms is scarcely availa- 
ble in inferring from one or more fragments of a skull the typical form of that 
skull. Cuvier, the discoverer of this important principle of paleontology, 
regarded every organized being as a whole, whose different parts correspond to 
each otherin such a manner that none can change without the others changing 
also. Consequently, to him not only each part, but each fragment of a part, ap- 
peared to be the index of all the others. He asserted that not only the class, 
but the order, the genus, and even the species are expressed in the form of each 
part, in the smallest apophysis, the smallest bony facet. Guided by this teleo- 
logical principle, the sagacious Cuvier, from the examination of a single tooth, 
was enabled to announce the character of the entire skeleton of an extinct reptile. 
The jaw bone and teeth of an extinct species of animal then unknown (Phascolo- 
therium Bucklandii) he correctly ascribed to a marsupial quadruped allied to the 
opossum. In like,manner the fragment of a fossil femur, found in New Zealand, 
was referred by Prof. Owen to an extinct genus of tridactyle Struthious birds. 
The correctness of this reference was afterwards attested by the discovery of 
numerous remains of several species of this genus. So also, Prof. Leidy, fol- 
lowing the same great law of the harmonization of forms, was enabled to as- 
sign the fragment of a fossil molar tcoth, from Missouri Territory, to a species 
of rhinoceros. Subsequently, he received from the same place fragments of 
the maxillz and cranium of this species sufficient to confirm positively his 
opinion. Still more recently he referred a fragment of the anterior portion of 
a fossil upper jaw, from the valley of the Niobrara river, to a species of camel, 
and this reference was confirmed by the discovery of an entire jaw of the ani- 
mal bearing the peculiar hook-like process, which differentiates it from atl 
other ruminants. . 

But, though the paleontologist and comparative anatomist can, from minute 
fragments of bone, reconstruct many of the extraordinary species of animals 
that flourished in earlier geological epochs, yet the student of human cranio- 
graphy can seldom, with any certainty, indicate from a fragment the type and 
race of askull, The paleontologist is assisted to his conclusions by the law 
of co-existing elements or harmony of forms, and when this fails, as it does 
at times, and as it occasionally did even in the hands of its illustrious dis- 
coverer, he can resort to the comparison of the fossilremains he may be study- 
ing with the similar parts of animals now existing. The craniographer cannot 
avail himself of this law of correlation. The existence of numerous transi- 
tionary forms, partly natural, partly hybrid, occupying places between the 
leading, typical stocks, and causing these Jatter to graduate into each other, 
in some instances almost insensibly; the difficulty of distinguishing between 
natural and hybrid sub-types; the existence of artificially deformed crania 
among different races in both hemispheres, some of them being purely arbi- 
trary or conventional, and some of them imitations of natural but little known 
forms, all constitute serious obstacles to the practical application of this law 
to human crania, A still greater difficulty, moreover, is found in the fact 
that, in its practioal working, this law is seen to be more generic than specific, 
in other words it differentiates genera better than species; species better than 
varieties, With the latter, though theoretically true, it is practically valueless. 
Cavier himself was unable to point out specific osteological differences between 
the lion and tiger, the horse and ass, the dog and wolf, the leopard, panther, wild 
and domestic cats, &e. He was unable, consequently, to satisfy himself of the 
precise organic form or specific type to which the fossil representatives of these 
species belonged. Even, in regard to living species, Cuvier acknowledged that 
‘* La classe des poissons est de toutes, celle qui offre le plus de difficulttés quand 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277 


on veut la subdiviser en ordres d’aprés des caractéres fixes et sensibles.’’* Never- 
theless, it is well known that Agassiz, abandoning the Cuvierian method of com- 
paring animals by their organs, and adopting Bichat’s scheme of comparing the 
tissues of organs instead, was enabled to reconstruct the fishes of the fossil 
world by noting carefully the characteristics of their tegumentary membrane. 
If it be true, indeed, for the animal world at large, as maintained by Knox, 
that specific characters are in the main external; and that the anatomy of the 
interior leads to higher considerations than the mere determination of species ; 
and if it be true, that, on this account, the law of correlation so often fails in 
its application to species, still more should it fail when used as a means of 
diagnosticating human crania from each other. For a serial unity of form is 
here more manifest than in the animal ‘world proper, and this unity has 
become still more apparent under the combined influence of civilization and 
hybridity. In long periods of time civilization appears to be capable of 
modifying human cranial forms to a slight though appreciable extent. Hy- 
bridity, by introducing intermediate or transitionary forms, gives to osteological 
characters, originally differential, an uncertain or fluctuating value. Natural- 
ists are not agreed whether the carnivora of the fcssil world were identical 
with the lions, tigers, panthers, leopards, &c., of the present time, or were 
specifically distinct from these. They are not yet decided whether all the 
species of the present fauna of this continent are distinct from those found 
fossil in the post-pliocene deposits of South Carolina or not. They find that 
the teeth and bones of the living rabbit, raccoon, opossum, deer, elk, hog, 
dog, sheep, ox and horse, cannot be distinguished anatomically from similar 
remains found in these deposits, and they are consequently at a loss whether 
to regard the former as the direct descendants of the latter, or entirely distinct 
from them; and this, too, notwithstanding that the fossil specimens are found 
associated with the remains of animals positively known to be extinct,—such 
as mastodon, megatherium, hipparion, &c.t ‘hey are not agreed whether the 
fossil horse resembled the quagga, the zebra, the dzigguetai, the domestic 
horse, or an animal wholly and specifically distinct from all these. Agassiz 
‘‘entertains doubts respecting the unity of origin of the domesticated horse.”’t 
According to Knox, the fossil horse belongs to no species of this animal now 
living.§ Prof. Owen finding that one of the teeth of a certain fossil horse is 
somewhat more curved than the corresponding tooth of the recent horse, 
declares the former to be a distinct species, and names it Equus curvidens. 
Prof. Leidy is persuaded that many remains of an extinct species of horse, 
from the post-pliocene of this country, are undistinguishable from the recent 
one. The specimens of teeth of this animal, which he has had the oppor- 
tunity of exhibiting, present so much difference in condition of preservation 
or change in structure; so much variation in size, from that of the more 
ordinary horse to the largest English dray horse; and so much variableness 
in constitution, from that of the recent horse to the most complex condition 
belonging to any extinct species described, that it would be about as easy, he 
thinks, to indicate a half dozen species as it would two.|| So it is with the varied 
cranial forms displayed in the great natural family—man. Of human crania, it 
is just as easy, indeed, I thinkit is easier—to make twenty-seven races, types, 
permanent varieties, or species—call them what you will—as it is to make 
any less number—so very mobile, so very elastic is the fundamental plan or 
structural type of the human skull. The uncertainty which surrounds the 
definition of the species of the genus Equus, exists also in connection with the 


*Régne Animale, t, ii p. 28. 

tSee Proceedings Acad Nat. Sci., July 1859, p. 184. 

{See his letter addressed to Prof. Holmes, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., July 1859, p. 186. 

Introduction to Inquiries into the Philosophy of Zoology, in London Lancet, for 
October, 1855, p. 275. 

\|Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., July, 1859, p. 182. 


1859.] 


278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


genera bos, ovis, capra, ursus, canis, felis, sus, and other extant natural 
families, reprvsentative remains of which have been found in strata apper- 
taining to geological epochs anterior to ourown. Difference of species for Ursus 
maritimus and Ursus Americanus could not be predicated upon the skulls 
only.of these animals. The crania of Felis canadensis, F. concolor, F. chaly- 
beata, &c., in the Museum of the Academy, are identical in form and dentition 
with the skullof F. tigris. So, also, the skulls of Canis lupus, and C. familiaris 
are identical with each other. I doubtif there is the anatomist living who 
from the study of one or several bones of the head of one of the above 
mentioned species, could unerringly refer them to their proper species. 
Still less, if the animal were extinct, could they restore the species. To their 
appropriate genus these bones might be restored, and this genus might 
be reconstructed, but nothing more. So, also, supposing the Jew, the 
Gipsey, and the Eskimo, all long-headed people, were extinct, I feel very cer- 
tain that no ethnologist could, from their crania alone, restore the distinctive, 
ethnic features of these people,—the prominent, unmistakable nose and mouth 
of the first, the long, dark and squinting eyes, and narrow radix nasi of the 
second, the stunted form and flat, lozenge-face of the last. On the other hand 
suppose the Finn, the Lapp, the Turk and the Sclav, all long-headed people, 
were among the past and gone. Thenthe problem would be, if anything, still 
more difficult. For these crania resemble cach other much more closely than 
do those of the Eskimo, Gipsey and Jew. If we were to contrast the skull of 
an Eskimo with that of a Sclav or a Turk, or the sku'l of a Gipsey or Jew with 
that of a Finn or Lapp we should soon discover that there were greater differ- 
ences between the crania thus compared, than between the different species 
of Ursus, or of Canis, or of Felis. The most striking difference is to be found 
in the length or antero-posterior dimensions of the two classes of skulls. Upon 
this feature, indeed, Retzius has founded his two groups of human crania— 
the dolichokephalic and brachykephalic. But this difference in length is ac- 
companied by other characters, some of which though less striking to the 
ordinary observer, are not the less valuable and distinctive, in an ethnical 
point of view. If all skulls were either long or short the craniographer might 
readily refer any particular skull submitted to his inspection to one or other 
of these two classes. But there are many crania which are shorter than the 
so-called ‘‘long skulls,’’ and yet longer than the so-called ‘‘short skulls.’’ 
These constitute a class intermediate between the dolichokephale and brachy- 
kephale, into which they graduate on either hand so insensibly that they are 
separable from them by no trenchant lines. A skull having been placed 
among the dolichokephale, or it may be among the brachykephala, it is still 
as far from being minutely classified as the head of a dog which has been 
located in a group called simply ‘‘Canis.’’ It may be orthognathie or prog- 
nathic, it may be square-, oblong-, oval-, or lozenge-faced ; it may have an oval, 
triangular or square crown. In many skulls these features may be, and, in- 
deed, are, variously combined. Individual crania of the same group not 
aunfrequently exhibit these features differently combined. On the other hand 
two skulls closely resembling each other may belong to distinct races differing 
in general appearance, in language, in habits, in intellectual and instinctive 
traits. Contrast, for example, the skull of a Greco-Egyptian, No. 837 of the 
collection, with that of an ancient Swede, No. 1249. These heads differ no 
more from each other, than they respectively do from the other specimens of 
the groups to which they severally belong. Upon our side of the Atlantic the 
Swedsh crania find their representatives in the Arickaree Indian skulls. 

The Academy’s collection furnishes other examples of this seeming paradox ; 
some of them exhibited by races which occupy widely separated localities, 
and of the assumed community of origin of which there is not only no scien- 
tific proof of a positive character, but even no presumptive testimony that is 
reliable. The recognition of such facts led me, more than two years ago, to 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219) 


express my conviction that strong resemblances between human cranial types 
do not infallibly indicate a common parentage,—such resemblances merely 
manifesting similarity of position in the human series.* Human osteology, 
however, is not peculiar in this respect. Prof. Agassiz thinks that the circum- 
stances under which were found the fossil remains obtained by Prof. Holmes 
from the post-pliocene or post-tertiary beds of South Carolina, ‘‘ show beyond 
the possibility of a controversy,’’-—I am using his own strong language,— 
“that animals which cannot be distinguished from one another, may originate 
independently in different fauna.’’{ It will thus be seen that in many in- 
stances to refer a skull to its appropriate formal type is one thing; to 
refer it to its proper race, quite another. An obscure system of homoioke- 
phalic representation seems to prevail among the races of men, in virtue of 
which the cranial type of one race repeats itself among another people, very 
distant from, and unknown to the first. Hence the law of cranial correlations 
is, to a certain extent, obscured, and its utility in identifying and ‘classifying 
human skulls very much impaired. But the great difficulty after all with the 
eraniographer is to fix upon characters which are at once definitive, differen- 
tial and constant, and therefore typical beyond all doubt or cavil. The skulls 
of the orthognathic Greek, and the prognathic Saharan Negro differ more from 
each other than do those of the nandu and ostrich, those of the llama and 
eamel, or those of the genera Tarandus, Alces, Cervus, Panolia, Axis, Caria- 
cus, Blastocerus, Capreolus and Cervulus into which naturalists divide the 
Cervide. But the negro differs cranially as much from the Eskimo, the Pho- 
nician and the Malay as from the Greek. Yet the Eskimo, the Phoenician 
and the Malay, like the woolly-haired typical African, are all prognathic. The 
prognathism of the one, however, differs in kind from that of each of the 
others. Here, then, are differences which, though minute, serve to alter the 
entire physiognomical expression of a skull, and so affect not only its classifi- 
cation but its identity also. When we compare together extreme crania, 
without reference to intervening forms, these differences are seen to be differ- 
ences of kind. But as soon as we take into comparison the transitionary 
cranial forms or types, which fill up the space or gap between these extremes, 
then these differences become differences of degree rather than of kind. 

The same uncertainty characterises the species of many genera of birds, 
reptiles, shells, plants, &&. Dr. Adam Smith placed in a row all the known 
species of the natural family of the Aleaudz, and in presence of such an ordeal, 
all the pretended specific external characters of naturalists completely broke 
down. Dr. Knox dissected the serpents of South Africa, and divided them, 
according to the dentition, into those with poison fangs, and those without. 
This he regarded as a scientific distinction. But when he began to dissect the 
serpents of the globe and not those of any particular region he quickly found 


_that the distinction was invalid. That certain species of insects carry poisonous 


fangs only on the upper maxillary bones is true; but as there are many 
which carry also harmless teeth on the same bones, the fact becomes of 
little or no value scientifically or practically.t It is needless to multiply. proof 
in this direction. Indeed it seems to be a general fact that just in proportion 
as the species of a genus become more and more numerous, their differential 
characters become more and more confused and uncertain, and the species 
when ranged side by side are seen to blend with or pass into each other in 
obedience to a great, fundamental law of gradation through which their true 
structural unity finds its only expression. Viewing the facts of specific differ- 
ences in this comprehensive way, and bearing in mind that the question of 


*Cranial Characteristics of the Races of Men, in Indigenous Races of the Earth, p. 
349 


+ See his letter to Prof. Holmes in Proc. Acad Nat. Sci. loc. citat., p. 186. 
t Contributions to the Philosophy of Zoology, with special references to the Natural 
History of Man. London Lancet, November, 1855, p. 386, 


1859. ] 


280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


origin or parentage is not necessarily connected with that of cranial rorms, it 
is evident that if we accept for man the recognised principles of zoological 
elassification, we must regard the human family as a genus represented by nu- 
merous species, whose differential characters touch, so to speak, or even over- 
lap each other. There is undoubtedly a serial unity of all human crania. 
There is, in other words, a human cranial type—the type of a natural class or 
family widely separated from the most anthropomorphous apes—a type sus- 
ceptible of very numerous, but individually limited, modifications, the result 
of climatic conditions, and persisting as long as the conditions which bring 
them into existence continue ; a type susceptible, also, of hybrid modifications, 
which though ephemeral and not self-sustaining as are the great stocks, are 
transitionary and therefore valuable as showing all the possible variations of 
the primal or central form. All these variations tend constantly to assume 
the normal type, to assume it indirectly or spirally, as it were, so that the ex- 
tremest departure from the type is bound to the latter through graduated 
forms, in such a manner that when the extremes of the series are compared 
together with reference to these forms, it is difficult to point out the constant 
and unvarying differential characters. 


October 4th. 


Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 
Thirty-four members present. 
The Publication Committee laid on the table part 2 of vol. 4, second 
series of the Journal of the Academy. 


October 11th. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 
Thirty three members present. 
The President announced the death at Nutygrove, near Liverpool, 
England, of Mr. Thomas Nuttall, late a correspondent of the Academy. 


October 18th. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 


Forty-seven members present. 

Papers were presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled : 

Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna of Northern California and 
Oregon, by John L. LeConte, M. D. 

Description of a new species of Unio, from the Isthmus of Darien, by 
Isaac Lea. 

And were referred to Committees. 

Mr. Lea stated that having inadvertently used the specific term of Htowahen- 
sis for a Margaritana, which name had already been occupied by a species de- 
scribed by Mr. Conrad, in the Proceedings of the Academy, he now proposed 
the name of Georgiana for his species. 

The Committee on Proceedings laid on the table the Proceedings of 
the Academy for August and September, of the present year. 

The following resolutions offered by Mr. Lea were adopted : 


(Oct. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 


Resolved, That the Academy, in the death of Thomas Nuttall, one of 
its oldest Correspondents, is deprived of one of its brightest ornaments, 
and the members of one of their most distinguished associates. 

Resolved, That the Academy has the highest appreciation of the 
learning, and assiduous investigations of its late Correspondent, in the 
wide field of American Botany, for which he has done so much. 

Resolved, That while we had been deprived of his presence among 
us for afew years past, after so long a residence in this country, we 
nevertheless constantly held him in our memory, as one of the brilliant 
stars which illuminated our scientific horizon. 


October 25th. 
Mr. LeA, President, in the Chair. 


Thirty-three members present. 

The report of the Biological Department for the present month was read, 

On report of a Committee of the Biological Department, the paper 
entitled, Upon the Production of Cataract in Frogs by the injection of 
large doses of sugar, by S. W. Mitchell, M. D., was recommended for 
publication in a medical journal. 

The following papers were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings : 


Description of a New Species of UNIO from the Isthmus of Darien. 
BY ISAAC LEA. 

Usio Averyr.—Testa sulcatd, subtriangulari, subventricosé, inzquilaterali, 
posticé obtusé angula'd, anticé subrotundata; valvulis crassis,anticé crassiori- 
bus, natibus subprominentibus; epidermide rufo-fusca, eradiata ; dentibus car- 
dinalibus subcrassis, suberectis, valdé crenulatis; lateralibus c1assis subrec- 
tisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Isthmus of Darien. Mr, Frederick Avery, per J. G. Cooper, M. D. 


Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna of Northern California and Oregon. 


BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D. 


For the purpose of rendering the list of Coleoptera of North-western America, 
published by me in the llth volume of the Pacific R. R. Explorations and 
Surveys, complete up to the present time, I have prepared this memoir 
on the new species and synonyms observed since the printing of that memoir 
in June, 1857. The catalogue portion of this paper will be inserted in the 
edition of the above mentioned 11th volume, published for the authors, 
which will thus contain a catalogue of all the species of Coleoptera known at 
present, from western America, north of San Francisco. 


Descriptions of new species. 


Bembidium aptum, nigro-eneum, parum convexum, nitidum, thorace 
latitudine plus sesqui breviore antice angustato, lateribus rotundatis, angulis 
posticis paulo obtusis, basi utrinque bifoveato, elytris striis 4 vel 5 internis 
punctatis postice obliteratis, interstitio 3io bipunctato, humeris acutis, stria 

marginali postive remota, antice confluente. Long. 25. 

' Oregon, Mr. Davidson. Very nearly allied to B nitidum, but is larger 
and has the striz of the elytra more finely punctured. The tibie and tarsi are 
wanting, but from the dark brownish color of the thighs I should infer that 
they were piceous. 


1859.] 


282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Colymbetes densus, elongatus ovalis, postice paulo minus attenuatus, 
supra pallide flavus, capite nigro, antice flavo, macula verticali flavo, th race 
rugis dedaleis minus subtilibus insculpto, macula media picea valde trans- 
versa, elytris strigis profundis nigris valde approximatis, subtus rufo-piceus, 
suturis, pedumque marginibus flavis. Long. *64. 

One male, Steilacoom, Mr. Gibbs. Similar in form to C. sculptilis, 
but less attenuated behind; with the transverse lines of the elytra yet 
deeper and more approximate: these lines are black, and ther: fore the elytra 
appear gray, but the pure pale yellow color appears at the side, suture and 
base: there is besides a black spot on each about one-fourth from the tip. 


Necrophilus longulus, ellipticus, elongatus, nigro-piceus, nitidus, 
thorace latitudine vix sesqui breviore, #qualiter convexo, parce punctato, 
lateribus late rotundatus anguste marginatis, antrorsum paulo angustato, an- 
gulis posticis subrectis, fovea posticis utrinque prope angulum impressa, 
elytris striis crenatis, interstitiis 3io, 5to et 7mo punctis paucis impressis, an- 
tennis thorace hand longioribus, extrorsum incrassatis. Long. +18. 

One specimen, (female) from Table Mountain, below San Francisco, Cali- 
fornia, collected by Mr. George Davidson. Very different by its narrow form, 
and by the sides of the thorax not being depressed, from all the other species 
seen by me. 


Catops pusio, ovalis, fuscus, helvo-pubescens, thorace latitudine plus 
sesqui breviore, lateribus rotundatis, angulis posticis subrectis, subtiliter 
dense strigoso, elytris postice rotundatis, transversim strigosis, stria suturali 
antice vix abbreviata; palpis antennarum basi apiceque flavis. Long. -06. 

Punto de los Reyes, California; Mr. Davidson. The antennz are a little 
longer than the thorax, and moderately clavate. The mesosternum is strongly 
carinate. 


Anisotoma morula, ovalis, convexa, piceo-nigra, nitida, thorace antror- 
sum angustato, lateribus obliquis parum rotundatis, disco parce subtiliter 
punctulato, elytris subtilius seriatim punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter parce 
punctatis, alternis punctis paucis majoribus impressis. Long. *11. 

One specimen, Punto de los Reyes, California; Mr. Davidson. Of the size 
of A. indistincta ZLec. but narrower, with the sides of the thorax less 
rounded, and having the strie of the elytra composed of small close set pune- 
tures. The thorax is not quite twice as wide as its iength at base, and di- 
minishes gradually to the apex, where it is only a little wider than its length : 
the transverse impression near the base each side is as distinct as in the other 
species. 


Lasconotus com plex, linearis, sordide atra, opaca, capite concavo, thorace 
latitudine fere longiore, quadrato, lateribus paulo undulatis, parallelis, rude 
granulato, margine antico costisque utrinque duabus elevatis, interna apice et 
basi breviter dislocata, disco excavato, elytris margine, sutura, costisque utrin- 
que 4 elevatis, interstitiis biseriatim cribratis. Long. 15. 

Punto de los Reyes, one specimen. A most interesting addition to our fauna. 
The genus was founded by Erichson upon a nondescript Mexican species; his 
description is quoted by Lacordaire, who had no opportunity of examining it 
in nature. It will be at once recognized by its concave head and three-jointed 
club of the antenne. 


Odonteus obesus, rotundato-ovatus, valde convexus, piceo-niger, nitidus, 
thorace basi rotundata, versus angulos yvix sinuata, angulis posticis rectis, 
elytris striis fortiter crenatis, antennis piceis. Long. °45. 

Femina, capite dense rugose punctato, tuberculo parvo frontali, plicaque 
verticali signato; thorace punctato, tuberculis duobus anticis plicaque trans- 
versa munito. Mas latet. 

Table Mountain, below San Francisco; Mr. Davidson. Very much larger 


[Oet. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 


than any of the other species of the genus. The male is one of the finest en- 
tomological prizes which will reward the collector in Western America. Differs 
from our other two species by the color, and by the base of the thorax being 
less sinuate, whereby the posterior angles become more rectangular. 


Lachnosterna errans, fusco-ferruginea, oblongo-ovata, convexa, capite 
fortiter haud confluenter punctato, clypeo fortiter marginato, fere integro, 
thorace antice angustato sat dense punctato, lateribus angulatis, longe ciliatis, 
elytris haud costatis fortius punctatis, pygidio parce subtiliter punctato, pec- 
tore longe villoso, unguiculis dente mediocri armatis, Long. °70. 

One male, Contra Costa, California; Mr. J. Child. Resembles closely in 
form and sculpture L. cephalica Lec., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 24 
series, 3, 245, but the sides of the thorax are fringed with long hairs, angu- 
lated at the middle and then narrowed with a concave outline to the apex : 
the clypeus is scarcely emarginate. The antenne are 10-jointed; the club is 
as long as the basal portion; the penultimate ventral segment has a transverse 
crest concave posteriorly, and finally the fixed spur of the posterior tibiz is 
very short, the moveable one about twice as long, curved, flattened and sub- 
obtuse. 


Dichelonycha pallens, breviuscula, testacea, parce pubescens, clypeo 
reflexo, angulis rotundatis, thorace latitudine duplo breviore, apice fere trun- 
cato, antice angustato, lateribus valde rotundatis, medio subangulatis, angulis 
posticis valde obtusis, confluenter dense punctato, elytris punctatis subcosta- 
tis, antennarum clava nigro-picea. Long. °30. 

One specimen, Punto de los Reyes. Resembles D. testacea Kirby, but 
is much smaller, comparatively wider, the clypeus less rounded at apex, the 
thorax more rounded on the sides, with the posterior angles more obtuse. 


Adelocera rorulenta, rufo-picea, punctata, nigro-squamosa, squamisque 
aureis parce conspersa, thorace latitudine paulo longiore, late profunde canali- 
culato, ante medium magis angustato, lateribus rotundatis, angulis posticis 
planis haud divergentibus, elytris depressis vix obsolete striatis, tarsorum 
anticorum sulcis parum distinctis. Long. 59. 

Steilacoom, Dr. Suckley, onespecimen. Resembles A. aurorata, and in 
the absence of a specimen for comparison, was incorrectly referred by me to 
that species (P. R. R. Expl.. xi. 18,); it is, however, less elongated, with the 
posterior angles of the thorax not divergent, and the tarsal grooves on the 
under surface of the prothorax are much less apparent. 


Dascyllus Davidsonii, fusco-piceus, dense pubescens, confertissime 
punctulatus ; thorace latitudine plus duplo breviore, antrorsum angustato, 
lateribus rotundatis, basi late bisinuato, elytris striis approximatis, punctatis 
antice obliteratis, antennis valde serratis, articulo 3io sequenti #quali. 
“48 —"52. 

Punto de los Reyes, Mr. Davidson, to whom I take great pleasure in dedi- 
cating this fine species. It differs from those previously described ‘by the 
strongly serrate antennz; these organs are half the length of the body in the 
female, and a little longer in the male; the second joint is small, the third, 
fourth and fifth are triangular, and nearly as wide as long ; the following ones 
gradually diminish in breadth ; the eleventh is oval elongate and constricted 
at the end. The last segment of the abdomen is marked towards the base 
with a semicircular impression, with the concavity behind, as though it were 
formed by the union of two segments. 


Long. 


Charopus moerens, nigro-virescens, alutaceus opacus, tenuissime pu- 
bescens, thorace latitudine sublongiore, ovato, postice subangustato, margine 
pone medium anguste testaceo, postice transversim vage impresso, elytris 
(feminz) elongatis postice sensim latioribus, apice rotundatis, abdemine paulo 
brevivribus. Long. °13. 


1859.] 


284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


One specimen, Punto de los Reyes, Mr. Davidson. The first example of the 
occurrence of the genus upon this continent. The head is slightly wider than 
the thorax: the latter is feebly sinuate on the sides behind, the elytra are 
more distinctly green, they are twice as long as the head and thorax united, 
and nearly cover the abdomen, which is subacute at tip. The antenne 
are half as long as the body, with the second joint a little shorter than the 


third. 


Anobium gibbicolle, fuscum, pube subtilissima sericans, valde elonga- 
tum, thorace latitudine fere sesqui longiore, antice angustatum, lateribus sin- 
uatis, apice basique rotundato, medio utrinque ad latera oblique profunde 
impresso, disco postice medio valde elevato, ad angulos posticos profnnde im- 
presso, angulis rotundatis marginatis, elytris, thorace latioribus striis puncta- 
tis interstitiis paulo convexis. Long, °22 

One specimen, Punto de los Reyes: Mr. Davidson. Belongs to the division 
having 11-jointed antennex: the joints 4-8 are very small; the 3d is a little 
longer ; the 2d is longer and thicker, though not as large as the basal joint: 
the 9th, 10th and 11th are equal, narrow, and each one is as long as the joint 
3-8 together. The body is still narrower than in A. foveatum Kirby, and 
the posterior angles of the thorax are rounded: the sides near the anterior 
angles are emarginate, so that the latter become distinct, though deflexed : the 
eyes are small and convex, and the head is transversely impressed just behind 


them. 


Anobium punctulatum, rufo-testaceum, cylindrico-ovale, pubescens, 
capite confertim punctato, thorace brevi equaliter convexo, lateribus rotunda- 
tis late marginatis, confertim punctulato, elytris thorace haud latioribus sat 
dense punctulatis; antennis articulis 3 ultimis singulatim precedentibus 
duobus equalibus. Long. :13-"18. 

Two specimens, Punto de los Reyes. Very similar to A.convexifrons 
Mels., but differs by the punctures of the elytra being less close. The antenne 
as in it are 1l-jointed: the joints 2, 4,6 and 8 are a little shorter than the 
others, the 9th, 10th and 11th are each equal to the 7th and 8th together. 


Helops opacus, apterus, ater opacus, capite thoraceque densissime punc- 
tatis, hoc latitudine sesqui breviore, modice convexo, lateribus tenue margin- 
atis rotundatis, postice subangustato, basi truncato, angulis posticis subrectis, 
elytris connatis oblongo-ovatis, convexis, thorace paulo latioribus, postice valde 
declivibus, punctis oblongis striatis, interstitiis haud convexis, rugosis et con- 
fertim punctatis. Long. °53. 

One specimen, Sacramento, California, given me by Mr. Rathvon. The three 
joints of the auterior and middle tarsi are densely hairy beneath, but scarcely 


dilated. 


Hypulus fulminans, elongatus piceus, parce pubescens, sat dense pro- 
funde punctatus, thorace latitudine haud breviore, lateribus rotundatis, angulis 
posticis subobtusis, basi utrinque late et profunde foveato, elytris fasciis tri- 
bus valde angulatis, lma obliqua, intus cum secunda connexa, maculaque 
magna ante apicali pallidis, antennis fuscis basi testaceis, femoribus tibiisque 
medio fuscis. Long. *21. 

Oregon. Mr. Davidson. This species so resembles in its characters Dircwa 
Holmbergii Mann., Bull. Mosc., 1852, 347, that I cannot help suspecting 
that they are identical. A renewed examination of Mannerheim’s type would 
be necessary, however, before such a suggestion could be admitted. 


Notoxus sparsus, elongatus, testaceus nitidus, pallide pubescens, oapite 
thoraceque rufo-tinctis, hoc globoso, cornu elongato, apice fortiter marginato 
et concavo, crista subito elevata, supra marginata et paulo concayva, elytris 
thorace paulo latioribus, parcius subtiliter punctatis, gutta utrinque subscu- 


[Oct. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 


tellari, altera ante medium versus latera, fasciaque lata communi postica ad 
suturam angulata nigris. Long. °13. 

Punto de los Reyes, two specimens: Mr. Davidson. Narrower than N. 
cavicornis, with the elytra only sparsely punctulate. The lateral spot of 
the elytra is absent in one specimen. The margin of the horn has only two 
or three indistinct serratures. 


Salpingus alternatus, mneo-niger nitidus, capite thoraceque sat dense 
punctatis, hoc ovato, latitudine paulo longiore, postice angustiore, vage ing- 
quali, elytris striis fortius punctatis, haud impressis, interstitiis 3, 5 et 7 
punctis paucis notatis ; rostro capite breviore, fronte concava, antennis piceis 
basi testaceis. Long. °13. 

Punto de los Reyes, one specimen. Of the same form and size as 8. vires- 
cens Lec., but with the strie of punctures of the elytra more plainly 
marked, and without the interstitial rows of equally large punctures, which 
are so obvious in that species. 


Cossonus scrobiculatus, niger nitidus, elongatus, rostro punctato, ad 
apicem subito parum dilatato, capite fere levi, thorace latitudine longiore, 
antrorsum angustato, lateribus late rotundatis, rude punctato, dorso postice 
paulo deplanato, medio subcarinato, elytris convexis, cylindricis, thorace 
paulo latioribus, striis cribrosis, interstitiis striis haud latioribus. Long. *20. 

’ Punto de los Reyes, Mr. Davidson. The rostrum has an oblong impression 
at the middle, and the front is marked with a small fovea. 


Hylesinus nebulosus, elongatus, piceo-niger opacus, setulis brevissimis 
adspersus, capite confertim punctato, transversim biimpresso, thorace latitu- 
dine paulo breviore, antrorsum sensim angustato, lateribus antice sinuatis, 
apice late subtubulato, squamulis nigris obtecto, elytris thorace parum latiori- 
bus, striis tenuibus punctatis, squamulis nigris cinereisque tesselatis. Long. 
“13. 

Table Mountain, California, one specimen, Mr. Davidson. Very distinct from 
any other that I have seen. 


Callidium infuscatum, elongatum, fusco-piceum parce pubescens, capite 
dense punctulato, thorace latitudine paulo breviore, lateribus rotundatis, dense 
punctato, linea dorsali levi, elytris sat dense minus subtiliter punctatis, ab- 
domine pedibusque testaceis. Long. °43. 

Punto de los Reyes. SimilartoC. ereum Newman, but differs by the 
head being finely punctured, the thorax more densely punctured, and by the 
abdomen being testaceous. 


Brothylus conspersus, nigro-piceus, pube brevi griseo-sordida densa 
variegatus, thorace latitudine haud breviore, lateribus subrotundatis vix obsolete 
tuberculatis, postice sinuatis, rude parce varioloso, cailo utrinque discoideo al- 
teroque postico parvis, elytris thorace latioribus, granulis elevatis, punctisque 
minus densis, postice sensim subtilioribus ; fasciis duabus vagis obliquis minus 
pubescentibus. Long. *73—°77. 

Oregon, Mr. Davidson and Dr. Kennerly. Similarto B. gemmu li: atus 
Lec., Proc. Acad., 1859, 80, but differs by the lateral tubercles of the thorax 
being obsolete. The antenn of the male are as long as the body, those of the 
female one-fourth shorter. 


Chrysomela sigmoidea, nigro-enea, oblongo-rotundata, thorace sat 
dense, ad latera fortius punctato, elytris thorace parum latioribus albo-testaceis, 
sat dense punctatis, sutura, vitta confluente antice breviter discreta, vittis 
duabus curvatis, interiore antice, exteriore postice abbreviatis, guttisque ex- 
ternis paucis nigro-zneis. Long. °32. 

Oregon; a specimen kindly given me by Mr. Henry Ulke. More nearly 
allied by its markings toC. dislocata Rogers than to any other of our 
species, but differing by the much wider thorax, and more dense punctures 


1859.] 


286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


both of thorax and elytra, as well as by the markings of the latter. Theinner 
curved stripe extends from one-sixth from the base to one-third from the apex ; 
the outer one is contiguous to it, connected with a humeral spot, and abbre- 
viated behind at the middle. 


Haltica eruginosa, oblongo-ovalis, modice convexa, obscure cuprea, 
subnitida, thorace convexo, subtilissime punctulato, linea transversa postica 
obsoleta, antrorsum subangustato, lateribus parum rotundatis, elytris thorace 
latioribus, dense punctulatis. Long. +16. 

San Francisco, one specimen. 


Haltica evicta, oblongo-ovalis, minus convexa, cuprea, nitida, thorace 
punctulato, linea transversa postica subtili distincta, versus angulos posticos 
foveato, antrorsum subangustato, lateribus parum rotundatis, elytris thorace 
latioribus, subtiliter punctatis striis nonnullis obsoletissimis, sulcoque versus 
latera parum distincto. Long. *20. + 

Sacramento, one specimen; Mr. Rathvon. 


Haltica tine ta, oblongo-ovalis, modice convexa, nigro-#nea nitida, thorace 
convexo, parce obsolete punctulato, linea transversa postica tenui, antrorsum 
angustato, lateribus paulo rotundatis, elytris thorace latioribus, sat dense 
punctatis. Long. -20—-22. 

Table Mountain, below San Francisco, Mr. Davidson: two specimens. These 
three species belong to the division Graptodera Chevr. 


Dibolia ovata, ovata, convexa, nigro-enea, nitida, subtiliter punctulata, 
elytris seriebus punctorum subtilibus postice haud distinctis, antennis nigris 
basi testaceis, tibiis tarsisyue anterioribus testaceis, femoribus obscuris. Long. 
“12. 

One specimen, Punto de los Reyes. The posterior thighs are black, and the 
tibie and tarsi dark brown. Broader and more ovate than D. wrea Mels.. 
with the rows of punctures of the elytra very fine, not impressed, and oblite- 
rated behind. 

Luperus smaragdinus, elongatus, cyaneo-viridis, antennis nigris 
basi fuscis, thorace convexo, quadrato, lateribus paulo rotundatis, anticis 
prominulis rotundatis, parce subtiliter punctulato, elytris sat dense punctula- 
tis. Long. -23. 

Punto de los Reyes, three specimens, Mr. Davidson. Resembles L. varipes 
Lec. but differs by the entirely black legs, and by the thorax being much less 
densely punctulate. The second and third joints of the antenne together are 
équal to the fourth; the third is one half longer than the second. 


Coccinella melanopleura, ovalis, modice convexa, capite thoraceque 
haud dense punctulatis, illo maculis duabus albis, hoe limbo antico, lateribus 
late (macula nigra inclusa) lineola apicali, maculisque duabus basalibus albis, 
scutello nigro, elytris ferrugineis, confertim subtiliter punctatis ; subtus nigra, 
tibiis tarsisque fusco-testaceis. Long. °21. 

Table Mountain, Mr. Davidson, one specimen. Closely resembles the varie- 
ties of C. pict a, with immaculate elytra, but differs by the body being entirely 
black beneath, and by the elytra being more finely punctured. It is probable 
that varieties will occur with white thorax having black spots, and also with 
elytral markings. 


Coccinella barda, hemispherica, capite punctulato, albo, postice nigro, 
thorace parce punctulato, nigro, macula magna utrinque, limboque antico 
‘albis, elytris subtiliter dense punctatis, ferrugineis, fascia transversa communi 
pone basin nigris, scutello, suturaque ad basin nigris; subtus nigra, epimeris 
albis. Long. -21. 

Punto de los Reyes, one specimen, Mr. Davidson. There is no trace of any 
posterior spots on the elytra: the band stops on the humerus, and is slightly 
-widened there. 

[ Oct. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 


List of Species. 


CARABIDZ. 

Lesa Latr. 
cupripennis Boh., Eugenies gig. 4 A . . - 
angulata Boh., ibid. . . . . . ° 


an potius Rhombodera? 
Dromivs Bon. 
quadricollis Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 82, . ° 
Cyminpis Latr. 


abstrusa Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Nat. Sci. 1859, 82, - 
Piatynus Bon. (emend. Brulle.) 
bembidioides Lec., . : 3 : . : 


Sericoda bembidioides ‘Kirby. 
AnisopactyLus Dej. 
semipunctatus Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 83, . : 
AconopErRus Dej. 
rugicollis Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 83, . . 
Banister Clairy. 
anthracinus Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 83, . ° 


Cuiznius Bon. 


simillimus Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1856, 2, 283, . . ° 
Chlenius vicinust Mann. 


Bempipium Illiger. 


erasum Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 83, : : 
obliquulum Leec., ibid., ° . > 
aptum Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 281, 


Nesria Latr. 
livida Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1859, 84, : ‘ . 


DYTISCIDA. 
CoLtyMBETES Clairv. 
densus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, 5 - : 


SILPHALES. 
SrupH#a Linn. 
trituberculata Lec., : - ° ° 
Oiceoptoma trituberculatum Kirby. 
Silpha sagax Mann. 
Necropuitvs Latr. 
tenuicornis Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 84, . - A 
longulus Lec., ibid., 282, “ ‘ : : : - 
Cators Payk. 
pusio Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, - . . 
AnisotomA Fabr. 
morula Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, . E . 


1859.] 
21 


i) 
fo 2) 
bo | 


‘Cal. 
‘Cal. 


Cal. 


Or. 


288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


STAPHYLINID &. 


Pumontaus Leach. 
varicolor Boh., Eug. Resa, 29, . : ° ‘ ° . ‘Cal. 


Sunius Leach. 


trinotatus Boh., Eug. Resa, 32, . ° : . . ° ° - ‘Cal. 
Pxperus Fabr. 
ceruleipennis Boh., Eug. Resa, 33, . . ° , « . . ‘Cal. 
Srenvs Latr. 
chalybeus Boh., Eug. Resa, 33, . s a . ° ~ - - ‘Cal. 
PHALACRIDE. 
Oursrvs Er. 
aquatilis Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 8, 17, A 5 - ° : Cal. 
piceus Boh., Eug. Resa, 38. 
HISTERID A. 
Hister Linn. 
sellatus Zec., Pac. R. R. Rep. 47°, xi, 35, Z - Cal. 
Senevillit Mars., Ann. Ent. Fr. 3d ser. 5, 422, tab. LO, S197 
NITIDULID &. 
RuyzopHacus Herbest. 
puncticollis Boh., Eug. Resa, 39, ° : = - : - ‘Cal. 
TROGOSITID AB. 
: Pettis Kug. 
serrata Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 84, - - : : ° Or; 
COLYDII. 


Avtonium Er. 

equicolle Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 84, : ; - ° - Cal. 
Lasconotus Er. 

complex Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, . . : : . Cal. 


CUCUJIDA. 
PsEuDOPHANUS Lec. 
signatus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, : : 5 . « Or. 


SCARABAIDZ. 
Crrucnus M’Leay. 
striatus Lec,, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, . : - ° - Or. 


Puosetus Lec. 
comatus Zec., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d, 3, 225, . : : ; = "Gale 
Tryssus? comatus Lec., Pac. R. R. 47°, xi, 38, 
Potypxyitia Harris. 
erinita Zec., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d, 3, 230, . . : . Or. Cal. 


LACHNOSTERNA Hope. 
errans Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, - : : 5 . Cal. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 


DicHELonycHa Kirby. 
pallens Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, : : : : syeal 


Serica M. L. 
serotina Zec., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d, 3, 20D; 3 : ‘ ox als 
frontalis Lec., ibid. 276, - 3 3 A : B Or. 
rebusta Lec., ‘ibid. 276, : . { ° ° - ~ Gal: 


Hopria “Miger. 


oregona Lec., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d, 3, 205, . 2 - 4 Or. 
irrorata Lec., Rep. Pac. R. R. Exp. 40. 
convexula Lec., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sei. "24, 3, 285, : : 5 - Cal. 
pubicollis Lec., ibid. 285, . : . . : ‘ 4 Cal. 
callipyge Lec., ibid. 285, . * : : : . : a al. 
Apnonivs Illiger. 
militaris Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1858, 65, . 5 : = “ Cal. 


Opvonrzvus Klug. 
obesus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, A - 4 - Cal. 


THROSCID 2. 
Lissomus. 
plagiatus Boh., Eugen. Resa, 66, . : : - 3 : - “Cal. 


ELATERID ZX. 
Puircon Lap. 
herculeanus| (Lac. Gen. Col. 4, 123,) . ; fs 4 2 : eet Gals 


CorymsBetes Latr. (emend. Lec.) 
tinctus Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, : A : 2 Or. 


protractus Lec., ibid. 85, . : : A + : 5 Oye 
Aeriotes Esch. 

opaculus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, . . - : : Or. 
Exater Linn. 

tartareus Lec., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, . : : 2 Or: 

cordifer Lec., ibid. U2 he A 2 A Cal. 

Leconte: Candére, "Mow. Elat. 2, 459, », Clay, 1859.) 
ignobilis Boh., Eugen. Resa, 68, . - : =) “Cake 
variegatus Boh. -, ibid. 69, : . . : . . = ; ‘Cal. 


ADELOCERA Latr. 
rorulenta Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, . + : . 5. ie 
auroratat Lec., Pac. R. R. Expl. 18. 5 
cavicollis Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 86, . > : - - Cal. 
CarpiopHorvs Esch. 
fenestratus Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 86, . A - : Ors 


ATOPID &. 
Dascyiivs Latr. 
Davidsonii Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, : ° - - Cal. 


LAMPYRID &. 

Prerotus Lec.* 
peters aie Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 86, . ° . : - Cal. 
1859.] 


*I now recognise this genus as related to Phengodes. 


290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


TELEPHORID &. 
TeLerHorus Geoffr. 
peregrinus Boh., Eugen. Resa, 80; . : 4 - ‘ i . ‘Cal. 


{ MELYRID &. 
Cuarnopus Er. 
morens Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, ° . ° ° - Cal. 


PTINIORES. 


Xyierinvs Latr. 
puberulus Boh., Eugen. Resa, 88. .  . . . . . : ‘Cal. 


Anosium Fabr. 
marginicolle Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Se. 1859, ah . ° ° ° - Or. 
gibbicolle Lec., ibid. 284, ~ : “ i 5 Cal. 
quadrulum Lec., ibid. 87, “ ; . ‘i “ - 4 - a Or 
punctulatum Lec., ibid. 284, A P ° ° ° ° ° . Cal. 
cornutum Lec., ibid. 87. . = ~ - - ° - “ - Cal. 
pudicum Boh., Eugen. Resa, 86, . 2 5 4 ‘ - ° ‘Cal. 


Dorcaroma Herbst. 
affine Boh., Eugen. Resa, 87, : - - < . ° 5 - “Cals 


TENEBRIONID A. 


Exropes Esch. 
grandicollis Mann., . . . ° ° ° ° ° Cal. 
valida Boh., Eugen. Resa, 90. 
scabricula Lec., "Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 187, “ : 2 . Cake 


constricta Lec., ibid. 187, - ; A : ~ é : Cal. 
subaspera Solier, St. Ent. 246, . 4 - 2 = . s | Cals 
impressicollis Boh., Eug. Resa, 90, . ° 4 A“ . ‘Cal. 


This is either E. planata or E. scabrosa. 
Scotropznus Lec. 
parallelus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 88, . - = «,.. Cal. 
Hetors Fabr. 
opacus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 284, . ° ° ° . Cal. 
Xystropvs. Sol. 
opacus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 78, . . = . . - Cal. 


PYTHIDZ. 


Rurnosimmus Latr. 


pallipes: . ° ° ‘Cal. 
Rhinomacer pallipes Bob. (err. typ. ) Engen. Resa, 112. 


Saupinevs Gyll. 
alternatus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, . A s = ol peals 
MELANDRYAD Z@. 
PuryGanopuitus Sahlb. 
collaris Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 88, . : . 7 = Or. 
Hypvtvs Payk. 


fulminans Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 284, . - : : > (Gr 
? Dircea Holmbergit Mann. 
[Oct. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


MORDELLONES. 


AnaspPis Latr. 
nigriceps Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 88, . 
ANTHICID &. 
Noroxus Geoffr. 
sparsus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 284, 


Antuicus Fabr. 
cesiosignatus Boh., Eugen. Resa, 104, . . 
troglodytes Boh., ibid. 105, . - . ° 
nitidus Boh., ibid. 105, . A - 4 5 
atomarius Boh., ibid. 106, . ° 5 : 
amplicollis Boh., ibid. 106, . 2 < ° 
CURCULIONID &. 
Brocuvs Linn. 
ramicornis Boh., Eugen. Resa, 112, . s 


Cossonvs Clairv. 


serobiculatus Zec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, 


Hytesinvus Fabr. 
nebulosus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, 
CERAMBYCID. 
Cauiipium Fabr. 
infuscatum Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, 
ERGATES. 
spiculatus Lec. 


Macrotoma ‘californica White, B. Mus. Cat. Long. 


Macrotoma spiculigera White, ibid. 39 (Q). 
ELAPHIDION Serv. 

procerum Jec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 88, 
Broruyivus Lec. 
conspersus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, 


Leprora Linn. 
xanthogaster Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 88, 


quadrillum Lec., ibid. 88, . : 
letifica ZLec., ibid. 89, . - - 4 5 
sanguinea Lec., ibid. 89, . ; . - 


dehiscens Lec., ibid. 89, . 5 
lugens Lec., ibid. 89, 


Dorcapion Dalman. 
Lorquinii Fairemaire, Ann. Ent. Fr. 3d, 3, 322, 
CHRYSOMELIN A. 


Synera Esch. 
suturalis Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 89, 
‘ seriata Lec., ibid. 90, : 5 
Eeecise Lec. 
albidus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 81, 
1859.] 


291 


Or. 


Cal. 


- ‘Cal. (Puna.) 


Seer Callelahie 


° ° 
. . o- e 


37 (3p). 


‘Cal. 
‘Cal. 
‘Cal. 


‘Cal. 


Cal. 


Cal. 


Cal. 


. Cal. 


292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Curysometa Linn. 


elegans Oliv., . ‘ A ; > : 4 . . : Or. 

sigmoidea Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 236, . . - : 5 Or 
Haurica IMliger. 

zruginosa Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, ; . , . Cal. 

evicta Lec., ibid. 286, . ; ° : . Cal. 


tiunta (den Abid. 286, oS te ie a ee oc ee 
Dreouia Latr. 
ovata Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 286, . . : 4 P - Cal. 


Lurervs Geoffr. 
smaragdinus Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 286, . ’ - - Cal. 


GAuLLERvCA Geoffr. 
angularis Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 90, : - - - - Cal. 


Anopuitis Kirby. 


quadrata Lec., : A ° : = a . : ; ° Cal. 
Hispa quadrata Faby. 
COCCINELLID &. 
CocinELLA. 


lacustris Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 6, 131, . - - . P », WOr 
melanopleura Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 286, . . ? . Cal. 
barda Lec., ibid. 286, . - - A - é - 2 < . - Cal. 


Cuitocnorvus Leach. 
pleuralis Lec., Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 90, . : - ~ . Cal. 


Nov. 1st. 
Vice-President BripGxs in the Chair. 


Thirty-one members present. 

The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings : 

Notes and descriptions of foreign Reptiles, by E. D. Cope. 

Description of two new species of Carboniferous Fossils, by Wm. M. 
Gabb ; and were referred to Committees. 

The number of the Proceedings of the Academy for October was laid 
on the table by the Committee. 

The recent death in London of Dr. Thomas Horsfield, late a Corres- 
pondent of the Academy, was announced. 


Nov. 8th. 
Vice-President Le Conte in the Chair. 


Thirty-seven members present. 
The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings : 
Descriptions of new species of Birds from Cape St. Lucas, lower 
California, by Mr. John Xantus. 
[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 


Notes on a Collection of Birds made by Mr. John Xantus, at Cape 
St. Lucas, lower California, by Spencer F. Baird. 

Mineralogical Notes, No. II., by William Johnson Taylor. 

Description of new species of the Coleopterous family Hesteridz, by 
John Le Conte ; and were referred to Committecs. 


Nov. 15th. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 
Twenty-seven members present. 
A paper entitled Contributions to American Lepidopterology, No. IT., 


by Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., was presented for publication in the 
Proceedings, and was referred to a Committee. 


Nov. 22d. 
Vice-President BripGss in the Chair. 


Thirty-two members present. 

A letter was read from Mr. Eugene Borda, dated Woodside, Schuyl- 
kill Co., Penn’a., Nov. 21st, giving information regarding two speci- 
mens of Lepidodendron presented this evening. 


‘¢ One of the impressions is marked on both sides and is evidently the plant ; 
the other fits exactly on one of the sides of the other. I have seen many Lepi- 
dodendrons, but never any such specimen ; it is also the opinion of all those 
who have seen them, and I hope they will be a valuable addition to the col- 
lection of the Academy. 

The locality is top slate of Back Vein on the south side of Mine Hill, at our 
Black Heath Colliery, the outlet of which is a tunnel at Wolf Creek, near 
Minersville. The Back vein is under the Black Heath Vein, some 20 yards 
west of the Mine Hill Gap. It keeps all the time distant from the Black Heath 
Vein, but east of the Gap; the two veins form but one, called the Mammoth 
Vein, and extensively worked at Clair.’’ 


A letter was read from George Davidson, Esq., dated San Francisco, 
Cal., Oct. 15th, giving information concerning a valuable and extensive 
series of specimens from the Geysers of the Pluton Canon, presented 
this evening. 


By Express this steamer I shall try to send to the Academy two boxes con- 
taining specimens of waters and products of the ‘‘Geysers,’’ about 72 miles 
N. N. W. of this city. I made avisit there for two or three days, and went 
hurriedly over the whole ground, yet roting but a tithe of the wonders. The 
collection may enable some of you to judge of this great naturalcuriosity. By 
the same express I shall have forwarded a barrel containing the head, skin, 
and back bone of a very large bass (?) caught in the bay a couple of days ago, 
and which I obtained, supposing that, if nothing new, it would at least make 
up in size for the want of novelty. Notes of his size, appearance, contents of 
stomach, &c., were made by Dr. Ayres, but I have not yet obtained them. How- 
ever, the following newspaper item will give you an idea of the specimen. 
When weighed his tail and head were just touching the ground, yet the scale in- 


1859.] 


Pe 


294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


dicated 360 lbs. ‘Dimensions: His weight was 360 pounds ; length from tip 
of nose to end of tail seven feet and one inch; breadth round the shoulders, 
thickest part, five feet two inches ; length from tip of nose to end of jaw, cov- 
ering the gills, two feet four inches; circumference of mouth, when braced 
open, three feet two inches; spread of tail from tip to tip, two feet three 
inches.”’ 


Dr. R. E. Rogers remarked upon the great interest excited by these 
specimens, and on motion a Committee was appointed to investigate 
their nature, and to procure from Mr. Davidson further information 
regarding their occurrence. 

The thanks of the Academy were then ordered to be tendered to Mr. 
Davidson for his valuable donation received this evening. 


Nov. 29th. 
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. 


Thirty-eight members present. 


The Proceedings of the Biological Department for the present month 
were read. 


The following papers, on report of the respective Committees, were 
ordered to be printed in the Proceedings. 


Notes and Descriptions of Foreign Reptiles. 
BY E. D. COPE. 


TESTUDINATA. 


The following species of Tortoises were brought by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu from 
equatorial West Africa, the present Autumn. 


Kinixys erosa Gray. This curious species appears to be abundant through- 
out Gaboon, and the country of the Camma and Ogobai. Its range northward 
extends as far as the Gambia, 


Sternotherus Derbianus Gray. Length, including head and neck, 14 
in. 8 lin.; length of plastron, 6 in. 6 lin.; greatest breadth of do., 5 in.; breadth 
of head just before the tympani, 2 in. 5 lin. 

Inhabits swamps in the Camma country. 

This is probably the above named species, but judging from figures and 
descriptions, it approaches closely the S. sinuatus Smith, of South Africa, 
differing mainly in the form of the upper mandible, which is obtusely hooked 
in the former, bidentate in the latter. The habits of the two appear to differ ; 
the 8. African species inhabiting deep rivers, and remaining long at a time 
beneath the surface. It is considered by Dr. Gray (Catalogue Brit. Mus.) as 
identical with the 8S. castaneus Bell, but there is a manifest discrepancy 
between Smith’s description, and the brief one of castaneus in the “Cata- 
logue,”—principally with regard to the form of the vertebral scuta. The 
resemblance to the S. Derbianus is much closer, but judging as before, it 
is our impression that it is distinct from both. 


HeEPTATHYRA nob. 


Cartilaginous border obsolete at the sides of the disc, and destitute of ossicles 
posteriorly. Sternum with two cartilaginous flaps, which cover the posterior 
extremities when retracted. Sternal callosities seven; one on each side cor- 
responding to the closely connected hyo- and hyposternals, one to each of the 


[ Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 


epi- and xiphisternals, and one to the discoid entosternal. Hyo- and hyposter- 
nals united to the disc by suture, and separated from the episternals by a large 
cartilaginous interval. Head acute, parietal region depressed, frontal slightly 
arched. Nostrils not subdivided by a transverse process of the septum. Lips 
greatly developed, forming biangular flaps on each side of the mouth. 

Heptathyra Aubryi. Cryptopus Aubryi Dumeril. Revue et Magasin de 
Zoologie; 1856, page 364. 

Total length 2 feet, 6 in.; of sternum 15 in. 6 lin.; of head and neck 11 inches. 
Numerous specimens from the Fernando Vas river, Equatorial W. Africa. 

The Dogania subplana of India doubtless exhibits the extreme of the 
Trionychoid modification of the Chelonian type, in the tardiness of the only 
partial union of the ribs into a carapacial disc, and the imperfect development 
of the sternal bones. There are but two callosities. Aspidonectes exhibits 
@ superior grade of organization. The union of the ribs is more com- 
plete, a comparatively small part of their extremities extending beyond the 
disc in adult age. The sternal bones are better developed, especially the hyo- 
hypo- and xiphisternals. There are four external callosities. 

Those species which agree ‘in possessing cartilaginous flaps upon the poste- 
rior lobe of the sternum, are included by M. Dumeril in the single genus Cryp- 
topus; but in some respects they are strikingly dissimilar. T. punctatus 
andT. Senegalensis are very interesting, as possessing in the free marginal 
ossicles the analogues of the marginal bones so universal among higher Che- 
lonians. This far from unimportant peculiarity is wanting in the T. frenatus 
andPetersii; while the additional character of every sternal bone being pro- 
tected by a correspordisg external callosity (their number thus amounting to 
nine), proves the propriety of the generic name Cycloderma assigned by 
M. Peters. T. Aubryi, it is seen, agrees with the last in the absence of 
ossicles, but maintains the more typical Trionychoid peculiarity of one undivided 
callosity covering the hyo- and hyposternal bones. The extent of the union 
of these, (hemapophyses,) with the disc, (pleurapaphyses,) without lateral car- 
tilaginous or osseous “appendage,” offers as good an example of a normal 
“hemal arch” as is to be found in the order. 

The object of generic nomenclature being, as we understand it, to indicate 
the modifications of Nature’s types and the sensible steps by which they approach 
each other, to ignore any such step appears to us unphilosophical. Hence we 
venture to propose for the species under consideration the generic appellation 
of Heptathyra. 


Aspidonectes as pilus nob.—Head acute, plane, not sloping as in Platy- 
peltis. Lips thin, not developed into flaps. Septum of the nasal orifice with 
a short process on each side. Ribs eight pairs, projecting in the adult about 
two inches beyond the disc. Disc subcircular, broadly truncate behind, vermi- 
culately rugose. Vermiculations transverse along the sutures of the costal 
plates, longitudinal between. Vertebral line slightly depressed. Cartilaginous 
border extending two inches beyond the edge of the anterior sternal callosity, 
and 9 in. 10 lin. from the posterior margin of the disc, to within 3 in. 6 lin. of 
the end of the tail. Sternal callosities four. The posterior subtriangular, 
anterior and posterior angles divergent, the inner almost in contact. Anterior 
angle with an emargination corresponding to an angular process in the posterior 
border of the hyposternal. The interior and exterior borders of the anterior 
callosity made nearly right angles with its anterior edge. This is not perfectly 
transverse, so that the inner borders approach to within 1 in. 12 lin. of each 
other, they then round off and extend much farther posteriorly than the external 
borders. Episternal bones small, considerably separated, diverging anteriorly. 
Claws nearly straight, compressed, sharp at their inner edges, dirty white. 
Disc brown, vermiculations shaded with yellow. Border, extremities, neck and 
nie a brown, without spots or markings of any kind. Sternal callosities 
whitish. 


1859.] 


296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Length of disc 17 in.; of head and neck 19 in. 6 lin.; total, four feet. Length 
of sternum 20 in. 6 lin. 

Hatitat.—The Rembo and Ovenga rivers, tributaries of the Fernando Vas, 
Equatorial West Africa. 

Not having at hand specimens of the Aspidonectes niloticus of W. and 8S. 
Africa, we have been unable to compare the only specimen of the aspilus with 
it; their differences are, however, sufficiently obvious. In the latter the sternal 
callosities are much smaller, and the anterior pair bave their anterior and 
posterior borders nearly parallel, and the outline of the inner semicircular. 
The tail is shorter, and the colors are brownish green with white and yellow 
spots. 

The Old World Aspidonectes possess eight pairs of ribs; we do not 
know how it is with the American species, as there are no authentic specimens 
in the Acad. mus., but our Amyda and Glatypeltis have but 7 pairs. 


EMYDOSAURIA. 


Crocodilus marginatus Geoffr—Brought by Mr. Duchaillu, from the 
Ogobai. This species is principally abundant in the Cape colony, but is found 
in other parts of Africa. 


OPHIDIA. 
COLUBRIDAZ—CALAMARIN. 


OLISTHENES nob. 


Head scarcely distinct from the body, depressed, especially in front. Muzzle 
elliptical in outline, projecting much beyond the under jaw, as does also the 
superior labial region. At the posterior extremity of the superior maxillary 
bone are two curved teeth, larger than the other maxillaries, separated from 
them by an edentulous space, and grooved in front. Cephalic shields normal. 
Vertical broad; loral small. Rostral prominent, broad, dividing the anterior 
frontals somewhat; not recurved. Preocular 1, postoculars 2, Urosteges and 
anal shield entire. Scales very smooth. 


O. euphaeus nob.—Scales subequally hexagonal on the flanks, more elon- 
gate on the back, very little imbricate; in nineteen rows. The rows diminish in 
number upon the tail, by two or more running together upon the dorsal region, 
thus forming short series of from four to six scales twice or thrice the usual 
width. Vertical plate broad, hexagonal, the anterior angle very obtuse, the 
posterior acute, dividing the occipitals. Superciliaries rather small, broader 
behind in consequence of the convergence of the sides of the vertical. Posterior 
frontals large, extending on the side of the head half way along the preocular. 
Anterior frontals rather small. Nostril between two nasals; the anterior large, 
Separating the rostral and first labial, and nearly reaching the edge of the 
mouth. Rostral broad, triangular, depressed, slightly dividing the anterior 
frontals. Postoculars two. Superior labials eight, the first three small, the 
eye resting on the fourth and fifth. Pupil erect, elliptical. Inferior labials 
eight, the fourth largest, and in contact with the posterior geneials, of which 
there are two pairs. 

Gastrosteges 205, anal 1, urosteges 75. 

Color uniform brown, dark on the head and anterior part of the body, lighter 
posteriorly, and pale beneath. 

Length 2 ft. 9 in. 6 lin. Tail 17 in. 6 lin. 

Had Dr. Gtinther placed his Hologerrhum philip pinum among the Calama- 
rin, instead of Scytalian Colubride, we should have felt well satisfied in re- 
cording this as a second species of that genus; we are not positive, indeed, that it 
may not yet be so considered; but with our present knowledge we must distin- 
guish it generically. The head of this serpent is very Calamarian in its indistinct- 
ness from the body, its depression and projecting rostral. Besides these, a broader 
vertical and more distinctly divided rostrals distinguish it from Hologerrhum. 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 


Rhinosimus (D. and B.) placed by Gunther among the Calamarine, differs 
only in the keeled, recurved rostral, and Rhinostoma Fitz., the only other 
genus with grooved maxillaries, has the recurved rostral, with divided urosteges. 

The form and glossy smoothness of the Olisthenes euphaeus admirably 
adapt it for making its way among pieces of bark, decayed logs, and other 
debris of the forest. Its native country is unknown to us, but as it was ob- 
tained in ajar containing a specimen of the species below mentioned, it proba- 
bly came from South America. 


CORONELLIN &. 


Liophis vittatus. Coluber vitiatus Hallowell, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., 
Vol. ii. p. 242. The serpent described as above, from specimens brought by 
Mr. Ashmead from Venezuela, is a true Liophis, resembling the L. regine, 
teniurus, and conirostris, but without the transverse markings of 
the first and second, and the peculiar plating of the last. There are numerous 
specimens in the Acad. Mus. It does not appear to be known to European 
herpetologists. 


Descriptions of two new species of Carboniferous Fossils, brought from Fort 
Belknap, Texas, by Dr. Moore. 


BY W. M. GABB. 


Myalina delt oidea.—Shell triangular, flattened, beaks narrow, tapering 
and curved anteriorly; cardinal margin slightly curved and nearly as long as 
the anterior edge ; anterior edge gently sinuous ; posterior edge nearly straight ; 
basal edge rounded; umbones subangular; umbonal ridge running parallel 
with the anterior border losing itself near the basal edge; anterior umbonal 
slope perpendicular to the plane of the valve; posterior umbonal slope gentle, 
and extends to the posterior edge ; inside, the cardinal third of the shell shows 
an alation which is invisible exteriorly ; surface marked with indistinct con- 
centric lamelle. 

This shell was found near Fort Belknap, either in the coal or in the stratum 
of dark blue shale overlying the coal. The specimens, consisting of a left 
valve, nearly perfect, and several fragments of the beaks showing the hinge 
well preserved, are replaced by pyrites. 


Posidonia Moorei.—Shell subquadrangular, slightly gibbous, cardinal 
edge straight; beaks small, near the anterior edge, and slightly projecting be- 
yond the cardinal line ; umbones prominent, anterior edge rounded ; posterior 
edge straight above, rounded below to meet the basal margin, which is regulaly 
curved ; surface marked by about twenty prominent round concentric ribs. 

Locality and Position. From a buff colored limestone above the coal, near 
Fort Belknap. 


Descriptions of supposed new species of Birds from Cape St. Lucas, Lower 
California. 


BY JOHN XANTUS. 


A sojourn of several months at Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, besides 
furnishing many species of birds not found by me at Fort Tejon,* has brought 
to light several species, which, as far as I have now the means of judging, 
seem to be entirely new. I subjoin descriptions of those which appear to be 
most decidedly undescribed birds, although it is very probable that a careful 


* See Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sciences, August, 1859, for a list of birds collected by me 
at Fort Tejon, California. 


1859.] 


298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


examination of others of the collection made will result in the detection of ad- 
ditional ones. 

I defer for the present any notice of the habits and peculiarities of these and 
other birds of the Cape, preferring to make this the subject of a special memoir, 
after a longer residence shall have enabled me to collect all the facts bearing 
on this subject. 

Picus LUCASANUS, Xantus. 

General appearance that of Picus nuttalli and scalaris. Bill stout: as long as 
or longer than the head. Above black, banded transversely with white on the 
back and scapulars to the nape, the rump and outer tail feathers entirely black. 
quills with a row of white spots on each web: the outer square, the inner 
rounded, these spots on the tertials becoming transversely quadrangular. Be- 
neath brownish white, with rounded black spots on the sides of the breast, 
passing behind on the flanks and under tail coverts into transverse bars. 
Greater inner wing coverts transversely barred. Outer two tail feathers white, 
‘with one, sometimes two terminal bars, next to which are one or two bars on 
the inner web only; third feather black, the outer web mostly white, with traces 
of a terminal black bar: sometimes there is a greater.predominance of black 
on the inner web. Two white stripes on side of head, one starting above, the 
other below the eye with a tendency to meet behind and form a whitish collar 
on the nape. Male with the entire top of the head streaked with red, becom- 
ing more conspicuous behind; each red streak with a white spot at base. 
Feathers covering the nostrils smoky brown. 

Length 7-15, extent 12-15, wing 4-00, bill above 1:00, middle toe and claw 
“80. 


CAMPYLORHYNCHUS AFFINIS, Xantus. 


Very similar to C. brunneicapillus. Above grayish olive, each feather on the 
back streaked with white, bordered externally by black. Upper tail coverts 
and upper surface of tail grayish, with indistinct transverse black bars, much 
broken ; quills with a marginal row of rounded whitish spots on each web. 
Beneath white, sometimes very faintly tinged behind with yellowish brown ; 
the whole under surface quite uniformly marked with rounded spots (more 
elongated anteriorly) and of much the same size. On the breast these spots are 
rather angular and generally do not cross both webs; posteriorly, however, they 
are more central, and several are sometimes strung along the shaft of the feather. 
These spots are larger and rounder on the under tail coverts. Tail feathers, 
excepting the two central black, each web banded from the base with alter- 
nating bars of white, six or more in each series. Top of the head uniform cin- 
namon brown, perhaps slightly paler towards the edges of the feathers ; a white 
line from the nostrils over the eye to the nape, the white, however, streaked 
with black. Bill and legs dark brown, base of under mandible paler. 

Length 7-50, extent 9°75, wing 4°35, tail 4-40, bill above -90, tarsus 1-10. 


HARPORHYNCHUS CINEREUS, Xantus. 


Very similar to Mimus montanus, with longer and more curved bill. The up- 
per parts are grayish brown or cinereous with a faint trace of rufous on the 
Trump. Beneath white with a tinge of brownish yellowish towards the vent; 
the breast and sides with sharply defined sagittate or subtriangular spots of 
brown, scarcely elongated on the sides, the shade of brown similar to, but 
darker than that of the back. The lateral tail feathers are tipped with white, 
the outer one sometimes edged with the same. There are two narrow dull 
whitish bands on the wings. 

Length about 10 inches, wing 4-00, tail 4-75, bill above (in a straight line) 
1:00. 

This species is very abundant at the Cape, and its nests are found among the 
cactuses in large numbers. The eggs resemble those of the mocking birds 
much more than those of the rest of the genus. 

(Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 


BRACHYRHAMPHUS HYPOLEUCUS, Xantus. 


Bill slender and slightly curved, about half the length of head. Tarsus scarcely 
shorter than middle toe. Above dark brownish black, the edges of the feathers 
with a plumbeous tinge; the side of neck below, and the axillars with the 
concealed portion of the sides of the breast, ashy plumbeous. Entire under 
parts, including tail coverts and inside of the wings, pure white, this color ex- 
tending on the sides of the head so as to include the eyes, the lids, however, 
are tinged with dusky ; bill black ; legs apparently reddish in life. 

Length 10 inches, extent 15°80, wing 4°70, tail 1-80, bill above -70, gape 1-20, 
tarsus °85, middle toe 1-00. 

This specimen is considerably weatherbeaten, and the old feathers of the up- 
per parts are much worn, and bleached at the edges. The new ones are how- 
ever as described. 


Notes on a collection of Birds made by Mr. John Xantus, at Cape St. Lucas, © 
Lower California, and now in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 


BY §S. F. BAIRD. 


Mr. Xantus, in transmitting to the Smithsonian Institution a collection of ob- 
jects of Natural History made at Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, in the 
months of April, May, and June, 1859, has added descriptions of the species 
which he ascertained to be new by reference to the limited number of works at 
his command. These all appear to be really nondescript, and a careful com- 
parison of the entire collection with supposed analogues from the north, 
shows differences in other species, entitling them to specific rank. 

The examination of the collections of Mr. Xantus has proved of very great 
interest in elucidating the zoological peculiarities of the Cape, and especially in 
showing that its fauna is almost identical with that of the Gila River, and toa 
certain extent with that of the Rio Grande. It is an important fact also, that 
while these relationships are exceedingly intimate, there is almost none to the 
coast fauna of Upper California. As the birds were all collected during the 
spring months, after the migrating species had passed northward, they may be 
considered as especially characterizing the region. An examination of the list 
will show that of the forty-two kinds thus far received from Mr. Xantus, seven, 
or one-sixth, are peculiar to the Capeand probably new, while but two of the 
land birds which characterize the Pacific region of upper California are found 
there, all the other species being either distributed generally over the whole 
United States, or belonging especially to the Gila or Rio Grande regions, sepa- 
rately or collectively, and to that of the Southern Rocky Mountains. 

Similar conclusions are to be derived from an examination of the other land 
vertebrates. The most characteristic mammal is the Spermophilus harrisii, 
heretofore only found in the Colorado desert. The Perognathus penecillatus, 
another Colorado species, is also met with. The Macrotus californicus, a leaf- 
nosed bat, heretofore only known from a single specimen taken at Fort Yuma, 
is very abundant. JLepus californicus and trowbridgii, Mephitis bicolor and Ves- 
pertilio pallidus, Le Conte, appear to be species common to the Cape and to 
Western Upper California, the two latter occurring also in Texas. 

In the Reptilia, also, very interesting facts are tobe observed. Here, as far 
as can be ascertained by a hasty examination, out of about twelve species of 
Saurians, and as many Ophidians, not one is found in Upper California, the 
species consisting (with the exception of a few new ones) of such as Dipsosaurus 
dorsalis, Uta ornata and stansburiana, Sceloporus scalaris, Callisaurus ventralis, 
Stenodactylus variegatus, §c. There is a Phrynosoma very similar to the ‘‘ corona- 
tum’? of Upper California, but quite distinct. There is also a very large 


1859.] 


300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Ctenosaura. ‘The serpents are Ophibolus splendidus, a new Crotalus, Masticophis 
testaceus ? a Rio Grande Nerodia, Arizona elegans, Scotophis Emoryii, Lamprosoma 
episcopum, etc., or species very closely allied to them. 

The Zoology of the east side of the gulf of California is not sufficiently well 
known to allow a satisfactory comparison with that of Cape St. Lucas; it is 
however probable that the Gila fauna does not extend as far down as the lati- 
tude of the Cape, being displaced by the northward extension of the 
fauna of Western Mexico. Even at Guaymas, species of birds and reptiles occur, 
of genera different from those of the United States, as for instance the genus 
Dryophis among the serpents. 

It may safely be considered as very probable, that additional species of the 
Gila and Colorado regions will hereafter be detected at the Cape, and that a 
closer examination of the former localities will bring to light several of the 
species for the first time noticed in the Cape collection of Mr. Xantus. 

What the causes are which have produced this peculiar distribution of ani- 
mal life on the Cape, it is at present impossible fully to elucidate. The moun- 
‘tain crests which extend longitudinally along the peninsula might form an 
impassible barrier to the passage of species from one coast to the other, but as 
there appears to be no greater obstacle to the extension southward to Cape St. 
Lucas from the coast region of Upper California, than from the mouth of the 
Colorado along the east side of the peninsula, we would expect to find a much 
greater mixture of species at the Cape than really exists. No information is at 
present at our command as to the zoology of the interior of the peninsula. It is, 
however, quite probable that the narrow vallies enclosed between the moun- 
tainous sides of the peninsula may have species widely different from either 
those of the Cape itself, and of Upper California, and more analogous to those 
of Mazatlan and its vicinity. 

The region in which Mr. Xantus obtained the birds hereafter enumerated, is 
one which at first sight would not seem a-very promising field for exploration. 
The shore is sandy for about a quarter of a mile inland, whence a cactus desert 
extends for a width of about six miles up to the high mountains on the West and 
North. The Cereus giganteus is a prominent feature in this peculiar vegetation, 
rising occasionally to a height of sixty or more feet. The ground is covered for 
miles with a saline efflorescence, painful to the eye, into or through which the 
feet sink to a considerable distance. There is no fresh water nearer than San 
José, a distance of twenty-eight miles. The region, though in the spring and 
summer inhabited almost exclusively by land birds, is said in the rest of the 
year to be the resort of innumerable water fowl and waders, among which Mr. 
Xantus will doubtless find many rare species. 

Before proceeding to an enumeration of the summer birds of Cape St. Lucas, 
it may be well to state that they illustrate in a remarkable degree the law de- 
rived from an examination of large series of specimens in the Smithsonian 
museum, and frequently referred to in the ninth volume of the Pacific R. R. 
Report ; namely, that whenever species have a wide range in latitude as resi- 
dent birds or as summer visitors, the farther North the species is found breed- 
ing, the larger itis, and vice versa. The same principle applies, though in less 
marked degree, to an increasing altitude in the same latitude. The difference 
in size between the same species of bird breeding at Cape St. Lucas and in 
the Colorado Valley, or in the more northern Rocky Mountains, is very strik- 
ing, so much so as readily to induce the impression of a difference in the 
species. 

The following table will illustrate more fully what has been said in regard to 
the geographical distribution and character of the species. It will be seen that 
all the characteristic land species of the Cape (all supposed to be new except- 
ing Colaptes chrysoides) are exceedingly abundant, breeding in large num- 
bers. 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301 


— cron 


; > |s.a\% 
. oa . | . 
3 3 q a £ s 35\° a g a 
BS SIS SIA S/S 9-8 Sl as] & 
SAlssl5a ia) g Slee) 2 
A eS /a0|24 20) 2/2%| g 
LIST OF SPECIES. ® HOS Saale S s|EE s REMARKS. 
o |n Blas z 3 3 S eS me 5143 a 
a |SeIS"|S5\REIS-| =| 3 
ein die) cia ‘ 
—_—= ee ——->_ ————, |, -———_- Sr 2S 
1. Tinnunculus sparverius, Vieill----- SI eee eel aetetbe ola Mmm |e 
2. Bubo virginianus, Bonap.-------- Seale ile ieee |e 
3. Picus lucasanus, Aantus.----+---+-- * Very abundant. 
4, Centurus uropygialis, Baird------ = % _ ey 
5. Colaptes chrysoides, Malh-------+-- * * 4 
6. Geococcyx californianus, Baird.--)% |. |« |e | x Abundant, 
7. Chordeiles texensis, Lawr---+------ # Fe A ean Re pu 
8. Myiarchus mexicanus, var. Baird-:| 41} .? |e? |? | 2 é 
9. Sayornis nigricans, Bonap--------- * ¢ * |—¢2| ? One EReCue i. 
10. Empidonax obscurus, Baird------- % * Ve 5 : 
11. Hirundo thalassina, Sw----------- alge altsy lens Rather common. 
12. Progne purpurea, Boie----+++--+++- ese | ee a eel fie ea He ; a 
13. Phainopepla nitens, Sclater---------- * t]xe | ge Common. 
14. Mimus polyglottus, Buie---------- * = ae Not common. 
15. Harporhynchus cinereus, Aantus--| » Very abundant. 
16. Campylorhynchus affinis, Yantus-:+| x “ «“ 
17. Polioptila melanura, Lawr--------- % pre One specimen. 
18. Paroides flaviceps, Baird---------- Py ell eile Very common. 
19. Carpodacus frontalis, Gray--+----- « | a?lx * Common. 
20. Chondestes grammaca, Bonap.------ e | # * * One specimen. 
21. Zonotrichia leucophrys, Swain----| x ae || chy | eae alee Two specimens. 
22. Calamospiza bicolor, Bonap:-:------ Py « |« |# “ “ 
23. Guiracamelanocephala, Swain---|s |, ee ae One specimen. 
24, Cyanospiza versicolor, Baird------ os * Three specimens. 
25. Pyrrhuloxia sinuata, Bonap-:------ * Eales lies Common. 
26. Cardinalis igneus, Baird.----------- * Very abundant. 
27. Pipilo albigula, Baird------------- * « S6 
28. Agelaius ————— .-----.+--++++++-+- ms One specimen. 
29. Icterus parisorum, Bonap.----:---- * 24.5 Very common. 
30. Se cucullatus, Swain.-------- * i Three specimens. 
31. Cyanocitta californica, Strickl----- « | « ; Not common. 
32. Melopelialeucoptera, Bonap------- Py x. Very abundant. 
33. Chamepelia var. pallescens, Baird.| , “ “ 
34. Lophortyx californica, Bonap------ « | Common. 
35. Garzetta thula, Bonap-------+-+-+:- * y | One specimen. 
36. Aigialitis vociferus, Cassin-------- evil. treaty Ay teh ee? Uae (bs 
37. Calidris arenaria, Illiger-.---------- ene lus eet |e 
38. Fulica americana, Gmel,:------+---- ood | Mercalli (is eealikee hes (cua ae 
39. Graculus dilophus, Gray--------+---- Pehl be : 
40. Thalassidroma melania, Bonap..----| , ms One specimen. 
41. Blasipus heermanni, Bonap:------- £ ¥* 
42. Brachyrhampus hypoleucus, 4an.-| , One specimen, | 
42/18 \21120/18| 8! 8l 4 | 


An examination of the table will show that seven (all new) out of forty-two 
species may as yet be considered as peculiar to Cape St. Lucas. Two land 
birds and two water birds belong to the coast region of Western North America ; 
two species are peculiar to the Lower Gila and Colorado, (Centurus uropygialis 
and Colaptes chrysoides,) although both may be found in time as far east as 
El Paso. On the other hand, fourteen of the species occur in the region ex- 
tending from the Gila to the lower Rio Grande, none of them found in 
Upper California, although several stretch northward in the Rocky Mountain 


1 If this large-billed bird be considered as distinct (M. pertinaz) from the true M. mezz- 
canus, it will be entered only in the Cape column. 

2 Found in the extension of the mountains south-east into Mexico 

3 Extending northward as far as Fort Bridger. 

* Confined to the southern end of this region ; at Fort Tejon. 

5 Found on the Pecos only in this region. 


1859.] 


302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


region considerably beyond the latitude of San Francisco. But a single species 
(Garzetta thula,) belongs to the South American fauna; and this may not be 
the same bird as the Chilian. 

One of the most striking facts of all is that not a single land animal has 
been identified as found in Mexico and not in the United States also. Not 
a single bird of the Western Tierra Caliente of Mexico has been yet met with, 
however abundant it may be on the opposite side of the gulf, not much over a 
hundred miles across. 

The case, however, is quite different with the marine invertebrates, which, 
as might be expected, are very closely related to those of Western Mexico. 
The accompanying note* from Mr. Stimpson will illustrate the character of 
the crustacea of the Cape. 


List of Birds collected from the middle of April to the middle of July, 1859. 
1. TinnuncuLus sPARVERIUS, Vieillot. 
2. Buso vinciniAnvs, Bonaparte. 


3. Picus LucasAnus, Xantus.—This species is intermediate in character be- 
tween P. scalaris and P. nuttalli, resembling them very closely, and belonging 
to the same division of the genus. It has the brown feathers on the nostrils, 
the whole top of the head spotted with red, and the predominance of white 
on the cheeks of the former, and the deficiency of black bars in the white of 
the tail feathers of the latter; the black bars, except at the tip, not crossing 
the outer web, and the outer web of the third feather being almost entirely 
white. The bill and feet, the latter especially, are very stout and large, much 
more so than in the others, in nuttalli, especially. In size, it is about inter- 
mediate between the other two. 


4, CENTURUS UROPYGIALIS, Baird.—As in the other woodpeckers, the speci- 
mens of this species have a peculiar weather-beaten and dull appearance. 


5. CoLapTes curysoipEs, Malherbe.—This bird is only known from an im- 
perfect description by Malherbe of a single female specimen, and this author 
was ignorant of the peculiar feature of the male of this species, namely, in it 
combining the characters of both C. auratus and mexicanus. Thus, with ashy 
throat and cheeks, and broad, red moustache and absence of nuchal red of the 
latter, the shafts and under surface of the wing and tail are gamboge yellow, 
asin C. auratus. The tail feathers are more tipped with black than in either 
species, the outer being of this color for more than the terminal inch, and 
along most of the outer web. The jugular collar and the spots on the breast 
are considerably larger than in the other species. The top of the head is 
light yellowish brown. In size, this species is considerably inferior to that of 
C. auratus. 

C. mexicanoides of Lafresnaye has the shafts red. 

In the Report on birds of Pacific R. R., Series IX. p. 125, I refer to a 
female Colaptes, collected by Mr. Schott, on the line of the Mexican boundary 
survey, as possibly of this species. This proves now to be the fact, and ex- 
tends the range of the species to the valley of the Gila River. The following 


*More than sixty species of Crustacea have already been collected by Mr. Xantus, 
more than half of which are new. They belong to the genera Pisa, Thoe, Micippa, Mithraz, 
Pericera, Lambrus, Atergatis, Xantthus, Pilumnus, Ozius, Eriphia, Ocypode, Grapsus, 
Pachygrapsus, Nautilograpsus, Calappa, Dromidia, Petrolisthes, Remipes, Albunea, 

idops, Cenobita, Calcinus, Eupagurus, Alpheus, Palemon, Livoneca, Ligea, Orchestia, 
Hyperia, and several new ones. This new and rich Carcinological Fauna differs entirely 
from that of the Upper Californian Coast, not a single species being identical, and approxi- 
mates more nearly to that of the Western coast of Mexico, from Guaymas to Acapulco ; 
also in some degree to that of the Gallapagos Islands. Nearly all of the species described 
by De Saussure as inhabiting the Bay of Mazatlan, (Rey. et Mag, de Zoologie v. 354-368), 

have been found by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas, 
[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 


detailed description of this little known species may be of interest: Above 
yellowish ash transversely barred with black. Chin, throat, and sides of head 
clear ash ; under parts white: a broad pectoral crescent, and rounded spots on 
remaining under parts black. Top of head light brown. Shafts of wing 
and tail feathers gamboge yellow. Tail black; the basal portion yellow; the 
outer feathers uniformly black on the exposed terminal half, including the 
shafts. No red on the nape. Bill black. Iris light brown. Male with a 
broad, red moustache. No trace of a moustache in the female. 
Length of male about 11:00; wing 5°50; tail 4°50; bill above 1°50. 


6. GEococcyx CALIFORNIANUS, Baird. 
7. CHORDEILES TEXENSIS, Lawrence. 


8. Myrarcuus mExicAnvs, Baird.—This bird does not appear exactly the 
same with the species of the United States and Mexico, although I can see no 
other difference than a rather stouter bill. This, however, appears to be a 
constant character, and may one day cause its separation as a species (IZ. 
pertinax, Baird.) 


9. SAYORNIS NIGRICANS, Bonaparte. 


10. Empiponax osscurvs, Baird. 
11. Hirvnpo THAnAssmna, Swainson.—Much smaller than specimens from 
Oregon. 


12. Procne puRPUREA, Boie. 
13. PHAINOPEPLA NITENS, Sclater. 


14. Motus potyetorrus, Boie.—The specimens do not exhibit the same 
elongation of the tail as remarked in skins from Upper California. The tail 
appears, however, a little longer than in specimens from the Atlantic States. 


15. HARPORHYNCHUS CINEREUS, Xantus.—This species is very similar in 
color and markings to Mimus montanus, although rather larger, with a con- 
siderably longer and more curved bill. It is nearly as large as H. longirostris, 
the bill of about the same length, though more curved. It differs from it, 
however, in the grayish plumage above, in the whitish tips to the tail, and in 
having short sagittate spots beneath, instead of elongated black ones. Besides 
the longer bill and other features, it lacks the rufous tinge of upper parts seen 
in H. rufus. It is smaller than H. curvirostris, the spots beneath much more 
distinct and sagittate. They are darker than the back, instead of being of the 
same color. 

As already remarked, the shade of the coloration and pattern of marking 
are almost precisely those of MZimus montanus, while the bill is much like that 
of H. longirostris. 

16. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS AFFINIS, Xantus.—This species is about the size of 
C. brunneicapillus, and resembles it closely in general appearance. The com- 
parison of an extensive series of both will, however, exhibit unmistakable 
differences. 

The anal region and thighs of brunneicapillus have a strongly fulvous ten- 
dency, (nearly wanting in affinis,) and the spots beneath are much smaller, 
in fact, scarcely more than shaft lines; on the throat and jugulum, on the 
contrary, the spots occupy almost the entire breadth of the feather, very con- 
spicuously larger than the others. In C. affinis the spots beneath are very 
nearly of the same size, being larger on the belly and smaller on the throat 
than in the other species: the latter but little the larger. 

The lateral tail feathers in brunneicapillus are black, all with a subterminal 
band of white: the external feather has both webs banded with white 
throughout. The next has a trace of a second terminal band, and there are 


1859.] 22 


804 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


bands on the whole of the outer web. The remaining feathers, except the 
central ones, are banded only on the outer webs ; sometimes not then, when 
the whole feather is black, except at the tip. In the other species, C. affinis, 
all the feathers (except the central) are banded uniformly with white from 
the base, there being from six to eight on each web, which alternate with 
each other, the bands being about equal to their black interspaces. The streaks 
on the back are more distinctly defined than in brunneicapillus, and the head 
above is of a clear, reddish chocolate, instead of the darker brown of the latter 
species,* 


17. PoviorTiLA MELANURA, Lawrence.—The single specimen of this species 
sent in by Mr. Xantus has the tail feathers more broadly edged and tipped 
with white, and the gray of the back lighter and clearer than in specimens in 
the Smithsonian collection from the Gila region. 


18. ParomeEs FLAVicEPs, Baird.—Specimens are much smaller than those 
from the Gila and Rio Grande. The yellow on the head also is brighter. In 
some there is a tinge of red in the yellow of the crown. Wing of male 1°90 
inches. 


19. CaRpopacus FRONTALIS, Gray.— Very similar to northern specimens, but 
smaller. The resemblance to some Rocky Mountain skins in the Smithsonian 
collection is very close. 


20. CHONDESTES GRAMMACA, Bonap. 


21. ZonorRicHEA LEUCOPHRYS, Swains.—It is an interesting fact that this 
species should be found at the Cape, instead of gambelii. It is to be borne in 
mind that both are found along the Rocky Mountains as far south as El Paso, 
and that Z. leucophrys has not yet been detected in Upper California. 


22. CALAMOSPIZA BICOLOR, Bonap.—This species has not yet been detected in 
Upper California. 


23. GuIRACA MELANOCEPHALA, Swainson. 


24, CyANosPIzA VERSICOLOR, Baird.—The female of this species is very 
similar to those of C. cyaneaandamena. From the latter it is distinguishable 
by the absence of traces of two white bands on the wings, and from both by 
the legs being black instead of dark brown. The bill appears to be more 
curved, and the legs larger than in the other species. 


25. PyrravuLoxia sinvaTa, Bonap.—Smaller than Texan specimens. 


* The following account of common and specific characters may serve to define the 
species better. 

Head above uniform brown ; back and scapulars grayish brown, each feather with a 
central white streak bordered externally by black ; upper tail coverts and upper surface 
of inner tail feathers, obscurely marked transversely with grayish and blackish, other taij 
feathers black, barred with white. A white streak over the eye and along side of neck 
Body beneath white, with rounded spots of b.ack ; strongly marked on the under tail coverts_ 


C. BRUNNEICAPILLUS.---Head above dark brown; black spots on the throat and breast, 
large, occupying the whole breadth of the end of the feather, the spots on the remaining 
under parts abruptly’much smaller and less numerous. Crissum lower belly and flanks 
strongly tinged with pale rufous. The black tail feathers, except the outer, scarcely 
barred with white, except as a subterminal bar. 


€, arrinis.--Head above dull light chocolate brown; black spots beneath of much the 
same size and strongly marked on nearly every feather, and but little if any more con- 
spicuous on the jugulum than elsewhere; on the jugulum they are about opposite the 
middle of the feather (not at the tip) and do not cross both webs; very little trace of 
rufous any where beneath, All the black tail feathers are crossed with white bands on 
both webs throughout their whole extent. Length 7-50; wing 3:50; tail 3.25; bill above 

-6@ ; tarsus 1-00. 
[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 


26. CARDINALIS IcNnEvs, Baird, n. s.—A Cardinal very abundant at the Cape ; 
appeared at first sight to be the same withthe C. virginianus. A comparison, 
however, of a large number of males with as many from the eastern United 
States and Texas, shows a difference, in the entire absence of black on the 
forehead between the nostrils, the red of the head coming down to the base of 
the culmen. The black of the side of the bill extends to the nostrils, but not 
between them on the forehead as in virginianus. The bill is larger and de- 
cidedly more tumid. The size, shape and colors are as in virginianus, the 
bill too being red, instead of white as in pheniceus. 


27. PrriLo ALBIGULA, Baird, n. s.—Specimens of a Pipilo with the general 
aspect of mesoleucus, exhibit a constant difference in a rather greater extent of 
white on the middle of the belly. The chin and upper part of the throat are 
bounded by a border of dusky spots, which does not extend as far towards the 
jugulum as in mesoleucus, and is much better and more regularly defined below, 
not being broken up irregularly. The space enclosed by this border of spots 
is yellowish brown on the chin as in mesoleucus, but inferiorly on the throat 
and in front of the spots it becomes nearly, and sometimes quite white, in de- 
cided contrast to the chin color. The bill appears to be more slender. Both 
forms agree in having the chestnut hood, the dusky spot on the breast, and 
the white of the belly distinguishing them from P. fuscus. The size is that of 
mesoleucus from the Rocky Mountains, and inferior to that of fuscus. 


28. AcELAius ——. — A skin of a female Agelaius does not afford charac- 
ters sufficient to determine a species. It was collected at San José, some ten 
miles northeast of the point of the cape. 


29. IcrERUS PARISORUM, Bonap.—The female of this species is olivaceous 
above, (lighter on the rump,) and yellow beneath. The tail feathers, except 
the middle ones, are greenish yellow, becoming grayish brown on the terminal 
third (which is black in the male,) and narrowly tipped with whitish. There 
are two distinct bands of white on the wing. The lores and throat are tinged 
with dusky. 


30. IcrERUS CUCULLATUS, Swainson. 


31. CYANOCITTA CALIFORNICA, Strickland.—Rather smaller than more north- 
ern specimens, but apparently similar. There is, however, a tendency to the 
blue tinge of the under tail coverts seen in C. woodhousii, Baird. 


32. MELOPELIA LEUCOPTERA, Bonap.—A very abundant species. 


33. CHAMZPELIA PASSERINA ? Var. PALLESCENS, Baird.—A comparison of an ex- 
tensive series of Chamepelia from Cape St. Lucas, with a similar one from the 
Southern Atlantic States, shows constant differences in the shade of coloration 
which may be of importance. The pattern is the same, but the shades are 
considerably lighter. The chin and anal region are nearly white, the color of 
the latter considerably lighter than that of the belly anterior to it, instead of 
being much the same. The amethystine spots on the wings are smaller and 
apparently less numerous. The bill seems darker, all the hard portion being 
black, instead of this color being confined to the tip. The tertials do not ap- 
pear to extend so far along the wing, falling short of the tip by about three- 
quarters of an inch, scarcely reaching to the end of the eighth primary, instead 
of to within less than half an inch or to the end of the fifth or sixth primary. 
The tarsi appear stouter in the Cape bird. 


34. LopHortyx CALIForNIcuS, Bonap. 


35. GarzETTA THULA, Bonap.?—A white heron (No. 273) closely allied to 
G. candidissima appears to be immature, being without the plumose, occipital 
and dorsal feathers. It differs from candidissima in the longer bill (3-50 in. 
above, instead of 3.15), and in the shorter tarsi (3°60 instead of 4:05.) The 


1859.] 


306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


toes too are shorter. The lower mandible is yellow along the entire line of the 
gonys, and laterally for the basal half. The toes, though evidently not black 
orginally like the tarsi, are yet of a greenish black in the dried specimen, 
quite distinct from the decided yellowish of the other species. 

An examination of the adult will be necessary to show whether this bird is 
really the thula of Chili or not. It is certainly larger and otherwise different 
from specimens brought from Chili by Lt. .Gilliss. 


36. AEGIALITIS vocirERUS, Cassin. 

37. CALIDRIS ARENARIA, Illiger. 

88. FouLicA AMERICANA, Gmelin. 

39. GRAcULUS DILoPHUS? Gray.—Immature. 


40. THALASSIDROMA MELANIA, Bonap.—A single specimen of this species waa 
collected by Mr. Xantus. I have seen one other obtained near San Francisco 
by Mr. Gruber of that city. 


41. BLAsipus HEERMANNI, Bonaparte.—Young birds only collected. 


42. BRAcHYRHAMPHUS HYPOLEUCUS, Xantus.—The occurrence of a species of 
this genus as a summer visitor to a point so far south as Cape St. Lucas, or at 
the latitude of less than 23° N. is a fact of much interest, when we remember 
that the auks have all been considered more or less arctic birds. The affinities 
of the new species appear to be chiefly with B. marmoratus, although it lacks 
the white scapulars, has the inside of the wing white, instead of sooty, and 
much longer tarsi. Its relations to B. brachypterus, kittlitzii and wrangelii of 
Brandt it is difficult to determine from the short descriptions of that author. 
It come closest to the description of B. brachypterus, but the tarsus is shorter 
than the middle toe, not longer. 


MINERALOGICAL NOTES.—No. II. 
BY WILLIAM JOHNSON TAYLOR. 


The number of interesting minerals which have been referred to me by gen- 
tlemen of the Academy, are but partially described in the present paper. Des- 
criptions and analyses of several minerals of interest, including at least one 
new species, I have been obliged to defer for a subsequent communication to 
the Academy. 


CLayiTE—a new mineral. 


This mineral is remarkable as being near galena in form and composition, 
being a sulphide of lead with about twenty-five per cent. of arsenic, antimony 
and copper, forming the third of a series of which galena is the first, cuproplum- 
bite (found in an adjoining State, Chili) is second, and which contains some 
copper and sulphur, but not any antimony and arsenic. In the cuproplumbite 
the lead is partially replaced by copper, and in Clayite this also is the case, but 
a part of the sulphur is also replaced by antimony and arsenic. 

Clayite is remarkable as containing so small a per centage of sulphur—be- 
tween eight and nine per cent. only. It occurs in small monometric crystals, 
the predominating form of which appears to be a combination of the tetrahe- 
dron with the dodecahedron ; they occur as a coating on a layer of quartz, 
about a thirty-second of an inch in thickness, which incrusts the massive por- 
tion of the mineral. This massive portion of the mineral is filled with minute 
quartz crystals, which are microscopic, but the presence of this quartz and the 
existence of minute fissures has permitted the mineral to be somewhat acted 
upon by the air, and to suffer a probably partial decomposition, as is evinced 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 


by the decolorization of the surface by a bronze tarnish and the occurrence in 
the crevices of the blue Covelline (7). 

The crystals of Clayite do not appear to be in the least acted upon. In color 
they are a blackish gray, are quite small, the form only to be distinguished by 
a strong pocket lens, and no cleavage observed. Rubbed in an agate mortar, 
they are quite malleable, though at first quite frangible. Streak black gray; 
sectile. Hardness about 2°5. 

Before the blow-pipe on charcoal it fuses easily, giving a yellow incrustation 
surrounded by a white incrustation ; with carbonate of soda a strong alliaceous 
odor, and a brilliant metallic globule when hot, which becomes dull and lustre- 
less on cooling. 

The crystals, as before mentioned, coated a thin layer of quartz, on which 
they were associated with small crystals of chalcopyrite. They were carefully 
freed from all extraneous matter, and the analyses gave the ieee results : 

I I. 


DUMP MUD scsvectecmcnertdactes-sacinetaecees 8:22 per cent. 8-14 
PATSONIC, <a ccsnseccetwacrenedessscene near 9-78 a 
PATULITAO DY pessevecedescesessenmecereiec sae 6°54 a 
Weal epee aaely ger ag 6851 67:40 
COPPeT,..-.seeeeeceeerseeeceeereeeeeenees 7:67 oe 5°62 
Ditlvelemscceccstasccossedsorocescstes secs trace 

100°72 


The less amounts of lead and copper in (II.) are to be accounted for by the 
crystals taken for analysis having small particles of the amorphous portion ad- 
hering. 


Per cent. Quotient. Ratio. 
Dulplursyecctve.. scree Meecieee 8:22 0-514 10:3 
Wea. Jcvesves spocassacanacndcode 68-11 0.658 13:16 
WOW Beh yscresccececclsaesec cre. one 7:67 0°242 4°8 
JUSS oo seecosongd Locoaoaso 9-78 0-130 2°6 
PANUNTNONY ssaJseccasceestscaceces 6°54 0.050 1-0 
By taking 2 Cu = 1 Pb, we have the formula 
NS 
Cu | A8 
— | Sb 


Owing to the partial decomposition of the amorphous portion, extending 
generally through the specimen by the minute cracks and its minute quartz 
granules, no positive composition can be assigned to it.* The following are the 
results of a determination of the bases and a calculation of their ratio after the 


subtraction of the quartz: 
By calculation. 


DUANE i Wiewss ss ccs oasastedezeatssesees 25-73 per cent. 
Wed Onyatess et sctc cseencteccescestsces ceatse 51°32 He! 69°11 per cent. | 
GO PPEr ee sascesser-ceee seer: eaerasiee sess 2-31 a 311 “ 
SUIPMUPN ancl resonsacea ects SabceonC 6°75 < 9-09 ee 
(Antimony and Arsenic) loss...... 13°89 os 18-69 a 
100-00 100-00 

Per centage. Quotient. Ratio. 
PUMA cae cep se ch cca tis Seve 9:09 0-564 5 
Arsenic and Antimony,.. 18-69 0-191 2 
Copper; scsratseesecessesety 3:11 0-098 1 
Wead,).cescesssceece doouan) BEI 0°664 6°5 

100:00 


_* The intimate mixture of quartz through the massive portion of the mineral gives it a 
lighter color. 


1859.] 


308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Again calculating 2 Cu = Pb, we have the same formula as with the crystals. 


As 
Gu | Sp 
Pbi sg 


I have seen but one specimen of this mineral, which was given me by Joseph 
A. Clay, Esq., having been sent to him from Peru by his brother Hon. J. Randolph 
Clay, United States Minister to that country. It was labelled—“ Pabonado en 
Rocicler de Aranzazu.’ The appearance of the massive mineral is not unlike 
some of the gray coppers, though its color is more of a bluish gray. This 
peculiarity together with the bronze tarnish of its surface, with the blue spots 
of Covelline (?) and the excess of lead as shown by blow-pipe examination, in- 
duced me to make a quantitative analysis of both the massive mineral and the 
crystals. The entire specimen was small, and the proportion of the crystallized 
mineral being also small, I was obliged to make the examination with a very 
limited amount of material. The determination of the specific gravity must be 
deferred until more of the mineral is obtained. 

I name this mineral in honor of the Messrs. Clay, whose interest and exertions 
in mineralogy are so well known to mineralogists in this country and abroad. 

The protracted illness of Prof. J. D. Dana, and his subsequent departure for 
Europe, prevented his measurement of the microscopic crystals which I had 
sent to New Haven. 


STROMEYERITE. 


The specimen of this mineral which I obtained from the cabinet of Joseph A. 
Clay, Esq., was remarkable as resembling, in many of its characters, the mine- 
ral Sternbergite more than Stromeyerite. A blow-pipe examination, in which 
I found copper, together with the want of flexibility in the crystals, and their 
high lustre, led me to refer the mineral to Stromeyerite. To decide this doubt- 
ful point, I picked out with difficulty a little of the pure mineral for analysis. 

The mineral is from Copiapo, Chili. It occurs in small six-sided aggregated 
crystals belonging to the trimetric system, not exceeding an eighth (4) of an 
inch in diameter, which are implanted on minute quartz crystals, forming 
rose-like or fan-like clusters, having the striz of O distinctly marked, and with 
strie on the edges. In its appearance (as before mentioned) it is more like 
Sternbergite, but differs by the absence of flexibility, and also possesses more 
lustre than any specimens of Sternbergite which I have seen. 

Hardness from 2-5 to 3. Lustre metallic: color dark steel gray: streak 
nearly black and shining. Sectile, does not soil paper: crystals brittle. 

The Stromeyerite occurs in small veins and fissures in barytes, the sides of 
which are lined with very small quartz crystals and associated with small crys- 
tals of Pyrargyrite. 

Before the blow-pipe on charcoal fuses to a white globule, somewhat malle- 
able, which, withthe fluxes, gives the reaction of copper: with carbonate of 
soda gives the reaction of sulphur. 

The following are the results of my analyses: 

I 


: : Ii. 
DUI PHU. .nscesanceas 16-35 per cent. 16°49 per cent. 
PILV Oli. <cseescingusaecse 69D omeeee a 66:39 
Copper...... eeaesaseere 1s 
PON .<s<.<2 sjaceecsaeees 2-OO meme 
99:92 


The silver determination of (III.) was from some impure crystals containing 
a little Pyrargyrite. 


Per cent. Quotient. Ratio. 
DUR Wreseseecers ceaace 16°35 1:02 10-2 
DilVEr corte cece eee ecusees 69°59 9.64 6-4 
Coppert:.scs<ccesscus «cs 11-12 0°36 3-6 
TOW ss csccacees-anenscks “2000 0:10 1:0 


[Nov, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 


By taking 2 Cu = Ag. we have the formula (Ag Cu Fe) Sor6AgS +42 Cu 
S+FeS. i 


PoLyBasSITE. 


Iam indebted to Joseph A. Clay, Esq., also, for a duplicate specimen of an unde- 
termined mineral, which he lately received from Peru, labelled ‘A compact silver 
ore from San Pedro Nolasio, Tres Puntos, near Copiapo.” From a fragment of 
a crystal I made an approximative analysis, which proves the mineral to belong 
to this species, as I have with the quantity at my disposal (09-0814 grammes,) 
been able with care to determine the proportion of the sulphides of silver and 
copper, which prove by the excess of base, that the mineral is of the species so 
appropriately named Polybasite. 

The specimen which I have, contains short tabular hexagonal crystals, the 
terminal planes of which show the triangular strie. These crystals are imbed- 
ed in crystallized gypsum, and are more developed by keeping the specimen for 
ashort timein cold water. Calcite in scaleneohedrous crystals, minute portions 
of blende and pyrites were also associated in the specimen. P 

Hardness about 2. Lustre metallic: color between steel gray and iron black. 
Streak, iron black. Opaque sectile, brittle, soft. Fracture uneven. 

The following are the results of my analyses: 


Per cent. Quotient. Ratio. 
Rang hynat Viel iet cps ae evchadss sod 16:14 1-0 8 
aEViek:cisecdleaisst salt ences eee! 64-18 0°59 5 
Cap petits ts sete eseesc coos st ss 8-13 0-26 2 
(Arsenic and Antimony) loss..11°55 0:12 1 
100-00 


From whieh may be deduced the formula :—5 Ag S+Cu 8+(As Sb) 8s. 


GLASCERITE (?) 


In No. 1 of ‘ Mineralogical Notes,” published in the Proceedings of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences for August, 1858, I mention a mineral which [ 
found among some specimens recently presented to the Academy, brought from 
the Chincha Islands of the Pacific Ocean ; it was labelled “Ammonia.” From 
its appearance I suspected it to be a sulphate. By a qualitative analysis the 
sulphate of ammonia was found to be combined with a sulphate of one of the 
fixed alkalies, which I then supposed to be principally soda. By a quantitative 
analysis I now find that the quantity of soda is a minimum, and that the prin- 
cipal alkali is potash. The salt is therefore really a double sulphate of potash 
and ammonia, and notwithstanding the probability of its being a distinct salt 
and a new mineral species, I will, for the present, refer it to Glascerite, with a 
mark of interrogation. There is mentioned in Gmelin’s Handbook of Chemis- 
try, (Cavendish edition, vol. iii. p. 71,) a sulphate of potash and ammonia, which 
from the description therein given, accords with this mineral, (*‘ scaley, shining, 
bitter crystals, unacted upon by the air and leaving neutral sulphate of potash 
when ignited.’”’) Not one analysis is given, neither is the proportion of potash 
and ammonia mentioned, but reference is made to an article on this substance 
(artificial double sulphate of potash and ammonia) by Link, Chemische An- 
nalen von Dr. Lorenz Crell, 1796, i, 29, to which work itis not in my power 
to refer. 

The glascerite (?) is in compact lumps or concretions about the size of 
hickory nuts; the color is yellowish white, with a crystalline structure; taste 
pungent and bitter opaque; permanent in the air. Hardness about 2. Reac- 
tion with litmus paper perfectly neutral. Before the blow-pipe on platinum 
-foil, blackens and fuses with difficulty, leaving a white bead which is soluble 
in water and tastes a little saline and bitter. When heated in a platinum cru- 
cible it becomes first black and then burns perfectly snow-white, not fusing at a 
high heat. 


1859.] 


310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The following are results of my analyses: 
1 


- {I. 
Pualphuric'ac1d. cetememanevassentacke 48°40 per cent. 48°30 per cent. 
ATO IN OVI Fig ns chs caplaminm eatin ees i taske 5°37 Mt 5°10 “ 
IOLA BN eas decane on apeaiNemeumab ed xaherh ove 43°45 f : 
IDG. cvvcsvsghanveshelahices sre schurasens 1:68 “6:40 
Organic: MALL. c.cvcsccccocenscvsnves trace trace 
98-90 99.89 

Per cent. Oxygen ratio. 
Snlphurie -ACid i.icccecsncecsense. 48-35 28°96 
ATMO IA. srsisisnennson snes shade -anae 5:23 1:60 \ 9:31 
Potash and Soda...........+ss000. 45 81 (fev 


From which may be deduced the general formula (KO, NH4 O) 803. 


Description of new species of the Coleopterous family Histeride. 


BY JOHN LECONTE. 


In the year 1845, when J published a Monograph of the American Histeroids 
in the Boston Journal of Natural History, my memoir contained seventy-nine. 
species. There were probably at that time contained in European collections, 
about two-hundred and fifty species collected from all parts of the world. Since 
then, the Abbé de Marseul has published his great work, “ Essai monographique 
sur la famille des Histerides,” and furnished accurate descriptions of six hun- 
dred and twenty species, besides collecting from other writers one hundred 
and twenty-six more which he has not been able to see. Of these, forty-five 
species were brought by my son from California. I now add twenty-five 
species from our own country, from Central America, and from Cuba, with one 
from Africa, making the whole number at present known to be seven hundred 
and seventy-two. 

To what sum this may hereafter be increased, it is impossible to say, a great 
part of California has not yet been explored, and the States of New Mexico and 
Texas have as yet yielded very few. It is remarkable that among the numerous 
collections made by different exploring parties, so few of this family of insects 
have been found. Perhaps they may have found it disagreeable to look for 
them in the peculiar situations where most of them inhabit. 

I add a few words respecting the name Hister. This word is said to be derived 
from the Latin Histrio, or Etruscan Histrion, meaning a player, on account of 
some few of them having red marks on the elytra, or from their feigning death 
(as a vast number of insects do) when first caught, which derivation appears 
inappropriate. The Roman poet D. J. Juvenalis in his second satire, verse 41, 
mentions a filthy fellow of the name of Hister. Linnzus was fond of alluding 
to the classic writers of Rome, and finding these insects living in the most 
filthy conditions, very properly gave this name to animals found in the midst 
of excrements and putrefaction. 


Hololepta princeps. Oblongus, niger, nitidus, capitis lateribus utrinque 
linea longitudinali impressis ; mento concavo profunde emarginato ; pronoto 
linea dorsali a basi ad medium, stria marginali antice profundiore; elytris 
striis duabus ad basin, interna minima, externa brevi, fossa lateralis postice 
attenuata ; propygidio antice ad latera persparse grosse punctato, pygidio sat 
dense punctato ; epipleuris rugosulis unistriatis ; corpore subtus medio impunc- 
tato, tibiis anticis et intermediis quadri-dentatis, posticis tridentatis. 

Tejon Pass, California ; John Xantus, Esq. 

Oblong, black, shining, sides of the head with a small longitudinal line 
impressed on each side; chin concave, deeply emarginate. Thorax with a 


[ Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 


dorsal line reaching from the base to the middle, marginal stria deeper on 
the fore part. Elytra parallel, with two strie at the base near the shoulder, 
the internal one very small, the external one more apparent but short, lateral 
fossa profound, attenuated behind. Propygidium anteriorly at the sides very 
sparsely and coarsely punctate, pygidium tolerably densely punctate. Epipleure 
rugosulous, unistriate. Body beneath impunctate, the pleure very thickly and 
coarsely punctate. Prosternum rounded at the apex, with an anterior oblique 
margin on each side. Antic and intermediate tibie four-toothed, the posterior 
three-toothed. Length -67: including the jaws °8. 

By far the largest of the known species of this family. The Oxysternus, 
hitherto considered the largest Histeroid, is -5 in length. 


Omalodesrotundatus. Rotundus, convexus, niger nitidus, fronte stria 
circulari integra medio paulo emarginata; pronoto lateribus impunctatis ; 
elytris stria dorsali prima integra, secunda postice abbreviata, tertia medio in- 
terrupta, quarta utrinque abbreviata, suturali basali, parva, brevi. 

Mexico. 

Round, convex, black, very shining; front impressed with a circular entire 
stria, a little emarginated in the middle. Thorax stria entire, ambient, the 
cides impunctate. Elytra with the shoulders projecting, humeral stria scarcely 
apparent, subhumeral abbreviated in the middle, first dorsal subentire, second 
abbreviated behind, third interrupted in the middle, fourth abbreviated on both 
sides and placed opposite the interruption of the third, sutural small, short, 
basal. Epipleurz, sternum and mesosternum impunctate, the first unistriate. 
Propygidium thinly, pygidium densely punctate. Antic tibie four-toothed. 
Length 35. i 

Phelisteraffinis. Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus fronte concava; pro- 
noto puncticulato, stria marginali integra; elytris levissimis, striis punctatis, 
dorsalibus quatuor primis integris, quinta et suturali equalibus, antice ante 
medium abbreviatis, subhumerali ante medium antice valde abbreviata; py- 
gidio punctato. 

Mexico. ‘ 

Oval, convex, black, shining, frontal stria rounded. Thorax entirely punc- 
ticulate, the marginal stria entire. Elytra very smooth, the strie punctate, first 
four dorsal equal, entire, the fifth and sutural equal, abbreviated anteriorly 
before the middle, subhumeral anteriorly very much abbreviated. Epipleure 
impunctate, bistriate. Pygidium rather scatteringly punctured. Feet brown- 
ish antic tibiz 5-toothed. Long :1. 


Phelister marginellus. Ovalis marginatus, convexus, rufus, niti- 
dus impunctatus, fronte concava; pronoto stria marginali integra, ambiente ; 
elytris striis impunctatis, dorsalibus quatuor primis integris, equalibus, quinta 
et suturali ante medium antice abbreviatis, subhumerali integra. 

Maryland. 

Oval widely margined, convex, rufous, shining, impunctate; front excavated. 
Margin of the thorax projecting and containing the marginal stria which is 
entire and ambient and leaves a narrow raised cushion on the fore part. Ely- 
tra with the first four dorsal striz entire and equal, the fifth and sutural ab- 
breviated anteriorly before the middle, all of them impunctate, subhumeral 
entire, placed on the margin. Pygidium punctate ; antic tibie indistinctly five- 
toothed. Length -1. 


Phelister Panamensis. Ovalis, convexus, piceus, nitidus, fronte leviter 
concava; pronoto ad latera puncticulato, estriato; elytris striis dorsalibus 
quatuor primis integris, quinta et suturali abbreviatis, stria subhumerali antice 
abbreviata, pygidio dense punctato. 

Panama. 

Oval, convex, pitchy, shining, front lightly concave: thorax puncticulate on 
the sides, without a stria, marginal stria entire. Elytra with the four first dorsal 


1859.] 


312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


stria entire, equal, the fifth abbreviated anteriorly much behind the middle, the 
sutural before the middle ; epipleur# and mesosternum impunctate, the former 
bistriate, pygidium densely punctate. Feet rufous, antic tibiw with six small 
teeth. Length -1. 

Resembles the Ph. vernus; but differs in the less concave front, in the 
longer sutural stria, and in the punctate pygidium ; the Ph. vernus has this 
part very finely puncticulate, it is likewise a little larger. 


Hister hospitus. Subrotundus, convexus, niger, nitidus, stria frontali 
subsinuata; pronoto unistriato ; elytris striis tribus dorsalibus primis integris, 
quarta et quinta obsoletis, suturali ante medium antice abbreviata, subhumerali 
nulla; propygidio utrinque ad latera impresso; tibiis anticis tridentatis. 

Western States. 

Roundish convex, black, shining, impunctate, frontal stria subsinuate, mandi- 
bles toothless. Thorax with one entire stria, the descending portion of which 
forms aright angle with the part in front. Elytra with the first three dorsal 
striw entire, equal, the fourth and fifth obsolete or only marked by an apical 
and basal point, sutural anteriorly abbreviated before the middle, subhumeral 
none ; epipleure punctate bistriate. Propygidium with an impression on each 
side and with the pygidium densely punctate, mesosternum very slightly emar- 
ginate. Antic tibiw tridentate, the anterior tooth large. Length -2. 


Histerregularis. Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidissimus, impunc- 
tatus, fronte stria subplana ; pronoto striis duabus externa abbreyviata, interna 
integra; elytris striis tribus dorsalibus primis integris, quarta et quinta medio 
antice abbreviatis, suturali ante medium antice abbreviata, subhumerali medio 
antice abbreviata, pygidio punctato ; tibiis anticis tridentatis. 

Africa. 

Oval, a little convex, black, very shining, impunctate, frontal stria nearly 
plain, a little incurved in the middle, mandibles strong, two-toothed, deeply 
longitudinally excavated. Thorax bistriate, the external stria much abbreviated 
posteriorly before the middle, the interior entire, sinuate in the middle, the 
marginal very lightly marked. Elytra a little narrowed behind, with impunc- 
tured strix, the first three equal, entire, fourth and fifth abbreviated anteriorly 
in the middle, the sutural a little before the middle, subhumeral impunctate ; 
pygidium punctate. Antic tibiew tridentate. Length °35. 


Hister granadensis. Suboblongus, convexus, niger, nitidus, stria 
frontali sinuata; pronoto bistriato, striis subequalibus, subintegris; elytris striis 
quatuor dorsalibus primis integris, quinta, suturali et subhumerali antice ab- 
breviatis; propygidio utrinque impressione profunda laterali et cum pygidio 
punctato: tibiis anticis quadridentatis. 

Panama. 

Rather oblong, convex, black, shining. Head punctate, slightly impressed, 
stria sinuate. Thorax very finely puncticulate, bistriate, stris subequal, sub- 
entire the outer one a little more abbreviated than the inner. Elytra smooth, 
the first four dorsal stria equal, entire, fifth very much abbreviated behind the 
middle, sutural abbreviated before, subhumeral in the middle ; epipleure bi- 
striate ; propygidium with a deep lateral impression on each side, and with the 
pygidium thickly punctured. Antic tibiw four-toothed, the anterior tooth 
bifid, the posterior minute. Length -26. 

Resembles H. cenosus. 


Histerdefectus. Rotundus niger, nitidus, stria frontali rotundata; pro- 
noto bistriato, stria interiore integra exteriore ante medium postice abbreviata: 
elytris striis quatuor dorsalibus primis integris, quinta nulla vel punctam 
merum, suturali abbreviata, subhumerali nulla: tibiis anticis quadridentatis. 

New York to Georgia. 

Roundish, black, shining, impunctate except on the head, frontal stria 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 


rounded, mandibles one-toothed. Thorax bistriate, the inner stria entire, the 
outer posteriorly abbreviated before the middle. Elytra with the first four 
dorsal strie entire, equal, the fifth a mere point or altogether wanting, the 
sutural anteriorly abbreviated before the middle and posteriorly towards the 
apex, subhumeral none ; epipleure punctate, bistriate. Mesosternum punctate, 
entire; pygidium coarsely punctate. Antic tibiz four-toothed, the anterior 
tooth emarginate. Length -15. 


Histerambigena. Subrotundus, subconvexus, niger nitidus punctulatus, 
stria frontali antice plana ; pronoto striis duabus inequalibus, exteriore postice 
valde abbreviata, interiore integra: elytris striis omnibus dorsalibus integris, 
quinta et suturali antice connexis, subhumeralibus duabus antice abbreviatis ; 
tibiis anticis tridentatis. 

Vermont. 

Roundish, subconvex, black, shining, punctulate ; frontal stria plane in front. 
Mandibles toothless. Thorax bistriate, the interior stria entire, the exterior 
posteriorly abbreviated before the middle. All the dorsal striz of the elytra 
with the sutural entire, equal, this last connected anteriorly with the fifth at 
the base, subhumeral two anteriorly abbreviated, the exterior one longer, 
epipleure punctate unistriate pygidium punctate, mesosternum not emarginate. 
Antic tibiz tridentate; anterior tooth emarginate. Length °175. 


Hister furtivus. Subrotundus, niger, nitidus, impunctatus; pronoto 
bistriato, stria exteriore postice abbreviata ; elytris striis tribus exterioribus in- 
tegris equalibus, quarta antice abbreviata, quinta basali, suturali utrinque 
abbreviata, humerali distincta, subhumerali vix ulla, epipleuris punctatis, tri- 
striatis ; prosterno antice truncato, utrinque dente parvo armato; tibiis anticis 
tridentatis. 

Georgia. 

Roundish, black, shining, impunctate, frontal stria entire rounded. Thorax 
bistriate, exterior stria posteriorly abbreviated below the middle. Elytra, first 
three dorsal strie entire, fourth anteriorly abbreviated in the middle, fifth basal, 
& mere point, or entirely wanting, sutural anteriorly abbreviated, humeral 
distinct, subhumeral scarcely any; epipleure punctate, with three striz, the 
third one rudimentary; prosternum truncate at the apex with a small tooth on 
each side, propygidium and pygidium punctate, the first with an impression on 
each side. Antic tibiz# three-toothed. Length °4. 

Very much resembles the H. depurator, butthis last has the prosternum 
rounded at the apex, bent down and margined, it likewise has the sutural stria 
sometimes entire, but oftener abbreviated on both sides. 


Epierus mehicanus. Ellipticus, convexiusculus, niger nitidus, fronte 
econvexa, impunctata; pronoto dense puncticulato, stria marginali integra ; 
elytris impunctatis, striis omnibus integris punctatis, marginali integra leviter 
impressa; epipleuris punctatis, unistriatis. 

Mexico. ; 

Elliptic, rather convex, black, shining, head impunctate, frontconvex. Tho- 
rax densely puncticulate, marginal stria lightly impressed, entire. Elytra 
smooth, impunctate, all the strie entire, equal, punctate, the marginal or sub- 
humeral entire, slightly impressed, epipleure punctate, unistriate. Pygidium 
densely puncticulate. Feet black. Length -125. 


Epierus ellipticus. Ellipticus, subdepressus, niger, nitidus, fronte con- 
vexa puncticulata, pronoto dense puncticulato, stria marginali integra; elytris 
impunctatis, striis omnibus integris punctatis, subhumerali sive marginali for- 
titer impressa, epipleuris punctatis unistriatis. 

Southern States. 

Elliptic, rather depressed, black, shining, front convex, puncticulate. Thorax 
densely puncticulate, marginal stria entire, tolerably strongly impressed. Ely- 
tra impunctate, all the strie punctate, entire, the marginal or subhumeral, 


1859.] 


314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


entire, strongly impressed, epipleure punctate, unistriate. Pygidium densely 
puncticulate. Feet dark rufous. Length «1. 


Epierus devius. Ellipticus convexiusculus, niger, nitidus, impunctatns ; 
fronte convexa; pronoto stria marginali integra; elytris striis dorsalibus im- 
punctatis quinque integris, suturali basi valde ante medium abbreviata, mar- 
ginali integra ; epipleuris punctatis unistriatis. 

Mexico. 

Elliptic, rather convex, black, shining, impunctate. Front convex, not punc- 
ticulate. Thorax marginal stria entire. Elytra the five dorsal strie entire, 
equal, impunctate, the inner ones more lightly impressed, the sutural abbre- 
viated at the base much beyond the middle, the marginal or subhumeral entire ; 
epipleure punctate, unistriate. Pygidium densely punctulate, feet black. 
Length -13. 


Carcinops geminatus. Subrotundus, convexiusculus, punctatus, niger, 
nitidus ; pronoto stria marginali nulla, antice utrinque impresso; elytris striis 
punctatis, quatuor primis dorsalibus integris, equalibus, quarta basi versus 
suturam arcuata; quinta et suturali antice abbreviatis, interstitiis sulcatis, 
subhumerali ante medium abbreviata, tibiis anticis tridentatis. 

New York. 

Roundish, rather convex, punctate, black, shining. Front convex. Thorax 
without any marginal stria. Elytra with the strie deeply impressed, punctate, 
the four first equal, entire, the fourth curved at the base towards the sutural, 
the fifth abbreviated anteriorly before the middle, sutural nearly entire, the 
interstices of the elytra deeply sulcate, so that the striw appear geminate, sub- 
humeral abbreviated before the middle; epipleure punctate, bistriate; antic 
tibie tridentate. Length -13. 


Carcinops parvulus. Ovalis, depressus, niger, nitidus, fronte punticu- 
lata plana, non striata, pronoto levi lateribus punctulatis, stria marginali in- 
tegra von ambiente, elytris striis quatuor primis dorsalibus integris, quinta et 
suturali antice abbreviatis, subhumerali nulla, epipleuris levibus bistriatis ; py- 
gidio grosse punctato. 

Cuba. 

Oval depressed, black, shining, front puncticulate, plane, without a 
stria. Thorax smooth, puncticulate on the sides, marginal stria entire, not am- 
bient. Scutellum very apparent. Elytra smooth, impunctate, striae punctate, 
first four dorsal equal, entire, fifth abbreviated anteriorly before the middle, the 
sutural at the middle, subhumeral none: epipleurz impunctate, bistriate ; pygi- 
dium coarsely punctate. Feet black, antic tibie tridentate. Length -07. 


Paromalus estriatus. Ovatus, depressus, niger, nitidus, supra totus punc- 
ticulatus; fronte convexiuscula; pronoto stria marginali non ambiente; elytris 
estriatis. 

Pennsylvania. 

Ovate, depressed, black very shining, above puncticulate, beneath im- 
punctate. Front convex. Thorax straight at the base, marginal stria 
entire, not ambient. Elytra without any striae, the subhumeral likewise 
ee: Epipleure bistriate. Pygidium dedalous. Antic tibie four-toothed. 

ength «1. 


Paromalus parallelus. Oblongus, depressus, niger, nitidus, dense 
puncticulatus, fronte estriata, pronoto stria marginali integra; elytris stria ex- 
teriore basali postice abbreviata, striis aliisque tribus medianis utrinque valde 
abbreviatis, suturali medio antice abbreviata. 

Cuba. 

Oblong, depressed, black, shining, densely puncticulate ; front without a stria, 
a little convex. Thorax marginal stria entire. Scutellum not visible. Elytra 
with the sides parallel, with four dorsal strie on each, the external one basal, 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 


posteriorly very much abbreviated before the middle, the three others in the 
middle of the elytra very much abbreviated before and behind, sutural ante- 
riorly abbreviated in the middle, subhumeral or marginal none; epipleurs bi- 
striate: feet dark brown, antic tibie with four teeth. Length -i. 


Saprinus latubris. Ovalis, niger, nitidus, fronte puncticulata; pronoto 
lateribus et basi punctatis; elytris postice diagonaliter extrorsum punctatis, 
lateribus impunctatis; striis omnibus dorsalibus postice pone medium abbreyi- 
atis, prima et secunda longioribus inzwqualibus, tertia et quarta brevioribus 
zqualibus, quarta cum suturali integra connexa, subhumerali minima; tibiis 
anticis crenatis. 

Western States. 

Oval, black, shining, front puncticulate. Thorax punctate on the sides and 
base, marginal stria entire. Elytra diagonally and outwardly punctate behind, 
the sides smooth, dorsal striz all abbreviated behind the middle, the first and 
second longer, unequal, the third and fourth shorter and equal, the fourth 
joined to the sutural, which is entire, subhumeral a mere point. Epipleure 
smooth. Pygidium punctata. Antic tibiz crenate. Length :1. 


Saprinus sterquilinus. Rotundus, niger nitidus, capite punctato, vertice 
impresso, stria frontali nulla, pronoto lateribus punctatis, disco punctulato ; 
elytris postice punctatis, striis dorsdlibus postice abbreviatis per paria sub- 
zqualibus, quarta versus suturam arcuata, suturali antice ante medium, postice 
vero paulo abbreviata, subhumerali utrinque abbreviata, tibiis anticis spinoso- 
denticulatis. 

Cuba. 

Round, black, shining, head puncticulate, vertex impressed with a small 
fovea, stria none. Thorax puncticulate on the sides and base punctate. Elytra 
diagonally, outwardly and downwardly punctate, except on the sides, dorsal 
striz abbreviated behind, equal by pairs, the outer ones the longest, the outer- 
most one deeply and broadly impressed, the fourth one curved before but not 
joined to the sutural, which is abbreviated anteriorly before the middle and 
likewise a short instance from the apex, subhumeral very much abbreviated 
both before and behind. Epipleure and mesosternum punctate. Antic tibie 
spinoso-denticulate. Length -13. 


Saprinus discors. Ovalis convexus, niger, nitidissimus, fronte puncticu- 
lata, stria nulla; pronoto lateribus et basi punctatis, hoc anguste, illis latius ; 
elytris postice punctatis, striis omnibus dorsalibus postice abbreviatis, prima 
pone medium, ceteris medio abbreviatis zqualibus, stria suturali postice ab- 
breviata, subhumerali utrinque abbreviata ; tibiis anticis pluri-dentatis. 

Mexico. 

Oval, convex, black, very shining. Head punctate, stria none. Thorax punc- 
ticulate, widely punctured on the sides, and narrowly on the base, marginal 
stria entire. Hlytra diagonally, outwardly and downwardly punctate, except on 
the sides, dorsal strie profoundly punctate, the first abbreviated beyond ‘the 
middle, the three others at the middle and equal, the fourth joined to the sutu- 
ral, which is abbreviated behind, the subhumeral abbreviated on both sides. 
Prosternum finely punctured, mesosternum the upper part coarsely punctate, the 
lower puncticulate. Epipleure impunctate. Length -15. 


Saprinus scrupularis. Niger, nitidus, fronte puncticulata, stria nulla: 
pronoto puncticulato, lateribus late punctatis ; elytris punctatis, striis dorsali- 
bus subzequalibus postice abbreviatis, quartacum suturali antice connexa, tertia 
paulo longiore, subhumerali antice medio abbreviata ; pygidio dense puncticu- 
lato, epipleuris mesosternoque grosse punctatis ; tibiis anticis sex-dentatis. 

- Georgia. 

Black or pitchy, shining, front convex, puncticulate, stria none. Thorax punc- 

ticulate, the sides widely punctate, marginal stria entire. Elytra entirely punc- 


1859.] 


316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


tate except on the sides, subhumeral stria anteriorly abbreviated in the middle, 
the dorsal striae generally equal, the third sometimes a little longer than the 
others, all of them abbreviated behind the middle, the fourth anteriorly united 
with the sutural, which is entire. Epipleure# and mesosternum coarsely punc- 
tate. Pygidium thickly puncticulate. Legs dark brown. Antic tibie sexdentate. 
Length -09. 

The smallest species of this genus. 


Saprinus olidus. Niger nitidus, fronte puncticulata; pronoto lateribus et 
basi dense puncticulato, stria marginali integra; elytris postice dimidio et lateri- 
bus dense aciculato-punctatis, area scutellari magna nitidissima, stria subhu- 
merali antice abbreviata, striis dorsalibns subequalibus quarta cum seturali 
antice connexa, suturali integra. 

Texas. 

Round, black, shining, front puncticulate on the sides and base, marginal 
stria entire. Elytra densely aciculato-punctate behind for one-half their length 
and on their sides, subscutellar area large, very shining, subhumeral stria ab- 
' breviated before, dorsal stri# equa!, abbreviated behind the middle, the fourth 
united to the sutural, which is entire. Pygidium densely punctate. Epipleure 
and mesosternum coarsely punctured. Legs dark brown, antic tibiae many- 
toothed. Length ‘1. 


Saprinus fulgidus. Rotundus, piceus nitidus, fronte simplici puncticu- 
lata ; pronoto toto punctato ; elytris punctatis, area subscutellari nitidissima, 
striis dorsalibus postice abbreviatis, secunda longiore tertia et quarta zquali- 
bus, quarta cum suturali connexa; suturali integra, subhumerali antice ante 
medium abbreviata. 

Cuba. 

Round, pitchy, shining, submetallic, front simple, puncticulate. Thorax en- 
tirely punctate, marginal stria entire. Elytra punctate with a smooth very 
shining, subscutellar area, upper part of the sides impunctate, dorsal strie ab- 
breviated behind, the second the longest, the third and fourth equal, the last 
joined to the sutural which is entire, subhumeral abbreviated anteriorly before 
the middle. Pygidium and mesosternum punctate. Legs brown. Antic tibia 
many-toothed. Length °l. 


Heterius setiger. Rotundus, convexus, rufo-piceus, nitidus; pronoto 
marginato, parce granulato et setoso; elytris seriatim setosis, striis tribus ex- 
ternis elevatis, internis punctatis. 

Found in Habersham Uo., Georgia, in thé nest of a small species of ant under 
the bark of a tree. 

Round, convex, rufo-piceous, shining. Front concave, with three short 
diverging crests. Thorax twice as broad as it is long, narrowed anteriorly, 
the sides widely rounded with a prominent margin, the disk thinly granulated, 
each granule furnished with a short erect bristle. Elytra a little wider than 
the thorax, the sides widely rounded with six stri# on each, the internal ones 
not impressed, confusedly punctate, the external ones slightly elevated, punc- 
tate, all the punctures setigerous. Pygidium thinly and rudely granulate. 
Antic tibiz dilated with a spinulous margin. Length :06. 


Teretrius americanus. Cylindricus, elongatus, niger, estriatus, totus 
punctatus, capite magno fronte convexa; pronoto antice paulo declivi, lateri- 
bus subsinuatis leviter marginato ; elytris parallelis, convexis, lateribus rotun- 
datis. 

Middle States. 

Cylindrical, elongated, black, estriate, entirely punctate. Head large, front 
convex, antennz rufous. Thorax oblong, longer than it is wide, convex, rounded 
and subsinuate on the sides, with a very slight margin, the marginal stria is 
only apparent on the anterior angles of the thorax and runs but a short distance 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317 


on each side. Elytra rufous on the sides, parallel, convex, cut off square at 
the apex, densely and distinctly punctured, suture a little raised. Epipleure 
bistriate. Legs rufous. Antic tibie dilated, five-dentate. Length °1. 

The European species, to which this is very n early allied, has no margin to 
the thorax, but merely a marginal stria. Our species wants the small furrow 
at the exterior base of the margin of the thorax. The thorax is moreover more 
finely and sparsely and the elytra more coarsely punctate. 

In my Monograph of these insects, the American was considered identical 
with the European species. 


Contributions to American Lepidopterology.---No. 2. 
BY BRACKENRIDGE CLEMENS, M.D. 
TINEINA. 

LITHOCOLLETIDZ. 


Imago with pointed or almost caudate anterior wings, with the costal ner- 
vure rather short and nearly coincident with the basal portion of the anterior 
margin; with the subcostal simple from the base to the apical third of the 
wing, where it delivers to the costa two or three very short marginal nervules 
(except in Tischeria;) with tke discoidal cell usually acute behind, with one or 
two branches to the tip of the wing: with the median simple nearly to the 
tip, and dividing into two approximated nervules, with the submedian simple. 
Tne posterior wings linear-lanceolate, with a very short costal nervure at the 
base ; with the subcostal nervure simple; with the median nervure simple and 
both rather faintly indicated. 


TABLE OF GENERA. 
Head with a tuft above. 
Tuft abundant and hairy. 
Antenne simple. 

Lithocolletis .—Anterior wings with two subcosto-marginal veins and 
one from the apex of the discoidal cell. 

Tuft little exceeding the front, scaly. 
Antenne ciliated in the j. 

Tischeria.—Anterior wings with four subcosto-marginal veins, the first 
from near the basal third ; discoidal cell not pointed and two distinct discal ner- 
vules. 

Tuft scanty, not overarching the vertex. 

Leucanthiza.*—Anterior wings with three subcosto-marginal veins ; dis- 
coidal cell acute, with two distinct veins from the apex. 

Head smooth. 

Phyllocnistis.—Anterior wings with three subcosto-marginal veins; dis- 

coidal cell pointed with a single vein from the apex, furcate near the tip. 


Lityocotteris Zeller. 


Head roughened with an abundant tuft of hairs overarching the vertex. 
Front smooth, broad and retreating or much retreating. Ocelli none. Eyes 
scarcely visible and partially covered with scales. Antenne simple, hardly 
shorter than the anterior wings, with the basal joint moderately thickened, but 
not expanded into an eye-cap. Maxillary palpi none. Labial palpi filiform 


and drooping, (in the living insect ascending.) Tongue naked, about as long 
as the anterior coxe. 


* This genus and the one preceding it, belong to the family Lyonetide in the system 
of European writers. The close relationship indicated in the structure of the perfect in- 
sects, and the general harmony of their histories, do not, however, in my own view, au- 
thorize the separation of the genera here described, into distinct families. 


1859.] 


318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The anterior wings are pointed (from the outline of the cilia appearing to be 
elliptical,) the posterior lanceolate. In the anterior wings the discoidal cell is 
acute behind; the subcostal nervure sends two short branches to the costa, and 
from the apex of the discoidal cell a single vein to the tip. The median ner- 
vure sends two veins to the inner margin near the tip. In Desmodiella there is 
but one subcosto-marginal vein. In the posterior wings both the subcostal and 
median nervures are simple. 

There are two larval forms in this genus. In the first, the head is much 
longer than broad, acutely ellipsoidal, with the sides rather thick and rounded ; 
the body is cylindrical, submoniliform and the thoracic rings somewhat swollen. 
In the second, the head is thin and flattened, with the mandibles forming an 
appendage in front; the body flattened, deeply incised and mammillated on the 
sides. In both groups there are ¢hree pairs of thoracic feet, three of abdominal 
and a terminal pair, but shorter in the second than the first. 

The larve mine the upper and under side of leaves, the larve of the first 
group usually throwing the leaf into a fold and feeding from the margins of the 
mine to the center; those of the second forming a flat mine, sometimes a rather 
broad linear tract and sometimes an irregular blotch, their mandibles being 
capable of working only in a horizontal direction. They change into pupa 
within the mine, some weaving a firm cocoon, some suspended in a web, and 
some forming a cocoon of grains of excrement and silk, or constructing the 
outline of the cocoon with them. The cocoons of the second group are shown 
on the separated epidermis as a circle and an almost hemispherical protuber- 
ance on the under surface. 

The perfect insects rest with the antenne thrown backward beneath the wings, 
some with the head slightly elevated, others with the head applied to the surface 
and the body behind elevated. I think the majority of the species here de- 
scribed assume the latter position, with variations in the angle formed with the 


surface on which they rest. 
Table of Species. 
I—With an apical spot. 
Without a basal streak. 
Fore wings golden above the fold. 
2. Robiniella, dark cinereous beneath the fold, sometimes rather silvery. 
Fore wings pale reddish-saffron, with golden hue. , 

4. Ariferella, with the first dorsal streak black-margined internally 
and at tip behind. 
Fore wings deep reddish-orange. 

10. Obstrictella, with three silvery bands; apical spot with one ortwo 


silvery scales. 
With a basal streak. 


Fore wings silvery. 
Basal streak black. 

6. Argentifimbriella, with the streaks decidedly dark-margined ; 
golden towards the tip. 

Basal streak golden. 

1. Lucidicostella, with the streaks not decidedly margined; suffused 
with golden. 
Fore wings pale golden. 

Silvery basal streak black-margined. 

%. Obscuricostella, with inner margin at base of the general hue. 
Silvery basal streak unmargined. 
8. Ostryefoliella, with inner margin at base with a white streak. 


Il—With an apical spot. 
% Apex concolorous and not dusted. 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 


With a basal streak. 
Fore wings shining ochreous-saffron. 
5. Basistrigella, with first costal and dorsal streaks unmargined. 


With no basal streak. 
Fore wings ferruginous brown. 
3. Desmodiella, ruby tinted at base, with two silvery bands. 
Fore wings silvery. 
9. Lucetiella, golden toward tip, with a black costal spot and opposite 
black line. 
23 An oblique costo-apical white streak or spot. 
Apex not dusted with dark scales. 
Fore wings reddish-orange. 


12. Aceriella, with a short dorsal streak near the base, two silvery 
bands, an oblique dorsal streak near the tip, and a costal spot above it. 
Apex dusted with dark scales. 
12. Var. Aceriella? 


224 With dispersed, dark, apical scales. 
Fore wings reddish-orange. 
With three silvery bands. 
11. Caryefoliella, black margin of the second band produced, apical 
scales on a white ground. 
With two silvery bands. 
13. Guttifinitella, black margin of second band not produced ; a costal 
and dorsal spot near the tip, 
Fore wings white. 
15. Hamadryadella; branded with shining ochreous-saffron ; irrorated 
with black. 
With a basal streak. 
5. Basistrigella, (sometimes,) with four costal and three dorsal slender 
streaks. 
16. Argentinotella, with five costal and four dorsal conspicuous 
streaks. 
2243 With a median, black, apical streak. 
Fore wings dark brownish-golden. 
14, Crategella, with a silvery basal streak, black-margined above. 


1. L.lucidicostella.—Antenne white. Head and tuft silvery-white. 
Fore wings, basal portion silvery white to the middle, witha discal pale golden 
streak from the base, retreating from the costa before reachiag the middle of 
the wing, and somewhat suffused with golden beneath the fold. From the 
middle to the tip, pale golden, with four costal silvery streaks, dark-margined 
internally, and two dorsal silvery streaks, the first opposite the second costal 
streak, and both dark-margined internally; the first costal streak not decidedly 
dark-margined. Apical spot, black. Hinder marginal line in the cilia, dark 
brown ; cilia pale gray. Hind wings shining bluish gray ; cilia gray. 

The larva mines the under side of the maple leaf, Acersaccharinum, in 
July, Sept., and Oct. The head is pale brown; body pale green, colored darker 
by the ingesta. ‘Frass’ collected into a ball within the mine. The pupa is 
suspended in a web of silk within the mine. 


2. L.Robiniella.—Antenne dark brown. Front silvery white, tuft dark 
brown mixed with grayish. Thorax dark brown. Fore wings golden yellow 
above the fold, and dark cinereous somewhat dusted with blackish beneath it. 
About the middle of the wing is an oblique, silvery costal streak, black-mar- 
gined on both sides, extending to the fold; another beyond the middle, meet- 
ing nearly in the center of the wing at an angle, a dorsal streak from the inner 
margin, the former black-margined on both sides, the latter internally ; another 
costal streak near the tip with an internal circular black margin, opposite to 


1859.] 23 


320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


a dorsal streak of the same hue and joined or nearly joined to it. Just behind 
the apical spot is a straight silvery streak, black-margined internally. Between 
the first and second dorsal streaks, is a short black streak in the fold. Apical 
spot, black wnd round, with a hinder marginal blackish line in the cilia; cilia 
grayish. Hind wings, shining dark gray, cilia the same. 

The larva mines the underside of the locust leaf (Robinia pseud-acacia) 
the separated epidermis of which is conspicuously white. It may be found in 
the latter part of September and the beginning of October. The pupa is con- 
tained in a white silken cocoon within the mine. The imago appears in the 
latter part of October, and early in November. I have not found a spring or 
summer brood in the leaf of the locust. The larva is cylindrical ; the head pale 
brown; the body pale greenish white, with a red vascular line from the 5th to 
the 9th segment; on the 9th segment are two irregular patches, chrome yellow ; 
sometimes these patches are wanting. 

The under side of the leaf of Amphicarpra monoica is also mined by 
a larva, which I believe is the same as that in the leaf of the locust. It may 
be found in the beginning of September, the imago in October. The imago 
differs very slightly from Robiniella, and I have no note of any difference in the 
larval state, and like Robiniella it weaves a white silken cocoon within its 
mine. The perfect insect differs from the foregoing species in the following 
respects: the wing beneath the fold is blackish at the base, with a silvery dorsal 
spot rather nearer the base than the first costal spot and exterior to the dark- 
margin, it is silvery, dusted with blackish ; the second costal spot is not as dis- 
tinctly angled in the middle and the apical spotis larger; in some specimens 
there are two dorsal white lines on the thorax. The general resemblance be- 
tween the two is so marked that I consider it unnecessary to designate it as a 
variety, for it is undoubtedly, I think, the same insect. 


With a single subcosto-marginal nervule. 


3. L. Desmodiella.—Antenne dark brown, tipped with a silvery hue 
Front whitish, with a ruby-colored lustre; frontal tuft dark brown. Thorax 
with a splendent ruby hue. Fore wings ferruginous brown, ruby-tinted at the 
base, with two silvery bands dark-margined on both sides, one near the base 
and one in the middle of the wing. A costal and dorsal silvery spot near the 
tip, opposite to each other, and a costal silvery spot just before the tip, the two 
former dark-margined on both sides, and the latter slightly dark-margined. 
No hinder marginal line; the cilia opposite the last dorsal spot blackish, and 
the wing beneath the last costal spot golden-brown. Hind wings pale brown- 
ish gray, cilia the same. 

The larva may be found in the leaf of Desmodium viridiflorum in July 
and early in August; it mines the under surface, usually near the margin, which 
is more or less folded, and the separated epidermis brown and hairy. I have 
no description of the larva. It becomes a pupa during the latter part of August, 
and is suspended within the mine in a very slight web of silk. The perfect 
insect is the smallest of this group that has come under my observation. 


4. L. Hriferella.—Antennz dark brown above, white beneath. Front 
silvery white; tuft dark brown. Fore wings pale reddish-saffron with a golden 
hue, especially from the middle to the base, with four silvery costal streaks, 
the first on the middle of the costa, and all except the last black-margined to- 
ward the base, the third but faintly, and the costa black from the base to the 
first costal streak. Three silvery dorsal streaks on the inner margin, the first 
two large and the third small, the first black-margined internally and around 
the tip behind, the second by aline curved above. Apical spot small and 
black, with the scales behind it having a bluish splendent lustre; hinder mar- 
ginal line blackish; cilia dark grayish, with a fulvous hue. Hind wings dark 
gray, cilia fulvous. 

The larva may be found in the leaves of oaks in September and early in Octo- 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 


ber. It makes a small mine on the under surface, and the leaf is thrown into a fold 
previously to pupation and the cuticles folded and corrugated. The pupa is 
contained in an ovoid cocoon within the mine, composed of “ frass” and silk. 
The imago appears in May. The body of the larvais cylindrical. The head is 
pale brown; the body yellow, with a broad, vascular, reddish brown band. 
There is doubtless a spring brood, but I have not searched for the larva during 
the season. 


5. L. basistrigella.—Antenne silvery. Front silvery, tuft fulvous mixed 
with silvery. Thorax pale, reddish golden, with a white streak on each side 
and one in the middle. Fore wings shining ochreous saffron, with a slender, 
unmargined white basal streak in the fold, a white basal streak along the costa, 
narrowly dark margined on the extreme costa, extended to the first costal 
streak, which is silvery white, very oblique and unmargined; behind this are 
three small costal streaks of the same hue, the two central dark-margined in- 
ternally. Opposite the first costal streak is a long, very oblique, silvery white 
dorsal streak, extended along the inner margin to the base, with dark brown 
scales between their hinder ends, or exterior to the tip of the dorsal streak, but 
sometimes absent. Nearly opposite the third costal streak is a dorsal silvery 
streak dark-margined internally. No apical spot, sometimes with dispersed 
dark brown scales beneath the last costal spot. The hinder marginal line 
blackish ; cilia pale fulvous. Posterior wings gray, cilia gray with a fulvous 
hue. 

The larva mines the under side of the leaves of oaks; I have usually found it 
in the leaf of the chestnut oak,in September. The mine is limited by two veins 
of the leaf, and when completed the external epidermis is left transparent. The 
‘“‘frass” is cast on the margins of the mine, and when the larva is prepared to 
enter the pupa state it collects the grains of ‘‘ frass” and makes an oval outline 
of them within the mine, or wall to its cocoon, leaving the cuticles transparent, 
so that the pupa can be seen within. The imago appears early in May. The 
body of the larva is cylindrical. It is lemon-yellow along the dorsum, except 
the three anterior wings, which are whitish, with a series of dark brownish dorsal 
dashes beginning on the third ring ; on the eighth ring, in some specimens, is a 
dorsal reddish orange patch. Head whitish, tinged with pale brown. 


6. L. argentifimbriella.—dAntenne silvery, annulated with darkish 
brown. Head, front and thorax silvery white. Anterior wings silvery, pale 
golden from nearly the middle to the tip, with a long basal dark brown streak 
margined above with golden, extending nearly to the first costal streak. There 
are four silvery costal streaks all dark-margined, the first very oblique, the 
second convex toward the base of the wing. The first costal dark margin is 
decided and extended on the costa toward the base. Two silvery dark-margined 
dorsal streaks, the first opposite the second costal streak. The apical spot 
black ; hinder-marginal line dark brown, cilia silver gray. Hind wings silver 
gray, cilia the same. 

Found in the pupa state in the same leaf as the foregoing in the latter part 
of September. The pupa is suspended within the mine in a very thin silken 
web. The perfect insect appears early in May. 


7. L. obscuricostella.—Head and frontal tuft silvery. Thorax very 
pale golden. Fore wings pale golden, with a silvery median stripe from the 
base, black-margined toward the costa, extending to the middle of the wing; with 
four silvery costal streaks, the first very oblique and rather long, and all except 
the last black-margined internally, the margin of the first being long and the 
continuation of a black streak from the base along the extreme costa. Three 
silvery dorsal streaks, the first quite long, obliquely curved and opposite the 
first costal streak, and the first two black-margined internally ; the second dorsal 
obliquely opposite the third costal streak. Apical spot black ; hinder-marginal line 
black, cilia grayish. Hind wings bluish gray, cilia the same. Abdomen black, 
tipped freely with yellow. 


1859.] 


822 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The larva mines the leaf of Ostrya Virginica (hop-hornbeam) in Sep- 
tember. I have no description of the larva, supposing at the time of capture it 
was the same as the succeeding species. The pupa was not contained in an 
ovoid cocoon made of“ frass”’ and silk. The imago appears in May. 


8. L. Ostryefoliella.—Antenne silvery. Front silvery, tuft fascous 
and silvery mixed. Thorax silvery, with the basal part of tegule pale golden. 
Fore wings pale golden, with an unmargined, median, silvery basal stripe, and a 
silvery streak along the basal portion of the inner margin. Fore wings pale golden, 
with four silvery costal streaks, all except the last black-margined internally ; 
with two dorsal streaks of the same hue, black-margined internally. The first 
costal and first dorsal streaks opposite, quite oblique and broad at their bases, 
the second dorsal opposite the second costal streak. The basal streak is moderately 
broad, and extends quite to the middle of the wing. Apical spot black; hinder- 
marginal line blackish; cilia fulvous gray. Hind wings gray, cilia fulvous 
gray. Abdomen pale fulvous. 

The larva mines the under side of the leaves of Ostrya, and may be found 
early in July and October. The mine is usually near the margin of the leaf, is 
flat at first, but is gradually thrown into a fold, the separated epidermis cor- 
rugated. When completed, the epidermis has changed to a pale brown color. 
The larva undergoes its transformation in a cocoon composed of “frass” and 
silk, in the form of a small ovoid ball suspended within the mine. The larva 
is cylindrical, with the body pale yellow, colored on the dorsum beyond the 
third segment, dark green from ingesta. The imago appears in August and 
May. 

In the same leaf, mining the upper surface in a blotch mine, at first white and 
subsequently brown, may be found in October a Lithocolletis larva of a different 
type from the above. It tapers posteriorly, is flattened above and beneath, 
with the rings distinctly separated and mammillated at the sides ; the first ring 
is rather abrupt anteriorly and much broader than the head. The head is some- 
what triangular, flattened and thin, with the mandibles projecting in front as 
two small, rounded appendages. The head is pale brown, the body of the same 
hue, with dorsal, dark brown, elliptical macule, placed transversely on the 
segments. I have not seen the imago, and refrain from naming the species, lest 
it may be identical with some one hereafater described. The cocoon is circular, 
its outline being visible on the upper epidermis as a circle, while beneath it is 
raised and prominent. 


9. L. lucetiella.—Antenne silvery. Head, tuft and thorax silvery. 
Anterior wings silvery from the base to the middle, and thence to the tip golden, 
with a golden costal streak from the base not extended to the middle. About 
fhe middle of the wing isa silvery band, broadly margined internally with 
golden, and with a minute black point on the costa internally ; a costal silvery 
spot, margined internally by a black spot, nearly opposite to which is a large 
dorsal silvery streak margined internally by an oblique black line ; near the tip 
is a costal, silvery, unmargined streak curving to the tip; cilia golden, at the 
tip and on inner margin silvery. No apical spot nor hinder-marginal line. 
Hind wings silver gray, cilia the same. Abdomen blackish, tipped with silvery 
gray. 

The larva mines the under side of the leaf of Tilia Americana (bass 
wood) in July, September and October. The mine is most frequently nearly 
-square in form, and when completed both cuticles of the leaf are left nearly 
transparent, and the leaf is not folded. The “frass” is cast on the edges of 
the mine. ‘ It weaves an oval cocoon, thin enough, however, to permit the pupa 
to be seen through the cuticles. The larva is cylindrical. The head pale brown; 
the body pale greenish white, with a series of dorsal brown spots from the third 
ring posteriorly. The imago appears in August and May. 


10. L. obstrictella.—Antenne silvery beneath, blackish above, with 


[ Noy. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 


a whitish band near the tip. Front silvery, with a reddish tinge on the fore- 
head. Tuft and thorax reddish orange. Fore wings deep reddish orange, with 
three silvery bands black-margined exteriorly, one beyond the middle toward 
the base, one about the middle and onenearthetip. A large black apical spot, 
with a few silvery scales or minute spots; hinder-marginal line dark brown, 
cilia reddish orange. Hind wings blackish, cilia blackish brown. Abdomen 
black. 

The larva mines the under surface of oak leaves, in September. I did not 
open the mines of the specimens I secured asI had but two. The larva was 
cylindrical, and through the unruptured cuticle appeared to be of a lemon yellow 
color. The pupa was contained in avery slight web within the mine. The 
imago appeared in May. The larve which I secured were taken in the leaves 
of the black oak on September 23d. 


1l. L. Caryefoliella.—Antenne silvery, annulated with blackish. 
Front silvery. Tuft and thorax reddish orange. Fore wings reddish orange, 
with three silvery bands, black-margined exteriorly, the second about the 
middle of the wing, angulated, with the black margin broad and produced pos- 
teriorly on a whitish ground, nearly to the third, which is somewhat inter- 
rupted in the middle; the first midway between the second and base of the 
wing and also angulated near the costa. The apical portion of the wing white, 
covered with dispersed black scales, with a few black scales on a whitish 
ground, on the costa, between the last silvery band the dusted apical portion ; 
with two hinder-marginal lines, one the margin of the apical scales, the 
other a dark brownish line in the cilia. Hind wings pale brownish gray, cilia 
gray, with a fulvous hue. 

The larva mines the upper side of the leaves of the hickory tree in June, 
July and September, making a white blotch, or an irregular, rather broad 
tract when there is but one in the leaf; and not throwing the leaf into a fold. 
Frequently there are several larve in a leaf, in one instance I counted twelve. 
The ‘‘frass’’ is deposited along the middle of the mine. The larva is flattened, 
and its physical characteristics are similar to those of the second larval group. 
The head is very light brown; the body dark lead color, becoming yellowish 
posteriorly, with the mammille of the thoracic rings yellowish, and a central 
spot of thesame hue on the first ; each ring on the dorsum with a dark brown, 
shining macula, those on thoracic rings trapezoidal, the remainder oval; on 
the ventral surface the macule are also dark brown, those on the fourth and 
fifth rings being oval. The perfect insects of the spring brood appear in Au- 
gust; from the fall brood I did not succeed in rearing the imago. 


12. L. aceriella.—Front silvery, tuft reddish orange and silvery mixed. 
Thorax reddish orange. Fore wings reddish orange, somewhat metallic, with 
a white streak black-margined exteriorly, from the inner basal angle to the 
Sold; with two oblique, silvery bands black-margined behind, one about the 
middle of the wing and the other midway between it and the base of the 
wing. lear the tip is a costal silvery spot, black-margined behind, with an 
opposite, oblique, dorsal streak of the same hue, likewise black-margined be- 
hind, and an oblique, costal, silvery streak continued on the line of the last 
dorsal, running into the cilia just before the tip, black-margined above, at the 
tip before, and below at the tip behind; scarcely with a hinder-marginal line, 
cilia of the general hue. Hind wings plumbeous, cilia with a fulvous hue. 

The larva mines the leaf of maple in September. It mines the upper sur- 
face of the leaf, making a flat, rather broad tract, casting its ‘‘frass’’ along 
the middle of the course of it. Physical characteristics those of the second 
larval group. Head pale brown; body yellowish green, with oval, dorsal, 
brown macule, darkest on their margins; thoracic rings on their sides pale 
yellowish. The cocoon is circular. The larva is likewise found in the leaf 
of Hamamelis Virginica (witch-hazel). 


1859.] 


324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


I have two or three other specimens which appear to unite the specific 
characters of the present and succeeding species, and I therefore decline to 
describe them until I have conducted more careful observations on their em- 
bryonic histories than I have instituted at present. 


13. L. guttifinitella.—Front silvery, with a reddish hue. Tuft and 
thorax reddish orange. Antenne blackish brown. Fore wings rather deep 
reddish orange, with two silvery bands black-margined behind, one in the 
middle of the wing and nearly straight, the other midway between this and 
the base of the wing and obliquely placed. Before the costo-apical cilia is a 
costal, silvery spot, black-margined on both sides, with an opposite dorsal 
spot, black-margined behind, The apical portion of the wing is dusted with 
blackish, dispersed scales with a white spot near the tip above the middle of 
the wing. There are two hinder-marginal lines, one the margin of the dis- 
persed scales, the other dark brownish in the cilia. 

The larva may be takenin August and September in the leaf of Rhus to xi- 
codendron (Poison Oak) mining the upper surface in a rather broad, 
tortuous tract, and there are ordinarily several in the same leaf. The larva 
belongs to the second larval group. The head isa fine pale brown ; the body 
yellowish posteriorly, becoming brownish above, with dorsal and ventral dark 
brown macule. The cocoon is circular, formed within the mine as usual in 
this group in a little circular depression. 

It is probably unnecessary to caution the collector to be careful in hand- 
ling the leaves of the food-plant of this larva; to many persons they are 
poisonous, producing a very disagreeable and uncomfortable eruption. I was 
affected by it when I first collected this species, and would advise all others to 
handle the food-plant ‘‘ with gloves.’’ 


14. L. crate gella.—Antenne, front and tuft dark silvery gray. Fore 
wings rather deep brownish golden, with a broad silvery basal streak, black- 
margined toward the costa, extended to the tegule in front and pointed be- 
hind, with the point black-margined on both sides and with the costa black. 
Four costal silvery streaks, the first oblique but rounded beneath and black- 
margined on both sides, the others toward the base alone. Three silvery 
dorsal streaks, the first rather broad, oblique, nearly touching the first costal, 
and black-margined on both sides as also the second; the third only toward 
the base. A streak of black scales in the middle of the wing at the apex, 
extended backwards between the streaks to the second dorsal and costal. 
Hinder-marginal line blackish, with a violet metallic hue ; cilia dark fulvous. 

The larva mines the underside of black thorn during September and Octo- 
ber. The mine is usually limited by two veins of the leaf. The larva is cy- 
lindrical, with a very pale brown head; the body yellowish, colored dark 
green by the ingesta. The imago appears in April and May. 


15. L. hamadryadella.—Front, tuft and thorax white. Antenne 
white, annulated above with blackish. Fore wings white, with an angulated, 
shining, ochreous saffron band, rather behind the basal third of the wing, 
black-margined internally with dispersed scales; a broad angulated band of 
the same hue, behind the middle, black-margined internally with dispersed 
black scales, produced in the middle, so as to divide it into two portions, with 
the space between the bands somewhat suffused behind the second with ochre- 
ous saffron, and an irregular line of blackish dispersed scales through the 
middle of it. Near the tip is a costal and dorsal ochreous saffron spot, with the 
white space between these and the second band dusted with blackish, with 
the apical portion white, dusted with black scales, and connected with the 
patch before it by a line separating the costal and dorsal spots. The basal 
portion of the wing somewhat dusted with black, with a small blackish patch 
on costa near the base and two small, faint saffron patches beyond it. The 
hinder-marginal line blackish, cilia with a fulvous hue. Hind wings rather 
dark silvery gray, cilia with a fulvous hue. IN 

ov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 


Variation F. 


The first ochreous saffron band interrupted in the middle, with a broad in- 
ternal margin of scattered scales, produced behind in the middle; the second 
somewhat diffuse, with the irrorated portion of the wing spreading out behind 
from the produced part of its black-margin. 


Variation G. 


With an angulated line of blackish scales before the first band and an ochre- 
ous saffron patch between its angle and that of the black-margin of the first 
band. 

The larva mines the upper side of the leaves of oaks in July. The head is 
black, the body pale yellowish, with an ochre yellow patch on the dorsum of 
the eighth segment, a dark vascular line and a few dark subdorsal spots pos- 
teriorly. The imago appears early in August. The variations F and G were 
specimens found in the pupa state. 


16. L. argentinotella.—Antenne silvery. Front and tuft silvery. 
Thorax pale reddish saffron, with a rather short, unmarginal, silvery basal 
streak, with five costal silvery streaks and four dorsal streaks of the same hue. 
The first costal and dorsal streaks unmargined, the first dorsal being near the 
inner angle of the base, tapering to a point in the middle of the wing from a 
very broad base; the first costal streak rather slender and only one-half as 
long as the first dorsal ; the second costal and second dorsal connected about 
the middle of the wing, and dark-margined toward the base by a line much 
curved in the middle; the third costal and third dorsal opposite, and each 
dark-margined internally ; the fourth dorsal about midway between the fourth 
and fifth costal streaks ; sometimes the fourth costal and dorsal streaks with 
afew dark internal scales, sometimes unmargined. At the apex is a smail 
patch of scattered black scales; the hinder-marginal line rather indistinct, 
cilia saffron, paler on inner margin. Hind wings shining silver gray, cilia 
rather darker. 

Iam unable to give any account of this species. The specimens were un- 
marked by any number referring to my notes, and I suppose I must have 
mistaken it for some other, as I did not observe its peculiar markings until I 
came to write the present paper. I hope, however, to supply its larval history 
next season, now that the species thus far met with are tabulated in a manner 
which will facilitate recognition. 

The following genus belongs, in the arrangement of European systematists, 
to the family Elachistide. Ido not think any argument necessary to prove 
that it is a natural portion of Lithocolletide, which is usually regarded as be- 
ing composed of a single genus. 


TiscHERIA Zeller. 


Head with a rather erect frontal tuft of scales; the front smooth, narrow 
and but little inclined. Ocelli none. Eyes rather salient, naked and not 
covered with scales in front. Antenne scarcely more than one-half so long 
as the anterior wing, with rather long pilose ciliatiuns beneath in the ¥\, simple 
in the 9, with the basal joint tufted in front. Maxillary palpi very short and 
scarcely perceptible. Labial palpi short, filiform and drooping. Tongue scaled, 
as long as the anterior coxe. 

The wings with long cilia; the anterior pointed almost caudate, the poste- 
rior lanceolate. The discoidal cell of the anterior not pointed, closed in front 
by @ very faint nervure, and with a faintly indicated secondary cell, beyond 
which the subcostal nervure is almost obsolete. The subcostal nervure sends 
four veins to the costa, the first of which is rather long and arises near the 
basal third of the wing ; the discal emits a simple vein to the costa above the 
tip and one to the inner margin beneath. The median nervure send two veins 
to the inner margin near the tip. The submedian is simple. 


1859.] 


326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The head of the larva is circular in outline, thin, flat and nearly as broad as 
the first ring. The body tapers much posteriorly, is subcylindrical and monili- 
form, with the anterior rings slightly dilated, with the segments rounded and 
distinct at the sides; with three thoracic feet, four abdominal and one ter- 
minal pair, all of which are extremely short and are scarcely more than cup- 
like depressions. 

The mine is usually made, if not always, near the margin of the leaf which, 
in this case is folded and curled so as almost to conceal the separated epider- 
mis when completed, although in the beginning it is nearly flat. It contains 
no ‘‘frass,’? and an examination of the under surface reveals the presence of 
minute, round holes, through which the larva ejects its excrement. The 
pupa is contained within the mine, generally not in a cocoon, but the mine is 
carpeted throughout with silk, thus closing up the holes in the lower surface. 
The pupa case is thrust from the mine at maturity. 

The imago reposes with its head elevated and the tips of the wings touching 
the surface on which it rests. The antenne are thrown back beneath the 
wings, the anterior legs folded on the breast, the insect sustaining itself by 
means of the middle and posterior legs. 


Table of Species. 


Fore wings with isolated black atoms. 
Solidagonifoliella; yellowish, slightly tinted with fuscous. 
Fore wings immaculate. 
Hind wings concolorous. 
Zelleriella, yellowish, with reddish saffron at the tip. 
Female ? the entire insect reddish ferruginous, 
Hind wings with a fuscous patch near the base. 
Citrinipennella, bright yellow, reddish ferruginous at tip. 


T. solidagonifoliella.—Head, thorax and antenne pale yellowish. 
Fore wings yellowish, somewhat tinted with fuscous, with a short line of 
black atoms along the middle of the inner margin, two small patches or much 
scattered, isolated black atoms toward the base of the wing, a patch near the 
tip on the inner margin, with a minute patch or a few isolated atoms on the 
costa between the line and patch on inner margin; at the tip are a few 
isolated atoms. Hind wings very pale yellowish, cilia the same. The male 
described. 

Found in the pupa state August 1st in the leaf of a species of Solidago. The 
mine was on the upper surface and the leaf not folded. The pupa was con- 
tained in a slight circular cocoon, attached to the upper cuticle, which formed 
itsupper walls. On August 9th the imago appeared, the pupa case having 
been thrust through the under side of the leaf. 


T. Zelleriella.—Antenne, head and thorax pale yellow. Fore wings 
yellowish, with reddish saffron along the middle and toward the tip; cilia red- 
dish saffron, pale yellow on the inner margin. Hind wings bluish gray, tinted 
with yellow externally toward the tip, cilia yellow on the exterior margin toward 
the tip, internally pale yellowish gray. 

Female? The head, thorax and fore wings yellowish, suffused with reddish 
ferruginous, darkest toward the tip. Hind wings dark gray. 

The larva mines the leaves of oaks in September, making at first a white 
blotch on the upper surface, but subsequently the upper epidermis becomes 
brown and the margin of the leaf curled. The head is dark brown; the body 
yellowish, with the dorsum of the first segment blackish, with two lateral 
minute pale spots; a vascular dark green line. The imago appears early 
in May, and there is, therefore, a spring brood. 


T. citrinipennella.—Antenne pale fuscons;: head and thorax yel- 
lowish, tinted with reddish saffron. Fore wings bright yellow from the base 


(Nov, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 


nearly to the tip ; apical portion reddish ferruginous. Hind wings dark gray, 
with a fuscous patch near the base; cilia pale fuscous. The male described. 

There is but little difference between this and the foregoing species, either 
in the perfect or larval state. The larva mines the upper surface of oak leaves, 
in September. The head is dark brown; the body yellowish green, with a 
a double dark brown macula on the dorsum of the first ring; vascular line 
very narrow and dark green. A more careful observation than I have given 
these insects may prove them to be the same, or the latter a variation. I have 
but a few of each of them. The imago appears early in May, and a spring 
brood will be found in early summer. 


Puyutocnistis Zeller. 


Head smooth, elongated above and clothed with imbricated scales. Front 
with scales closely appressed, slightly retreating and broad at the clipeus. 
Forehead or vertex, globosely rounded. Ocelli none. Eyes scarcely visible 
in front and partially covered with scales. Antenne simple, one-third less 
long than the anterior wings; basal joint scarcely with an eye-cap, somewhat 
enlarged and flattened, but smooth and squamose. Maxillary palpi none. 
Labial palpi very slender, and drooping (in the living insect they are ascend- 
ing). Tongue very slender, naked and scarcely as long as the anterior coxe. 

The anterior wings almost caudate, the posterior lanceolate. In the 
anterior wings the discoidal cell is acute behind; the subcostal nervure sends 
three short branches to the costa, and from the apex of the discoidal cell arises 
a branch furcate behind the tip, one of the nervulets proceeding to the costa 
before the tip, the other to the inner margin. The median nervure sends two 
approximated veins to the inner margin near the tip. In the posterior wings 
the subdorsal is simple, ending in the tip, the median furcate near its mar- 
ginal extremity. 

The head of the larva is thin, flat and circular, with the mandibles forming 
an appendage in front on the median line similiar to some of the lithocolletes 
larve. The body tapers somewhat posteriorly with the sides of the segments 
slightly projecting and flattened, with the general form rather cylindrical. 
It is without feet or prolegs, and is very inactive, making little or no voluntary 
movement when removed from the mine, and does not retreat in its mine 
when touched. The body is somewhat viscid. 

The mine is a linear tract just wide enough to accommodate the body, long 
and winding. The larva does not consume all the parenchyma of the leaf 
along its tract, but simply separates the upper epidermis, so that it is not 
transparent. When full grown the end of the mine is enlarged and the cocoon 
woven in a little pucker of the leaf within the mine. 

The perfect insect is very sluggish, at rest carrying its antenne thrown back-. 
ward, but arched somewhat above the dorsal surface. 


P. vitegenella.—Antennz brownish silvery, fuscous at the tip. Head 
and thorax silvery white. Fore wings silvery white, slightly golden toward 
the tip, with a blackish dorsal patch on the inner margin near the base. 
Somewhat behind the middle of the wing is a black oblique costal streak and 
a black line curving from the costa to the inner margin. At the tip is a cirecu- 
lar black spot, and before it on the costa two short, straight, black streaks. 
At the extreme tip of the wing are two blackish, diverging streaks in the cilia, 
with one of the same hue in the cilia beneath the apical spot nearly joining a 
black hinder-marginal line; cilia silvery. Hind wings silver y; cilia the same. 

The larva mines the upper side of the leaf of Vitis cordifolia and per- 
haps other species, in September and October. The imago appears in Sep- 
uplegs 

LEUCANTHIZA. 


Head slightly hairy above on the verter. The front smooth, covered with 
closely appressed scales, broad, even beneath and somewhat inclined. The 


1859.] 24 


328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


forehead or vertex rather acutely rounded above or ridge-like. Ocelli none. 
The eyes scarcely visible in front, partially concealed by scales. Antenne 
simple, nearly or quite as long as the anterior wings, the basal joint squamose 
and but little larger than the stalk. Maxillary palpi none. Labial palpi 
very slender and drooping. Tongue naked, as long as anterior cox#. 

The fore wings are almost caudate at the tip; the posterior lanceolate. The 
discoidal cell of the fore wings is acute behind, with two veins emitted at its 
point, one to the costa before the tip the other to the inner margin. The suab- 
costal nervure sends three short veins to the costa and the median two ap- 
proximated veins to the inner margin. In the hind wings the subcostal and 
median are both simple, and the latter extended to the tip. 

The head of the larva is very thin and flat, with projecting mandibles in 
front. The body is much flattened, tapering anteriorly and posteriorly, the 
rings separated by rather deep incisions and their ends on the sides mammil- 
lated, the rings themselves being rather elongated ellipsoids. The thoracic feet 
are three and mere mammillze ; the abdominal three, but their appearance not 
very distinct, and a terminal pair. The larva approaches that of the second 
group of Lithocolletis very closely. 

The mine is a conspicuous white blotch on the upper surface, generally oc- 
cupying the greater portion of the leaf, and sometimes when two are present 
in the same leaf, the whole of it. A day or two previously to undergoing their 
last molting, the larva cease to eat, and at the end of that time leaving its 
‘‘east’’ within the mine abandons it to construct a white silken cocoon, 
which is woven on some substance on the surface of the ground. 

The perfect insect holds the antennz extended at the sides when at rest, 
and moves them with a rotatory motion during progression. 


L. amphicarpeefoliel]a.—Head golden, with fuliginous hairs above. 
Antenne golden brown, with the tips silvery white. Thorax golden, fuligi- 
nous in front, and abdomen golden brown. Fore wings deep orange yellow, 
with the apical portion dark golden brown and a fuliginous or deep brown 
patch occupying the basal part of the wing, bordered broadly behind by a cir- 
cular golden streak, extending from the costa to the inner border at the basal 
angle. A very oblique somewhat curved golden streak, dark-margined on both 
sides, extends from the basal third of the wing near the costa, to the middle 
of the costa. A large golden patch, dark-margined above, extends from the 
inner angle to the middle of the wing, with the inner margin between it and 
the circular basal streak dark golden ‘brown. At the beginning of the costal 
cilia is a golden dorsal streak ; cilia dark brown, in certain lights golden brown. 
Hind wing dark gray, cilia the same. 

The larva makes a conspicuous white blotch mine on the upper surface of 
the leaf of Amphicarpee monoica (hog pea-nut) from August to Ucteber. The 
head is pale brown; the body pale green, with brownish macule along the 
dorsum, and round dark brown spots on the ventral surface; the ends of the 
first ring on the sides are yellowish. After the last molting the body is uni- 
form dark green, the ‘‘ cast’’ with dorsal macule being left within the mine. 
The imago appears about the middle of May. This insect is one of the most 
beautiful I have met with. 


Nore. The reader is requested to make the following corrections in the paper 
zontained in the September number of the Proceedings. : 
Page 257, line 9 from the top, after ‘‘two,’’ insert or three. 
Page 260, instead of A. effrentella read A. effrenatella, and also in the expla- 
nation of the plate p. 262. 
[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 


December 6th. 
Mr. Lea, President in the Chair. 


Thirty-nine members present. 

Dr. Fisher presented for publication an index of the genera described 
or referred to in the Proceedings of the Academy, vol. i.—viii., which 
was referred to the Committee on Proceedings, with power to act. 

A. paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled, 
“Descriptions of Three New Species of Exotic Uniones, by Isaac Lea,’ 
and was referred to a committee. 


Mr. Lea exhibited a specimen of Unio subrotundus, Lea, from White River, 
Indiana, and observed that he had in May, 1858, called the attention of the 
members to a female specimen of Unio multiplicatus, Lea, which had both lobes 
of the branchia on both sides charged with embryonic shells. In the following 
June, he exhibited a fine female, U. rubiginosus, Lea, also with the four lobes 
charged. This species differed from the former in baving red ova, which were 
quite intense in color, resembling arterial blood. In July, 1859, he called at- 
tention to a third species, U. Kleinianus, Lea, from Georgia, which had “a 
branchial uterus in both lobes of the branchia on each side.” These specimens were 
in alcohol, and if the ova were red when living, it was not observable in those. 
The specimens of subrotundus now exhibited, prove this species to be possessed 
of branchial uteri in the four lobes of the branchia, and, also, that the ova are red, 
like rubiginosus. Therefore, we now know of four species which have this 
remarkable provision of a branchial uterus in each lobe or leaf of the branchia, 
viz: 

Unio multiplicatus, 
Onto rubiginosus, 
Unio Kleinianus, 
Unio subrotundus, 


and of these, two at least have the very remarkable condition of redness of the 
Ova; Viz: 

Unio rubiginosus, 

Unio subrotundus. 


It isa fact not less interesting, that the spermatic fluid of the male was found 
in the glandular flattened lobules, also to be red, but the color did not appear 
to be so intense as that in the ova of the female. Whether the males of other 
species, the females of which have red’ ova, will be found to have red spermatic 
jiuid, remains for future investigation and observation. 

That other species will be found to have wteri in the four lobes of the bran- 
chia he had little doubt, and that red ova would be found to characterise other 
species is also probable. The codrdination of the four species, as regards their 
four branchial uteri, is very remarkable, and it is the more striking, as they 
appear from their shelly covering—their exo-skeleton—to belong to groups very 
different in the structure of this part. The U. multiplicatus,and U. Kleinianus, 
are both plicate; the former is the largest of the genus Unio known, and the 
latter is among the smallest. The U. rubiginosus and U. subrotundus are smooth, 
without any appearance of folds, and in their outline are different from the two 
former, and they also differ much, one from the other. In the four species there 
is such a marked difference in the shelly covering, as to cause the species to be 
recognized at once as to their distinct normal forms. 

it has always been a difficulty, in the examination of alcoholic specimens, to 
make exact and satisfactory ‘differences in some of the soft parts, and these may 
often be erroneously described where color or delicate organs and processes are 
involved in the discussion of their characteristics. These difficulties can only 
be avoided where the specimeng can be examined in a living state, where all 


1859.] 


330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the parts are in a normal condition. It is, therefore, greatly to be desired 
that zoologists in our different zoological districts would give attention to the 
anatomical structure of the species which inhabit their own districts. Eventually, 
in this way, there may be built up a correct knowledge of the habits and anatomy 
of this interesting family, of which we have a somewhat comparatively correct 
diagnosis of the exo-skeleton. 

Mr. Lea also mentioned that, in connexion with this subject, he had paid 
much attention to the power of vision in the family Unionidae, since his com- 
munication on the subject, in February, 1857. He found the following species 
always to close the anal opening, and to withdraw the papille of the branchial 
opening when the light was suddenly intercepted, viz: 

Unio cylindricus, Say. 
Unio rubiginosus, Lea. 
Unio subrotundus, Lea. 
Unio pyramidatus, Lea. 
Unio obscurus, Lea. 
Unio pustulosus, Lea. 
Unio Afsopus, Green. 
Anodonta imbecilis, Say. 


Dr. J. A. Meigs read some remarks of Mr. Joseph Barnard Davis, 
reviewing the method of measurement, as a diagnostic means of distin- 
guishing human races, adopted by Drs. Schertzer and Schwarz, in the 
cireumnayigatory expedition of the Austrian vessel Novara. 

The number of the Proceedings of the Academy for November was 
laid on the table. 


December 18th. 
Dr. RuscHENBERGER in the Chair. 


Thirty-three members present. 

A paper was read, entitled, “ Reflections upon the nature of the 
temporary star of the year 1572, an application of the nebular hypothe- 
sis, by Alexander Wilcocks, M.D.,” and was referred to a committee. 

The decease of Dr. H. C. Caldwell, late a member of the Academy, 
was announced: he died at Lewisburg, Va., Dec. Ist., aged 28 years. 


December 20th. 
Mr. Lexa, President in the Chair. 


Forty-five members present. 

Papers were presented for publication in the Journal, entitled, “ De- 
scriptions of New Cretaceous and Eocene Shells of Mississippi and Ala- 
bama, also, with Notes on EKocene Fossil Shells, by T. A. Conrad.” 

‘¢ Descriptions of Exotic Unionide, by Isaac Lea.” 

And were referred to a committee. 

The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings :— 

“ Notice of the Shells collected by Mr. J. Xantus, at Cape San Lucas, 
by P. P. Carpenter.” 


[Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 


“ Prodromus Descriptionis Animalium evertebratorum, que in Expe- 
ditione ad Oceanum Pacificum septentrionalem, a Republica federata 
missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers ducibus observavit et 
descripsit W. Stimpson : pars vii., Crastacea Macrura.” 

“Catalogue of the Venomous Serpents in the Museum of the Aca- 
demy, with notes on the Families, Genera and Species, by E. D. Cope.” 

And were referred to Committees. 


Dec. 27th. 
Mr. Lr, President, in the Chair. 


Fifty-five members present. 

On report of the respective Committees, the paper entitled 

“ Descriptions of Exotic Unionide, by Isaac Lea,’’ was ordered to be 
published in the Journal. 

And the following in the Proceedings : 


Descriptions of Three New Species of Exotic Uniones. 


BY ISAAC LEA. 


UNIo WYNEGUNGAENSIS.—Testa levi, elliptica, inflaté, inequilaterali, posticé 
subbiangulata, anticé obliqué rotundaté; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassiori- 
bus; natibus prominentibus, ad apices valdé divaricaté undulatis; epidermide 
luteo-oliva, micante, obsoleté radiata: dentibus cardinalibus subcrassis, sub- 
erectis, valdé crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus sublongis, 
crassis subrectisque; margarita salmonis colore paulisper tincta et iridescente. 

Hab.—Wynegunga River, 30 miles east of Nagpoor, in the Deccan, Bengal. 
C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio consoprinus.—Testa levi, elliptica, subinflaté, inzquilaterali, posticé 
obtusé angulata, anticé rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé paulisper crassi- 
usculis; natibus prominulis; epidermide micante, tenebroso-fusca, eradiata ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parvis, crenulatis, compressis, obliquis, in valvulam dex- 
tram duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarité sal- 
monis colore tincta et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—China. C. M. Wheatley. 


Unto nacpoorensis.—Testa levi, subtriangulari, subinflaté, inequilaterali, 
posticé biangulata, anticé rotunda; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé crassioribus ; 
natibus prominentibus, epidermide rufo-fusca, striata, eradiata, dentibus cardi- 
nalibus parvis, compressis, obliquis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; 
lateralibus longis, lamellatis curvisque; margarita salmonis colore paulisper 
tincta et iridescente. 

Hab.—Ambajiri Tank, Nagpoor, Bengal. C. M. Wheatley. 


Notice of the Shells collected by Mr. J. Xantus, at Cape St. Lucas. 
BY P. P. CARPENTER. 


The Mollusca of the Cape, forwarded by Mr. Xantus, are shore shells, mostly 
dead. They are, however, singularly free from ballast and other usual ad- 
mixtures, one specimen only being foreign to the American shores. They 


1859.] 


332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


have scarcely any species in common with the shells of San Diego, while in © 


general they agree with those of the West American tropical fauna. They are 
more nearly related to those of Acapulco and Panama than to those of Mazat- 
lan, although in the same latitude on the opposite side of the Gulf. The 
presence of such shells as Oniscia tuberculosa, Cassis coarctata and abbreviata, 
Lathirus castaneus, Oliva porphyria, Columbella hamastoma, Conus princeps, &c., 
several of which are also found at Guaymas, though not at Mazatlan, distinctly 
points to far more tropical conditions than could have been expected in so 
high a latitude. The Trochide, Patellide, and similar intertidal families, 
however, bear more near relationship to the shells of Mazatlan; while a soli- 
tary, though fine and apparently fresh specimen of HZaliotis splendens, entirely 
unknown in the Gulf, serves as a connecting link to the fauna of Lower Cali- 
fornia. 


Catalogue of the Venomous Serpents in the Museum of the Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, with notes on the families, genera and species. 


BY E. D. COPE. 


In the cephalic vertebre of the typical venomous serpents, we observe the 
greatest modifications of the archetypal vertebra, in the ophidian order. This, 
which is most excessive in the inferior arches, consists in— 

First, the great shortening and thickening of the hemapophysial element 
of the nasal vertebra, (superior maxillary,) to serve as a firm foundation for 
the long curved venom fangs. 

Second, its ginglymoid articulation with its neurapophysis (prefrontal), by 
motion, upon which the fangs are erected or depressed, and— 

Third, the great lengthening of the pleurapophysial element of the frontal 
vertebra, (the tympanic bone), which, acting as a fulcrum, gives the greatest 
mobility to the articulated pterygoid appendage, the ectopterygoid, and conse- 
quently to the superior maxillary. 

Thus, it is evident that this modification has immediate reference to the 
complete specialization, and more perfect exercise of natural functions,—the 
apprehension of living prey, and its subsequent deglutition. 

From the possession of these attributes of high organization, we infer that 
nature has assigned to the typical venomous serpents the first place in the 
category of ophidians. 

Hence, also, in attempting to define them as a natural group, we look to 
those points of structure whence we deduce the evidence of superiority. 

In the Colubriform venomous serpents, the hemapophysis of the nasal 
vertebra still falls considerably short of its h#mal spine, and is much thick- 
ened in a vertical direction at its distal end, to give a firm support to the 
fangs. But a tendency to revert to the ordinary ophidian type is seen in its 
posterior elongation, its oblique articulation with the shortened ectopterygoid 
appendage, and its imperfect articulation with the neurapophysis. In conse- 
quence of this structure, the external pterygoid muscle plays upon the 
maxillary bone at a disadvantage, having, in point of fact, but little power to 
effect the depression of the fangs. The pleurapophysis of the mandibular arch 
is shortened. The result of this is, that the pterygoid, articulated to a shorter 
fulcrum, cannot be drawn forward by the spheno-pterygoid muscle to so great 
an extent; hence much less mobility is given to the dependent ectopterygoid 
and superior maxillary. Of this group genus Naja, (Laur.) offers a typical 
example; of the first, Crotalus (Linn). 

Nowhere have we a more conclusive example of the futility of attempting 
to define higher groups by external characters alone; for, in respect to these, 
the groups, in question, blend ina manner beyond the possibility of satis- 
factory separation. There are, indeed, external peculiarities, which are highly 
characteristic of each. On the one hand there are the depressed, scaly head ; 


[Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 


the perforate fangs; the absence of solid maxillary teeth ; the elliptical pupil. 
On the other, we observe the elevated, plated head; fangs, which, in closing 
round the poison duct, have not obliterated the line of junction ;* the pres- 
ence of solid maxillary teeth, and the circular pupil. But in the first, many 
genera have the head more or less completely plated; Daboia (Gray) has a 
circular pupil. In the latter, Vermicella (Gr.,) Elaps (L.,) Cyrtophis (Sund.,) 
and Sipedon (Merr.,) have no solid teeth behind the fangs; Dendraspis 
(Schl.) has perforated fangs, and Acanthophis (Daud.) has the pupil erect 
and elliptical. 

In recapitulation, we characterize as follows the families Viperide and 
Najide, adopting the appellations given them by the Prince of Canino, whose 
genius here perceived that order, ‘‘in tracing which the human mind is only 
translating into human language, the Divine thoughts expressed in Nature in 
living realities.’’} 


1. VirERipz. 


Essential char. Superior maxillary bone vertical by excessive abbreviation 
anteriorly and posteriorly, supporting venom fangs alone; united to the an- 
terior frontal at its upper extremity, and to the ectopterygoid at the lower 
extremity of its posterior face by ginglymoid articulations. Caudal vertebre 
normal, without greatly developed processes. 

Characters not universal. Tympanic bone much elongated, giving great 
‘breadth to the head posteriorly. Fangs having all external trace of the en- 
folded canal obliterated. Pupil erect, elliptical. Occipital region scaly. 


2. Nasipz. 


Essential char. Superior maxillary bone horizontal, abbreviated and sup- 
porting venom fangs anteriorly; elongated posteriorly, and united to the 
prefrontal and shortened ectopterygoid by imperfectly moveable articulations. 
Caudal vertebre normal, without greatly developed processes. 

Characters not universal. Tympanic bone shortened, causing the head to 
be but little distinct from the body. Fangs not perfectly consolidated over the 
canal. Pupil circular. Occipital region plated. 

These families correspond to the Solenoglyphes and Proteroglyphes 
Conocerques, of Dumeril and Bibron. Though the arrangement of these 
eminent herpetologists is certainly, in this point, more natural than that 
of the British Museum catalogue, where the Najide (Elapside) are placed 
among the Colubrine snakes; yet it appears to us that they are in error in 
not considering the sea-snakes, Proteroglyphis Platycerques, as constitut- 
ing a group of equal rank with those above defined. They are characterized 
by numerous external peculiarities, and the compression of the caudal vertebre, 
and unusual development of their neural and hemal spines, constitute a 
modification whose importance may be partly measured by its striking 
adaptation to a special end in their economy. 


3. HypROPHID. 


Essential char. Superior maxillary bone horizontal, possessing very little 
mobility ; abbreviated, and supporting a grooved fang anteriorly; much 
elongated posteriorly, and supporting a series of solid teeth. Caudal vertebre 
compressed, inferior and superior processes much elongated, to serve as a sup- 
port to the compressed, oar-like tail. Pupil round (?) 

Characters not universal. Head not dilated posteriorly, in consequence of the 
shortness of the tympanic bone. Body compressed; scales not imbricated, 


nor united into gastrosteges on the belly. Head plated. Nostrils superior,t 
valvular. 


*Termed by herpeiologists ‘‘ grooved,’’ canneles,” 
TAgassiz. y 
; Piaturus Daud. is an exception. 


1859.] 


334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


In the foetal Crotalus the gastrosteges are divided, but they unite into broad 
shields some time before the young animal bursts its membranous envelope. 
But it is not until some size is attained that the grooved line where the grow- 
ing edges of the fang unite and isolate the canal, is obliterated. 

Thus we see typified the three families of the venomous serpents, and their 
relative positions in the scale of being. But these characters, while parallel 
to those deduced from the skeletal structure, do not, like them, define the 
groups they characterize. 

Those genera of serpents which are characterized by entire urosteges, ex- 
hibit a degree of development one step beyond those that have them divided, 
since the latter retain that arrangement which characterizes the fotal condi- 
tion of the former. 


I. VIPERIDZ. 
1. CROTALINA. 


Fangs without external groove. Pupil erect, elliptical. Head very distinct. 
A deep fossa on each side behind the nostrils, partly occupying the excavated, 
superior maxillary bone. 

The genera of this group are here arranged in what appears to be their 
natural succession, without reference to the position of that which exhibits the 
highest typical perfection. 


Total species Species in 
estimated. Mus. Acad, 


A. Vertex symmetrically plated. 
* Urosteges two-rowed. 
Numerous scale-like plates substituted for the frontals, 


1. Hyena, 2, 1 

Frontals, two pairs, regular. 2. TRIGONOCEPHALUS, os 2 
** Urosteges, one-rowed. 

Tail terminating in a horny point. 3. ANcisTRODON, 3 3 

Tail terminating in a rattle. 4, CROTALOPHORUS, 5 3 


B. Vertex, scaled. 
* Urosteges, one-rowed. 


Tail terminating in a rattle. 5. CRoravs, 12 8 
Tail without rattle. . 6, TELEURASPIS, 4 2 
** Urosteges, two-rowed. 
j Superciliary region plated. 
Urosteges four-rowed at the tip. 7. LacuEsis, 2 1 
Urosteges two-rowed to the tip; scales carinated. 
8. Bornrops, 16 3 
Urosteges two-rowed to the tip; scales smooth. 
9. Partas, 3 0 
Superciliary plates, two pairs, 10. Mrczra, 2 0 
tt Superciliary region scaled. 
A rudimental superciliary resting on the preoculars. 
11. CryPTrELYTROPS, 2 af 
No rudimental superciliary plate. 12. Arropos, 3 ul 


2. VIPERINA. 


Fangs without external groove. Head very distinct. Pupil usually ellipti- 
eal. No lachrymal fossa. 
A. Superciliary region scaled. 
* Urosteges two-rowed. 


[ Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3a 


Total species Species in 
estimated. Mus. Acad. 


Nostrils lateral; horn-like processes over eyes. 


13. CERASTES, 2 1 
Nostrils vertical, surrounded by several nasals ; pupil 
erect. 14. CrorHo,* 29 2 
Nostrils vertical, each in a single nasal; pupil round. 
15. Dasota, 3 0 
** Urosteges one-rowed. 
Nostrils lateral. 16, Toxicoa, 3 1 


B. Superciliary region plated. 
* Urosteges one-rowed. 


Nostrils lateral. 17. Ecuts, 2 430 
** Urosteges two-rowed. 

Top of head scaled. 18. VIPERA, 2 2 

Top of head plated. 19. Pewias, 1 1 


3. ATRACTASPIDINA. 


Fangs without external groove. Head not distinct from the body. Gape 
small. Pupilround. No lachrymal fossa. 
Head symmetrically plated: urosteges one-rowed: 


frontal plates, two pairs. 20, ATRACTASPIS, iL 0 
Head symmetrically plated: urosteges one-rowed ; fron- 
tal plates, one pair. 21. BRACHYCRANION, 1 1 


4. CAUSINA. 


Fangs with an indistinct external groove. Head moderately distinct. Pupil 
round. No lachrymal fossa. 
Head symmetrically plated ; urosteges two-rowed. 


= 
=) 


22. Causvs, 


Total, 83 34 
1. CROTALINE. 


Hypna.E Fitzinger. 
Systema Reptilium, 1843, p. 28. 


1. H. nepa nobis.—Ooluber nepa Laurenti. Spec. Synopsis Reptilium, 
p- 97, 1768. Trigonocephalus hypnale Boie, Schlegel, et aliorum. 

Our specimens agree very nearly with the description of Trigonocephalus 
Zara Gray, Brit. Mus. Catal. of Snakes, p. 15, in the narrow white vitta upon 
the temporal region, the brown lips with one or two white spots posteriorly, the 
white band upon the lower part of the neck, etc. ; the scales are smooth except 
a few dorsal rows, which have traces of carine. Dr. Gray’s description is, 
however, so brief, that we cannot, with confidence, refer them to it, the more 
so as no subsequent author notices its existence. Besides, Dr. Gray’s species 
was brought from Singapore. Two spec. Ceylon, Mr. Cuming. 


TRIGONOCEPHALUS Oppel. 
Rept. p. 50. 
a. Seales carinate. Trigonocephalus. 


-2. T. Blomho ffii Boie. 
Three spec. Ningpo, Dr. McCartee. 


*Itis probable that some of the species assigned by Dr. Gray to Clotho, belong more 
properly to Cerastes, 


1859.] 


356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Var. megaspilus nob.—Head somewhat broader than usual. Breadth 
of vertical plate nearly equal to its length. Superciliaries large. Posterior 
frontals five-sided, not rounded laterally and posteriorly. Temporal region 
sealed. About twenty large, annular black spots on each side, arranged alter- 
nately, and often confluent on the back. These enclose rhomboidal brown 
spaces, each of which has a central black spot. Gastro- and urosteges black, 
with a few white variegations. 142 X 1x46. 

One spec., No. 136. Habitat ? Perry Expedition. 

4. Scales smooth. Calloselasma nob. Leiolepis Dum. and Bibr., 1854, 
not of Cuvier, 1829. 

3. T. rhodostomus Boie. 

One spec. Java, Garden of Plants, Paris. 


Ancistropon Beauv. 


Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., iv., 381, 1799. Cenchris Daud., Hist. Rept. 1803. 
Toxicophis Troost, Ann. Lyc., New York, iii., 190, 1833. 

M. P. de Beauvois, in characterizing this genus, alluded to the characters 
by which it may be known from all others, viz: the plated head, entire uros- 
teges, and absence of rattle. Hence his name cannot be set aside for Cenchris, 
of later date. He spelled it Agkistrodon, but according to the universal rule 
of latinizing the Greek, it should be Ancistrodon. 


4. A. contortrix Bd. & Girard. 


Two spec. Foxburg, Penna., Prof. Baird. 

Grer Cs Pottsville, C. T. Hughes. 
oe i South Carolina, Dr. Holbrook. 

ELWON ie. Mobile, Ala., Dr. Nott. 

Eight ‘ Kansas, Dr. Hammond. 

Three ‘‘ Loc. ignot., — Dr. Wilson. 


5. A. piscivorus nobis. Tomxicophis piscivorus B. & G., Smiths. Catal., 
p: 19: 3 


One spec. Adams Co., Miss., H. Sargent. 
Two ‘ South Carolina, Dr. Holbrook. 
ain’ ope Loe. ignot., Dr. Wilson and Garden of Plants. 


6. A. pugnax nobis.—Toxicophis pugnax B. & G., Smiths. Cat., p. 20. 
Six spec. Texas, Dr. Heermann. 


CroraLopHorus Gray. 
Am. Philos. 205, 1825. 
7. C. Kirtlandii Holbr. Two spec. Ohio, Dr. Holbrook. 
8. C. tergeminus Alor. 


One spec. Ohio, Col. McCall. 

sf St Kansas, Dr. Hammond. 
Five ‘ Loc. ignot., Dr. Wilson, et al. 

9. C. miliarius Holbr. 

Three spec. S. Carolina, Dr. Holbrook. 
One 4 cc Dr. Leidy. 
One * Georgia, Dr. Jones. 
One te Florida, F. Party. 


Croratus Linn. 


Urocrotalon Fitzinger, Syst. Rept. Schema, p. 29. 

Uropsophus Wagler, Amphib., p. 176. 

The confusion in the synonymy of some of the species of this genus is very 
great, and is not diminished by the frequent reference of good species by Eu- 
ropean herpetologists, as varieties of others previously described. Thus in the 


[Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Bat 


Brit. Mus. Catalogue we find terrificus (adamanteus,) and Oregonus referred 
to durissus (horridus,) and Prof. Jan, Rev. et. Mag. de Zoologie, 1859, p. 
156, considers atrox and confluentus as varieties of terrificus (adamanteus.) 


10. C.durissus Linn. Syst. Nature i., p. 214., 1760, (Stockholm Edit.) 
‘* Albo flavoque varius maculis rhombeis nigris disco albis.”’ 

Caudisona durissus Laur. Rept. p. 93, 1763. Crotalus durissus Merr. Syst. 
Amphib. p. 156, 1820. Cuvier Régne Animal, p. 122, pl. 32 (of the edit. Au- 
douin, Blanchard, ete.) Griffith’s edit. do. ix., p.267. Crot. horridus Latreille 
lii., 186, do. Daudin, (1803) Wagler, Schlegel, Gray, Dumeril and Bibron. C. 
cascavella Wagler, Spix Serp., Brazil, p. 60, 1824. 

The errors introduced into the synonymy of this species and the C. horri- 
dus of Linnzus, by Latreille and Dandin, and perpetuated by subsequent 
writers, have been clearly set forth by Major J. Le Conte, Pro. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
vol vi. p. 415. 

There are four specimens of this formidable serpent in the Acad. Museum, 
which illustrate very well the changes which age produces in the plates on the 
muzzle. 

No. 141, brought by Dr. Hering from Surinam, is a very young individual, 
marked precisely as in Régne Animal Reptilia, pl. 32. There are three pairs 
of plates all closely in contact on the median line, the first subtriangular, the 
second oval, the third lie partly between the superciliaries. 

No. 3. Surinam, Dr. Hering. This is 2 feet 7} inches long. The plates 
are as in the preceding, except that the second pair are broader, and 
concave. The head is rather narrow, resembling fig. 2, pl. 84 bis of the Hrpé- 
tologie Generale. This and the last belong to var. ¢ of the Cat. Brit. Mus. 

No. 2. Head and tail of a very large individual, Vera Cruz, Dr. Burroughs, 
the former measuring two inches between the angles of their jaws beneath. 
Second pair of plates much elongated transversly with some small scales be- 
tween and around them; of the third pair, one is divided, the other partially ; 
and there are small scales between them and the superciliaries. 

No. 1. Surinam, Dr. Hering. Length four feet five inches. First pair of 
plates entire; second, divided into three on each side; third, small, in con- 
sequence of irregular subdivision. 


11. C.terrificus. Caudisona terrificus Laurenti Rept. p. 93,1763. Cro- 
talus rhombifer Daud. v., p. 325, 1803. Dumeril and Bibron, 1854. Crotalus 
adamanteus Beauv., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. iv., p. 368, 1824. Holbrook, Amer. 
Herp. iii. p. 9, 1842. Baird and Girard, Cat. Smiths. Inst., p. 3, 1853. 


One spec. South Carolina, Dr. Holbrook. 
12. C. atrox Bd. & Girard. 

Three spec. Texas, Dr. Heermann. 
13. C. lucifer B. & G. 

One spec. 8. California, Smiths. Institut’n. 
14, C. oregonus Holbr. One spec. Oregon, T. Nuttall. 
15. C. cerastes Hallowell. One spec. California. D. Heermann. 
16. C. confluentus Say. C. Lecontei Hall. Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. vi. 

p. 180. 
Fifteen spec. Kansas, Dr. Hammond. 
Three... °& Rocky Mountains, &s 
ss GL California, Dr. Heermann. 
One ob New Mexico, Dr. S. Woodhouse. 


C. Lecontei was stated todiffer from C. con fluentus in possessing two 
rows of scales between the suborbitals and superior labials instead of four; in 
having a row of four scales between the nasals instead of six ; in the less number 
of longitudinal rows on the body, the absence of a white border to the rostral plate, 
etc. Examination of the above specimens shows that the number of scales in 


1859.] 


338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the rows between the nasals varies from two to four in the first, from four to 
six in the second; that the number of rows of supralabials varies from two 
to three ; the rows of scales on the body vary from 24 (the number attributed 
to Lecontei) to 26; that the rostral plate is often half bordered, sometimes 
not at all. 


17. C. horridus Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 214, Edit. 1760. Cuvier, Régne 
Animal, ii. p. 78, 1817. Crotalus durissus Daud. Hist. Rept. v. 304, 1803. Also 
of Holbrook, Dumeril and Bibron, Baird and Girard. Crotalus atricaudatus 
Daudin and Wagler. Uropsophus durissus Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus. Urocrotalon 
durissus Fitzinger, 1843. 


Nine spec. Penna. Drs. Mitchell and Rand, and Mr. J. H. Slack. 
One? "4 New Jersey, Dr. Coleman Pemberton. 

3 “ Kansas, Dr. Hammond. 

i ut Louisiana, Dr. P. B. Goddard. 

ae of Benton Co., Miss.,  ‘¢ ‘ 

be es 8. Carolina, Dr. Holbrook. 
Ten oe Loc. ignot. Dr. Wilson, et al. 


No. 47 (Penna.,) dark variety. The black double rhombs become confluent 
upon the plants anteriorly, enclosing the lighter ground, which thus forms a se- 
ries of oblong spots. Posterior rhombs all confluent into transverse black bands. 
Gastrosteges clouded with brownish black. Nos. 48 and 49 are intermediate 
between this and the ordinary variety. 

The remaining species of this genus are: 

C. molossus B. & G., Catalogue Serp., Smithson. Inst. p. 10. A very 
distinct species. 

C. ornatus Hallowell, Pacific Rail Road Report, x., Parke’s Explorations 
p. 24, 

C. tigris Kennicott, U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey Reptiles, p. 12, pl. 4. 

C. lugubris Jan, Rev. et. Magasin de Zoologie, 1859, p. 156. This seems 
to be most nearly related to C. lucifer B. & G. 


TELEURASPIS nobis. 


Head triangular, depressed, covered above with small scales. Muzzle prom- 
inent, bordered by a series of small scales; a large superciliary plate on each 
side as in Bothrops. Urosteges one-rowed ; tail without rattle. 

The absence of a rattle distinguishes this genus from Crotalus, and the en- 
tire urosteges from Bothrops. Its natural situation appears to be between 
them. The two species which we have seen are both small and widely differ- 
ent from each other. 


18. T. Schlegeli nob.—Trigonocephalus Schlegeli Berthold, Abhand- 
lungen der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, iii. 
p. 13, 1847. Jan, Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1859, p. 155. 

Two Spec. Cocuyas de Veraguas, N. Granada. Mr. R. W. Mitchell. 

Since the time of its description in 1847, this rare and curious serpent has been, 
as far as we are aware, unnoticed by authors. As Berthold’s description is brief, 
we subjoin the following :— 

Snout rounded, depressed, its plane forming an acute angle with that of the 
rostral, which is slightly concave. Scales on the head tuberculous or carin- 
ate, as are also the supralabials and temporals,—the latter excessively. A series 
of small tuberculous scales between the superciliary and orbit, two of which 
are prolonged into compressed horn-like appendages, which are erect and flexi- 
ble. Scales bordering the muzzle with their outer borders free and recurved. 
Nasal plate large, the nostril pierced in the centre. Lachrymal fossa large. A 
slender undivided:subocular. Superior labials nine, the third longest; eye 
over third and fourth. Inferior labials thirteen. Geneial scales imbricate, 
acute, some ofthemcarinate. Scales of the body thin, acute, much imbricate, 
in 24 or 25 longitudinal rows, all carinate except those next the gastrosteges. 


[ Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 


No. 99. Bright green with a few dark brown rhombs on the back. On the pos- 
terior part of the body, narrow pinkish grey bands, alternate on opposite sides 
of the median line. The whole upper surface sparsely dotted with brown 
punctulations. Upper surface of head with two deep brown spots on the 
muzzle; one on the inner border of each superciliary; a large one on the 
vertex, with a smaller confluent with it on each side, and two occipital spots. 
A dark band passes from the orbit beyond the angle of the mouth. Inferior 
and superior labials white, punctulated and spotted with brown. Beneath, 
white, shaded with cream color, (in spirits); posteriorly green; the whole 
punctulated with brown. A series of brown spots on the flanks, which shade 
the extremities of the gastrosteges. 

No. 98 differs in having fewer brown rhombs on the back; and the light 
transverse vitte extend to the anterior part of the body. The top of the head 
is uniform brown, without spots, except the occipital pair. Gastrosteges 151; 
anal 1, entire; urosteges 52. Length 1 ft. 3 in. 


19. T. Castelnaui nob.—Bothrops Castelnaudi D. & B. vii. p. 1511. 

Three spec. South America. Mr. Cuming. 

This species has two nasal plates, with the nostril between them. The 
superciliary plate rests immediately upon the orbit. 

Var. brachystoma nob.—In this variety the breadth of the head at the 
angle of the jaws is only two-fifths its length, which is perhaps the result of 
accident. The labials are 8 above and below, instead of 10 superior and 9 
inferior. The brown spot on the head is quadrangular, not cordate ; and the 
labials above and below, and the geneials, are brownish black. In other respects 
it is exactly similar to the true Castelnaui. Longitudinal rows of scales 23. 
Scuta 154x133. 

One spec. Habitat ? Mr. Cuming. 


T. Lansbergiiisa third species of this genus. We have not been able 
to find the original description, but its prominent characters have been pointed 
out by Prof. Jan, loc. cit. p. 155. T.nummifer, (Zrig. nummifer Rippel) 
is probably a fourth species. There is a possibility, but we have not the means 
at hand for arriving at a decision, that this is identical with Atropos me xi- 
canus Dum. and Bibr. Vol. vii. p. 521, which has the urosteges entire, and, 
according to the plate 83, bis. Erp. generale, a small superciliary shield. The 
latter at least can hardly be considered as congeneric with the Atropos Dar wini 
and puniceus. 


Lacuesis Daud. 


Hist. Rept. 1803. Cophias Merrem, 1820. 
20. L.mutus Daud. Two spec. Surinam, Dr. Hering. 


Borurors Wagler. 


In Spix. Rept. Brazil, 1824, p. 50. Craspedocephalus Kuhl (18?) Fitzinger 
(1843), Gray (1849.) : 


21. B.lanceolatus Wadi. Two spec. S. America. 


22. B. atrox Wagl. JB. leucurus and teniatus Wagl. Trigonocephalus 
colombiensis Hallow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. ii. p. 246. 


Eight spec. S. America, Mr. Cuming. 
Two... 6° Cocuyas de Veraguas, New Granada. Dr. Mitchell. 
Bivew 7,6 Caraceas, Dr. §. Ashmead. 
One ie iy Q Dr. Morris. 
One ‘$$ Para, Col. Abert. 
ED WO} ecib ie loc. ignot. Prof. Bache. 

23. B.alternatus D. & B. 
One spec. Buenos Ayres, Mr. Kennedy. 
One ‘ loc. ignot. ? 


1859.] 


340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


B. viridis connects the South America and East Indian species insepar- 
ably; and to us it appears questionable whether B. sumatranus and 
Hombronii are generically distinct. 


CRrYPTELYTROPS nobis. 


Head very distinct, depressed anteriorly, covered with small smooth scales. 
Superciliary region covered with small scales, not thickened ag in “Atropos. 
Superciliary plate narrow, rudimentary, resting on the preoculars. Pupil 
elliptical. Urosteges two-rowed. 


24. C. carinatus nob.—Trimesurus carinatusGray, Zoological Miscellany, 
p. 48. 

One spec. Hab. ? (Probably India) ? 

To Dr. Gray’s very brief description we add the following :—Body rather 
slender, tail moderate. Scales in 25 longitudinal rows, lanceolate, strongly 
carinate, except a row on each side adjacent to the scuta. Temporals small, 
keeled. Superior labials small posteriorly, the third largest; eye over the 
fourth and fifth, from which it is separated by three rows of scales. Gastro- 
steges 157. One entire anal. 77 Urosteges. Above, dark olive brown; beneath 
blackish green; a greenish white oval apical spot upon each scale of the 
smooth series next the seuta on each side. 

Trimesurus al bolabris Gray, loc. cit., may be a second species of this 
genus, which intervenes between Bothrops and Atropos. 


Arropros Wagler. 
Nat. Syst. der Amphib. p, 175. 


25. A. DarwiniD. & B. Two spec. Hab. ? Dr. Wilson. 

In this very vicious looking species all the scales are smooth except a few 
dorsal rows. No. 100; gastrosteges 165; anal 1, entire ; urosteges 51. No. 101; 
163X153. Prof. Jan (Rev. et Mag. Zoologie, 1859, p. 157,) has described a 
third Atropos, which has a long horn-like appendage over each eye. This 
peculiarity, formerly known only in ihe Cerastes and Clothos of the old world, 
characterizes. three species of American Crotalide, viz :—-Crotalus cerastes 
Hallow, Atropos undulatus Jan, and Teletiraspis Schleg eli nob. 


2. VIPERINZ. 


Cerastes Wagler. 
ics psi. 


25. C. Hasselquistii Gray, Zool. Misc. 1832. Coluber cerastes L. Syst. 
Nat. 1766. Cerastes egyptiacus D. & B. vii. p. 1440, 1854.* 
Two spec. North Africa, Dr. Wilson. 


CiLotuo Wagler. 


Gray Zool. Misc. 69, 1842. Echidna et Cerastes pars Wagler, Amphib. 177, 
°78, 1830. Echidna Dum. and Bibr (not of Merrem,) vii. 1420, 1854. 


27. C.rhinoceros.—Cerastes nasicornis Hallow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. iii. p. 319. Vipera rhinoceros Schlegel, Verslagen en mededeelingen der 
Koniglijke Akadamie von Wettenshappen ; Amsterdam, ili. p. 316. 

Three spec. Gaboon, Dr. Henry A. Ford. 

In No. 154 (large specimen), there is on the muzzle, below and in front of each 
horn-like supranasal, an oval scale, directed outward and upward, and free for 
the greater part of its length. In No. 153, (still larger specimen, ) this scale is 
produced into.a horn, four lines in length. The scales of the head are'more 
strongly carinate and spinous in this than in the last. In C. nasicornis 
Gray, the horns are all developed from the supranasal plate, which is the 
character by which Schlegel distinguishes it. 


* Aspis Cleopatre Laurenti, Specimen p, 105, cannot be this species, He says, ** squamis 
planis appressis nec carinatis,” 
[Dee. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 


28. C. arietans Gray. 


One spec. Senegambia, John Cassin, Esq. 
One. ‘ Cape of Good Hope, Garden of Plants. 
One ‘ * Bt U.S. Exp. Expedition. 


This is the type of Bitis Gray, in which the supranasal is not developed into 
a horn. Corneous and squamous appendages are, however, common among the 
vipers, and occur independently of generic characters. The position of the 
nostrils and the number of nasal plates are the same in this and the last 
species. 

Echidna (Merrem, 1820) is employed by some authors to designate this 
genus, but as its type, E. cobra, (Merrem, Systema Amphib. p. 150), cannot 
be identified,* Dr. Gray adopts Clotho (Wagler.) 


Toxicoa Gray. 
Cat. Brit. Mus. 1849. (Type Echis arenicola Boie.) 


29. T.squamigeranob. LEchis squamigera Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. vii. p. 193. 

One sp. Gaboon. M. Duchaillu. 

Tox. chloroéchis (Vipera chloroechis Schlegel, Verslag. der Koniglije 
Akad. Amsterdam, iii., p. 317, 1855) is allied to this species, but differs in 
having 23 rows of scales instead of 18; 13 inferior labials instead of 10; and 
in having ‘‘on each side of the back one row of small spots of a light yellow 
color,’’ instead of irregular transverse fascie of the same. 


VirerA Laurenti. 
Specimen Synopsis Rept. 99. 
30. V.ammodytes Daudin. 


One spec. Italy. Dr. Wilson. 
31. V.aspis Merr. 

Thirteen spec. Italy. Dr. Wilson, 
Var. ocellata Bp. 

Five spec. oe és 
Var. rufa Bp. 

Three spec. fe ot 
Var. fusca Ep. 

Three spec. es 
Var. nigra Bp. 

Two spec. “ re 


Petras Merr. 
Syst. Rept. 148. 


32. P. berus Merr. 


One specimen. Loc. ignot. Garden of Plants: 
Four ‘ Italy. Dr. Wilson. ; 
Three ‘ Lund, Sweden. J. & H. Rinberg. 
Two ‘* (young.) Italy. Dr. Wilson. 


A half grown specimen, from Italy, has the short muzzle of the variety 
Ursinii Gp., with the ordinary dark coloring. 


Var. niger Bell. (v3 


Two spec. Lund, Sweden. J. & H. Rinberg. 
Var. dorsalis. (P. dorsalis, Gray. Zool. Misc., p. 71.) 
One spec. Lund, Sweden. J. & H. Rinberg. 


Our specimen is not typical of the variety, as the dorsal band—which is 
eight scales wide—is undulate on the margin, thus approaching the ordinary 
variety. The muzzle and gape is shorter than usual, thus resembling Ursinii. 


* His description, ‘ Sguvamis maioribus in carina dorsi,” ig, at leaet, not applicable to 
any of the true vipers. 


1859.] 


42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


ce 


Var. Ursinii Bp. Pelias chersea vel Ursinii Bp. Fauna Italica. 
One spec. Italy. Dr. Wilson. 

The gape and muzzle are shorter, and the latter more sloping than usual. 
In its light colors, our specimen partakes of the character of a young animal. 
Many specimens of this strongly-marked variety, and much observation on it 
in a state of nature are needed to settle satisfactorily its true zoological value. 
Until proof to the contrary can be adduced, we cannot consider it as more 
than a variety. How far it coincides with the Coluber chersea of Linneus 
is a question. 


3. ATRACTASPIDINE. 


BracuycHranion Hallowell. 


Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vii. p. 99. 

Differs from Atractaspis (Smith, Zool. 8. Africa, facing pl. 71) in possessing 
one pair of frontal plates instead of two. 

In this genus the tympanic bone is short; but in other respects the me- 
chanism of the bones of the mouth is similar to that of the vipers and rattle- 
snakes. The superior maxillary bone is very short and vertical, articnlating 
with the lachrymal by a ginglymoid joint at its superior extremity. Its whole 
lower surface is occupied by the anchylosed bases of the fangs. The ecto- 
pterygoid articulates with it moveably, and at a right angle, but is rather 
short, and incurved posteriorly. While this structure gives its possessor the 
power of erecting or depressing the fangs, weakness is indicated by the pro- 
portions and form of the ectopterygoid and tympanic bones, and by the small 
size of the spheno- and external pterygoid muscles. The former is not larger 
than in an adult Tropidonotus sirtalis. Though the gape of the mouth in 
Dr. Hallowell’s species is small, the fangs are probably as efficient as in some 
species of Elaps, which, it has been shown by the experiments of Dr. Cantor, 
are unable to inflict a wound on any but very small objects. 


33. B. corpulentum Hallowell. Atractaspis corpulentus Hallow. Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. 1857, p. 70. Gtmther, Cat. Colubr. Brit. Mus. p. 239. 
One spec. Gaboon. Dr. H. Ford. 


4. CAUSINA. 


Causus Wagler. 


Natur. Syst. Amphib. 172. 

While this genus exhibits a close conformity to the succeeding group in ex- 
ternal characters, it maintains that modification of the cephalic vertebre which 
we deem characteristic of the highest family of Ophidians, the true venomous 
serpents. 

Thus it is that, while this group (Viperide) may be distinctly defined by 
that modification of the ideal by which the neuro-skeletal structure is adapted 
to an end in the economy of the animal, those external peculiarities which are 
of no obvious value to their possessors connect it inseparably with that suc- 
ceeding, and add another to the many proofs that the works of Creation form 
a graduated and connected whole. 


34. C. rhombeatus Licht. 


One spec. Cape of Good Hope. Garden of Plants. 
Four. Liberia. Dr. Goheen. 

Il. NAJIDZ. 

1. NAJINE. 


Fangs with an external groove, extending from the basal to the terminal 
orifice. 
AcantTsopuis Daudin. 
Hist. Rept. v. p. 289, 1803. 
[Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343 


35. A.antaretica Wagler. Boa antarctica Shaw. <Acanthophis cerasti- 
nus, Daud. Hist. Rept. 1803. 

Superior maxillary bone elongated posteriorly, not compressed, rounded on 
its outer face; the ectopterygoid curves inward and articulates with it ob- 
liquely. The fang is long, with a delicate groove on its anterior face, extend- 
ing from the basal to the terminal orifice. Behind it there are two small 
greatly recurved solid teeth, the last upon the very edge of the articulation 
with the ectopterygoid, and both are concealed by the integuments. 

In an undoubted and beautiful specimen of this snake, received from the 
Garden of Plants, Paris, these characters are distinct. Hence we feel assured 
that its true position is in the family Najide, and that Pseudechis and Hoplo- ’ 
cephalus are its natural allies. Thus, while so large a proportion of Austra- 
lia’s mammals are Marsupials—her birds, Raptores, Psittaci and -Cursores ; 
her mollusca, Brachiopods; her lizards, Scinks, etc.—her venomous serpents 
are all Najide ; nor has she a solitary example of the higher Viperide. 


HopLocePHALus, Cuvier. 


Réegne Animal, ii. p. 95. Alecto, Dum. & Bibr. 1854. (Not of Wagler, 
1830, the type of whose genus is Trimeresurus leptocephalus, Lacep.) 


36. H. pallidiceps Gray (?) var. 

Scales in fifteen longitudinal rows. Superior labials six, second and third 
truncated above. Two inferior labials in contact with the inframaxillaries, 
(three in curtus.) Row of scales next the scuta yellow at their bases, more 
conspicuous anteriorly. Beneath, yellowish olive, more yellow anteriorly. 
Head above, uniform deep olive brown; the vertical plate is nearly as broad 
as long, and much depressed. The muzzle is broad and rounded. Body 
above deep olive brown. Where the epidermis is lost, olive-yellow transverse 
bands, about two half scales in width, alternating with the darker, which 
occupies a width of one scale and a half, appear, but they are very indistinct : 
obsolete anteriorly. 

One spec. Australia. Gard. of Plants. (As Alecto curta.) 

Our specimen approaches very near to the pallidiceps Gray, but its identity 
cannot be established without additional examples. 


Srrepon Cuvier. 
R. An, ii., 86. 
37. 8S. hemachates Merrem. 
One sp. Cape of Good Hope. Garden of Plants. 
One sp. a we Dr. Wilson. 
Nasa Laurenti. 
Specimen, p. 90. 


38. N. haje Merr. One sp. Garden of Plants. 
Var. melanoleuca Hallowell. Four sp. Gaboon. Dr. H. A. Ford. 


39. N.tripudians Merr. Var. with the spectacle-like marks. 


One sp. Bengal. W. Jones. 

Three sp. ? ? 
Var. uniform brown, without the spectacle-like marks. 

One sp. Java. 


Dr. Ruschenberger. 
Var. scopinucha nob.—Light brown, annulated with narrow white rings, 


which are not continued upon the pale brown belly. Throat nearly white, with 
a black annulation covering from the fourteenth to the seventeenth gastrosteges. 
The back of the neck black, with a white circle, emarginate in front, and having 
a central black spot, with a small dot on each side of it. 
One sp. Canton River. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger. 
A specimen nearly similar to this singular variety, brought from China by 
Mr. Gernaert, came under the notice of the authors of the Erpetologie Generale, 
and is described vii., p. 1297. 


1859.] 25 


344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Bonearvus Daudin. 
Hist. Rept. v., 263. 


40. B. semifasciatus Kuhl. 


One sp. Java. Dr. Ruschenberger. 
One sp. : ? 
41. B. fasciatus Cantor. Var. B. (Brit. Mus. Catalogue.) 
Three sp. Ceylon. Mr. Cuming. 
ce “cc 


One (young) sp. 
Evars Schneider. 
Hist. Amphib. ii., p. 289. 


a, Asiatic. 
42. E. calligaster Weigmann. 
One sp. Philippine Is. Mr. Cuming. 
6. African. : 


43. E. lacteus Schn. (Coluber lacteus L. 1754. Col. Hygie Shaw, 1792. 
EHlaps Hygie, Merr. 1821.) 
One sp. Cape of Good Hope. Garden of Plants. 
c. American. 
*Body with complete isolated rings, with spots between them. 


44, E. fulvius Cuv. 


One sp. Dr. Bache. 

One sp. Charleston, S. C. Smithsonian Inst. 
Four sp. ? ? 

One sp. South Carolina. Jas. Reade. 

One sp. At Dr. Blanding. 
One sp. Texas. Dr. Heermann. 


45. KE. agleope nobis, Head slightly distinct from the body, oval, muz- 
ze elliptically rounded. Notaslender species. Tail long, one-seventh of the 
total length. 

Rostral plate small. Anterior frontals very small; posterior frontals nearly 
as broad as the length of the vertical, and alittle longer than the superciliaries. 
Vertical small, two-fifths of its length between the occipitals. Scales in fifteen 
longitudinal rows. Rings black, three scales (in a straight line,) and three or 
four gastrosteges in width. Spaces between, five or five and a half scales wide, 
with a delicate light brown ground color, but divided by a vermillion ring, three 
scales wide. This is wider on the belly and adjacent to the black, except when 
occasionally separated by a yellow gastrostege. In the middle of the vermillion 
is a series of elongate black spots one scale wide, sometimes confluent into a 
band, not reaching the gastrosteges. A black collar involves the tips of the 
occipitals, half the last superior and inferior labial, and the first three gastros- 
teges. In front of this a band of delicate brown includes the occipitals and 
extends to the labials; the latter are yellow. The inferior labials (except a 
black spot on the second and third,) and the inframaxillaries, are also yellow. 
The rostral, and anterior frontals are brownish yellow, (perhaps shaded with 
redin life). The rest of the head, extending backward from the first and second 
superior labials, to the postoculars, and anterior edge of occipitals, is black. 
There is a spot of the same color on the line between the occipital plates. 

Gastrosteges 207, anal one, urosteges 52, first seven undivided. 

Total length 31 inches. Tail 4 inches, 6 lines. 

One specimen, brought by Dr. Jno. L. Le Conte from Honduras. 

A beautiful species, related to fulvius, apiatus, tener, etc, 

**Body with rings at equal distances, without spots between. 


46. E. circinalis D. § B. 
One sp. West Indies. Mr. Engstrom. 
u ti 


Two sp. 
[Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 


In one of our specimens all the rings are complete, in another several are 
incomplete, appearing as elongate oval spots bordered with yellow, and in the 
third, as many as five successive rings are wanting on the gastrosteges. This 
appears to be a smaller and darker colored species than corallinus, of which 
some consider it a variety. 


47. KE. corallinus Neuwted. 
Two sp. South America. ? 


48. E. nigrocinctus Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vii., p. 226, 1854 27? 
U. 8. Astronomical Exped. ii., p. 210, Aug. 1855. . divaricatus, Hallow. Jour- 
Acad. Nat. Sci. iii., p. 36, May, 1855. 


Three sp. Honduras. Dr. J. L. Le Conte. 
Two sp. Panama. co 
One sp. Nicaragua. Mr. Amory Edwards. 


The coloring of the body of this species is that of corallinus, while the 
head has that of fulvius. 


***Rings complete, arranged three and three. 


49. E.altirostris, nobis. Head scarcely distinct. lanceolate, compressed, 
its height and breadth at the eye equal. Muzzle rounded, narrow, high, pro- 
minent. Cephalic shiclds large; superior labials seven, high; the eye resting 
on the division line of the third and fourth. Tail short, (possibly mutilated,) 
one eighteenth of the whole length. 

Scales in fifteen rows. 

Colors in spirits. Body with fourteen triads of complete rings of a deep 
chocolate brown, sometimes confluent on the belly. Spaces between these four 
or five scales wide, of a pale yellow brown shade, each scale tipped with darker. 
Spaces between outer and central rings of the triads covering two scales, which 
are broadly tipped with chocolate. The color of the head is a continuation of that 
of the anterior onter ring of the first triad. The following, however, are the mark- 
ings of white: The occipitals (except the outer borders) and plates surround- 
ing them; the anterior borders of the inframaxillaries and inferior labials ; a 
line bordering the fifth superior labial above, and reaching to the occiput. 

Gastrosteges 194; anal 1, divided; urosteges 15. Length 29 inches, 6 lines; 
tail 1 inch, 5 lines. 

One sp. ? ? 

A robust species, resembling E. lemniscatus, except in the color and form 
of the head. In respect to the latter, it differs from any other species which we 
have seen, but resembles the figure of E. Bertholdi, Jan. loc. cit., except in 
the absence of the preocular. 


50. E. dissoleucus nobis. Head slightly distinct, muzzle acutely 
rounded and projecting. Body not slender, not stout. Tail ‘distinct, tapering, 
short, one-eighteenth of the total length. 

Vertical plate small, elongate, obtuse behind ; superciliaries broad; occipitals 
very elongate ; eyes very small. Scales fifteen rows. Body red, with seven sets 
of three black rings together ; the central ring not twice as wide as the exterior 
ones, and separated from them on each side by ring of white, four scales wide ; 
each white scale bordered with black. Viewed from above the head, and for 
four scales behind the occipital plates is black, except a band of red, which 
includes the fifth, sixth, and most of seventh superior labials, nearly ‘all the 
postoculars, anterior part of the occipitals, but not extending across the median 
line, which is black, On the throat and chin the black only appears on three 
gastrosteges, and the front inferior labials. 

Gastrosteges 200; anal 1, divided; urosteges — Length 22 inches, 6 lines; 
of tail 1 inch, 4 lines. 

One sp. Venezuela. Dr. Chas. D. Meigs. 

One of the most elegant species of the genus, and having some similarity to 
E. elegans Jan, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1858, p.524. The rings which are white 


1859.] 


- 


346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


in. dissole ucus, are yellow, and much narrower in elegana; the latter 
has a yellow ring round the neck, and the black does not extend upon the throat. 


51. E. Marcgravii? Neuweid. Two sp. Dr. Wilson. 
52. E. lemniscatus Schneider. 
One sp. Surinam. Dr. Hering. 
One sp. 
53. E frontalis D. § B. 
One sp. South America. Dr. Wilson. 
Two sp. 2 ? 


54. E.baliocoryphus zobis. Body rather stout. Head broad, depressed, 
but still distinct. Tail short, one-fourteenth of total length. Scales in fifteen 
rows. 

Fifteen triads of black rings four scales apart posteriorly, increasing in dis- 
tance anteriorly to eight. Scales in these intervals broadly tipped with brown- 
ish black. Exterior ring of the three, two and two anda half scales wide, 
separated by a space of equal width from the central, which is three and four 
scales wide. The first ring is four scales back of the occipital plates. The 
scales in this interval, and the temporals are broadly tipped with black. Occi- 
pitals black, anteriorly and posteriorly edged with the light color, perhaps red 
in life. A spot below and in front of the eye, the superciliaries and vertical 
black, the last pale-edged anteriorly. Post-frontals immaculate, pre-frontals 
black, anteriorly light-edged ; apex of rostral black. Except three black blotches 
on the chin, the other plates of the head are of the light color. 

Gastrosteges 226; anal one, divided ; urosteges 26 pairs. 

Length 2 feet, 8 inches. The tail 1 inch, 9 lines. 

One sp. Buenos Ayres. Dr. Kennedy. 

This species resembles E. lemniscatus somewhat; it is peculiar for the 
shortness of the head. 


55. E. surinamensis Cuwv. 
One sp. Surinam. Dr. Colhoun. 
2. DENDRASPIDINA. 
Fangs without external trace of the canal. 
Denpraspis Schlegel. 


Verslag. Zool. genootsch. Amsterd., 1848. Dinophis Hallow., Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., 1852, p. 203. 

56. D. Jamesoni Schlegel. Elaps Jamesoni Traill, Trans. Schlegel’s Essai, 
p. 179, 1843. Dinophis Hammondii Hallow., loc. cit. 
Two sp. Liberia. Dr. Goheen. 

In this species the superior maxillary bone is elongate, and much compressed, 
not offering any plane surface for the attachment of solid teeth. There isa 
malar process of considerable length, which is connected by ligament with the 
posterior frontal bone. 


III. HYDROPHID.* 


Puaturvs Latr. 
Rept. Tome iv., p. 185. 


57. P. fasciatus Daudin. 
One gp. East Indian Ocean. C. Guillou. 


DisterrA Lacep. 
Ann. Mus. Fr., iv., p. 199. 


_Zoolog. Miscell., 1842. = 
ec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347 


a 


We suspect that the true ground of separation of this genus from Hydrophis 
will be found to be the separation of the frontals from the superior labials by 
the intervention of the fronto-nasals and preocular, and not the presence of 
rudimentary gastrosteges. The latter peculiarity is possessed in a less degree 
by Hydrophia striata, H. nigrocincta, and others. The genus thus 
defined would include H. pachycercus, Fischer, loc. cit., pl. 2. Should it, 
however, be the opinion of herpetologists that the genus be referred to Hydro- 
phis, as has been done by Dr. J. G. Fischer, the species which we possess must 
still continue distinct, as observed by Prof. Jan, its describer. 


58. D. Dumerilii Jan, Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1859, p. 149. A line 
from the nostril to the posterior border of the fronto-nasal separates a part of 
it, which is analogous to the nasal. One postocular. Except two on the neck 
the slate-black rings are complete, and occupy three gastrosteges. The back 
between the rings is light slate-color. Tail slate black. : 

9 


One sp. 1s 


Hypropuis Daud. 

Hist. Rept. vii- 

59. H. Schlegeli Fischer. Abhandl. der Naturwissenschaftlichen Ham- 
burg, iii., p. 50, 1856. Yhalassophis Schlegeli Schmidt, ibid. ii., p. 83, 1848. ? 
Chitulia inornata Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., p. 56, 1849. 

One sp. Manilla. Dr. Burroughs. 


60. H. gracilis Schlegel. Microcephalophis gracilis Lesson, Voy. Belanger. 
Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus. 


One sp. Gulf of Siam. A. A. Henderson. 
61. H. striatus Schlegel. 
One sp. 2 2 


62. H. pelamidoides Schlegel. Fauna Japonica, 1838. Lapemis Hard- 
wickii, Gray, Zool. Misc., 1842. 


Four sp. Gulf of Siam. A. A. Hendersoa. 
One sp. Ee a Dr. Burroughs. 
One sp. Java. Capt. Harwick. 
Five sp. ? ? 


Two of our specimens have two postoculars on each side. One of these has 
a large loral on each side. Another has two postoculars on one side, one on 
the other. 

Var. annulata Fischer, loc. cit., pl. 3. 
One sp. Manilla. Dr. Burroughs. 

While our specimen coincides in all important particulars with Dr. Fischer’s 
plate cited, it differs in having the bands of a chocolate color, each dark scale 
with a light shade in the middle. The body is rather more compressed than in 
the ordinary pelamidoides, and there are no traces of carination. Num 
Lapemis curtus, Gray, loc. cit? 


Penamis Daud. 
Rept. vii., p. 366, 1802. 


63. P. bicolor Daud. 


Two sp. Gulf of Siam. A. A. Henderson. 
One sp. Philippines. Mr. Cuming. 
Four sp. East Indies. Dr. Burroughs. 
Three sp. a ? 
One sp. Pacific coast of Panama. Dr. J. L. Le Conte. 
j Total number of species: 
Viperidez, 34 
Najide, 22 
Hydrophidz, 7 
1859.] 


348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The Reports of the Recording Secretary, Librarian and Curators were 
read, as follows : 


REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY FOR 1859. 


During the year ending 30th Nov., 1859, there have been elected fifty-nine 
members and twenty-nine correspondents. 

One member has resigned. 

One member has been expelled. 

Six members have died, to wit: Dr. Charles F. Beck, Dr. Thomas D. Miitter, 
Dr. Henry Bond, Mr. Henry Pepper, Augustus E. Jessup, Esq., and Dr. H. 
C. Caldwell, U. 8. Navy. 

The deaths of the following correspondents have been announced: Mr. W. 
J. Broderip, Alexander Von Humboldt, Mr. Thos. Sutton Nuttall, Mr. Thomas 
Horsfield. 

During the same period, the following Papers have been read before the 
Academy, and ordered to be published: 

By Walter F. Atlee, M. D., ‘‘Observations on a probable cause of Haemor- 
rhoids,’’ read before the Biological Department. 

By Spencer F. Baird, M. D., two, to wit: ‘‘ Description of new Genera and 
Species of North American Lizards, in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion.”’ ‘* Notes on a Collection of Birds, made by John Xantus, Esq., at Cape 
San Lucas, Lower California. 

By W. G. Binney, ‘‘ Notes on American Land Shells, No. 5. 

By John Cassin, two to wit :‘‘ Catalogue of Birds, collected on rivers Camma 
and Ogobai, Western Africa, by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu, in 1858, with notes and 
descriptions of new Species,’ two papers. - 

By E. D. Cope, two, to wit: ‘‘On the primary Divisions of the Salamandri- 
dz, with a description of two new Species.’’ ‘‘ Notes and Descriptions of for- 
eign Reptiles.”’ 

By Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., three, to wit: ‘‘ A Synopsis of the North 
American Sphingide.’’ ‘‘ Contributions to American Lepidopterology,’’ two 

apers. 
e By William M. Gabb, two, to wit: ‘‘Catalogue of the invertebrate Fossils, 
of the cretaceous formation of the United States.’? ‘‘ Description of two new 
Species of carboniferous Fossils.’’ 

By Theodore Gill, ten, to wit: ‘‘On Datyloscopus and Leptoscopus, two 
new Genera of the family Uranoscopide.’’ “On the Genus Callionymus of 
Authors.’’ ‘‘Decription of Hyporhampus, a new Genus of Fishes, allied to 
Hemirhamphus Cuy.’’ ‘‘Notes on a collection of Japanese Fishes, made by 
Dr. J. Morrow.’’ ‘‘ Description of a third Genus of Hemirhamphire.’’ ‘‘ De- 
scription of a new Genus of Salarianiw, from the West Indies.”’ ‘‘ Description 
of a new Species of Callinidea Ed.’’ ‘‘ Descriptions of new generic Types of 
Cottoids, from the collection of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, under 
Com. John Rogers.’’ ‘‘ Description of a Type of Golioids, intermediate between 
Dobina and Tridentigerina.’’? ‘‘ Description of a new North American Type of 
Siluroids, allied to Calliophysus.”’ 

By Charles Girard, M. D., six, to wit: ‘‘Ichthyological Notices,” five pa- 
pers. ‘‘ Herpetological Notices.”’ 

By W. A. Hammond, M. D., ‘‘ Observations on the colorless Blood Corpus- 
cles,’’ read before the Biological Department. 

By J. J. Hayes, M. D., ‘‘Observations upon the relations existing between 
Food and the capabilities of men to resist low temperatures,’’ read before the 
Biological Department.’’ 

By T. Charlton Henry, M. D., ‘‘Catalogue of the Birds of New Mexico, as 
compiled from Notes and Observations made while in that Territory, during a 
residence of six years.”’ 

By R. Kennicott, ‘‘ Notes on Coluber Calligaster Say, and Descriptions of 


[Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA. 349 


new Species of Serpents, in the Collection of the Northwestern University of 
Evanstown, Ill.’’ 

By Isaac Lea, LLD., eight, to wit: ‘‘ Description of eight new Species of 
Unionide, from Georgia.’’ ‘‘ Description of twenty-one new Species of Exotic 
Unionide.’’ ‘‘ Description of two new Species of Unionide, from Georgia.’’ 
‘* Description of seven new Species of Uniones.’’ ‘*‘ New Unionidz, of the United 
States.’’ ‘Description of twelve new Species of Uniones, fron: Georgia.” 
‘< Description of four new Species of exotic Unionide.’ ‘‘ Description of a new 
Species of Unio, from the Isthmus of Darien.”’ 

By John Le Conte, three, to wit: ‘‘ Description of two new Species of Tor- 
toise.’’ ‘‘ Observations on the Species of Nicotiana.’’ ‘‘ Descriptions of new 
Species of the Coleopterous Family Histeride.”’ 

By John L. Le Conte, M. D., two, to wit: ‘‘ Catalogue of Coleoptera, of Fort 
Tejon, Cal.’’ ‘‘ Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna of Northern California and 
Oregon.”’ 

By Joseph Leidy, M. D., ‘‘On the seat of the vesicating principle of the Lytta 
vittata,’’ read before the Biological Department. 

By F. B Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D., two, to wit: ‘‘ Remarks on the lower 
cretaceous Beds of Kansas and Nebraska, with descriptions of some rare Species 
of carboniferous Fossils from the Valley of the Kansas River.’’ ‘‘ Geological 
Explorations in Kansas Territory.”’ 

By. 8. W- Mitchell, M. D., two, to wit: ‘‘ Observations on the exposed Hearts 
of Animals,’’ and ‘‘ On the production of Cataract in Frogs by the injection of 
large doses of Sugar.’’ Read before the Biological Department. 

By 8S. W. Mitchell, M. D., and W. A. Hammond, M. D., two, to wit: ‘‘On 
two new varieties of Woorara, Coroval and Vao,’’ and ‘‘ An experimental Ex- 
amination of the Physiological Effects of Sassy Bark, the ordeal Poison of the 
Western Coast of Africa,’’ read before the Biological Department. 

By James Aitken Meigs, M. D., ‘‘ Description of a deformed, fragmentary 
human Skull, found in an ancient quarry cave at Jerusalem, with an attempt 
to determine by its configuration alone the Ethnical type to which it belongs.’’ 

By R. Von Ostensacken, ‘‘ New Genera and Species of North American T ipuli, 
with short Palpi, with an attempt at a new classification of the Tribe.’’ 

By J. H. Packard, M. D., ‘‘The pathological Relations of Cancer and Tuber- 
cle,’ read before the Biological Department. 

By H. D. Schmidt, M. D., ‘‘ An Abstract of the most important Points of Re- 
searches on the minute Anatomy of the Human Liver,”’ read before the Biolo- 
gical Department. 

By Wm. Stimpson, ‘‘ Prodromus Descriptionis Animalium evertebratorum 
que in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum septentrionalem, a Republica Fede- 
rata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rogers ducibus, observavit et 
descripsit W. Stimpson. Pars septa, Crustacea Anomoura.”’ 

By Wm. J. Taylor, ‘‘ Minerological Notes,’’ No. II 

By J. J. Woodward, M. D, ‘‘On Suppuration in Cancerous Growths, ” read 
before the Biological Department. 

By John Xantus, two, to wit: ‘‘ Catalogue of Birds collected in the vicinity 
of Fort Tejon, Cal., with a description of a new Species of Syrnium.’’ ‘‘ De- 
seriptions of new Species of Birds from Cape San Lucas, Lower California.”’ 

In all sixty-two papers. 

During the same period the By-Laws have been amended as follows: 

Art. VI. of Chapter V., altered to read thus: 

The duty of the Librarian shall be to attend daily at the hall, at such hours 
as may be deemed expedient by the Library Committee, to take charge of all 
books belonging to the Academy, under the rules prescribed in Chapter VIL., 
to keep a correct list of all donations or deposits of books, of those missing, 
and to report on the state of the Library at the last Stated Meeting in Decem- 
ber. 

Art. VIII. of the same chapter was repealed. 


1859.] 


350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Art. VI. to XI., inclusive of Chapter VII., were repealed, and a new Article 
substituted to read thus: 

Art. VI. No book, the property of the Academy, shall be loaned from the 
Library under any pretence or for any purpose whatsoever. 

And that Article XII. of Chapter VII. be called Article VIL. 

Adopted 25th January, 1859. ” 

Chapter XII. was amended as follows : 

Strike out from Art. VI. the words ‘‘and members”’ at the end of the second 
line. 

Strike out Article VII. and insert instead thereof—Any member of the 
Academy may become a member of any Department by addressing a written 
notice to its Director, and by signing an obligation to conform to its regula- 
tions in every respect. 

Amend Art. VIII. by striking out from the first line the words ‘‘elect,’’ and 
also the last sentence of said Article, to wit: In other respects the By-Laws 
(Chap. II.) which govern the election of members and correspondents of the 
Academy, shall apply also to the election of members of any of its depart- 
ments.’? 

Amend Art. XIX. by striking out from second line the words ‘‘in the Pro- 
ceedings of the Journal of the Academy.”’ 

Adopted 31st May, 1859. 

All of which is respectfully submitted 
B. HOWARD RAND, M. D. 
Recording Secretary. 
Hail of the Academy, 27th December, 1859. 


REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN FOR 1859. 


During the year which has just closed, the Library of the Academy has been 
increased by 389 volumes, and 714 periodicals and pamphlets, all of them 
directly connected with the Natural Sciences. Of these works 94 are from the 
authors, 103 from editors, 348 from Societies, 120 from members, correspondents, 
the Biological Department and others, and 428 from Dr. Thomas B. Wilson; 
making in all, 1093 additions to the Library. 1032 yolumes have been bound 
during the year, 992 at the expense of Dr. Wilson and 40 by the Academy. 

The rapid increase of the Journals and Periodicals of the various scientific 
societies, as well as of those published by individuals with whom the Academy 
exchanges, will soon require additional room for the accommodation of this 
very important part of the Library. This can readily be obtained by construct- 
ing two rows of cases on the top of those in the middle of the west, or Journal 
room of the Library, with galleries such as are on the sides of the room. By 
removing those journals which are least frequently consulted to these upper 
cases, room will be gained for the increase of several years. 

It is proposed during the coming year to commence, and, if possible, com- 
plete a full catalogue of all the works now in the Library. Few students are 
aware of the great and yaried richness of the collection of books belonging to 
the Academy, because no catalogue of it has been published since 1836, and 
the number of volumes has been more than tripled since that time. It is be- 
lieved that, in some of the departments of Natural Science, almost every im- 
portant work that has yet been published may be found. A complete and full 
catalogue would make known to many.at a distance, where the works which it 
is important for them to consult can be found, and thus students would be 
saved from much perplexity and loss of time, and the progress of Science 
materially aided, while the Academy would derive great benefit from the in- 
crease of scientific men among us. 

Respectfully submitted, 
JAMES C. FISHER, M.D., 
Librarian. 


[Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351 


REPORT OF THE CURATORS FOR 1859. 


The Curators take pleasure in referring to the excellent state of preserva- 
tion of the Museum, and to its nearly complete arrangement. 

Mr. J. H. Slack, who has taken charge of and labelled the collection of mam- 
malia, informs us that the cabinet contains 740 mounted specimens of 379 
species of 123 genera. The arrangement of the ornithological collection, to 
which Dr. T. B. Wilson has devoted so much time, is rapidly approaching its 
eonclusion. The care of the herpetological cabinet, which for some time had 
lost the valuable services of Dr. Hallowell, in consequence of illness, has now 
been undertaken by E. D. Cope, a young man who gives promise of much 
future usefulness, both to the Academy and to Natural History. Dr. Bridges 
continues with the arrangement of the fishes, as well as to give the aid of his 
valuable judgment in everything appertaining to the welfare of the Academy. 
In relation to the conchological cabinet, Mr. W. G. Binney informs us that he 
has arranged and labelled all the American species of shells, and has prepared a 
catalogue for publication. He adds, that our respected President, Mr. Lea, has 
kindly offered to arrange all the Naiades of the collection. Mr. L. has already 
completed several of the groups into which he divides them, following the 
plan of his admirable synopsis. The arrangement of the long-neglected col- 
lection of invertebrate fossils has been undertaken by Wm. M. Gabb, a young 
and zealous naturalist, who gives many evidences of future usefulness to the 
Natural Sciences. 

Additions to the Museum during the year about closing are as follow: 

Mammals.—Of these, there were presented 38 specimens of 32 species, 
principally from the Smithsonian Institution, J. W. Gregory, and Geo. David- 
son. 

Birds.—Of these, Dr. T. C. Henry presented 68 skins of 50 species from 
New Mexico. There were 19 other specimens of 14 species, together with 2 
nests and 3 species of eggs, received from various members. 

Reptiles.—Of these, there were presented 24 specimens of 16 species, prin- 
cipally by Dr. J. E. Semple, C. Herring, and Major Le Conte. Collections 
from Central America, the species not indicated, were received from J. 8. 
Hawkins, Dr. J. L. Le Conte, and Dr. John Gallaer; and small collections were 
given by John Krider and Joseph Hanson. 

Fishes.—Of these, there were presented 92 specimens of about 60 species 
by Prof. Holbrook, of Charleston, J. H. Slack, Geo. Davidson, C. C. Abbott, 
Dr. Corse, and others. 

Mollusks—Of these, there were presented 38 species by W. G. Binney, 
Isaac Lea; and others. Small collections were also received from Mr. Whelan, 
J. H. Slack, and S. Powel. 

Articulates.—Of Crustacea, 22 species were presented, most of them from 
Mr. Slack. Of insects, there were 18 species presented, besides a collection 
of Hymenoptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidoptera of California, from John Xan- 
tus. A large collection of Arachnides, from Western America, was presented 
by Dr. W. A. Hammond. There were also received two Myriapods, and a 
small collection of Marine Annelides. 

Radiates.—Of these, there were 20 species presented. 

Anatomy.—A fine skeleton of a horse was presented by James Hammill. 
Six skeletons and 40 skulls of 37 species of mammals were deposited by Mr. 
Slack. Twelve human skulls, of various races, were presented or deposited 
by Dr. J. Letterman, Dr. J. D. Bruns, of Charleston, C. C. Abbott, and others. 
There were also presented 29 skeletons, skulls, and other anatomical speci- 
mens by various members. 

Fossils.—A collection of remains of the Hippopotamus, etc. of Europe was 
presented by Isaac Lea; a collection of rémains of Mosasaurus, an unknown 
Saurian, Sharks, Pycnodus, and Enchodus, from New Jersey, by J. H. Slack; 
remains of a whale and shark, from Virginia, by Dr. Al. Bryant ; remains of 
reptiles and fishes, from the Phcenixville slates, by Messrs. Vaux, Sergeant, 


1859.] . 


352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and Powel; remains of ganoid fishes, from carboniferous deposits of Virginia, 
by Dr. P. W. Mosblech; the humerus of a Mosasaurus, by M. P. Rue; the 
lower jaw of Dromatherium sylvestre, and other interesting fossils, from North 
Carolina, by Prof. E. Emmons; remains of Holeodus, by W. P. Foulke; and 
remains of mammals, reptiles, and fishes, from the post pliocene formations of 
South Carolina, by Prof. F. 8. Holmes. There were also presented 83 speci- 
mens of vertebrated remains, principally by O. R. Willis, T. M. Perrine, Dr. 
John Evans, D. Baird, W. J. Taylor, A. H. Smith, Dr. Hartman, and W. 
Stimpson. Small collections were also received from J. R. Snowden, Mr. 
Slack, and Mr. Gabb. 

A collection of Permian and Carboniferous fossils, obtained by Messrs. Meek 
and Hayden in Kansas, was presented by Drs. Wilson and Leidy, and Messrs. 
Jeanes, Harris, Lea, and Harrison. There were also presented 37 specimens 
of 24 species of fossil shells, ete.; and small collections of the same, princi- 
pally by Pro’. Emmons, C. M. Wheatley, Dr. Moore, R. E. Rogers, T. A. Conrad, 
J. H. Slack, and Wm. M. Gabb. 

Of fossil plants there were presented 16 specimens, among which was 4 
magnificent Lepidodendron, from Eugene Borda. 

An interesting collection of muds and lignites of Washington Territory, and 
of waters and minerals of the Geysers of California, were presented by George 
Davidson. 

Minerals.—Of these, 60 specimens of about 20 species were presented, prin- 
cipally by W. J. Taylor, Mr. Hoopes, Mr. Rand, W. P. Foulke, and Dr. 
Semple. A large collection of polished tablets of minerals was likewise de- 
posited by Ed. J. Willcox ; and a collection of volcanic minerals was presented 
by J. H. Clark. 

Botany.—In this department, J. H. Lapham presented 60 species of plants 
of Wisconsin, and Chas. R. Buckalew 43 species from the Andes. There were 
also received 10 botanical specimens of various kinds. 

Miscellaneous.—Of various objects, not coming under the head of the above 
departments, twenty were presented, among which was a fine stereoscope 
from J. W. Queen, and a dissecting microscope and Camera lucida from the 
executors of the late Dr. Beck. 

There was also purchased for the use of the Academy one of Zentmayer’s 
excellent microscope stands, together with some accessory apparatus. The 
expense was defrayed through subscription of the executors of the late Dr. 
Mitchell, and partly from the sale of an old microscope formerly deposited by 
Mr. Wetherill, and finally, according to the promise of the latter, becoming 
the property of the Academy on his death. 

In conclusion, the Report is respectfully submitted by 


JOSEPH LEIDY, 


Chairman of the Curators. 


Dr. Fisher made the following statement : 

Mr. Doubleday having given the specific name “ Astarte ” to a Me- 
liteea which he has himself since transferred to the genus Argynnis, his 
name will, of course, have the priority, and it is therefore proposed to 
change the name of the Lepidopteron described in the Proceedings of 
the Academy of Natural Sciences for 1858, page 179, to Argynnis Ash- 
taroth, the ancient Phoenician name of Venus. 

The death of Augustus E. Jessup, Esq., late a member of the 
Academy was announced; he died at Wilmington, Del., on the 17th 
inst., aged 63. 


[ Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353 


The election of officers for the ensuing year was held in accordance 
with the By-Laws, with the following result : 


President, 

Vice- Presidents, 
Corresponding Secretary, 
Recording Secretary, 
LInbrarian, 

Treasurer, 


Curators, 


+ Auditors, 


Publication Committee 
d 


1859. ] 


Isaac LEA. 
Robert Bridges, 
John LeConte. 
Thos. Stewardson. 
B. H. Rand. 

Jas. C. Fisher. 
Geo. W. Carpenter. 
Joseph Leidy, 

Wn. 8. Vaux, 


John Cassin, 
J. D. Sergeant. 


Wm. S. Vaux, 
Joseph Jeanes, 
Aubrey H. Smith. 


Wn. S. Vaux, 

Tsaac Lea, 

Robert Bridges, 

Joseph Leidy, 

W.S. W. Ruschenberger. 


ee 
or 
wx 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


ELeEcTIONS IN 1859. 


The following persons were elected members, viz :-— 

Jan. 25. Benj. H. Shoemaker, Jonathan C. Letterman, M. D., 
J. 8. A., Emlen T’. Littell, Francis Peters, Francis E. Patterson, W. 
(*. Henszey. 

Feb, 22. Robert Harford Hare, John Bohlen, Wilson C. Swann, 
M. D., Louis Audenreid. 

March 29. J. Hinckley Clark, Joseph Lesley, Jr., Thomas A. 
Biddle, John T. Darby, M. D., Saunders Lewis, John Krider. 

Apri/ 26. John Haseltine, Ward B. Haseltine, Edward Peace, 
M. D., John McCanles, Thomas Stewardson, M. D., Joshua Lippin- 
gott, Andrew D. Cash, Henry H. Smith, M. D., Ed. F. Drayton, M. D., 
J: Norris Emlen, John K. Kane, M. ine He S. Seitzinger. 


May 31. Jno. M. Foltz, M. D., U. s. N., Thomas Sparks, Sauna 
H. Williams, Oliver W. Barnes. 


June 28. John B. Budd, Thomas Smith, John C. Davis, Alfred 
Horner, James S. Cox, Wm. ’P. Grier, M. D., Owen J. Wister, M. D., 
George W. Tryon, Jr. 

July 26. Henry S. Schell, M. D, Nicholas H. Maguire. 

Aug. 30. T. C. Downie, Thomas Y. Field, U.S. M. C., George W. 
Peterson. 

Sept. 27: John T, Piggott, Miss Margaretta H. Morris, L. A. 
Frampton, M. D., H. St. George Hopkins, M. D. 

Oct. 25. Ga T. J. Cram, U.S. Top. Eng., John D. White, M. D., 
Richard M. Greenbank, M. D., Washington Townsend. 

Nov. 29. Albert Fricke, M. D., S. S. White, Henry J. Feltus. 


Dec. 27. James Postell, ae Coxe, John Welsh, Horace B. 
Fry. 


The following persons were elected Correspondents, viz : — 


April 26. Celedonio Carbonell, Porto Rico; Lewis M. Rutherford, 
New York ; Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., Haston, Pa. 


June 28. Prof. George Frauenfeld, Vienna; Charles Desmoulin, 
Bordeaux ; Prof. Wm. Dunker, Hassel ; Prof. Edward Swess, Vienna; 
Joachim Barande, Prague ; Constantine von Ettinghausen, Prof Os- 
wald Heer, Zurich. 


Aug. 30. Wm. H. De Camp, M. D., Grand Rapids, Michigan. 


Sept.27. Henri de Saussure, Geneva ; Edward Claparede, Geneva ; 
Morris Hornes, M. D., Vienna ; Johann G. Neumann, Gorlitz; Prof. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355 


Hdward Romer, Marburg; P. Flourens, Paris; Prof. George Jager. 
Stuttgard ; W. J. Hamilton, London. 


Oct. 25. W. W. Wright, York Springs, Pa. 


Nov. 29. G. C. Swallow, St. Louis, Mo.; Prof. W. P. Schimper, 
Strasburg; Thomas Rymer Jones, F. R.S., London; Prof. T. H. 
Huxley, F. R.S., London; Ch. J. F. Bunbury, London; Prof. Fred. 
Krauss, Stuttgard; Prof. C. F. Rammelsberg, Berlin; Ferdinand 
Romer, M. D.,Bonn, Carl Theo. Von Siebold, Munich. 


Dec. 27. Edward 8. Morse, Portland, Maine. 


73 


Pu 


sane, fl Comal 


f ae | 
tbe 
‘ et >. Ae Vee 
7 - rm 
c ¢ ~- —- 
os ny ¢* 


(Oe bakit 
Bee aa yer 


or PENT AE ie 
i 


‘ tay: Ayes nf if ir 
a Ang [ey ¥ 
iL of) eH, 


RAMA, i | 


ao es Rr all # ‘ wit fpr aa 
ri ‘a "he wT aca “ / 


iN wk 


a ae Beis a 
ly oeaevidl syle ig POR Rp 


: - v 1% 
TP, AY ia Aris say 


as oa 


Be 7 “" 07 aa 
a. tives 4 ite nt 


1 ‘ 


en hy ") in dhes) ah nibh 3 2% Aa fue 
piper 1 Pe Pee 
et Aun 


P é 
/ 


ay Maye. th PeMeianties TP sitio) bi city 
ti * 

o > } , ins “4 a { iy s ay pa at 
mite Furi Wen fi sh * + abt So oi AA 
Sali 4 Laer BE ald 3 otter ties 
y ua es) perc 4 , 

Me 
i : ll naa ewe roi 
A, Ks wy fr 4 bak 
Aen : ee y oe nul and be j 
4, aS se fe i 4 aps ‘ 
| Fatt heh ae. 
‘ i Mek apps per Ew bl me 
pf Ry a re 
aA wade v4 pe / 
pa Pnleln ball TT one : 
pec Wo Sasa hey ieee 


CORRESPONDENCE. 1 


CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY, 1859. 


Jan. 4th. From Captain A. Pleasanton, Fort Vancouver, Washington Ter- 
ritory, Nov. 22d, 1858, acknowledging his election as a correspondent of the 
Academy. 

From I. L. La Porte, Bordeaux, November 2d, 1858, regarding exchanges. 

Feb. 1st. From Prof. Christopher Johnston, Baltimore, January 23d, 1859 
acknowledging his election to membership. } 

From Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, dated Newark, Del., Jan. 29th, 1859, tender- 
ing his resignation as a member of the Committees on Paleontology and the 
Library 

From Lieut. G. K. Warren, dated Washington, Jan. 18th, 1859, transmitting 
the maps acknowledged by the Librarian this evening. 


8th. From S. W. Wilson, M. D., Darien, Ga., Jan. 31st, 1859, acknowledg- 
ing his election to membership. 

From K. K. Geolog. Reichsanstalt, dated Vienna, Nov. 10th, 1858; 

The Acad. Royale des Sciences 4 Amsterdam, dated June 23d, 1858; 

The Société des Naturalists de Moscou, dated June, 1858; 

The Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, dated Copenhagen, July 
Ist, 1858 ; 

Societas Natura Artis Magistra, dated Amsterdam, March, 1858 ; 

K. Sachs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipsic, July 18th, 1858, several- 
ly transmitting their publications. 

From K. K. Geolog. Reichsanstalt, Nov. 30th, 1857 ; 

Acad. Royale des Sciences 4 Amsterdam, Dec. 10th, 1857; 

Zoolog. Botan. Verein, dated Vienna, March 15th, 1858 ; 

K. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen, July Ist, 1858 ; 

American Antiquarian Society, Jan. 4th, 1859 ; severally acknowledging the 
receipt of the Publications of the Academy. 

From Robert E. Peterson, Crosswicks, N. J., dated Feb. 3d, 1859, trans- 
mitting a note from Prof. Franeis Lieber, of New York, accompanied by a 
letter from Humboldt, regarding the sale of the library of the late Prof. Miller. 

15th. From the Minister of Public Works of France, dated Paris, Oct. 25th 
1858, transmitting the 2d part of Annales des Mines, 1858. j 


March 1st. From the Trustees of the British Museum, dated Jan. 29th 
1859, acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 


8th. From Wilson C. Swann, M. D., Philadelphia, Feb. 25th, acknowledg- 
ing his election to membership. 

15th. From the Society of Northern Antiquaries, dated Copenhagen, May 
20th, 1858 ; 

The Trustees of the New York State Library, Albany, Feb. 24th, 1859 ; sey- 
erally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 

22d. From the Lyceum of Natural History, New York, March 12th and 19th 
acknowledging the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy. , 

April 12th. From Mr. John Krider, dated Philadelphia, April 12th, acknow- 
ledging his election to membership. 

From the Municipality of Bologna, dated March 22d, transmitting donations 
to Library. 

19th. From the Royal Society of London, April Ist, 1859, acknowledging 
the receipt of the publications of the Academy, and advising that the Acade- 
my had been placed on the list of Societies entitled to receive the Proceedings 
of the Royal Society. 

From Pottsville Scientific Association, April 13, 1859, acknowledging the 
receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy, 


2 CORRESPONDENCE. 


May 3d. From Celedonio Carbonell, dated Philadelphia, April 28th, ac- 
knowledging his election as a correspondent of the Academy. 

From U. 8. War Department, Washington, April 18th, transmitting dona- 
tion. 

Commission de Statistique, dated Madrid, Feb. 17th, 1859, transmitting do- 
nation. 

Royal College of Surgeons of England, April 4th, 1859, acknowledging the 
receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy. 


10th. From E. F. Drayton, M. D., Philadelphia, April 29th, and A. D. 
Cash, May 9th, acknowledging their election to membership. 

From K. Preussische Akad. der Wissenschaften, dated Dec. 8th, 1858 ; 

British Museum, April 21st, 1859 ; 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Berne (no date), three communications ; 

Verein fir Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau, Wiesbaden, Dec. Ist, 1858 : 

Académie Royale des Sciences 4 Amsterdam, Dec. 20th, 1858 ; 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft at Basle, Switzerland, Nov. 23d, 1858 ; 

Royal Society of Sciences at Upsal, Dec. 22d, 1858; 

Oberhessische Gesellschaft fur Natur- und Heilkunde, Giessen, Dec. 24, 
1858 ; 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Danzig, Jan. 16th, 1859 ; 

University of Gottingen, Dec. 16th, 1858 ; 

Acadamie Impériale des Sciences de Toulouse, Dec. 9th, 1858 + 

K. Bayerische Akad. der Wissenschaften, Munich, Dec. 29th, 1858 ; 

K. Leopold. Carol. Akad. der Naturforscher, Jena, Nov. 13th, 1858 : 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden, Dec. 16th, 1858 ; 

Société d’Histoire Naturelle du Département de la Moselle, Sep. 27th, 185+, 

Académie Royale des Sciences de Stockholm, Noy. 15th, 1858 ; 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, zu Altenburg, Nov. 20th, 
1858 ; 

Société Imperiale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg, Sep. Ist, 1858; sev- 
erally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 

From the Académie Royale des Sciences de Stockholm, Nov. 15th, 1858 ; 

Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt-am-Main, Oct. 
Ist, 1858 ; 

Société des Sciences de Finlande, Helsingfors, Sep. 27th, 1858 ; severally 
transmitting their publications. 

From the K. Bayerische Akad. der Wissenschaften, Munich, Dec. 26th, 1858 ; 

Verein fir Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau, Wiesbaden, Nov. 11th, 1858 : 
severally transmitting their publications, and acknowledging the receipt of 
those of the Academy. 


17th. From Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., dated Easton, Pa., May 10th, 
acknowledging his election to membership. 


24th. From Thos. Roham, Superintendent of the Government Survey of 
India, transmitting donation, and desiring exchange. 


June 7th. From J. M. Foltz, A. M., M. D., U.S. Navy, Philadelphia, June 
Ath, acknowledging his election to membership, 

Mrs. Sarah R. G. Beck, Philadelphia, May 31st, accompanying donation to 
Library. 

The executors of the late Dr. Ch. F. Beck, of same date, accompanying do- 
nation to Museum. 

Juan Ondarza, New York, May 24th, accompanying donation to Library. 

Natural History and Philosophical Society of Belfast, June 30th, 1858, ac- 
knowledging the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy. 

W. Haidinger, Vienna, Dec. 2d, 1858, of same tenor. 

21st. From the Natural History and Philosophical Society of Belfast, May 
19th, 1859 ; 

Royal Society of London, April 6th, 1859 ; severally acknowledging the re- 
eeipt of the publications of the Academy. 


CORRESPONDENCE. > 


Dr. C. A. Helmuth, Chicago, June 6th, describing a monstrous specimen of 
Hydaticus zonatus, from the shores of Lake Michigan. 


July 5th. From the Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift, June 8th, 1859, 
and Dr. Adolf Weiss, Vienna, Dec. 15th, 1858, severally transmitting publi- 
eations. 

From H. De Saussure, (no date) acknowledging the receipt of certain du- 
plicates. 


12th. From the K. Sichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipsig, 
Feb. 14th, 1859 ; 

Académie des Sciences, Arts et Belles Lettres de Dijon, Nov. 7th, 1858 ; 

K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, Vienna, Nov. 25th, 1858 ; 

Bataafsch Genootschap der Proofondervindelijke Wigsbegeerte, Rotterdam, 
March 7th, 1859 ; 

K. Leopold. Carol. Akad. der Naturforscher, Jena, June 28th, 1859; 

Naturhistorischer Verein in Augsburg, (no date); 

Socicte de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle de Genéve, Nov. 20th, 1858 ; 

Verein fiir Vaterl:indische Naturkunde in Wurttemburg, Stuttgart, Dec. 5th. 
1858; severally transmitttng their publications and acknowledging the receipt 
of those of the Academy. 


July 19th. From C. J. Hering, Surinam, June 16th, 1859, accompanying 
donations. ; 

Aug. 2d. From Nicholas H. Riley, New York, July 30th, 1859, accompany- 
ing papers on Terrestrial Magnetism and Gold. 


9th. From Mr. E. P. Wright, Dublin, regarding exchanges. 


16th. Erem the Dublin University Zoclogical and Botanical Association, 
May 21st, 1859, acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 


23d. From N. Holmes, corresponding Secretary of the St. Louis Academy 
of Natural Sciences, July 6th, 1859, acknowledging the receipt of specimens. 

From G. P. Fisher, Sing Sing, New York, July 26th, 1859, describing a frag- 
ment of the antler of a Reindeer, from a peat bed in that vicinity. 

Oct. 4th. From E. Uricoechea, dated Bogota, Sep. 10th, announcing the 
formation of the Society of Naturalists of New Grenada, and desiring donations. 


llth. From T. C. Downie, Brunswick, Geo., Sep. 30th, 1859, acknowledg- 
ing his election to membership. 

American Board of Foreign Missions, Oct. 5th, 1859, acknowledging the re- 
ceipt of an invitation to visit the Museum ofthe Academy. 

Geological Society of London, April 7th, 1859, acknowledging the receipt of 
the publications of the Academy. 


18th. From Eli Bowen, Pottsville, Pa., Oct. 11th, offering for sale a collec- 
tion of carboniferous fossils. 


Nov. 1st. From Lingard A. Frampton, Charleston, 8. C., Oct. 29th, ac- 
knowledging his election to membership ; 

E. Ferreira Franga, in the service of his majesty Don Pedro II., Emperor of 
Brazil, Leipsig, Nov. 10th, desiring exchanges ; 

F. A. Bockhaus, Librarian in the service of the same, accompanying the 
letter of Dr. Franca ; 

Royal Society of Sciences of Géttingen, May 23d, 1859 ; 

K. Preussische Akad. der Wissenschaften, Berlin, April 12th ; 

Naturhistorischer Verein der Preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens, 
Bonn, Feb. 10th, 1859 ; severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications 
of the Academy. 

Société Impériale des Naturalists de Moscou, June 5th and 11th, 1859: 

Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt-am-Main, June 
Sth, 1859 ; 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden, June 22d, 1859, severally trans- 
mitting their publications. 

26 


4 CORRESPONDENCE. 


Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften, Marburg, 
June 13th, 1859 ; transmitting publications and acknowledging the receipt of 
those of the Academy. 

Eli Bowen, Pottsville, Oct. 29th, in relation to his collection of carboniferous 
fossils. 

8th. From W. W. Wright, York Springs, Penna., Oct. 3lst, 1859, acknow- 
ledging his election as correspondent. 

Prof. W. A. Beneke, Manheim, Sept. 22d, 1859, acknowledging his election 
as correspondent. 

22d. From Mr. Eugene Borda, Woodside, Pa., Nov. 21st, 1859, and from 
Mr. George Davidson, San Francisco, Oct. 15th, 1859, severally accompanying 
donations to the Museum. 

Dec. 6th. From the American Geological and Statistical Society, New York, 
Nov. 28th, transmitting their publications and desiring exchange. 

20th. From Dr. Albert Fricke, Philadelphia, Dec. 13th, acknowledging his 
election to membership. 

Dr. J. L. Le Conte, Philadelphia, Dec. 20th, declining to be considered a 
candidate for re-election as Corresponding Secretary. 

Elliott Society of Natural History, Charleston, 5. C., Dec. 15th, acknowledg- 
ing the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy, 

K. Siichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipsig, September, trans- 
mitting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the 
Academy. 

Dr. Otto Uhle, Halle, Nov. 5th, 1859, accepting a proposition for exchange. 


Plate 3 


Philada. 1859. 


Proc. A.N.S. 


ol. Bowen & Co. Philad 


Lath. et ¢ 


Otto Koehler del. 


Proc. A.N.S. Philada. 1859. Plate 4 


Otto Koehler del Tith et col. Bowen & Co. Philad 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT 


OF THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


Or PHILADELPHIA, 
1859. 


Reported by Dr. WALTER F. ATLEE, Recorder pro tem. 


Dr. JosepH Leipy, Director. 
January and February. 


T.— ANATOMY. 


1. Dr. Hammond exhibited the stomach ofa musk rat (Fiber zibethicus,) in order 
to show the peculiar glandular apparatus of the organ in this animal. 

Dr. Hammond stated that having occasion recently to dissect one of these 
animals, he had observed a fact calculated to prove of interest to this Depart- 
ment. 

On opening the stomach, a round spongy mass about an inch in diameter was 
found to occupy the pyloric extremity of this viscus. Upon subjecting it to 
microscopical examination, it was ascertained to be composed of a mass of 
tubules similar to those found in other parts of the stomach in the vertebrata 
generally. The whole secretory apparatus was concentrated in this mass, the 
remaining portion of the stomach being entirely devoid of any such arrange- 
ment, consisting simply of a rugous mucous membrane, the muscular layer, 
and the serous coat. 

A somewhat similar construction exists in the beaver, (Castor fiber,) and is 
described by Cuvier in his Anatomie Comparée. 

Dr. Hammond had also ascertained that in the genus Arvicola (embracing the. 
common water rat,) the same formation and arrangement of the gastric tubules 
exists. 

Dr. Hammond was not aware that attention had hitherto been directed to 
the structure of this peculiar formation in the animals in question, and hoped to 
be enabled to extend his researches on the subject. 


Il.—Puysi0Locy. 


1. Dr. Mitchell exhibited a microscopical specimen of prismatic blood crystals 
obtained from the dried blood of the opossum, (D. Virginiana.) Dr. Mitchell 
also exhibited blood crystals obtained from the putrescent blood of the musk- 
rat, Jber zibethicus. These crystals were rhomboidal tablets measuring a half 
to two-thirds of a millimetre in length. They formed spontaneously in a phial 
of blood which had stood in a warm room for five weeks, and was very putrid 
and of a most unbearable odor. 1 

a 


bo 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog. 


In connection with the first named specimen, Dr. M. referred at some length 
to the importance of the study of blood crystals in connection with the medico- 
legal study of the blood, and the examination of blood stains. Dr. M. remarked 
upon the difficulty of discriminating between the blood of man and that of 
some other mammals, even when the blood was comparatively fresh and fluid. 
Here, he thought, the blood crystal might serve to determine the point in 
question. 

Usually in murder cases, only the dried blood was to be obtained, and here 
the possibility of making use of the varied forms of blood crystals to determine 
the source of the blood, was a more doubtful matter. Several questions pre- 
sent themselves. 

Can blood crystals be obtained from the dried blood of man and animals? 
Dr. M. has so far been unsuccessful in obtaining the characteristic form from 
dried human blood. Some of the German observers have been more fortunate. 
The failure to obtain the human blood crystal is not, or would not be, 
decisive as to the inutility of this mode of research, if the blood of other 
animals does not present a like difficulty. On this point, our information is 
not altogether complete, because the number of animals whose blood has been 
examined, is as yet rather limited. The blood of birds, whether in its wet 
state, or dried, has not afforded crystals under any method as yet employed. 
This is unfortunate as regards judicial questions, because it is often a question 
whether a blood stain may not have been derived from pigeon or chicken 
blood. Dr. M. referred to such a case as within his own experience. 

The blood of fishes in general affords crystals with great readiness, even after 
the blood has been long dried. The forms are characteristic, and are not 
likely to be confounded with those of human blood. 

The blood of all reptiles is difficult to crystallize. Dr. M. would say, after 
many trials, impossible, were it not for the results which others have observed. 
At all events no observer has obtained crystals by treating the dried blood of 
reptiles, nor is it likely that the blood of this class will ever play any part ina 
judicial investigation. In regard to birds, fishes and reptiles, it is to be observed 
that the form of the blood globule, and its nuclear condition, may be decisive 
as to its not being human, and that the production of blood crystals from the 
blood of these classes is not, therefore, so important as in the case of mammalia, 
and especially of the domestic animals. In some of these, as the cat, the blood 
affords good crystals when properly treated, either ina fresh state, or still better 
when decomposing. Dr. Mitchell was unable to obtain crystals by treating the 
dried blood of the bullock or sheep, but he obtained crystals easily from the 
dried blood of the opossum, and from several of the rodentia. It is probable 
that we shall be able at some future time to obtain crystals from the dried 
blood of any animal. 

Dr. M. especially insisted on the greater ease with which putrescent blood 
yielded crystals. He thought that exposure to light and the decomposition of 
tne blood, previous to its being dried, were the most favorable conditions. The 
disappearance of the fibrinous mass under these circumstances, placed the 
process of crystallization in the best circumstances by setting free the mags of 
blood globules. Dr. Mitchell was accustomed to obtain crystals from dried 
blood by moistening the dried clot and occasionally supplying water until 
putrefaction began, when the blood was treated as though it was fresh. 

The blood thus moistened was examined for crystals by the usual method 
from day to day, but the best results were commonly observed at the period of 
decomposition. 7 

Dr. Mitchell’s remarks gave rise to an animated discussion of the medico- 
legal examination of blood stains. 

Dr. Woodward was of opinion, that it generally is impossible to state the 
particular mammal from which the blood of a dried blood stain has come, by 
any mode of microscopic inspection. Dr. Schmidt had constructed tables of 


[ Feb. 


Dept. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 


the relative size of the “ dried blood globule in man and many animals.” Dr. 
Woodward thought too much stress had been laid upon these measurements, 
and conceived, that a question which it was very difficult to answer in regard 
to fresh blood, must become almost unanswerable with dried blood. He had 
himself been examined in a case where those concerned evidently expected that 
the microscope would enable him to say of the specimen of dried blood, this is 
the blood of man, or of this or that mammal. He had found himself unable to 
decide, and had stated as his fixed opinion, that no examination by the micros- 
cope of the blood globules fresh or dried and remoistened would enable any 
one to swear as to the source of the specimen. He mentioned this, because in 
this city and elsewhere other opinions are held and taught by many medical 
men. 

Dr. Leidy stated his opinion to be the same as that held by Dr. Woodward. 
He would feel it to be very unsafe to declare positively to what particular 
animal certain blood corpuscles belonged. He alluded also to cases where, 
when judicially examined, he had been obliged to correct erroneous opinions 
similar to those spoken of by Dr. Woodward. 

Dr. Hammond agreed entirely with the opinions held by these gentlemen. 

Dr. Hartshorne stated that he had come to the same conclusion as to the im- 
possibility of deciding positively as to the source of blood stains, with or with- 
out the use of the microscope. 

Dr. Hammond declared that in only one class of cases did he believe that the 
microscope could be of any service; it would enable the physician to pro- 
nounce with confidence that certain stains did not come from the blood of a 
human being when the corpuscles contained therein were oval or nucleated. 

Dr. Atlee stated that he had never observed any white corpuscles in speci- 
mens of dried blood. Drs. Leidy and Hammond added the remark, that, as far 
as their recollection served, they had not observed them. 

Dr. Woodward declared that he had seen them very distinctly after six 
months had elapsed, when blood had been dried rapidly on aslide. 

This difference of opinion was attributed by Dr. Morris to not using oblique 
lights, by which these bodies are much more readily distinguished. 

2. Dr. Hammond read a paper entitled ‘‘ Observations on the Colorless Blood-cor- 
puscles,” which was referred to a committee.* From a series of experiments Dr. 
Hammond was led to infer that the white corpuscle is not so persistent in dried 
blood as the red disc, and therefore not so capable of affording reasonable indi- 
cations as to the presence of blood as the latter. 


IIJ.—ParnoLrocy AND PatHonocicaL ANATOMY. 


1. Dr. Leidy exhibited specimens of a Trichina found in the muscles 
of a human subject. He stated that he often meets with this parasite, and, 
most frequently, in the biceps muscle of the fore-arm. 

2. Dr. Mitchell described a gall-stone found in the gall bladder of a musk-rat. 
It was a soft, amber-colored mass, dissolving readily in hotalcohol. As tothe 
exact nature of this substance he was not determined; it was not, however, 
either bile, pigment, or cholesterine. 

Dr. Uhler, as the result of very considerable study of organic substances, 
stated he was inclined to believe that many bodies, described as such, are never 
found in the organism during life, but are the product of chemical manipula- 
tions. Moreover, he wished to lay stress upon the point that when vitality 


*See American Journal of the Medical Sciences, April, 1859. 
1859.] 


4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. 


leaves any substance, as, for instance, albumen, it loses something it had 
before, and is no longer the same. In his opinion, bile in the gall bladder is 
not bile in the chemist’s capsule. 

3. Dr. Mitchell stated that in a case which had recently occurred to him after, 
the death of the mother from phthisis, the abdomen was opened three quarters 
of an hour after her death, and the child, a well developed infant, was found 
dead and perfectly rigid. He believed the child to have died some time 
before the mother, from the fact that rigor mortis does not occur so soon as the 
time mentioned in well nourished bodies. 

In connection with this subject, Dr. Darrach recalled the ease with which, in 
some persons, the cutis could be made to rise into weals like those of urticaria. 

Considerable discussion ensued as to the interpretation of the phenomena 
above mentioned, and as to the amount and situation of the non-striated mus- 
cular fibre in the skin. 

4. Dr. Hammond exhibited the liver of a rabbit (Lepus domesticus) containing 
an immense number of eggs ofa parasite. The liver was enormously enlarged, 
and to the naked eye its whole tissue appeared to be supplanted by granular 
masses contained in cysts; these bodies when examined by the microscope 
were seen to be composed of numberless oval cells, containing a distinct nucleus 
—the yolk. Attached to the liver and hanging in the peritoneal cavity were 
several masses of hydatids, no twnie or other parasites were found in the 
stomach or intestines. Eggs of the same character as those above referred to 
were found by Dr. H. in the spleen. 

Dr. Hammond also alluded tothe constant occurrence of entozoa eggs in the 
spleen of Chelonian reptiles. In a considerable number of specimens of Emys 
guttata, Emys terrapin, Emys insculpta, and Emys picta which he had dissect- 
ed, he had never found these bodies absent from the spleen. Drawings of these 
eggs, as also of those found in the rabbit, were exhibited. 

Dr. Hammond also referred to the common opinion that the lower animals 
were but little subject to disease. This idea he regarded as erroneous, and 
thought that the numerous examinations now made of all classes of animals, 
would soon demonstrate that man is proportionately much less liable to dis- 
ease than is generally supposed. 

5. Dr. Leidy exhibited a specimen of humanmuscle containing numbers of 
the peculiar cysts described by him in a former number of the American Jour- 
nal of the Medical Sciences. These cysts appear not to contain entozoa or 
their eggs. He had also frequently observed them in the skin. They were 
irregularly stelliform, and consisted of a fibrous investment enclosing numer- 
ous extremely small granules. 

Dr. Woodward stated that he had been requested to examine these bodies, 
and that upon so doing microscopially he was able to confirm Dr. Leidy’s opin- 
ion of their structure. The minute granules were insoluble in ether, and there- 
fore if consisting of fat were probably enveloped in an albuminous coat. 


March. 


J.—ANATomy. 


1. Dr. Packard called attention to the structure of the swimming bladder of 
the Gar Pike (Lepidosteus) recently caught in the Delaware, and exhibited a 
portion of the wall. The inner surface of the air bladder of the gar fish re- 
cently dissected, presented an arrangement closely resembling that of the 
heart; viz: papilliform muscles, or columne carne, arising from the wall, and 
fastened by fine tendinous cords to the edges of tendinous valves, likewise 
connected with the wall of the bladder. 

Between these structures the surface of the wall displayed ridges of mus- 


[ March, 


Dept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 
p 


cle running in various directions, the result of their actions being to diminish 
in all directions the calibre of the organ. The muscles first alluded to had 
their attached ends towards the caudal extremity of the fish, and ran nearly 
parallel with the axis of the body: their length, not including the tendons, 
was about } inch, or less. 

Under the microscope, fully-formed striated muscular fibre was observed in 
these structures. The fibres measured about 1-1550th of an inch in diameter, 
and the ultimate fibrille were very coarse. In the heart, the muscular fibres 
measured about 1-1200th of an inch, but their ultimate fibrille were much 
more delicate. 

Dr. Packard was at some loss to recognize the use of this peculiar structural 
arrangement. Dr. Hammond had examined many fishes, but had never met 
with striated muscular fibre in this organ. Dr. Mitchell thought that the great 
rigidity of the scaly covering on this fish might render necessary some addi- 
tional means of contracting the air sac. He thought the question as to how it 
was filled a more difficult one. The gar can have no suctorial power, and the 
air sac is surmounted by aglottis admirably calculated to exclude the air. 
Dr. Hammond called attention to the degenerated state of the muscular tis- 
sues of this specimen. They were more or less converted into fatty matter, 
and this was especially the case in the muscles of the belly. 

Dr. Mitchell described the peculiarities of the circulatory apparatus of 
the gar pike. In this fish a hepatic vein and a vein from the muscles 
of the left side open at the same point into the auricle; a third vein from the 
muscles of the right side opens into the auricle by a separate orifice. The mouths 
of all these veins are provided with more or less perfect valves, whose edges 
are attached to the walls of the auricle by tendinous cords and muscular 
columns. The auricle is very large and easily dilated. The auriculo-ventri- 
cular opening has a short fringe-like valve which extends around two thirds of 
the aperture. The ventricle is small, andvery thick. In the specimen exam- 
ined, no distinct valves could be seen at the orifice through which the ventricle 
delivers its bloodinto the bulbus arteriosus, nor were there any valves such as 
are usually found in the arterial bulb itself. The interior of this organ was 
furnished with six rows of projecting wart-like prominences, each of which 
was connected with the one above and the one below, in the same row, by deli- 
cate and numerous tendinous filaments whose office it was difficult to compre- 
hend. 


IT, —Puysiooey. 


1. Dr. Mitchell drew the attention ofthe Department to a peculiar contraction 
which is produced when a blow is struck over any of the muscles which are not 
very firmly bound down by fascia. 

Dr. Stokes of Dublin, long ago observed that when he percussed the skin 
over the pectoralis muscle, its fibres contracted responsive to the stimulus 
ofthe blow. While percussing certain consumptive patients, Dr. Mitchell noticed 
that as the bar of muscle ceased to contract, a second contraction took place 
nearly at right angles to the first one. By it the skin was raised into a promi- 
nence, some lines in breadth and rather longer than the space covered by the 
percussing finger end. This secondary contraction so slowly disappeared that 
it seemed to be due rather to the action of organic non-striated muscle, than 
to the striated variety of which voluntary muscles are composed, and which is 
habitually rapid in its mode of contraction and of relaxation. Further observa- 
tion showed Dr. Mitchell that a large part of the muscles, which are neither 
deeply, placed or firmly bound down by fascia, are able to exhibit both of the 
forms of contraction here alluded to. Thus the extensor muscles of the leg and arm 
are not very susceptible to this form of direct stimulus, while the flexors and most 
of the muscles of the trunk, both before and behind, can be made to exhibit 
both forms of contraction by tapping them smartly and quickly with the finger 
1859.] 


6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog. 


point of a pereussion hammer. The primary contraction, or that which involves 
the whole length of a fasciculus of muscle, is best seen when we strike upon 
the region of the pectoralis major or that of the gluteus maximus. The second- 
ary and local contraction is best developed by percussing the pectoral region, 
and the skin which covers the infra spinatus scapular muscle. Illustrations 
of the phenomena in question are so frequently within reach of the members 
that Dr. M. did not consider it necessary to describe them more fully. 

Several circumstances had already convinced Dr. Mitchell that the secondary 
contraction, described by him, was not due to the action of the non-striated 
muscle of the skin. A very obvious and simple experimental test at once 
referred the phenomenon in question to its proper source,—the voluntary 
muscles beneath the cuticle. 

A small rabbit was rendered insensible by the aid of chloroform, and the 
skin was removed from the chest so as to expose the surface of the pect. 
major muscle. Upon striking the muscle with a scalpel handle or any blunt 
body, two distinct reactions ensued.—Ist. The fasciculus of muscle which was 
stretched by the blow, instantly and rapidly contracted and relaxed. As the 
relaxation took place, a local contraction occurred at the point struck, so that 
a small portion of the muscle could be seen to gather itself into a little mound, 
which again disappeared within from twenty seconds to half a minute. Both 
phenomena, then, are due to the contractibility of voluntary muscular fibre. 
Dr. Hammond, who had witnessed the experiment, and who had also seen the 
phenomenon in question, agreed with the explanation given by Dr. M. 

2. Dr. Hammond stated that having had occasion recently to vivisect a bat, 
(V.novaboracensis) he had observed that the heart continued to beat for some 
minutes after the chest was laid open. Upon seizing the organ with a pair of 
forceps a short distance above the orifice of the larger vessels, and severing the 
connection of the heart by dividing these above the place where they were 
compressed, pulsation still continued both in the auricles and ventricles for a 
minute and a half. At the end of that period the heart ceased to act, and 
could not be re-excited by pricking it with the point of a needle. On opening 
the forceps so as to allow a little blood to escape, pulsation recommenced and 
continued for about a minute. It then ceased and could not be excited by 
irritation. <A little more blood was then suffered to escape, and pulsation 
immediately followed, continuing for several seconds. The same thing was 
repeated two or three times with a like result, until all the blood had flowed 
out. The heart then remained perfectly quiescent ; its irritability was entirely 
gone. Dr. Hammond regarded this experiment as tending to disprove the 
hypothesis that the blood is the excitor of contractility in the heart. 


IIJ.—ParnHoxoey. 


1. Dr. Atlee exhibited a vesicle from an Hydatid Mole, mounted in a slide for 
convenience of examination under the microscope. The specimen came from 
a patient who was enormously swollen, with albuminuria toa very high degree, 
and vomitings smelling most offensively of urine. Although but four or five 
months gone in her pregnancy, the uterus was above the umbilicus. The 
mass which was spontaneously discharged from the uterus was about as large 
as the head, and almost entirely similar to the specimen presented. A small 
part, perhaps as large as two or three fingers, presented the usual color and 
consistence of the placenta, while all the rest was colorless and of the consistence 
of ordinary gelatine. All this latter portion was divided into grape-like masses 
of vesicles full of liquid, varying in size from a pin’s head to that of an or- 
dinary marble. There was no vestige of an embryo. 

These moles are caused by what might be styled dropsy of the villosities of 
the chorion. The villosities of the chorion are hollow and composed of a large 
pedicle, from which a trunk proceeds that is subdivided into many branches. 
Hach one of these ramifications terminates in a cul-de-sac. These moles are 


[ March, 


Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 


formed by dilatations of the ramifications filled with fluid, taken, of course, by 
imbibition from the uterine caduca. This condition of things is recognizable 
not only from the exterior aspect of the mass, but on examining one of these 
grape-like bodies under a microscope, the same peculiar amorphous substance, 
with nuclei and granulations interposed, is seen, that characterises the vil- 
losities of the chorion. 

It is worthy of mention that this is the second time this woman had this 
same false conception, as it is termed. 

Dr. Woodward read a paper entitled ‘‘ On Suppuration in Cancerous Growths.”’ 
After stating that many of the purulent looking fluids found in connection 
with cancers were not pus, but softened cancer matter, this paper proceeded 
to detail a minute anatomy of a case of ulcerated cancer of the breast, in which 
a true pus was discharged from the ulcers. 

Attention was called to the absence, in this and in many other cases, of the 
train of peculiar symptoms designated as the cancerous cachexia, and the 
probability was hinted that these phenomena (as distinct from mere exhaustion 
by suppuration or hemorrhage,) might, perhaps, bear less relation to cancer 
per se, than to cancerous infiltration of certain internal organs. 

In connection with the minute anatomy of the tumor, various doctrinal 
points were discussed. Especially were the phenomena of suppuration in 
cancer, as here noted, regarded as confirming the doctrine of the homology of 
cancer with new formations of connective tissue, and as antagonistic to a 
purely humeral view of the pathology of cancers. 

The paper will be published in full in the American Journal of Medical Sciences. 


April. 
I. PatTHoLoey. 


1. Dr. Morris presented to the Department, a human embryo, accompanied 
with its membranes. The membranes were developed as much as they gene- 
rally are at two and a half months. The embryo itself appeared to have been 
arrested in its development atone anda halfmonths. The chorion and amnion 
were separated by effused blood, which was also found beneath the coverings 
of the foetus and immediately around it. 

2. Dr. Leidy called the attention of members of the Department to specimens 
on the table of three kinds of dipterous larve from man. As he had not made the 
flies an especial subject of investigation, he could not say postively to what 
genera and species the larve belonged. 

No. 1, of which there are seven specimens in the vial, appear to be the larve 
of the Blue-bottle fly. They are part of a number which were given him by 
a physician, and had been vomited from the stomach by a child. 

These larve are half an inch in length, and 1} lines at the broadest part ; 
elongated conical, anteriorly acute, posteriorly obtuse; everywhere minutely 
shagreened ; anterior articuli strongly marked ; posterior ones with a transverse 
row of minute papille becoming obsolete anteriorly. Head bipapillate, with 
a pair of hooks projecting from the mouth. Succeeding articulus with a spira- 
cle on each side. Caudal articulus with an elliptical pit margined with a 
corona of conical tubercles, and having at bottom a pair of large spiracles. 
Anal aperture bounded on each side with a large trilateral wart, and posteriorly 
with a transverse crest terminating at each end in a conical tubercle. 

No. 2, of which there are five specimens in the vial, appear to be the larve of a 
species of Anthomyia or Flower-fly. These are part of numerous specimens, which 
were given to him for examination, by a physician who had obtained it from his 
own person. He had been seized with all the symptoms of cholera morbus, 
and in the discharges he had detected numerous specimens of this, to him, 
unknown parasite. It was in the latter part of summer; and the larve, it is 
suspected, had been swallowed with some cold boiled vegetables. 


1859.] 


8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. 


The larve are from three to three and a half lines long, and from one to one 
and a quarter lines broad ; demi-elliptical; articuli strongly marked, every- 
where minutely shagreened ; body anteriorly subacute, posteriorly obtuse. 
Head bipapillate, with a pair of hooks projecting from the mouth. Articuli 
furnished dorsally and laterally, each with six long, posteriorly divergent, 
flexible, compound spines; ventral segments transversely subdivided, the 
posterior subdivision furnished with a transverse row of papillze. Caudal arti- 
culus dorsally sloping, furnished with a pair of prominent spiracular tubercles, 
and fringed with six spines. Anus ventral. 

The same larva Dr. L. had observed in another case, accompanied with the 
ordinary phenomena of cholera morbus. 

No. 3, of which there are nine specimens in the vial, are of especial interest, 
as being the larve of a Bot-fly obtained from man. These specimens were 
procured by our friend, the accurate naturalist, Dr. Le Conte, during the sum- 
mer of 1857, in Honduras, Central America. They are part of a larger number 
of specimens obtained by Dr. L. from his travelling companions. Dr Le Conte 
had not observed the perfect insect, nor was it known when the latter deposited 
its eggs. The larve were usually found beneath the skin of the shoulders, 
breast, arms, buttocks, and thighs, and were suspected to have been intro- 
duced when the persons were bathing. Thomas Say was the first to describe 
the larva of a bot-fly from man ; the specimen having been taken by Dr. Brick, 
from his own leg, while in South America. 

Recently, Keferstein (Verh. d. Zool. Bot. Vereins, vi, 1856, 637) has pre- 
pared an elaborate essay in which he discusses the question as to the existence 
of a true Oestrus hominis. The result of the discussion appears to be that the 
latter does not exist, but that the oestrus larva obtained from man is that of 
the Cuterebra noxialis, which is especially obnoxious to domestic cattle. 

The specimens of larve of Dr. Le Conte, however, appear to differ from those 
generally referred to by Keferstein, but agree with that described by Say, and 
are not like those described and figured by Goudot, in the An. d. Se. Nat., 
1845, Zool. iii., 221. 

According to F. Muller, quoted by Keferstein, the deposit of the egg of the 
bot-fly in man is very painful. Dr. Le Conte informs us that his companions 
were not aware of the time when the eggs of the larve obtained by him were 
deposited in their body. He also states the presence of the larva gave rise to 
comparatively little uneasiness. 

These larve are from two and a half to five lines long: clavate, incurved ; 
anteriorly ovate, from three-fifths to one and a half lines wide; posteriorly 
cylindro-conical, from one-fifth to half a line wide. Head bipapillate, with a 
pair of hooks projecting from the mouth. Succeeding three articuli covered 
with minute, black, uncinate spines; the next three articuli each provided 
with large, black, conical, uncinate spines, with a broad striated base and the 
sharp apex directed backward, arranged in a double row dorsally and forming 
asingle row ventrally. Remainder of the body abruptly narrowed, indistinetly 
articulated, and smooth, except the last pair of articuli, which are separated by 
a constriction, and are covered with minute recurved black hooks. The last 
articulus is oblate spheroidal, enclosing a pair of spiracles and the anal aper- 
ture bounded by a pair of papille. 

Dr. Leidy further called the attention of the Department to a drawing of pus- 
like corpuscles, which he had obtained from an abscess in the adductor muscle 
of an oyster. The corpuscles were spherical, granular, and nearly uniform in 
size. Acetic acid rendered them paler; did not evolve a compound nucleus, 
but rendered evident one or two isolated oil-like nuclei. 

1. Dr. I. I. Hayes read a paper entitled On the Relations existing between 
Fova and the capacity of Man to resist low Temperatures. 

This paper was recommended for publication in a Medical Journal. The 
following is an abstract of the contents : 3 

[April, 


Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 


Il. Hycrene. 


Dr. Hayes stated that during the late cruise of the Advance to the Arctic 
seas, his attention was directed to some facts in relation to the capabilities of 
men to resist low temperatures, which, at the friendly suggestion of Dr. Ham- 
mond, he had grouped together, and, with permission, would submit them to 
the Department. 

He thought that there was a great misapprehension existing in the popular 
mind upon the subject of Arctic life, it being generally thought that Arctic 
travellers were necessarily subjected to great hardships, in consequence of the 
lowness of the atmospheric temperatures. This he could but consider a great 
mistake. The animal economy everywhere adapts itself with greater or less 
facility to surrounding circumstances, and this power of adaptation is no where 
more strikingly exhibited than in the Arctic regions. The appetite and diges- 
tive powers are doubtless more intimately concerned than any other of the 
animal functions, and, in the quantity and quality of the food consumed we 
are led to look for an explanation of the cause which enables the inhabitants 
of Polar countries so successfully to resist the cold. 

The Esquimaux, with whom he had had communication in the far North, 
were found living mainly without fire. They have no wood, and no means of 
creating an artificial temperature, except with a small lamp, using blubber for 
fuel and moss for wick. The flame of this lamp gives very little heat, and is 
barely sufficient to melt from the snow the water which they require, and to 
light their huts during the dark period of the winter. During the coldest 
season they often live in snow-houses, the temperature of which ranges from 

_ zero to the freezing point, being kept thus elevated above the temperature 
outside, which ranges,from —30° to —70°, chiefly by the heat radiated from the 
persons of the occupants; yet, with this seemingly unendurable tempera- 
ture they appear to live incomfort. They do not hesitate to expose themselves 
to any degree of cold, when engaged in hunting, and often sleep upon the snow, 
with no other protection than a piece of bear skin, on which they lie. Never- 
theless, these people are strong, robust and healthy. Scurvy is unknown 
amongst them, and Dr. Hayes had never heard of, or seen, a case of tubercu- 
lar disease. 

Dr. Hayes thought that we must look for an explanation of this wonderfal 
power of resistance to the character of their food. They subsist entirely 
upon an animal diet, the flesh mainly of the walrus, seal, narwhal and 
bear; and the quantity which they consume seems really enormous. He had 
frequently seen an Esquimaux hunter, when preparing for a long chase, eat 
from six to twelve pounds, at least one-third of which was fat, and he would 
place the daily consumption of the men at from twelve to fifteen pounds. In 
this large consumption of animal food they find their shield against the cold, 
and he does not believe that they could live upon a vegetable diet under such: 
exposure. The same laws govern the Esquimaux and the white men, and 
just in proportion as the crew of the Advance accustomed themselves to the 
diet of the natives, did they gain power to expose themselves with impunity 
to low temperatures. They found themselves continually craving animal 
food, and especially fatty substances. The process of acclimation went on in 
proportion to their ability to eat and digest this kind of diet. During the early 
part of the cruise, they suffered much from temperatures, which, at a later 
period, produced no impression whatever upon them. 

Dr. Hayes thought it was worthy of more than a mere passing remark, that 
scurvy and strumous diseases were unknown to the natives of the region, so 
far, at least, as his observations extended. In relation to the last, he would 
merely submit the fact: with regard to the former, he would say that where- 
ever scurvy has occurred in the Arctic regions, it has been owing to accidental 
causes, which experience has taught us to remove or avoid. The long con- 
tinued use of a salt meat diet had much to do with its development, and, as 


1859.] 


? 


10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. 


accessories, the cold, darkness, and excessive exertions. There is now, how- 
ever, no necessity for the use of such a diet, and with abundant supplies of fish, 
animal food, and especially of fat, the last mentioned predisposing causes of 
disease ceased to have existence. Dr. Hayes thought that it was owing to their 
weakened condition, resulting from the use of salt food,—of which they could 
eat only small quantities,—allowing the cold and darkness to prey upon them, 
that an epilepto-tetanoidal disease exhibited itself amongst the men of Dr. Kane’s 
command, and affected similarly their dogs. 

While fresh animal food is absolutely essential to the inhabitants of Arctic 
countries, Dr. Hayes considered alcohol in any shape not only useless but 
positively injurious ; and in this opinion he was fully sustained by the expe- 
rience of the enterprising and indefatigable traveller, Dr. Rae, whom we had 
recently the highly gratifying opportunity of welcoming to the Academy. On 
the other hand, tea and coffee are most useful; and he found himself at a loss 
to say which is best. The English and Russian’s prefer tea, while Dr. Kane’s 
men took most kindly to tea in the evening when retiring, and coffee in the 
morning when preparing for a day’s journey. 

In relation to the animal diet used by the Esquimaux, Dr. Hayes observed 
that they eat it chiefly uncooked and frozen. This fact had been useful to 
him, and he would suggest it to his brethren of the profession as having, per- 
haps, some importance. He had frequently found that stomachs of secorbutic 
patients, which rejected cooked meats, would readily take raw meat in this 
state, or, as they expressed it, ‘‘ cooked with frost.’’ By this process the re- 
pulsiveness of the uncooked flesh is entirely destroyed. 

Dr. Hayes said, in conclusion, that he submitted these facts to the Depart- 
ment without comment, leaving for those better qualified to determine as to 
whether they threw any new light upon the highly interesting and important 
physiological questions which they involve. 


May. 
I.—PatTHOoLoey. 


Dr. Packard read a paper ‘‘ On the Pathological Relations of Cancer end Tu- 
bercle,*’? of which the following is an abstract : 

There are several ways of accounting for the property called malignancy, so 
commonly attributed to these formations. 

1. A new element may be supposed as formed in or entering the blood, and 
to be eliminated as if by a gland. 

2. The new growth may be considered as the starting point, infecting the 
system by a sort of radiation. 

3. It may be assigned to a mere deterioration of the nutritive material, 

4. Some abnormal element may be imagined, determining an erratic devel- 
opment of tissues not themselves essentially abnormal. 

The subject is capable of some elucidation from clinical history as well as 
from morbid anatomy. 

I. Under the head of etiology must be considered 

(1). Predisposing causes: (a), Inheritance ; (b), Age; (c), Sex; (d), Com- 
plexion; (¢), Residence in the city or country; (f/f), Oceupation; (g), De- 
pressing influences. 

(2). Exciting causes: (a), Mental or other depression; (+), External vio- 
lence; (c), Contagion. 

(II). Under the head of symptomatology, all the phenomena occurring in 
the course of these diseases must be considered. 

(a), Seat of disease ; (5), Mode of attack; (c), Duration; (d), Amount and 


*See American Journal of the Medical Sciences, July, 1859. 
[May, 


Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Tr 


kind of pain; (e), Mental state; (), Hectic fever; (g), Formation of hu. 
mors ; (1), Modes of termination ; (7), Convertibility ; (7), Coéxistence. 

The relations of cancer and tubercle to other growths may be readily summed 
up. 

(ill). Under the head of morbid anatomy may be mentioned (a), The the- 
ory of special anatomical elements, characteristic of cancer and tubercle. 

(b), The theory that those elements are analogous to, or identical with certain 
normal elements of the body. 

This latter theory is, perhaps, the most convenient, but there are some very 
strong arguments against it, mainly derived from the preceding considerations. 

The object of this discussion has been to show that at the present time the 
material at command is not sufficient for the establishment of any general law, 
but that we must endeavor to accumulate evidence both from clinical obser- 
vation and from minute anatomy, until some definite conclusion presents itself. 


IJ. —PuysioLocy. 


Drs. Hammond and Mitchell read a paper entitled ‘‘ Hxperimental Researches 


relating to Corroval and Vao, two new varieties of Woorara, the South American 
arrow powson.*’’ ‘ 


After detailing the history, mode of preparation, physiology and chemistry 
of the woorara, the authors state their own experiments with the two new va- 
rieties of this poison, obtained by Drs. Ruschenberger and Caldwell of the 
United States Navy, from the Rio Darien, South America, and given to them 
by Prof. Carson of the University of Pennsylvania. 

From these substances they obtained an alkaloid possessing when adminis- 
tered in exceedingly small doses, all the power of the corroval or vao. The 
corroval yielded a much larger per centage of this principle than the vao, which 
accounts for the greater activity of the former. This alkaloid is uncrystalliza- 
ble, but forms salts with many of the acids. When pure it is of a very light 
green hue, somewhat resembling tannin in appearance. It is intensely bitter. 

For this alkaloid they propose the name of corrovalia. 

Numerous experiments were made with the corroval and yao, from which 
the authors deduce the following conclusions: 

Corroval.—\st. That it differs essentially from any variety of woorara hitherto 
described, both in its chemical constitution and physiological effects. 

2d. That it acts primarily upon the heart, through the medium of the blood, 
producing an arrest of the action of this organ. 

3d. That it produces a cessation of the movements of the lymph hearts in 
from twenty to thirty minutes after its introduction into the circulation. 

4th. That the annihilation of voluntary and reflex movements is a secondary 
result of its action, depending primarily upon the discontinuance of the func- 
tions of the heart. : 

5th. That it acts upon the nerves from the periphery to the centre, and 
abolishes both the sensory and motor functions. 

6th. That it destroys muscular irritability. 

ee That it paralyzes the sympathetic nerve, this being one of the primary 
elects. 

8th. That itis absorbed both from the intestinal canal and skin of frogs. 

9th. That its poisonous qualities are due to an alkaloid hitherto undescribed. 

Vao.—1. Vao, either in a solid, or more quickly in a liquid form, can be ab- 
sorbed from the areolar tissues of cold-blooded animals, as the frog. 

2..It is also absorbed, if in solution, by the stomach, cesophageal mucous 
membrane, rectum, and skin, with a degree of rapidity which varies, and is 
rapid or slow as the animal is well supplied with water. 

3. Warm-blooded animals absorb vao from the stomach and intestine when 


*See American Journal of Medical Science, for Ju'y, 1859, for this paper in full, 


1859.] , 


12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. 


they are fasting, but suffer no ill effects when the vao is given during digestion. 
That this protection is not due to a mere mixture of the vao with the food of 
the full stomach, is shown by the fact that rabbits, whose stomachs are always 
more or less distended with food, are protected only when owing to the entry 
of fresh food, digestion becomes active. 

4. The demands of the system for water do not affect to any perceptible ex- 
tent the absorption of vao from the stomach of the rabbit. 

5. The circulation of the frog is arrested within from ten minutes to one 
hour by the introduction of vao under the skin. The same result obtains 
within from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, when the poison is swallowed in 
small doses. 

6. The first effect of vao is to increase the force of the heart without increas- 
ing the number of its pulsations. 

7. The next effect is a paralysis of the muscular tissues of the heart, so that 
the ventricle stops first, and the right and left auricles next, in the order in 
which they are named. In a majority of the frogs poisoned by vao, the heart 
remains galvanically irritable for a certain time after the organ has ceased to 
pulsate 

8. The heart stops before the voluntary motions are at an end, in all cases 
of rapid poisoning. When poisoning occurs by absorption from a mucous sur- 
face, the phenomena march more slowly, and voluntary control and reflex 
power are both lost before the heart has eutirely ceased to beat. 

9. Vao stops the respiration in warm-blooded animals by arresting the cir- 
culation, and so paralyzing the nervous system, without which respiration is 
impossible, so that the checked respiration is a consequence and not a cause 
of the injury to the cardiac functions. - 

10. In the batrachia also, the respiratory movements cease before the heart 
has entirely lost the power to pulsate. 

11. In the alligator poisoned by vao the respiration is perfect some time after 
the heart is at rest. 

12. The facts last quoted and the inability of artificial respiration to restore 
or sustain the vardiac movements in warm-blooded animals poisoned by vao, 
prove sufliciently that the first effect of the poison is upon the heart, and that 
the appearances of asphyxia observed post-mortem in rabbits, cats, etc., are of 
secondary importance so far as concerns the cause of death. 

13. The temperature of warm-blooded animals poisoned by vao falls with 
considerable rapidity, and does not undergo any elevation after death. 

14. The nerves of sensation first lose their power to convey impressions—the 
motor nerves are next affected. The paralysis of the nerves extends from the 
periphery to the centre. The affection of the nervous system may be due to 
the sudden arrest of the circulation, and not of necessity to the direct in- 
fluence of the vao. The irritability of the voluntary muscles in the frog is 
lost much earlier than is the case when the animal dies by decapitation. 

15. The sympathetic nerve is paralysed, at least in the upper portion of its 
distribution, before the nerves elsewhere have lost their functional power. 

16. The ciliary motion is unaffected by the use of vao. 

17. The blood of animals thus poisoned coagulated as usual, and had not 
lost the power of changing color when exposed to oxygen or carbonic acid. 

18. So far as we are aware, no true physiological antidote exists for vao 
poison, since even artificial respiration fails to sustain life in animals affected 
by it. 

19. The vao poison closely resembles corroval in its physical, chemical, and 
physiological reactions. The alkaloids extracted from the two poisons produce 
in animals of equal size effects which cannot be distinguished. ' 

20. We, therefore, are inclined to consider yao as merely a weaker variety of 
corroval, and to conclude that the apparent difference in the effects produced 
by the original extracts is due toa difference in their strength. 

[May, 


Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 


June. 
J.—PuysioLoey. 


A paper was read entitled ‘‘ An Experimental Examination of the Physiologi- 
cal effects of Sassy-Bark, the ordeal poison of the Western Coast of Africa; by 
S. Weir Mitchell, M. D., Lecturer on Physiology in the Philadelphia Medical 
Association, and William A. Hammond, M. D., assistant Surgeon U. S. A.* 

The following is an abstract of this paper: 

Sassy-Bark is derived from a tree described by Prof. Procter as Erythraph- 
leum Judiciale, and in the Gardener’s Dictionary of Mr. George Dow, as E. 
Guineense. : 

The bark occurs in pieces four inches and upwards in length, and half an 
inch in thickness. It is of a deep red color, a slight odor and a marked as- 
tringent, taste due to tannic acid. Both alcohol and water extract its active 
principles. Mr. Procter failed to obtain from it any crystallizable alkaloid. 
The preparations used by us were the dry alcoholic extract—the alcoholic 
tincture. 

The effects of sassy, when used as an ordeal poison, have been described by 
Wilson, Winterbottom, Beecham and Christison, and are fully detailed in the 
paper of which this is an abstract. 

The bark is given in aqueous infusion to the suspected person, who is re- 
quired to drink large quantities, (several pints). if it produces emesis 
the person is esteemed innocent ; but if he becomes giddy or confused, he is 
considered guilty and is put to death. 

The sassy employed by us was first given to animals, and was finally 
taken in considerable amount by the authors of this paper. 

As is usual in such examinations, frogs were first employed to test the pecu- 
liar characters of the poison. 

Experiment. A large frog received under the skin of his back one drachm 
of the tincture, previously warmed to drive off the alcohol. At the close of two 
hours he had become very sluggish, and indisposed to move. He continued in 
this condition during twenty-four hours, and then gradually recovered. 

Experiment. A frog received a similar dose inthe same manner. His heart 
was then exposed, and attentively watched. It became more feeble as the frog 
became sluggish, but no alteration in the number of its pulsations was observed. 
In the course of two or three hours the frog became extremely torpid, but was 
still able to move when roughly irritated. A second frog, which received 13 
of the evaporated tincture in his back, and three grains of the extract in his 
stomach, became inert like the others, but at the close of forty-eight hours was 
again active, and on being replaced in water was well two days later. 

Still larger doses were tried upon other frogs, with so little result of interest, 
that we turned at length to warm-blooded animals for more satisfactory and 
definite conclusions. 

Experiment. A large rabbit took internally twelve grains of the dried extract. 
Within an hourhe becamelanguid. At the close of two hours he would remain 
in any strange position in which he might be carefully and gently placed. He 
could be laid upon his side, or seated on his gluteal muscles in the corner, 
without an attempt to escape or resist. If disturbed while in these strange 
postures, or if placed in them suddenly and roughly, he instantly recovered his 
activity, and sought to escape, although his efforts were characterized by a 
certain languor and difficulty which brought him to rest again almost im- 
mediately. There was, at this period, no change in the pupils. His sensibility 
was thought to be diminished, since his skin could be pinched sharply without 
eliciting any expressions of pain. Six hours later no change was perceptible. 
He was motionless, unless disturbed, when he moved a few steps and then 


See the Charleston Medical Journal and Review, for November, 1859. 


1859.] 


14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. 


stopped again, and remained with his head couched on his fore paws. He de- 
clined food, but drank a little water. Seventeen bours later he was found 
dead. His urine contained neither sugar, albumen, nor the coloring matter of 
the sassy. His stomach contained a mass of hay, lettuce, etc., as is usual with 
rabbits, whose stomachs are never quite empty. The coloring matter of the 
sassy seemed to have disappeared, and there was not the least evidence of in- 
flammatory action in the stomach or intestines. The heart was large and 
relaxed, the right cavities containing most blood. The blood vessels of the 
meninges of the brain were considerably injected, but no other abnormal ap- 
pearances presented themselves. 

Experiment. A small doe rabbit received under the skin of her back eighty 
drops of the tincture of sassy, previously warmed until it searcely retained any 
odor of alcohol, and was thick and turbid. At the same time forty drops were 
given internally. At the close of half an hour, she was sluggish and unwilling 
to move, although able to doso when pushed. This torpor gradually increased, 
the skin became insensitive, the eyes remained half closed, and the limbs ap- 
peared feeble, especially the hind legs. When roughly shaken, ‘he torpor passed 
off for a time, and the rabbit even ate a small quantity of lettuce. In a few 
minutes, however, the animal again sought the corner, and relapsed anew into 
the state of stupor above described. If carefully handled, it was then possible 
to place the animal on her side, or even to suspend her, head downwards, with- 
out the Jeast show of resistance or discomfort. During the continuance of these 
symptoms, the heart beat feebly and the respiration was labore, and sometimes 
jerking in character. Eighteen hours after receiving the sassy, the rabbit was 
more active, but not free from a marked languor or difficulty, which appeared 
in all of her motions. Twenty-five hours after the poisoning, the stupor seemed 
to bave deepened again, and was so profound that the eyes remained nearly 
closed, and the head, resting on the fore paws, rolled to one side or the other. 
The rectal temperature was now 1023° F., or about one to two degrees below 
the normal standard. So insensible was the rabbit at this time, that she did 
not appear to feel the passage of the thermometer bulb through the sphincter, 
although the operation is usually resisted by all animals with great energy. 
Within ten minutes she slept again, notwithstanding that the thermometer was 
still in the bowels. Fifty hours from the date of the first dose, the animal was 
again reviving. At this time she received 13 of the tincture in the stomach, 
and 13 in the rectum, where it was confined by suitable means. In twenty 
minutes chewing motions'of the jaws were observed, the head fell and was 
caught up again, and at last reposed on the fore paws, the pupils contracted, 
the heart became slow and irregular, the respiration quick and labored, and at 
length, in one hour from the last dose, death occurred with general convulsions 
and sudden dilatation of the pupils. Upon examination, post mortem, the mem- 
branes of the brain were found to be highly congested, but no other appearance 
of specific value presented itself. 

Experiment. A small cat received internally five grains of dried extract of 
sassy. At the close of two hours she was sluggish, and, half an hour later, 
vomited with great violence. The matters rejected had none of the color of the 
extract. Another dose of four grains was vomited up within an hour, and ap- 
parently caused great discomfort, due perhaps to the nausea caused by the 
drug rather than to pain. The disposition towards stupor, which was seen 
after the first dose, appeared to be relieved by the emesis. The cat survived, 
and next day was none the worse for the ordeal. 

Experiment. A large pigeon received, under the skin of the belly, eighty gtt. 
of the partially, evaporated tincture of sassy. At the same time twenty drops of 
the tincture were given internally. Within half an hour the pigeon sought a 
corner, and assumed the usual sleeping posture, the eyes closing and the respi- 
ration being rather uneasy and laborious. Now and then it awoke and stag- 
gered about, only to sleep again in a few minutes. When thoroughly aroused 


[June, 


Dept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 


by rough shaking, it exhibited more activity. Fifty-five minutes after receiving 
the sassy, the pigeon vomited very freely. Occasionally, the sleep, into which 
it always relapsed, became so profound that it staggered and felldown. Atthe 
end of two and a half hours the sleep had become comatose, and no agency had 
power to break it. Meanwhile the sensibility of the surface was impaired, the 
respiration suffered, the temperature fell to 974° F. in the cloaca, and death 
took place, without convulsions, three hours and a half from the time the first 
dose was given. A second pigeon, similarly treated, except that the doses were 
smaller, survived twenty-four hours and exhibited no symptoms of importance 
which have notalready been noted, except that at the time of death very slight 
convulsive movements were seen. 

It was apparently plain, from the above detailed observations, that the sassy 
bark contained a narcotic, or at least a stupefying principle, and it was also 
probable that it possessed emetic activity. This, however, could scarcely be 
inferred from the effect upon the cat or the pigeons, because these animals 
vomit upon very slight provocation. The experiments upon animals had, how- 
ever, convinced us that we were dealing with an agent that could be safely 
used in large doses, and which was certainly not a potent poison. Moreover, it 
was possible that the emetic effect, observed during its liberal use in half pint 
doses for ordeal purposes, might be due to the bulk of the infusion, which the 
person suspected was forced to take. Should this have proved correct, and its 
emetic powders be really feeble when takenin moderation, we should possess a 
drug in which co-existed narcotic and astringent activity. Such a remedy 
would have had a certain value, and, considering the poverty of our pharmaco- 
peia in good narcotics, could not have been overlooked. We were also aware 
that Dr. Thomas Savage, formerly a practising physician on the coast of Africa, 
had made use of sassy bark in dysentery, but with what effect we were then 
uninformed. 

With these considerations in view, we resolved to test still further the proper- 
ties of sassy bark, by experimenting upon ourselves. Accordingly one of us 
took, fasting, three and a half grains of dried extract of sassy. Four hours 
later he took forty-five drops of the tincture. No effect was perceived, and 
fourteen hours later he took, fasting, one hundred and twenty drops of the 
tincture. These repeated doses had no effect, except to interrupt the regular 
daily action of the bowels. Again, in five hours, another dose of one hundred 
and twenty drops was taken. Up to this time no symptoms were developed 
which could be referred with confidence to the effect of the sassy. Onasecond 
occasion the same individual took, at one dose, one tablespoonful and a half of 
the tincture of sassy bark. This large dose was taken two hours after a light 
meal, at about 9 p.m. Half an hour afterwards, while engaged in writing, he 
experienced some little giddiness and slight frontal pain, with a sensation of 
fulness, chiefly at the front of the head. None of these symptoms were of 
marked intensity. About ten o’clock the tendency to sleep became so apparent 
that he ceased writing, in which occupation he had been previously engaged, 
and left the house in the hope that a brisk walk would lessen the effect of the 
dose. This proved to be the case, but as the narcotic influence faded, a rapidly 
increasing nausea took its place, and resulted in violent emesis at one a. m., 
five hours after the tincture was employed. In both instances the pulse fell 
about fifteen beats below the normal standard. 

The effects of the sassy upon another of the authors of this paper is recorded 
in the following statement: 

At 11 a. m. he took four drachms of the saturated tincture of sassy. At the 
time his pulse was ninety-one per minute. He experienced no unusual sensa- 
tion till about 12 m., when slight dizziness ensued. At this time his pulse was 
eighty-three. The narcotic influence was not increased, and at 1 p. m. the 
pulse beat ninety-three. At this hour he took four additional drachms. At 2 
p. m. his pulse had fallen to eighty, and the sedative effect was very sensibly 


1859.] I 


16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. 


experienced. Repeated the dose. The pulse continued at from eighty to eighty- 
four till 5 p.m., when it began to rise. At 7 it was ninety-three. After 
the third dose the narcotic effect was well marked, but was not greater than 
would have been produced by a grain of opium. The principal feeling was a 
pleasant lassitude, a desire for quiet, and an indisposition for either mental or 
physical exertion. 

When the first dose was taken his bowels were slightly loose, and there was 
some little griping. Both, however, were relieved, and the following morning 
the bowels were somewhat constipated. 

Two days after the foregoing-experiments he took, at 10 a. m., one ounce of 
the tincture. Its effect, marked by a decline in the rapidity and force of the 
pulse, and the feeling of lassitude above mentioned, was experienced in half an 
hour. The narcotic was well marked, and was accompanied with headache and 
slight nausea, The pleasant feelings, experienced with the smaller doses, did 
not accompany the action of the larger quantity. The pulse remained at from 
eighty to eighty-five per minute, till about 4 p. m., when the effects began to 
wear off, although the face was unusually flushed as late as 7 o’clock the same 
night. 

Upon careful consideration of the foregoing experiments, we are disposed to 
conclude : 

1. That sassy bark is a feeble narcotic. 

2. That it is nauseant and emetic. 

3. That ithas a marked astringent effect, and that we have seen nothing jus- 

tifying the belief in the purgative powers ascribed to it by some writers. 


II. PatHo.oey. 


Dr. Mitchell related some curious observations made by him, in the course 
of experiment, as to the effect of sugar in rendering the eyes of frogs cataractous. 

When a solution of sugar is injected into the stomach of a frog, or thrown 
into the subcuticular cellular tissue of the animal, it becomes torpid and dies. 
In these cases the eye was observed by Dr. M. to present a cataractous appear- 
ance. On extracting the lens, the white appearance was found extending into it 
more or less deeply, as the death had been more or less slow. Whenthe eye 
was allowed to macerate in water, the appearance of the lens changed and the 
opacity disappeared. 


September.* 
I.—ANATOMY. 


Dr. Schmidt read a communication containing an abstract of the most im- 
portant points of his researches on the minute anatomy of the human liver. 
He said: 

During the last 18 months, the greater part of my time has been devoted to 
the investigation of the microscopic anatomy of the liver. The results of that 
portion of these investigations which had reference to the minute anatomy of 
the hepatic lobule, I published in the last January number of the Amer. Journal 
of Med. Sciences. Continuing my researches, I directed them especially to the 
general construction of the human liver. Besides having found further evi- 
dences of the correctness of my observations in reference to the commence- 
ment of the hepatic ducts, I have discovered other interesting facts relating to 
the liver. These facts, although complicating our idea of the construction of 
the liver, nevertheless will explain certain phenomena which have been no- 
ticed long ago by various observers. 


* No meetings were held during the months of July and August. 


[Sept. 


OO EE 


Dept. ]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 


As some time will yet elapse before the completion and publication of my 
next essay on this subject, I wish to give to-night an abstract of the most im- 
portant points of my researches. It is as follows: 

The parenchyma of the human liver consists of two distinct networks of capilla- 
ries, with hepatic cells, free nuclei, and granules. These networks of capil- 
laries are not divided by partitions of fibrous tissue into lobules, but are con- 
tinuous throughout the whole organ. The meshes which they form are occu- 
pied by the cells, nuclei, and granules. One of the networks is formed by the 
ramuscules of the portal vein and hepatic artery, and joins the smallest branches 
of the hepatic veins. The other commences independently near the smallest 
branches of the hepatic veins, and is continuous with the finest ramuscules of 
the hepatic duct, avd most probably also with those of the lymphatic vessels of 
the organ ; so that an injection thrown into the hepatic duct will return by the 
latter set of vessels. The capillary vessels forming the last-mentioned net- 
work I have described in my former paper on the liver, and called ‘‘ biliary 
tubules,’’ to distinguish them from the capillaries that carry the blood. 

The whole organ is closely surrounded by a capsule of areolar tissue ; from 
this, processes are given off which enclose the vessels, ducts, lymphatics and 
nerves, and thus become their proper sheaths. 

The portal veins, hepatic artery, and hepatic duct, accompanied by lymphatics 
and nerves, enter the organ in close proximity at its inferior surface ; their lar- 
ger branches spread out laterally, in a radiating manner, like a fan; some of 
the vessels, forming the lateral margins of which, run forward, and some 
backward. The hepatic veins, proceeding from the ascending vena cava, enter 
the organ posteriorly, and their larger branches run in a postero-anterior di- 
rection ; but their secondary branches also radiate, and then run almost paral- 
lel with those of the portal vein and hepatic duct. 

The sheath which surrounds the portal vein, hepatic artery, &c., has usually 
been known under the name of the ‘‘ capsule of Glisson ;’? but as the capsule 
of the hepatic veins is strictly analogous to it, I shall, for the sake of simplicity, 
in referring to it, designate it the ‘‘ capsule of the portal vessels,’’ or ‘‘ that o 
the hepatic veins.”’ f 

Besides the vessels, ducts, lymphatics, and nerves already enumerated: 
there are in the liver very extensive plexuses, formed by the ducts of racemose 
glands, which I regard as a special system. This system of glands has been 
noticed and described to a certain extent by several observers, yet their rela- 
tionship to the hepatic ducts and lymphatics has to my knowledge never been 
thoroughly investigated. They are found on the lower surface of the liver, 
establishing an extensive communication between the larger ducts. They are 
very abundant on the capsule of the portal vessels, as far as the point where 
the true interlobular ducts commence, and also exist in the walls of the gall- 
bladder. The details of this system of glands I shall give in my next essay. 
For the present, may it suffice to say that their ducts, the diameter of which 
ranges from 1-700th to 1-4000th of an inch, anastomose freely with each other 
and form with branches of the hepatic artery and portal vein (given off within 
the capsule) a very intricate plexus. From the smallest branches of the lat- 
ter vessels a capillary rete results, which surrounds the lobules of the glands. 
Judging from the size of the blood-vessels forming the plexus, the supply of 
blood to these organs must be very abundant. 

Another set of vessels, or ducts, of a diameter from 1-500th to 1-2500th of an 
inch, with single follicular appendages, proceeds from the plexus of racemose 
glands to communicate freely with the plexus of microscopic lymphatics. 
These vessels I have also found in the capsule of the hepatic veins. The lobules 
and larger ducts of the racemose glands are lined by an epithelium of flat 
hexagonal cells, with large, distinct nuclei, resembling in form and appearance 
those of the epidermis of the frog. 


1859.] 


18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. 


The interlobular and lobular hepatic ducts do not arise from the glandular 
plexus, but they can always be traced back to larger ducts. 

In front of the vena cava, where it passes the substance of the liver, I 
have found a very dense plexus of the peculiar vessels with follicular appen- 
dages already described, and of others without them. A portion of it, about 
one inch long and half an inch wide, consisted of several layers of these ves- 
sels, distinctly enclosed between two layers of the capsule. A network of ar- 
teries, similar to that found in other parts of the capsule, was seen in the lay- 
ers of the latter. The plexus itself I observed both in the injected and fresh 
specimen, communicating or arising from large vessels, which, by a close ex- 
amination, proved to be the /ymphatics of that region, by the valves they pos- 
sessed. Almost around the whole vena cava at this place, anastomoses of the 
above described vessels can be seen. 

The description of the microscopic lymphatics of the liver I shall give in my 
next essay on this subject. 

The interlobular branches of the portal vein and hepatic artery are derived from 
a plexus which is formed by some of their branches in their capsule. 

Some of the branches of the hepatic artery penetrate to the surface of the 
liver; they are tolerably large and anastomose freely with each other in the 
capsule. From the anastomoses thus formed, smaller branches proceed, which 
again in their turn give origin to still smaller ones. The latter vessels, when 
viewed under a low magnifying power, have the appearance of a broken net- 
work of large capillaries with large meshes, and as such they have been re- 
garded and described by other anatomists. However, if examined more closely 
in well injected specimens, we find that they form no network of their own, but 
terminate in the capillaries of the lobule. - 

The portal vein also sends small branches to the surface, which, however, 
do not anastomose with each other. They accompany the larger branches of 
the hepatic artery, (mostly the second set in size, above mentioned, ) to termi- 
nate likewise in the capillary network of the lobule. Thus, there exists no other 
communication between the branches of the hepatic artery and those of the por- 
tal vein on the surface of the liver, except through the medium of the capillaries 
ofthe lobule; and the blood of the artery, instead of returning to the portal 
vein, as has been asserted, is with that of the latter discharged into the ca- 
pillaries of the lobule, by which route it arrives directly in the branches of the 
hepatic veins. 

The analogy of the blood vessel on the surface of the liver to those in the 
interior of the organ I shall prove in my next essay. 


Il.—THERAPEUTICS. 


Dr. Leidy read a paper, entitled ‘“‘ On the seat of the vesicating principle of the 
Lytta vittata,”* , 

From the experiments detailed in this paper, it appears that the vesicating 
principle of the Lytta vittata belong to the blood, the peculiar fatty substance of 
certain accessory glands of the generative apparatus, and to the eggs. 


IIJ.—Toxtcotoey. 


Dr. Morris related several cases of poisoning from the sting of the common 
bee. In one case, a man died in a very short period of time after the injury 
was received, In this instance the sting was received in the cervical region 
In a second case, an adult was seized with convulsions, which lasted for a con- 
siderable time. There was during these convulsions complete opisthotonos. 
He stated that some thirty or more cases, similar to these, have been reported. 


* See the American Journal of the Medical Sciences, for January, 1860. 


[Sept. 


———————— 


Depart. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 


October. 


].— ANATOMY. 


Dr. Schmidt, with reference to a communication made by him at a meeting 
held in September, exhibited two livers of sheep, in order to show the method 
pursued by him, in making his injections. It is as follows: 

The liver is placed in a basin from which the air is exhausted. The appara- 
tus is so arranged, that, when desired, a communication can be established with 
the blood vessels. In making an injection, the pressure is exerted chiefly by the 
weight of the fluid, which is in a column about six inches in height. So soon 
as the injection is made in this way into the hepatic duct, the fluid used issues 
from the lymphatics. The injections are also made in a second manner, the 
organ not being kept ina vacuum. In this, the lymphatics and their glands 
are also injected, though the pressure of the air prevents the liquid from flow- 
ing from the opened mouths of the lymphatic vessels, as it does when this 
pressure is removed. 

In both the preparations exhibited by Dr. Schmidt, one having been injected 


in a vacuum, the other not, in the way just described, the lymphatic vessels, 
and also their glands, were seen injected. 


s 


I]. —PuysioLoey. 
Dr. Morris read the following paper: 


Remarks on the Digestive Principle. By J. Cuzston Morais, M. D. 


In the course of some observations offered to the Department at the session 
of June 7th, 1858, on the subject of endosmose, I suggested the hypothesis that 
during digestion a watery fluid was secreted from the gastric mucous mem- 
brane, containing a principle which was capable of splitting, or undergoing a fer- 
mentative change, so as to produce lactic acid and so-called pepsin. I now have 
the pleasure of laying before the Department the facts necessary to substantiate 
that hypothesis. 

When avery dilute solution of ov-albumen is exposed to the air at a moder- 
ate temperature for several days, it becomes cloudy and has a slightly acid 
reaction. This change is hastened if air is forced through the solution from 
time to time. If a small portion of this be added to fresh milk it will cause 
coagulation of the latter in a short time; boiling the solution previously, dimin- 
ishes this property. When a thin portion of coagulated albumen is placed in 
the solution at a warm temperature, it is dissolved in the course of a few hours ; 
if the solution be previously boiled, nosuch change occurs. When the solution 
is distilled, the distillate yields a white curdy precipitate with nitrate of silver, 
soluble in an excess of ammonia. 

The above facts correspond so closely, as far as they go, with the properties 
of the gastric juice that I have no hesitation in stating my belief that they af- 
ford the explanation of the mode of formation of the latter. We have, in 
effect, an albuminous fluid in the stomach, placed under appropriate circum- 
stances as regards oxygen and temperature for the occurrence of fermentative 
changes; and if by imitating these conditions out of the body we produce 
analogous results, we have the strongest reasons for believing that the causes 
and mode of operation are the same in the living body. 

The foregoing experiment offers also a satisfactory solution of the apparently 
discrepant views held by different investigators as to the digestion of azotised 
food. It becomes no longer difficult to comprehend that the gastric juice, the 
pancreatic fluid, and the intestinal secretion, as well as decomposing albuminoid 
matters, may all possess the power of causing a solution of coagulated albumen, 
&c.; inasmuch as a splitting of an element common to them all, viz. albumen, 
gives rise to an acid, (probably lactic,) and a digestive principle. I regret 
that I have,not been able to make an ultimate analysis of the substance obtained 
by evaporating the solution above mentioned to dryness at a low temperature. 

These experiments also set at rest the mooted question of the free acid of the 


1859.] , 


20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. 


gastric juice; proving that the lactic acid developed during the fermentation of 
albumen is capable of decomposing during distillation the alkaline chlorideg 
found in the white of the egg. 

I should state, however, that I do not regard the above facts as finally con- 
clusive on the subject. More experiments are required to demonstrate the 
identity of the principle obtained with pepsin. 

Dr. Woodward objected to considering the ferment thus produced identical 
or even closely similar to that of the gastric juice. The gastric juice which 
this fluid was sapposed to resemble did not putrify if kept even for months, 
whereas the solution produced from albumen, as was stated by Dr. Morris, 
rapidly putrified. So also the peptones did not undergo putrefaction even in a 
considerable period of time; the gastric juice acting as an antiseptic, which 
it appeared from Dr. Morris’ statement was not the case with the solution of 
albumen formed by the new ferment. He suggested the following points for 
investigation before the similitude should be hastily determined upon. 

1. Is the solution of albumen in the new ferment albuminose, and has it its 
peculiar reactions ? 

2. Will flesh and similar nitrogenous compounds be dissolved ? 

3. Will the new ferment interfere with the transformation of starch into grape 
sugar, as does the gastric juice? 

And, lastly. Is the peculiar fungus of the gastric juice developed in it when 
kept? 

II.—PatHotoey. 

Dr. Mitchell read a paper, entitled “‘ On the Production of Cataract in Frogs ty 

the injection of large doses of sugar.”’* 


November. 
I.—PartHoLoey. 


Dr. Woodward exhibited a specimen of foliaceous crystals of the Phosphates 
formed during the slow alkaline fermentation of urine in a close stoppered phial. 
These crystals were remarkable for their huge size, some of them being @ of an 
inch in length. In chemical behaviour they exactly resembled the smaller 
sized stellar and foliaceous crystals common to alkaline urine. 

Dr. Woodward also exhibited a specimen of highly acid urine, in which the 
acid fermentation had been progressing several days, accompanied by a sedi- 
iment of uric acid. On the surface was a scum of Penicilium glaucum, which 
entangled in its meshes numerous crystals of the ammoniaco-magnesian phos- 
phates in fine prisms. This observation, which was the first of the kind he had 
made, contradicted the general statement made by some, that phosphatic crystala 
only fall in alkaline urine. 


December. 
].—PATHOLOGY. 


Dr. Woodward read a paper entitled ‘“ Remarks on errors in the anatomical di- 
agnosis of Cancer.”’} 


In accordance with the By-Law of the Department to that effect, the officers 
of the Department for the ensuing year were elected at the first meeting of the 
month. They are as follows: 

Director—Dr. Leidy. 

Vice-Director—Dr. 8. W. Mitchell. 

Recorder—Dr. Walter F. Atlee. 

Treasurer—Mr. Queen. 

Conservator—Dr. J. Cheston Morris. 

Auditors—Messrs. Slack, Sergeant and Dr. Wurts. 


"+See American Journal of the Medical Sciences, for January, 1860. 
t See American Journal of the Medical Sciences, for April, 1860. 


[Dec. 


CATA LOG EB 


OF THE 


INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS 


OF THE 


CRETACEOUS FORMATION OF THE UNITED STATES, 


WITH REFERENCES. 


BY 


WM. M. GABB. 


SEPTEMBER, 1859. 


' 
» 
i 
*, 
; at4 
.- 
& 


ae Cit, 


; dy 
wore. Page) 


we, 
ya ee, wu eas NDE 
1 tT POT AM ALES 
agar ih nal A : 
ay és ited i 
yi tae 4 oe 
wes pn « "4 
SPL | tad —_ Pe 
' a ‘Wel “9 
bed. ad rah tS 
{bb} “at j 3 
? Tey ear, skates ee a 
; d w® 
41 We ES | 
nid SAU 
a ih gyi =} : 
ig! Faunce , 
ie Bi 1 gain Oo” iv 
|’ Maen wh 4 Bt <4 
re | aif yA gas 
if ee So 
4 ASye rh Bis 
da eenitt ankle a 4 
{ t 
a welt bey 
“4 | att 4 arr yi ty 
ie ame Ag 
ce 


sails ‘ 


C ALTA TE ©,G7 UE. 


CRUSTACEA. 


Batanvs Lam. 
B. peregrinus Morton, 1834, Synopsis, p. 72, pl. 10, f. 5. 


Cauanassa Leach. 
C. Danai Hall & Meek, 1855, Memoirs, Am. Acad. 2d series, vol. 5, p. 379; 
plow isels 
There are several crabs found in New Jersey, but they have never been 
described. 


Cyturerina Lam. 


C. Tippans Con., 1858, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 335, 
pl. 35, f. 31. 


ANNELIDES. 


Hamoutvs, Morton. 

H. onyx S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 73, pl. 16, f. 5. 

H. squamosusn.s. Thisisahamulus from Prairie Bluff, very closely 
allied to H. onyx, but differing, in having a strongly marked raphe, which 
nearly doubles the width of the shell. It is placed on both sides and in the 
plane of the curve. Museum of Acad. Nat. Sci. 


VERMETES. 
V. rotula §. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 81, pl. 1, f. 14. 


Serpuna Linn. 


S. barbata S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 73, pl. 15, f. 12. 
S.tenuicarinatus Meek & Hayden, 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 134. 


CEPHALAPODA. 
AMMONITES Lam. 


A.acuto-carinatus Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Rep. p. 209, pl. 1, f. 3. 
A.angustus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 7, p. 168. 
A.Belknapii Marcon, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 34, pl. 2, f. 1. 
A. binodosus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168. 
A. carinatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168. 
A.complexus Hall & Meek, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 394, pl. 4, 
f, 1. 
A. Delawarensis S. G.M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 37, pl. 2, f. 5. 
A. Vanuxemi, 8. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 38, pl. 2, f. 34. 
- dentato-carinatus Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 33, pl. 
1, f. 2. 
A. flaccidicosta Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 33, pl. 1, f. 1. 
: A. geniculatus Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 159, pl. 15, 
Ber 


4 


A. Gibbonianus Lea, 1840, Trans, Am. Phil. Soc. and Marcou, Geol. o 
North America, p. 35, pl. 2, f. 2. 

A.Guadalup# Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 32, pl. 2, f. 1. 

A. Halli Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 70. 
-lobata Tuomey 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168. 
. lenticularis, Owen, 1852, Report, p. 579, pl. 8, f. 5. 
Leonensis Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 160, pl. 16, f. 
-magnificus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168. 
Marciana Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Rep. p. 209, pl. 4, f. 5. 
Novi-Mexicana Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 35, pl. 1, f. 2 
Opalus Owen, 1852, Report, p. 579, pl. 8, f. 6. 
Pedernalis Von Buch. Remer, Kreide von Texas, p. 34, pl. 1, f. 3. 
percarinatus H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 394, pl. 4 


te 


~~ 


Peruvianus Von Buch. Marcon, Geol. N. A. p. 34, pl. 5, f. 1. 
placenta De Kay, 1828, Ann. Lyceum, vol. 2, pl. 5, f. 2 
pleurisepta Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 159, pl. 15, 


ramosissimus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168. 
Shumardi Marcon, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 33, pl. 1, f. 1. 
.Syrtalis S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 40, pl. 14, f. 4. 
.telifer S. G. M.. 1834, Synopsis, p. 38, pl. 2, f. 7. 

- Texanus Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 31, pl. 3, f. 1. 
.vespertinus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 40, pl. 17, f. 1. 


AncyLoceras D’Orb. 


A. approximans Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 266. 

A.? Mortoni Hall & Meek, 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, pp. 396, 411, pl. 
es Cate 

"A? Nicolleti H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 397, pl. 4, f. 4. 


Bacunites Lam. 


B.annulatus Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 265. 
B. asper S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 43, pl. 1, f. 12, 13, and pl. 13, 
7.12. 4 

B. carinatus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p, 44, pl. 13, f. 1. 

Compare B. anceps, Lam., Anim. Sans. Verteb., tome vii. p. 648. 

B. columna S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 44, pl. 19, f. 8. 

B. compressus Say, 1821, Am. Jour. Sci. vol. 2, p. 41, and Hall & Meek, 
Mem. Am. Acad. 2d series, vol. 5, p. 400, pl. 5, f. 2. 

B. grandis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p.402, pl. 6, 7 and 8. 

B.labyrinthicus 3. GM. , 1834, Synopsis, p. 44, pl. 13, f. 10. 

B. ovatus Say, 1829, Jour. Acad. Ist series, vol. 6 pl. 5; t. 5, 6 and Hall & 
Meek, Mem. Am. ‘Acad. Ist series, vol. 5, p. 399, ples; f. iF and pl. bf. 1 -7. 

B. S pillmani Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. Sup: 335, plone 
f. 24. 

B. Tippaensis Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 334, pl. 35, 
f. 27. 


PPP Pb bob DES bb bb bbb hb 


re) 


G 


BELEMNITES Agricola. 
B.2 ambiguus S.G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 35, pl. 1, f. 4, 5. 


BELEMNITELLA D’Orb. 
B. Americana. 
Belemnites Americanus, 8. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 34, pl 1, f. 1-3. 
Compare B. mucronata, Schlotheim. 
B.bulbosa Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 70. 


CriocERASs Morris. 


©. Conradi Con., 1855, Proc. A. vol. 7, p. 266. 
Ammonceratites Conradi, 8. G. M., 1841, Proc. Acad. vol. 1, p. 109. 


5 


Hamites Parkinson. 


Arculus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 44, pl. 15, f. 1, 2. 
Fremonti Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 36, pl. 1, f. 3. 
larvatus Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 265. 
rotundatus Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 266. 
torquatus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 45, pl. 15, f, 4. 
. trabeatus S.G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 45, pl. 15, f. 3. 


Navtitvs Breynius. 


N. De Kayii S. G.M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 33, pl. 8, f. 4. 
NV. perlatus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 33, pl. 13, f. 4. 

N. elegans Sow., Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 37. 
N. simplex Sow., Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 37. 
N. Spillmani Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 167. 
N. angulus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 167. 


Navtitites Martin, Brown. 
N. Alabamensis Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 335. 
Nautilus Alabamensis S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 33, pl. 18, f. 3. 
N. orbiculatus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 335. 
Nautilus orbiculatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 167. 


bef at tf 


PrycHoceras D’Orb. 


P. annulifer. 
Hamites annulifer S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 8, pl. 11, f. 4. 
P. Mortoni Meek & Hayden, 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 134. 


Scapuites Parkinson. 


S. Conradi. 
Ammonites Conradi S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 39, pl. 16, f. 1-3, and pl. 19, 
f, 4. 


A. borealis S. G. M., 1841, Proc. Acad. vol. I, p. 107. 

A. Mandanensis S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol. 8, p. 208, pl. 10, 
f. "2: 

A. Nicolletti S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. Ist series, vol. 8, p. 209, pl. 10, 
{3 

A. Abyssinis S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol. 8, p. 209, pl 10, 
£44, 

A. Nebrascensis Owen, 1852, Report, p. 577, pl. 8, f. 3, and pl. 8a, f. 2. 

A. Moreauensis Owen, 1852, Report, p. 579, pl. 8, f. 7. 

A. Cheyennensis Owen, 1852, Report, p. 578, pl. 7, f. 2. 


Scaphites comprimus Owen, 1852, Report, p. 580, pl. 7, f. 4. 

S. hippocripis. 

Ammonites hippocripis De Kay, 1828, Ann. Lyceum, vol. 2, pl. 5, f. 5. 

S. Cuvieri S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 41, pl. 7, f. 1. 

S. iris Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 335, pl. 35, f. 23. 
S. nodosus Owen, 1852, Report, p. 581, pl. 8, f. 4. 

S. reniformis S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 42, pl. 2, f. 6. 

Compare S, striatus Mantell. 

S. semicostatus Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 35, pl. 1, f. 5. 
S. Texanus Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 35, pl. 1, f. 6. 


TuURRILITES Lam. 


T. alternatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168. 

T. Brazensis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 37, pl. 3, f. 2. 
T. Cheyennensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 280. 
Ancyloceras ? Cheyennensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 71. 
T. Nebrascensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 280. 
Ancyloceras? Nebrascensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 71. 


6 


GASTEROPODA. 


Actron Montfort. 


A. subellipticus Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 63. 
A. concinnus Hall & Meek, 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 390, pl. 1, 
f. 4. 


Aocrronetia D’Orb. 
A. dolium Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 43, pl. 4, f. 4. 


Aporruals Petiver. 
A. decemlirata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 330, pl. 34, 
Tle 
AVALANA. 
A. snbglobosa Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p 64. 


Buccrxum Lam, 
B. constrictum (Fusus constricltus) Hall & Meek, 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. 
2d series, vol. 5, p. 391 and 411, pl. 3, f. 7. 
B.? vinculum Hall & Meek, 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 390, pl. 3, 
i753. 


Buccrnopsis. 

B. Parryi Con., 1857, Emory’s Report, vol. 1, part 2, p. 158, pl. 3, f. 4. 
Buuua Klein. 

B. minor Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 69. 

B. Mortoni Forbes, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 1, p. 63. 

B. occidentalis Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 69. 

B. volvaria Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, 69. 

B. subcylindrica Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 270. 


Bouuuopsis Con. 
B. cretacea Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 334. 


Busycon Bolten. 


B. Bairdi M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 126. 
Pyrula Bairdi M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 66. 


Caputus Montfort. 
C. fragilis M. &H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 68. 
; pees tentalis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 381, pl. 1 
Orbicula (undet.) Owen, Report, pl. 7, f. 11. 
Crritaium Adamson. 
C. nodosus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170. 


Cuemnitzia D’Orb. 


C.?2 distans Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 333, pl. 35, f. 30. 

C. gloriosa Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 40, pl. 4, f. 3. 

C.? interrupta Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 333, pl. 35, 
f.15; 


Cirrus Sow. 
C. crotaloides S.G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 49, pl. 19, f. 5. 


Conus Linn. 


C. canalis Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pl. 35, f. 22. 
C. gyratus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 49, pl. 10, f. 13. 


T 


DELPHINULA Lam. 
D. lapidosa 8. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 46, pl. 19, f. 7. 


DenTALium Linn. 


D. fragilis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 69. 

D. gracilis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 383, pl. 3, f. 11. 

D. subarcuatum Con.,"1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 276, pl. 24, 
feliss 

Dariuuia Gray. 

D. novemcostata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pl. 
3D, 1. Ls. 

D.? Tippana Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pl. 35, 


Fasciotargia Lamarck. 


F. buccinoides M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 67. 
F. cretacea M. & H., 1856, Proc, Acad. vol. 8, p. 66. 


Ficus Klein. 


F. octoliratus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 332, pl. 
35, f. 6: 


Fusus Klein. 


. contortus M. & A., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65. 
. Culbertsonii M. & H.,1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65. 
Dakotensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65. 
Enfauliensis Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 
flexuicostatus M.& H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 66. 
Galpinianus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65. 
intertextus M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65. 
Newberryi M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 66. 
Pedernalis Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. a6; pl. 4, f. 13. 
pee noner elt M. &H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 139. 
Shumardii H.&M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, ip. 391, pl. 3, f. 6. 
- Subturritus M. & Hi, 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 139. 

F. tenuilineata H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p- 392, pl. 3, 
1B BE 

F. turriculus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 

F. Vaughani M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 138. 


Guogiconcua D’Orb. 
G. coniformis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. he af. Os 
G.? elevata Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Report, p. 208, pl. 4, f. 3 
G. planata Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 41, pl. 4, f. ae 
G. tumida Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Report, p. 208, pl. 5, f. 3. 
Harpago Klein. (Pterocera Lam.) 
H. Tippanus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pl. 35, 


Sash anges 


te 
to 
os 


Hetcion Montfort. 


H. alveolus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 68. 

H. carinatus M. & H., 1856, Proc, Acad. vol. 8, p. 68. 

H. patelliformis M. & H., 1856, Poc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 68. 
H. subovatus M. & H.,1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 68. 

H. Borealis. 

Hipponyx Borealis 8. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. vol. 8, p. 210. 


Evuuima Risso. 


E. subfusiformis Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Report, p. 208, pl. 4, f. 3. 
E. Texana Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 40, pl. 4, f. 2. 


? 


8 


Nartica Risso. 


N. Abyssina S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 49, pl. 13, f. 13. 

N. ambigua M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 64. 

N. collina Con., 1857, Emory’s Report, vol. 1, part 2d, p. 157, pl. 13, f. 2 
This may be the young of Texana, according to Conrad. 

N. concinna H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 389, pl. 3, f. 2. 
. Moreauensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 64. 
occidentalis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 64. 
obliquata H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 389, pl. 3, f. 1. 
. paludineformis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 389, pl. 
3 


‘\ 


ArAAAZA 


Pedernalis Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 43, pl. 4, f. 1. 
(Lunatia) petrosa S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 48, pl. 19, f. 5. 

. pregrandis Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 44. 

. Texana Con., 1857, Emory’s Report, vol. 1, part 2d, p. 157, pl. 13, 


s* 
rs 
AZAR AK-AAA 


. (Lunatia) rectilabrum Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 
pl. 35, f. 28. 
subcrassa M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 87. 

. Tuomeyana M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 270. 


NeringA Defrance. 


. acus Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 42, pl. 4, f. 10. 
. Schotti Con., 1857, Emory’s Report, vol. 1, part 2d, p. 158, pl. 14, f. 3. 
. Texana Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 41, pl. 4, f. 7. 


wo 


AAz 


NoposariA Lam. 
N. Texana Con., 1857, Emory’s Report, vol. 1, part 2, p. 159, pl. 14, f. 4. 


PATELLA List. 
P. tentorium S&S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 50, pl. 1, f. 11. 


Pxorus Montfort. 
P. leprosus. 
Trochus leprosus 8. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 46, pl. 15, f. 6. 
P. umbilicatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 
Psruposuccinum Meek & Hayden. 
P. Nebrascensis M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 140. 
Buccinum Nebrascensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 67. 
Pyrirusus Con. 
P.subdensatus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 332, pl. 35, 
f- 12. 
Pyrvuta Lam. 
P. Richardsonii Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 
P. trochiformis Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 
Rapa Klein. 
R. supraplicata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, val. 3, p. 332, pl. 35, 
20. 


RimELLA Ag, 
R. curviliratus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pl. 35, 
£9: 
RostTeLLaRia Lam. 


R. arenarum S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 48, pl. 5, f. 8. 
R. biangulata M. &H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65. ° 
R. collina Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 158, pl. 13, f. 3, 4. 


R, 
R, 
R. 


R. 
R. 


9 


fusiformis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 393, pl. Lu, f. 3. 
Nebrascensis Evans & Sbhumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 164. 
pennata S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 48, pl. 19, f. 6. 


RostTELLites Con. 


Texana Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 268. 
. Casts of a species resembling the above, and probably identica', 


are found in the lower cretaceous beds of New Jersey. A Be 
perfect specimen was figured by Forbes in the London Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. 
p. 63, f. a, under the name of voluta. 


s. 
S. 
Ss. 
z 


AU 


Tr 
T. tenuilineatus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 64. 


T. 


AAAS AA 


Scataria Lam. 


S. annulata 8S. G. M., 1834, Syn., p. 47, pl. 3, f. 10. 
S. 
s 
be] 


cerithiformis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 63. 


. Sillimani S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 47, pl. 13, f. 9. 
s; Texana Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 39, pl. 4, f. 11. 


Sonarium Lam. 
flexuistriatum Evans & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 173. 


Souiputvs Fischer. 
linteus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 334, pl. 35, f. 11. 
Stromevs Linon. 
densatus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 330, pl. 34, f. 6. 


ToRNATELLA Lam. 
bullata S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 48, pl. 5, f. 3. 


TRICHOTROPIS Sow. 
cancellaria Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p.333, pl. 35, f. 8. 


Turso Linn. 
Nebrascensis M.& H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 64. 


Turris Rumphius (Pleurotoma Lam). 
Ripleyana Con., 1858, Jour -Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 332, pl. 35, f.21, 29. 


TURRITELLA Lam. 


altilis Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 333. 
convexa M. &H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 70. 
encrinoides S. G. M., 1834, Syn., p. 47, pl 3, f. 7. 
fastigiata Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 
irrorata Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 268. 
Moreauensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol 8, p. 70. 


. planilateris Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 158, pl. 14, f. 1. 


T. seriatim-granulata Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 39, pl. 4, 
f. 12. 


At 
yh 


Tippana Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. vol. 3, 2d series, p. 333, pl. 35, f. 19. 
vertebroides S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 47, pl. 3, f. 1 


Vo.ivuTa Linn. 


V. cancellata Tuomey 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 
V. fusiformis Tuomey, 1855. Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 
V. jugosa Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 

V. Spillmanii Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169. 


Vi 


VOLUTILITHES Sow. 
cretacea Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 333, pl. 35, f. 16. 


10 


ACEPHALA. 
Awnomia O. F. Mill. 
A. argentaria §S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 61, pl. 5. f. 10. 
A. sellaeformis Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 330, pl. 34,f. 6. 
A. tellinoides S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 61, pl. 5, f. 11. 


Arca Linn. 


A. subelongata Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 148, pl. 6, f. 3. 
A. uniopsis Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 275, pl. 24, f. 17. 


Arcopaaia Leach. 
A. Texana Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 46, pl. 6, f. 8. 


ASTARTE Sow. 


A. lineolata Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 51, pl. 7, f. 8. 

A. parilis Con, 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 276, pl. 24, f. 16. 
A. Texana Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 152, pl. 5, f. 9. 

A. Washitensis Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Rep. p. 206, pl. 3, f. 3. 

A. gregaria M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84. 


AvicuLa Klein. 


A. abrupta Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 274, pl. 24, f. 5, 6. 
A. convexo-plana Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 61, pl. 7, f. 9. 

A. cretacea Con., 1845, Nicollett’s Rep. p. 169. 

A. Haydeni Hall & Meek., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 382, pl.1,f 5. 
A. laripes S.G. M.. 1834, Syn. p. 63, pl. 17, f. 5. 

A. linguaeformis Evans & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 163. 
A. pedernalis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 61, pl. 8, f. 1. 

A. planisulca Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 62, pl. 7, f. 7. 

A. petrosa Con., 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 274, pl. 24, f. 15. 
A. triangularis Evans & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 163. 


Carpium Linn. 


C. congestum Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 149, pl. 6, f. 5. 
C. elegantulum Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 48, pl. 6, f. 5. 

C. hemicyclicus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170. 

C. mediale Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep., vol. 1, part 2, p. 149, pl. 4, f. 4. 

C. protextum Con.; 1853, Jour. Acad. vol. 2, 2d series, p. 275, pl. 24, f.12. 
C. Ripleyense Con., 1858, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 3, p. 326. 

C. Tippanum OCon., 1858, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 3, p. 326, pl. 34, f. 8. 
Subgenus Levicardium Swainson. 

C. Spillmani Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 326, pl. 34, f. 3. 
Subgenus Protocardia Beyrich. 

C. Arkansense Con., 1858, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 266. 

P. filosum Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 150, pl. 6, f. 7. 

C. multistriatum Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Rep. p. 207, pl. 4, f. 2. 

P. Texanum Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 150, pl. 6, f. 6. 

C. Hillanum, Remer, (not Sow.) Kreide von Texas, p. 39, pl. 6, f. 12. 

C. speciosum M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 274. 


Carpita Lam., Blainville. 
C. eminula Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 150, pl. 6, f. 8. 
Crsota Brown (Byssoarca Swainson). 
C. lintea Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. vol. 3, p. 328, pl. 34, f. 11 
C. rostellata. 
Arca rostellata S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 64, pl. 3, f. 11. 
CLAVAGELLA Leach. 


C. armata S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 67, pl. 9, f. 11. 


Bel | 


CorzuLa Brug. 


C. caudata Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170. 
C. occidentalis Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 150, pl. 6,f. 9. 


CorBULAMELLA Meek & Hayden. 


C. gregarea M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 142. 
Corbula? gregarea M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84. 


ORASSATELLA Lam. 


. Evansii H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 383, pl. 1, f. 9. 

- Ripleyana Con., ” 1858, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 3, p. 327, pl. 305 fo: 
- Ssubplana Con., 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 274, pl. 24, "f, 9 
- vadosa 8.G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 66, pl. payee 12. 


CrenoipEs Klein (Lima Brug.) 


C. acutilineata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pl. 34, f. 2 
C. crenulicosta. 

Lima crenulicosta Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 63, pl. 8, f. 8. 

C. Leonensis. 

Lima Leonensis Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 151, pl. 5, f. 3. 

C. Wacoensis. 

Lima Wacoensis Reemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 63, pl. 8, f. 7. 

C. reticulata. 

Lima reticulata Lyell & Forbes, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. vol. 1, p. 62. 


CucuLara Lam. 


. antrosa S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 65, pl. 13, f. 6, 

capax Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 328, pl. 35, f. 2 

cordata M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 86. 

exigua M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 275. 

Nebrascensis Owen, 1852, Rep. p. 582, pl. 7, f. 1 and la. 

Shumardi M. &.H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 86. 

terminalis Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 148, pl. 4, f. 2 
Tippana Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 328, pl. 35, f. 1. 

. ungula Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170. 

. vulgaris S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 64, pl. 3, f. 8 and pl. 13, f. 5. 


Cypricarpia Lam. 
Texana Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 50, pl. 6, f. 6. 


GiQigicr 


aaaaaaaaaa 


co 


Cyprina Lam. 


-arenarea M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 143. 

. compressa M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 3, p. 144. 
. cordata M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol 9, p. 143. 

. ovata M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p, 144. 

C. subtumida M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, 144. 


CytHerea Lam. 


C. Deweyi M. & H., 1856, Proce. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83. 

C. excavata S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 67, pl. 5, f. 1 

C. Leonensis Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 153, pl. 6, f. 1. 
a aR rea S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol. 8, p. 210, 
pl. 11, f..2 

C. Nebrascensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 8 

C. orbiculata M. &H., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5) 382, pl. 1, f. 7. 

C. Owenana M. &H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. Sapaaics 

C. pellucida M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 272. 

C. tenuis H.&M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. Depeoess ple Lt. 

C. Texana Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1. part 2, p. 153, pl. 6, f. 2. 


Q2AaQQ 


fe 


12 


Dosrin1a Scapoli. 
D. densata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 325, pl. 34, f. 13. 


Dreissena Van Beneden. 
D. Tippana Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p, 328, pl. 34, f. 14, 


T.ocyra Say. 


E. arietina Romer, 1852, Kriede von Texas, p. 68, pl. 8, f. 10. 
EF. caprina Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 273, pl. 24, f.3 and 4. 
E. costata Say, 1821, Jour. Acad. Ist series, vol. 2, p. 43. 
EF. costata 8. G. M., Syn. p. 45, pl. 6, f. 1 and 4. 
Ostrea Americana Desh., Encyc. Method, vol. 2, p. 304. 
Gryphea Americana Desh,, Lam., Anim., Sans. Verteb., 2 ed., vol. 7, p. 207. 
Ostrea toroso S. G. M., Syn. p. 52, pl. 10, f. 1. 
5 ponderosa Reemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 71, pl. 9, f. 2. 

- fim briata Con., 1855, Pro. Acad. vol. 7, p. 269. 
fragosa Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 269. 
E. interrupta ‘Con. -, 1858, Journ. Acad. vol. 3, 2d ser. p. 330, pl. 34, 
15. 


E. Matheroniana D’Orb., Sp., Con., Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 154, 


pl. 8, f. 1, and pl. 11, f. 1. 


acl 
° 


E. Texana Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 69, pl. 10, f. 1. 

E. flatellata Goldfuss, Marcou, Geol. N. A. p. 41. 

E. leviuscula Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 70, pl. 9, f. 3. 
GervituiaA Defranc. 

G. ensiformis Con., 1858, Journ. Acad. vol. 3, 2d series, p. 328, pl. 34, 


5 Avs 


G. subtortuosa M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 276. 


Guycrmmeris Lam. 
G. decisa. 
Panopea decisa Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 215, pl. 24, f.19. 


GrypHza Lam. 
G. vesicularis (subgenus Pycnodonta, Fischer de Wald.) 
Ostrea vesicularis Lam. 
Ostrea convexa Say, Am. Jour. Sci. 1st series, vol. 2, p. 42. 
. convera S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 53, pl. 4, f. 1, 2. 
. mutadbilis 8. G. M, 1834, Syn. p. 53, pl. 4, Er 3, 
Pitcheri S. G. M., (Pyenodonta 2) 1834, Syn. p. 55; pl. 15, f. 9. 
. dilatata, var. Tucumcarii Marcou, 1858, p. 43, pl. 4, f. 
vomer 8. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 54, pl. 9, f. 5. 
plicatella S. G. M., Am. Jour. Sci. 
sinuata Sow., Min. Conch. Marcou, Geol. N. A. p. 37, pl. 3, f. 1. 


HETrTANGIA. 
H. Americana M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 274. 


She eas 


Hemomya Agg. 
H. alta Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 45, pl. 6, f. 11. 


Ivoceramus Parkinson. 
I. alveatus S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 63, pl. 17, f. 4. 
I. argenteus Con., 1858, Journ. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pl. 34, 
16. 


I. Barabini S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 62, pl. 17, f. 3, and pl. 13, f. 11. 

I. biformis Tuomey, 1855, Proc. ated. vol. "7, p- 170. 

I. confertim-annulatus Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 59, pl. 7, 
4 


I. Conradil. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, 2d ser, 387, pl. 2, f. 5. 


Fd bd bed KY RY BY bed ed bd ny ed Yet 


13 


I. convexus H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 386, pl. 2, f. 2. 
I, costellatus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pl. 34, 


crispii Mantell, sp., Roemer, Kreide von Texas and Con. Emory’s Rep. 
fragilis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 386, pl. 2, f. 6. 
gibbus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170. 

Barabint, var. Morton. 

incurvus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 277. 

inflatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171. 

latus Mantell, sp., Remer, Kreide von Texas, p. 60. 

Lerouxi Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 36, pl. 2, f. 3. 
mytilopsis Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1. p. 2, p. 153, pl. 5, f. 6. 
mytiloides Roamer, (not Mantell) Kreide von Texas, p. 60, pl. 7, f. 5. 
Nebrascensis Owen, 1852, Rep. p. 582, pl. 8a, f. 1. 

perovalis Con. 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 299, pl. 27, f. 7. 
pertenuis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 276. 

proximus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171. 
pseudomytiloides Schiel, 1855, Pacific R. R. Rep. vol. 2, p. 108, 


pl. 3, £. 8 


i 3 


I. Sagensis Owen, 1852, Rep. p. 582, pl. 7, f. 3. 

I. salebrosus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171. 

I. sublevis H.& M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 386, pl. 2, f. 1. 
I. striatus Mantell sp., Remer, Kreide von Texas, p. 60. 

I. tenuilineatus H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 387, pl. 2, 


I. triangularis Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171. 
I. undulato-plicatus Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 59, pl. 7, f. 1. 
I, ventricosus M. & H.; 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 87. 
IsocaRDIA Lam. 
I. Washita Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 37, pl. 3, f. 2. 2a, 2b. 


‘LEGUMEN Con. 


L. appressus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. vol. 3, 2d series, p. 325. 
L. ellipticus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 325, pl. 34, 


1 JUS 


Lepa Schum. 
L. Moreauensis M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 284- 
Corbula Moreauensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83. 
L. ventricosa M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p, 284. 
Corbula ventricosa M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83. 


Lucina Brug. 


L. occidentalis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 273. 
2Tellina occidentalis 8. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. Ist series, vol. 8, p. 210, 


pl. 4k: £3. 


Mould of Lucina? Owen, Rep. Iowa, Wis. & Minn., pl. 7, f. 8. 
L. pinguis Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 275, pl. 24, f. 18. 
. subundataH. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 382, pl. 1, f. 6. 


Macrra Linn., Lam. 


. alta M.& H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, 271. 

. formosa M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 271. 

. Texana Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p, 269. 

. Warrenana M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 271. 


Mereterx Lam. 
. Tippana Con., 1855, Jour. Acad. 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 326, pl. 34, f. 18. 


? 


ef 


=) 


14 


Moprora Lam. 
M. concentrice-constellata Rwmer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 54, 
pl. 7, f. 10. 
M. granulato-cancellata Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 54, 
DL Wate as 
M. Pedernalis Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 54, pl. 7, f. 11. 


MonoPpLevuRA. 
M. Texana Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 81, pl. 5, f. 3. 


Myvinis Rondelet. 
. attenuatus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 86. 
. Galpinianus Evans & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 164. 
. Ssemiplicatus Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 55, pl. 7, f. 3. 
subarcuatus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 276. 
. tenuitesta Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 55, pl. 7, f. 13. 


NeirHea Drouet. 


zee 


N. duplicosta. 

Pecten duplicosta Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 65, pl. 8, f. 2. 

N. Mortoni. 

Janira Mortoni D’Orb., 1850, Prod, de Palzont. vol. 2, p. 253. 

N. occidentalis Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 269. 

Pecten quadricostata (in part) Roemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 64, pl. 8, f. 4. 
N. quadricostata. 

Janira quadricostata D’Orb., Pal. Franc. vol. 3, p. 644, pl. 447, f. 1, 7. 
Pecten quadricostatus Roemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 64, pl. 8, f. 4. 

N. qguinquecostata. 

Pecten quinquecostatus Sow., Morton, Synopsis, p. 51, pl. 19, f. 1. 

N. Texana. 

Pecten Texanus Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 65, pl. 8, f. 2. 


Nucuia Lam, 


-cancellata M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 85. 
-equilateralis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84. 

.Evansi M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84. 
.obsoletastriataM. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 275. 
percrassa Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 327, pl. 35, 


planomarginata M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 6, p. 35. 
.scitula M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84. 

-subnasutaH. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 384, pl. 1, f. 10. 
subplanaM. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 85. 
-ventricosaH. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 385, pl. 11, f. 1. 


Opis Defranc. 


= 
AAAA AR AAA Az 


O. bella Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 317. 
0. bicarinatus, 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 417. 
Ostrea Linn. 

O.anomiaformis Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 75, pl. 9, f. 7. 

OQ. bella Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pl. 10, f. 4. 

O. carinata Lam., Roemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 75, pl. 9, f. 5. 

O. confragosa Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pl. 34, 
f. 4. 

O. congesta Con., 1843, Nicollett’s Rep. p. 169. 

O. cortex Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pl. 11, f. 4. 

O. crenulata Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171, 


O. crenulimargo Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 76, plo; 126 


f. 


1 
f. 


el 


15 


O. cretaceaS. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 52, pl. 19, f. 3. 
O.denticulifera Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pl. 36, 
1-8. 

O. glabra M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 146. 

O. lugubris Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pl. 10, f. 5. 
O. MarshiiSow., Marcou, Geol. N. A. p. 43, pl. 4, f. 4. 

O.multilirata Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pl. 12, 


O. larva Lam., 1819, Anim. Sans. Verteb., 1st ed. vol. 6, p. 216. 

O. falcata Morton, (not Sow.) Syn. p. 50, pl. 3, f. 5, and pl. 9, f. 6, 7. 

O patina M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. 1858, p. 277. 

: peculiaris Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pl. 36, 


0. subovata Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Rep. p. 505, pl. 5, f. 2. 
O. subspatulata Lyell and Sow., 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, 
61 


O. tran slucida M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 147. 
O. robusta Con,, 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pl. 11, f. 3. 
O. vellicata Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pl. 11, f. 2. 


Panopma Menard de la Groye. 
P.cretacea Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170. 
P. occidentalis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 270. 
P. Texana Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Report, p. 207, pl. 6, f. 1. 


Prcten Rondelet. 
P.calvatusS. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 58, pl. 10, f. 3. 
P.anatipesS. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 58, pl. 6, f. 4. 
P. craticulaS. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 57. 
P.membranosus, S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 59, pl. 10, f. 4. 
P.Nebrascensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 87. 
P. Nilssoni Goldf. sp. Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 67, pl. 8, f. 6. 
P. orbicularis Nilsson, Petrif. Sule. p. 23, Remer Kreide von Texas, 
P. perplanusS. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 58, pl. 5, f.5, and pl. 15, f. 8. 
P. PoulsoniS. G. M., Synopsis, p. 59, pl. 19, f. 2. 
P. quinquenaria Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 275, pl. 24, 
10. 


P.rigida H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. 2d series, vol. 5, p. 381, pl. 1 
4 


? 


P. venustusS. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 58, pl. 5, f. 7. 
P. virgatus Nilsson sp., Roemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 66, pl. 8, f. 5. 


AxinEA Poli, (Pectunculus Lam.) 
A. Siouxensis. 
Pectunculus Siouxensis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 384, pl. 1, 
12. 
A.subimbricatus. 
Pectunculus subimbricatus M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 146. 
A.australia. 
Peetunculus australis S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 64. 
A. hamula. 
Pectunculus hamula S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 64, pl. 15, f. 7. 


PapyRiDnA Swainson. 

P. bella Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 326. 
PerieLomMa Schum. 

P. applicata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 324. 
Puotas List. 

P.citharaS. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 68, pl. 9, f. 2. 


16 


P.pectorosa Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 24 series, vol. 2, p. 293, pl. 57 
f. 9. 


PHoLADOMYA Sow. 


P. Americana M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 283. 

Goniomya Americana M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 8. 
P.elegantulaEvans & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 164. 
P.fibrosa M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 283. 

Avicula? fibrosa M. & H., 1858, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 86. 

P. occidentalisS. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 68, pl. 8, f. 3. 

P. Pedernalis Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 45, pl. 9, f. 4. 

P. Sancti-sabe. 

Si Sancti-sabe Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 48, pl. 6, f. 7. 
P.subventricosaM. &H., 1857, Proc. Acad. 

. tenua Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170. 

. Texana Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 152, pl. 19, f. 3. 
. Tippana Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 324, pl. 34, f. 9. 
.undata M. & H.. 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 81. 


Pryna Linn. 


a> acacia lao) 


P. laqueata Con,, 1858 Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 328. 
P.rostiformis 8. G.M., 1842, Jour. Acad. lst series, vol. 8, p. 214, pl. 
10, f. 5. 


PLANULARIA. 
P. cuneata S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. Ist series, vol. 8, p. 214, pl. 11, 
5. 


PLAGiostoma Sow. 


P. dumosum §. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 59, pl. 16, f. 8. 

P. gregale 8. G.M., 1834, Synopsis, p- 60, pl. 5, f. 6. 

P. pelagicum §. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 61, pl. 5, f. 2. 
mani Lamarck. 


P. incongrua Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 158, pl. 6, f. 10. 
P. urticosa 8. G. M., 1934, Synopsis, p. 62, pl. 10, f. 2. 


PsammosrA Lam.. 
; Be cancellato-sculpta Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 46, pl. 6, 
Pouvinites Defrance. 
P. argentea Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 330, pl. 34, f. 5. 
SruievartaA Schum. 
S. biplicata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 324, pl. 34, f.17. 
Srmopsis. 
S. parvula M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 285. 
Pectunculina parvula M. & H., 1856, Proc. iene vol. 8, p. 85. 
Sotemya Lamarck. 


S. planulata Con., 1853, Journ. Acad. vol. 2, 2d series, p. 274, pl. 24, 


reall 
S. subplicata M. &H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 283. 
Solen subplicata M. and H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82. 


Soren Arist. 


S. Dakotensis M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 142. 
S. irradians Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 45, pl. 6, f. 9. 


Ete 


SponpyLus Lang. 


8S. capax Con., 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 274, ie 24, f. 8. 
5. Guadalupz Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p- 62, pl. 8, f. 9. 


a ae Brug. 


T.? Cheyenensis M. &H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82. 

T. densata Con., 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 275, pl. 24, £, 14. 

T. equilateralis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82. 

T? occidentalis S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad., 1st series, vol. 8, p. 210, 
pl. 11, f. 3. Meek & Hayden (Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 273,) consider this a 
lu cina. 

Prouti M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83. 
Ripleyana Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 327. 
scitula M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82. 

. subelliptica M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83. 

- Subtortuosa M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 272. 


TereEpO Sell. 
calamus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170. 
. tibialis 8. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 68, pl. 9, f. 2. 

Turacia Leach. 
T.? gracilis M.&H., Proc Acad. vol. 8, p. 284. 
Lellina gracilis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82. 

TriconiA Lam. 
- crenulata Lam., Sp., Roemer, Kreide von POE RS, Dep sle wplaudey ter Oe 
- Emoryi Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 148, pl. 3, f 2. 
- Texana Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep., vol. 1, part 2, p. 148, pl. 3, t 3. 
- thoracica §.G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 65, pelo ers: 

VenitiA Morton. 
V. Conradi S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 67, pl. 8, f. 1 and 2. 


Cardita decisa 8. G. M., Synopsis, p. 66, pl. 9, f. 3. 
V. rhomboidea Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d ser., vol. p. 275, pl. 24, f. 7. 


HHSSS 


Bs 


lee Da He [| 


XYLOPHAGA. 
X. elegantula M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 141 
X. Stimpsoni M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 141. 
Venus Linn. 
V.?circulus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 272. 


BRACHIOPODA. 


LinevLa. 
L. subspatulata H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 380, pl. 1. 


Reqvrenta Matheron. 
*R. Senseni Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 229, pl. 27, f. 8. 


TEREBRATELLA D’Orb. 


UM ela ie 

Terebratula Sayi 8. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 71, pl. 3, f. 3,4. 

Terebratula plicata Say, Am. Jour. Sci. vol. 2 » p. 43 

T. Vanuxemi. 

Terebratula Vanuxemi Lyell & Forbes, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. p. 62. 


TEREBRATULA Lhynd. 


T. Atlantica S G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad., Ist series, vol. 8, p. 214. 
T. Choctawensis Shumard, Marcy’s Rep., p. 207, pl. 2, f. a b. 


>) 
~ 


18 


T. Guadaloup# Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 82, pl. 6, f. 3. 

T. Harlani 8. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 70, pl. 3, f. 1 and pl. 9, f. 8, 9. 
T. Floridana 8S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 72, pl. 16, f. 7. 

T. fragilis S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 70, pl. 3, f. 2. 

T. lachryma, 8. G.M., 1834, Syn. p. 72, pl. 10, f. 11, and pl. 16, f. 6. 
T. Wacoensis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 81, pl. 6, f. 2. 


RUDISTIDES. 


Caprina Dessal. 


- crassifibra Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 79, pl. 5, f. 6. 
- Guadalup# Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 79, pl. 5, f. 4. 
- Occidentalis Con., 1856,, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 268. 

- quadrata Con., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 266. 

- planata Con., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p, 268. 


Caprotina D’Orb. 

C. Texana Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 80, pl. 4, f. 2. 
Hrepvrites Lam. 

H. Texanus Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 76, pl. 5, f. 1. 


AQAAA 


IrayosarcoLires Desm. (CAPRINELLA D’Orb.) 
I. coraloidea. 
Caprinella coraloidea H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 380, 
ple Ay teed: 
I. cornutus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172. 
I. loricatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172. 
I. quadrangularis, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172. 


Rapioures Lam. (Spherulites Delam.) 


R. Aimesii Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172. 

R. Austinensis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 77, pl. 6, f. 1. 
R. lamellosus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171. 

R. Ormondii Tuomey, 1855, Proce. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171. 

R. undulata Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172. 


ECHINODERMS. 


ANANCHYTES Lam. 


- cinctus S. G. M., 1834, Syn., p. 78, pl. 3, f. 19. 
. fimbriatus S. G..M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 78, pl. 3, f. 20. 


Cassiputus Lam. 
C. equorum S&S. G. M., 1834, Syn., p. 76, pl. 3, f. 14. 


CIDARIS. ; 


> > 


C. armiger. 

Cidarites armiger S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad., 1st series, vol. 8, p. 215, 
joe 1 aS aaa 

C. diatretum. 

Cidarides diatretum S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 75, pl. 10, f. 10. 

C. splendeus. 

Cidarites splendeus S. G. M., 1841, Proc. Acad. vol. p. 132. 


CLYPEASTER. 
C. florealis 8. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 76, pl. 3, f. 12, and pl. 10, f. 12. 
C. geometricus 8S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 76, pl. 10, f.9- 

CyPHOSOMA. 


C. Texanum Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. $2, pl. 10, f. 6. 
Diadema Texanum F. Roemer, ‘ Texas,’ p. 392. 


19 


DIADEMA. 
D. Texanum Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 83, pl. 10, f. 5, not 
D. Texanum F. Reemer, ‘ Texas,’ p. 392. 
Ecuinvs. 
EK. inflatus 8S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 75, pl. 10, f. 7- 


HonasterR Agg. (Spatangus Auct.) 


H. Comanchesi Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 40, pl. 3, f. 3. 
H. simplex Shumard, 1853, Marcy’s Rep. p. 210, pl. 3, f. 2. 
H. parastatus. 

Spatangus parastatus 8. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 77, pl. 3, f. 1. 

S. stella 8. G. M., Am. Jour. Sci. vol. 18, pl. 3, f. 11. 

H. ungula. 

Spatangus ungula 8. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 78, pl. 10, f. 6. 


Ho.LeEctTyrPvs. 
H. planatus Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 84, pl. 10, f. 2. 
HEMIASTER. 


H. Texanus Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 85, pl. 10, f. 4. 
H? Humphreysanus M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 174. 


Nocreoures Lam. 
N. crucifer 8. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 75, pl. 3, f. 15. 
Pyrinia. 

P. Parryi Hail, 1857, Emory’s Report, vol. 1, part 2, p. 144, pl, 1, f. 1. 

Scurerta Lam. 
S. crustuloides S.G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 75, pl. 15, f. 10. 
S. Lyelli and S. Rodgersi of Morton, are not cretaceous fossils. They belong 

to the eocene but were supposed by him to be cretaceous. 
ToxasTER Ag. 


T. elegans. 
Hemiaster elegans Shumard, Marcy’s Rep. p. 210, pl. 2, f. 4. 
T. Texanus Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 85, pl. 10, f. 3. 


POLYPARIA. 
Atveouires Lam. 
A. cepularis §. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 80. 
Asrrocanta Edwards & Haime. 
A. Guadalupe Remer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 87. pl. 10, f. 8. 
CELLEPoRA Lam. 
C. tubuluta Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. , p. 70. 
Escoara Lam. 
E. digitata S. G. M., 1834, Syn. 1, pl. 13, f. 8. 
Escuarmva Milne Edwards. (JZepralia Johnson.) 
E.? Sagena Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. 71. 
Flustra Sagena 8. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, play tends 
Ipmonra Lamoroux. 
I.contortilis Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. 68. 
MonTIVALTIA. 


M. Atlantica Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. 65. 
Anthophyllum Atlanticum 8. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 80, pl. 1, f. 9, 10. 


20 


Tvusvtirora Lamarck. 
T. Meg era Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. 69. 
TursinouiA Lamarck, 


T. inaurus §S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 81, pl. 15, f. 11. 
T. Texana Con., 1857, Emory’s Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 144, pl. 2, f. 3. 


Orsitonites Lamarck. 
0. Texanuus Romer, 1852, Kreide yon Texas, p. 86, pl. 10, f. 7. 
FORAMINIFER. 
CRISTELLARIA Lam. 
C. rotula D’Orb., Lyell, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. 64. 


DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. i. 


DoNATIONS TO MustuM.—1859. 


s 


Jan. 4th. Horns of the Rocky Mountain Sheep. Presented by Dr. T. G. 
Richardson. 

A collection of Lizards and Serpents from Honduras. Presented by J. S. 
Hawkins and J. L. LeConte, M. D. 

A collection of Reptiles from the Isthmus of Panama. Presented by Dr. 
John Gallaer. 

Cones of Pinus pungens. From the Alleghany Mountains. Presented by 
W. Parker Foulke. 

Jan. 11th. Canis occidentalis, Meles labradorica; 30 skins, 25 species, 
Birds. New Mexico. Presented by T. Charlton Henry, Me De, Use. AC 

Nyctea nivea. Berks county. Presented by Dr. Bertholet.. 

Tyo Numulites. Gizeh, Egypt. Presented by J. A. Slack. 

Three Paleotrochus, Emmons. Montgomery county, N. C. Three speci- 
mens of Pyrophylite. Orange county, N. C. Presented by 8. B. Buckley. 


Feb. 1st. Fine mounted specimen; the famous trotting Horse ‘‘ Edwin 
Forrest.’? Presented by James Hammill. 

An Emys, from Honduras. Presented by J. 8. Hawkins and Dr. J. L. Le 
Conte. 

Feb. 8th. Nearly entire lower jaw, fragment of the cranium, atlas, axis, 
astragalus, and head of os femoris, of the extinct Hippopotamus of Europe ; 
five bones of the extinct Horse, and one bone of the extinct Ox. Presented 
by Isaac Lea. 

A collection of fossils from the permian and carboniferous rocks of Kansas, 
described in the recent papers of Messrs. Meek and Hayden. Obtained by 
purchase with part of the subscription fund of Messrs. T. B. Wilson, Joseph 
Leidy, Joseph Jeanes, Thomas Harris, Isaac Lea, and Joseph Harrison. 

Specimen of elastic Marble. Pittsfield, Mass. Presented by T. B. Wilson. 

Two specimens Cursorius isabellenis. Africa. Presented by W. 8S. Vaux. 

Sternum and trachea of Grus americana. St. Simon’s Island, Ga. Presented 
by P. B. Wilson. 

Specimens of Bursatella and larve of a Myrmeleon. From the coast of 
Florida. Presented by P. B. Wilson. 

Three Cymothoa. Gulf of Spezzia. Lieut. Geo. H. Hare. 

Two vertebre of Priscodelphinus. Miocene, New Jersey. Vertebra of 
Carcharodon. Green Sand, New Jersey. Presented by Mr. W. M. Gabb. 

Skull of an Apache child; do. of an Utah Indian girl; 2do. of Moqui 
Indians. Presented by Dr. J. Letterman, U.S. A. 

Sixty species of plants collected in Wisconsin. Presented by T. A. Lapham 
through Mr. Durand. 


March 1st. Tooth of Lamna, and a fossil shell. Piece of brown Coal. 
From Switzerland. Presented by Mr. F. Dimpfels. 

Fragments of Sandstone, from Connecticut, with obscure vegetable remains. 
Presented by Miss Mary Powel. 

Two specimens of native Copper. Portage Lake, Lake Superior. Two spe- 
cimens of Mice. Lake Superior. From B. A. Hoopes. 

March 8th. Two Lesbia Gouldii. New Granada. Presented by J. C. Traut- 
waine. 

Kinosternum Henrici, Le Conte. Gila river, New Mexico. Presented by 
T. C. Henry, U.S. A. 

Gar Fish, Lepidosteus bison? Caught in the Delaware river at Bombay 
Hook. Presented by Mr. Andrew Vanderslice. 


1 , 


il. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 


Obsidian. Ascension Island, South Atlantic. Presented by J. M. Semple, 
M. D., U. 8. N., through Dr. Ziegler. 

Seven perfect teeth and fragments of others, with portions of jaws, ribs, 
&c., of Mosasaurus. Tooth of Otodus obliquus, and vertebre of do. Mon- 
mouth Co., N. J. Presented by T. M. Perrine. = 

A tooth of Mosasaurus. Monmouth Co., N. J. Presented by D. Baird. 

Humerus of Mosasaurus, and fragments of a fish jaw. Presented by Mr. M. 
P. Rue. 

Several fossil shells. Presented by Mr. Forman. 

Specimen of Egyptian wheat, and seven Egyptian figures of Osiris. De- 
posited by Mr. Slack. 

Acorns of Quercus rubra. Wissahicon. Presented by Mr. J. Goucher. 

Twelve specimens of insects from China and Japan. Presented by Dr. 
Henderson, U.S. N. 

Thirty-eight specimens 25 species birds, from New Mexico. Presented by 
Dr. T. C. Henry, U.S. A. + 

Zeolite. Manayunk Tunnel, Montgomery Co., Pa. Presented by W. G. EH. 
Agnew. 

Chabazite and Stilbite, from the same locality. Presented by Theo. D. 
Rand, 

A fine Stereoscope. Presented by J. W. Queen. 


t 

April 5th. Vertebra, humerus, and four teeth of a Spermaceti Whale. 
Large metatarsal bone. Tooth of Carcharodon megalodon. A collection of 
shells. From the Miocene marls of Virginia. Presented by Dr. Alexander 
Bryant. 

Pumice stone. From Syria. Presented by H. 8. Osborn. 

Shark teeth, fragments of Turtle bones, shells, and corals, from the Green 
Sand of New Jersey. Presented by Wm. M. Gabb. 

A collection of muds and Jignites, from Washington Territory. Presented 
by Geo. Davidson, Esq. 

Calamite. Pictou, Nova Scotia. Mr. Struthers. 

Teeth of three genera of reptiles, scales, and bones of ganoid fishes, copro- 
lites, and vegetable remains. From the slate rocks of Phoenixville Tunnel, 
Chester Co., Pa. Presented by Messrs. Vaux, Sergeant, Powel, Tilghman, 
and Leidy. 

Specimens of Alosa manhaden, with a parasitic crustacean adhering to the 
roof of the mouth. From the coast of North Carolina. Presented by Dr. 
Norcom of Edenton, N. C. : 

April 12th. Fragments of jaws and teeth of Mosasaurus. A collection of 
bones of an unknown Saurian. Teeth of three species Sharks, palate of Pyc- 
nodus, and jaw of Enchodus. Several fossil shells. Green Sand, Monmouth 
Co., N. J. Presented by J. A. Slack. 

Three Unio Shepardianus, Lea. Georgia. 1 U. capax, Green. Missis- 
sippi. 2U. Boykinianus, Lea. Georgia. 2U. patulus, Lea. U. clavus, Lam. 
Ohio. Presented by I. Lea. 

Three specimens of opalized wood. Little Colorado, New Mexico. Pre- 
sented by Dr. Woodhouse. 

Numerous fragments of a ferruginous rock containing remains of ganoid 
fishes. From Bethany, Va. Presented by P. W. Mosblech. 

A small collection of shells. Juan Fernandez. Presented by Ed. S. 
Whelan. 

Skins of Lupus occidentalis, Platte river; Erethizon spixanthus, Fort De- 
fiance; Mustela pennantii, Fort Umqua; Procyon hernandezii, California ; 
Putorius vison, Astoria; Lynx fasciatus, New Califormia; Ovis montana, 
Cervus macrotis 3 % Vulpes virginianus, Taxidea americana, Lynx rufus, 
var., Lepus californicus, L. trowbridgii, 3 Spermophilus beecheyi, Sciurus 
fossor, Neotoma mexicana. Fort Tejon. Skulls of Lynx rufus, and Cervus 
macrotis. Presented by the Smithsonian Institution. 


DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. ili. 


Skull of a Bear (Ursus americanus?) and a fragment of a mastodon bone, 
found in the drift of the Mississippi. An Albino mole, Scalops. Presented 
by W. D. Moore of Oxford, Mississippi. 

Two large masses of phosphatic rock with imbedded turtle bones. From 
Sombrero, West Indies. Presented by Joseph B. Hanson, Esq. 

One Partula and two Achitinella. Sandwich Islands. Presented by Dr. 
Thos. J. Turner, U.S. N. 

Fine specimen of a male Bengal Tiger. Presented by J. W. Gregory, Esq. 


May 3d. One Serpent. Mrs. Bussier. One Serpent and one Frog. Mr. 
Slack. Jaw of Centrophorus. Presented by Dr. I. I. Hayes. 

A collection of Hymenoptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidoptera. From Fort 
Tejon, California. Presented by John Xantus. 

Fragment of jaw of Mosasaurus with the teeth. Phosphate of Iron. Free- 
hold, N. J. Presented by O. R. Willis. 

Meerschaum. Presented by Dr. Rand. 

Large slab of Coal shale with ferns. From Schuylkill Co., Pa. Presented 
by Messrs. Haas and Brenizer. 

Dynastes hercules. San Juan, Del Norte. Presented by Henry Etting; 
US.IN- 

Two Hanging Birds’ nests. Island of Penang, Straits of Malacca. Pre- 
sented by J. E. Semple, M. D., U.S. N. 

Fine specimens of infusorial earth, from Richmond and Rappahannock river, 
Va. Presented by Prof. R. E. Rogers. 

Two eggs of a Tern. Island of Ascension. Three Grasshoppers, two Mole- 
crickets, one Beetle. China. Three young Turtles and a Crab. Island of 
Ascension. Fruit of Dimocarpus Litchi. Reunited fractured thigh bone of 
abird. Presented by J. E. Semple, M. D., U.S. N. 

Lumpus anglorum. New Jersey. Presented by 

Lepidodendron in shale. Horton, Nova Scotia. Presented by J. C. Traut- 
wine. 

Cocoons of the Emperor Moth, filled with those of an Ichneumon. Presented 
by J. R. Remont. 

May lith. Cast of a Chinese. skull, cast of an Icelander’s skull, and two 
Swedish crania. Deposited by Drs. T. J. Turner and J. A. Meigs. 

One Water Snake. Gulf of Siam. One Snake. Siam. An Opium pipe. 
Presented by J. E. Semple, M. D., U.S. N. 

Nine Specimens, two species Paleotrochus. North Carolina. Reptilian tooth 
and scales of fish. Coal of Chatham Co., N. C. Two teeth of a fish. North 
Carolina. Presented by Prof. E. Emmons. 

Specimen of the preserved vegetable food which was prepared for the Cri- 
mean army. Presented by Mr. Tilghman. 
sr coal with amber, from Puget’sSound. Presented by Dr. T. J. Turner, 

Large skeleton of the Frog. Presented by Dr. Leidy. 

Specimen of crystallized lead. Presented by Charles Lennig. 

May 24th. Four vertebre of an extinct Delphinus. From Gloucester Co., 
New Jersey. Large specimen of Madrepora securis. Tortugas. Deposited 
by J. H. Slack. 

Cervus cornix. Upper Egypt. Presented by J. H. Slack 


June 7th. Two specimens, male and female, Chatoéssus, n. s. Sturgeon 
Pond, two miles below Trenton, N. J. Presented by Charles C. Abbott. 

Five fossils. Green Sand of New Jersey. Skeletons of the Cat, Musk-rat, 
Mole, and Mouse. Deposited by J. H. Slack. 

Fossil Spatangus. Eocene of North Carolina. Specimen of a lower jaw of 
Dromatherium sylvestre. Coal of Chatham Co., N.C. Presented by Prof. 
E. Emmons. 

Ten specimens, 4 species small fishes, from near Trenton, N. J. Presented 
by Charles C. Abbott. 


? 


iv. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 


A three-toed Sloth. Presented by Dr. S. P. Brown. 

Small collection of fossil bones, Mastodon, Deer, and Bear. From near 
Pemberton, N. J. Presented by Joshua Hoopes. 

Three hundred and twenty-five specimens of Arachnidw. From the country 
between the Mississippi river and the Rocky Mountains. Presented by Dr. 
Wm. A. Hammond. 

A fossil Crab, Lupa 
W. C. Taylor. : 

Tooth of Holcodus acutidens. Green Sand of Mullica Hill, N.J. Presented 
by Dr. Hartman. 

Teeth, vertebra, and fragments of other bones of Holcodus acutidens. 
Green Sand of New Jersey. Presented by W. Parker Foulke. 

Specimen of Neviusia Alabamensis, a new genus of Rosacee. From Ala- 
bama. Presented by Prof. Asa Gray. 

Specimens of Pyrophylite. Montgomery Co., N.C. Presented by Prof. E, 

mons. 

Lignite. Marl of New Jersey. Presented by Wm. M. Gabb. 

A dissecting microscope, of Powel and Leland, and a fine Camera lucida. 
Presented by the Executors of Dr. C. F. Beck. 


June 14th. Collection of Volcanic minerals. Mount Vesuvius. Presen‘ed 
by J. Hinckley Clark. 

Large Balani. Panama. Presented by H. C. Hanson. 

Two casts of skull of Rutiodon, one cast of tooth of Ontocetus. Presented 
by Prof. E. Emmons. 

Two fossil Corals. Seneca Co., Ohio. Presented by Dr. Noah Kollar. 

Arragonite. From the Himalayas. Presented by Dr. J. Thomas. 

Hesperomys. Cape May Co., N. J. Presented by Mr. Krider. 

Frog, from Falls of Niagara, and Lizard, from Delaware Water Gap. Pre. 
sented by Mr. Krider. 


? from the tertiary of Maryland. Presented by 


Eee ee ee 


itil 


DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. Vv. 


July 5th. A Chinese, Hindu and N. American Indian skull. Presented by 
Dr. J. Dickson Bruns, of Charleston, S. C. 

Fragment of Anthracite, with peculiar bird-eye fractures. Presented by 
W. P. Foulke. 

Two fossil shells, head of a femur of a fossil Turtle, jaws of Scarus, several 
fragments of rocks, a Scolopendra, and a collection of Lizards. Sombrero, 
W.1I. Presented by Joseph Hanson, Esq. 

Tringa himantopus, and hybrid of Tetrao cupido and T. phasianellus. New 
York. Mr. J. G. Bell. 

A collection of post-pliocene land shells. Washington Co., Texas. Pre- 
sented by F. Moore. j 

Plagiostoma, n. s. Cretaceous, Tennessee. Presented by Mr. Safford. 

Slag, from a Copper-ore furnace—Chile. Presented by Dr. Ruschenberger. 

Deformed Rat. Presented by Cornelius Moore. 

Papyrus, from Syracuse, Sicily. Ostrich eggs. Africa. Tusks of Boar. 
Tunis, Africa. Seed vessel, Africa. Presented by Lieut. Thos. Y. Field, 
U.S. N. ‘ 


July 19th. Collection of vertebrate remains from the post-pliocene forma- 
tion of South Carolina, consisting of teeth of Bos taurus, teeth of Hog, teeth 
of Sheep, teeth of Equus fraternus, of deer, of Fiber zabethicus, of Castor 
Canadensis, of Megatherium, of Cervus Canadensis, of Elephas Americanus, 
of Alligator Mississippiensis, of Tapir Americanus, and some fragments of 
Bird bones. All from Ashley river. And teeth of Horse from Cooper river. 
Also bone of Turtle from same, and teeth of Mastodon from Christ Church 
Parish and from Cooper river, and Vertebra of Mastodon from same. Pre- 
sented by Prof. Holmes, of Charleston, §. C. 


Aug. 3d. Peltocephalus. Skull of 
Presented by John Krider. 

Specimen of Peat coal. Bahia, Brazil. Bulimus ovatus. Brazil. Presented 
by G. W. Farquhar. 

Three specimens of Ictinea Mississippiensis, male, female and young. Red 
Fork, Arkansas. Presented by 8. W. Woodhouse. 

Vireo flavifrons. Grand Rapids, Michigan. Presented by Wm. H. DeCamp, 
M. D. 

Upper jaw of Crocodile. Skull of Dicotyles, of Tapirus americanus, of Procyon 
canciyorus. Specimen of Gutta surinamensis, made from juice of Bally tree, 
(Lucuma mammosa.) Hides of Myrmecophaga jubata and of Procyon cancri- 
vorus, Testudo, Peltocephalus, Kinosternum. Surinam. Presented by C. J. 
Hering. 

Collection of fossil shells and deer’s horn, from the marl of New Jersey. Pre- 
sented by Mr. Slack. 


? Skin of small Lizard. Amazon. 


Aug. 9th. Molar of Elephant, from the tertiary deposit of Williamette 
Valley, Oregon. Presented by Dr. John Evans. 


Aug. 22d. Three Salamanders. Little Rock, Arkansas. Presented by 
Francis Richards. 

Several Beetles, from New Jersey. Presented by W. G. E. Agnew. 

A water Beetle, New Jersey. Presented by G. W. Fahnestock. 

1 Lepus, 1 Felis, 2 Sciurus, 1 Scalops, 1 Vespertilio. Presented by George 
Davidson. 

Fragments of a fossil Turtle. Mullica Hill, N. J. Several Shark teeth. 
Presented by Mr. Gabb. 

A large Diodon. St. Domingo. Presented by Edward L. Clark. 

Seven Spiza ciris. St. Simons, Georgia. Presented by S. W. Wilson, M. D. 

One Rana Catesbyi. Georgia. Presented by Major Le Conte. 


Sept. 6th. Two fossil antlers of the existing Elk, from the loam above the 


vi. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 


Green Sand. Near Deal, New Jersey. Several fossil shells. Presented by 
Aubrey H. Smith. 

Sigillaria in Anthracite. Hazleton, Pa. Presented by Franklin Peale. 

Two Picus ricensis. Presented by Mr. Swift. St. Thomas, W. I 

Salamander. California. Presented by George Davidson. 

Bottle of milk of the Cow-tree, Galactodendron. From Venezuela. Pre- 
sented by Miss Maria Lewis. 

A Cuttle fish, Scolopendra and Phrynosoma. A Pomoxis and Platirostra. 
From J. A. Florat through Thad. Norris. 

Egg of the String-ray, with the embryo. Presented by Dr. Dunn, of New- 
port. 

12 specimens Umbrinaalburnus, Leiostomus obliquus, Seriola chloris, Homo- 
prion xanthurus, Cybium maculatum, Pomoxis hexacanthus, Bothrolemus 
pampanus, Vomer Brownii, Pristopoma fulvomaculata, Elapsaurus. South 
Carolina. Presented by Dr. Holbrook. 

8 species of fishes, Otolithus, Leiostomus, Temnodon, Bothrolemus, Pristo- 
poma, Mugil, Chateessus. Presented by Dr. J. M. Corse. 


Sept. 13th. 13 vertebra of cetaceans and fishes, 23 shells, 30 teeth of sharks, 
vegetable impressions, fossil crustaceans, lignite and suite of clays. From 
Gay Head, Martha’s Vineyard. 

9 sterna of birds, horn core of Cervus euryceros and do. of Bos primigenius. 
From Germany. Presented by J. H. Slack. 

Skeleton of Hyla arborea, Deposited by the same. 

5 star fishes, from S. Tufts, Jr. Manchester, Moss. 


Sept. 20th. A small collection of cretaceous and carboniferous fossils from 
Texas. Presented by Dr. Moore. 

Astrophyton Agassizii St. Eastport, Me. Presented by J. G. Cooper, of 
Hoboken. 

Specimen of Gold bearing quartz, from the Kansas gold mines, (Pike’s Peak). 
Presented by R. H. Hare. 

Numerous specimens of Mica, from Chester Co. Presented by W. Parker 
Foulke. 


Oct. 4th. Sandstone concretion, with a nucleus of metallic iron. Narragansett 
Point, R. I. Presented by Dr. Boker. 

Poisoned arrow point. Isthmus of Darien. Presented by Lieut. Thos. Y. 
Field. 

Fossil fish cranium. From Gayhead. Presented by Mr. Stimpson. 

39 skulls, 36 species mammals. Deposited by Mr. J. H. Slack. 

6 specimens of an Etheostomoid fish. N. Jersey. Collection of fragments 
of a fossil Callianassa. Collection of fossil shells. Crosswicks, New Jersey. 
Presented by Mr. J. H. Slack. 

Cossack skull from Balaklava. In exchange. 

2 Salmo fontinalis. Lake George. Presented by R. W. Davids. 

3 teeth of Carcharodon and Lamna. Monmouth Co., N. J. Presented by 
Mire. &. Grier: 


Oct. 11th. A large Septaria. From Wm. Worrell. 
26 species fishes, 16 crustacea, 3 radiata, 5 usca. From Boston, Martha’s 
Vineyard and Cape Cod. Presented by J. H. Sack. 


Oct. 18th. 8 specimens, 6 species fishes; 6 jars, 6 species mollusca; 9 ra- 
.diata 4; 2 crustacea 1. 2 jars marine annelides. Coast of Massachusetts. 
Presented by J. H. Slack. 
A collection of plants from the Andes, consisting of 43 species. Presented 
by the Hon. Chas. R. Buckalew, U. S. Minister to Ecuador. 


Nov. Ist. Two large living specimens of Pityophis Sayi, from Rock Island 
“Co., Illinois. Presented by J. D. Sergeant. 
Fossil fern. Schuylkill Co., Pa. Presented by Robt. Pearsall. 


DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. Vil. 


Skull of Equus asinus and skeleton of Arctomys monax. Deposited by J. 
H. Slack. 


Nov. 91h. Mounted specimens of Antelocapra americana, m. and f. From 
the Yellowstone river. 

Cervus macrotis. Obtained by Dr. Hayden during Lieut. Warren’s Expedi- 
dition. Arctomys pruinosus. Puget’s Sound. Obtained by Dr. Kennerly. 
Vulpes virginianus. From the Smithsonian Institution. 

Large specimen Cyanosite, (Sulph. Copper.) From Eureka Mine, Polk Co., 
Tennessee. Prom Prof. W. J. Taylor. 

Several carboniferous fossils. Fort Belknap, Texas. Presented by Dr. Moore. 

Monstrous human finger nail, (8 in. in length,) from a negro of Georgia. A 
double catfish, from the coast of Georgia. Presented by James Postell. - 

Large Hornet nest. From Bucks Co., Pa. Presented by E. S. Whelen. 


Nov. 22d. Two very large and very fine specimens of Lepidodendra. From 
Mine Hill, Schuylkill Co., Pa. Presented by Eugene Borda. 

A collection of minerals and mineral waters, from the Geysers, about 72 m. 
N. N. W. of San Francisco, California. A large Acanthopterygian fish, 7 feet 
in length. From the Bay of San Francisco, California. Presented by George 
Davidson. 

A large collection of polished tablets of minerals. From Edward J. Willcox. 

An Indian skull and stone adze. From the neighborhood of Trenton, N. J. 
Presented by Charles C. Abbott. 

A small collection of miocene fossils from Virginia, and cretaceous fossils 
from New Jersey. Presented by T. A. Conrad. 

Several post-pliocene fossils, from the Ohio river. Presented by W. M. 
Gabb. 

Bituminous coal. Texas. Presented by Dr. Moore. 


Dec. Gth. 5 specimens ores of zinc, 1 fossil. Lehigh and Monroe Co., Pa. 
Presented by W. Thos. Roepper. 

1 Pustorius noveboracensis. Philadelphia. Presented by Horatio C. Wood. 

Tron ore. Lake Superior. Sciurus Carolinensis. Rock Island Co. Pre- 
sented by Mr. Sergeant. 

Coal plant. Tamaqua, Pa. Presented by Wm. M. Gabb. 


Dec. 13th. 18 species of land and fresh-water shells of the United States. 
Presented by W. G. Binney, 


Dec. 20th. 3 mounted birds. Presented by John Krider. 

Specimen of ‘‘ Millerite’’ from Gap Mines. Presented by John Williams. 

Specimen of ‘‘Gold ore,’’ from Kelly’s Lead, 2 miles 8. of Russell’s Gulch, 
Jefferson Territory, (head of Elkhorn.) Presented by A. G. Reed, Mo. 

Snake, from Indiana. Presented by Isaac Lea. 

Bugula, Halichondrium, ova of a mollusk, from Newport, R. I. Presented 
by Messrs. Bridges, Leidy and Powel. 

Gorgonia, from Mazatlan. Presented by Dr. Engelmann. 

Collection of cretaceous fossils from near Santa Fe, New Mexico. Presented 
by Chas. M. Wheatley. 


ee 


ifs ara hia 
a uy ee 


ie wine Veh ret ae rye ; + ay x ite 
ot Li ra ; ee es ee SY 
Le ee Sarl tubintiete ae 


; ‘ i ip 
al 4 ey MPU a at V) di; p poe iba) + 
hen Pil 4 4 Peas he om i ty ia 

~ 


x * 
i Coe RT - ft. aia i} 1 i ve 
bas TSS ) ; Peas th, Ke ’ 
fyi * 4 
a5 . h@ 
PY AGN THC Mey, al big A ag . 
’ 4 an 


RS A: OF ).. Se Lee hs ~~ WA oeenla 


5 a 


- vA 
hae ete A aie z 


f i Wire F 1) v1 be 0) A Rae 
i : Pi $ sgl bau 
fas 44 wi iets { hie had that] take atey a 
j i iy ie Poa BAGS ie apt * 
i pene 4 4 
j igh a AT Ne adie, “ay {2b ei ieee s FP Ftd Mite Panes | 
ic A ae re yh ve at Sian: al 4 oe HY i Aikt 
AMM 
a « 
(rh aP inperien cet i yal bol tiiy Bes ‘A 
A ainda chee es. ies my ye Pr ni Woe | ; We alte 
. Pins awa i Wea gan re er and We bain . 
a wel”, npr ol AL eit 1)? te, es 


ee c \ ‘ , 
ai ee i : eee To PAE: feted Aer at ; aie 
bids is me At AA 1 Oe OR naan neasiet 

F f TRAY ne 


4) sh its cede Lay Tien Pes, Pe ee 


eee Vr iy a Ca Auth Wie ai Po rar wae ‘pall 
; P - Ti Rea a. Lr i ) i 
ry ale A a, ee 
ar a A oat 


(Sar wo oe 
eA (|) Mele tet is 


pd,” Ys Pe y i AN I " i 
s) 94 Mie Slige= ns Me 4 roe \ 
I CR es ; ‘ha ae bag % 7 
va rates i othe ifate Auchan 2 ca 
rl ae an ATi sh) a) iva) { ana 


aha ah Dy 


DONTIONS TO LIBRARY. 1. 


Donations To’ LipraRY—1859. 


January 4th, 1859. Natural History of the Amphivinide, with Remarks and 
Observations on Organic Science, Physiology, Crocodilian Hibernation, and 
Instinct. By Bennet Dowler, M.D. From the Author. 

On Marcou’s Geology of North America. By Prof. Agassiz. Reply to the 
same. By J.D. Dana. From J. D. Dana. 

Eleventh Annual Exhibition of the Maryland Institute. Baltimore, 1858. 


From the Institute. 
Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. October 21, 1858. From 


the Society. 

On the Microscopical Structure of Crystals. By H.C.Sorby. London, 1858. 
From the Author. 

Norton’s Literary Letter. 1859. No.3. From C. B. Norton. 

Sixth Supplement to Dana’s Mineralogy. From Prof. Dana. 

Cotton Cultivation in Africa. By B. Coates. From the Author. 

United States Exploring Expedition. During the years 1838-42, under com- 
mand of Charles Wilkes, U.S. N. Vol. 8. Mammalogy and Ornithology. By 
Jno. Cassin. With afFolio Atlas. Philada., 1858. From the Author. 

American Geology. By Jules Marcou. Zurich, 1858. From the Author. 

Beitrige zur Triasischen Fauna und Flora der Bituminasen Schiefer Von 
Raibl. Von Dr. H.G. Bronn. Stuttgart, 1858. From Dr. J. Leidy. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

Dela Pluralite des Races Humaines. Par G. Pouchet. Paris, 1858. 

Essai sur |’ Inegalite des Races Humaines. Par M.A.DeGobineau. 4 vols. 
Paris, 1853-55. 

Untersuchungen sur Naturlehre der Menschen und der Thiere. Herausg. 
Von J. Moleschott. Bd.1, Heft. 1, 2,3; Bd. 2, Heft. 1, 2,3; Bd. 3, Heft. 1, 2, 
3; Bd. 4, Heft. 1, 2, 3,4; Bd. 5, Heft. 1, 2. 

Dr. A. Th. V. Middendorfs. Sibirische Reise. Bd. 1. Th. 1, Klimatologie, 
Geognosie; Th. 2, Botanik; Bd. 2, Th. 1, Wirbellose Thiere; Th. 2, Wirbel- 
thiere ; Bd. 3, Th. 2, Uber die Sprache der Jakuten. 

Etude Générale du Groupe des Euphorbiacées. Par M. H. Baillon. Paris, 
1858. 1 vol. and Atlas. 

Histoire de 1’ Organisation, du Developpement des Mceurs et des Rapports 
Zoologiques du Dentale. Par F. J. H. Lacaze-Duthiers. Paris, 1858. 

Physiologische Untersuchungen iiber das Sehen mit Zwei Augen. Von Dr. 
P.L. Panum. Kiel, 1858. 

Skandinaviens Fiskar. Af. W. Von Wright, med. text af. B. Fr. Fries och C. 
U. Ekstrém. 1-10 Hiafter. Stockholm, 1836-1857. 3 

Geology of North America. By Jules Marcou. Zurich, 1858. 

Beitrage zu einer Malacozoologia Rossica, Von Dr. A. Th. von Middendorf. 
Abthei. 1-3. St. Petersburgh, 1847-49. 

Dié geognostischen Verhaltnisse Neu-Granadas. Von H. Karsten. Wien, 
1856. 

Die Conchylien des Manzer Tertiirbeckens. Von Dr. F. Sandberger. ste 
Lief. Wiesbaden, 1859. 

Reptilien ans der Steinkohlen-Formation in Deutschland. Von H. von 
Meyer. Cassel, 1857. 

Des Appareils Electriques des Poissons Electriques. Par A. J. Jobert, (Dr. 


Lamballe.) 
Centurie de Lépidoptéres de 1’ Ile de Cuba. Par Ph. Poey. 2 Decades. 


Paris, 1832. From M. W. Collet. 
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New Series, 


vol. 4, part 1. From the Publication Committee. 
? 


il. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


January 11th. American Journal of Pharmacy. January, 1859. From the 
Editor. 

American Journal of Science and Arts. January, 1859. From the Editors. 

Charleston Medical Journal and Review. January, 1859. From the Editor. 

Notices of Insects that are known to form the Bases of Fungoid Parasites. 
From the Author. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

Handbuch des oryktognostischen Theils der Mineralogie. Von J. F. W. 
Widenmann. Leipzig, 1794. 

Nicolai Klimii Iter Subterraneum, etc. Hafnie et Lipsiw, 1766. 

La Création du Monde. Par un Austrasien. 1816. 


De danske Ostersbanker. AfH. Kroyer. Kjébenbayn. 1837. 
Aus der Natur. 11. 1858. 


Uber einige Farngattungen. Von Dr. G. Mettenius. 2. Plagiogyria. 3. Uber 
die mit einem Schleier Versehenen arten von Pteris. 4. Phegopteris und As- 
pidium. Frankfurt, A. M., 1858. 

Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung Parasitischer Crustaceen. Von Dr. ©. 
Claus. Cassel, 1858. 

Die Silurische Fauna des Unterharzes. Von C. Giebel. Berlin, 1858. 

Meletemata Entomologica. Fasc. 3,4,5. Petropoli, 1846. 

Planches Coloriées des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs Gufs. Par Ch. F. 
Dubois. 108,109. Livr. 

Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet Von Martini und Chemnitz. 7 Bd. 
Heft. 7. 

Novitates Conchologice. 1857, 10 Lief. 1858, 2 Abthei., 1 Lief. 

’ Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt. Von Dr. A. 
Petermann. 1858. No. 10. 
Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. 1858. 3w.4. Vierteljahrsheft. 


January 18th. New York Journal of Medicine. January, 1859. From the 
Editor. 

New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. November, 1858. From the 
Editor. 

Notes on American Land Shells. No. 4. By W.G. Binney. From the 
Author. 

Report of the North Carolina Geological Survey. By Ebenezer Emmons. 
Raleigh, 1858. From the Author. 

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution. 
Washington, 1858. From the institution. 

The following were presented, on the usual conditions, by Dr. T. B. Wilson: 

Die Vorztiglichsten Character-Pflanzen, Siugthiere, Vogel und Amphibien 
der Erdtheile. Von Dr. H. Pompper- Leipzig, 1842. 

Two Memoirs on the Ferns, Flowering Plants and Land Shells of Madeira and 
Porto Santo. By R. T. Lowe, M. A. London, 1851. 

Hanbuch der Conchyliologie und Malacozoolegie. Von Dr. Philippi. Halle, 
1853. 

Funftes Supplement zu dem Handwérterbuch des Chemischen Theils der 
Mineralogie. Von C.F. Rammelsberg. Berlin, 1853. 

A Journey through Norway, Lapland and part of Sweden. By the Rey. R. 
Everest. London, 1829. 

Aristotelis Stagirite Libri Omnes, etc. T. 4. 1580. 

Catalogue des Oiseaux Composant le Cabinet de M. le Comte de Ridcour. 
Nancy, 1829. 

Sketch of the Natural History of Yarmouth and its neighborhood. By C. 
and J. Paget. Yarmouth, 1834. 

Catalogo dei Coleopteri della Lombardia. Comp. dai A. E. G. Battista 
Villa. Milano, 1844. 


oe Heineanum. 1 Theil, die Songvégel enthaltend. Halberstadt. 
1850-51. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. lil. 


Degli Uccellé Liguri Notizie raccolte dal Marchese. C. Durazzo. Geneva 
1840. 


Catalogus Coleopterorum Europe. 4 Auflage. Berlin, 1852. 
Beitriige zur Fauna des Osterlandes. Von J. H. Apetz. Altenburg, 1840. 


Indicis Generum Malacozoorum. Supplementa et Corrigenda. Auc. A. N. 
Herrmannson. Cassellis, 1852. 


C. Linnzi Systema Nature. Leipsie, 1748. 
Natuur en Ontleedkundige Opmerkingen over den Chameleon: door. W. 
Vrolik. Amsterdam, 1857. 


Disertazione sopra ‘le fisiche e vere cause dé Terremoti del Sig. de Scotti di 
Cassano. Praga, 1788. 
Traité de l’ Education des Abeilles. Par M. de Frariére. Paris, 1843. 


Anleitung zum Ausstopfen und Aufbewahren der Vogel und Saugethiere. 

Von G. Pistorius. Darmstadt, 1799. 

Der Kukuk. Von Dr. A. J. ‘Lottingers. Strassburg, 1776. 

Parasite corporis humani Interue. A. J.C. Zenker. Leipsiz, 1827. 
Specimen Faune Insectorum Lipsice. A. G. B. Schmeidlein. Leipsia, 1790. 
Observations addressed to the Coal Owners of Northumberland and Durham. 

By T. J. Taylor. New Castle, 1846. 

Cenno sui Molluschi Vivente e Fossili della Sicilia di P. Calcara. Palermo, 

1845. 


Synopsis of the Edible Fishes at the Cape of Good Hope. By L. Pappe, M.D. 
Cape Town, 1853. 


February 1st. Journal de J’ Instruction Publique. Vol. 2. Nos. 11, 12. 
From M. Huguet Latour. 


Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. December, 1858. From the Natural 
History Society of Montreal. 

Annales des Mines. 5 Série; T. 13; 2e Livr. de 1858. From the Minister 
of Public Works. 

Transactions of the Albany Institute. Vol. 4. Part 1. From the Institute. 

Denkschrift zur feier des Zehnjehrigen. Stiftungsfestas des Vereins Deuts- 
cher Airzte in Paris. From the Union. 

The Geology of Pennsylvania. By H. D. Rogers. Vol.1. Philadelphia, 
1858. Also, Geological Maps of the State of Pennsylvania, constructed from 
original surveys, &c., under the superintendence of H. D. Rogers. From the 
Secretary of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions: 

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie. 1858. No. 10. 

Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles. 1858. No. 11. Genéve. 


Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, ete. Auc. A. De Can- 
dolle. Pars 14. 


Compies Rendus. 1858. Nos. 19, 20, 21, 22. 
L’ Organisation du Régne Animal. Par Emile Blanchard. Livr. 24, 25, 26. 


Description des Animaux sans Vertébres découverts dans le Bassin de Paris. 
Par G. P. Deshayes. 17 et 18 Livr. 


Encyclopédie d’ Histoire Naturelle. Par le Dr. Chenu. Mammals, 5 vols. ; 
Botany, 2 vols.; Birds, 3 vols. and 2 livr.; Reptiles and Fishes, 1 vol. 


Untersuchungen tber die Entwicklungs geschichte der Geburtshelferhrete. 
Von C. Vogt. Solothurn, 1842. 


G. A. Langguthii Opuscula Historiam Naturalem Spectantia, etc. Witte- 
berge, 1784, 


Map of the Territory of the United States, from the Mississippi to the Pacific 
Ocean, &c. From Lieut. G. K. Warren. 


February 8th. Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. January, 
1859. From the Canadian Institute. 
Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen. 


‘ 


? 


ly. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Afdeeling Setterkunke. 3 Deel; 1, 2,3, Stuk; 7 Deel, 1,2, Stuk. Afdeeling 
Natuurkundes, 7 Deel, 3 Stuk. From the Academy. 

Verhandlungen des Zoologisch-botanischen Vereins in Wien. Bd. 7. 1857. 
From the Society. 

Catalogus van de Boekerij der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen. 
1 Deels, 1 Stuk. From the Academy. 

Jaarboek van de Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen. April, 1857- 
April, 1858. From the Academy. 

Tidschrift voor Indische Taal. Landen Volkenkunde, Uitgegeyen door het 
Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, onder redaktie van 
P. Bleeker, J. Munnich en E. Netscher. Jaargang 2, Afler. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; 
Nieuwe Serie, Deel 1, Aflev. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6; Deel 2, Aflev. 1, 2, 3,4,5,6. From 
the Society. 

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 23 Jahr.,5 Heft. 24 Jahr.,1 Heft. 32 Jabr., 
6 Heft. From the Editor. 

43 Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gessellschaft in Emden. 1857. Von 
Dr. H. Metger. From the Society. 

Kleine Schriften der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden. Beitrige 
zur Kenntniss des Klima’s von Ostfriesland. Von Dr. M. A. F. Prestel. From 
the Society. 

Neues Jahrbuch ftir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefakten-kunde. 
1858. 4 Heft. From H. G. Bronn. 

Verhandlungen der Naturfcrschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 2 Theil. Ites 
Heft. From the Society. 

Berichte liber die Verhandlungen der Kéniglich Sichsischen Gesellschaft der 
Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. Mathematisch, Physische Classe 1857, 2, 3: 
1858, 1. From the Society. 

Zeitschrift der Deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. 9 Bd., 4 Heft. 10 Bd., 
1 Heft. From the Society. 

Oversight over det Kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Ferhandlinger 
og dets Medlemmers Arbeider i Aaret, 1857. From the Society. 

Bulletin de la Societé Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. 1857. Nos. 2, 
3,4. 1858. No.1. From the Society. 

Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen. Deel, 4, 5, 
6. From the Academy. 

Bulletin de la Societé Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, T. 5. Bull. No. 
41. 
Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich. Kéniglichen Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1857, 
Nos. 2, 3,4. From the Institute. 

Giornale dell’ I. R. Institute Lombardo di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti e Biblio- 
teca Italiana. Fascic, 47-54. From the Institute. j 

Atti dell’ I. R. Instituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti. Vol. 1, Fascic 
1-5. From the Institute. 

Theorie der Sonnenfinsternisse und Verwandten Erscheinungen. Von P. A. 
Hanson. Leipzig, 1858. From the Author. 

Elektrische Untersuchungen von W. G. Hankel. Leipzig, 1858. From the 
Author. 

Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde rietgegeven door het Koninklijk Zoologisch Ge- 
nootschap Natura Artis Magistra te Amsterdam. 7 Afler. 


March 8th. Twenty-sixth Annual Report of the Managers of the Pennsyl- 
yania Institution for the Instruction of the Blind. Philadelphia, 1857. From 
the Managers. 

Reply to the “Statement of the Trustees” of the Dudley Observatory. By 
3B. A. Gould, Jr. Albany, 1859. From the Author. 

American Journal of Science and Arts. March, 1859. From the Editors. 

Charleston Medical Journal and Review. March, 1859. From the Editor. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Vv. 


Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Vol. 2, part 1. 1856-57. From the 
Institute. 

Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the Board of Directors of the Young Men’s 
Mercantile Library Association of the City of Cincinnati. From the Directors. 

Report of the Twenty-sixth Exhibition of American Manufactures, held in the 
City of Philadelphia, from October 15th to November 13, 1858. By the Frank- 
lin Institute. From the Institute. 

Catalogue of the Officers and Students of the State University of Michigan, 
for 1859. From the officers of the University. 

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. November, 1858. From the 
Editors. 

The Historical Magazine. May, 1858. From Col. Graham. : 

Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Feb., 1859. From the Editors. 

Journal of the Society of Arts. London. Vol. 6. Nos. 280-284. From the 
Society. 

Teal of the Indian Archipelago. Vol. 2. No.4. From the Editor. 

Annales des Mines. 5 Sér., T.13. 3e Liv’r. de 1858. From the Minister of 
Public Works of France. 

Collection of Autograph Letters. From Geo. M. Connaroe. 

Journal of Education. Vol. 2. No. 12. From M. Huguet Latour. 

Cabinet d’Antiquiteés Américaines a Copenhague. Rapport Ethnographique. 
Par ©. C. Rafn. Copenhague, 1858. From the Royal Society of Northern An- 
tiquities. 

Sur la Construction des Salles dites des Geants. Par S.M.le Roi Frédéric 
VII de Denmark. From the same. 

The Discovery of America by the Northmen. The same in Spanish. From 
the same. 

An Address on the Life and Character of James Deane, M.D. By H. J. 
Bowditch, M. D. Greenfield, 1858. Fromthe Author. 

The Medicinal, Poisonous and Dietetic Properties of the Cryptogamic Plants 
of the United States. By F. P. Porcher, M.D. New York, 1854. From 8. 
Austin Allibone. 

Address by Richard Owen, M. D., &c. From 8. Austin Allibone. 

Synopsis of the Report of Zoophytes of the U.S. Exploring Expedition around 
the world. By J.D. Dana. From the Author. 

On the Classification and Geographical Distribution of Crustacea. By J. D. 
Dana. Philadelphia, 1853. From Dr. R. Bridges. 

The following were presented by Dr. Joseph Leidy : 

Catalogue of Plants growing without cultivation in the counties of Monmouth 
and Ocean, in the State of New Jersey. By P. D. Knieskern, M. D. 

Synopsis of a Course of Lectures on Mineralogy. By F. Hall. Washington, 
1836. 

Description of the Family of Animals now extinct, but known to the scientific 
world under the appellation of Hydrachen, etc. By Dr. A. Kock. New Or- 
leans, 1353. 

Recherches sur la Structure des Organes de l’ Homme et des Animaux les 
plus conneus. Par C.F. Boucher. Paris, 1848. 

Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Physiologie und Pathologie fir Aerzte 
und Naturforscher von Dr. P. F.H. Klencke. Leipzig, 1848. 

Transactions of the American Medical Association. Vol. 9. Philadelphia, 
1856. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions: 

Zoological Sketches. By Joseph Wolf. Edited with notes by D. W. Mitchell. 

The Mammals of Australia. By J. Gould. Part 10. 

Monograph of the Trochilide, or Humming Birds. By J. Gould. Parts 15, 
16. 

Monograph of the Trogonide or Trogons. By J. Gould. Part 1. 

Birds of Asia. By J. Gould. Part 10. 

Bonplandia. 6 Jahr., Nos. 10-22. 

2* 


Vi. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Comptes Rendus. T.47. Nos. 23-26. 

Die Natur. 1858. Nos, 47-52. 

Naturwissenschaftlicher Literaturblatt. Nos. 7, 8. 

Kosmos. 1858. Nos. 11, 12. 

Traité de Fauconnerié. Par H. Schlegel and J. A. Derster van Waulverhorst 
Livraison 3. Leide, 1855. 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. February, 1859. 

London Atheneum. December, 1858. 

Journal fiir Ornithologie. Von Dr. Jean Cabanis. 1858. 5 Heft. 

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie. 1858. No. 11. 

Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles. 1858. No, 12. 

Archives Entomologiques. Par M. James Thomson. 17e Livraison. 

Planches Coloriées des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs Hufs. Par Ch. F. 
Dubois. 110-111 Livraison. 

Synopsis des Echinides Fossiles. Par E. Desor. Paris, 1858. Planches, 6me 
et derniere Livraison. 

Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. 2 Bd. 

Bryologia Javanica, Fasci. 12. 

Zeitschrift fir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie. 9 Bd. 4 Heft. 

Biographisch-Literarisches Handworterbuch zur Geschichte der Exacten 
Wissenschaften. Von J.C. Poggendorff. Leipzig. 1859. 

Iconographie der Land-und Stisswasser Mollusken Europa’s. Von E. A. 
Rossmissler. 3 Bd. 5 und 6 Heft. 

Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt, ete. 1858. No. 
ys 
Das Gebis der Schnecken. Von Dr..F. H. Troschel. 3 Lieferung. Berlia. 
1858. 


March 15th. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. February, 1857. From 
the Natural History Society of Montreal. 

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 6, pp. 401-431. 
From the Society. 

Report of the present state of the knowledge of the Entomological Fauna of 
St. Petersburgh and its environs. By Baron R. Osten Sacken. From the 
Author. 

American Journal of Pharmacy. March, 1859. From the Editor. 

New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. March, 1859. From the 
Editors. 

Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society, at a special meeting, held 
in Worcester, February 10th, 1859. From the Society. 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. March, 1859. From Dr. T. B. Wilson. on 
the usual conditions. 

New York Journal of Medicine. March, 1859. From the Editor. 

An Apology for the Doctrine of Pythagoras, as compatible with that of Jesus 
Christ; being a defense of the new sect of Christians. By the Hon. Foreign 
Secretary to the Animals’ Friend Society. Boulogne sur Mer, 1858-9. From 
the Author. 

Report on the History and Progress of the American Coast Survey, up to the 
year 1858. By the Committee of Twenty, appointed by the American Associa- 
tion for the Advancement of Science, at the Montreal Meeting, August, 1897. 
From the Committee. 

Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee. , By 8. B. Buckley. From the 
Author. 

Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. March, 1859. From the Editors. 

History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. By D. Humphrey Storer. Pp. 131- 
194. From the Author. 

13 Topographical Maps. From Lt. Col. J. D. Graham, U.S. Top. Engineers. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions: 

The Farmers’ Almanac and Calendar, for 1853, 1854, 1855 and 1856. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Vil. 


Beitrage zur Entomologie, Herausg. Von den Mitgliedern der Entomologische 
Section der Schlesischen Gesellschaft ftir Vaterlandische Kultur. 1s Heft. 
Breslau, 1829. 

De Vermibus in Circulatione Viventibus. Auc. F. J. Schmitz. Berolini. 
1826. 

Entomologia Schalarum in usus concinnata. Hanovie, 1784. 

Physiologus Syrus seu Historia Animalium 32.ins. s.mem., Syriace, e codice 
bib. Vaticane nunc primum edidit, verbit et illustravit O. G. Tychsen. Ros- 
tochii, 1795. 

Sammlung vermischter Abhandlungen zur Aufklirung der Zoologie und der 
Handlungsgeschichte. Von J. G. Schneider. Berlin, 1784. 

Naturgeschichte der Schlesisch-Lausitzchen Amphibien. Von J. €. Neu- 
mann. Gorlitz, 1831. 

Observationes de Oestro Ovine atque Bovino facte. A.J. L. Fischer. Leip- 
sie, 1788. 

Die Thierwelt. Leipzig, 1841. 

Prospetto Storico-Fisico degli scavi di Ercolaus e di Pompei. Di G. d’An- 
cora. Napoli, 1803. 

Notice sur le Phlocerus. Par G. Fischer de Waldheim. Moscou, 1833. 

Uber die Ansarbeitung einer Fauna des Erzherzogthumes Oesterreich. Von 
L. J. Fitzinger. 

Ornithologiskt System. Af C.J. Sundevall. 

Beobachtungen tber jihrlich peviodisch wiederkehrende Erscheinengen im 
Thier, und Pflanzenreich. Von H. Werner. Tubingen, 1831. 

System des Thier Reiches. Von Dr. F. J. C. Mayer. Bonn, 1849. 

Die Vertebraten Wurttembergs. Von F. Berge. 


April 5th. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 6. No. 
60. From the Society. 

Address by Richard Owen. From the Author. 

Additional Notes on the Post-Phocene Deposits of the St. Lawrence Valley. 
By J. W. Dawson. Montreal, 1859. From the Author. 

Directions for collecting, preserving and transporting Specimens of Natural 
History. Prepared for the use of the Smithsonian Institution. 3d Edition. 
Washington. March, 1859. 

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. 
12th Meeting. Cambridge, 1859. From the Association. 

Narrative of the Expedition to the River Niger in 13841. By Capt. Wm. Allen 
and T. R. H. Thomson, M.D. London, 1848. 2 vols. From Dr. Joseph 
Leidy. 

Military Map of Nebraska and Dakota. By Lieut. G. K. Warren. From the 
Author. 

Catalogue des Insectes Coléoptéres recueillis par M. G. Osculati, pendant sur 
exploration de la region équatoriale, sur les bords du Napo et de l’Amazone. 
Par M. F. E. Guérin. Ménéville. 

Meletemata Entomologica. Auc. Dre. F. A. Kolenati. Fase. 7. Homoptera 
Stridulantia Caucasi, etc. Mosque, 1857. 

Separatabdruch naturwissenschaftlicher Abhandlungen aus den Schriften des 
Zoologisch-botanischen Vereins in Wien, 1856. From the Union. 

Uebersicht der naturhistorische Beschaffenheit des Herzogthums Nassau. Yon 
Dr. G. Sandberger. Weisbaden, 1857. From the Author. 

Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-Land-en Volkenkande-Nieuwe Serie. Deel 3. 
Afley. 1, 3, 4,5, 6. From the Batavian Society of Sciences. 

5de Opgare van Boekwerken waarmede de Bibliotheek van het Bataviaasch 
-Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen is Verrijkt. From the Society. 

Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten- 
schappen. Deel. 26. From the Society. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

Broylogia Javanica. Fasc. 13-15. 


? 


Vill. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Conchylien Cabinet. Lief. 164. 

Conchologia Iconica. Parts 166-182. 

Geographische Mittheilungen, etc. 1858. No. 12. 

Hewitson’s Exotic Butterflies. Parts 28, 29. 

Owen’s British Fossil Reptiles. Part 6. 

Oiseaux de Belgique par Dubois. Livr. 112-113. 

Adam’s Genera of Recent Mollusca. Parts 34, 35, 36. 

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Decade 9. 

Flora Indie Batave. Vol. 1, part 2, fasc. 1. 

Journal de Physiologie. No. 4. 

Pfeiffer’s Monog. Heliceorum Viventium. Vol. 4. Part 1. 

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Supplementary 
number completing the volume for 1858. 

Revne et Mag. de Zoologie. 1858. No. 12. 

Malacozoologische Blatter. Bogen 5-6. Bd. 5. 

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. No. 26. 

Memoires sur la famille du Fougéres. Livr. 7, 8, 9. 


April 12th. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. April, 1859. From 
the Editors. 

Lecons sur la Physiologie et l’Anatomie Comparée de l’ Homme et des Ani- 
maux. Par H. Milne Edwards. Paris, 1857-9. T.1, 2,3, et4, Ire partic. From 
Celedonio Carbonell. 

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. 10. City of Washington, 
1858. From the Smithsonian Institution. 

Compendio Storico della Scuola Anatomica di Bologna Scritto da Michele 
Medici. Bologna, 1857. From the Municipality of Bologna. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on-the usual conditions : 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. April, 1859. 

Planches Coloriées des Oiseaux de la Belgique e+ de leurs ceufs. Par Ch. F. 
Dubois. 114, 115 Livr. 

Trésor des Livers Rares et Précieux. ParJ.G.T.Graesse. 4me Livr. 

Die Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiirbeckens. Von Dr. F. Sandberger. 2e 
Lief. 

Archiv fiir Anatomie, Physiologie und Wissenschaftliche Medicine. 1858. 
Heft 5. Bogen 29-34. 

Beitrage zur naeheren Kenntniss der Urweltlichen Seugthiere. Von Dr. J. 
J. Kaup. 4tes Heft. 

Iconographie des Pigeons, etc. Par C. L. Bonaparte, Paris, 1857. 

Quarterly Journal of the London Geological Society. No. 57. From the 
Society. 

Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological Society of 
London. By Major General Portlock. London, 1858. From the Author. 


May 3d. On Measurements as a Diagnostic means for distinguishing the 
Human Races. By K. Scherzer and E. Schwarz. From Dr. J. Leidy. 

Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Vol. 6. Nos. 10-13. 
From the Lyceum. 

American Journal of Pharmacy. May, 1859. From the Editor. 

New York Journal of Medicine. May, 1859. From the Editor. 

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. April, 1859. From the Natural History 
Society of Montreal. 

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. March, 1859. From the 
Editors. 

On the lower Coal Measures, as developed in British America. By J. W. 
Dawson. From the Author. 

Catalogue of Canadian Plants in the Holmes Herbarium, in the Cabinet of the 
University of McGill College. Prepared by the late Prof. Jas. Barnston. From 
he Canadian Institute. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. ix: 


Researches into the Phenomena of Respiration. By E.Smith. From the 
Author. 

Observations on Longevity. By B. Dowler, M. D. From the Author. 

Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain the most practicable and 
economical Route for a Railroad from the Mississippi River tothe Pacific Ocean. 
Vol. 9. From the War Department. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

Contributions to Ornithology, for 1852. Parts 5 and 6. 

Paléontologie Lombardie ou Description des Fossiles de Lombardie publiée 4 
V aide de plusieurs savants par l’Abbé Antoine Stoppani. 1858. 3, 4, et 5 
Livr. 

Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 3 Bd. 
Heft. 30. 

Zoologischer Hand-Atlas. Von Dr. H. Burmeister. 2 Lief. 


May 10th. Verhandlungen der K. K. Mineralog. Gesellschaft zu St. Peters- 
burg. 1857-1858. From the Society. 

Bidrag till Finlands Naturkannedom Etnografioch Statistik, utgifna af Finska 
Vetenskaps-Sociéteten. Foérsta Andra Fjarde Haftet. From the Society. 

Notiser ur Sallskapets pro Fauna and Flora Fennica Forhandlingar. Bihang 
till Acta Societates Scientiarum Fennice. 1848, 1852, 1857. From the 
Society. 

Sveriges Rikes Stadilag 6fversittuing pa Finska Spraket. Af Ljungo Thome: 
Pa Finska Vatenskaps-Societetens bekostuad utgifven af W. G. Lagus. Hel- 
singfers, 1852. From the Society. 

Sveriges Rikes Landslag, Stadfistad af konung Christopher ar 1442. Ofver- 
sattuing Pi Finska Spriket af Ljunge Thome; Pa Finska Vetenskaps Societe- 
tens bekostuad utgifven af W. G. Lagus. From the Society. 

Commentationes Societates Scientiarum Fennice,. T.1. From the Society. 

Acta Societates Scientarium Fennice. Tomi 1, Fascic, 2,3; T. 2, Fascic, 
1, 2,3, 4; T. 3, Fascic, 1,2; T. 4; T. 5, Bascic, 1, 2. From the Society. 

Paleontologie Suedrusslands. Von Dr. A. von Nordman. 1, 2, Taf. 1-12. 
From the Finnish Society of Sciences. 

Ofversigt af Finska Vetenskaps-Societetens Foérhandlirger, 1-4. From the 
Society. 

Observations faites a 1’ Observatoire Magnétique et Météorologique de Hel- 
singfors sous la direction de J. J. Nervander, 1-4. Helsingfors, 1850. From 
the same. 

Mémoires de |’ Académie Impériale des Sciences, Arts and Belles-Lettres de 
Caen. 1856-1858. 

Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg. T. 5. 
From the Society. 

Recueil des Actes de l’ Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et 
Arts de Bordeaux. 20éme Année. 1858. 1-2. From the Academy. 

Zeitschrift fir die Gesammten Naturwissenschaften-Herausg. von dem 
Naturw. Vereine ftir Sachsen u. Thiringen in Halle, redigirt von C. Giebel 
und W. Heintz. Jahrgang, 1858. Elfter Bd. Berlin, 1858. From the Union. 

Jahrbticher des Vereins fiir Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau. Herausg. 
Von C. T. Kirschbaum. 12 Heft. From the Union. 

Observations sur les Murs de Divers Oiseaux du Mexique par H. de Saussure. 
From the Author. 

Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. 14 Bd. 1, 2, Heft. 

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefakten-Kunde- 
Herausg. Von K. C. von Leonhard und H.G. Bronn. 1858. 5 Heft. From 
the Editors. 

Die Entwickelung der organischen Schépfung. Von H.G.Bronn. From 
the Author. 

Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, T.6. No. 43. 
From the Society. 


? 


x. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 


Die Rhynchoten der Gegend von Weisbaden. Von OC. L. Kirschbaum. 1 
Heft. From the Author. 

Die Athysanus Arten der Gegend von Weisbaden. Von C. L. Kirschbaum. 
Weisbaden, 1858. Der Wetterauer Gesellschaft fiir Naturkunde zur Feier 
ichres finfzigjaihrigen Restehens am 11 Aug. 1858, ete. Both from the Society. 

Die Leitflanzen des Rothliegenden und des Zechsteingebirges oder der per- 
mischen Formation in Sachsen. Von Dr. H. B. Geintz. Leipzig, 1858. From 
Dr. J. Leidy. 

Mathematische Abhandlungen der Kéniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften 
zu Berlin, 1857. Physikalische Abhandlungen der Kéniglichen Akademie der 
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1857. Both from the Academy. 

Abhandlungen. herausg. von der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden 
Gesellschaft. 2 Bdes. 2 Lief. From the Society. 

Verhandlungen des Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den Kénig- 
lich Porussischen Staaten. 4 Jahr., 3 Lief.; 5 Jahr., 2 Heft. From the 
Union. 

Monatsbericht der Kéniglichen Preuss. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 
1857. Sept., Oct., Nov., Dec., 1858, Januar, Februar,’ Marz, April, Mai, Juni. 
From the Academy. 

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Herausg. Von Dr. F. H. Troschel. 24 Jahr., 
2 Heft. From the Editor. 


Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft. 10 Bd., 2 Heft. From 
the Society. 


Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademie Firhandlingar. 14 Argiingen. 
1857. From the Academy. 


Kongl. Svenska Uetenskaps. Akademiens Handlinger. Bd. 1, Hift.2. 1856. 
From the Academy. 

Kongl Svenska Fregatten Eugenies resa omkring Jorden-under befal af 0. A. 
Virgin Aren 1851-1853. Botanik 1, Zoologie, 1, 2. From the same. 

3 London Journal of the Society of Arts. Vol. 7. Nos. 306 to 323. From the 
Society. 

Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester. 2d series. 
Vols. 13,14 and 15. Part 1. From the Society. 

Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society. 1857. No.1. From 
the Society. 

Natural History Review. October, 1858. From the Editors. 

North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. May, 1859. From the Editors. 

Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin. Vol. 8. Part1. From the 
Society. 

Charleston Medical Journal and Review. May, 1859. From the Editor. 

Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. May, 1859. From the Editors. 

The fron Manufacturer’s Guide to the Furnaces, Forges and Rolling Mills of 
the United States, &. By J. P. Lesley. New York, 1859. From the Author. 

Synopsis of the Fresh Water Fishes of the Western portion of the Island of 
Trinidad, W. I. By Theodore Gill. New York, 1858. From the Author. 

Description of a new Generic form of Cobine, from the Amazon River. By 
T. Gill. From the Author. 

Description of a new genus of Pimelodine, from Canada. By T. Gill. From 
the Author. 

Description of two new species of Terrestrial Crapsoid Crustaceans, from the 
West Indies. By T. Gill. From the Author. 

Prodromus descriptionis subfamilia Cobinarum squamis cycloideis piscium, 
cl. W. Stimpsono in mare Pacifice acquisitorum. T. Gill, auctore. From the 
Author. 

Prodromus descriptionis familie Cobioidarum duorum generum novorum. 
T. Gill, auc. From the Author. 

May 17th. Pacific Medical and Surgical Journal. April, 1859. From the 
Editors. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Xi. 


The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. April, 1859. 

Cosmos. Par A.de Humboldt. T. 4. Paris, 1859. 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. May, 1859. 

Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Theire. Herausg. 
Von J. Moleschott. 5 Bd. 3 Heft. 

Malakozoologische Blatter. 5 Bd. 14-15 Bog. 

Journal ftir Ornithologie. 1858. Heft. 6. 

Archives Entomologiques. 18 Livr. 
Planches Coloriées des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs Gufs. 116, 117 
Livr. 

Behinides du Département de la Sarthe par Cotteau et Triger. 3 Livr. 

Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt. Von W. Dunker und H. von 
Meyer. 5 Bd. 5,6 Lief.; 6 Bd. 6 Lief. 

Kosmos. No. 10. 1858. 

Zer Fauna der Vorwelt-Reptilien ans dem Lithographischen Schiefer des 
Jura in Deutschland und Frankreich. Von H.von Meyer. 1 Lief. Frankfurt 
am Main, 1859. 


Engraving of Linnzus in Lapland Dress, 1732. From Dr. J. L. Le Conte. 


May 24th. Report of the Geological Survey of the State of lowa; embracing 
the results of investigations made during portions@f the years 1855, 1856 and 
1857. By James Hall and J. D. Whitney. Vol. 1. Parts land 2. From Jas. 
Hall. 


Contributions to the Paleontology of New York. By James Hall. From the 
Author, 


Annales des Mines. 5Sér. T.14. 4e Livr. de 1858. From the Minister of 
Public Works of France. 
Memoirs of the Geolugical Survey of India. Vol.1. Part 2. Calcutta. 
1858. 


Essai sur les Soulévemens Jurrasiques. Par J.Thurmann. 2 Cahier. 


June “th. .Mapa de la Republica de Bolivia, mandado publicar por ei 
Gobierno de la Nacion. Por el Feniente Coronel Juan Ondarza, Comandante 
Juan Mariano Mujio y Mayor Lucio Camacho. From Juan Ondarza. Ano de 
1859. 

The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New Series. No. 21. 
For May, 1859. From the Institute. 

The Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. Vol. 7. 
Nos. 324 to 331 inclusive. From the Society. 

Traite Complet de l Anatomie de 1’ Homme Comprenant la Médecine Opera- 
toire, par le Docteur J. M. Bourgery, avec planches lithographiées d’apres 
nature par N. H. Jacof. 6 vols. 4to text, and 7 vols. 4to plates. Paris, 1840. 
From Mrs. Sarah R. G. Beck. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

Annales des Sciences Naturelles Botanique, Tome 9. Zoologie Tome 9, For 
1858. 

Exotic Butterflies. By William C. Hewitson. Part 30. 

ConchologiaIconica. By Lovell Reeve. Part 183. 

Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. Lieferung 
166. 


Beitrage zur Paleontographie von Oesterrich yon Franz Ritter von Hauer. 
1 Band. 2 Heft. 


June 21st. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 7th. 
June, 1859, and title page and index of vol. 6, From the Society. 


Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15th. No.6. June, 1859. 
From the Editors. 


xii. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


The Medical and Surgical Reporter. NewSeries. Vol. 2. No.11. From 
the Editors. 

Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society, at the semi-annual meet- 
ing, in Boston, April 27th, 1959. From the Society. 

Quarterly Jourual of the Geological Society. London. Vol. 15. Part 2d. 
May, 1859. From the Society. 

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Vols. 7 and 8. Nos. 28 to 32 
inclusive. For 1857 and 1858, and pages 181 to 411 inclusive, with title page 
and index for vol. 6. From the Royal Society. 

Proceedings of the Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society. 1859. 
From the Society. 

A new theory of the flight of birds. By R O. Davidson. 8vo. tract. 1858. 
Washington. From the Author. 

List of the known species of Pisidium, with their synonymy. By Temple 
Prime. 8vo tract. 1858. New York. From the Author. 

Reply to the criticisms of James D. Dana. By Jules Marcou. 8vo. tract. 
Zurich, 1859. From the Author. 

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions: 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. Vol. 36. June, 1859. No. 6. 

Joh. Baptiste Porte Neapolitani Magize Naturalis Libri viginti Lugd. 
Batay. 1650. 

Joan Ludovice Gansii M@D. Coralliorum Historia. 18mo. Francofurti, 1669. 

Claudii A#liani, de animalium natura libril7. 18mo. Lugduni, 1616. 

Francisci Redi di animalculis vivis que in corporibus animalium vivornm 
reperiuntur observationes ex Etruscis Latinas fecit Petrus Coste. Amstelaedami 
18mo. 1708. 

Biblioteca Agraria o sia raccolta di scelti instruzioni economico-rarali 
diretta dal signor Dottore Giuseppe Moretti. Vol. 7. 12mo. Milano, 1835. 

Clavis Rumphiana Botanica et Zoologica, scripsit Aug. Guil. Ed. Th. Hen- 
schel, Uatislaviae. 8vo. 1833. 

Memoire scientifiche di Paolo Savi Decade Prima S8vo. Pisa, 1828. 

Verseichnitz der bisher hinlanglich bekannten Eingeweidewurmer von Franz 
von Paula Schrank. 12mo. Munchen, 1788. 

Journal der Naturwissenschaft und Medezin. Herausgegeben von F. J. 
Schelvea. 12mo. Frankfurt am Main, 1810. Ersten Bandes, Erstes Stuck. 

Abhandlungen der Hallischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft Ersten Band. 
8vo. Dessau und Leipzig, 1783. 

Geschichte einiger den Menschen Thieren Oekonomie wu. Géatnerei schad- 
licken Insekten nebst den besten mittelugegen dieselben. Ans dem Franzoses- 
chen und mit Anmerkungen von J. A. E. Goetze. 8vo. Leipzig, 1787. 

2 Record Books for Mammalia and Crania,except human. From J. H. Slack 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Xill. 


July 5th. Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Bd.3 Nos. 1 to 6, inclu- 

ive, for 1859. From the editors. 

Untersuchungen tber den Zusammenhang in den Aenderungen der dichten 
und Brechungs Exponenten in Gemengen von Flusigkeitan und Verbindungen 
von Gaaen von Alois Handl und Adolf Weiss. 8vo. tract. Wien, 1858. From 
the authors. 

Ueber die Entwickelungs-geschichte und den anatomischen Bau der hand- 
formigen Auswiichse an den Blittern und Stengeln von Gireoudia manicata 
Klotsch von Adolf Weiss. 8vo. tract. Wien, 1858. From the author. 

Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Spaltoffnungen von Adolf J. G. Weiss. 8vo. tract. 
From the author. 

Ueber ein neues Vorkommen der Spaltoffnungen und einige andere Bemer- 
kungen ber dieselben. Von Adolf Weiss. 8vo. tract. Wien, 1857. From 
the author. 

The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual conditions: 

Catalogne of Shield Reptiles in the collection of the British Museum, part I. 
Testudinata. By John Edward Gray. 4to. London, 1855. 

Catalogue of Apodal Fish in the collection of the British Museum. By Dr. 
Kaup. 8vo. London, 1858. 

Catalogue of the Coleopterous insects of Madeira in the collection of the 
British Museum. By F. Vernon Wollaston. 8vo. London, 1857. 

Catalogue of the Batrachia Salienta in the collection of the British Museum. 
By Dr. Albert Ginther. 8vo. London, 1858. 

Catalogue of the Mammalia and Birds of New Guinea in the collection of the 
British Museum. By J. E. Gray and G. R. Gray. 8vo. London, 1859. 

Guide to the Systematic distribution of Mollusca in the British Museum. By 
John Edward Gray. 8vo. London, 1857. 

Forty-five duodecimo catalogues of Natural History in the collection of the 
British Museum. 

Archiv fir Anatomie, Physiologie und Wissenschaftliche Medicin. Von Dr. 
Johan. Miller. Jahrgang, 1858. Heft 6. 

Malakozoologische Blatter, Band 5. Bogen 11-13. 1858. 

Bryologia Javanica seu descriptio Muscorum frondosum Arcbhipelagi Indici. 
{conibus illustrata. Auctores F. DozyandJ.H. Molkenboer. Fasc. 16. Leyden, 
1858. 4to. 

Tresor des livres rares et precieux ou nouveau dictionnaire bibliographique. 
Par Jean George F. Graesse, cinquieme Livr. 4to. Dresden, 1858. 

Icones Physiologice. Von Alexander Ecker. Vierte lief. 4to. Leipzig, 
1859. 

Planches Colorieés des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs Oeufs. Par 
Ch. F. Dubois. 118 and 119 Livraisons. 

Archives Entomologiques. Par M.James Thomson. 19 Livraison. 

Flora Indiw Bataviz, vol. i. part 2. Fascic. 2. 

Annales des Sciences Nature!les, Vol. x. Nos. 1 and 2, 1858. 

Edinburg New Philosophical Journal. Vol. 8, No. 2, 1858. 

London, Edinburg and Dublin Philosoph. Mag. and Journal of Science, No. 
13, 14, 15, 21, 22 and 100, fourth series. 

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, Vols. 15 
and 16, with 3 maps. 

Genera species et Synonyma Candolleana alphabetico ordine disposita. Auc- 
tore H. W. Buek, M. D. Pars 1 and 2. 8vo. Berolini, 1842. 


July 12th. Neue philosophische Abhandlungen der baierischen Akademie der 
Wissenschaften, Vols. 7. 4to. Mtinchen. 1778 to 1797.—Gelehrte Anzeigen, 
herausgegeben von Mitgliedern der K. bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften, 
Vols. 28, 29, 30, 31, 45 and 46. 4to. Munchen, 1849 to 1858.—Abbandlungen der 
Philosoph. Philologischen Classe der Kon. Bayerischen Akademie der Wissen- 
schaften, 7th Band and 8th Band, 2 and 3 Abtheilung. 4to. and Historischen 
Classe.—-7th Band 2 and 3 Abtheilung and 8th Band, Ist and 3d Abtheilung. 
—Bulletin der Konig]. Akad. der Wissenschaften. Jahrgang, 1844 and 1845.— 


xiv. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Physikalische Abhandlungen der Kénigl. baierischen Akad. der Wissenschaften, 
lst Abtheil. Minchen. 8vo. 1803.—Ueber Johan. Miller und sein Verhilt- 
nitz zum jetzigen Standpunkt der Physiologie Von Dr. Th. L. M Bischoff. 
1858.—Annalen der kéniglichen Sternwarte bei Munchen, 10th Band —Meteor- 
ologische Beobachtungen aufgezeichnet an der kénigl. Sternwarte bei Minchen 
in den Jahren, 1825-1837.—Ueber neu aufgefundene Dichtungen Francesco 
Petrarca’s. Von Prof. Dr. George Martin Thomas. 4to. tract. Munchen, 1858. 
—Ueber die geschichtlichen Vorstufen dei Nenern Rechtsphilosophie. Von 
Prof. Carl. Prantl. Munchen. 4to. tract. 1858. From the Royal Academy of 
Sciences of Munich. 

Wiarttembergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. 15th Jahrgang, 1859. 
1 and2 heft. from the Society at Stuttgart. 

Jahrbuch der kaiserlich-kéniglichen Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 11th Jahr- 
gang. Nos. 1,2 and 3. 1858. Wien. From the Institution at Wien. 

Zeitschrift der Deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. 10th Band, 3d heft, 
1859. Berlin. From the Society. 

Archiv fir Naturgeschichte, 24th Jahrgang. 4th heft. From Prof. Troschel. 

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefuktenkunde. 
Von Leonhard und Bronn. 1859. Ist heft. From Professors Leonhard and 
Bronn. 

Siebenter Bericht der Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fir Natur- und Heilkunde. 
Giessen. 1859. From the Society. 

Correspondenz-Blatt des zoologisch-mineralogischen Vereines in Regensburg. 
12th Jahrgang, 1858. From the Society. 

Bericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins in Augsburg, 1855, ’56, ’57 and '5é. 
From the Society. 

Linnea Entomologica, 13th vol., and Entomologische Zeitung, 19th Jabrgang. 
Von dem Entomologischen Vereine zu Stettin. From the Society. 

Description de diverses espéces nouvelles ou peu connues du Genre Scolia. 
Par H. de Saussure. 8vo. tract. Paris, 1859. From the author. 

La Bourgogne, Revue cenologique et viticole. Par C. Ladrey. 1st Livraison. 
1859. Dijon. From the Editor. 

Memoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de 
Dijon. 2d series, Tome 6. 1857. From the Academy. 

Memoires de la Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Geneve. 
Tome 14, 2d part. 1858. From the Society. 

Novorum Actorum Academie Cesarex Leopoldino-Carolinew Naturz Curio- 
sorum. Vol. 26, pars posterior. Breslau und Bonn, 1858 From the Academy. 

Atti dell’ I. R. Instituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Vol. 1. 
1858. Fasc. 6, 7, 8, 9and 10. Monumento al Cavaliere Dottore Luigi Sacco 
eretto nello spedale maggiore per voto e cura dell’ Academia Fiscio-Medico- 
stitistico di Milano. From the Institute. 

Le plante fossili dell’ Oolite descritte ed illustrate dal Barone Achille de Zigno. 
Parts 1 and 2. Padua, 1856 and 1858. Folio. From the author. 


July 19th. Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, showing the 
progress of the survey during the year 1859. 4to. Washington. 1858. From 
Prof. A. D. Bache. 

Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the year 1857. Agriculture. 8vo. 
Washington, 1858. From the Smithsonian Institution. 

Annales des Mines. Fifth series. Vol. 14, 3d livr. 1858. From the Minis- 
ter of Public Works, France. 

Prodrome d’une iconographie descriptive des Ophidiens et description som- 
maire de Nouvelles espéces de serpents venimeux par M. Le Prof. Jan. 8vo. 
tract. Paris, 1859. From the Author. 

Walpers, Annales Botanices Systematice. Vol. 5, 1 and 2 parts. Dr. 
Carolo Mueller. Berlin. From the author. 

The Atlantis, a register of Literature and Science. Conducted by members 
of the Catholic University of Ireland. No. 2, July, 1849, and No. 3, Jan., 1859. 
From the Editors. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XY. 


Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Pages 49 to 54 incl. 
Vol 7. From the Society. 

Proceedings of Elliott Society of Natural History, Charleston, South Caro- 
lina. Vol. 1. From the Society. 

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. New series, Vol. 
6, part 2, and Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 
Vol. 4, pages 89 to 248 inclusive. From the Academy. 

The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 2, No. 82. July, 1858. 
From the Editors. 

The North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 1, No. 4. July, 1858. 
From the Editors. 

The New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 4. July; 1859. 
From the Editors. 

The American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d series, Vol. 4, No. 4. July, 1859. 
From the Editor. 

The New York Journal of Medicine. No. 97. July, 1859. From the Editors. 

Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol.14, No.4. July, 1859. From 
the Editor. 

The Druggist, Cincinnati. Vol.1. No. 23. From the Editor. 

The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol.4, No.3. June, 1859. From 
the Society. 

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for 
1858. From the Institution. : 

First Report of a Geological Reconnaissance of the northern counties of Ar- 
kansas, made during the years 1857 and 1858, by David Dale Owen, principal 
geologist. 8vo. Little Rock, 1858. From the Author. 

Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No.7. July, 1859. From 
the Editors. 

The following are from Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions: 

Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve. Parts 184 and 185. Columbella 
and Trochita. 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, Vol.38, No.1. July, 1859. 

Traité de Physiologie. Par F. A. Longet. Tome 1], 2d Part. 8vo. Paris, 
3859. 

The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. No. 75, new series. July, 
1859. From the Editor. 


August 2d. Annual Report of the Trustees of the New York State Library 
for 1858. From the Trustees. 

Allgemeine Zeitung fir Wissenschaft. Wien, No.1. April, 1859. From the 
Editor. 

Report of the Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the 
West Ridiag, of Yorkshire. China and its trade, read by John Crawford, F.RS.; 
to the Phil. and Literary Society of Leeds, 17th Nov., 1858. Sensorial Vision, 
read by Sir J. F. W. Herschel, to the Phil. and Lit. Soc. of Leeds, 30th Sept., 
1858. Comets, their constitution and phases, by Christopher Kemplay. 8vo. 
1849, Leeds. Leeds Philosophical Society’s Annual Report for 1857-58. From 
the Society. 

Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band 3, No.7. July, 1859. From 
the Editors. 

De la formation et de la fécondation des Gufs chez les Vers Nematodes. Par 
Edouard Claparéde. From the Author. 4to. Geneve, 1859. 

The Gardener’s Monthly and Horticultural Advertiser. Vol.J, No.6. June, 
1859. From the Editor. 

Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain the most practical and eco- 
nomical route for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. 
Vol. 10, 4to. From the War Department. 

The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. New series, No. 22. 
July, 1859. From the Institute. 


? 


xvi. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


De Kultuur en de bewerking van het Suikerreit. Door C.J. Hering. Vol. 1, 
8vo. Rotterdam, 1858. From the Author. 


Aug. 9th. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition; 

List of the specimens of birds in the collection of the British Museum. By 
G. R. Gray, F. L.8., &c. Part 3, section 2. Psittacidw, 12mo. 1859. 

List of the specimens of Lepidopterous Insects in the Coll. of the Brit. Mus, 
By Francis Walker, F.L.S., &c. Part 17. Pyralides. 1859. 12mo. 

Histoire Naturelle Générale des Régnes Organiques. Tome 2, part 2. 8vo. Paris, 
1859. 

Legons sur La Physiologie et L’Anatomie comparée de L’Homme et des Ani- 
maux. Par H.Milne Edwards. Tome 4, 8vo. Paris, 1859. 

Annales des Sciences Naturelles comprenant La Zoologie, &c. 4th series, 
Tome 10, No. 3. 1858. 

Naumannia. Journal fiir die Ornithologie. 2d and 3d Heft. 1858. 

Planches colorées des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs Gufs. Par Ch. F. 
Dubois. 120 and 121 Livraisons. 

Orthopadisches Institut. Von J. Heine. 4to. tract. Cannstatt, 1834. 

Die Metamorphose der Monaden. Von Dr. A. F. J.C. Mayer. 4to. Bonn, 1840. 

Anatomische Untersuchung des Orycteropus Capensis. Von Hermann Freidz. 
Jiger 4to., tract. Stuttgart, 1837. 

Die Wahre Ursache der Baumtrockniss der Nadelwalder durch die Naturgesch. 
der Forstphaliine (Phalena Noct. Piniperda,) &c. Von D. J. Johann Andr. Kob. 
4to, tract. Nurnberg, 1786. 

De Proctostego, novo piscium genere, specimen ichthyologicum. Joan. Domi- 
nicus Nardo Patavii. 4to, tract. 1827. 

Anatomisch-physiologishe Beobachtungen ter die Sagitta bipunctata. Von 
Dr. August Krohn. 4to, tract. Hamburg, 1844. 

Grénlands Amfipoder beskrevne af Henrik Kréyer. 4to, tract. Kiobenhavn, 
1838. 

Dipterologische Beitrage. Von Dr.H. Loew. 4to, tract. Posen, 1845. 

Specimina Zoologica Mosambicana. Fasciculus 4 and 5. 4to. Bononias, 
1851. J.Joseph Bianconi. 

Essai sur le Ver Solitaire de Homme. Par Chrétien Kiefer. Strasbourg, 
1806. 4to, tract. 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d ser., Vol.38, No. 2. August, 1859. 


Aug. 16th. Eleventh Annual Report of the Maryland Institute for the years 
1858 and 1859. From the Institute. 

The following are from the Imperial Academy of Sciences in Vienna: 

Die Principien der heutigen Physick bei der Feier de Ubernahme des ehema- 
ligen Universitits. Gebaiudes von der Kaiserlichen Akadamie der Wissen- 
schaften am 29 October, 1857. Von Dr. Andreas Ritter V. Ettingshausen. 
Wien ii. 

Festrede bei der feirlichen Uebernahme des ehemaligen Universitats. Gebaudes 
durch die Kaiser. Akad. der Wissen. gehalten am 29 October, 1857. Von Vice- 
Prasidenten Dr. Théo. Georg Von Karajan. Wien. 

Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserlichen Akad. der Wissen. Mathematisch-Natur- 
wissenschaftliche Classe. Band 24, heft 3. Bands 25 to 32 incl. and Band 33, 
heft. 1, 2, and 3. 

Denkschriften der Kais. Akad. der Wissen. Math. Naturwis. Banden 14 and 15. 

Jahrbicher der K. K. Centralanstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus. 
Von Karl Kreil. Band 5. Jahrgang, 1853. 

Almanach der Kaiser. Akad. der Wissenschaften, 1857. 

The Microscope Made Easy. By Henry Baker, F.R.S. London. 8yvo. 1769. 
From Dr. James A. Darrach. 

August 23d. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No. 8, 
August, 1859. From the Editor. 

On the distribution of the forests and trees of North America, with notes on 
its physical geography. By J. G. Cooper, M.D. From the Author. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XVli. 


Proceedings of Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist. Vol. 7, July, 1859, pages 65 to 96. 
From the Society. 

Antediluvian Antiquities recently discovered in France and England. From 
W. F. Kintzing. 


September 6th. Thirty-eighth Annual Report of the Mercantile Library 
Association of New York for 1858-59. From the Association. 

Hutching’s California Magazine, Nos. 37 and 38, for July and August, 1859. 
From the Publishers. 

Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band 3, No. 8, for Aug. From the 
Editors. 

Fragmenta Phytographie Australie, contulit. Ferdinandus Mueller. 8yvo. 
Melbourne, 1858-59. Vol.1. Fasc. 1 to 4, From the Author, through. Prof. 
A. Gray. 

Bepit on the plants collected during Mr. Babbage’s expedition into the North- 
western interior of South Australia in 1858. Fol. tract. Melbourne, 1858. From 
the Author, through Prof. A. Gray. 

Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 14, No. 5, Sept. 1859. From 
the Editor. 

The American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d ser., Vol. 7, No.5. Sept. 1859. 
From the Editor. 

On the Geology of the Mayence Basin. By William J. Hamilton. 8vo. tract. 
London, 1854. Anniversary Addresses before the Geological Society of London, 
in the years 1855 and ’56. By Wm.J. Hamilton. Anniversary Addresses be- 
fore the Royal Geographical Society, in the years 1848 and ’49. By Wm. J. 
Hamilton, President. From the Author. 

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. Vol. 9, and Vol. 10, No.1. July, 
1859. From the Editors. 

Leopoldina. Amtliches Organ der Kaiserlichen. Leopoldia» Carolinischen 
Deutschen Akademie der Naturforschen. Jena, No. 1, June, 1859. From the 
Academy. 


Etudeg sur les infusiores et les rhizopodes par Edouard Claparéde et Johannes 
Lachmann. Vol. 1, 4to. Genéve, 1859. From the Authors. 

Auatomie und Entwicklungs-geschichte der Neritina fluviatilis, von Edouard 
Claparéde. 8vo. From the Author. 

The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions: 

Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology, by Robert Todd. Parts 51 and 52. 

Genera, species et synonyma Candolleana, alphabetico ordine disposita seu 
Index Generalis et Specialis. Auctore H. W. Buek, M.D. Pars3,8vo. Ham- 
burg, 1859. 

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, comprenant La Zoologie, &c. 4th serie. 
Tome 10, Nos. 4 and 5, 1858. 

Journal ftir Ornithologie von Dr. Jean Cabanis. Jahr.6. Sept. 3, May, 1858. 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. Sept. 1859, No. 3. 

Systematische Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz, Lieferung, 167. 

Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Echinoderm Zweite Abhandlung. 
Von Joh. Miller, 4to. Berlin, 1849. 

Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Holothurien und Asterien Von 
Joh. Miller, 4to. Berlin, 1850. 

Description de Fougéres exotiques rares ou nouvelles, par A. L. A. Fee, 
fascic 6th. 

September 13th. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée. Nos. 1 to 
7, 1859. From the Editor. 

The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 28, 2d series. Sept. 1859. 
From the Editors. 

New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 5. Sept. 1859. 
From the Editors. 

Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No.9. Sept. 1859. From 
the Editors. 


xviii. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 3, No. 5. Sept. 1859. 
From the Editors. 


Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 14,No.5. Sept. 1859. From 
the Editor. 

The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 2. Sept. 1859. From the Editors. 

Journal of the Elliott Soc. of Natural History. Vol. 1, Nos. 1 and 2. From 
the Society 

Geological Report of the country along the line of south-western branch of 


the Pacific Railroad. By G. C. Swallow. 8vo. St. Louis, 1859. From the 
Author. 


Seplember 20th. A treatise on problems of Maxima and Minima, solved by 
Algebra, by Ramchundra, 8vo. London, 1859. From the Hon. Court of Di- 
rectors of the East India Company. 

The Naturalist in Bermuda, a sketch of the Geology, Zoology and Botany of 
that remarkable group of Islands. By John Matthew Jones, Esq. 8vo. London, 
1859. From the Author. 

Report of the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the British Associa- 
tion for procnring a continuation of the Magnetic and Meteorological Obser- 
vatories. Address of the Rt. Hon. the Lord Wrottlesley, &c. &c. &c., Prest. at 
the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Society, Nov. 30th, 1858. The Royal 
Society, Nov. 30th, 1858. Proceedings of the Royal Society, Vol. 9, Nov. 34, 
1859. From the Royal Society. 

The New York Journal of Medicine. No. 88, Sept. 1859. From the Editors. 


October 4th. Annual of Scientific Discovery, or Book of Facts in Science and 
Art. By David A. Wells. 8vo. Boston. 8 vols. for 1850, ’51, 52, 53, '64, 
°56, °57,’59. From David M. Warren. 

Descriptions of and observations on some species of Rhododendron, collected 
in Assam and Bootan, by Thomas J. Booth. By Thomas Nuttall. 8vo. tract. 
From the Author. 

On collecting, preparing and mounting Diatomace for the Microscope. By 
Arthur M. Edwards, New York. S8vo. tract. From the Author. 

The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 4, No.4. August, 1859. From 
the Society. 

Walpers, Annales Botanices systematice. Vol.5,Fasc.3. From the Author. 

Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band 3, No.9. Sept. 1859. From 
the Editors. 


eee et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée. No. 8, 1859. From the 
iditor. 

Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, Dritter Jahrgang, 1859. Erstes Zweites 
und drittes Vierteljahrsheft. From the Entomological Society. 

Bulletin de La Societé Paléontologique de Belgique. Tome Premier, feuilles. 
No. 1 4 4, 1859. From the Society. 

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. Vol. 7, part 1. 
Philadelphia. From the Author. 

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New series, 
Vol. 4, part 2, 1859. From the Publication Committee. 

The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

Comptes Rendus des Seances et Memoires de la Societé de Biologie. Tome cin- 
quiéme de la deuxiéme série, Paris, 1859. 

Lecons sur La Physiologie et L’Anatomie comparée de L’Homme et des 
Animaux, par H. Milne-Edwards. Tome cinquiéme premiere partie. 8vo. Paris, 
1859. 

Archives Entomologiques, par James Thomson, 20th Livr. Paris, 1858. 

Annales des Sciences Naturelles comprenant la Zoologie la Botanique, &c. 
Tome 10, No. 6. 1858. 

Naumannia Journal fir die Ornithologie, Jahrgang, 1858. Viertes bis sech- 
stestheft. 

Elements of Botany, or outlines of the Natural History of Vegetables. By 
Benj. Smith Barton, M.D. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1803. From Dr. Thomas Betton. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Kix. 


October 11th. The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. 15, No. 
59, Part 3d. August Ist, 1859. From the Society. 
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. 7, No. 61. 
to June, 1859. From the Society. 
Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No. 10. October, 1859. 
From the Editors. 
The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 3. October, 1859. From the Editors. 
The Architect’s and Mechanic’s Journal. Vol. 1. No. 13. October, 1859. 
From the Editor. 
Estatutos dela Sociedad de Naturalistas Neo-Granadinos. From the Society. 
D. Marcus Elieser Bloch’s Abhandlung von der Erzeugung der Wingeweide- 
wurmer und den Mitteln wider dieselben. 4to. Berlin, 1782. From Dr. Fricke. 
Geological sketch of the Estuary and Fresh water deposit forming the bad 
lands of Judith river. By F. V. Hayden, M.D. On Extinct Vertebrata from 
the Judith river and great lignite formations of Nebraska. By Joseph Leidy, 
M.D. 4to. Philadelphia, 1858. From Dr. Leidy. 
October 18th. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 
7, pages 1 to 32, and 97 to 128. From the Society. 
The Eclectic Medical Journal of Philadelphia. Vol. 2, No.10. From tke 
Editor. : 
The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. No. 23, Sept. 1859. 
From the Institute. 
Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. No. 10. Band 3, October, 1859. From 
the Editors. 
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 12, New series, 
art 11. 
‘ Journal of the Franklin Institute. Vol. 38, No. 4, October, 1849. From Dr. 
T. B. Wilson on the usual conditions: 
November 1st. The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 4, Nov. 1859. From the 
Kiditors. 
The Farmer and Gardener. Vol. 1,No. 2. October, 1858. From the Editors. 
Recueil des Actes d L’Académie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et 
Arts de Bordeaux. Ist part, 1859. From the Academy. 
Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis. Vol. 1, No. 3. 
the Academy. 
The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions: 
Novitates Conchologice. Par Dr. Louis Pfeiffer. 11th Livraison. 1857. 
Paléontologie Lombarde, 6th, 7th and 8th. Livr. 
Bryologia Javanica. 17th Fasciculus. 
Ueber einige Farngattungen von Dr. G. Mettenius, 5 Cheilanthes, 6 Asplenium. 
Palzontographica von Hermann von Meyer siebenter Band. Erste Lieferung. 
Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. 2 Band, No. 8, August, 1858. 
Archiy fir Anatomie Physiologie, &c. Von Dr. Johan Muller, No. 6, 1857. 
Abel’s Aus der Natur. Vol. 12. 
Biographisch-Literarisches Handwérterbuch von J. C. Poggendorff. 3 Lief. 
Monographia Heliceorum Viventium. Dr. L. Pfeiffer. Vol. 4th pars 2d. 
Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Von Martini und Chemnitz. 168 Lie- 
ferung. 
Tresor de Livres rares et precieux ou Nouveau Dictionnaire Bibliographique, 
par J. G.T.Graesse. 6th Livr. 
Monographia des Picides ou Histoire Naturelle Générale et particulieré, par 
Alfred Malherbe. 1st Livrais. 
‘Revue de Zoologie pure et applique, par M. F. E. Guerin Méneville. No. 9, 
1859. From the Editor. 
Annales des Mines. Vol. 14, 5th series, 6th Livr. 1858. From the Minister 
of Public Works. 
November 8th. Recueil des Actes de L’Académie Impériale des Sciences, 
Belles-Lettres et Arts de Bordeaux. 4metrimestre, 1858. From the Academy. 
? 


Jan. 


From 


XxX. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Bulletin de la Société Linéenne de Normandie. 3 vol. Année, 1857-58. 
From the Society. 

Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. Tome 4, 2d and 
3d cahier. From the Society. 

Katalog. des Biicherlagers. Von F. O. Weigel Erstes supplement. Verzeich- 
ness von manuscripten, Beiberdrucken ersten Erzeugnissen der Druckerpresse, 
&c., von I. O. Weigel in Leipzig; Verlags-Werke von F. O. Weigel, 1858; 
Katalog. Naturwissenschaftlicher Werke aus dem antiquarischen Lager, von 
F. O. Weigel ; Catalogue Mensuel de Livres Anciens, Rares, et Curieux qui se 

“trouvent chez. I. O. Weigel a Liepzig, Nos. 1-6. From F. O. Weigel. 

Nachrichten yon der George Augustus-Universitat under Konigl. Gesell- 
schaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, 1858. No. 1-28. From the Royal 
Society of Sciences at Gottingen. 

Vierundvierzigster Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden, 
1858. Von Dr. H. Metzer. From the Society. 

Allgemeine Theorie der Curven Doppelter Krimmung in rein geometrischer 
Darstellung. Von Dr. Wilhelm Schell. 8vo tract. From the Author. 

Neues Jahrbuch ftir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie, &e. Von R. C. von 
Leonhard und H. G. Bronn, Jahrgang, 1859. 2d and 3d heft. From the 
Editors. 

Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Beférderung des Gartenbaues in den K. 
Preuss. Staaten. Sechster Jahrgang, 2d heft. Novem. und Decem, 1858, Berlin. 
From the Society. 

Archiv. fir Naturgeschichte. Von Dr. F. H. Troschel. 24th vol. 5th part. 
From the Editor. 

Jahresbericht uber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens die Krankenanstalten 
und die Oeffentlichen Gesundheitsverhaeltnisse der frien Stadt Frankfurt. Von 
dem Aertzlichen Verein Ist Jahrgang, 1857. From the Society. 

Die Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs wissenschaftl. dargestellt in 
Wort und Bild. Von Dr. H. G. Bronn. Erster Band, 1-4 Lieferung. Leipzig, 
1859. From the Author. 

Jahrbuch der Kaiser-Kénig. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 9th Jahrgang, No. 
4, Oct. Nov. Dec. From the Institute. 

Uebersicht der Witterung im nérdlichen Deutschland nach den Beobachtungen 
des meteorolgischen Instituts zu Berlin Jahrgang. 1855, 56, 57, 58. 

Monatsbericht der Kéniglichen Preuss. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 
1858. July, Aug., Sept., Oct., Nov. and Dec. From the Academy. 

Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande 
und Westphalens. 14th vol. 1857. 2d and 3d parts, 1858. Ist, 2d, 3d, and 4th 
parts. From the Society. 

Sitzungs-Berichte ftir das Gesellschaftsjahr, 1858. From the Society. (Wurz- 
burg.) 

Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, 1858, 12th vol. From 
the Nat. Hist. Society of Saxony and Thuringia in Halle. 

Report of the Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the 
West-Riding of Yorkshire, 1858-9. Annual Report for 1858—59 of the Leeds 
Philosophical and Literary Society. From the Soc. 

Proceedings of the Royal Society, vol. 10, Nos. 35 and 36. From the Royal 
Society. 

Faia of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. Vol. 7th, 
Nos. 332 to 353. From the Society. 

The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 4, No.5, 1859. From the 
Natural History Society of Montreal. 

The California Farmer, containing notes on the Condors of Chili and Califor- 
nia. By Alex. S. Taylor. From the Author. 

Hutching’s California Magazine. No. 36. June, 1859. From the Editor. 

The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 28, No. 84. Novy. 1859. 
From the Editors. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XXi, 


Nov. 15th. On the microscopic structure of some Canadian Limestones. By 
J. W. Dawson. 8vo tract. 1859, Montreal. From the Author. 

Notes upon some Rubiacez, upon some Polynesian Loganiacez and Diagnosis 
of the Sandal-woods of the Sandwich Islands. By Asa Gray, M.D. 8vo tract. 
Boston, 1858-59. From the Author. 

American Journal of Pharmacy 3d series, vol. 7, No. 6. Nov. 1859. From 
the Editor. 

North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 3,No.6. Nov. 1859. From 
the Editors. 

American Journal of the Medical Sciences. No. 76, new series, October, 1859. 
From the Editor. 
seas New York Journal of Medicine, No. 99, November, 1859. From the 

ditor. ? 

The New Orleans Medicaland Surgical Journal. Vol.16, No.6. Noy. 1859. 
From the Editors. 

The Atlantis, a Registerof Literature and Science. No.4, July, 1859. From 
the Editors. 

Description of ‘ Two New Dicecious Grasses of the United States.” By George 
Engelman, M. D., St. Louis. Aug. 1859, and systematic arrangement of the 
species of the Genus Cuscuta, with critical remarks on old species and descrip- 
tions of new ones. By George Engelmann, M.D. St. Louis, 1859. From the 
Author. 

The Terrestrial air-breathing mollusks of the United States and adjacent 
Territories of North America. ‘By W.G. Binney. Vol. 4. Boston. From Mrs. 
Lucy W. Say. 

Arctic Explorations in the years 1853, ’54,’55. By Elisha Kent Kane, M. D., 
U.S. N. Vols. 2. Philada., 1856. From Dr. John K. Kane. 


Nov. 22d. Report of the pamidissionse of Patents for the years 1857 and 1858, 
Agriculture. 8vo. Washington. 2 vols. From the Smithsonian Institution. 

Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No. 11, Nov. 1859. From 
the Editors. 

Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 14,No.6. Novy. 1859. From 
the Editor. 

The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions: 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, vol. 38, No. 5. Nov. 1859. 

List of the specimens of Lepidopterous Insects in the collection of the British 
Museum. By Francis Walker. Part 18. Pyralides, 1859. 

Comptes Rendus des Séances et Mémoires de la Suciété de Biologie, Tome 
quatriéme de la deuxiéme serie. Annee, 1857. Paris. 

Exotic Butterflies, being Illustrations of new species. By William C. Hewit- 
son. Part 31 and 32. 

Conchologia Iconica. By Lowell Reeve. Parts 186 and 187. 

Planches Coloriées des Oiseaux de la Belgique. Livr. 122 and 123. 

Expedition dans les parties centrales de L’Amerique due Sud,—sous la direc- 
tion de Comte Francis de Castlenau. Sixieme Partie Botanique. Livr. 9—11, 


Dec. 6th. Report of the Secretary of State on the Criminal Statistics of the 
State of New York. 8vo. Albany. 

A Statistical view of American Agriculture. By John Jay, Esq. S8vo. New 
York, 1859. 

The Geography and Resources of Arizona and Sonora. By Sylvester Mowry. 
8vo. Washington, 1859. 

On the Statistics and Geography of the Production of Iron. By Abram §. 
Hewitt. Svo. New York, 1856. 

Memoir of the Physical and Political Geography of New Grenada. By Gen. 
F. C. de Mosquera. Translated from the Spanish by Theodore Dwight. 8vo. 
New York, 1853. 

Access to an open Polar Sea, in connection with the search after Sir John 
Franklin and his companions. By E. K. Kane, M. D. 8vo. New York, 1853. 


? 


XXxil. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Railroad to the Pacific, Northern Route. By Edwin F. Johnson, C.£. S8vo. 
New York, 1854. 

Report on the extension of the Decimal system to the Weights and Mea- 
sures of the United States. 8vo. New York, 1857. 

Charter, By-laws, Formation of Sections and List of Members of the Ameri- 
can Geographical and Statistical Society. 8vo. New York, 1857. 

Annual Report of the Council and Officers of the American Geographical and 
Statistical Society, for the year ending Dec., 1857. 8vo. New York, 1858. 
Bulletin of the American Geographical and Statistical Society. 2 vols. 8vo. 
New York, 1852 to 1857. Journal of the American Geographical and Statisti- 
eal Society. Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 9, inclusive. 4to. New York. Jan. to Nov., 
1869. From the Society. ; 

The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 5. December, 1859. From the Editors. 

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée. No. 10. 1859. From 
the Editor. 

The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New series, No. 24. 
From the Institute. ; 

Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Genera des Coléoptéres. Par M. Th. Lacor- 
daire. Tome cinquiéme et Atlas. 8vo. Paris, 1859. From the Author. 

Illustrated Natural History of the Animal Kingdom, being a systematic and 
popular description of the habits, structure and classification of Animals, from 
the highest to the lowest forms. By 5S. G. Goodrich. 2 vols. imp. 8vo. New 
York, 1859. From the Author. 

Rubi Germanici. By Weike and Nees yon Esenbeck. Folio. 1822 to 1826. 
Fasciculi 3 to 10. From B. Westerman & Co. 

The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

Poust-Pleiocene Fossils of South Carolina. By Francis Holmes, A. M. 4to. 
Nos. 6and 7. Charleston, 1859. 

Photographs of Edward and Jules P. Verreaux, of Paris. From E. and J. P. 
Verreaux, through Dr. 8. W. Woodhouse. 

Photograph of Dr. T. B. Wilson. From Dr. J. C. Fisher. 

Photograph of Isaac Lea, LL. D. From the President of the Academy. 


Dec. 13th. Geological Report of the country along the line of the South- 
western branch of the Pacific Railroad, State of Missouri. By G. C. Swallow. 
8vo. St. Louis, 1859. From the author. 

Views on the Vine-growing resources of St. Louis and adjacent counties of 
Missouri. By Charles H. Haven. 8vo. tract. From the Academy of Sciences, 
St. Louis. 

The Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis. Vol. 1, Nos. 
1—3. From the Academy. 

The following is from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

The complete writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America. 
Edited by John L. Le Conte, M. D., with a memoir of the Author, by George 
Ord. 2vols. 8vo. New York, 1859. 


Dec. 20th. Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band 3, No. 11. Novy. 
1859. From the Editors. 

Dyas et Trias ou le Nouveau Grés Rouge en Europe dans L’Amerique du 
Nord et dans L’Inde. Par M. Jules Marcou. 8vo. tract. Geneve, 1859. 
From the Author. 

Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in union. Vol. 7, Nos. 
354 to 358, inclusive. For September, 1859. From the Society. 

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New series, Vol. 10, No. 2. Oct., 
1859. From the Editors. 

The following are from the Biological Department: 

Cuvier. Histoire de ses Travaux. Par P. Flourens. 12mo. Paris, 1845. 

Fontenelle ou de la Philosophie moderne relativement aux Sciences Phy- 
siques. Par P. Flourens. 12mo. Paris, 1847. 

Histoire des Travaux et des Idees de Buffon. Par P. Flonrens. 12mo. 
Paris, 1850. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Xxlil. 


Lecons sur les effects des substances toxiques et Médicamenteuses. Par M. 
Claude Bernard. 8vo. Paris, 1857. 

Legons de Physiologie expérimentale appliquée a La Médecine, faites au 
Collége de France. Par M. Claude Bernard. 2 vols. 8vo, Paris, 1855-56. 

Legons sur La Physiologie et La Pathologie du Systeme Nerveux. Par M. 
Claude Bernard. 2 Vols. 8vo. Paris, 1858. 

Recherches Anatomiques et Physiologiques sur L’Organe de L’Ouie et sur 
L’ Audition, dans L’Homme et les Animaux vertebres. Par G. Breschet. 4to. 

On animal and vegetable Parasites of the human body, a Manual of their 
Natural History, Diagnosis and Treatment. By Dr. Fred. Kuchenmeister, 
translated from the 2d German edition by Edwin Lankester, M. D. 2 vols. 
8vo. London, 1857. 

On Tape and Cystic Worms, with an Introduction on the origin of Intestinal 
Worms. By C. T. von Siebold, translated by T. H. Huxley, F. R. S. 8vo. 
London, 1857. Bound with the 2d vol. of Kichenmeister on Parasites. 

(iuvres de Car. Legallois. Vols. 1 and 2in one, 8vo. Paris, 1830. 

Planches Anatomiques et Descriptives. Text, 8vo. Atlas, 4to. Paris, 1838, 
1839. 

Observations on the structure and functions of the Spinal Cord. By R. D. 
Grainger. London. 8vo. 1837. 

On the structure and use of the Spleen. By Henry Gray, F. R. 8. 8vo. 
London, 1854. 

An Introduction to Medical Literature, including a system of practical 
Nosology. By Thomas Young, M.D. 8vo. London, 1823. 

The works of William Hewson, F. R. 8., with an introduction and notes. 
By George Gulliver, F. R. 8. 8vo. London, 1846. 

The works of Wm. Harvey, M. D., translated from the Latin, with a life of 
the Author. By Robt. Willis, M. D. 8vo. London, 1847. 

Wurttembergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte, funfzehnter, Jahr- 
gang, 3 Heft. From the Society. 

Verhandlungen des Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den Kénig- 
lich Preussischen Staaten. 5 Jahrgang, 3 Heft, and 6 Jahrgang, 1 Heft. From 
the Society. 

Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich Koéniglichen Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 10th 
Jahrgang, No. 1. From the Institute. 

Ueber ein Psychophysisches Grundgesetz und dessen Beziehung zur Schitzung 
der Sterngréssen. 

EleKtrische Untersuchungen. Von W. G. Hankel. 

Neue Beitrige zur Kentniss der Embryobildung der Phanerogamen. Von 
W. Hofmeister, 

Berichte Uber die Verhandlungen der Kéniglich Sachsischen Gesellschaft 
der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. 2 and 3 Heft. 1858. From the Society. 

Archiv fur Naturgeschichte. Von Dr. F. H. Troschel. From Dr. Troschel. . 
1st and 2d Heft, 24th Jahrgang. 6th Heft and 25th Jahrgang. 

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefakten- 
Kunde. Von R.C. von Leonhard und H.G. Bronn. Jahrgang, 1859. 4th 
Heft. From the Editor. 

Crania Selecta, Thesauris Anthropologicis Acad. Imperialis Petropolitania 
Iconibus et descriptionibus illustravit. CU. E.de Baer. 4to. Petropoli, 1859. 

Uber Papuas und Alfuren. Von K. E. von Baer. 4to. St. Petersburg, 
1859. From the Author. 

Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool during 
the 48th session. 1858-59. No. 13. From the Society. 

The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions : 

The Natural History of the Tineina. Vol. 4th, containing the Coleophora, 
part lst. By H.T. Stainton, London, 1859. 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, Vol. 38, No. 6. December, 
1859. 


27 


XXIV. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Planches Coloriées des Oiseaux de La Belgique et leurs (nfs. Par Ch. F. 
Dubois. Livrs. 124 and 125. 

Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or figures and descriptions of recent Shells. By 
G. B. Sowerby. Part 19. 

Post-pliocene Fossils of South Carolina. By F. S. Holmes, A. M. 4to, Nos. 
8,9 and 10. Charleston, 1859. 

New York Journal of Medicine. Ist series, 10 vols. 2d series, 16 vols. 3d 
series, 7 vols. From the Biological Department. 

Journal of the American Geographical and Statistical Society. Vol. 1, No. 
10. Dec. 1859. 

On the claims of the Materia Medica, an Introductory Lecture delivered in 
the University of Pennsylvania, Oct. 10th, 1859, by Joseph Carson, M. D. 
From the Author. 


INDEX 


TO 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT 


For 1859. 


Atlee, Dr. Walter F., Remarks on white | 


corpuscles in dried blood, 3; Remarks 
on a Hydatid Mole, 6. 


Election of officers for 1860, 20. 


Hammond, Dr. Wm. A., Remarks on 
stomach of Fiber zibethicus, Castor 
fiber, Arvicola, 1; Observations on 
the colorless blood corpuscles, and 
remarks on eggs of parasites, in the 
liver of a rabbit and the spleen of 
Chelonian reptiles, 4; Remarks on 
the excitability of heart containing 
blood, 6. 

Hammond and Mitchell, Experimental 
researches relating to Corroval and 
Vao, two new varieties of Woorara, 
the South American arrow poison, 


il; Experimental examination of the | 


physiological effects of Sassy-bark, 
the ordeal poison of the Western 
Coast of Africa, 13. 

Hayes, Dr. I. I., On the relations exist- 
ing between food and the capacity of 
man to resist low temperatures, 8. 


Leidy, Dr. Joseph, Remarks on impos- 
sibility of determining the source of 
dried blood, 3; exhibited specimen 
of a Trichina found in human mus- 
cle, 3; Remarks on human muscle 
containing peculiar cysts, 4; Re- 
marks on dipterous larve from man, 
7; on the vesicating principle of the 
Lytta vittata, 18. 


1859.] 


Mitchell, Dr. S. Weir, Remarks on 


blocd crystals of the opossum and 
muskrat, 1; Gall stone found in the 
gall-bladder of a muskrat, 3; Re- 
marks on the death of an infant in 
utero, before the mother, 4; Remarks 
on the circulatory apparatus of the 
Lepidosteus, 5; Remarks on peculiar 
contraction of muscles not bound by 
fascia, when struck, 5; Remarks on 
the effect of sugar in rendering the 
eyesof frogs cataractous, 16; On the 
production of cataract in frogs by the 
injection of large doses of sugar, 20. 


Morris, Dr. J. Cheston, Remarks on 


human Embryo in its membranes, 7 ; 
Remarks on poisoning from the sting 
of the common bee, 18; Remarks on 
the digestive principle, 19. 


Packard, Dr. A. F., Remarks on the 


swimming bladder of Lepidosteus, 4 ; 
On the pathological relations of Can- 
cer and Tubercle, 10. 


Woodward, Dr. J. J., Remarks on im- 


possibility of determining to what 
mammal dried blood has belonged, 2 ; 
Remarks on cysts in human muscle, 
4; Qn suppuration in cancerous 
growths, 7; Remarks on phosphates 
in urine, and also on highly acid 
urine, 20. 


Uhler, Dr. Wm. M., Remarks on or- 


ganic substances not found in the 
organism during life, 3. 


5 

Pa 
ae 

- 4 mys 

4 ; 

3S if ae, 
? ® 2 


P 4 
POM cade 
c ‘ 
¢ 
: 
~ 
kh 
% 
& , 
S 


hee ‘YAR ve oken ¢ 
* 


9 Si UEiiotmig ta 


4 
; 
j , 
‘en 
~ 
* % 
# oe Bs 
£ ‘x “s 
ze . 
’ 
os if 
Po 4 i. =—_ 
ahs 
a= 


a Liahyo re pols ue 


a enna ie Brite 
Rh ad) ete hy “ae eee 
wil ¢ 3 Sent = 21 coe Ph il ies 

tid Legg } F ee ad ar 


_ 


t | 
i Wi . 
‘ i 4 
; fy yk 
_ 
' . 
; 


ie 


ie a a) ae 
v Peay i . 


met 
i Rah 


ey: 


BINDING S=CT JAN 25 1971 


QH Academy of natural sciences 
1 of Philadelphia 

A2 Proceedings 

Ve a (aa 

Biological 

& Medical 

Senals 


PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 


RAGS 


tr) geyhe 


a ee 


b 


) Hy 
ny 


= 


= 
aos 
ere 


t 


yt 


i : t ae + t é. i 
tie iat 
gobrese.Nvtinraten tatty 

itt 


Hae wie tnt 
Witte) 
LIS yt 
ei “F 


ba ty eos 
ers tid